PROCEEDINGS OF THE Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA VOLUME LVIl 190^ philadelphia : The Academy of Natural Sciences LOGAN SQUARE 1905-1906 The Academy of Natural Scien'ces of Philadelphia, Februaby 2, 190G. I hereby certify tluit printed copies of the Proceedings for 1905 have been mailed as follows : — Pages 1- 16 mailed March 10, 1905. 17-48 " March 24,1905. 49-80 ■ " March 31,1905. " 81-112 " April 8, 1905. " 113-192 " May ^ 4,1905. " 193-298 " May 19, 1905. " 299-362 " July 6, 1995. " 363-442 " August 7, 1905. " 443-522 " August 14, 1905. " 523-554 " August 21, 1905. " 555-576 '• September 12, 1905. " 577-656 ' September 25, 1905. " 657-688 " November 2, 1905. '• 689-720 " December 8, 1905. " 721-768 " January 15, 1906. " 769-800 " January 26, 1906 " 801-832 " February 7, 1906. " 833-928 " March 1, 1906. Advance copies of p. 844 distributed December 16, 1905. EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D., Ilecording 8ecret((ry. PUBLICATION committee: Henry Skinner, M.D., riiiLip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Henry A. Pilsp.ry, Sc.D., Witmer Stone, Edward J. Nolan, M.D., TJic President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., ex-officio. EDITOR: Edavard J. Nolan, M.D. 7/77 CONTENTS. For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index. Barringer, Daniel Moreau. Coon Mountain and its Crater, 861 BiLGRAM, Hugo. Diachaea cylindrica, a New Species of Myceto- zoa, 524 Brown, Arthur Erwin. The Utility Principle in Relation to Specific Characters, 206 The Identity of EutgeniaatrataKenn., 692 Crawley, Howard. The Movements of Gregarines, ... 89 Coelosporidium blattellse, a New Sporozoan Parasite of Blattella germanica, 158 Crosby, Cyrus R. A Catalogue of the Erigonese of North Amer- ica, with Notes and Descriptions of New Species (Plates XXVIII, XXIX), 301 Fowler, Henry W. New, Rare and Little Known Scombroids, 56 Notes on some Arctic Fishes, with Description of a New On- cocottus, 362 Some Fishes from Borneo, 455 The Sphagnum Frog of New Jersey — Rana virgatipes Cope (Plate XL), 662 Harshberger, John W., M.D. Original Centres Concerned in North American Plant Dispersal, 2 The Plant Formations of the Bermuda Islands, .... 695 The Hour-Glass Stems of the Bermuda Palmetto (Plate XLII), 701 Jennings, H. S. Behavior of Sea Anemones, 754 Johnson, Charles W. Annotated List of the Types of Inverte- brate Fossils in the Collection of The Academy of Nat- ural Sciences of Philadelphia, 4 Montgomery, Thomas H. Jr. The Spermatogenesis of Syrbula and Lycosa, with General Considerations upon Chromo- some Reduction and the Heterochromosomes (Plates IX, X), 162 11 Moore, J, Percy. A New Species of Sea-Mouse (Aphrodita has- tata) from Eastern Massachusetts, 294 Some Marine Oligochseta of New England (Plates XXXII, XXXIII), 373 New Species of Polychaeta from the North Pacific, chiefl}'- from Alaskan Waters (Plates XXXIV, XXXV, XXXVI), 525 Five New Species of Pseudopotamilla from the Pacific Coast of North America (Plate XXXVII), 555 New Species of Ampharetidae and Terebellidse from the North Pacific (Plate XLIV), 846 Palmer, T. Chalkley. Delaware Valley Forms of Trachelo- monas (Plate XLI), 665 Phillips, Everett Franklin, Ph.D. Structure and Develop- ment of the Compound Eye of the Honey Bee (Plates VI, VII, VIII), 123 PiLSBRY, Henry A., Sc.D. New Japanese Mollusca (Plates II, III, IV, V), 101 Mollusca of the Southwestern States, I: Urocoptidse ; Heli- cidag of Arizona and New Mexico (Plates XI-XXVII), 211 PiLSBRY, Henry A., and Y. Hirase. New Land Mollusks of the Japanese Empire, 705 Catalogue of the Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Taiwan (Formosa), with Descriptions of New Species, . . 720 PiLSBRY, Henry A., and Edward G. Vanatta. Mollusca of Flint and Caroline Islands, in the Central Pacific, . . . 291 Notes on some Hawaiian AchatineUidae and Endodontidse (Plates XXXVIII, XXXIX), 570 On Two Hawaiian Cerithiidse, 576 Hawaiian Species of Endodonta and Opeas (Plate XLIII), 783 On some Pacific Cerithiidae, 787 Rathbun, Mary L. Description of a New Species of Commensal Crab, 371 Rehn, James A. G. A Contribution to the Knowledge of tlie Acrididae (Orthoptera) of Costa Rica, 400 Notes on the Orthoptera of Costa Rica, witli Descriptions of New Species, 790 Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan Hebard. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of South and Central Florida (Plate I), 29 Sargent, C. S. Crataegus in Eastern Pennsylvania 577 Ill Smith, Burnett. Senility among Gastropods (Plates X\X ^^^^), . . . .- .'345 Stone, Witmer. On a Collection of Birds and Mammals from the Colorado Delta, Lower California. With Field Notes by Samuel N. Rhoads, 67g On a Collection of Birds from British East Africa obtained by Mr. George L, Harrison, Jr., 755 TiLGHMAN, Benjamin Chew. Coon Butte, Arizona, .... 887 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1905. January 3. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Thirteen persons present. The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year: Library. — Dr.C.N.Peirce,Thos. A. Robinson, Thos.Biddle, Jr., M.D., Benjamin Sharp, M.D., and George Vaux, Jr. Publications. — Henry Skinner, M.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D.,. Witmer Stone, Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., and Edward J. Nolan, M.D^ Instruction and Lectures. — Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles Morris, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Dr. C. Newlin Peirce. Finance. — Isaac J. Wistar, William Sellers, John Cadwalader, Edwin S. Dixon and the Treasurer (George Vaux, Jr.). Committee of Council on By-Law^s. — Isaac J. Wistar, Arthur E. Brown, Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., and John Cadwalader. The President is, ex-officio, a member of all Standing Committees. 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OK THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Original Centers Concerned in North Arnerican Plant Dispersal. — John W. Harshberger, Ph.D., remarked that the northern part of North America was covered during Miocene times with a dense forest of trees, the living representatives of which include the sequoias, mag- nolias, oaks, eucalyptus and species of the genus Cinnamoynum and certain palms, and that these extended as far north as Greenland. As early as the close of the Cretaceous period we find an indication of the separation of the American flora into an eastern and a western division. In the eastern division, the deciduous trees perhaps predomi- nated ; in the western, the coniferous vegetation formed a large per- centage of the floral elements. The great continental glacier de- stroyed this forest in the north, but remnants of it remained in the south . At the close of the glacial period, the following centers of distribu- tion of plants might have been recognized : first, the deciduous forest in the east; second, the prairie flora at the center of the continent; thii-d, the great coniferous forest of the Pacific northwest; fourth, the desert or xerophytic flora of the Mexican tableland; fifth, the great American tropic flora which occupied at one time an Antillean conti- nent that later broke up into several physiographic units, viz., the islands of the Greater Antilles, Central America and northern South America. Wliile this Antillean landmass existed, Mexico was sepa- rated from it. With the disappearance of the glacial ice sheet, the equilibrium between these separate floras was disturbed. The tundra vegetation and other Arctic species occupied during the glacial period the margin of the great ice sheet. These plants migrated north to the Arctic regions, but many remained behind to form the vegetation of sphagnum bogs and alpine summits of the higher mountains. The deciduous floras spread northward and northwestward, such plants as Populvs tremuloides and Betula papyrifera reaching to Cook Inlet, Alaska. The prairie flora spread northward, reaching Saskatchewan, and south- ward to Texas. The Pacific coast conifers spread northward to Cook Inlet, Alaska, eastward to the Rocky Mountains and then' southward, supplying one of the elements of the Rocky jMountain flora. The Mexican xerophytes — yuccas, agaves, cacti and the like — spread north- ward into a territory which was before the glacial period characterized by a more humid climate (hence the presence of many eastern decidu- ous trees), and which later assumed an arid climate with the consequent destruction of the deciduous element and the spread of the coniferous associations. The tropic center of northern South America, the West Indies, and Central America supplied part of Florida and much of low- land Mexico with tro]:)ic plants. The differences, now found, being emphasized b}^ the separation of the islands from each other and the isolation of the floras by physiographic changes. A study of the several regions above mentioned emphasizes the fact, that centers of distribution are determined by the following cri- teria: location of the greatest differentiation of type; of dominance or great abundance of individuals; of the presence of peculiar endemic forms; of the continuity and convergence of lines of dispersal. 1905.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 3 January 17. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-three persons present. The Pubh'cation Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been presented for publication : " Coelospcridium blattellse sp. n., a Sperozoon Parasite of Blatella germanica" (Preliminary Notice), by Howard Crawley (January 6, 1905). "The Spermatogenesis of Syrbula and Lycosa, with General Consid- erations upon Chromosome Reduction and Heterochromosomes," by T. H. Montgomery, Jr. (January 14, 1905). "Some Fishes from Borneo," by Henry W. Fowler (January 16, 1905). "The Movements of Gregarines," by Howard Crawley (January 16, 1905). The following were elected members: Howard De Honey, M.D., A. Sidney Carpenter, Courtland Y. White, M.D. The following were ordered to be printed : PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jail-, ANNOTATED LIST OF THE TYPES OF INVERTEBRATE CRETACEOUS FOSSILS IN THE COLLECTION OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, PHILADELPHIA. BY CHARLES W. JOHNSON. The following list of types and figured specimens was made during 1902. Leaving Philadelphia early the following year, I have been unable until the present time to verify some of the notes on syn- onymy, etc. No attempt has been made to fully work out the syn- onymy, so that only the published synonyms bearing on the types are given, usually where recent generic changes have been adopted. The generic position of many of the species is doubtful, as they are based on casts often lacking essential characters; the grouping of some of the species in families is therefore only provisional. Although a very thorough study was made of all the cretaceous material, a few types which should be in the collection are missing. I have not recorded these, as they may be found upon further search. CCELENTERATA. ANTHOZOA. Trochosmilia atlantica (Morton). Anthophyllum atlanticum Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVII, 288, 1830; I. c, XVIIl, pi. 1, figs. 9, 10. Turbinolia inauris Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 81, pi. 15, f. 11, 1834. Flabellum striatum Gabb and Horn, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 399, pi. 68, tigs. 10, U, 1860. Trochocyathus oonoides (Gabb and Horn). Trochosynilia conoides G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2_ser., 399, pi. 69, f. 12. Trochocyathus woolmani Vaughan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1900, p. 436. figs. 1-3. ANNELIDA. SERPULID^. Serpula barbata Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 73, pi. 15, f. 12, 1834. Serpula habrogramma Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 398, pi. 68, f. 16, 1860. Spirorbisi rotula (Morion). Verrnetus rotula Morton, Sj-n. Org. Rem., 81, pi. 1, f. 14, 1834. Hamulus onyx Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 73, pi. 2, f. 8, and pi. 16, f. 6, 1834. The type of the genus. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 Hamulus faloatus (Conrad). Dentalium jalcatum Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 44, pi. 1, fig.s. 12, 16, 1869. The type of Conrad'.s genus Falcula, Am. Jour. Conch., VI, 77, where he refers to it as Dentalium? hamatus is truly an error, for in Vol. V he refers to a similar species, D. hamatum Forbes, found in India. The genus is based entirely upon internal casts of a Hamulus, probably H. onyx Mort. Also specimens figured by Whitfield, pi. 20, figs. 16, 17. Hamulus squamosus Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 398, pi. 68, f. 45, 1860. Hamulus major Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 399, pi. 68, f. 46, 1860. Paliurus triangularis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 324, pi. 17, figs. 11-13. POLYZOA. Alecto regularis Gabb and Horn, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 2 ser., 172, pi. 21, f. 63, 1862. Bicrisina abbotii G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 174, pi. 21, f. 6.5t, 1862. Biflustra torta G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 152, pi. 20, f. 36, 1862. Cavea prisca G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 175, pi. 21, f. 67, 1862. Cellepora bilabiata G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., I860, p. 366; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 400, pi. 69, figs. 21-23, 1860 (not Busk, 18.54) = C. proUfica G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Set., V, 124, 1862. Cellepora oarinata G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 366 ; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 400, pi. 69, figs 24-26, 1860. On specimen with type of Pyripora irregularis G. and H. Cellepora exserta G. and H., Jour, Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 125, pi. 19, f. 6, 1862. Cellepora pumila G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 126, pi. 19, f. 8, 1862. Cellepora typioa G- and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 366; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, p. • 400, pi. 69, figs. 27-29, 1860 = Escharifora typica G. and H. Crescis labiata G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 177, pi. 21, f. 69, 1862. Diastopora lineata G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 172, pi. 21, f. 62, 1862. Escharifora typica G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, pp. 134, 155, pi. 19, f. 16, 1862. The type is encrusting a specimen of Terehratula harlani. Escharinella muralis G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 140, pi. 19, f. 23, 1862. Escharipora abbottii G. aud H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 149, pi. 20, f. 33, 1862. Escharipora immersa G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 149, 1862. Eudea dicbotoma Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 330. Fascipora americana G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 165, pi. 21, f. 54, 1862. Hippotboa irregularis G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. zm = Pyripora irregularis G. aud H. Membranipora abortiva G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci , V, 157, pi. 20, f. 41, 1862. Membranipora perampla G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 158, pi. 20, f. 42, 1862. Multicresis parvicella G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 178, pi. 21, f. 70, 1862. Plioploea sagena G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 150, pi. 20, f. 34, 1862. Pyripora irregularis G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 157, pi. 20, f. 40, 1862. Reptescharellina prolifera G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 146, pi. 20, f. 28, 1862. Reptocelleporaria aspera G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 181, pi. 19, f. 14, 1862. Eeptoflustrella heteropora G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 162, pi. 20, f. 50, 1862. Reptomultioara cepularis G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat Sci., 1860, p. 367 ; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 401, pi. 68, tigs. 33-35, 1860. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Retelea ovalis G. ancl II., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 164, pi. 21, f. 52, 1860. Reticulipora dichotoma G. and H., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 173, pi. 21, f. 64, 1860. Keticulipora sagena G. and H., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 366; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 400, pi. 69, flus. 80-32, 1860. Desmatocium trilobatum Gabb. The type of the genus and species is only a peculiar shaped sand concretion. BRACHIOPODA. Terebratula harlani Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVII, 283, 1829; XVIII, pi. 3, f. 16, 1S30. Terebrahda fragilis Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVII, 283, 1829, XVIII, pi. 3, f. 17. Terebratula perovalis Morton (not Sowerbv) = camella Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 70, var. " B," pi. IX, f. 8, 1834. Terebratulina atlantioa (Morton). Terebratula atlantica Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 214, 1842. Terebratulina halliana Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., V., 19, 1861. The type of Gabb's species, but not of Morton's. Terebratulina floridana (Morton). Terebratula floridana Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 72, pi. 16, f. 7, 1834. Terebratella plicata (Say). Terebratula plicata Say, Amer. Jour. Sci., II. 43, 1820; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 73, pi. 3, figs. 5, 6. Terebratula sayi Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 71, pi. 3, figs. 3, 4, 1834. The specimen figured by Morton, but not Say's type. EOHINODERMATA. Pentacrinus bryani Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 178, pi. 5, figs. 1, la, lb. Goniaster mammillata Gabb, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 178, pi. 5, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. Cidaris splendens (Morton). Cidarites splendens Morton, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1841, 132. Cidariles armiger Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 215, pi. II, f. 1. Cidaris walcotti Clark, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cir., No. 87, p. 75, 1891 ; U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 37, pi. VI, figs. 4a-d, 1893. Salenia tumidula Clark, Johns Hopk. Univ. Cir , No. 87, p. 75, 1891; U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 41, pL XI, figs, la-j, 1893. Salenia bellula Clark, Johns Hopk. Univ. Cir., No. 87, p. 75, 1891 ; U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 43, pi XI, figs. 2a-g, 1893. Pseudodiadema diatretum (Morton). Cidaris diatretum Mort., Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 294, 1833. Cidarites diatretum Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 7.5, pi. 10, f. 10, 1834. Pseudodiadema diatretum Clark, U. S. Geol. Sur. Bulletin, 97, pi. 13, f. 1. Coptosoma speciosum Clark, Johns Hopk. Univ. Cir., No. 87, p. 76, 1891 ; U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 52, pi. 18, figs. la-h. Psammeohinus cingulatus Clark, Johns Hopk. Univ. Cir., No. 87, p. 76; U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 55, pi. 20, figs. la-i. Echinobrissus expansus Clark, Johns Hopk. Univ. Cir., 87, p. 76; U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 61, pi. 26, figs. la-g. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 Trematopygus orucifer (Morton). Ananchytes cruciferus Mort., Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 245, pi. 3, f. 8, 1830. Trematopygus crucifer Clark, U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull, 97, p. 63, pi. 27, figs, la-i. Catopygus oviformis Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 30, pi. 1, f. 9. Cassidulus florealis (Morton). Chjpedsler florealis Mort., Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 29-4, 1833; Synop. Org. Rem., 76, pi. 3, f. 12, and pi. 10, f. 12. Cassidulus jiorealis Clark, U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 66, pi. 28, fig.s. la-b. Type from the Delaware and Chesapeake Canal. The specimens figured by Clark are probably from Alabama, and not from New Jersey. They agree with specimens in the "Gabb collection" from Uniontown, Alabama. Cassidulus sequoreus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 76, pL 3, f. 14, 1834. Cassidulus micrococcus Oabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1S60, p. 519 ; Clark, U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 69, pi. XXX, flg.s. la-i. Cassidulus subquadratus Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2 ser., IV, 291, pi. 47, f. 19, 1860. Cardiaster cinctus (Mortonl. Ananchytes cinctus Mort., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 200, 1830; Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 246, pi. 3, f . 7, 1830. Cardiaster fimbriatus (Morton) = C. cinctus, Mort. Ananchytes fimhriatus Mort., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 200, 1830; Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 245, pi. 3, f. 9, 1830. Hemiaster parastatus (Morton). Spatangus cor-marinum(?) Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 2.50, pi. 3, f. 10, 1830. Spatangus parastatus Mort., Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 294, 1833; Syn. Org. Rem., 77, pi. 3, f. 21, 1834. Hemiaster Stella (Morton). Spatangus stella Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 245, pi. 3, f. 11, 1830. Hemiaster ungula (Morton) Spatangus ungula Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 131, pi. 10, f. 6, 1833. Pygurusd) geometricus (Morton). Clypeaster geometricus Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 131, pi. 10, f. 9,'1833. Pygurus{1) geometricus Clark, U. S. Geol. Sur. Bull., 97, p. 92. Discoidea occidentale Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 398, pi. 68, figs. 42-41, 1860. MOLLUSOA. PELECYPODA. NUCULID^. Nucula eufalensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 397, pi. 68, i. 35. Nucula percrassa Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IH, 2 ser., 327, pi. 35, f. 4. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 102, pi. XI, figs. 4-6). 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Nucula slackiana (Gabb). Leda slackiana Gabb., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 397, pi. 68, f. 37. Also specimen figured b}^ Whitfield (Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 103, pi. XI, f. 3). LEDIDJE. Leda pinnaforme Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 303, pi. 48, f. 23. Also specimen figured by Whitfield {Mo7i., IX). Leda protexta Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 303, pi. 48, f. 23 (not 24). Perrisonota protexta Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 98, pi. 9, f. 24. Represented by three specimens; the smaller one, and not the speci- men figured by Whitfield (pi. XI, figs. 14, 15), is probably the type, or one figured by Conrad. Yoldia longifrons Conrad. Leda longifrons Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 281, pi. 46, f. 18. Nucularia papyria Conrad, Amer. Jour. Concb., V, 44, pi. 1, f. 7, and p. 98, pi. 9, 1". 25. AROIDuE. CucuUaea vulgaris Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XVII, 1 ser., 285, and XVIII, pi. 3, f. 21, 1830 ; Syn. Org. Rem., 64, pi. 3, f. 8 ; pi. 13, f. 6, 1S34. Represented by 16 specimens accompanied by Morton's original label (No. 393), but the specimen is not numbered and the figure is too poor to positively identify. Cuoullaea antrosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 65, pi. 13, f. 6, 1834. A specimen marked "type" in Gabb's handwriting. Cucullaea tippana Courad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 328, pi. 35, f. 1, 1858. CucuUsea capax Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 328, pi. 35, f. 2, 1858. Both C. tippona and C. capax will probably prove to be synonyms of C. vulgaris Morton. Cucullaea maconensis Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 281, pi. 47, f. 20, 1860. Type of the genus Trigonarca Conr. (Am. Jour. Conch., Ill, 9, 1867). Cucullaea neglecta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 326. The species is based on a number of specimens; the actual type can- not be defined. Whitfield considers it the same as C. antrosa Morton. If so it is the j^oung. Cucullaea transversa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 326. The specimen figured by Whitfield as Trigonarca transversa (pi. XII, figs. 14, 15) is not the type. I found the true type in a drawer contain- ing material marked "Gabb collection." This is not the C. transversa Rogers, 1839, and being preoccupied, I propose the name of C. gahbi for this species. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 CucuUaea alabamensis Gabb. Idonearca alabamensis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 31.5. The type, a characteristic specimen of Prairie Bluff, Alabama, is so altered by the work of the boring sponge (Clione) that all shell charac- ters are obliterated. It is probably a synonym of C. vulgaris or tippana. CucuUaea littlei Gabb. Idonearca littlei Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 316. Trigonarca cuneata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 316. Trigonarca cuneiformis Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 98, pi. IX, f. 1, 1867. Cibota obesa Whitfield, Man. U. S. Geol., IX, 93, pi. XI, figs. 30, 31, 1885. Cibota multiradiata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 95, pi. II, f. 1. Nemoaroa oretacea Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., HI, 97, pi. IX, f. 21, 1869. Area rostellata Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 64, pi. Ill, f. 11, 1834. Area uniopsis Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pi. 24, f. 17, 1853. Area altirostris Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 325. Area quindeeemradiata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 95, pi. 2, f. 1. Area saffordii Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 397, pi. 68, f. 37, 1860. Represented only by the New Jersey specimens referred to this species. Area lintea (Conrad). Barbatia (Polynema) lintea Conr., Kerr's Geol. Sur. N. Car., II, pp. 4, pi. I, f. 12, 1875. Area carolinensis Conrad. Barbatia (Plagiarca) carolinensis Conr., Kerr's Geol. Surv. N. Car., I, App., p. 4, pi. I, f. 11, 1875. Nemodon eufalensis (Gabb). Area (Macrodon) eufalensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 398 pi. 68, f. 39, 1860. Whitfield's so-called type (pi. 12, fig. 5) may represent another species or the same as Conrad's, but the exterior is so eroded that spe- cific characters are obliterated. Nemodon eufalensis Conrad, 1869 (not of Gabb). Conrad's type of the genus Nemodon {Am. Jour. Conch., Ill, 9, and V, 97, pi. IX, f. 16). This is a very different species from Nemodon eufalensis Gabb. I therefore propose the name of N. conradi for this species. Nemodon angulatum Gabb. Leda angulata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 94, pi. II, f. 12. Nemodon brevifrons Conr., Kerr's Geol. Sur. N. C, App., p. 4, pi. I, f. 15, 1875. Type? The specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. XII, figs. 1, 2) as probably from Haddonfield, New Jersey, is more likely to be from Snow Hill, North Carolina. The micaceous "marl" from Haddonfield is harder, 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.. more dense and cuts smooth, while that from Snow Hill is more sandy and crumbles easily. Pectunoulus hamula Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 64, pi. 15, f. 7, 1834. Pectunculus australis Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 64, 18B4 = P. svbmtstralis d'Orb., Frod. de Pal., p. 243. Pectunculus rotundatus Gabb. Axinoea rotundata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 396, pi. 68, f. 33, ]S60. PINNIDiE. Pinna rostriformis Morton. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., I, 132, 1841; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII. 1 ser., 214, pi. 10, f. 5, 1842. Pinna laqueata Conrad. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 16, f. 1). MELINID^. Gervilliopsis ensiformis (Conrad). Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 15, f. 11). Inoceramus barabini Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 62, pi. Ill, f. 11, pi. XVII, f. 3, 1834. Inoceramus alveatus Morton. Syn. Org. Rem., 63, pi. XVII, f. 4, 1831. Inoceramus perovalis Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 200, lSi2; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 299, pi. 27, f. 7, 1854. Inoceramus sagensis Owen, var. quadrans Whitf., Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 79, pi. 14, f. 16, 1885. HAPLOSCAPHID^ Conrad. Haploscapha capax Conrad, Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Sur. Ter. (Hayden), 456, 1873 (1874). Haploscapba grandis Conrad, U. S. Geol. Sur. Ter. (Hayden), II, 23, pi. 56, 1875. Haploscapha (CuouUifera) eccentrica Conrad, U. S. Geol. Sur. Ter. (Uayden), II, 24, pi. 57, 1875. PTBRIID^. Pteria laripes (Morton). Aricula laripes Mort., S}'!!. Org. Rem., 63, pi. XVII, f. 5, 1S34. Pteria navioula WLitfleld, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 70, pi. XIV, f. 8, 1SS5. Meleagrinella abrupta (Conrad). Aricula abrupta Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 274, pi. 24, figs. 5, 6, 1853. OSTREID^. Ostrea cretacea Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 52, pi. XIX, p. 3, 1834. Ostrea plumosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 51, pi. Ill, f. 9, 1S34. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. Ill, f. 13), also the specimen figured on pi. IV, f. 9, as Anomia argcntaria. Ostrea denticulifera Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 30, pi. 35. figs. 1, 8, 1858. Ostrea littlei Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 321. Ostrea tecticosta Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 40.3, pi. GS, figs 47, 48, 1860. The New Jersey type is figured by Whitfield (pi. Ill, figs. 1, 2). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 Ostrea faloata Jlorton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 1 ser., 50, pi. I, f. 2, 1827. Ostrea torosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 52, pi. X, f. 1, 1834. This is an eroded fragment of a large Exogyra costata Say. Ostrea (Gryphaeostrea) vomer (Morton). Gryphcca vomer Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 54, pi. IX, f. 5, 1834. Grypliaea pitcheri Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 55, pi. 15, f. 9, 183 1. Tliis is now considered a synonym of G. corrugata Say. Gryphaea mutabilis Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 81, pi. IV, f. 3, 1828. Dr. Dall is wrong in considering this a synonym of Ostrea compressi- rostra. The specimen he refers to might be that species, but the type is not; it is a broad, flattened form of G. convexa Say, which is consid- ered by most authors to be the same as Lamarck's G. vesicularis. Gryphaea convexa (Say). The specimen figured by Morton (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 79, pi. 4, figs. 1, 2, 1828). Gryphaea bryanii Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 321. The specimens figured by Whitfield (pi. 27, figs. 6-9) are not the types, but probably a suite of co-types presented to the Academy by Gabb. Specimens marked "type" in Gabb's handwriting I found in the drawer marked "Gabb collection" above referred to. TRIG-ONID^. Trigonia thoracica Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 65, pi. 15, f. 13. 1831. Trigonia eufalensis Gaub, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 396, pi. 68, f. 32, 1860. Also the specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 14, figs. 1, 2). This is only the young of T. thoracica. Trigonia angulioostata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 312. PECTINID^. Pecten cratioula Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., 1 ser., XXIII, 293, 1833 ; Syn. Org. Rem., 57. Figm-ed by Whitfield (Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 49, pi. VII, figs. 17, 18). Pecten venustus Morton, Amer. Jour. Rci., 1 ser., XXIII, 29?, pi. 5, f. 7, 1833. Pecten quinquenaria Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pi. 24, f. 10, 1854. Pecten mississippiensis Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 sen, 283, 1860. Pecten tenuitesta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat Sci., 1861, 327; Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 47, pi. VII, fig.s. 5, 6. Pecten burlingtonensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 304, pi. 48, f. 26, 1860. Pecten bellisculptus (Conrad). Camptonedes bellisculptus Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 99, pi. 9 f 11 1869. ' ■ ' Dr. Whitfield is right in uniting this with P. hurlingtonensis; further study may prove that both are synonyms of P. argillensis Conr. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Peoten perlamellosus Whitfield, Mon. u. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 50, pi. VII. f. 7, 1885. Peoten conradi Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 52, pi. VII, figs. 8-10, 1885. This is the P. simplicus Conrad in part. Neithea complexicosta Gnbb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 319. Probably only a form of N. quinquecostata Sowb. SPONDYLID^. Spondylus gregale (Morton). Plagiostoma gregale Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 60, pi. V, f. 6, 1834. Dianohora eoMnata (Morton). Plagiostoma echinatum Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., Add. Obs., IV, 1835. Spondylus capax Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 274, pi. 24, f. 8. Dianchora echinata Wliitf., Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 59, pi. X, figs. 3-5. Morton's and Conrad's species are based on the same shell, a very convex free valve. Plioatula urticosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 62, pi. X, f. 2, 1831. Plioatula tetrica Conrad. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 283, pi. 46, f. 26, 1860. 1.1MIDJE. Lima pelagica (Morton). Plagiostoma pelagicum Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 61, pi. V, f. 2, 1834. Lima squarrosa (Gabb). Ctenoides squarrosa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 366. Lima acutilineata (Conrad). Specimens figured by Whitfield {Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 62, pi. 9, figs. 6, 7). ANOMIID^E. Anomia argentaria Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 293, pi. 5, f. 10, 1833. Anomia argentaria Morton, var. ornata Gabb. Anomia tellinoides Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 294, p. 5, f. 11, 1833. Paranomia scabra (Morton). Placuna scabra Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 62, 1834. Figured by Whitfield (Mo^i. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 44, pi. X, fig. 10). Paranomia lineata (fourad). Placunanomia lineata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 291, pi. 46, f. 20. Paranomia salFordi Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., Ill, 8. Liroscapha squamosa Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 100, pi. 9, f. 23, 1869. MYTILID^, Modiolus Julia Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 149. Specimen figured by Wliitfield (pi. 17, f. 6). Probably the type. Modiolus burlingtonensis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 66, pi. 17, figs. 8, 9, 1885. Modiolus ovatus Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 396, pi. 68, f. 31, 18G0. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 Lithophaga aflinis (iabb, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci., 1S61, 326. Type figured by Whitfield {Mon., pi. 17, figs. 2, 3). Lithophaga ripleyana ftabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 311. The types are not very clearly defined; they include the specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 17, figs. 4, 5). PHOLADOMYID^. Pholadomya oocidentalis Morton, Syii. Org. Rem., 68, pi. VIII, f. 3, 1834. Pholadomya littlei Oabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 306. Pholadomya postsulcata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 276, 1860. Pholadomya (Anatimya) anteradiata Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 276, pi. 46, i. 3, 1860. ANATINID^. Periplomya elliptioa (Gabb). Anatina elliptica Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861,[324. Ceroomya peouliaris (Conrad). Inoceramus peculiaris Conr., Am. Jour. Conch., V, 43, pi. I, f. 13. FERIPLOMID^. Periploma applicata Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 324, 1858. POROMYID^. Leiopistha protexta (Conrad). Cardium protextum Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pi. 24, f. 12. PLEUROPHORID^. Veniella oonradi (Morton). Venilia conradi Mort., Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 294, pi. 8, figs. 1, 2, 1833. The specimen marked "type" is badly broken. Veniella elevata Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., VI, 74, pi. 1 [= 3], figs. 7, 7a, 1870. This is only the young of V. conradi. Veniella inflata Conrad. Goniosoma inflata Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 44, pi. 1, f. 10. An internal cast, the type of Conrad's genus Goniosoma. This is undoubtedly the same as V. conradi, as Dr. Whitfield suggests. Veniella trigona Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 324. The types are figured by Whitfield (pi. 19, figs. 11-14). Veniella subovalis " Conrad." As figured and described by Wliitfield {Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 150, pi. 19, figs. 1, 2, 1885). Veniella trapezoides Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 282, pi. 47, f. 7, 1860. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Veniella rhomboidea Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 275, pi. 24, f. 7, 1853. Sphseriola umbonata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 152, pi. 19, figs. 17, 18, 1885. Eta carolinensis Conrad, Kerr's Rept. Geol. N. Car., App., 6, pi. 1, f. 4, 1875. A specimen agreeing in all respects with the figure, but I am not sure that it is the type. The species is the type of the genus. CRASSATELLITIDJE. Crassatellites vadosus (Morton). Crassatella vadosa Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 06, pi. 13, f. 12, 1834. Crassatellites ripleyanus (Conrad) = C. vadosus Mort. Crassatella ripleyana Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 327, pi. 35, f . 3, 1858. Crassatellites linteus (Conrad) = C. vadosus, Mort. juv. Crassatella lintea Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 279, pi. 46, f . 5, 1860. Crassatellites prorus (Conrad). Crassatella prora Conr., Amer. Jour. Concli., V, 43, pi. I, f. 8, 1S69. Crassatellites monmoutlieiisis (Gabb). Crassatella monmouthensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 302, pi. 48, f. 19, 1860. Crassatellites delawarensis (Gabb). CrassateUa delawarensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 303, pi. 48, f. 20, 1860. The type is from " Crosswicks, N. J.," in Gabb's handwriting, not "deep cut Delaware and Chesapeake Canal" as stated in text. Crassatellites transversus (Gabb). Crassatella transversa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 364. Crassatellites subplanus (Conrad). Crassatella subplana Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 274, pi. 24, f . 9, 1853. Crassatellites (Scambula) perplanus (Conrad). Scambula perplana Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., Y, 48, pi. 9, figs. 7, 8. Eriphyla decemnaria (Conrad). Gouldia deccnmaria Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 48, pi. 9, f . 4. Eriphyla oonradi (Whitfield). Goiddia conradi Whitf., Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 125, pi. IS, figs. 1-3, 1885. The type is badly broken, Eriphyla parilis (Conrdd). Astarte parilis Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 276, pi. 24, f . 16, 1853. The type is very badly broken, in fact_worthless. DICERATID^. Requienia senseni Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 299, pi. 27, f. 8, 1854. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 LUOINID^. Xucina cretaoea (Conrad), Whitfield. Lucina cretacea Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Surv., IX, 129, pi. 18, figs. 23-25, 1885. Lucina smookana Whitf., Mou. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 130, pi. 18, figs. 21, 22, 1885. DIPLODONTID^ Tenea pingais (Conrad). Lucina pinguis Coiir., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pi. 24, f. 18, 1853. Mysia gihbosa Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 302, pi. 48, f. 17 (not 18), 1860. Both the type.s of Conrad and Gabb. Tenea parilis (Courad). Mysia parilis Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 278, pi. 46, f. 8, 1860. Type as figured in the Am. Jour. Conch., pi. 3, f. 12, and type of the genus Tenea. CARDIID^. Cardium dumosum Conrad, Amer. Jour. Couch., VI, 75, 1870. The type and specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 20, figs. 9 and 13). Cardium ripleyanum Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 96, pi. 9, f. 6, 1869. Cardium (Laevicardium) spillmani Conrad. Cardium spillmani Conr., Jour Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 326, pi. 34, f. 3 1858. Type of the genus Pachycardium Conrad {Am. Jour. Conch., V, 96, 1807). Cardium (Lsevicardium) perelongatum (Whitfield). Protocardiuyn perelongatum Whitf., Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 136, pi. XXI, figs. 4, 5, 1885. There is little doubt but that this is only the internal cast of C. spillmani. Cardium (Laevicardium) burlingtonense (Whitfield). Pachycardium Burlingtonense Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 138, pi. XXI, figs. 6, 7, 1885. This may also prove to be only a form of C. spillmani. Protocardia arkansense (Conrad). Cardium arkansense Conr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1855, 266. ISOCARDIID^. Isocardia oonradi tJabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., o93, pi. 68, f. 21, 1860. VENERIDiE. Cyprimeria excavata (Morton). Cytherea excavata Mort., Syn. Org. Rem., 67, pi. V, f. 1, 1834. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Cyprimeria depressa (Conrad). Dosinia depressa Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 278, pi. 46, f. 6, 1860. Dosinia haddonfieldensis Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 149. Cyprimeria densata (Conrad). Tellina densata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pi. 24, f. 17. 1853. Cyprimeria heilprini Whitfield, Mod. U. S. Geol. Sur., IX, 160, pi. 22, figs. U and 15. Probabl}^ only the cast of a young C. densata. Cyprimeria torta Oabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 308. May prove to be only a form of C. densata. Mora, cretacea Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., VI, 72, pi. 3, f. 8, 1871. Type of the genus. Aphrodina tippana (Conrad). Meretrix tippana Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 326, pi. 34, f. 18, 1858. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. XX, f. 7). Dione delawarensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sol., IV, 2 ser., 302, p). 48, f. 18, 1860. TELLINID^. Tellina georgiana Gabb. Tellina {Tellinella) georgiana Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 307. Tellinimera eborea Conrad. Tellina {Tellinimera) eborea Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 278, pi. 46, f. 14, 1860. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 23, figs. 12, 13). The de- scription says type from "Ala."; original label "Miss." The speci- mens used by Dr. Whitfield are from Haddonfield, New Jersey. In the Am. Jour. Conch., VI, 73, Conrad shortens the name Tellinimera to Tellimera, T. eborea being the type of the genus. Peronaeoderma georgiana Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, S08. Gari elliptioa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876. .Snona eufaulensis (Conrad). Tellina eufaulensis Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 277, pi. 46, f . 15. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 23, figs. 2, 3). Type of the genus, Mnona Conr. {Am. Jour. Conch., VI, 74). .Snona papyria Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., VI, 74, 1871. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 23, f. 4). Linearia metastriata Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser.. 279, pi. 46, f. 7, 1860. Specimen from Haddonfield, New Jersey, figured by Whitfield (pi, 23, f. 6). Linearia oarolinensis Conrad, Kerr's Geol. Sur. N. Car., App., 9, pi. 1, f. 20, 1875. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 DONAGID^. Donaz fordii Conrad, Amer. Jour. Conch., V, 102, pi. 9. f. 27, 1869; Whitfield, Men. U. S. Geol. Sur., 171, pi. 23. f. 1. Dr. Whitfield doubts whether the specimen he figures is the same as Conrad's. SOLENID^. Leptosolen biplicata (Conrad). Siliquaria biplicata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 324, pi. 34, f. 17, 1858. Type of the genus Leptosolen Conr. {Am. Jour. Conch.), Ill, 15, 188, 1867). Solyma lineolata Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., VI, 75, pi. 3, f. 9, 1871. Type of the genus. Siliqua cretacea (Gabb). Cultellus cretacea Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2 ser,, IV, 303, pi. 48, f. 24, 1860. Legumen planulatum (Conrad). Solemya planulata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 274, pi. 24, f. 11 1853. Legumen appressum Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 325, 1858. Specimens figured by "\\Tiitfield (pi. XXV, figs. 6-8). Legumen elliptioum Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 325, pi. 34, f. 19, 1858. Also figured by Whitfield (pi. 25, f. 5); probably the same as L. planulatum. MACTRID^. Cymbophora lintea (Conrad). Cardium (Protocardia) lintea Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 278, pi. 46. f. 7, 1860. Veleda lintea Conr., Amer. Jour. Conch., VI, 74, 1870. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 23, figs. 20, 21). The type of Conrad's genus Veleda. Schizodesma appressa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.. 1876, 306. CORBULIDiE. Corbula crassiplica Gtibb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Si., IV, 2 ser., 394, pi. 68, f. 25, 1860. Specimen figm-ed by Whitfield (pi. 23, f. 30). Corbula foulkei Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 149. Specimens figured by Whitfield (pi. 23, figs. 27-29) are undoubtedly the same as Conrad's C. bisidcata from Snow Hill, North Carolina. Corbula subcompressa Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2 ser., IV, 394, pi. 48, f. 24. The specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 23, fig. 26) is not the type or one figured by Gabb. •••8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., SAXIOAVID^. Panopea decisa Conrad. Panopea decisa Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 275, pi. 24, f. 19, 1853. GASTROOH^NID^. Gastrochaena americana Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 393, pi. C8, f. 20, 1S60. The specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 25, f. 19). PHOLADID^. Pholas pectorosa Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 299, pi. 27, f. 9. Pholas cretacea Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 392, pi. 68, f. 18. Casts of the excavations replaced by pyrite, with no indications of shell characters, so that it is doubtful whetner it is the same as the following. Martesia cretacea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 304. TEREDINID^. Teredo tibialis Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 292, Vol. XXIV, pi. 9, f. 2, 1S33. Teredo irregularis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 393, pi. 68, f. 19, 1860. Teredo contorta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 323. Bivonia cretacea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 802. SOAPHOPODA. Dentalium snbarcuatum Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 2 ser., 276, pi. 24, f. 13, isfs. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. XX, f. 19). Dentalium ripleyanum Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 393, pi. 69. f. 48, 1860. This name can only be applied to the smaller specimen; the other is D. suharcuatum Conrad, Dentalium faloatum Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 44, pi. l, figs. 12-16, 1869. Internal casts of Hamulus (see under Serpulidce). Cadulus obrutus (Conrad). Gadus obrutus Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 101, pi. 9, f. 18, 1869. GASTEROPODA. Actseon cretacea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 318. In the drawer containing the "Gabb collection" above referred to, I found the types of this species, which were not studied by Prof. Wliit- field when writing his monograph. These show, as Gabb says, a resem- blance to Tornatella bullata Morton, but is a smaller species, "the spire higher," etc. The "two folds on the columella" are very distinct. The specimen figured by Wliitfield (pi. XX, figs, o, 6) as the type of "Cinulia cvoidea" Gabb, is a specimen of A. cntacea. Not having the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 types of this species probably led Prof. Whitfield to describe the type of A. ovoidea Gabb, as a new species, " Actoeon suhovoides," although the original label was present. Both of Gabb's species arc well de- scribed, and in the true types all the characters in the original descrip- tions are clearly shown. There are also in the Academy's collection the specimens figured by Whitfield on pi. 19, figs. 9-12. Aotaeon ovoidea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 319. Figured by Whitfield (p. 155, pi. 19, figs. 14-16) as the type of a new species, "A. suhovoides." Aotaeon gabbana Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 156, pi. 19, figs. 28-25, 1892 = ActiBon- ina biplicata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 93, pi. 2, f, 13 (not d'Orbigay). Aotaeon forbesiana Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 157, pi. 19, figs. 17-22, 1892. Avellana bullata (Morton). Tornatellal bullata Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 48, pi. V, f. 3, 1834. Avellana bullata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 163, pi. 20, figs. 1-4. Globiconcha curta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 319. Cinulia naticoides (Gabb). ActcBonina naticoides Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 299, pi. 48, f. 2, 1860. Cinulia COStata Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1898, p. 462, f. 1. CyUchna recta (Gabb). Bulla recta Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 302, pi. 48, f. 17, 1860. Bulla mortoni Lyell and Forbes, Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc, London, I, 63. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 20, f. 9). Bulla macrostoma Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 301, pi. 18, figs. 15, 16, 1860. BuUiopsis cretacea Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 334. PATELLID^. Patella tentorium Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 50, pi. 1, f. 11, 1834.. PLEUROTOMARIID^. Fleurotomaria crotaloides (Morton). Cirrus crotaloides Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 49, pi. 19, f. 5, 1834. Also the specimen figured by H. A. Pilsbry {Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1896, p. 10, pi. I). Pleurotrema solariformis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, iso, pi. 22, figs. 12, 13. It is the Architectonica abhottii Gabb, in part (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1861, p. 321). DELPHINULID^. Straparolus lapidosus (Morton). Delphinula lapidosa Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 46, pi. 19, f. 7, 1S.34. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan, Straparolus subplanus Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 299, pi. 48, figs. 4a, b, 1860. This will probably prove to be a synonym of S. lapidosus Mort. Straparolus deplanatus Gabb, jhb. The type of this species is what Gabb figured by mistake for the type of Delphinula lapidosa Mort. (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. IV, 2 ser., 300, pi. 48, figs. 5a, b. With the specimen there is an original label in Gabb's hand\^Titing, " Sti'aparolus deplanatus Gabb, Cretaceous, Ala." On the specimen is wTitten the word '' type." This seems to be a good species, the characters of which are well shown in the figure referred to. It is more depressed than S. lapidosus, the body whorl being almost uniforml}^ rounded above and below. While practically an internal cast, the spire still has some of the shell (altered to calcite) remaining, which shows a slight crenulation below the suture. The specimen evidently came from Prairie Bluff, Alabama. I have been unable to find a description. TROCHID^. Trochus mortoni Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 321. Margarita abyssina (Gabb). Solarium abyssina Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 94, pi. 2, f. 9. Margaritella abbotti (Gabb). Architedonica abbolti Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 321. Margaritella abbotti Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 134, pi. 17, figs. 12-15. Ataphrus kerri Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 303, pi. 17, f. 10, 1875. Allied to the genus Monodonta. EULIMID^. Eulima cretacea Conrad, Am. Jour. Conch., V, 100, pi. 9, f. 15. PYRAMIDELLID^. Pyramidella congllus (Whitfield). Obeliscus coneUus Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 151, pi. 19, f. 1. SOALARIID^. Scala annulata (Morton). Scalaria annulata Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 47, PI. 3, f. 10, 1834. Cavoscala annulata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 177, pl. 22, figs. 1-5. Type of the genus Cavoscala Wliitfield. Scala sillimani (Morton). Scalaria sillimani Morton, Sj-n. Org. Rem., 47, pl. 13, f. 9, 1834. Scala tbomasi Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 29G. Also specimen figured by Wliitfield (pl. XVIII, f. 1). Scala cyclostoma Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.. 1876, p. 297. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 NATIOID^. Natioa abyssina Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 49, pi. 13, f. 13, 1834. Gyrodes petrosus (Morton). Natica petrosus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 48, pi. 19, f . 6, 1834. Gyrodes spillmanii Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 320." This is probably the same as G. alveata Conrad. Gyrodes orenata (Conrad). Natica (Gyrodes) crenata Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 289, 1860. Specimens figured by Whitfield (pi. 16, figs. 5, 6), and co-types. Gyrodes infracarinata (Gabb). Natica infracarinata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 319. Gyrodes abbottii Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 320. Type figured by Whitfield (pi. XV, f. 17). Gyrodes obtusivolva Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 320. Gyrodes altispira (Gabb). Lunatia altispira Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 320. An original label in Gabb's handwriting is marked "Dupl. ij^QsJ' Xunatia halli Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV (2 ser.), 391, pi. 68, f. 11, 1860. Also specimen figured by Wliitfield (pi. 16, figs. 13, 14). Amauropsis meekana Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur.. XVIII, 131, pi. 16, figs. 22-25, 1892. Amauropsis punctata (Gabb). Phasianella punctata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 299, pi. 48, f. 3, 1860. Also specimens figured by Wliitfield (pi. 16, figs. 19-21). XENOPHORID^. Xenophora leprosa (Morton). Trochus leprosus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 46, pi. 15, f. 6, 1834. Also specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 17, figs. 16, 17). TURRITELLIDu^E. Turritella vertebroides Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 47, pi. 3, f. 13, 1834. Turritella encrinoides Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 47, pi. 3, f. 7, 1834. Turritella granulicosta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 363. Type figured by Whitfield (pi. 18, figs. 10, 11). Turritella pumila Gabb. Specimen figured by Wliitfield (pi. 23, figs. 5, 6). Turritella compacta Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 142, pi. 18, figs. 8, 9. Turritella quadrilirata Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1S98, p. 463. VERMETIDu^. Siliquaria pauperata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 149, pi. 18, figs. 26, 27, 2S, 1892. Included by Gabb under Laxispira lumhricalis. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Laxispira lumbricalis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 301, pi. 17, f. 7. The original label (to which the specimen was gummed?) and a pencil drawing is in the Academy's collection, but the little shell is either lost or broken. The large specimen figured by Gabb (/. c, pi. 17, f. 6) as L. lumbricalis is only part of an internal cast of Turritella vertehroides. MATHILDIID^. Tuba reticulata Johnson, Proc. Acad. Kat. Sci., 1898, p. 461. CERITHIDiE. Cerithium pilsbryi Whitfield, The Nautilus, VII, pp. 38 and 51, pi. II, f. 3, 1893. " Chemnitzia " occidentalis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 391, pi. 68, f. 10, 1860. " Chemnitzia " spillmani Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 287, pi. 46, f. 48, 1860. " Chemnitzia " corona Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 287, pi. 46, f. 50, 1860. " Chemnitzia " meekiana Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 299, pi. 48, f. 1, 1860. APORRHAID^. Anchnra arenaria (Morton). Rostellaria arenarum Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 48, pi. 5, f. 8, 1834. Anchura arenaria Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 112, pi. 14, f. 10. Anohnra pennata (Morton). I have been unable to positively determine the tj^pe of Rostellaria pennata Morton {Syn. Org. Rem., 48, pi. 19, f. 9). A specimen num- bered (219) in Morton's handwriting (as most of his types are) agrees well with the description but not with the figure. It is a cast, and characteristic of the material from Prairie Bluff, Alabama. Three specimens (one nearly perfect) from Snow Hill, North Carofina, which Conrad has doubtfully referred to this species, on an original label, but which he has described and figured erroneously as ^'Anchura rostrata Morton" (Kerr's Geol. N. C, App., 12, pi. 2, f. 28), with a reference to Gabb's description and figure of Alaria rostrata. It is an entirely different species from the one described by Gabb, having an expanded lip like that figured by me (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1898, p. 463, f. 3), the entire lip showing one or two small projections below. Whether the form figured by Conrad or the one figured by Whitfield (pi. 14, figs. 7, 8) is the R. pennata of Morton I am unable to say. Anchnra abrnpta Com., var. acntispira Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 114, pi. 14, f. 4 The two other specimens figured by Whitfield as ahrupta? (pi. XIV, figs. 1-3) I should not consider the same species. Anchnra solitaria Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 117, pi. 14, f. 9, 1892. Anchnra pergracilis Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1898, p. 463, f. 2. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 Alaria rostrata (Gabb). Rostellaria rostrata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 390, pi. 68, f. 7, 1860. The specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 14, f. 6) from Haddonfield, New Jersey, has been somewhat broken. Aporrhais 1 bicarinata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 299. STROMBID^. Pugnellus densatus Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 284, 18G0. Specimen figured on pi. 46, f. 31, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, but not the type. Rostellaria spirata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVHI, 109, pi. 13, figs. 16, 17, 1892. Rostellaria compacta Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 108, pi. 13, figs. 18-21, 1892. OYPR^ID^. Cypraea mortoni Qabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., .391, pi. 68, f. 9, 1860. Also the New Jersey specimen figured by Whitfield (120, pi. 15, figs. 1-3). Cypraea squyeri Campbell, The Nautilus, VII, 52, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2, 1893. CASSIDIDu^. Sconsia alabamensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 301, pi. 48, f. 13, 1860. BUCOINID^. Nassa? globosa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 282. Both the specimens from North Carolina and from Pataula Creek, Georgia. Euthrial fragilis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 78, pi. 9, figs. 11, 12, 1892. Pyropsis elevata (Gabb). Rapa elevata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 301, pi. 48, f. 12, 1860, This and the foUo^-ing species will undoubtedly prove to be the same as P. richardsonii Tuomey {Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1854, p. 169). Pyropsis perlata (Conrad). Tudicla (Pyropsis) perlata Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 288, pi. 46, f. 39, 1860. Pyropsis trochiformis (Tuomey)? Pyrula trochijormis Tuomey, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1854, p. 169. The specimens figured by Whitfield (not of Tuomey) (pi. I, figs. 4-6). Pyropsis octolirata (Conrad). Ficus odoliratus Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 332, pi. 35, f. 6. 1858. Specimen from Haddonfield, New Jersey, figured by Whitfield (pi. II, f. 10). 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Pyropsis septemlirata (Gabb). Cancellaria septemlirata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1S60, 94, p. 2, f . 10. Also the specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 3, figs. 7, 8). Pyropsis retifer (Gabb). Fusus retifer Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 301, pi. 48, f. 11, 1860. Pyropsis naticoides Whitfield, Moa. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 43, pi. 2, figs. 5-7, 1892. Pyropsis alabamensis (Gabb). Cancellaria alabamensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 301, pi. 48, f. 14, 1860. Perissolax dubia (Gabb). Purpuroidea dubia Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 94, pi. 2, f. 11. Perissolax trivolva (Gabb). Fusus trivolvus Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 94. Type figured by Whitfield (pi. 21, f. 1). Pyrifusus pyruloidea (Gabb). Rapa pyruloidea Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 94, pi. 2, f. 4. Pyrifusus turritus Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 54, pi. 5, figs. 3-5, 1892. Pyrifusus cuneus Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 51, pi. 4, f. 9, 1892. Pyrifusus muUicaensis (Gabb). Pleurotoma muUicaensis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 95, pi. 2, f. 8. Neptunella muUicaensis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 56, p. 4, figs. 20, 21, 1892. There is no character to separate the two types except that the speci- men described by Whitfield is a little larger. Fusus holmesianus Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 389, pi. 68, f. 4, 1860. Fusus kerri Gabb, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci., 1876, p. 279, pi. 17, f. 1. Hercorhynchus tippanus (Conrad). Fusus tippana Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 286, pi. 46, f. 4, 1860. Type of the genus Hercorhynchus Conrad (Amer. Jour. Conch., IV, p. 247, 1868). FASCIOLARIID^. Odontofusus slackii Gabb. Fasciolaria slackii Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, 322. The type is figured by Whitfield (pi. VI, figs. 8, 9), and is the type of his genus Odontofusus. Fasciolaria crassicosta Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 282. Fasciolaria obliquicostata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 283. Fasciolaria kerri Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 283. Lagena 1 edentata Gabb. Tritonium {Lagena'!) edentatum Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p 281. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 TURBINELLID^. Turbinella parva Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 94, pi. 2, f. 3. Tnrbinella subconica Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1?60, p 94, pi. 2, f. 6. VOLUTID^. Volutoderma delawarensis (Gabb). Valuta delawarensis Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 322. Type and specimen figured by Wliitfield (pi. 10, figs. 5-7). Volutoderma biplicata (Gabb). Volutilithes biplicata Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 300, pi. 48, f. 6, 1860. Type of the genus Volutoderma Gabb {Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876; p. 289). Volutoderma abbottii (Gabb). Volutilithes abbottii Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, 94, pi. 2, f. 7. Also the specimen figured by \^^iitfield (pi. 21, figs. 8, 9). Volutoderma intermedia Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. 6ur., XVIII, 184, p. 23, figs. 14, 15, 1692. Volutoderma woolmani Whitfield, The Nautilus, VII, pp. 37, 51, pi. 2, figs. 4, 5, 1893. Ptychosyca inornata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 295, pi. 17, figs. 2-4. Volutomorpha conradi (Gabb). Volutilithes conradi Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 300, pi. 48, f. 10, 1860. Also specimen figured by Wliitfield (pi. VII, figs. 4, 5). Type of the genus Voluto77iorpha Gabb {Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, 1876, p. 290). Volutomorpha bella (Gabb). Volutilithes bella Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 300, pi. 48, f. 7, 1860. Described from the "Delaware and Chesapeake Canal"; original label says "N. J." Also the specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. VI, figs. 17, 18). Volutomorpha mucronata (Gabb). Voluta mucronata Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 323. Volutomorpha kanei (Gabb). Voluta kanei Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 323. Volutomorpha gabbi Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII. 73, pi. 8, figs. 2, 3, 1892. Rostellites nasutus (Gabb). Volutilithes Jiasuta Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 300, pi. 48, f. 9, 1860. Also the specimen figured by Wliitfield (pi. 11, f. 2). Rostellites angulatus Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 88, pi. 11, figs. 3, 4, 1S92. This may prove to be only the adult form of R. riasutus. Liopeplum leioderma (Conrad). Volutilithes (Athleta) leioderma Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., I^', 292, pi. 46 f. 32, 1860. J 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Lioderma lioderma Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1865, p. 184. Liopeplum lioderma Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Ill, 73, 1890. The tyi^c^ of both Lioderma Conrad and Liopeplum Dall. Cancellaria eufaulensis Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 390, pi. 68, f. 8, 1860. Cancellaria subalta Conrad, Am. Jour. Coucli., V, 100, pi. 9, f. 22, 1869. Morea naticella (Gabb). Purpura (Morea) naticella Gabb, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 301, pi. 48, f. 15, 1860. This is probably the same as Morea cancellaria Conrad. Turbinopsis hilgardi Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 289, pi. 46, f. 29, 1860. Turbinopsis depressa Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 321. This is doubtfidly considered by Whitfield to be a synonym of T. hilgardi. The specimens figured by him (pi. 12, figs. 7-9) represents neither T. hilgardi Conr. nor T. depressa Gabb. Turbinopsis angulata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 101, pi. 12, figs. 17. 18, 1892. Type in the Academy's collection, not Rutgers College, as stated by Wliitfield. Turbinopsis curta Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 102, pi. 12, figs. 5, C, 1892. Turbinopsis elevata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 102, pi. 12, figs. 10-14, 1892. Four specimens are referred to this species, three of which are figured. I can find no character to separate three of these from T. curta. The type should, therefore, be restricted to the specimen represented by figs. 13 and 14, Turbinopsis plicata Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 104, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2. 1892, Turbinopsis lapidosa (Whitfield). Modulus lapidosa Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 152, pi. 17, figs. 6-8, 1892. This species is identical or close to Turhinopfiis depressa Gabb. Gyrotropis squamosus Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei., 1876, 300, pi. 17, t. 5. Probably a Turbinopsis. Cithara crosswickensis Whitfield, Mon. U. S, Geol. Sur., XVIII. 107, pi. 13, figs. 7, 8, 1892. Drillia georgiana Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 280. CEPHALOPODA. Baculites ovatus Say, Am. Jour. Sci., II, 41, 1820 ; Morton. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 89, pi. 5, f. 6, 1828. The specimen described by Say and figured by Morton. Baculites compressus Say, Am. Jour. Sci., II, 41, 1820; Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 291, pi. 9, f. 1, 1833. The specimen figured by Morton. Baculites asper Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 291, 1830 ; Syn. Org. Rem., 43, pi. 1. figs. 12, 13, pi. 13, f. 2, 1834. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 Baculites carinatus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 44, pi. 13, f. 1, 1834. Baciilites labyrinthicus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 44, pi. 13, f. 10, 1834. Baculites columna Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 44, pi. 19, f. 8, 1834. The specimen, although marked type, does not agree with the figure. Morton's original label, which accompanied all the others, was wanting in this case. Solenoceras annulifer (Morton). Hamites annulifer Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 213, pi. 11, f. 4. Solenoceras aniiulifer Conr., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., IV, 2 ser., 284. The type of Conrad's genus Solonoceras. Whitfield refers it to the genus Ptychoccras, and also figures the type. Hamites arculus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 44, pi. 15, figs. 1, 2, 1834. Hamites torquatus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 45, pi. 15, f. 4, 1834. Hamites trabeatus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 45, pi. 15, f. 4, 1834. Heteroceras conradi (Morton). Ammonceraiites conradi Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 212, pi. 10 f. 1, 1841. ' y i- , Heteroceras conradi Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, 269 pi 45 figs. 9, 10, 11, and 14. Scaphites Mppocrepis (DeKay). Scaphites cuvieri Morton, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 109, pi. 7, f. 1, 1828. Morton's type. Scaphites reniformis Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 42, pJ. 2, f. 6, 1843. The type reported missing by Dr. Wliitfield was found in working over the material. Scaphites iris Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 2 ser., 335, pi. 35, f. 23. Scaphites similis Whitfield, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XVIII, pi. 44, figs. 1, 2, 1892. Scaphites conradi (Morton). Ammonites conradi Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 39, pi. 16, f. 3, 1834. Avimonites conradi Morton, var. A. gulosus, I. c, pi. 16, f. 2. Ammonites conradi Morton, var. B. petechialis, I. c, 40, pi. 16, f. 1. Ammonites conradi Morton, var. C. navicularis, I. c, 40, pi. 19, f. 4. Types of the species and all the varieties. Ammonites delawarensis Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 244, pi. 2, f. 4, 1830. Specimens figured by Whitfield (pi. 42, figs. 6, 7, 8, and pi. 43, figs. 1, 2). Ammonites vanuxemi Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVIII, 244, pi. 3, figs. 3, 4, 1830. Ammonites dentatocarinatus Roemer. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 41, figs. 3, 4). Placenticeras spillmani Hyatt, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XLIV, 233, pi. 47, figs. 6-8, 1903. Placenticeras placenta (DeKay). Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 40). Also specimens figured by Hyatt {Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XLIV, pi. 39, figs. 3-6). 28 [proceedings of the academy of [Jan., Placenticeras telifer (Morton). Aynmonites (elifer Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, p. 290, 1833; Syn. Org. Rem., 38, pi. 2, f. 7. Placenticeras syrtale (Morton). Aynvionites syrtcdis Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., pi. 16, figs. 1, 2. Placenticeras syrtalis Hyatt, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XLIV, 205, pi. 28, figs. 1, 2, and pi. 27, f. 15. Protengonoceras gabbi (BOhm). Ammonites pedernalis Gabb, Pal. Calf. II, 258, pi. 35, figs. 1, la, 1869 (not V. Buch). Engonoceras gabbi Bohm, Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. GeselL, L, p. 197, 1898. Protengonoceras gabbi Hyatt, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XLIV, 153, pi. 17, f. 20. The specimen figm-ed by Hyatt, PL 17, f. 20, Sphenodiscus lentioularis var. mississippiensis Uyatt, Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., XLIV, 77, pi. 9, f. 9, 1903. Eutrephoceras dekayi (Morton). Nautilus dekayi Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XXIII, 291, 'pi. 8, f. 4, 1833. Specimen figured by Whitfield (pi. 37, f. 4). Type of Hyatt's genus Eutrephoceras {Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, XXXH, 555). Nautilus perlatus Morton, Syn. Org. Rem., 33, pi. 13, f. 4, 1831. This may prove to be a synonym of E. dekayi. Nautilus bryani Gabb, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, p. 277. Hercoglossa paucifex (Cope). Attiria paucifex Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1866, p. 34. Type figured by A\liitfield (pi. 39, f. 1). Belemnitella americana (Morton). Belemnites americanus Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVII, 281, 1830; XVIII, pi. 1, figs. 1-3, 1830; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 190, pi. 8, figs. 1-3, 1830. Variety A, Morton (Sy7i. Org. Rem., 34, pi. 1, fig. 3), is the type of the var. suhfusiformis Whitfield (pi. 47, figs. 1,2). There is also the type of var. "B," Morton {Syn. Org. Rem., 34, pi. 1, f. 3b). Belemnites (?) ambiguus Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., XVII, 281, 1830 ; XVIII, pi. l, figs. 4, 5, 18-30 ; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI, 192, pi. 8, figs. 4, 5. 1830. CRUSTACEA. Callianassa mortoni Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1901. 112, pi. 1, figs. 1-6. Hoploparia gabbi Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1901, 11.5, pi. 1, figs. 11-14. Cancer whitfieldi Pilsbrj-, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1901, 118, pi. 1, f. 18. Scalpellum conradi Gabb. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1876, 179, pi. V, flgs. 3a, b, 4. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 A CONTKIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE ORTHOPTERA OF SOUTH AND CENTRAL FLORIDA. BY JA^IES A. G. REHX AND MORGAN HEBARD. The material on which the following study is based is almost entirely the property of the junior author, the greater portion having been collected by him on trips taken in the months of January and February, 1903 and 1904. The localities represented are Tampa, Hillsboro county; Chokoloskee and Key West, Mom-oe county; and Miami, Dade county. The specimens examined number 783, the species seventy-eight, of which seven are new, and several Cuban types are here recorded from the United States for the first time. A A^ery representative series of the material has been presented to the Acadenw. The field notes given after the species are entirely the work of the junior author, and are followed by the initial of his name. The brief descriptions of the localities visited, with other facts of interest from the standpoint of this paper, are also by him. Tampa, Hillsboro County, Florida. During my brief stay in Tampa (January 16 and 17, 1904) I had time for only a few expeditions, and found that from the Tampa Bay Hotel good collecting grounds were not easy to reach. Chilly weather also hampered me decidedly, as in South Florida the weather had been so cool that Orthoptcra was scarce, except in the most sheltered places. There are many marshy spots along the shore of Tampa Bay, and in these few specimens of Orthoptera were to be found. In the driftwood along the shore I also captured a few Forficulids and Blattids, and noticed a small cricket of a pale straw color which I was unable to capture. Back from the bay the country is flat, and for the greater part open with frec^uent shallow ponds, around the edges of which the grasses grow rank, and in these I took numerous specimens. The occasional woods of scattering pines proved unproductive at this time of year, but along their borders the dead pine stumps yielded a number of Eurycotis floridana. A vacant lot near the hotel yielded in addition a few specimens of Ncmohius. 30 proceedings of the academy of [jan., Key West, Monroe County, Florida. I arrived at Key West on January 18, at 4 P.M., and loft on the 20th, but during this time I collected every spare moment, and although the Key was dry and a high wind kept the white coquina dust flying in clouds, collecting proved quite productive. During the fall months the collecting must be of the best. Key West is one of the numerous small islands off the Florida coast, and is situated on the edge of the Gulf Stream, ninety miles northeast of Havana, Cuba. The surface of the Key is composed almost wholly of coquina and is perfectly flat. The greater part is covered with a dense scrub growing to a height of from fifteen to twenty feet, in which very few Orthoptera could be found. The lagoons extending along parts of the shore were also improductive, but there are a few portions of the island near tlie city where the country is more open and the scrub is interspersed with occasional gumbo-limbo trees, and in such location the collecting was excellent. Here not only was Acrididas abundant in the grass, but I also found the Blattidse and Forficulidse abundantly represented under the loose chunks of coquina. I noticed many immature Gonatista grisea scurrying about on the gumbo-limbo trees, and at their roots captured several Anisomorpha buprcstoides. Here and there are small shallow ponds, around the edges of which peculiar weeds flourish on the bare coquina. Miami, Dade County, Florida. I spent several weeks in Miami in the winter of 1903, but did no collecting of any importance in Orthoptera until February, 1904, when I was there from February 5 to February 9, and found Orthoptera plentiful. Near the town there are four different localities in which to collect: the thick jungle or "hammock," the open pine woods, the salt marshes, and the Everglades. In the "hammock" most insects are abundant, but Orthoptera are scarce. I took several species here on the weeds, under the bark of the oaks, and in the small open spaces. The open pine woods are filled with Orthoptera, and many species were to be found among the low vegetation and pine needles. The dead pine logs, upon their bark being peeled off, also disclosed several interesting species. These pine woods extend along Biscayne Bay between the Everglades and the "hammocks" along the shore. The salt marshes are to be found here and there along the shore of the bay, but are quite distant from the hotel, and owing to the shortness of my stay I was unable to visit them. The Everglades are so difficult 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 to penetrate that I found it impossible to collect there. Along their edge no Orthoptera could be found. Many species of Orthoptera were to be heard in the grounds of the Hotel Roj^al Palm after dark, and I made a number of interesting captures there. During the summer of 1903, Mr. W. S. Dickinson collected for me in this locality and reported Orthoptera to be scarce in most places. The material from Chokoloskee, Monroe county, was purchased, and therefore I can give no notes for it. Family FORFIOULID^. labidura bidens (Olivier). A single small male of this species is contained in the Miami collec- tion, taken July 11, 1903. It is considerably smaller and lighter than males from Thomasville, Georgia, and has the anal segment almost unarmed. Anisolabis maritima (Bon.). A female of this species from Key West, taken January 19, 1904, and another from Miami, taken February 9, 1904, have been examined. Key West. — This specimen was taken from under a coquina boulder, which also disclosed a number of Ariisolabis annulipes. (H.) Miayni. — Taken from a stone w^all. (H.) Anisolabis annulipes (H. Lucas). A series of fifty-three specimens from Miami taken during the sum- mer of 1903, and a Key West series of nineteen taken January 19, 1904, represent this species. Considerable variation exists in the width and intensity of the femoral annuli, and in some specimens they are almost wholly lacking. Key West. — All of these specimens were taken from under coquina boulders along a new road being built on the outskirts of the town. They were found several at a time, often in company with one or two large scorpions. (H.) Labia burgessii Scudder. Nine specimens from Tampa, taken January 17, 1904, and fourteen from Miami, taken February 6, 1904, are identical with specimens from Thomasville, Georgia, Specimens from both localities were taken from under the bark of dead pine logs, those from Miami all being taken from the same log. (H,) Labia guttata Scudder. A single female of this species was taken at Tampa, January 17, 1904, 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Taken from under a sign on an oak in company with a number of Periplaneta australasicc . (H.) Family BLATTID^. Blattella germanioa (Linureus). Four specimens of this species from ]\Iiami have been examined. Blattella adspersicollis (Stal). Four specimens of this West Intlian and tropical American species have been examined from Miami, taken February 6, 1903, and Febru- ary 1, 1904. This is the first record of the species within the United States. The specimen captured on February 6, 1903, I took on the porch of the Hotel Royal Palm in the early morning. All the others w^ere found under signs on the pine trees in the town. (H.) Ceratinoptera lutea Saussure and Zehntner. An adult was taken at Tampa, in the driftwood along the shore of Tampa Bay, on January 17, 1904, and one in Key West on January 20, 1904. The specimen taken at Tampa was so recently emerged from the larval state that it had not then become hardened. (H.) Temnopteryx deropeltiformis Brunner. An adult female of this species was taken at Miami on the 5th of August, 1903. This record considerably extends the range of the species, Indiana being the only State from which it has previously been recorded. Brunner's original description merely credited the species to North America. Eurycotis floridana (Walker). This ill-smelling species is represented liy a series of twenty-eight individuals in all stages of development, thirteen being adult. Tampa specimens were taken January 16, 1904; Key West individuals on January IS and 19, 1904; and ]\Iiami representatives on Feliruary 6, 1904, and July 1 and August 11, 1903. The greater portion of the immature individuals are of the sabaliana type, with the lateral margins light-colored. In some specimens this is quite marked, in others very obscure, and in a number absent; two adults are noteworthy as retaining indistinct traces of this early color pattern. I found this species moderately common under the bark of dead pine stumps and logs both at Tampa and Miami. In Key West it fairly swarmed under the coquina boulders in the woods, one rock often disclosing a dozen, the greater part immature but ranging from tiny 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 young to huge females bearing large oothecse. All would immediately scuttle away, making a rustling sound in the loose pebbles. When seized these insects emit a vile-smelling oily fluid.- The females always produced far more of this than the males. (H.) Periplaneta americana (Linnaeus). This species is represented by an adult female and four immature individuals taken at Tampa, January 17, 1904. Periplaneta australasise (Fabricius). Three adults from Miami, taken July 11 and 21 and August 23, 1903, and three adults and seven nymphs taken at Tampa, January 17, 1904, represent this species. All the specimens from Tampa were taken from under a tin sign on an oak tree. (H.) Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Linnsus). This tropical species is represented by a scries of sixty-four adult and immature specimens. But one specimen was taken at Tampa, a. nymph, on January 17, 1904, and it would appear from this that the species is not so common that far north. Miami is represented by specimens taken in January, February and during the summer, while Key West individuals were all (fourteen in number) taken January 19 and 20, 1904. I have always found this species plentiful at ]\Iiami under stones and rubbish. In Key West it was very abundant under coquina boul- ders in the woods. I have noticed that they usually attempt to escape by burrowing. (H.) Plectoptera poeyi (Saussure). This Cuban type is represented by a series of eight specimens taken at Key West on January 19, 1904. These specimens are the first of the species with exact data recorded from the United States. Family MANTIDJE. Stagmomantis Carolina (Jolianuson). One immature female, beaten from scrub at Key West on January 20, 1904, belongs to this species. Several males were taken at Miami on February 4, 1903, attracted to light. ^ Gonatista grisea (Fabricius). Six immature individuals from Key West, January 19, 1904, and one from Miami, February 6, 1904, are referable to this species. Key West. — The immature specimens of this species were abundant upon the trunks of the gumbo-limbo trees. They ran about with 3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY bF [Jan., great swiftness, but when resting pressed themselves close to the bark, which they exactly resembled. Miami. — I found a few immature specimens on the trunk of a tree in a swampy spot near the Miami river. (H.) Thesprotia graminis (Scudder). This species is represented by an immature specimen from Tampa, taken January 17, 1904, another from Key West, taken January 18, 1904, and six mature or nearly mature individuals from Miami, taken in February, March, July and August. I have usually found this species in the pine straw of the pine woods, which it so closely resembles as to be invisible when stationary. (H.) Family PHASMID^. Anisomorpha buprestoides (Stoll). Three specimens of this species were taken at Key West on January 19, 1904, and one adult has been examined from Miami, taken August 5, 1903. Specimens from Key West were taken from among the roots of gumbo-limbo trees. A pair taken on January 19 were in coitu. (H.) Family AORIDID^. Apotettix minutus n. sp. (PI. I, flgs. 3 and 4). Type : c? ; Miami, Dade county, Florida. February 6, 1904. Col- lected by Morgan Hebard. Allied to A. rugosus (Scudder), but very considerably smaller, with the median carina of the pronotum very slightly depressed between the humeral angles, the margins of the median femora scarcely undu- late and the pul villi of the caudal metatarsi of subequal length. Size small; form robust; surface finely tuberculate. Head small; occiput ascending; vertex not elevated above the level of the eyes; fastigium subtruncate, very slightly wider than one of the eyes, dis- tinctl}^ excavated laterad, cephalic margin distinctly carinate and romided in toward the median carina; median carina of fastigium dis- tinct, extending back to the middle of the eyes and projecting cephalad beyond the margin of the fastigium ; frontal costa slightly and regu- larly divergent to the median ocellus, ventrad of which it is absent; eyes moderately prominent, slightly ovate in outline. Pronotum pro-* duccd, surpassing the tips of the caudal femora; median carina dis- tinct, slightly elevated and arcuate, very slightly depressed between the humeral angles; anterior margin subtruncate; caudal process very slightly subulate; humeral angle not strongly marked, scapular area 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 very narrow; cephalic angle of the lateral lobes distinct, obtiise-angu- late; caudal angle of the lateral lobes somewhat recurved, elytral and ventral sinus deep and angulate. Tegmina elliptical, the apex acute. Wings extending beyond the caudal process of the pronotum a distance equal to the length of the cephalic femora. Cephalic femora with the dorsal carina quite distinct but not very high, the lower margin slightly arcuate, but not undulate. Median femora with the margins very slightly undulate, the dorsal more so than the ventral. Caudal femora quite robust, inflated, femoral lobe rectangulate and not elevated, external pagina and dorso-lateral face with strong diagonal folds; tibiae slightly shorter than the femora; metatarsi with the pul villi of equal length. General color clove brown becoming somewhat lighter latcrad, the dorsal aspect of the caudal femora obscurely russet; eyes black, Measure7nents. Length of body, 6.75 mm. Length of pronotum, 8.2 " Greatest width of pronotum, 2.2 " Length of caudal femora, 4.2 " The t}'pe is the only specimen of the species which has been exam- ined. This specimen was taken near the south bank of the Miami river, in a damp spot in the ''hammock." The exact locality is about one hundred yards downstream from the first bridge. (H.) Tettigidea lateralis (Say). This species was taken at Miami, February 6, 1903. Badinotatnm brevipenne (Thomas). This species apparently does not occur on Key West, as no specimens were taken. Tampa is represented by sixteen specimens taken on January 17, 1904, while thirteen specimens from Miami were taken on January 29 and 31 and February 3, 1903, February 6 and 9, 1904, and July 28, 1904. Several of the adult females arc of vciy large size. The usual color forms are represented in the series. Specimens from Tampa were all taken in the grasses bordering the shallow ponds. Those from Miami were taken in the wire-grass and undergrowth of the pine woods. (H.) Tmxalis brevicornis (Johannson). A single male from Chokoloskee represents this species. 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler). A^single female of this species was taken at Miami on September 1, 1903. It is very much larger than specimens from the Northern States, measuring forty-five millimeters in length of body. Macneillia obscura (Scudder). . A series of eighteen specimens — six adult males, six adult females, six nymphs — from Miami were taken February 6 and 9, 1904. They represent both color phases, the green and the brown, the latter pre- dominating, and including all except one adult female and one nymph. The green female has the dorsal half of the latter lobes of the pronotum, the face except the costal region and the dorsal face of the caudal femora grass green, the remainder of the surface being colored much as in the brown phase. Five nymphs from Tampa, taken on Januar}'- 17, 1904, were also examined. I found these specimens in the wire-grass of the pine woods, over a mile from town on the Everglades road. All the specimens were taken within a few yards of each other, and diligent search failed to reveal others in the surrounding woods. The females were easily captured, but the males sprang about with alacrity. (H.) Amblytropidia oocidentalis (Saussure). Thirteen specimens of this species have been examined : three taken at Miami, February 7 and 9, 1904; eight at Cape Florida, Biscayne Key, February 8, 1904; one at Tampa, January 17, 1904, and one at Choko- loskce. Orpbulella pratorum Scudder. A series of twenty-two specimens from Key West, taken January 18, 19 and 20, 1904, and seven individuals from Miami, taken in July and August, 1903, represents this species. Dichromorpha viridis (Scudder). Eight Tampa specimens, taken January 16 and 17, 1904, and one Chokoloskee individual represent this species. Both color phases are present. Taken in a vacant field at Tampa. (H.) Clinocephalus pulcher n. sp. (PI. I, figs, l and 2). Types: d' and ? ; Miami, Dade county, Florida. Jul}'- 20 (c^) and 16(9), 1903. Collected by Dickinson. Hebard collection. Allied to C. elegans Morse, but readily distinguished by the larger size, longer tegmina and more brilliant coloration in the green phase. Size large (for the genus) ; form moderately slender. Head with the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 37 occiput with a hardly perceptible elevation; vertex sloping very slightly toward the fastigiimi; interocular space almost twice as wide as the frontal costa in the male and about once and a half the width in the female; fastigium moderately produced, rectangulate, with a distinct semicircular excavation, margins distinctly elevated, no me- dian carina present; face distinctly retreating; frontal costa slightly and gradually expanding, reaching to the clypeus, sulcate through the entire length; eyes ovoid, in the male very decidedly longer than in infra-ocular portion of the genae, in the female slightly longer than the same ; antennae distinctly longer ( c? ) or considerably shorter ( 9 ) than the head and pronotum. Pronotum subequal in the male, slightly expanding caudad in the female, lateral carinse very slightly constricted mesad; medium carina as distinct as the lateral; cephahc margin rotund ato-trunc ate, caudal margin very broadly obtuse-angulate, more rounded in the male than in the female ; transverse sulcus sever- ing the median carina distinctly behind the middle ; lateral lobes of the pronotum with the ventral margin very broadly obtuse-angulate. Tegmina falling slightly short of the apex of the abdomen, apex slightly narrowed and rotundato-truncate ; costal area with the proximal lobe very prominent, ulnar area of the male with about eight distinct trans- verse veins. Abdomen with the subgenital plate of the male produced into a distinct tubercle; cerci straight, simple, tapering. Cephalic and median femora of the male somewhat inflated. Caudal femora exceeding the apex of the abdomen by nearly the length of the head, moderately robust, distal portion slender with the genicular region enlarged; tibise with thirteen or fourteen spines on the lateral margin in the male and sixteen in the female. Male above apple green; sides and limbs cinnamon, shading to wood brown on the lower surface, eyes and a distinct brownish-black post- ocular streak which also suffuses the base of the tegmina; tegmina (except for the green anal area) pale drab; antennae cinnamon, slightly infuscate apically; dorsal carina of the lateral face of the caudal femora olive ; lateral carinae of the pronotum narrowly lined with cinnamon. Female with the sides, face and limbs apple green; postocular streak as in the male ; head above centrally apple green, flanked by bars of vinaceous-ruf ous ; pronotum above vinaceous-rufous; tegmina with the costal area apple green, the continuations of the postocular streak (reaching to the apex of the tegmina and including the whole discoidal field) brownish-black, angle of the anal vein and adjoining portion of 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., the anal field salmon buff, margin of the anal field obscurely blackish- brown. Antennae and limbs marked as in the male. Measurements. Length of body, 20.5 mm. 28 m.m. Length of pronotimi 4.5 " 5.5 " Caudal width of pronotum, 2.5 " 3.5 " Length of tegmina, 12.5 " 17.8 " Length of caudal femora, 12.5 " 17.5 " A series of five males and three females of this beautiful species have been examined, all taken at Miami on July 20, 1903, except the female type. The males are all uniformly colored except for the presence of a median broad blackish longitudinal bar on the head, a character not noticeable in the type, very distinct in two and faintly indicated in two others. The females, however, exhibit a great color diversity, the type representing one form; another is dull brown with little or no contrasts, in fact resembling the coloration of Amblytro'pidia occiden- talis; the third is cinnamon-rufous on the head and pronotum, with the usual postocular streak, while the tegmina are a very delicate pinkish without any longitudinal bar. Arphia granulata Saussure. This quite distinct species is represented by a series of four from Chokoloskee, two from Miami, taken February 6, 1903, and Februar}^ 7, 1904, and four from Key West, taken January 20, 1904. Three of this series are females, and two of them from Chokoloskee are of a decided blackish hue. Key West. — I found this species in a few sunny openings in the scrub at the eastern end of the Key. Miami. — Specimens were taken in pine woods near the town. (H.) Chortophaga viridifasoiata (DeGeer), A series of thirty-seven specimens represents this common and widely distributed species. Miami specimens were taken in January, February and July; Key West individuals on the 18th and 19th of January, 1904; Tampa is represented by three specimens taken Janu- ary 16 and 17, 1904. Four specimens are from Chokoloskee. Dissosteira Carolina (Linuseus). One female from Chokoloskee, Scirtetica picta (Scudder). This beautiful species is apparently rather common at Miami in July, sixteen specimens taken on the 20th having been examined. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 Two specimens taken there on February 6, 1904, were also studied. The hoary suffusion so noticeable in the species of this genus is limited in some individuals, and more general in others, very much as in the closely related S. marmorata. In a few places in the pine woods this species was plentiful, but speci- mens were hard to capture on account of their extreme shyness. (H.) Psinidia fenestralis (Serville). This sand-loving species is represented by a series of sixteen speci- mens, taken at Chokoloskee, and Miami on February 6. 1904, and July 20, 1903. As a rule they are darker than northern specimens, and have the transverse bars on the lateral aspects of the caudal femora more pronounced. Dictyophorus guttatus (Stoll). This striking species is represented by four specimens taken at Miami on July 11, 1903, and June 2, 1899, the latter collected by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, and in the collection of the Academy. A number of specimens have also been examined from Chokoloskee, Tarpon Springs, Hillsboro county (November, 1903), and Good all, Volusia county (August). Pseudopomala brachyptera (Scudder). A single adult female of this species from Chokoloskee has been examined. This is the first record of this species from the Southern States, Stenacris chlorizans Walker. This water-loving species is represented by a single individual from Miami, taken January 30, 1903. A specimen from St. Augustine, in the collection of the Academy, has also been examined. Leptysma marginicollis (Serville). This elusive species is no doubt of regular occurrence in suitable localities, ten specimens having been examined from Chokoloskee, Tampa (January 17, 1904), Miami (January 16, 23, and February 2, 1899; S. N. Rhoads), and De Funiak Springs, Walton county (Febru- ary 20; C. W. Johnson). All the specimens have the lateral lines distinct. Specimens from Tampa were taken in the marshy places along the bay. (H.) ScMstocerca americana (Drury). This powerful species is represented by a series of thirteen Key West specimens taken on January 18 and 19, 1904, two females from Cape Florida, February 8, 1904, a single Chokoloskee individual and_a'series 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., of ten from Miami taken in July, 1903, and February, 1904. January specimens from Miami are also in the Academy collection. Schistocerca damnifica (Saussure). A male from Miami taken February G, 1904, and a female from Chokoloskee represent this species. Schistocerca alutacea (Harris). Three males, two from Key West, January 20, 1904, and one from Chokoloskee, represent this species. The Kej' West individuals are rather uniformly colored, while the Chokoloskee specimen is striped. Key West. — These specimens were taken in the open bush near the city. (H.) ScMstocerca obscura (Fabricius). One male from Miami taken August 12, 1903, is referred to this species. Melanoplus puer (Scuddei). Twenty-nine specimens represent this peculiar species, several being immature and the adults all larger than Scudder's measurements. One individual is from Tampa, while the remainder are from Miami, taken February 6, 7 and 9, 1904. The species was previously known only from Fort Reed, Orange county, and Jacksonville, Duval county. Tampa. — The specimen from Tampa was taken in a grassy spot near the railroad. Miami. — ^These specimens were taken in the undergrowth of the pine w^oods both to the north and the west of the town. (H.) Melanoplus keeleri (Thomas). A series of twenty-six individuals, evenly divided between the sexes, represent this species. All are from Miami, taken in July and August, 1903. Some of the male specimens have the cerci typical of keeleri, while others might with justice be referred to deletor, and it appears very possible that the two species are identical. The series examined can- not be separated by the cerci into two forms, one extreme running into the other, while in all other characters no difference exists. The series exhibits a considerable amount of color variation, and in size both sexes are larger than Scudder's measurements. Paroxya floridiana (Thomas). A male and a female from Miami, taken July 17, 1903, and January 23, 1899, and three females from Chokoloskee represent this species. Paroxya atlantica Scudder. A series of fifty-five males and twenty-six females represents this 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 species. Miami individuals were taken in February, July and August; Cape Florida specimens (two) on February 8, 1904; Tampa individuals (two) on January 17, 1904, and the Key West series on January 19, 1904. Chokoloskco is represented by a number of specimens without data. Many of the males are extremely small, and the Key West series (twenty-six in number) is remarkable on account of the distinct bars on the posterior femora, a feature not very marked on specimens from other localities. The same series appears somewhat smaller than the mainland representatives, especially the females, and possibly may be an insular race worthy of separation. Those taken in Tampa and Miami were found in marshy spots, while those from Cape Florida and Key West were found on dry ground among weeds. (H.) Aptenopedes olara Rehn. This beautiful species is represented by a series of forty-one speci- mens exhibiting a great amount of variation in size, and considerable in color. A topotypic series from Miami were taken on February 6 and 7, 1904, and in July, 1903, while Key West is represented by twelve specimens indistinguishable from the types, and taken on January 19 and 20, 1904. Several individuals from Cape Florida, Key Biscayne, taken February S, 1904, are of enormous size, but cannot be separated otherwise from the types. Eight specimens from Tampa, taken Janu- ary 16 and 17, 1904, have the cerci slightly shorter and less falcate than in Miami specimens, but the fiu-cula are as in true clara, and the tendency toward sphenarioides is extremely slight. The range in total length of adult males is from 19 millimeters in Miami specimens to 26.5 in the Cape Florida type, in adult females from 24 in small Miami specimens to 34 in the largest Cape Florida representatives. The brown phase of coloration has been noticed in the female only, the male presenting little else than variation in the intensity of the green phase of coloration. The specimens from Tampa were taken in marshy spots along the bay. In Key West I found the species among the low, dry herbage near the city, and on Cape Florida in a dense tangle of vines and grasses. Those from Miami were captured in the vmdergrowth of the pine woods. (H.) Aptenopedes aptera Scudder. Folu- males of this species taken at Miami, February 7, 1904, have b®en examined. The caudal femora of this species appear heavier than in any of the other species of the genus. 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., These specimens were taken in the wire-grass of the pine woods to the north of Miami. Specimens were very hard to find here, and none were taken to the west of the town where, otherwise, the best collect- ing was secured. (H.) Family TETTIGONID^. Stilpnoohlora marginella (Serville). A single female specimen of this neotropical species from Chokoloskee has been examined. It is slightly smaller than a Nicaraguan female in the Academy collection, but can without hesitancy be referred to this species. Scudder has recorded it from the Florida Keys. Soudderia curvioauda (DeGeer). A single female of this species was taken at Miami on July 20, 1903. Soudderia ouneata Morse. A pair of this southern species was taken at Miami on August 21 (c?) and 23 ( ? ), 1903. Amblyoorypha floridana n sp. (PI. I, fig. 5). Types: d^, Chokoloskee, Monroe county, Florida [A. N. S. Phila.]; 9 , Miami, Dade county, Florida, July 20, 1903 [Hebard collection]. Allied to A. ohlongifolia, but differing in the straighter ovipositor and less angulatc lateral angles of the disk of the pronotum. From A. huasteca, which it resembles in the latter respect, it can be separated by the very much shorter ovipositor. Size medium; form slender, elongate. Head short, rather broad; vertex very strongly declivent; fastigium of the vertex very broad, about equal to the length of one of the eyes, truncate, broadly touching the frontal fastigium; eyes elliptical; antennae reaching to the tips of the wings. Pronotum depressed above, distinctly expanding poste- riorly; lateral margins of the disk rounded rectangulate, ratner obso- lete cephalad; cephalic margin with a broad slight median emargina- tion, caudal margin broadly rotundate; lateral lobes slightly deeper than long. Tegmina not quite four times as long as broad, costal margin evenly arcuate, apex rounded; radial rami bifurcate, the branches reaching the anal margin cephalad of the apex; costal region irregularly reticulate. Wings extending beyond the tegmina a distance slightly less than the length of the pronotum. jVIesosternal lobes somewhat produced, rounded mesad, an angle developed latcro-caudad ; metasternal lobes each subcircular. Subgenital plate of the male carinatc mesad, distad with a narrow V-shaped median emargination ; styles very short, tapering. Ovipositor considerably longer than the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILAPELPHIA. 43 pronotum, moderate!}' curved, distal two-thirds of the dorsad and distal one-third of the ventral margins serrato-dentate, apex mod- erately acute. Cephalic tibiae with the auricle elongate-elliptical. Caudal femora elongate, considerably inflated proximad, external margin unarmed, internal margin with nine spines; tibiae ver}^ slightly longer than the femora. General color (specimens discolored) straw yellow, traces of the origi- nal apple green visible on the tegmina; tympanum of male heavily marked with black. Measurements. IjCngth of body, 24.5 mm. 21 mm. Length of pronotum, 7 " 7 " Caudal width of pronotum 4.5 " 4.5 " j Length of tegmina, . . .' c. 33 " 32.5 " ; Greatest width of tegmuia, 9 '' 9 " ■ Length of caudal femora, 28.5 " Length of ovipositor, 11 " This interesting species is represented by a series of five specimens, three females, two males, all of which are in bad condition, three having lost the caudal limbs. The specimens other than the types are all from Chokoloskce, Florida. Miorocentrum laurifolium (LiniiiBus). Two specimens, male and female, from Miami represent this species in the Hebard collection. They were taken on February 5 and Sep- tember 12. A single female, in the collection of the Academy, was taken at Miami on February 1, 1899, by S. N. and M. C. Rhoads, and another male at Braidentown^ Manatee county. Many specimens of this species could be heard stridulating in the trees after dark, but were difficult to capture. (H.) Microcentrum rostratum n. sp. (PI. I, figs. G and 7). Type: ? ; Miami, Dade county, Florida. March 16, 1903. [Heb- ard collection.] Allied to M. lucidum Brunner, from Brazil, from wh^'ch it differs in the triangularly produced mcso- and metasternal lobes, and the less rotundate character of the tegmina. The new form can readily be distinguished from the other North American species by its much smaller size and the peculiar fastigium. Size small; form as usual in the genus. Head but slightly punctate dorsad; occiput and vertex deplanate, moderately declivent; fasti- 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., gium of tho vertex narrow, produced, distinctly sulcate, apically rounded and not as wide as the proximal joint of the antennae; frontal fastigium much narrower than the fastigium of the vertex and touching the same ; eyes subspherical, moderately prominent, slightly depressed, separated from one another by a space equal to the length of one of them; antcnnse with the proximal joint subquadrate in section, rather small. Pronotum strongly punctate, depressed above, the lateral angles distinct, rectangulate, more apparent cephalad than caudad; cephalic margin very broadly and shallowly emarginate, caudal margin strongly arcuate ; lateral lobes distinctly deeper than long, the ventral margin with an oblique cephalic sinuosity, a distinct humeral sinus pres- ent. Tcgmina of the type usual in the genus, strongly punctate and coriaceous, the veins not pronounced; anterior ulnar vein becoming obsolete distad, the median vein reaching the sutural margin proximad of the apex, mediastine vein very short; apex narrowly rounded. Wings extending beyond the tegmina a distance slightly less than the length of the pronotum. Mcsosternal and metasternal lobes produced caudad, the angles sharp. Cephahc femora with the ventral cephalic margin distinctly spined; tibiae unspined above. Median femora armed as with the cephalic pair. Caudal femora short, hardly exceed- ing the tip of the ovipositor, ventral margins spined; tibiae slightly exceeding the femora in length, slightly bent; tarsi rather small and weak. Ovipositor strongly bent dorsad at the base, the apex broad and bluntly rounded, apical margins serrato-dentate ; subgenital plate triangular, produced, compressed. General color apple green, suffused with yellowish on the abdomen; eyes ecru drab, tarsi and tip of ovipositor burnt umber. Measurements. Length of body, 26 mm. Length of pronotum, 5 Caudal width of pronotum ;^.7 Length of tegmina, 31 Greatest width of tegmina, 8 Lcngtl/of caudal femora, 16.1 Length of caudal tibiae, 17.2 Length^of ovipositor, 5.5 A single specimen of this species, the type, has been examined. Belocephalus subapterus Scudder. Two females, one from Miami, August 19, 1903, and the other from Chokoloskee, represent this species. The Chokoloskee specimen is 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 smaller than the Miami individual, but has the o\'ipositor longer. Both are of a brownish color, which apparently is the natural coloration. The tcgmina and wings are present as very small pads. Pyrgocorypha uncinata (Harris). This striking species is represented by four specimens, two from Miami, one taken July 11, 1903 (immature), the other without date, and two from Chokoloskee. They agree very well with Mexican specimens. Conooeplialus mexicanus Saussure. Three specimens represent this species, one from Tampa, taken January 15, 1904, the others from Miami, taken February 5, 1903, and February 6, 1904. Tampa. — I took this specimen in a marshy spot on the shore of Tampa Bay. Miami. — One specimen was captured in a bush about 9 P.M. It was making a deafening noise. I saw and heard several other speci- mens, but all these when approached flew swiftly aw^ay. Conocephalus lyristes n. sp. (PI. I, figs. 8 and 9). Type: 6^, Chokoloskee, Monroe county, Florida. [Hebard collec- tion,] Apparently allied to Conocephalus truncatirostris Redtenbacher from Brazil, C. exiliscanorus Davis from Staten Island, and C. bruneri Blatchley from Indiana. From the former it can readily be distin- guished by the slenderer head and smaller size, while the shape of the fastigium will separate it from the latter species. Size medium; form rather slender and moderately compressed. Head v/ith the occiput and vertex horizontal, the rostrum elongate and produced into a rather slender, bluntly rounded process which is distinctly longer than the interspace between the eyes, ventral surface with a blunt basal tooth; frontal fastigium produced, but not quite touching the process of the rostrum; eyes rounded ovate in outline, not very prominent. Pronotum deplanate dorsad; lateral angles not dis- tinct cephalad, distinct but rounded caudad; cephalic margin subtrun- cate, caudal margin broadly arcuate; lateral lobes equally long and broad, the ventral margin obtuse-angulatc, humeral sinus rather broad and shallow. Tegmina long and narrow, very considerably surpassing the caudal femora. Cerci thick, heavy and parallel, apically with a strong, recurved, aculeate spine on the internal margin, dorsad of which is placed another of similar character but smaller size; subgenital plate with a broad apical V-shaped emargination and with short but distinct 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., styles. Cephalic femora unarmed, tibiae with the perforation a mere slit on each face. Median limbs slightly larger than the cephalic pair. Caudal femora no longer than the body, slender, genicular lobes spini- form, the internal more distinctly produced than the external, distal portion of the ventral margins spined ; tibiae heavy, straight and rather strongly spined. General color tawny olive; head with a lateral line on the rostrum, the ocelli and a narrow postocular line ochre yellow, eye drab, ventral surface of the rostrum black ; pronotum with the lateral angles marked with ochre yellow, another bar of the same color and a continuation of the postocular line crosses the lateral lobes; tegmina with the radial veins and the sides of the tympanum marked with blackish, a number of rather faint maculations of the same color being distributed over the tegmina, lateral margins of the tympanum external to the blackish bar striped with ochre yellow; limb with the ventral surfaces blackish, rather weak on the cephalic pair, very distinct and extending on to the lateral aspects of the tibite on the caudal pair. Measurements. Length of body, 30.5 mm. Length of head (dorsal), 6 Length of rostrum from eyes 3.1 Length of pronotum, 7.6 Greatest width of pronotum, 4.9 Length of tegmina, 39.2 Greatest width of tegmina, 5 Length of caudal femora, 21 The type is the only adult specimen examined . An immature female from Chokoloskce appears to belong to this species. The ovipositor is very considerably longer than the body, slightly decurved with an acute apex. Conocephalus hoplomachus n. sp. (PI. I, figs. 10 and 11). Type: 9 ; Chokoloskee, Monroe county, Florida. May. [He bard collection.] Apparently allied to C. ensifer Bolivar from Peru, but differing in the short and acuminate tegmina and wings. The blunt, broad fastigium short, sublanceolate tegmina, and straight elongate ovipositor will at once distinguish this species. Size large; form robust, limbs short. Head somewhat depressed, subdeplanate dorsad, occiput and vertex horizontal; rostrum moder- ately produced, extending beyond the cephalic margin of the eyes a 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 distance slightly less than the interocular space, apex rotund ato-trun- cate, rounded and with no distinct angles; frontal fastigium broadly touching the blunt ventral process of the rostrum; eyes subovate, small, not prominent. Pronotum broad, rather deplanate dorsad, no distinct lateral angles, a slightly marked shoulder developed over the humeral sinus; cephalic margin truncate with a very faint median emargination ; caudal margin truncate; lateral lobes distinctly longer than deep, ventral margin rounded with a faint median obtuse angle, humeral sinus distinct but not deep. Tegmina not reaching the apex of the abdomen, sublanceolate, the apex very narrowly rounded; longitudinal veins indistinct and almost lost in the irregular, reticulate character of the cross veins, mediastine veins extending almost half the length of the tegmen, median vein closely pressed to the posterior radial vein and extending to the extreme apex, anterior ulnar vein distinctly longitudinal in disposition and distad parallel and placed close to the median vein. Wings considerably shorter than the tegmina. Ovipositor very long, broad and with a hardly perceptible curve, the length being almost equal to that of the body and nearly twice that of the caudal femora, apex very acute; subgenital plate narrowed toward the apical margin, apex triangularly emarginate. Cephalic femora short, with two spines on the distal portion of the interno-vcntral margin, tibiae with the aperture slit-like. Median limbs about equal to the cephalic in size. Caudal femora slightly exceeding the apex of the abdomen, apical portion not very slender, both ventral margins spined distad, genicular lobes distinctly spined. General color cinnamon, two faint longitudinal lines of umber present on the sides of the disk of the pronotum. Measurements. Length of body, 43 mm. Length of rostrum from eyes, 2.7 " Length of pronotum, 10 " Caudal width of pronotum, 6.2 " Length of tegmina, 23 Length of ovipositor, 38.5 '' Length of caudal femora, 24 " The type only has been examined. Conocephalus retusus Scudder. A single female from Chokoloskee is referred to this species. This species has never before been recorded south of Georgia. Orchelimum vulgare Harris. A pair of this species from Chokoloskee has been examined. 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Orchelimum concinnum Scudder. A female from Chokoloskee is the most southern record for this species, whose general range is more western. Orchelimum nitidum Redteubacher. A male individual from Chokoloskee probably belongs to this species, differing from the description in several details, which, however, appear to be unimportant. Xiphidion gracillimum Morse. A scries of fourteen specimens, nine males and five females, repre- sents this beautiful species. Miami adult specimens were taken on January 30, July 17-20 and September 12, 1903, immature specimens on Februar}^ 6 and 8, 1904. A single immature male from Tampa was taken January 16, 1904. Considerable variation is exhibited in the intensity of the dorsal stripe. The type series of the species was taken at Capron and Biscayne Bay. All specimens of this species which I captured were found among dense weeds. (H.) Xiphidion brevipenne Scudder. This widely distributed species is represented by one female taken at Chokoloskee. Atlanticus sp. Fourteen immatiu-c specimens belonging to a species of this genus were taken at Miami on February 6 and 9, 1904, and at Tampa on January 17, 1904. They apparently are not gibbosus, but are quite different from the other species of the genus. Ceuthophilus latibuli Scudder. A series of eleven specimens of both sexes represents this richly colored species. They were taken at Enterprise, Volusia county, April 18, 1903, by Mr. Philip Laurent. The species was described from Crescent Ciw, Florida, and Georgia. Mr. Laurent informs me that this species is found abundantly in gopher holes. In one hole which he dug out the whole of the bottom of the burrow was covered with them. (H.) Family G-RYLLID^. Mogoplistes slossoni Scudder. A female specimen of this species, which is considerably smaller than the type measurements and apparently immature, was taken at Miami, February 6, 1904. The antennae have four distinct blackish annuli on a chestnut ground. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 49 I took this specimen under a sign on an oak tree in the "hammock" just across the river from Miami. One other specimen was noticed, but escaped by springing from the tree. Great difficulty was experi- enced in capturing the specimen without rubbing off its silver scales. (H.) Liphoplus krugii Saussnre. This species was originally described from Cuba, and has never since been recorded outside of that island. Seven specimens, one male, six females, taken at Key West, January 19, 1904, appear to be referable to this form. These specimens were taken from Ilex cassine by beating, in company with Plectopiera poeyi and Cyrtoxipha delicatula. The specimens were all secured with little difficulty. (H.) Liphoplus zebra n. sp. (PI. I, fig. li). Type : d^ ; Miami, Dade county, Florida. February 6, 1904. (Mor- gan Hebard.) [Hebard collection.] Distinguished from L. krugii by the apparent tegmina, the smaller size and peculiar coloration. Size very small; form depressed; surface partially, and probably wholly in the perfect unabradcd insect, covered with minute scales of a silvery-white color. Head depressed, the front with a distinct longitudinal median incision, narrow but distinct; eyes reniform in outline, subvertical; antennae considerably exceeding the body in length. Pronotum scutellate, equal to half the length of the body, moderately arched, the lateral portions deflected toward the median line; cephalic portion considerably narrower than the caudal portion, the margin truncate ; caudal margin very distinctly rotundate ; lateral margins straight. Tegmina visible only as a projecting fringe around the caudal portion of the pronotum, the structure apparently being a fan-like set of radiating veins, margined apically l)y a narrow deflected subcoriaceous area. Abdomen short, thickly covered with scales. Limbs heavily scaled; cephalic and median pair very short; caudal femora strongly inflated, supplied with a number of long hairs, tibiae shorter than the femora and narrowed somewhat proximad, meta- tarsi serrato-dentate dorsad. General colors vandyke brown and silvery- white, the tibiae and tarsi alternately ringed with these shades; caudal femora silvery-white obscvu'ely mottled with the darker color; antennae wood brown, be- coming darker apically and narrowly and rather sparsely ringed with a deeper shade : head probably uniform silvery-white when unrubbed ; 4 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., pronotum cinnamon darker on the lateral portions of the cephalic half, the lateral lobe lined above with pale ochre-yellow and below with a broad line of silvery-white scales. Tegmina bone white, the margins blotched with the two predominating colors. Abdomen finely mottled with the two contrasting tints. Measurements. Length of body, 5 mm. Length of pronotum, 2.9 " Caudal width of pronotum, . 1.9 " Length of caudal femora, 3.1 " Of this beautiful and peculiar species the type is the only specimen which has been seen. The striking coloration is quite distinctive and will immediately separate; it from L. krugii. This specimen I captured in the pine woods to the west of Miami, It was first noticed perched on the top of a tuft of wire-grass. After having swept it into the net -I very nearly lost it, for it jumped around with great agility. (H.) Nemobius socius Seudder. An adult female and an immature individual from Tampa, taken January 16 and 17, 1904, represent this species. The adult has the tegmina but slightly longer than the head and pronotum, while the wings are not visible. In all other respects, however, the Tampa female is inseparable from macropterous individuals from Thomas ville, Georgia. Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder. This beautiful species is represented by three specimens, two males and a nymph, from Miami, taken February 6, 1904, and a pair from Tampa, taken January 16 and 17, 1904. This species is almost invariably found in dead leaves. (H.) Nemobius aterrimus Scudder. This species, originally described from Jacksonville, Florida, is repre- sented by a pair taken at Tampa on January 17, 1904. Gryllus firmus Scudder. A single male from Miami represents this species. Gryllus rubens Scudder. This species is represented by a series of ten males and sixteen females. Miami specimens were taken on February 6, 1904, and August 19 and 21, 1903; Tampa specimens on January 16, 1904, and Chokoloskee 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 individuals in April and May, 1903. Several of the specimens are smaller than the usual type and are referred here with a little uncer- tainty. The specimens taken on February 6 were all found under boards and •stones along the main street of Miami. They were captured after dusk while stridulating at a great rate. (H.) Gryllodes poeyi (Saussure). This Antillean species is represented by m'ne specimens, three adult males, two adult females and four nymphs, from Miami, taken Febru- ary 6, 7, and 9, 1904. They are inseparable from a series of Cuban and Bahaman individuals, and constitute the first record of the species from the United States. The first evening in Miami I heard this cricket stridulating in cracks between the bricks of the drive leading to the Hotel Royal Palm. Marking the places, as it was then too dark to investigate, I left them till the next morning. I then was able to raise the bricks and collected several specimens. One specimen was taken stridulating in a crack six feet from the ground between the stones which form the front of the Miami Bank. This insect emits a shrill sound easily distinguished from Gryllus ruhens by its higher pitch and the longer duration of the stridulations. When exposed it waves its long slender antennae about continually. (H.) Cyrtoxipha delicatula Scudder. A series of eight adult males, seven adult females and a nymph from Key West, taken January 19, 1904, are referred to this species. An adult male and a nymph were also taken at Miami, February 6, 1904. This series does not wholly agree with Scudder's description, taken from two males from Fort Reed and Sand Point, Florida, but as a great amount of variation in the presence of pronotal hairs and considerable in the length of the wings is exhibited by the specimens studied, it is impossible to attempt to separate them. Saussure's C. gundlachi is ■of a quite different appearance. Key West. — These specimens I beat from Ilex cassine with little difficulty. I found no others on any other bushes, and would probably have missed the species in this locality had I not happened to beat this bush. I found it to be the same in the case of Plectoptera poeyi and Liphoplus krugii. Miami. — The nymph was beaten from a bush in the "hammock," and the mature specimen was taken at night when beating for Micro- centrum. (H.) 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Hapithus quadratus Scudder. This species, which has been synonymized with H. agitator by both Saussurc and Scudder, appears to be quite distinct and really separable from the northern H. agitator. The tcgmina of the female are some- what longer and with a more complex venation, while the posterior limbs are longer and distinctly colored, and as far as available material o-oes the general size appears greater. Two adult females from Miami were taken August 11 and 21, 1903, while two nymphs from the same place were collected on February 6, 1904. One nymph was taken at Key West, January 19, 1904. Keij West.— This specimen was taken, together with Plectoplcra poeyi and Liphoplus krugii, while beating Ilex cassine. (H.) Orocharis saulcyi (c;ir6riu). This Antillcan species, here recorded from the United States for the first time, is represented by two males taken at Miami, one on Feb- ruary 3, the other on August 19, 1903. The very slender form and structure of the tegmina will readily separate this from the other North American species. The specimen captured on February 3, 1903, was beaten from the high weeds in a waste field, (H.) Tafalisca' lurida Walker. A single female from Chokoloskee represents this species. ' This name was denied recognition by Saussure for lack of significance, but it should replace Metrypa Brunner, having five years priority. 1905.] natural sciences of philadelphia. Summary of Species and Localities. 53 F0RFICULID.E. Labidura bidens A nisolabis m aritim a A nisolabis annulipes Labia burgessii Labia guttata Blattid^. Blattella germanica BlatteUa adspersicollis Ceratinoptera lutea Tern nopteryx deropeltiformis. Eurycotis floridana Periplaneta americana Periplaneta aiistralasice Pycnoscelus sxLrinamensis Plectoptera poeyi Mantid^. Stagmomantis Carolina Gonatista grisea Thesprotia graminis Phasmid^. Anisomorpha buprestoides. .. ACRIDID^. Apotettix minutus Tettigidca lateralis Radinotatum brevipenne Truxalis brevicornis Syrbula admirabilis Macneillia obscura Amblytropidia occidentalis.. Orphu lella pratorum Dichrom orpha viridis , ■Clinocephalus pulcher Arphia granulata Chortophaga viridifasciata.. Dissosteira Carolina , Scirtetica picta , Psinidia fen estralis , Dictyophorus guttatus , Pseudopomcda brachyptera.. Stenacris ch lorizans , Leptysm a ma rginicollis Schistocerca americana , Schistocerca damnifica , Schistocerca alutacea , Schistocerca obscura , Melanoplus puer Melanoplus keeleri Paroxya floridiana Paroxya atlantica Aptenopedes clara Aptenopedes aptera Tampa. Choko- loskee. Miami. Key West. 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., TeTTIGONIDjE. Stilpnochlora marginella Scudderia cuneata Scudderia curvicauda A mblycorypha floridana Microcentrum laurifolium Microcentrum rostratum Belocephalus subapterus Pyrgocorypha uncinata Conocephalus mexicanus Conocephalus lyristes Conocephalus hoplomachus.... Conocephalus retusus OrcheliTnum vulgar e Orch elinium concinnum Orchelimum nitidum Xiphidion gracillimum A' iphidion brevipenne Atlanticus sp Gryllid^e. Mogoplistes slossoni.... Liphoplus krugii Liphoplus zebra Nenwhius socius Nemobius ambitiosus . Nemobius aterrimus.... Gryllus firmus Gryllus rubens Gryllodes poeyi Cyrtoxipha delicatula.. Hapithus quadratus.... Orocharis saulcyi Tafalisca lurida Tampa. Choko- loskee. Miami. Key West. 1905,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 Explanation of Plate I. Fig. 1. — Clinocephalus pulcher n. sp. Miami, Florida. Male type, lateral view. Twice natural size. Fig. 2. — Clinocephalus pulcher n. sp. Miami, Florida. Male type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. Twice natural size. Fig. 3. — Apotettix minutus n. sp. Miami, Florida. Type, lateral view, twice natural size. Fig. 4. — Apotettix minutus n. sp. Miami, Florida. Type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. Twice natural size. Fig. b.—Amblycorypha poridana n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, lateral view. Natural size. Fig. 6. — Microcentrum rostratum n. sp. Miami, Florida. Type, lateral view. Natural size. Fig. 7. — Microcentrum rostratum n. sp. Miami, Florida. Type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. Natural size. Fig. 8. — Conocephalus lyristes n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. Natural size. Fig. 9. — Conocephalus lyristes n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, lateral view. Natural size. Fig. 10. — Conocephalus hoplomachus n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, lateral view. Natural size. Fig. 11 —Conocephalus hoplomachus n. sp. Chokoloskee, Florida. Type, dorsal view of head and pronotum. Natural size. Fig. 12. — Liphoplus zebra n. sp. Miami, Florida. Type, dorsal view. Twice natural size. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., NEW, RARE OR LITTLE-KNOWN SCOMBROIDS. No. II. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. OARANGID^. SCOMBEROIDIN.E. SCOMBEROIDES Lac^pfede. Hist. Nat. Poiss., Ill, 1802, p. 50 (noelii). Dorsal spines I, VII. Pterygoid teeth present. Subitenus SCOMBEKOIDES Lac6pMe. Scales shorter, not very elongate, or more normally developed. Soomberoides toloo (Cuvier). Chorinemus toloo Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., VIII, 1831, p. 277. Malabar. (M. Belenger.) (Based on Toloo parah Russell, Fishes of Coromandel, II, 1803, p. 29, PI. 137. Vizagapatam.) Head 4f ; depth 3^; D. I, VII-I, 20; A. II-I, 18; P. ii, 15; V. I. 5; width of head 2| in its length; depth of head l^; mandible If; fifth dorsal spine 5|-; first dorsal ray If; first anal spine 4^; least depth of caudal peduncle 4^; pectoral 1^; ventral 2; snout 3|, from tip of upper jaw ; eye 4 ; maxillary If. Gill-rakers 3 + 9, compressed, pointed, and with fine bristles on inner edges. Longest about f of longest fila- ments. Longest filaments about | of orbit. Color when fresh in arrack slaty-gray above, sides and lower surface silvery-white. Top of head, snout, and upper marginal portion of back grayish. On sides a little above, about six daubs or blotches of grayish. Soft dorsal dull or pale yellowish-white on basal portion, upper part grayish. Ventral and anal similar. Axil of pectoral dusky. Iris pale yellowish. Peri- toneum whitish. Length 13 inches. Four examples, one now in Stanford University. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Soomberoides moluccensis (Gray). Thynnus moluccensis Gray, Cat. Fish Gronow Brit. Mus., 1854, p. 121. Insulas Moluccenses. (Britisli Museum.) Chorinemus sancti petri Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Genoot. (Bijd. Makreel. Vissch. Soend. Mohik. Arch.), XXIV, 1852, p. 45. Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., II, 1860, p. 473. Giinther, Journ. Mus. Godef. (Fische der Stidsee), V, 1876, p. 138. (Part. Not of Cuvier.) Head 4^; depth 3i; D. I, VII-I, 20; A. II-I, IS; P. ii, 16; V. I, 5; 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 width of head 2tV in its length; depth of head 1^; mandible U; first dorsal ray about 2; first anal ray about 2i; upper caudal lobe 1|; pectoral If; ventral 1|; snout 3f in head, measured from its tip; eye 4; maxillary 1^; intcrorbital space 3^; least depth of caudal peduncle 4f ; sixth dorsal spine 4. Body rather elongate, somewhat oblong-ovate, strongly compressed, and greatest depth about opposite origin of soft dorsal. Profiles nearly straight after origins of soft dorsal and anal. Caudal peduncle slender, compressed, and its least depth about half of its length. Head rather small, compressed, upper profile but little inclined, and nearly straight till a little before spinous dorsal. Lower profile rather convex from tip of mandible. Snout rather short, a trifle longer than eye, rather narrow, convex, and tip of upper jaw rather pointed. Fig. 1. — Scomberoides moluccensis (Gray). Eye circular, lower rim well below in greatest depth, and posterior rim a little posterior in length of head. Mouth large, gape reaching about opposite front rim of pupil, and tip of mandible produced a little in front beyond tip of upper jaw. Preorbital narrow\ Maxillary long, narrow, its distal expanded extremity equal to about f of pupil, and reaching about opposite first f of orbit. Mandible curved up a little in front. Teeth small, strong, and a single series of rather en- larged ones in upper jaw, especially in front. Front of upper jaw with patch of fine teeth inside and along edges, but narrowing posteriorly. Teeth biserial in mandible, those of outer series very small, close to- gether, and directed outwards. Teeth of outer series of upper jaw fitting in between the two mandibular series when mouth is closed. Four slightly enlarged canine-like teeth in front of lower jaw in inner series. Patches of small teeth on vomer, palatines and pterygoids. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., that of former witliout backward elongation. Tongue small, a little (elongate, rounded, and free in front. Tongue and basibranchials with fine asperous patches. Nostrils adjoining, level with upper part of iris, posterior a little larger, and without flap in front. Interorl)ital space elevated and a median trenchant keel extending from intcrnasal space to spinous dorsal. Gill-opening extending forward a trifle before front rim of orbit. Rakers 9+16, slender, compressed, pointed, and longest equal to filaments which are about f of orbit. Pseudobranchise small. Isth- mus strongly compressed but its edge rounded. Scales small, elongate, not narrowl}^ so, and not on head and fins, except base of caudal. Lateral line a little wavy at first, becoming straight after origin of soft anal. Axillary cavities at bases of pectoral and ventral. Each dorsal and anal spine depressible in a groove. First dorsal spine directed forward, and its tip about opposite first third of pectoral. Of depressible spines fifth and sixth longest, and seventh a little shorter than fourth. When depressed spines overlap. Soft dorsal inserted a little nearer snout than base of caudal, first few- rays longest, and about last eleven finlet-like though joined by a mem- brane. Soft anal inserted behind origin of soft dorsal and fin similar. Caudal forked, lobes pointed, and rather slender. Spinous anal in- serted well beyond tip of pectoral, second spine longest and reaching origin of rayed fin. Pectoral broad, short, and origin of fin a little below middle of depth. Ventral large, inserted opposite origin of pectoral. First ray reaching about f of space to spinous anal, and innerqiost joined to abdomen by a membrane. Spine slender and a little over half of length of fin. Color in alcohol pale brownish-drab-gray above, side and lower sur- face silvery-white. Side of head silvery. Fins pale straw-brownish, (>nds of caudal lobes a little darker, and upper portions of soft dorsal rays deep brownish-black. Ventral and anal whitish. No blotches apparent on side of trunk. Iris pale brassy. Peritoneum whitish. Length 6j inches. No. 11,328, A. N. S. P. One example from Christmas Island, lat. 1° 59' N., long. 157° 32' W., Polynesia. Dr. William H. Jones. One from Manila, Philippine Islands, from Dr. M. Burrough, differs a little as follows: Head 4^; depth 3f ; width of head 2f in its length; depth of head 1-|; mandible If; pectoral H; ventral about 2; snout 3^ in head, measured from tip of upper jaw. Maxillary reaching a little nearer posterior rim of orbit. Length 6^ inches. Also two examples, probably from Polynesia. They agree in most 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 all details. One is very young, measuring 2^ inches. It has : Head 3^ ; depth Sf. Body strongly compressed, and of more fusiform profile. Spines large, fifth longest. Second anal spine reaching past origin of soft anal fin which is inserted a little behind that of soft dorsal. Ven- tral equally as long as pectoral, and reaching a little beyond anus, but not quite to origin of spinous anal. Pectoral broad. Scomberoides toloo-parah (Riippcll)^ from the Red Sea needs com- parison. The synonomies of the species of Scomberoides appear to have been greatly confused. Gray's moluccensis seems to be the oldest name available for the East Indian form, with which I also identify that from Polynesia. RHAPHIOLEPIS subseii. nov. Type Chorinemus tol Cuvier. Scales elongate and slender. Approaching Oligoplites. {'Fd(pui'^^ a small needle; /le::;'?, a scale.) Scomberoides tol (Cuvier). Chorinemus tol Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., VIII, 1831, p. 283. Pondichery. (M. Leschenault.) La cote de Malabar. (MM. Dussumier et Belenger.) Amboine. He de Bourou. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) (Probably not Tol parnh Russell.) Head 4|; depth 4; D. I, VII-I, 20; A. II-I, 19; P. ii, 15; V. I, 5; width of head 2^ in its length; depth of head If; least depth of caudal peduncle 5; pectoral lyf ; ventral 2; snout 3^, from its tip; eye 4f ; maxillary 2; interorbital space 3f. Gill-rakers 8+18, compressed, slender, pointed, with minute bristles on their inner surfaces and long- est nearly equal to longest filaments. Color when fresh in arrack rich slaty-gray above, deep or blackish along profile of back, and a deep blackish streak above eye along side of head above till over base of pectoral. Sides of body and lower surface silvery-white with about five distinct pale gray blotches anteriorly. ' Spinous dorsal gray-black. Soft dorsal dull or pale yellowish-white, except upper or outer portions of anterior rays which are black. Caudal grayish. Anal, pectoral and ventral whitish. Axil of pectoral blackish. Iris pale yellowish. Peri- toneum pale or w^hitish. Length 9 inches. One example from Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Russell's poor figure^ cannot be certainly identified with this species. Oligoplites saurus (Schueider). Scomber saurua Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch, 1801, p. 32. Jamaica. (Based on Browne.) Fort Macon (North Carolina), Key West (Florida). Young exam- ' Lichia toloo-parah Cuvier, in Riippell, Atlas zu der Reise im nordlichen Afrika^ ZooL, 1828, p. 91. Massaua. 2 Tol parah Russell, Fishes of Coromandel, II, 1803, PI. 138. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., pics from Porto Rico (Coll. U. S. Fish Com.) about 4^ inches long are more slender, the depth usually about 3^, and the maxillary falling a little short of posterior margin of eye. At present, in alcohol, the iris is dilute silvery-white. The colored figure given by Messrs. Evermann and Marsh^ unfortunately lacks the spinous dorsal and anal fins. Oligoplites saliens (Bloch). Scornber saliens Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., VII (X), 1793, p. 49, Pi. 335. Bey den antillischen Inseln. Head 4|; depth 3f ; D. I, IV-I, 20: A. II-I, 20; P. iii, 14; V. I, 5; width of head about 2yo in its length; depth of head over posterior margin of eye li; mandible 1-f ; second articulated dorsal ray H; first articulated anal ray If; pectoral 1^; ventral 2f ; snout 34 in head, measured from its own tip; eye 4; maxillary li; interorbital space 4; Fig. 2. — Oligoplites saliens (Bloch). last dorsal spine 4 ; second anal spine 4f ; least depth of caudal peduncle 4|. Body deep, compressed, oblong-ovoid, and greatest depth at origin of rayed anal. Profiles similar, more or less straight to caudal peduncle after origins of soft dorsal and anal. Caudal peduncle rather slender, compressed, and its least depth about 2^ in length. Head deep, compressed, upper profile nearly straight, and lower about evenly convex from tip of mandible to gill-opening. Snout short , convex, a little broad, and upper jaw a little pointed in front. Eye circular, lower rim a little below greatest depth and posterior rim about midway in head. Mouth large, gape reaching about opposite middle of orbit, and tip of mandible produced a little beyond tip of upper jaw. Preorbital narrow. Maxillary long, narrow, its distal expanded ex- 3 Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. (Fish. Porto Rico), 1899 (1900), PI. 7. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 trcmity equal to about f of pupil, much inclined and reaching well beyond posterior margin of orbit. Teeth small, strong, somewhat slender, pointed, uniserial in upper jaw^ and biserial in lower. Outer series of mandible directed somewhat outward so that those of upper fit in between. Patches of minute teeth on vomer and palatines, none on pterygoids. Patch on vomer more or less rounded in shape and Tvdthout backward prolongation like that in 0. sauriis. Palatine teeth in form of broader patches anteriorly, becoming very narrow poste- riorly. Tongue small, broad, rounded, and free in front, its upper surface asperous. Surfaces of basibranchials also asperous. Nostrils adjoining, nearly opposite middle of eye, and also a little nearer same than tip of snout. Posterior a little larger and partly concealed in front by a small flap along edge of anterior. Interorbital space elevated convexly, and with a median trenchant k(>el extending from internasal space to occiput. Region before spinous dorsal also trenchant. Gill-opening extending forward about opposit^^ nostrils. Rakers about 7+16, slender, and longest a trifle shorter than filaments which arc nearly equal to | of orbit. Pseud obranchi^e small. Isthmus strongly compressed but edge rounded. Scales elongate, slender, pointed, and irregularly directed backward. Lateral line curved or wavy at first, becoming somewhat straight along side of trunk opposite rayed dorsal and anal. An axillary ca^dty at base of pectoral covered over above by a membrane. A similar one at base of ventral. Each spine of dorsal and anal depressible in a deep groove. Head entirely naked. First dorsal spine directed forward, its tip about opposite middle of pectoral. Dorsal spines separate, each one posteriorly united with back by a membrane, and all graduated to last which is longest. Soft dorsal inserted well behind origin of soft anal, nearly midway between front margin of orbit and base of last dorsal ray. Anterior rays elon- gate, forming a small lobe, and about last ten finlet-like though united by a membrane. Soft anal similar, inserted about midway between tip of mandible and base of last anal ray. Spinous anal inserted about opposite tip of pectoral, spines nearly equal, united posteriorly with abdomen by a low membrane, also depressible in a groove, and not quite reaching origin of anal when depressed. Caudal moderate, deeply forked, and lobes somewhat slender. Pectoral short, broad, and its insertion nearly level above with lower rim of orbit. Ventral inserted a trifle in advance, inner ray joined to abdomen by a membrane, and depressed fin reaching a little over half way to origin of spinous anal. Ventral spine about half length of fin. Anus a little nearer tip of depressed ventral than origin of spinous anal. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan , Color in alcohol dull brown above, pale or whitish below. Body over most all of lower region washed with silvery- white. This also includes mandible and side of head. Fins pale straw-brown, ventral and anal paler or whiter. Iris pale brassy. Peritoneum pale. Length 9| inches. No. 11,334, A. N. S. P. One example from Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Drs. Ruschenberger and Turner. This little-known form is well marked and easily distinguished from 0. sauriis by the longer maxillary and shape of the patch of vomerine teeth. The form called palometa is said to have the posterior margin of the infraorbital ring deeply concave. This is not true of my example, as it has the posterior rim of the infraorbital nearly vertical. SERIOLIN.E. Naucrates ductor (LiniiEeiis). Gasierosteus ductor Linnii-us, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 295. In Pelago, Satelles Sqiiali. Naucrates ductor Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesc. Europ., Xapoli, 1S46, p. 72. Two examples llf and llf inches in length from the Mediterranean show the following: Head about 4; depth 4^ to 4^; D. III-I, 25 and 26; A. II-I, 16; eye 5f in head; maxillary 3; interorbital space 2| and 2^; pectoral about If; ventral 1| and If. Bonaparte Coll. Also seven examples from the West Indies, ranging up to 4f inches in length. The latter has: Head 3f ; depth 4f ; D. IV-I, 26; A. II-I, 15; eye 5 in head; maxillary 3; interorbital space 2y^^; pectoral 1|-; ventral If. The others all more or less agree except that they l^ecome shorter and the ventrals of the smaller examples reach the anus. It is 2y'V inches in length and bears evidence of the Xystophorus stage in the presence of prcopercular spines. The largest example noted above agrees per- fectly with the large ^lediterranean examples in the posterior position of the vent and the slender form of the body. The scales are decidedly small, and approximate about 175 in a lateral series below the lateral line to the base of the caudal. Naucrates polysarous sp. nov. Head 3| ; depth 3i; D. V-I, 25: A. II-I, 16; P. in, 16; V. I, 5; scales about 120 in a series directly below lateral line to base of caudal; 17? scales between origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line, and about 27? in a vertical series between latter and origin of soft anal; width of head If in its length; depth of head 1^; snout 34-; eye 5; maxillary 3; interorbital space 2|; mandible 24; second dorsal ray about 2^; least depth of caudal peduncle about 5; first anal ray about 2^; pectoral (damaged) If; ventral If. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 Body plump, robust, compressed, and greatest depth about origin of soft dorsal. Back about latter a trifle elevated. Caudal peduncle rather thick, depressed above and below, and its least depth about | its length. Head robust, plump, compressed, upper profile obtuse in front and convex. Snout broad, convex, and obtuse. Eye circular, not high, and its posterior margin well anterior to middle of length of head. Adipose eyelid not broad. Mouth rather small, and small mandible not produced beyond tip of upper jaw. Maxillary small, reaching front margin of ]>np\\, slipping below preorbital most of its length, and distal expanded extremity equal to diameter of pupil. Teeth fine, small, and in narrow bands in jaws. Vomer and palatines with similar teeth, those on former forming a backward elongation. Tongue rather Fig. 3. — Nnucratefi pohjsarcus Fowler. small, spatulate, free, and with a small aspcrous patch. Nostrils adjoining, level with upper part of pupil, but a little nearer tip of snout. Posterior with a cutaneous valve in front. Interorbital space broadly convex. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite front rim of orbit. Rakers 6 + 16, compressed, pointed, longest about f of orbit or about f of longest filaments. Pseudobranchia? well developed. Isthmus broad and with a median groove. Scales small, cycloid, and of more or less even size. Cheeks, post-^ ocular, supraocular, mastoid, and occipital regions covered with small scales, head otherwise naked. Postocular scales elongate. Opercles striate. A patch of small scales extending along bases of soft dorsal and anal in front. Base and basal region of caudal lobes also covered 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., with small scales. Base of inner ventral ray scaled anteriorly. Lat- eral line well curved convexly below origin of spinous dorsal, then de- scending rather steeply till about opposite first third in base of dorsal fin and continuing thence straight to base of caudal. Cutaneous keel along side of caudal peduncle not conspicuous. Tubes of lateral line simple. Dorsal spines low, third longest and others graduated down. Origin of this fin nearly midway between middle of orbit and origin of soft anal in vertical. Soft dorsal inserted a little nearer tip of snout than base of last dorsal ray, and first ray longest, others graduated down though no lobe is formed. Soft anal similar, inserted far behind anal or about midway between origin of ventral and base of last anal ray. Caudal rather small, forked, and lobes apparently pointed. Pectoral broad, short, origin about level with lower margin of eye. ^'entral long, pointed, inserted below bases of lowest or last pectoral rays, and reaching f of space to origin of spinous anal. Ventral spine small and thin, and last ray united to abdomen by a membrane. Anus midway between tip of depressed ventral and origin of spinous anal. Color in alcohol deep brown, back and upper surface darker. Lower surface pale brownish. Fins brownish. Pectoral deep brown. \'en- trals with front margins of spine and rays light or pale, rest of fin more or less duskj;- or dull blackish-brown. Side with five broad deep brown transverse bands, rather regular, and spaces between much narrower. First band extends from space just before spinous dorsal down to side of chest including base of pectoral in its course. Second extends from spinous dorsal. Third extends from bases of anterior long dorsal rays toward vent and tip of ventrals. Fourth extends down on bases of long anterior anal rays. Fifth includes last rays of both dorsal and anal. Base of caudal also of same color. Transverse bands also be- come paler or more or less fade out below. Iris dull yellowish. Peri- toneum pale. Length (caudal damaged) 6g inches. Type No. 11,379, A. N. S. P. West coast of Mexico. Dr. Wilham H. Jones. One example. This species is provisionally separated from Nmicrates dudor b}^ the more robust or deeper form of the body, the ventrals reaching back till the front margin of the vent is midway between in the space to the origin of the spinous anal, and the much larger scales. Dr. Gill first pointed out the differences between this form and N. dudor, basing the examination apparently on one of the examples in the Bonaparte collection, now before me, and an example from Hono- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 lulu, Hawaiian Islands, sent to the Smithsonian Institution l^y the Rev. W. H. Pease. ^ From his account the latter example appears identical with my type. {fJoXijfTapKo?^ plump.) Elagatis bipinnulatus (Quoy and Gaimard). Seriola hipinnulata Quoy ^^ and Gaimard, Voyage de I'Uranie, Zool., 182.5, p. 363, PI. 61, fig. 3. Isles des Papons. (M. Taunay.) Head 4; depth 5i; D. VI-I, 24, 2; A. I, 16, 2; P. iii, 16; V. I, 5; scales about 105 in a lateral series to base of caudal ; about 12 between origin of dorsal and lateral line; width of head 2 in its length; depth of head If; mandible 2^; third dorsal spine 5^; base of spinous dorsal 2|-; spine of soft dorsal 4f ; first undeveloped dorsal ray 2f ; anal spine 1\\ first anal ray 3-| ; least depth of caudal peduncle 5; pectoral 1^; ventral 2; snout 2f, from its tip; eye 6; maxillary 3; interorbital space 2^-^. Body elongate, fusiform, slender, and compressed, greatest depth near origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle small, compressed, and its width If in its depth. Tail sloping down graduaUy. A small pit at origin of each caudal lobe. Head elongate, subconic, compressed, pointed, and upper profile almost straight from end of snout to occiput. Snout long, pointed, rather broad, and with upper jaw projecting. Eye small, with narrow eyelid, and midway in length of head. Mouth small, slightly curved, and with mandible projecting beyond upper jaw. Maxillary broad posteriorly till equal to f of eye, its entire edge slipping under preor- bital, and reaching posteriorly half way between nostrils and front of orbit. Lips thick and fleshy, especially lower. Teeth in fine rasp-like bands in jaws, broader anteriorly, but not connected at symphysis or front of upper jaw. Vomer and palatines with patches of fine teeth. Tongue long, free, rather thin, upper surface with numerous small velvety patches, and tip broadly rounded. Nostrils small, lateral, together, and near last third of space between tip of snout and front of eye. Interorbital space broad, and elevated. A broad median ridge from snout to occiput, and also a broad ridge over each eye. Margin of preopcrcle entire. Gill-opening extending forward till opposite nostrils. Rakers 9 + 26 , compressed, long, with fine bristles on inner edges, and longest but little shorter than longest filaments. Filaments a little shorter than eye, and pscudobranchisD about half as long as latter. Branchiostegals 7, large. Isthmus broad, with a shallow groove. * Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862 (1863), p. 441. 5 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Scales small, numerous, irregularly rounded, generally elongate, with imperfect striae, and not imbricated. Head more or less naked, except on cheeks, occiput, and space back of eyes. Bases of anterior long dorsal and anal raj^s scaly. Base of caudal scaly. Base of pec- toral with minute scales. Lateral line superior at first, extending down to middle of side of tail opposite origin of anal, and then straight to base of caudal. Dorsal spines small, pungent, third longest and others graduated in front and behind, all depressible in a groove. Insertion of spinous dorsal about over last fifth of pectoral, or nearly midway between front margin of eye and origin of anal. Origin of soft dorsal nearer tip of mandible than base of caudal, first ray highest, and others graduated. Last two rays detached. Anal similar, but smaller, and its origin nearer gill-opening than base of caudal. Caudal deeply forked, lobes long pointed and lower about 3^ in body. Pectoral small, a little larger than ventral, and not reaching as far posteriorly. Origin of ven- tral a little nearer posterior margin of eye than origin of soft dorsal, rays strong, and reaching half way to anus. Anus about an ej^e- diameter before origin of anal. Color when fresh in arrack deep leaden-gray or brownish above, lower parts pale or dirty white. Dorsals and caudal dark lilcc back. Anals pale or whitish, last rays with a grayish margin. Pectoral and ventral grayish, latter with white rays. Lateral line forms a median dark streak along side of caudal peduncle. Iris pale brown. Peritoneum white. Length 2.3| inches. No. 25,130, A. N. S. P. Padang, Sumatra. One example. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. The American form^ needs comparison. It has been considered identical by Liitken,® Meek^ and BoUmau. CARANGIN^. Megalaspis cordyla (Liunteus). Scomber cordyla Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 298. "America." Megalaspis rottleri Fowler, '^Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 506. Head 4; depth 4i; D. VIII-I, 11, 8; A. II-I, 9, 7; scales 28 in lateral line, and scutes about 60 to base of caudal; snout 3f in head, * Seriola pinnulata Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, II, 1858, p. 233. Cuba. * Seriolichthys bipinnulatus Liitken, Kon. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. (Spolia Atlantica), XII, 1880, p. 603. ' Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1889, p. 42. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 from its tip; eye 5; maxillary 2-^-; interorbital space 3^. Gill-rakers 11 + 21, long, compressed, and with fine bristles on inner margin. Color when fresh in arrack deep steel-gray on back, side and lower surface of body white. Latter, and especially sides of head and large scutes of lateral line, burnished with bright silvery. Top of head blackish. Upper margin of opercle with a blackish blotch a little smaller than eye. Dorsal, caudal and pectoral grayish, or dusky- black. Anal and ventral chalky-white, outer portions more or less dusky or blackish. After being in alcohol upper surface shows a dark purplish-metallic luster. Length 12^ inches. Four examples in Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Decapterus punotatus (Agassiz). Caranx punctatus Agassiz, Sel. Gen. Spec. Pise. Brasil., 1829, p. 108, PI. 56a, fig. 2. Oceano Atlantico [Brazil]. (Museo Monacensi.) Decapterus sanctw-helena; Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899 (1900), p. 118. (Not of Cuvier.) The three examples that I recorded from Jamaica appear to belong to this species. The largest, 4^- inches in length, agrees with the others. It has: Head 3f ; depth 5; D. VIH-I, 31, 1; A. II-I, 27, 1; P. ii, 18; V. I, 5; scales 55 in lateral line to first keeled scute; keeled scutes 37 in lateral line. Also three examples from the stomach of a horse mack- erel (Pelamys?) taken at Newport, Rhode Island, by Samuel Powel. The largest of these only measures 4J inches. It has: Head 3|; D. VIII-I, 31, 1; A. II-I, 26, 1; and keeled scutes 38 in lateral line. So far as I am able to judge they agree with the Jamaican examples. Trachnrns symmetricus (Ayres). Caranx symmetricus Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., I, 1855, p. 62. Bay of San Francisco. A single example from San Pedro, California. Seriola picturata Bowdich^ is represented by a miserable figure and does not appear certainly identifiable with the form on the Pacific coast of the United States. Caranx cuvieri Lowe^ is also an Atlantic form. Trachurus mediterraneus (Steindachner). Caranx trachurus var. mediterranea Steindachner, Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LVII, 1868, p. 383. Das Mittelmeer. (Wiener Museum.) Caranx trachurus Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesc. Europ., Napoli, 1846, p. 75. (Part.) Head 3f ; depth 5; D. I, VIII-I, 32; A. II-I, 28; P. ii, 20; V. I, 5; scutes in lateral line 41+41 (82) to base of caudal; width of head 2 J in ' Excursions in Madeira and Porto Santo, 1825, p. 123, fig. 27. » Trans. Zool. Soc. Land., II, 1837, p. 183. 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., its length; depth of head If; mandible 2; fourth erect dorsal spine 2; snout 3 in head, measured from its own tip; maxillary 2^; orbit 3^; interorbital space 4^; ventral 2; least depth of caudal pedunch' 7: depth of largest keeled scute in lateral line 5. Body elongate, slender, fusiform, greatest depth apparently near origin of soft dorsal, and profiles similar. Least depth of caudal peduncle nearly ^ its length. Head compressed, lower profile more full and steeper than upper. Snout long, compressed, and with a slight convex protrusion in front. Eye large, orbicular, with a well-developed adipose eyelid covering at least its posterior f , circular, high, and a little anterior in head. Mouth a little inclined, and mandible well jjrotruded in front of upper jaw. Upper edge of maxillary entirely slipping under edge of preorbital, Fig. 4. — Trachurus mediterraneus (Steindacliner). reaching about opposite front margin of eye, and its distal expanded extremity about equal to pupil. Small teeth uniserial in jaws. A small series of teeth across vomer and also a single series on each pala- tine. Tongue elongate, slender, free, rounded at tip and with a single asperous median patch posteriorly. Nostrils adjoining, and much nearer upper front rim of orl^it than tip of snout. Interorbital space a little elevated and with a median keel from internasal space to occiput. Gill-opening extending forward not quite to nostril. Rakers 16 + 38? slender, equal to | of orbit. Filaments only about | length of longest rakers. Pseud obranchiae a little smaller. Isthmus compressed, its lower surface with a median groove. Scales small, extending well on head posteriorly, cheek, and opercle at least above. No scales now on anterior bases of rayed dorsal and anal. A large scaly flap behind axil of pectoral. Scutes in lateral line broadest along middle of keeled straight portion, those along side 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 of caudal peduncle become more strongly keeled and dentate. Spinous dorsal and anal depressible in grooves. Spinous dorsal inserted nearly midway between front margin of orbit and origin of soft anal in vertical. Third erect spine longest, others graduated down. Soft dorsal inserted about midway in length of trunk, and first rays longest. Spinous anal inserted a trifle before origin of soft dorsal, spines nearly equal. Soft anal similar to soft dorsal, only inserted more posteriorly. Caudal rather small, forked, and lobes apparently pointed. Pectoral rather long. Ventral in- serted well behind pectoral and reaching a trifle over § of space to origin of spinous anal. Color in alcohol faded pale dull slaty-gray above, below pale brown- ish-white. Fins dull brown. Iris pale yellowish. Length (end of caudal damaged) 7h inches. No. 11,293, A. N. S. P. Beirut, Syria. One example. It also agrees with twenty-one examples from Italy, of all ages. Bonaparte Coll. (No. 377). Dr. T. B. Wilson. One also from Malaga. Dr. Steindachner first pointed out this form, basing it on Mediterra- nean examples with an increased number of scutes in the lateral line, 79-86. T. trachurus is said to have 70-75. Trachurops crumenophthalmus (Bloch). Scomber crmnenophthalmus Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., VII (X), 1793, p. 77, PI. 343. An den afrikanischen Kiisten, in der Gegend von Acara. (Dr. Isert.) St. Thomas (West Indies), San Domingo (West Indies), New Provi- dence (Bahamas), Santa Cruz (West Indies), and Newport (Rhode Island). Examples from the Pacific do not appear different. An example from Panama (Coll. J. A. McNeil) has: Head 3; depth 3f ; D. I, VIII-I, 26; A. II-I, 23; scales in lateral line 48, and remaining keeled scutes 33 (81) ; pectoral 1| in head; snout 3f in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 3; maxillary 2^; length 9| inches. An- other example from Samoa differs in: Head 3j; depth 3|; A. II-I, 22; 54 scales in lateral Hne, and remaining keeled scutes 35 (89); eye Sh in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; snout 3^; maxillary 2f ; length 7| inches. Smaller Hawaiian examples*" differ in minor details. I provisionally follow Dr. Giinther in identifying all these examples with Bloch's crumenophthalmus, though possibly exhaustive material may prove different. "> Recorded previously from Samoan and Hawaiian Islands (Proc. Acad. Nat. Set. Phila., 1900, p. 501). 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Subgenus ALEPES Swainson. Scales small. No vomerine or palatine teeth. Alepes melanoptera Swainson. Lardner's Cab. Cyclop. Nat. Hist., II, 1839, p. 248. (Based on Wort parah Russell, Fishes of Coromandel, II, 1803, p. 40, PI. 155. Vizagapatam.) Head 3i; depth 2i; D. I, VIII-I, 24; A. II, I, 20; P. ii, 18; V. I, 5; scales 38 in lateral line, remaining portion composed of 55 scutes ; about 15 scales between spinous dorsal and uppermost part of lateral line; width of head 2| in its length; depth of head 1^; mandible 2^; fourth dorsal spine 3; second dorsal ray 2; second anal ray 2^; pectoral 1^; least depth of caudal peduncle 5^; snout 3^ in head, from its tip; eye 3f ; interorbital space 3; maxillary 2§. Body moderately long, compressed, anterior profiles about evenly convex, and greatest depth at origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle slender, compressed above and below, its least depth If in its length, and width a trifle less than its depth. Head compressed, deep, and anterior profile obtuse. Snout convex,, blunt, with upper jaw projecting. Eye small, anterior, and with a rather narrow adipose eyelid. Mouth small, oblique, upper jaw pro- jecting beyond snout, and small maxillary reaching a little beyond front rim of orbit. Posterior distal expanded extremity of maxillary nearly equal to ^ of orbit. Prcorbital thin, and upper edge of maxil- lary slipping below all but a small portion posteriorly. Teeth minute, uniscrial, and close together along edges of jaws. Vomer and palatines edentulous. Tongue with minute weak asperities, its own shape elongate, free and rounded in front. Lips thin. Nostrils close to- gether, lateral, much nearer eye than tip of upper jaw, and anterior with a slightly elevated fleshy rim. Interorbital space broad, elevated, and giving place to median trenchant ridge which extends from above nostrils to occiput. Preopercular ridge and margin slightly inclined forward. Gill-opening extending forward till below nostrils. Rakers 6+19, compressed, rather broad, and much shorter than filaments. Fila- ments about f of orbit, and pseudobranchipe much shorter. Isthmus narrow, not trenchant, and its lower surface very triangularly elongate. Scales small, numerous, cycloid, and narrowly imbricated. Spinous dorsal with a narrow basal sheath. Soft dorsal and anal with anterior basal portion enclosed in rather broad basal scaly sheaths. Checks just below eye, and upper side of head posteriorly, also upper portion of opercle, with small scales. Base of caudal covered with small scales, but without any keels at bases of lobes. Lateral line strongly 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 71 arched at first till opposite origin of soft dorsal, then straight to base of caudal. Shields small, deepest about 10 in greatest depth of body. Spinous dorsal beginning well behind origin of pectoral, spines low, fourth highest, fin rounded above, and depressible in a groove. Origin of soft dorsal about midway between tip of mandible and base of caudal, first ray highest, and anterior higher rays graduated down from it, not forming a lobe. Last dorsal and anal rays hardly longer than those preceding. Soft anal similar to soft dorsal, its origin a little nearer base of caudal than front rim of orbit. Anal spines strong, short, depressible in a slight groove, and first inserted about opposite origin of soft dorsal. Belly in front of spinous anal with a short bony tren- chant keel. Caudal small, forked, lobes pointed. Pectoral rather broad and pointed. Ventral small, reaching nearly half way to soft anal, and inserted a trifle in advance of origin of pectoral. Anus well anterior, near tips of ventrals. Color when fresh in arrack with upper parts of body deep slaty-gray. Sides and lower surface whitish, and more or less silvery. Spinous dorsal black. Soft dorsal, caudal and anal dusky, other fins paler or w^hitish. Opercle with a large blue-black blotch above, nearly as large as eye. Iris yellowish. Peritoneum silvery. Length 5 inches. No. 27,501, A. N. S. P. Padang, Sumatra. One example. Caranx nigripinnis Day" is identical. Russell's figure and description appear to represent this fish and not Caranx pneustus Bennett,*^ which Bleeker claimed to have discovered. Alepes amblyrhynchus (Cuvier). Caranx amblyrhynchus Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 76, PI. 248. Br^sil. (M. Delalande.) Head 3f ; depth 2^; D. I, VII-I, 28; A. II-I, 24; P. ii, 19; V. I, 5; scales 41 in lateral line, remaining portion composed of about 50 scutes; about 16 scales between uppermost part of lateral line and spinous dorsal ; width of head about 2 in its length ; depth of head at posterior margin of eye about ly\f; mandible 2|; fourth erect dorsal spine 3^; first dorsal ray If; first anal ray ly^^; least depth of caudal peduncle 5; snout 3|- in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 3f ; maxillary 3; interorbital space 2|; pectoral 2^ in head and trunk. Other characters unless otherwise stated similar to melanoptera. Least depth of caudal peduncle about 2^ in its length. Mandible only protruded a trifle. Distal expanded extremity of maxillary ^ of pupil. " Fishes of India, II, 1876, p. 225, PI. 51, fig. 5. Madras and Andamans. '^ In Mem. Life and Serv. Raffles, 1830, p. 689. Sumatra. 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Gill-opcning extending forward opposite front margin of orbit. Rakers 9 + 21. Filaments about half of orbit. Pseud obranchia? shorter than filaments. Entire bases of rayed dorsal and anal scaly. Straight portion of lateral line beginning a little behind origin of soft dorsal. Soft dorsal inserted much nearer tip of mandible than base of caudal, and soft anal similarly inserted. No trenchant bony keel in front of spinous anal. Caudal rather large. Anus just before tip of ventrals. In alcohol spinous dorsal brown above. Anal whitish like ventrals. An indistinct diffuse grayish-dusky blotch on opcrcle above. Iris dull brassy. One example from Rio Janeiro, Brazil, S inches long. Subgenus SELAR Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., I, 1850 (ISol), pp. 343, 3.52 (boops). Caranx megalaspis (Bleeker). Selar megalaspis Bleeker, 1. c, V, 1853, p. 502. Priaman, in mari. (M. Godin.) Cara7ix viegalaspis Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. 8ci. Pliila., XII (2), 1904, p. 510, PI. 13, upper figure. Head 3|; depth 2f; D. VIII-I, 25; A. II-I, 20; P. ii, 19; V. I, 5; scales in lateral line about 30, its remaining portion composed of about 40 large scutes; about 10 scales between origin of dorsal and upper part of lateral line, and nearly 30 between latter and origin of anal in an oblique series; width of head 2^ in its length; depth of head lyV; mandible 2^-^; third dorsal spine 2^; second dorsal ray If; first anal ray 2|; least depth of caudal peduncle 5 ; snout 3f from its tip ; eye 3| ; maxillary 2|; interorbital space 4; upper lobe of caudal 3^ in head and trunk; pectoral 3^. Body greatly compressed, ovoid, and anteriorly upper and lower profiles evenly convex. Greatest depth at origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle small, its depth 2^ its length, and its width about § its deptli. Head rliomboid, compressed, and blunt anteriorly. Snout short, blunt, and compressed. Eye large, anterior, and with a broad poste- rior adipose eyehd. Mouth oblique and upper jaw projecting slightly beyond snout. Lips fleshy and lower rather broad. Teeth minute, uniserial, in jaws. Small teeth in patches on vomer and palatines. Tongue free, rounded in front, and rather long. Mandible projecting beyond upper jaw. Maxillary reaching posteriorly a little bej^ond front rim of orbit, and its distal expanded extremity half of orbit. Also with a distinct oblique ridge. Nostrils lateral, close together, and a little nearer eye than tip of snout. Interorbital space convexly ele- vated, with a median trenchant keel which begins anteriorly and runs to spinous dorsal. Margin of preopercle convex. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 Gill-opening carried forward till opposite front margin of orbit. Rakers 7 + 25, a little longer than longest filaments, or a trifle over half of eye, compressed, rather thin, and pointed. Pseudobranchise small. Isthmus narrow, but not trenchant. Scales small, cycloid, discoid and imbricated. Head naked, except a patch of scales on cheek adjoining eye, opercle, and upper posterior side. Anterior portions of soft dorsal and anal with scaly sheaths. Spinous dorsal with a low basal sheath. Bases of caudal and pectoral scaled. Straight portion of lateral line beginning below origin of soft dorsal, curved portion about 2f in straight portion, and broadest scutes about 4^ or less in depth of body. Spinous dorsal small, spines slender, depressible in groove, third longest, and origin of fin well behind that of pectoral, or much nearer origin of soft dorsal than posterior rim of orbit. Soft dorsal inserted much nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, and anterior rays ele- ^■ated, first developed ray longest. Soft anal similar, but its insertion posterior and nearly median in body. Anal spines inserted in advance of soft dorsal, depressible in a groove, and second longer. Caudal deeply forked, lobes long and pointed, and upper much longer. Pec- toral a little longer than head, falcate, and reaching opposite base of fourth ray. Ventral small, pointed, inserted below origin of pectoral, and length about equal to eye. Color when fresh in arrack with bright silvery prevailing, back and upper surface of head pale slaty-gray. A large blackish blotch nearly equal to ej^e on upper part of opercle and shoulder-girdle. This is also reflected inside gill-opening. Snout dusky above. Fins pale brown- ish, upper portions of dorsals and caudal dusky. Iris yellowish. Peritoneum pale and whitish. Length 5| inches. No. 27,504, A. N. S. P. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H, M. Hiller. In all 8 examples in Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. This species is related to Caranx kalla Cuvier,^^ from wdiich it is distinguished, however, by the broad armature of the lateral line. Upon comparison with Swatow examples" of kalla the scutes were found constantly much narrower than in inegalas'pis. In the latter they are always equal to a little over orbit. Scomber kleinii^^ is also '^ Cuvier, Hist. Nal. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 37. Pondichery. Malabar. La mer Rouge. (M. Geoffroy.) Mah6. (M. Belenger et M. Dussumier.) '^ Rutter, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1897 (1898), p. 72. '^ Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., VII (X), 1793, p. 86, PI. 347, fig. 2. Der mala- barischen Kiiste. 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., related, but differs in having shorter scutes. The fig\u-e shows them a Httle over 5 in greatest depth of bod3^ Bloch remarks " les opercules sontunis; et Ton discerne une tache blue sur le posterieur," though it is not indicated on his figure. Cuvier considered Caranx peronii^^ very close, if not identical. C. megalaspis is also related to C. hoops Cuvier, but the scutes of that species range from 45 to 50, while in the former they are seldom over 40." No trac(> of a yellow longitudinal band observed. Caranx mate Cuvier. Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 40. Pondichery. Des Sechelles. (M. Dussu- mier.) Nouvelle-Guinee. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) D'etroit d'Antjer. (M. Raynaud.) Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904. p. 510, PL 13, lower figure. Head 3^; depth 3f ; D. VIII-I, 23; A. II-I, 19; P. ii, 19; V. I, 5: scales 50 in lateral line, remaining scutes about 42; 10 scales between origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line in a vertical series ; about 30? scales between latter and anus (squamation injured); width of head IfL in its length; depth of head H; mandible 2^; third dorsal spine 2yL; first dorsal ray 2-^, first anal ray 2J; least depth of caudal peduncle 7^; snout 3^, in head, measured from its tip; eye 4; maxil- lary 2f ; interorbital space 3^; pectoral 3 in head and trunk. Body compressed, deep, anterior profiles evenly convex, and lo\A-er becoming more so posteriorly so that greatest depth is at spinous anal. Caudal peduncle slender, broadly depressed, so that its least depth is 3 and its least width 2 in its length. Head compressed, deep, and pointed in front. Snout conic, pointed . but with upper jaw projecting. Eye small, anterior, and with broad adipose eyelids, only a vertical slit eciual in width to half its diameter exposed. Mouth inclined and slightly curved, and mandible project- ing beyond upper jaw. Lips fleshy, and on each ramus of mandible broad and thick. Maxillary reaching a little beyond front rim of eye. its upper edge entirely slipping below broad preorbital, and its distal (xpanded extremity half of orbit. A short oblique groove continued down from lower angle of maxillary when mouth is closed. Teeth in jaws small, sharp pointed, and uniserial. Vomer and palatines with jjatches of minute teeth. Tongue elongate, free, and rounded in front, its upper surface with minute asperities. Nostrils small, high on snout, but nearer eye than tip of former. Interorbital space elevated, giving place to median keel which begins over nostrils and extends to occiput. 18 Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 84. Vanicolo. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) Amboine. Java. Malabar. i' L. c, p. 35. Amboine. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) Vanicolo. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 Preorbital and preopercle with small flutings, edge of latter strongly convex. ■ Gill-opening carried forward below nostrils. Rakers 11+27, com- pressed, slender, and longest about f length of longest filaments which are about |- of orbit. Pseud obranchia? about half of eye. Isthmus narrow, not trenchant. Scales small, narrowly imbricated, and cycloid. Head naked, except cheek and upper posterior side above opercles. Spinous dorsal with a low basal scaly sheath, but those of soft dorsal and anal well developed. Base of caudal scaled, and that of pectoral naked. Straight portion of lateral line beginning after elevated dorsal rays or at tip of depressed pectoral. Scutes small, deepest 6^ in greatest depth of body. Spinous dorsal small, spines slender, pungent, depressible in a groove, and third and fourth nearly equal. Origin of fin over first fifth of length of pectoral, or nearly equal in space between tip of latter and front rim of orbit. Soft dorsal beginning about over last third of pectoral, or nearly midway between tip of mandible and base of caudal. First few anterior rays elevated, and graduated down from first and second developed rays which are longest. I^ast dorsal and anal ray finlet-like and longer than preceding. Anal similar to soft dorsal, its origin a little before tip of pectoral, or a little nearer base of caudal than front rim of eye. Anal spines short, depressible in a groove, posterior longer, and origin of fin almost opposite that of soft dorsal. Caudal forked, lobes small and pointed, and no keels at their bases. Pectoral long, falcate, and its origin nearly level with lower rim of orbit. Ventral small, depressible in a groove, and about equal to postocular region. Anus nearly midway between root of ventral and origin of anal, or at tips of ventrals. Color when fresh in arrack grayish-silvery, somewhat slaty above, and sides, together with lower surface, white. A large deep blue-black blotch on operclc, and upper portion of shoulder-girdle same color. Dorsals, caudal and pectoral grayish tinged with dull yellow, and other fins whitish. Iris yellowish. Peritoneum gray. Length 7f inches. No. 27,508, A. N. S. P. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr..,. and Dr. H. M. Hillcr. Seven examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Dr. Giinthcr claims^^ Selar hasseltii Bleeker^^ is furnished with a nar- '" Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., II, 1860, p. 430. Amboyna. (Mr. Frank.) >» Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., I, 1850 (1851), p. 359. Batavia, Cheribort. Surabaja, in mari. 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., row band of teeth in the upper jaw. In Blocker's account the maxil- lary teeth are said to be small, equal and conspicuous. This also agrees with my examples, though the transverse diffuse vertical bands were not observed when they were first received. Dr. Steindachner has um'ted this form^" with Caranx afflnis Riippcll,-^ basing it on Hawaiian material, though Ruppell's fish never seems to have been satisfactorily compared. Caranx xantliurus^'^ appears to be identical but is of later pagination. ELAPHROTOXON subgeu. nov. Type Scomber ruber Bloch. Subgenus Caranx Jordan and Evermann'^ is identical. Their sub- genus Tricro'pterus becomes identical with subgenus Caranx as here luiderstoocl. CEAa(fpd?j shallow; -oroi/^ bow; with reference to the slightly con- vex anterior portion of lateral line.) Caranx ruber (Bloch). Scomber ruber Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fiscli., VII (X), 1793, p. 75, PI. 3-J2. Bey der Insel St. Croix. (Dr. Isert.) One from New Providence (Bahamas), Coll. Dr. H. C. Wood. Subgenus C;aRANX Lacepede. Caranx hippos (LinnEeus). Scomber hippos Ijinnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, Reformata, 1766, p. 494. Carolina. (D. Garden.) Newport (Rhode Island), Beasley's Point (New Jersey), San Do- mingo (West Indies), Pernambuco (Brazil). VEXILLICARANX subgen. nov. Type Caranx africanus Steindachner. Inner teeth in each jaw minute, |:)ointed, equal, and forming a nar- row band, at least in front. Outer teeth a little enlarged and forming a single series at least, in each jaw. Breast naked. No opercular spot. Anterior rays of soft dorsal and anal produced into long slender falcate lobes. Pectoral long, falcate. Anterior curved portion of lateral line a little less than half of remaining straight portion. Adi- pose eyelid rather narrow. {Vexillum, streamer; Caranx, from Carangue, French vernacular.) 2«S?72. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXXXIII, 1881, p. 211. 2' Neue Wirbelthiere, Fisch., 1835, p. 49, PI. 14, fig. 1. Massaua. 2^ Kuhl and Van Hasselt, in Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 41. Java. ^MM. Kuhl and Van Hasselt.) " Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. (Fish. N. Mid. Am.), No. 47, I, 1896, p. 916. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 Caranz africanus Steindachner. Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LXXXVIII, 1S83 (1884), p. 1108, PI. 7, fig. 1. Goree. (Herr W. Hofler.) Kiiste Liberia's. (Herr Biittikofer.) Lagos und der Loango-Kiiste. [All Coll. Vienna Mus.] Head 3f ; depth 2^; D. I, VIII-I, 21; A. II-I, 18; keeled scutes 44 in straight portion of lateral line ; fourth erect dorsal spine 2^ in head ; first developed anal ray 1^; ventral (damaged) about 21; mandible 2; snout 3f in head, from tip of upper jaw; eye 3|; maxillary 2f ; inter- orbital space 3^ ; least depth of caudal peduncle 5. Maxillary reaching about opposite first f of orbit, and its expanded extremity 2 in latter. Rakers 13 + 28, slender, compressed, much longer than filaments or about f of orbit. Anus a little before tips of ventrals. Deepest scute about 8^ in greatest depth of body. Long falcate dorsal lobe reaching when depressed at least opposite base of last dorsal ray. Pectoral 2|- in head and trunk. Length 9f inches. West Africa. Dr. H. E. Savage. Subgenus PARATRACTUS Gill. Caranx crysos (Mitchill). Scomber cryf:os Mitchill, Trans. Lit. Philos. Soc. New York, I, 1815, p. 424, PI. 4, fig. 2. Bay of New York. Nantucket (Massachusetts) and Newport (Rhode Island). Caranx pisquetus Cuvier. Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833. p. 73. Saint-Domingue. Cuba. Bresil. Head 3f ; depth 3i; D. VIII-I, 23; A. II-I, 20; P. ii, 20; V. I, 5; scales about 46 in lateral line, and remaining keeled scutes about 45; about 16 scales between spinous dorsal and lateral line in a vertical series, and about 24 between latter and origin of rayed anal similarly; width of head lf*g- in its length; depth of head If; mandible 2; third dorsal spine 2f ; first dorsal ray 1^; first anal ray 2^; length of ven- tral 2^; snout 3^ in head, measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 5^'; maxillary 2f ; interorbital space 3 ; least depth of caudal peduncle 7f ; pectoral 2| in head and trunk; upper caudal lobe 3f . Body elongate fusiform, compressed, and greatest depth at origin of anal. Lower profile a little more convex than upper. Caudal peduncle slender, its least depth about 3^ in its length. Head moderately large, robust, compressed, and upper profile evenly and a little more convex than lower. Snout a little long, convex, and upper jaw well protruding in front. Eye orbicular, its lower rim about level with middle of greatest depth, and its posterior rim a little pos- terior in length of head. Mouth little inclined, and mandible produced a little beyond tip of upper jaw. Lips rather thick and fleshy. Max- illary reaching at least opposite middle of orbit, its distal expanded 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., extremity equal to about f of orbit, and its entire upper edge slipping below prcorbital edge. Teeth of upper jaw biserial, those forming outer series enlarged conic and forming a single series, and those inside forming a band of small pointed teeth broadest and mostly developed anteriorly. Mandibular teeth like outer series in upper jaw, and also uniscrial. A finely asperous small triangle on vomer. Surfaces of palatines and tongue with broad spaces finely asperous. Tongue rather elongate, thick, rounded, and free in front. Nostrils adjoining, small slits, above middle of orbit in its vertical diameter, and also nearer front of same than tip of snout. Supraocular ridge a litt e pronounced. Top of head strongly convex and a somewhat obsolete median keel from internasal space to occiput. Fig. 5. — Caranx pisquetus Cuvier. Gill-opening carried forward about midway between front of eye and posterior nostril. Rakers i, 15 + 25, i, slender, compressed, and longest equal to longest filament or aljout f of orbit. Pseudobranchise about equal to diameter of pupil. Isthmus with a rather broad groove on lower surface. Scales small, cycloid, extending over chest entirely and good portion of all rayed fins basally. On occipital region small, larger on postocu- lar region, and again smaller on cheek. With exception of these regions together with upper side of head and operclc, head is naked. Adi])Ose eyelid narrow, not covering much of iris posteriorly. No scales on spinous dorsal and anal, these fins each depressible in a groove along each side of which a sheath of fine scales is formed. Anterior rays forming lobes of soft dorsal and anal covered with minute crowded 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 scales. Bases of anterior and elongated dorsal and anal rays also with scaly sheaths into which fins are more or less depressiblc, and on pos- terior rays scales gradually disappear. Base of caudal covered with small scales, and a cutaneous keel at base of each lobe laterally. Arch of lateral line about If in straight portion. Greatest depth of keels or scutes about 8 in greatest depth of body. Tubes in lateral Hne simple. An axillary pit at base of ventral. Spinous dorsal inserted opposite first | of depressed ventral, third spine highest, and others graduated down. Soft dorsal lobe higher than spinous fin, first ray highest, and origin of fin nearer front rim of orbit than base of caudal. Last dorsal and anal rays longer than those preceding. Soft anal similar to soft dorsal, though inserted nearly midway between base of caudal and posterior rim of orbit. Anal spine small, short, second longest, and first inserted nearly opposite origin of soft dorsal. Caudal large, forked, lobes slender, sharply pointed, and about equal. Pectoral long, falcate, upper ray much longest, and reaching well beyond beginning of straight portion of lateral line or dorsal and anal lobes. Ventral inserted a trifle behind origin of pectoral, and reaching over half way to origin of spinous anal. Spine small, slender, weak, and over half length of first or longest ray. Anus a little nearer tips of ventrals than origin of spinous anal. Color in alcohol dull olivaceous-brown above, lower surface whitish or pale. Evident silvery reflections over most of lower regions. Fins brownish, lower ones paler, and dorsals and caudal a trifle more brown- ish. Iris dull brassy. Peritoneum pale silvery. Length L3f inches. No. 11,240, A. N. S. P. San Domingo, West Lidies. Prof. W. M. Gabb. One example. This species appears to differ from Caranx crysos chiefly in its more elongate fusiform body, higher dorsal and anal rayed lobes, and espe- cially the longer pectoral. I have not had the opportunity of compar- ing small examples of C. pisquetus. Subgenus CARANGICHTHYS Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., Ill, 1852, p. 760 (typus). Caranx sem Cuvier. Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 79. Pondicherv. (M. Leschenault.) Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XIl' (2), 1904, p. 512, PI. 14, upper figure. Head 3f ; depth 2f ; D. VIII-I, 20; A. II-I, 16; P. ii, 18; V. I, 5; scales 57 in curved portion of lateral line, and about 37 scutes in remain- ing straight portion ; about 24 scales between origin of spinous dorsal and 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Tipper curved portion of lateral line; width of head 2jL in its length: depth of head 1; mandible 2; third dorsal spine 2^; second dorsal ray 1|; second anal ray 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 7; ventral 2J; snout 3^ from tip of upper jaw; eye 3§; maxillary 2^; interorbital space 3y%; pectoral 3 in body; upper caudal lobe 3^. Bod}^ oblong, compressed, upper profile a little more convex than lower, and greatest depth at origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle rather long, its least depth 2J, and in its width 2^ in its length. Head deep, compressed and upper profile obliquely convex. Snout oblique, blunt, and with upper jaw projecting. Eye small, anterior, and with a rather narrow posterior adipose eyelid. ^louth o1)lique, gape reaching below nostrils, and mandible projecting beyond upper jaw. Maxillary reaching opposite anterior margin of pupil, with its distal expanded extremity free from prcorbital above and about equal in width to f of eye. Lips thick and fleshy. An outer series of en- larged teeth in upper jaw becoming a little larger anteriorly, and a double or irregular series of small inner teeth. Teeth in mandibles subequal, rather large, and with 6 or more forming a small outer series in front. Vomer, palatines and tongue with patches of minute teeth. Tongue elongate, rounded and free in front. Nostrils small slits close together, lateral, high, and near front rim of orbit. Interorbital space rather narrow, elevated, and with a median trenchant ridge originating above nostrils and continued to occiput. A low supraocular ridge. Preorbital broad, fluted above, and about equal to f of orbit. Margin and ridge of preopercle oblique. Gill-opening deep, extending forward opposite nostrils. Rakers 7-hl6, slender, compressed, a little shorter than filaments or about half of orbit. Pseud obranchise rather small. Isthmus rather narrow, with a slight groove. Scales small, cycloid, and narrowh^ imbricated. Head, with excep- tion of cheek, upper side and opercle, naked. Base of spinous dorsal with a low scaly sheath, and anterior basal portions of soft dorsal and anal with scaly sheaths. Base of caudal covered with small scales and base of each lobe with a low obsolete ridge. Base of pectoral naked. Anterior rays of soft dorsal and anal with small scales. Lateral line straight after fifth dorsal ray, and deepest shields about 8^- in greatest depth of body. Origin of spinous dorsal well behind that of pectoral, spines rather rigid, third longest, and all depressiblc in a groove. Soft dorsal in- serted midway between front of orbit and base of caudal, anterior rays elevated in a lobe, and last ray a little longer than those immediately 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 preceding. Soft anal similar, inserted a little nearer posterior rim of orbit than base of caudal, and its base like that of soft dorsal, a little convex. Anal spines small, first inserted opposite origin of soft dorsal, second longer, and both depressible in a groove. A short keel on abdo- men in front reaching to anus. Caudal small, triangular, forked, and lobes pointed. Pectoral long, falcate, and reaching beyond beginning of straight part of lateral line. Ventral small, inserted a little in ad- vance of origin of pectorals, and not reaching half way to origin of soft anal. Anus near tips of ventrals. Color when fresh in arrack with upper part of body slaty-gray, shot with pale metallic blue and purple, lower surface white and washed everywhere with bright silvery. Upper part of spinous dorsal and upper part of anterior dorsal lobe dusky, latter deeper. Caudal more or less dusky on upper lobe. Base of pectoral dusky inside. Fins with these exceptions pale yellowish. No opercular spot. Peritoneum silvery. Length 5f inches. No. 27,514, A. N. S. P. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Two examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Close to Caranx latus Agassiz,^^ but differing in the more convex profile, upper lobe of soft dorsal dusky, and tip of upper caudal lobe same color. Scomber heberi?^ may prove identical. Caranx marginatus (Gill). Carangus marginatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863 (1864), p. 166 Western Coast of Central America. (Capt. John M. Dow.) Caranx latus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900 (1901), p. 501. (Not of Agassiz.) Head 3i; depth 2i; D. VIII-I, 20; A. II-I, 16; scutes in straight part of lateral line 28; width of head 2\ in its length; third dorsal spine 2h; first dorsal ray about If; first anal ray about 2; ventral 2\; snout 3f in head, measm-ed from its tip; eye 4; maxillary 2; inter- orbital space Z\; pectoral 3 in head and trunk. Depth of deepest scute in lateral line about 7 in greatest depth of body. Maxillary reach- ing about opposite posterior margin of pupil. Gill-rakers 7+14, com- pressed, and longest a little longer than filaments or about y of orbit. Adipose eyehd well developed, nearly covering posterior third of head. A very pale opercular spot at upper corner of gill-opening. Fins all pale except upper portions of anterior dorsal rays which are dusted " Sel. Gen. Spec. Pise. Brasil, 1829, p. 105, PI. 566, fig. 1. Oceano Atlantico. (Museo Monacensi.) ^ Bennett, Fishes of Ceylon, Ed. II, 1834, p. 26, PI. 26. Ceylon. 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., with brownish. Length 7j inches. Two examples from HonoMu, Hawaiian Islands, collected by Dr. Benjamin Sharp. These were wrongly called Caranx latus by me, and are evidently identical with the examples identified as C. marginatus by Dr. Jenkins.^® Caranx latus Agassiz. Sel. Gen. Spec. Pise. Brasil., 1829, p. 105, Pl.'566, fig. 1. In Oceano Atlantico- [Brazil.] (Museo Monacensi.) Caranx hippus Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, XIV, 1871, p. 472. (Not of Linnseus.) Head 3yV; depth 2|; D. I, VIII-I, 21; A. II-I, 16; scutes 34 in straight part of lateral line ; width of head 2 in its length; mandible 1{^; fourth dorsal spine 2^^ (third longest but damaged); ventral 2J; snout 3f in head, measured from its own tip; eye 3f ; maxillary 22V; inter- orbital space 3^; least depth of caudal peduncle 6f; pectoral 2i in head and trunk. Maxillary not quite reaching posterior margin of orbit. Adipose eyelid covering posterior half of iris only. Gill-rakers 6 + 16, compressed, longest much longer than filaments or about f of orbit. A pale brownish spot at upper corner of gill-opening. No opercular spot. Length 8|^ inches. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Drs. Rusch- enberger and Turner. Other examples also from San Domingo (West Indies) and Surinam. Young examples from Culebra, Porto Rico, received from the U. S. Fish Commission, show spinous dorsal blackish. Side of trunk with five pale plumbeous-gray transverse bands extending down below lateral line and fading out on abdomen. First a little narrow and beginning from origin of spinous dorsal. Second extending from pos- terior base of spinous dorsal and crossing curved part of lateral line. Third much broader and crossing straight part of lateral line anteriorly. Fourth extending from middle of base of rayed dorsal, and fifth from bases of posterior rays. Some examples show a rather indistinct or diffuse grayish-brown streak sloping down anteriorly through eye to end of maxillary. CARANGOIDES Bleeker. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., I, 1850 (1851), pp. 343, 352 (prceustus). Originally Scyris, Alectis and Citula were included. No t3'pe is indicated, though the first species mentioned, prceustus, was probably intended. Carangoides plagiotcvnia cannot be used as it was not dis- covered till later. ^^ 2« Bull U. S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (1904), p. 444. ".4c^ Soc. Sci. Ind. Neerl. (Acht. Bijd. Visch. Amboina), II, 1857, p. 59. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 Carangoides malabaricus (Schneider). Scomber malabaricus Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch, 1801, p. 31. Habitat cum antecedente [which is "ad Tranquebariam"]. Head SyV; depth 2; D. VIII-I, 22; A. II-I, 18; scales 65 in lateral line, and scutes about 30; pectoral 1 in head; ventral about 4; snout 3^ from tip of upper jaw; eye 2|; maxillary 2\; interorbital space 3^. Gill-rakcrs 11 + 22, and a little longer than filaments. Scutes small and weak. Color when fresh in arrack slaty-brown above, top of head grayish or leaden, greater portion of sides and all of lower surface whitish washed everywhere with silvery. Upper edge of opercle with a small blackish spot. Axil of pectoral brownish. Fins plain or dilute brownish. Length 4y^g- inches. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harri- son, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Two examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Carangoides oblongas (Cuvier). Caranx oblongus Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 96. Vanicolo. (MM. Quoy and Gaimard.) Oualan. (M. de Mertens.) Head 3^; depth 2A; D. VIII-I, 21; A. II-I, 18; scales 59 in lateral line, and scutes 39; snout 3 in head ; eye3f; maxillary 24; interorbital space 4^; ventral about 2; pectoral 21- in body, without caudal. Gill-rakers 7 + 16, ii, long, compressed, and about equal to filaments of half of eye. Color when fresh in arrack leaden-gray above, silvery- white below, and everywhere more or less silvery. On back between bases of each fin ray a bluish-gray blotch. Basal portion of anterior soft dorsal and anal rays tinged with pale yellowish. Length 11 inclies. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Two examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. CITULA Cuvier. Regne Animal, Ed. I, II, 1817, p. 31.5 (armata). Cuvier, I.e., Ed. II, II, 1829, p. 209 Subgenus CITULA Cuvier. Vcntrals short and pale. Straight portion of lateral line beginning well beyond origin of soft dorsal. Citula armata (Forskil). Scicena armata Fonskal, Descript. Animal., 1775, p. 53. [Red Sea.^ Citula atropoii Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 513, PI. 14, lower figure to left. (Not of Schneider.) Head 3yV; depth 2; D. VIII-I, 22; A. II-I, 18; P. ii, 19; V. I, 5; scales 95 in curved portion of lateral line, and about 32 in remaim'ng short straight portion; about 25 scales between soft dorsal and upper curved portion of lateral line; width of head 2f in its length; depth 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., of head greater than length; mandible 2^; third dorsal spine 2f ; first dorsal ray 1^; first anal ray 1|; upper caudal lobe 1; least depth of caudal peduncle 6^; ventral 2^; snout 2f from tip of upper jaw; eye 3f ; maxillary 2f ; interorbital space 3|; pectoral 2f in head and trunk. Body rather oblong, deep, compressed, and greatest depth at origin of soft dorsal. Caudal peduncle small, its depth 2|, and its width 2 in its length. Head deep, compressed, and, upper profile oblique, slightly convex at first and then more so at occiput. Lower profile less convex than upper. Snout broad, oblique, compressed, slightly prominent, and with upper jaw a little protruded. Eye large, a trifle anterior, and without adipose eyelid. Mouth oblique, small, curved, and gape reach- ing about f in vertical to anterior nostril. Mandible projecting well beyond upper jaw. Maxillary free distally, its expanded portion 2 in eye, and reaching below posterior nostril, but not to orbit. Lips rather broad and thick. Teeth minute and in bands in jaws. Patches of minvite asperities on vomer, palatines and tongue. Tongue broad, rather long, obtusely rounded and free in front. Nostrils close to- gether, high lateral, and much nearer upper rim of orbit than tip of snout. Interorbital space broad, well elevated, and giving place to a high median trenchant keel extending to spinous dorsal. Preorbital broad, with several radiating flutings above, and its width about 4 of orbit. Gill-opening deep, extending forward opposite nostrils. Rakers 7 + 16, II, long, slender, compressed, asperous on inner surfaces, and longest half of eye. Filaments f of longest raker, and pseudobranchise a little shorter. Isthmus compressed, edge not sharp. Scales minute, narrowly imbricated, and crowded on back in front. Chest and base of pectoral naked. Cheeks and upper posterior side of head scaly, otherwise naked. A low scaly sheath along base of spinous dorsal. Soft dorsal and anal, except last few rays with rather high or broad basal scaly sheaths. Caudal with small scales on its base, and a low ridge at base of each lobe. Ventral with a deep basal fissure and a row of scales running back from its upper basal portion. Lateral line concurrent with back till opposite middle of base of soft dorsal and then straight to base of caudal. Scutes small, weak, deepest about ^ least depth of caudal peduncle. Origin of spinous dorsal but little behind that of pectoral, third ray longest, and all depressible in a low groove. Soft dorsal with first ray elongate, and those anteriorly also elevated, though much shorter. Last dorsal and anal rays much longer than those immediately pre- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 ceding. Origin of soft dorsal nearly midway between front rim 'of orbit and base of caudal. Soft anal similar to soft dorsal, but its origin a short distance posterior. Anal spines short, small, second largest, and first inserted about opposite origin of soft dorsal. Short bony keel extending forward to tips of ventrals from origin of spinous anal. Caudal triangular, rather large and lobes pointed. Pectoral long, falcate, and nearly reaching beginning of straight portion of lateral line. Ventral inserted below origin of pectoral and reaching a little over half way to origin of soft anal. Anus midway between bases of ventrals and origin of spinous anal. Color when fresh in arrack leaden or grayish-brown above, shot with bluish and purple, and silvery- white extending over lower surface. Basal portions of anterior rays of soft dorsal and anal tinged with pale yellowish. Spinous dorsal and upper portions of soft dorsal dusky. Upper front edge of caudal lobe dusky. Fins otherwise dilute yellow- ish. A small brown opercular spot. Peritoneum pale. Iris pale yellowish. Length 11 inches. No. 27,519, A. N. S. P. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Four examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University. Two are young which I wrongly identified as Citula atropos (Schnei- der). The larger of the latter shows: Head 3^; depth lyV; D- VIII-I, 21 ; A. II-1, 17; P. ii, 19; V. I, 5; scales 82 in lateral line, and scutes 28; pectoral 1^ in head; ventral 1^; snout 3^, from tip; eye 3^; maxillary 2^; interorbital space 3^. Gill-rakers 7 + 16, slender and compressed. Color when fresh in arrack pale leaden or slaty-gray on back and upper surface, lower side and under surface white. Body everywhere more or less silvery, especially below. Side with five broad pale gray vertical bars. Spinous dorsal blackish. Dorsal dusky above, other fins except ventral dilute yellowish. Ventral black, deepest distally and basal portions pale. This species, originally from the Red Sea, has not been compared with Sumatran examples. The latter agree with Cuvier's figure,^ except that only the first dorsal ray is elongate and the others are not prolonged into filaments. Caranx cirrhosus Cuvier^' also lacks dorsal and anal filaments and an opercular spot. It is also supposed to be identical. Russell's figure of Tchawil parah^^ is apparently based on -' Olistus malabaricus Cuvier, Rdgne Animal, Ed. PI. Grav., Poiss., IS — , Pi. 58. lia mer Rouge. 2' Ehrenberg, in Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 94, PI. 250. ^"Fishes of Coromandel. II, 1803, p. 38, PI. 151. Vizagapatam. 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., young examples of this species, though much older than my younger ones, as the ventral is represented as short. SCYRIS Cuvier. Regne Animal, Ed. II, II, 1829, p. 209 {alexandrina). Soyris alexandrina (St. Hilaire). Gallus alexandrinus Geoffroy St. Hilaire, Faune de Egj'pt, Zool., 1S09, PI. 22, fig. 2. Egypt. [Text not consulted.] Head 3; depth H; D. I, IV-I, 21; A. I, 18; P. ii, 17; V. I, 5; scales about 134 in lateral line, several on base of caudal; mandible 2y\ iii head; snout 2^, measured from its own tip (not tip of upper jaw); eye 3f; maxillary 3; interorbital space 4^; least depth of caudal pe- duncle 5^; ventral (damaged) 2f. Gill-rakers 10-1-25, compressed, longest much longer than longest filaments or a trifle over half of or])it. Pseudobranchise equal to filaments. Rather narrow bands of nearly even small teeth in jaws. A small patch of similar ones also on vomer. Orbit f depth of preorbital. Length 8f inches. Two examples from Beirut, Syria. The original figm-e is good. Gdlichtys cegyptiacus Cuvier^^ is prob- ably the young. It is also possible that Hynnis goreensis Cuvier,^^ may be different, though suggested as identical by Liitken.^^ The adult of Hynnis would differ at all ages in not having the anterior soft dorsal and anal rays produced into filaments. Soyris indioa RuppeU. Scyris indicus Ruppell, Atlas zu der Reise im nordlichen Afrika, Zool., 1828, p. 128, PI. 33, fig. 1. Djetta. (Mus. Francos.) Head 3^; depth 2; D. I, 19; A. I, 16; P. ii, 16; V. I, 5; width of head about 3 in its length; least depth of caudal peduncle Ih; ventral 2J; snout 2\ in head, measured obliquely from tip of upper jaw to upper angle of opercle; eye 4; maxillary 3; interorbital space 4^; pectoral 2f in body; upper caudal lobe about 3f. Tongue long, nar- row, rounded, and free in front, its upper sm-face finely asperous. Gill-rakers 8-^23, short, compressed, broad, and longest about If in longest filament. Filaments 2 in orbit. Pseudobranchise about 5 in orbit. Scales developed about shoulder, behind eye, and on base of caudal. A few small scales along bases of soft dorsal and anal in front. First dorsal ray reaching back opposite base of last. Color when fresh in arrack more or less silvery-white, glaucous or slaty-gray on upper surface. Outer edge of membrane between rays of dorsal " Ehrenberg, in Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IX, 1833, p. 131. 32 L. c, p. 145. Gor^e. (M. Rang.) » Kon. Dansk. Vid. Sehk. Skrift. (SpoHa Atlantica), XII, 1880, p.( 538-42) 605. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 blackish, and long dorsal lobe dark like outer portions of caudal lobe. A small blackish spot on edge of opercle, and a brown blotch over eye. Length 17 inches. Padang, Sumatra. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Three examples. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stan- ford Um'versity. Two are young, much deeper, and also have much longer anterior dorsal and anal rays. Ventral filamentous, reaching base of caudal. When fresh in arrack color was silvery, glaucous or slaty-gray above. Side with six broad bands of darker glaucous fading out below. Outer portions of all prolonged rays of dorsal and anal blackish. Ventral entirely black, other fins pale. They agree perfectly with examples from Cavite, Philippine Islands, in Stanford University, and also with the examples recorded from Formosa as Alcctis ciliaris by Drs. Jordan and Evermann,^^ as I found when compared. Alectis crinitus (Mitchill). Zeus crinitus Mitchill, Amer. Journ. Sci. Art., XI, 182G, p. 144. Block Island. Newport (Rhode Island), Key West (Florida), and San Domingo (West Indies). Alectis ciliaris (Bloch),^^ the Indian form, may be different. Vomer setapinnis (Mitchill). Zeus setapinnis Mitchill, Trans. Lit. Philos. Soc. New York, I, 1815, p. 384, PI. 1, fig. 9. Bay of New York. Vomer curtus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, p. 119. North Ameri- can Atlantic coast, the precise locality not recorded. (Bonaparte Coll., A. N. S. P.) Head 3; depth Iji; D. ii,IV-I, 23; A. I. 19. Gill-rakers 8 + 23, compressed, longest about f of orbit, and longest filament about f of longest raker. Length 9f inches. West coast of Africa, probably at Gabun river. Dr. J. L. Leconte. Also another with same data, but smaller. It has 25 soft dorsal rays, and would appear to differ from Vomer dorsalis only in its greater depth. Dr. Stein- dachner, who has examined the types of Vomer goreensis Guichenot and Vomer senegalensis Guichenot, long ago concluded that they were identical with Vomer setapinnis (Mitchill).^" He also pointed out the fact that Vomer gabonensis Guichenot represents a dis- tinct species. Panama examples of about 8^ inches in length have " Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 338. ^^ Zeus ciliaris Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., Ill (VI), 1787, p. 36, PI. 191. Suratte. [India.] (Doctor Konig.) [I have not been able to consult Rafinesque's account of Alectis in "Analyse de la Nature ou Tableau de L'Univers et des Corps Organises, 1815."] " Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, LX, 1869 (1870), p. 706. 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., the depth about 2, 22 and 23 dorsal and 18 anal rays. Coll. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschcnberger. An example from Rio Janeiro, Brazil, about 8f inches long, has depth Ij^^, 21 dorsal and 17 anal rays. Drs. Ruschenberger and Turner. Examples from Newport, Rhode Island, of same size and smaller, have depth ranging from If to 2, dorsal with 22 or 23 and anal with 17 or 18 rays. Coll. Samuel Powel. Other examples from Maryland and South Carolina. Type of Vomer curtus Cope from the Atlantic coast of eastern North America is the same, Bonaparte Coll. Dr. T. B. Wilson. The specific denomination of this fish, though not correctly spelled, had best be adopted. Vomer spixii (Swainson). Platysomus spixii Swainson, Lardner's Cab. Cyclop. Nat. Hist., II, 1839, p. 406. (Based on Vomer hrownii Agassiz, Sel. Gen. *Spec. Pise. Brasil, 1829, p. 110, PI. 57. Oceano Atlantico. [Brazil.] (Museo Monacensi.) Head 2§; depth U; D. VIII-I, 22; A. I, IS. Gill-rakers 7 + 27, compressed, longest much longer than filaments or about f of orbit. Length 7f inches. Many from San Domingo (West Indies). Prof. W. M. Gabb. St. Thomas (West Indies), from Henry Warrington. Selene vomer (Linnseus). Zeus vomer Linnieus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 266. America. Surinam, Tobago (British West Indies), San Domingo (West Indies), Fort Macon (North Carolina), Beasley's Point and Squan river (New Jersey). A young example agrees with Liitken's figure.^^ Lat. 20° N., long. 105° W. (southern part of Gulf of Mexico). Dr. William H. Jones. J " j^on. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. SkHft. (Spolia Atlantica), XII, 1880, PI. 5, fig. 1. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 THE MOVEMENTS OF GREGARINES. BY HOWARD CRAWLEY. For the proper comprehension of the movements displayed by gre- garines, it is advisable first to consider the form and anatomy of the animals. In a species like Porospora gigantea Van Beneden the ratio of length to breadth is 50-1, whereas Lophocephalus insignis Aime Schn. is nearly spherical. It is obvious that the first of these two species can display movements of contortion which the second cannot. These are extreme cases, but gregarines may roughly be divided into long, slender and short, stout species, and in a discussion of their move- ments it is well to keep in mind the limitations to flexibility imposed on the latter merely on account of their shape. Further limitations are imposed by the anatomical structure. From without inward, a polycystid gregarine displays epicyte, sarcocyte, myocyte and entocyte. The epicyte is a cuticular layer, the function of which is protective. It is always present, and varies considerably in thickness in the different species. The sarcocyte is a layer of clear protoplasm which, in a typical case, is continuous over the entire ani- mal. This condition exists in such genera as Gregarina, Stenophora and Amphoroides. Frequently, however, the sarcocyte is lacking, except for the septum, which it constitutes, and in the immediately adjacent parts. These two layers may collectively be termed the ectosarc. The myocyte is described by some authors as a part of the ectosarc; by others as a part of the endosarc (entocyte). It is made up of a layer of fibrils. Of these, the more conspicuous encircle the animal in a slightly spiral direction. The circular fibres are joined together by longitudinal and diagonal connectives, the whole system forming a net. The entocyte of gregarines is probably much like that of other protozoa. It is composed of soft, distinctly alveolar protoplasm, liberally provided with the so-called granules of reserve. It will be seen from the above that the ectosarc of gregarines may vary greatly in thickness. We may have a species in which both the component layers are thick. On the other hand, the epicyte may be thin and the sarcocyte absent. We probably have here an explanation for the difference in the rigidity of gregarines. Some species, such as 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Stenophora jidipusiUi Leidy, tend to maintain a certain definite shape. Changes of this shape may be extensive, but are usually of short dura- tion. Further, the contortions are of such a character that the true form is by no means disguised, and the resumption of this true form is always a very sudden process. We may conclude from this that the ectosarc is stiff and elastic. Under the force of the contractile ele- ments it may suffer contortion, but as soon as the force is released the proper form is rcsvmied with a sudden jerk. The comparison may be made with a hollow india-rubber ball, or, perhaps better, it may be said that these grcgarines behave as if their ectosarc were composed of india-rubber. They may further be compared with such ciliates as ParamcEcium, at least in so far as regards the sudden resumption of the normal contour after a deformation. On the other hand, gregarines like Trichorhynchus pulcher Aime Schn. are highly polymorphic. Different individuals present c^uite different outlines, and these outlines are subject to continual and extensive changes. Their movements may not inaptly be termed amoeboid. All polycystid gregarines possess what may be designated as a typical outline, but it is often difficult, in these polymorphic species, to determine what this typical outline may be. Their ecto- sarc, while extremely flexible and extensible, does not appear to possess any elasticity. In consequence, deformation may be carried to such an extent as to render the typical form wholly unrecognizable, nor is there ever seen that sudden resumption of the typical form so often displayed by such species as Stenophora julipusilli. This difference appears to be due mainly to the sarcocyte. Usually, in these polymorphic animals, the ectosarc consists of epicyte alone. Further, the epicyte may be thin. The facts, then, are in accord with what we should expect on mechanical principles. The elastic species possess a sarcocyte; the polymorphic do not. It may therefore be inferred that the elasticity is due to the sarcocyte, and confirmatory evidence is furnished by the Monocystidea. These animals, which are frequently highly polymorphic, appear generally to lack a sarcocyte. The rule, however, is not absolute, since Stenophora iCnemidospora) spiroholi Crawley, the protomerite of which is very flexible, possesses a thick sarcocyte. Obviously, the ability of a gregarine to display changes of form depends upon two factors.^ These are the flexibility of its ectosarc and the power of the contractile elements. It has been shown that ' There is possibly a third factor, as will be pointed out below. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 great differences exist in the first of these in different gregarincs. I shall now consider the contractile element. This is evidently the myocyte. The evidence that the myocyte is contractile is purely inferential, but none the less satisfactory. The fibre is the form always taken by differentiated contractile substance. Other protozoa, ciliates and flagellates, show like elements, and most of the movements displayed by polycystid grcgarines are compre- hensible only by assuming the myocyte to be a contractile system. On the other hand, certain movements exhibited by the polymorphic species cannot so readily be explained in this way, as I shall presently show. Confining our attention for the moment to these movements for which the myocyte seems an adequate cause, they are found to be dis- played by all gregarines. They are, however, as we should expect, far more definite in the elastic than in the polymorphic species. The most usual are mere bendings of the longitudinal axis, the character and extent of which appear to depend largely upon the shape of the gregarine and the nature of its eclosarc. The least extensive are bendings of the protomerite, which may take place in any plane. These may be so slight as to be difficult to detect, or so extensive that the axis of the protomerite comes to form a right angle with that of the deutomerite. They readily lead to a distortion wherein the angle in the longitudinal axis is formed in the deutomerite instead of at the septum. This may be a right angle even in such relatively thick species as Stenophora julipusilli Leidy. In Gregarina dicceli Crawley, which is a vermiform gregarine with a thin epicyte and no sarcocyte, this distortion becomes more evident. The protomerite and anterior part of the deutomerite bend round to form a hook, the anterior surface of the protomerite being directed backward. As the point in the longi- tudinal axis where the original bending takes place moves further and further backward, the hook becomes larger and larger until the gre- garine forms a U. This U may pass into a circle and the circle into a coil or a spiral. Gregarina polydesmivirginiensis Leidy^ displays con- tortions of exactly the same character. Animals such as S. julipusilli Leidy frequently bend double, but the circular or coiled condition can- not well be assimied by any but the long slender gregarines. When only the protomerite is involved, the movement is frequently first to one side and then to the other. This may also happen when the anterior part of the deutomerite participates along with the proto- ^ According to L^ger et Duboscq (1903), this species belongs to the genus Stenophora, since it stands very close to the Stenophora nematoidesoi these authors. 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan. merite. Occasionally, also, it is the posterior part of the deutomerite which is bent, the balance of the animal maintaining its original posi- tion. Yet however varied these bendings may be, they are all of them only contortions whereby the longitudinal axis loses its original straight- ness. Their cause is contractions of the myocyte. It is easy to see how such contortions could be produced by a shortening of the longitudinal fibres of one side, possibly aided by a contraction of the transverse fibres at the place where the bendings originate. This pull on the part of the myocyte is resisted by the ectosarc to a greater or less extent, contingent upon its rigidity and elasticity. This is shown by the sud- denness with which the ectosarc springs back to its original position, which presumably takes place when the pull exerted by the myocyte ceases to act. The behavior of the ectosarc in such a case is, as previ- ously stated, precisely what it would be were it composed of india- rubber. The following point is also worthy of note. When a gregarine begins to curve, one side is lengthened and the other shortened. The ecto- sarc is evidently capable of a certain amount of contraction, since a crescentic form may be assumed with the shortened side still presenting a smooth contour. But if the bending be carried to any considerable extent, the inner surface folds, the number and depth of these folds depending upon the shape of the gregarine and the extent of the curva- ture. This shows that the power of the ectosarc to contract is limited. A movement of the same general character as the bending is one whereby the longitudinal axis is shortened. It consists in the pulling of the protomerite into the deutomerite, as one may withdraw the hand into the sleeve. I have noticed this in a number of species, although it is by no means so frequently seen as the bending. It is displayed indifferently by animals which are progressing and those which are not. As in the case of the bending, the return to the typical shape, in the elastic species, is by a sudden jerk. This movement is explainable by a shortening of the longitudinal fibres around a given zone of the animal's body. There is finally the so-called peristalsis. This, as defined by Delage et Herouard (1896), consists of "Contractions peristaltiques, produites par un etranglement transversal qui se propage le long du corps." It does not, however, admit of quite so simple a definition. It may be a swelling instead of a constriction. Further, it frequently happens that instead of a series of such constrictions or swellings there will be but one, which passes from the region of the septum to the posterior end 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 of the animal. In the typical associations, as in Gregarina, this move- ment is described as passing from the anterior end of the primite to the posterior end of the satellite without the slightest pause. We have here a demonstration that it is not due to endoplasmic movements. In general, the conspicuousness of the peristaltic movement depends on the character of the cctosarc. In the stiff, clastic forms this move- ment is by no means common, and when it does occur it generally consists of a single contraction. On the other hand, it is well displayed by the polymorphic species with thin ectosarcs. In one species, Actinocephalus harpali Crawley, I have frequently observed a disposi- tion to rumple the edges of the body, so that they present a scries of scallops. These scallops were seen to undergo slow changes in size and sometimes they moved slowly backward. I take this to be a peristaltic movement, although much slower than is usual. The cause throughout is probably contractions of the circular fibres. Further, following the division which I have made, the peristaltic movement comes under the head of shortenings of the longitudinal axis. The above are all the movements involving change of shape which can with absolute certainty be credited to contractions of the myocyte. They result in varied and frequently considerable alterations of the contour of the animal, but they can all be placed in two categories : (1) Bendings and curvings of the longitudinal axis. (2) Shortenings of the longitudinal axis. The two may, and doubtless frequently do, take place at once, but apparently the first is by far the more frequent expression of the con- tractility of the myocyte. There now remain for consideration a series of phenomena displayed by the polymorphic forms wherein the Polycystidea approximate the conditions normal to the Monocystidea. Of the several species which I have observed, they are best illustrated by Trichorhynchus pulcher Aime Schn. This animal changes shape as readily as Euglena or even Amceha. The anterior margin of the protomerite may present a straight edge, a curve or a long tongue-shaped protrusion. The pos- terior end of the deutomerite may be bluntly rounded, sharply pointed or even bifurcated. The animal may also be so contorted as to lose all semblance to a polycystid gregarine and to present the kind of out- line we associate with Amoeba. These changes take place constantly, and by no means slowly, but always gradually. Stenophora spiroboli Crawley, another polymorphic species, has to be watched very patiently before the true form can be made out. It constantly displays contor- 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., tions which are most conspicuous at the anterior end, and these con- tortions are of such a character that it is wholly impossible to say whether a given point of the surface is protomerite or deutomerite. From this end, moreover, little lobopodia were seen to arise and dis- appear. In the case of a small gregarine from Lithohius, a very noteworthy movement was seen. This expressed itself as a slight peristalsis, the wave being evident at times on only one side. It was accompanied by a flow, en masse, of the granules of the entocyte. This flow, start- ing at the posterior part of the deutomerite, would pass forward until it struck the septum. Here the granular mass was deflected backward, the peristalsis being reversed at the same instant. In one case the nucleus was carried forward and backward along with the granules. This movement was seen both in animals that were progressing and those which were not. It was displayed constantly, but was generally very much faster when the animal was progressing. In one observa- tion made, however, the gregarine showing this movement had its progression suddenly checked by striking an obstruction, and here the flow and peristalsis continued with unabated vigor. Frequently when gregarines are pinched by passing through narrow places, or when they bend, the entocyte is seen to flow. But in no other case amongst the Folycystidea which has ever come under my notice was the flowing anything like so free and extensive. These gregarines were very favorable for a study of the movements of the entocyte, since the number of granules was remarkably few and their flowing easy to observe. A somewhat similar peristaltic movement was once seen in Tricho- rhynchus pulcher Aime Schn. Here, the gregarine lying in one place, the wave arose at the posterior end and passed forward. The move- ments on both sides were not synchronous. It differed from the case just described in that there was no reversal, the movement being con- tinuously forward . The protrusion of the long tongue-shaped process by T. pulcher and of the lobopodia by *S. spiroboli are not satisfactorily credited to activ- ity of the myocyte. Such an action would appear to involve the spon- taneous lengthening of relaxed fibres, which is scarcely possible. But even if it did not, the form of the mj^ocyte, which is that of a fine-meshed net, would not seem to lend itself to such movements. They would necessitate an enormous elongation of a very small part of the system, and would thus predicate a complexity of action which we could hardly expect in so simple an apparatus. Without, however, desiring to preju- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 dice the decision, it is advisable to see if an explanation may not be had along different lines. The formation of pseudopodia in rhizopods is due to movements of the endosarc, and in gregarines the endosarc is evidently mobile. It may therefore be suggested that the polymorphism of certain of the Polycystidea is caused in the same way as it is in Rhizopoda. An endoplasmic flow, if by chance it were directed radially, would evidently result in such protrusions as are actually seen in Trichorhynchus. For it is to be remembered that such forms have a thin, extensible ectosarc, which would offer little resistance to such a flow. The difficulty in arriving at a decision is that the endosarc of most polycystids is so opaque that flowing movements might take place without it being possible to detect them. As I have already stated, the little gregarine of Lithobius is the only species at all favorable for a study of this element which has yet come under my notice. In the Monocystidea, however, the conditions are more favorable. Flowing of the endosarc is a matter of common observation, and it has generally been taken to be the cause of their polymorphism. While this may be so, my own observations on monocystids lead me to ques- tion it. These were made on a species of Diplocystis, a parasite of Allolobophora longa. This gregarine has the form of a serpent. In the cases observed movements were constant. There would appear at any point of the body a swelling which passed rapidly either forward or backward. The endoplasm fills this swollen part, flowing into it in front and out of it behind. Two such swellings may arise simul- taneously and, advancing toward each other, amalgamate. The large swelling thus produced would maintain a fixed size for a moment, and then from its central part two streams would start in opposite direc- tions, and the swelling would rapidly disappear. In one case the peripheral granules in a swelling moved along with it, while those in the centre moved in the opposite direction. An individual of this species was observed to burst,' permitting the escape of a portion of the granular contents. The ectosarc thereupon contracted, and showed very plainly a series of strise, parallel and spirally disposed. Evidently these stria were the expression of a powerful myocyte. Contractions of the myocyte would produce a flowing of the endo- plasm; flowing of the endoplasm would result in extensions of the limiting layer. Hence, on purely a priori grounds, the one explanation has as much claim to consideration as the other. In the case of the phenomena just described, however, it seems far more reasonable to 96 rilOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., credit them to muscular action. They were movements evidently to be compared with the peristalsis of the Polycystidea, which, as I have pointed out, cannot be credited to endoplasmic currents. Moreover, they were so rapid and so evidently powerfvil that a comparison with what we see in Amoeha fails. Further, if they were caused by endo- plasmic movements, the myocyte is left without a function, which is a most improbable supposition. It therefore seems more probable that the polymorphism of the Monocystidea is due to muscular action. Hence, by analogy, the poly- morphism of the Polycystidea should be accounted for in the same way. Nevertheless, as I have indicated, this view has certain objec- tions and the decision is better postponed until additional data arc obtained. In an article on the progression of gregarines (Crawley, 1902). I endeavored to show that when the protomerite of a gregarine is bont to one side or the other, the siu-face of the deutomerite shows a wave which passes backward and transversely at the same time. My obser- vations also indicated that the extent of the bending of the protomerite conditioned the extent of this wave. Further, when the bending of the protomerite was first to one side and then to the other, that is, when it oscillated, the transverse component of the wave on the sm-face of the deutomerite was also first to one side and then to the other. I there- fore regard these two manifestations of activity as due to the same contraction of the myocyte. That is, a contraction wnich causes the protomerite to bend causes also this wave to pass over the surface of the deutomerite. Certain criticisms which have been made upon this paper lead me to suppose that I did not bring out this point as clearly as desirable. I shall therefore make use of a comparison. If we bare the forearm and then slowly close the fingers tightly, a muscular wave passes upward and outward along the dorsal surface of the arm. By alternately con- tracting and relaxing the fingers, this wave exhibits an alternate trans- verse movement. In this case, the conspicuous result of muscular contraction is the closing or opening of the hand, but it is necessarily correlated with the disturbance on the surface of the forearm. In the gregarine, the oscillation of the protomerite is the conspicuous mani- festation of muscular activity, and, under ordinary conditions of obser- vation, the only one which is seen. But it is always accompanied by the wave on the surface of the deutomerite. The result is that a given point on the gregarine's surface pushes backward and transversely upon whatever may be in contact with it. This brings about a move- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 merit of the entire animal in an opiDOsitc direction. The movement will be rectilinear or zigzag, dependent on the less or greater extent of the transverse movement. This last, in its turn, depends on the extent of the oscillation of the protomcrite. Hence, when the grega- rine is advancing in a straight line, the evidence for muscular action is very slight. My observations also indicated that gregarines arc sticky, and that they do not seem able to progress unless in contact with a surface. I was therefore led to postulate the stickiness as more or less of a neces- sity in progression, its role being to prevent slipping of the particular part in contact with either the slide or cover-glass. Later observatioixs, however, have led me to modify this opinion. Contact appears neces- sary, but not necessarily contact with a continuous surface. The observations were as follows: The host intestine was teazed on a cover-glass, under a limited quantity of salt solution. The cover-glass was then inverted, and supported on a ring. In this way a mount having considerable depth was obtained. The results were to show that gregarines are able to progress away from a surface provided they can get into contact with some solid matter. One, originally moving on the surface film on the bottom of the drop, pushed its way upward through the particles of host intestine. In such cases, however, progression is slow and ap- parently difficult, and accompanied by constant and violent contortions. It may, moreover, be stated that in proportion as the environment renders progression more difficult, the evidences for muscular activity become more obvious. Thus, when an advancing gregarine encounters a mass of loose host tissue, it frequently endeavors to bore or wriggle its way through, and muscular contractions at once become very exten- sive. The abihty of gregarines to make their way amidst particles of solid in a hanging drop suggests that, in some cases at least, progression is effected in somewhat the same way as that of a snail. The presence of an adhesive substance on the surface may assist, but the primary factor is the alterations of the contour of the surface. These are doubt- less by no means so regular as those of the foot of a snail, nor is gre- garine progression usually so smooth. Yet, without going into tedious details, it is easy enough to see how such movements could produce progression. When, however, progression is being effected on a smooth surface, the adhesive substance probably plays a part. A curious phenomenon was once exhibited by a little gregarine of Scolopocryptops sexspinosus. This is a very active species, progressing 7 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., continually in straight lines and curves of long radius. It would occa- sionally give a sudden jerk, and advance by perhaps its own length by a leap. This ability to leap was never seen in any other species. There finally remains for consideration what is probably a form of the progressive movement. Prior to cucystment gregarincs pair, the association in a genus like Gregarina being apparently only precocious pairing. It may be "head to tail" as in Gregarina, or "head to head" as in Pterocephalus. In either case the pair bends double at its middle point, thus 1:)ringing the gregarines side by side. Before or during this last, process the system begins to rotate. During the course of this rotation the two individuals become more and more closely apposed until a spherical form is assumed. Meanwhile a common covering is secreted, the cyst formed and eventually the rotatory movement ceases. This movement is generally mentioned by those authors who have made observations on the encystment of gregarines, but no attempt ap- pears to have been made to account for it. Biitschli (1881), however, states that muscular contractions are to be observed at the time when the two animals begin to fuse. The explanation advanced by Schewia- koff, that gregarines progress by means of the extension of a stalk of gelatinous fibres, is here manifestly inapplicable. Further, since according to the accounts the rotation continues until after a certain amount of a gelatinous investment is secreted, changes of surface con- tour would not seem to be of effect. One point, however, is worthy of attention. The rotation, both in nature and when the gregarines arc on the slide, doubtless takes place when the animals are suspended in a liquid. The only opposition which the rotation encounters is then the friction of this liquid, and this would be almost infinitesimal. That is, it does not seem necessary to assume that the impulse lasts as long as the rotation itself. The latter, once started, would continue of its own momentum for probably a considerable period of time. Accurate observations are, nevertheless, a desideratum, and, as I have stated, these are yet to be made. I have, however, at times observed a rotation on the part of solitary gregarines. One case was particularly striking. The gregarines, specimens of Trichorhynchus pulcher Aime Schn., holding the body bent, moved around the circum- ference of a circle. The curved longitudinal axis of the animals formed an arc of this circumference, the radius of which was perhaps one-half the animal's length. That part of the circumference not occupied by the gregarine was filled with a mass of sundry small particles, the movements of which followed that of the gregarine. That is, there 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 was evidently present a ring-shaped mass of invisible jelly which was continuous from the anterior to the posterior end of the gregarine. In this case, although the conditions for observation were favorable, no cause for the motion could be detected. I have also seen individuals of Stenophora julipusilli exhibit this rotation. These phenomena, while not in any way explaining the cause of the rotatory motion, show that it is not necessarily correlated with encyst- ment. It is merely one of the several phases of the mobility of gre- garines, ordinarily most conspicuously in evidence at the time of encystmcnt. It has been the custom to separate these several phases and to treat them as w^hoUy distinct phenomena. This custom I believe to be unfortunate. It appears to me that all the motor phe- nomena which the Polycystidea display may be directly credited to contractions of the myocyte, with the possible exception of the amoe- boid movements of certain species, and the rotation. For these observational evidence is required before pronouncing a final decision. Bibliography. BuTSCHLi, O. 1881. Kleine Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gregarinen. Zeit. f. luiss. Zool, Bd. 35, pp. 384-409, Taf. 20 u. 21. Crawley, Howard. 1902. The Progressive Movements of Gregarines. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, January, 1902, pp. 4-20, PI. 1, 2. Delage et Herotjard. 1896. Traite de Zoologie Concrete. Tom. I, La Cellide et Les Protozoaires, Paris. Leger et Duboscq. 1903. Recherches sur les Myriapodes de Corse et leurs Parasites. Archiv. de Zool. exper. et gen. [4], Vol. I, pp. 307-358. Schewiakoff, V. 1894. Ueber die Ursache der fortschreitenden Bewegung der Gregarinen. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool, Bd. 58, pp. 340-354, Taf. 20 u. 21. 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., February 7. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-two persons present. The deaths of the following members were announced : George M. Stiles, M.D., June 9, 1904; WilHam Sellers, January 24, 1905; and Albrecht Jahn, February 6, 1905. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been presented for publication: "New Japanese Marine Mollusca," by Henry A. Pilsbry. "Mollusca of the Southern States, I," by Henry A. Pilsbry. "Mollusks of Flint and Caroline Islands, in the Central Pacific," by Henry A. Pilsbry and Edward G. Vanatta. "A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Centrarchidse," by Henry W. Fowler. February 21. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Twenty-three persons present. The deaths of Jay Cooke, a member, February 17, 1905, and of Dr. Alpheus S. Packard, a correspondent, February 14, 1905, were announced. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been presented for publication : "A New Species of Sea-Mouse {Aphrodita hastata) from Eastern Massachusetts," by J. Percy Moore. "A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of Cuba, the Isle of Pines>nd the Bahamas," by James A. G. Rehn. "A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Acridida? (Orthoptera) of Costa Rica," by James A. G. Rehn. Mr. Samuel S. Van Pelt was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed : 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. The new species described herein are further evidences of the energy and industry with which Mr. Hirase is investigating the molluscan fauna of his country. For the ilhistrations I am indebted to Mr. Vanatta. A name used by me last year, Terehra hedleyi, proves to have been applied before to a different species.^ I propose, therefore, to change the name of the Japanese species to Terehra hedleyana. The descrip- tion may be found in these Proceedings for 1904, p. 3. Conus voluminalis avus n. subsp. PI. II, fig. 4. General form of C. voluminalis Hinds, but the later whorls are almost flat instead of concave above, and are smooth except for weak oblique growth-wrinkles. The conic earlier whorls are weakly marked with about three spiral Hues, and the angular periphery is very slightly nodulous and projects a little above the suture. The last whorl is smooth except for about twelve grooves at the base. Length 38, diam. 19 mm. Kikai, Osumi, in a deposit probably of PHocene age. Types No. 88.296, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,578 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Conus aratispira u- sp. PI. II, fig. 1. Shell slender and long, with high, turreted spire, biconic, the cone of the spire about one-third the total length, somewhat terraced, the whorls angular in the middle, smooth below the angle, steeply sloping and marked with 4 or 5 spiral grooves above it, the shoulder of the inter- mediate whorls very weakly tuberculate in well-preserved specimens. Last whorl obliquely striate toward the base, the grooves and convex intervals of equal size below, but upwards they become more widely spaced, with wide flat intervals. The aperture is narrow, its length about three-fourths that of the shell. Length 42, diam. 13.5 mm. Length about 48, diam. 16 mm. Kikai, Osumi, in a deposit of probably Pliocene age. Types No, 88.297, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,579 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This belongs to a small group of cones with the spire much elevated. »See Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., 1904, pp. 187, 211. 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Feb., Columbella pardalina suboribraria n. subsp. PI. IV, fig. 23. Shell obesely fusiform, swollen in the middle; dark brown closely- spotted with white, without a darker or otherwise differentiated sub- sutural band. There are some spiral strise at the base, but the surface is otherwise smooth. The aperture is narrow, sinuous, more than half the length of the shell, the outer lip decidedly thickened within in the middle, armed with about five tubercular or elongated teeth; apex entire or nearly so. Whorls 7 to 7^. Length 11.5, diam. 5.5 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 88,924, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,606 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This form has a superficial resemblance to C. cribraria, but the shape of the aperture shows it to be related to C. pardalina japonica Rve. ( + C. sagena Rve.). C. p. suhcrihraria is only about half the size of its larger cousin, its aperture is slightly less contracted and the spots are smaller, but otherwise the two forms do not differ materially. Buooinum unicum n. sp. Shell solid but rather thin, ovate-conic, fleshy-whitish under a very thin, smooth, dehiscent light olive cuticle. The last whorl has a strong keel at the shoulder, above which the surface slopes up to the suture, with a second obtuse keel a little nearer to the suture than to the first keel. Below the shoulder keel the surface is at first slightly concave, then evenly convex and rather swollen, contracting as usual below. The whorls of the spu-e are terrace-like, and the last 4 at least are cari- nated like the last whorl, those above being deeply eroded. Wliorls 6. The base is sculptured with strong spiral cords, gradually dimin- ishing toward the periphery. Over the whole there is a minute sculp- ture of fine spiral strise, beautifully crenulated by minute growth-strise. The aperture is white within, outer lip simple and unexpanded. The columellar margin is concave in the middle, straight below. The anterior notch is moderately wide and deep. The inner lip is covered with a white enamel, preceded by an eroded groove. Length 58.5, diam. 32, length of aperture 31 mm. Kisennuma, Rikuzen. Type No. 88,820, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,761 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This peculiar whelk has much resemblance in general figure to Buccinum taphrium Dall, type of the section Sulcosinus. It is more elongated than that, and differs further in the less spreading columellar callous, the much less sinuous columella, the additional keel above the shoulder, and in not having a channelled suture, though the upper keel, in a more depressed shell, would define a channel. It seems to connect Sulcosinus with the more normal forms of Buccinum. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 Buccinum cMshimanum Pilsbry. PI. III. fig. 20. Nautilus, XVIII, p. 87, December, 1904. Etoro, Chishima (Kuril Is.). Siphonalia vanattai n. sp. PI. Ill, fig. 13. The shell is obcsely-fiisiform, the greatest width about median, solid and strong; white, irregularly marked with dull purplish-brown spots of irregular shape, and with narrow reddish-brown spiral lines, most distinct behind the lip, six and equidistant or fewer by the omission of some of them. Wliorls 6 (the protoconch being lost in the specimens seen), longitudinally costate, 13 to 15 rounded ribs on the last whorl, where they are most prominent at the shoulder, rapidly diminishing below it, and not extending upon the base; sculptured throughout with spiral rounded cords with threads occasionally interposed. The last two whorls are subangular at the shoulder, the preceding whorls being very convex. Last whorl is strongly contracted below. The aperture is oblique, its length (including the anterior canal) about two-thirds that of the shell, pale, dull, reddish-brown inside becoming ochre-fleshy between the lirse, pure white on the bevelled edge. It is rather sharply sulcate within. The outer lip is symmetrically arched. Anterior canal deep and moderately recurved. Length 28, diam. 15 mm.; aperture to end of canal 19 mm. Length 26, diam. 13.7 mm. j aperture to end of canal 17 mm. Yakushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,746, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,602 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This small species resembles S. hinnulus in general contour and coloration; but it is much smaller, decidedly plicate, and Urate within the aperture. It does not seem to agree with any of the numerous unfigured and insufficiently described forms introduced by A. Adams. S. spadicea is more slender than S. vanattai. Twenty-seven species of Siphonalia are now recorded from Japan. Of these, *S>. hyperodon Pils. is a synonym of S. mikado Melvill.^ S. stearnsii Pils. is closely related to S. pseudobuccinum Melv., but seems to differ by its shorter anterior canal. S. semiplicata Pils. is a syno- nym of S. fusoides Rve., while S. longirostris Dkr. seems to be merely a variety of the same species. Eleven species have been described without figures by A. Adams. Omitting these, there remain about fourteen recognizable Japanese Siphonalise. Maculotriton bracteatus longus Pils. and Van. PI. Ill, fig. 13. Proc. A. N. S. Phila. for 1904, p. 595. Tanabe, Kii. Length 11.5, diam. 4.7 mm. ' Journ. of Conchologi/, V, p. 34S. 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Usilla gouldii (Smith). PI. Ill, fig. 14, Planaxis cingulata Gld., Otia Conch., p. 140, not of A. Adams. Planaxis gouldii E. A. Smith, Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1872, IX, p. 42. Shell ovate-oblong, thick and solid. On the last whorl there is a subsutural welt followed by a depression, then seven slightly convex girdles separated by narrower spaces, each occupied by a single low cord at and above the periphery, but on the base the spaces are wider, with two or three cortls ; on the spire a microscopic, dense subvertical striation may be seen in unworn specimens. The girdles arc very low, almost flat on the latter part of the last whorl, but more and more raised earlier, two strong ones appearing on the penultimate whorl, where they are somewhat nodose. On the earlier whorls these two girdles and the subsutural welt are set with transversely oblong tuber- cles along weak vertical folds. Siphonal fasciole short and convex. Whorls about 6 J, the tip minutely eroded, the first whorl smooth. Last whorl tapering and a little concave below the slightly swollen peripheral region. Aperture oblique, about three-fifths the total length of the shell, blackish within, with a single peripheral pale line. Ante- rior channel short and deep, posterior sinus narrow and gutter-like, defined by a curved ascending callous cord on the lip and a small callous pad on the body. Outer lip regularly arcuate, thickened within and armed with six teeth in adult shells. Columellar margin dilated, rather wide. Color blackish-brown, with blue spots on some of the spiral girdles, the tubercles on the spire and a few bands in inter- vals on the last whorl being yellowish. Behind the lip all of the inter- vals between the raised girdles become yellowish, terminating in sub- triangular yellow spots on the bevelled lip, seven in number. Length 13.2, diam. 7 mm. Length 11.7, diam. 6 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. The specimens described are No. 87,754, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,628 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Gould's types were from Oshima, Osumi. This peculiar little whelk has been unfortunate in its biographers. Dr. Gould placed it in a wrong genus and family, and used a preoccu- pied specific name; and Mr. Smith, who renamed it, had not seen a specimen, and left it in the genus Planaxis. Pease, in a note on Usilla fusconigra, alludes to Gould's species as a member of Usilla.^ The species has not been figured hitherto. The group Usilla has been considered a subgenus of Vexilla, and located in the Purpnrince. The rather flat columella, and yellowish ' Amer. Jortrn. of Conrh., IV, 11,5. 1905.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 bands of the shell, and the microscopic vertical lineolation discernible in places on U. gouldii are in favor of this classification, while the form of the shell and the other characters of the aperture remind one more of Pisania or Tritonidea in the Buccinidce. Until the dentition can be examined, the position of Usilla must be left in doubt. U. gouldii is a larger and rougher species than U. f usee nigra, with the spire much more strongly sculptured. No other species are known to belong to the group. Columbella liocyma Pils. Described in these Proceedings, 1894, p. 14. The locality, Hachijo, Izu, was omitted. Planaxis abbreviata ogasawarana n. subsp. PI. Ill, figs. 18, 19. The shell is larger and longer than P. abbreviata Pease, ovate-conic, thick and solid, chocolate-brown, the last whorl covered with a dull fibrous cuticle. Sculpture of spiral grooves, often weak in the middle of the last whorl, strong below the suture and at the base. Whorls about 6, convex. Aperture obhque, the outer lip thickened within, and bearing 11 to 14 lirse, which extend into the throat; basal and pos- terior notches small, deep and rounded. Length 13, diam. 7.7 mm. Length 12, diam. 7 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 87,769, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,629 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This is a more robust form than P. nigra, with lirse in the throat like the Polynesian P. abbreviata. Natioa (Haloconcha) hirasei n. sp. PI. II, figs. 5, 6. Shell wholly imperforate, similar in shape to N. clausa B. and S. Brown-tinged white, with two chocolate-brown bands, which are more or less interrupted into spots or oblique streaks, one in the middle of the upper surface and ascending upon the penultimate whorl, the other immediately below the periphery. The surface is rather dull, marked with growth-lines, and showing faint, fine, subobsolete spiral striae. Whorls 4^, convex, the spire very small. The aperture is oblique, half-round and chestnut colored inside, with a pale entering basal band and wide white lip-margin. The umbilical pad is small, semicircular, bounded by a furrow, and separated from the parietal callous by a rather large notch. Length 17, diam. 15 mm., operculum 10 x 6.7 mm. Length 15.5, diam. 14.5 mm. The operculum (fig. 5) is ovate, slightly concave and white exter- 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., nally, with a short, low, curved rib over the spiral part, and a very- faint impressed line parallel to the outer margin. The edge is rather thick. Akkeshi, Kushiro, Hokkaido. Types No. 87,768, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,618 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species differs from N. clausa by the color-belts of the shell, the notch between the umbilical pad and the parietal callous, and the faint line parallel with the outer margin of the operculum. It differs from A^. janthostoma Desh. and N. adamsiana Dkr. by the closure of the imibilicus, and in wanting strong grooves on the operculum. Torinia densegranosa n. sp. PI. Ill, figs. 15, 16, 17. The shell is rather openly umbilicate, depressed-conic, dull light reddish-brown, with some indistinct darker and yellowish spots along the periphery. The spire is low-conic, apex obtuse; whorls 5+, but slightly convex, the last rounded peripherally. The sculpture con- sists of unequal flattened spiral cords and threads, cut by very fine, close and regidar radial grooves. The cords are rather wide and flat except near the periphery, where two or three of them are convex and slightly prominent. Four spiral cords are visible on the upper surface, with a thread between the third and fourth. On the periphery there are two with a thread between them. On the base there are five ; the outer one smaller, with a thread on each side of it, the umbilical cord coarsely crenate, the next outer one with only about half as many radial incisions as the following cords. There is a fine, not very dis- tinct, spiral striation over the coarser sculpture described. The aper- ture is notched at the termination of the umbilical cord. The opercu- lum is a conic stack of thin yellow lamell2e. Alt. 5, diam, 8.5 mm. Fukura, Awaji. Types No. 88,306, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,568 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Chiefly notable for the close radial sculpture. The sculpture of the base, omitted in fig. 16, is shown enlarged in fig. 17. Cingula kurilensis n. sp. PI. IV, fig. 31. Shell minutely perforate, ovate-conic, dark brown with more or less extensive, eroded, ashen patches, sometimes the whole surface eroded. Marked with fine, inconspicuous growth-lines where unworn. Whorls 5, convex, the last ventricose. Aperture roundly-ovate, slightly sub- angular. Peristome thin and simple, continued in an adherent_callous across the parietal wall. Columella arcuate. Length 3.3, diam. 2, longest axis of aperture 1.7 mm. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 Kunashiri, Chishima [KurU Is.]. Types No. 88,303, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,599 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This little Amnicola-like snail is smaller than Cingula robusta 'Dall' Krause, and has no spiral sculpture. It is a wider shell than Onoha aleutica Dall, which seems to be its nearest relative. EULIMID^. In my Catalogue of the Marine Mollushs of Japan, p. 77, some 23 species of Eulima are recorded, exclusive of Leiostraca, etc. Of this number "E. cumingi Sowb." may have been an erroneous identifica- tion, but as the specimen upon which it was based is not now accessible to me, I am unable to revise it. The original E. cumingi A. Ad.* was described from ''Lord Hood's Island, South Pacific," but, as in num- erous other cases, the island intended by the label may have been one of the Galapagos group, for the species does not seem to differ materi- ally from Eulima splendidula Sowb.,* described from St. Elena, west coast of Colombia. The name Eulima stenostoma A. Ad. is preoccupied for a species described by Jeffreys, and may therefore be ignored. There remain 18 species "described" by Ai'thur Adams in his absurdly inadequate manner, without dimensions or mention of the varices. While nobody would presume to identify specimens by these diagnoses, it is frequently possible to ascertain that no one of them corresponds wholly with a particular specimen in hand. To facilitate such use of the descriptions, I have recast the whole of them in the accompanying table. The most prominent characters of any specimen may now be compared with the entire series by glancing down the appropriate colimm, with- out the waste of time and diversion of attention ensuing from reading over the whole descriptions. * Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1851, p. 277. * Conchol. Illustrations, fig. 7. 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., ■^ - 1 •s . .^ .^ ^ — — V oJ CJJ a)T3 a> 'o 7} — < Ci. u — a, • -4 133 — ' 3 . - a. Q ■ -. ec — o « pC ^ — CQ )5 ^ 0 S § s _^_ § ^ ^ J/ oT ^1 o IS 3 > -C 3 -^ O — 73 3 1 3 t;t3 j3 ?i 3 0 3 3-3 bCS u < c3 cS Qj a 3 3 OJ c a> ^ OJ 3 0) 3 J- 0) C3 a> O O c 5 C! c3 C « 3 S 03 o:^ a Oh^ l-H 1— 1 c l-H J ■^ o "? 5*1 IS g "£ (w6 O a;- O-a; oj-n bCT3 <» ■^ ?^. - t" .-u o ^ 0.' fi QJ 73 0 -^ 3 -350 -2 o3 bC O C3^ >T3 o3 3 O c« •J o _P_„ 12 Ot3 "m S3 It til >^C3 1 1 3 O t« s 0) "» org >> Z _ CQ oTS o; 0) 3 i, 03 bC e b05 ^ 03 1 •5b 'bb -32 ^ as 013 Q. ■^ 3 o.s S S 3 3 3 -t-> 03 ^ o -< ^ 00 oo" 'i ;3 > a -5 06" 3 'a, 1 a. §i a; C3 3 u O c3 -^-^ is > a; 3 § 0) 2 3.=: >^ ■*^ 0.33 g OJ =3 oa Oh e3 to Snra ^ ,-. « QJ 1— 1 •3 3 ■3 0 •3 0 .^ to .— to .- c .^ '-S CO S -3 M J3 32 J= cc S s g ^ ^ ^ ^ 0) a 6 at- c Qj-O ;=; o3 , 3 ■3 3 QjiS i 03 3 «3 u &^ 3 fc 35 Qj' 73 s ■5 "cc -u" ill 3 bO 3 u 73 s Q) QJ .S3 :^ 0 0 § t. •- QJ y 4J.3 rj C fl c o cS 2 3 c3 3 tc QJ 3 0 03 3 « 03 0 3 ->^^ 03 C) HI hJ 3 3 3 3 1— 1 h-i M >-H KH t-H 1— 1 vate, acumi- nate poste- o a -is O CI c ^ 0 0.2 3 3 ^TJ ii~ 0 u ChC3 IS -►^ 0 3 (- c3 C C i 3 03 qT 03 > q5 > i 03 > 0 ;_ 0 1 .-• ^' ■ 3 „+= ° = § O O 0 0 0 0 02 0 c 1 o 73 QJ p u 05 gee Sj" ., QJ ^ 0 S3 QJ >i 3-S^ bDQJ 3 CU 5" bC 3 QJ c 3 0 yA i-:i H^ t-:i 1-3 -< < tf 'O.^i " QJ to -wr 03 03 a& > hJ 6 QJ S "S '-5 03 o Q )Out 12, planate. i OJ 3 3 -fe 1 3 3 c8 . 03 03 03 "E, ^ o3 03 as » 03 ,ij ^- ^ ^ 0 ^ ^ 1— 1 0 ■<; CO CD 00 02 t-H 1-H h OJ I t- C q3 to 0 3 X *5- . X QJ O-QJ X QJ Cl, 3^ o s ce'T3 03 to 3 3 C ^ O s- OJ ^ <^ 0 >^ q; (S 0^ ? §1 X QJ ^3 0 3 0 X QJ O j; 3^ a ^1 03 01 Si 'S 5 ■5 (UrS -»^ tn "U a).S "0 •s " 0) (h t; CO ,S "^ t. Q* 3 ta E W m hl^ ZD iZ 02 OJ «'rt 1 _• 1 1^ -; i -1^ . — ' c i QJ 73 03 .2 ^ ='§ 3 g ^ ^ s g "sl ^ 3 3 3 a 3 3 3 3 S^ 23 X P r/j cc m 02 02 O) ^ 02 B c' 1 e 0 e i s e 1 r2 -1 '55. ?i. t; CO V -c e s> fci ^" fc; tq fc^* fej e4 fci 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., *, K •• 1 ^ ^ — z — i — ;:;; — ^^ — I oj aJ T3 aJ S s 1 o . c;a 3 >,>'Q II .- 3 — cr O rt -a •3 "S 5^ S 1 c3 03 "—I -^ S s% ^ «:2 iTS .-s ^ CO t- _L -Q 3 si ^Q •■^ ID •p"© --H dJ .-. M ^ cc '-" cc o — ^ cc 3 0 ^'^ 02 § ^ ^ s" ^ o '"' rj !-. *-■ 2 > a,^ r c"-^ " 3 33| = 3 o 3 tn CC 0) 0-*^ ss" ^ -i 3 "C i" -iJ -^ '-' tH W P •p3 M c; 3 ^ " 2— ' 3^-3 3 M u c; fl, rt 1114 a £ >- ^ 3 '2 fl &,o o 3 j:-- o ^ T! -. rt 0) d ii r 3 3 c3 3^ -^ c 3 3 3 1— 1 1— 1 h- 1 I— 1 hH S.S1 1 ■Ct3 i» S- rt-d i^i^ !~ -a o S c3 a. -£J flJ a5 +J -t^ 'T-' -tj '^ > t gs ^ O o o o 0 "S s 'O ^^0 s§ « o 3 ^ ,£! 'O t= g -d 3 43 2 3^-30' g 03 b;3 3 3 0 (1 ;^ U-d 3 fl-w bOT3 c ■-J f5 o o O S3 ^ « CO 03 <1 ci J H^ « a 3 T3 3 ^T3 S ■§= 'B- 03 p ^ c3 C3 0 " C i^ 1 3 ^ § 'm O - 03 c3 3 o »— * ^ O ^ T— " t> 02 (C^A, -^•a J^ ^ il^fl c 3 C O « 3 t^ o " " X.3 ^2>> C3 "5 -ij 4J ^^i^ !!^^cr.H 3 ^ ^ 2 s~ 03 .'2 oj -*^ cc c3.3 "W) bD *: 03=3 3 c3— ' oj CO C S O J2 S.-25 1 -fi 3 ^;3 hO 0 oj f 0 — ^ 0 0 Ci-"^ CO hH «} M CO ^^ 1 If 3 -D 3 CO 3 a^' 'T3 -tJ ^J aj 1 ^ S i d — c3 S3 0 o3 a; =3 . ^ 3 3 -§3 -1 4= 03-2 u 3 r— CO . 3 03 73 3 3 3 x X w cj 02 a 1 d TS i 0 C3 1 ;! e 0 s e^ •^ 1 ^ 8 -^ o -s -§ .g § Ki &i !^ fcq' Ki &q'- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 111 It will of course be understood, in studying descriptions of Eulimidce, that the terms "spire inclined posteriorly," "apex recurved," etc., are not in themselves significant, except in species with the varices all on one side. In forms with alternately right and left varices, the spire will be inclined first toward one, then toward the other side, or the apex either forward or backward ; and in species with irregular varices, the curvature may be in any direction. Moreover, the count of whorls is not especially significant except in combination witn the length of the shell. As in any shell having varices, there is no certain criterion of adult growth except where a number of specimens are in hand. Eulima bovioornu n. sp. PL ll, figs. 9, lo. Shell moderately solid but not thick, white and glossy, the spire regularly tapering, attenuate near the apex, strongly hent to the right and backward. Whorls about 13, slightly convex, the sutures but lightly impressed. Varices distinctly impressed, one on each whorl, all on the right side, where they form a slowly receding ascending line, each succeeding one being very slightly in advance of the preceding. The aperture is ovate, the outer lip obtuse, arching well forward in the middle, receding above. Columella short, concave, slightly calloused but without a reflexed edge. Length 15, diam. 4.7 mm. Length 13, diam. 4.3 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 88,309, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,603 of Mr, Hirase's collection. This species is apparently a near relative of E. tortuosa Adams and Reeve^ from the China Sea, but that species is, from the figure, a little more slender, more attenuated near the apex, and it has a longer, verti- cal and straightened columella. With a length of about 12 mm., E. tortuosa is said to have 12 to 14 whorls. Another specimen was sent from Kikaiga-shima, Osumi. Eulima ogaaawarana n. sp. PI. II, figs. 2, 3. Shell thick and solid, white and polished, the spire somewhat attenu- ated above and noticeably bent, acute. Whorls 12 or 13, nearly flat, the suture impressed and distinct. Varices very jew, only 3 or 4 on the whole shell, irregularly placed and deeply impressed. Aperture small and ovate, vertical, the outer lip very thick, but little arched for- *Zool. ' Samarang ,' p. ."jS, PI. 11, fig. 26. The figure in the Conch. Iconica does not look like the same species. It has been copied by Tryon in the Manual of Conchology. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., ward in the mickllo. Columella heavily calloused, with broadly reflexed appressed edge. Length 11.3, diam. 3.5 mm. Length 10.3, diam. 3.3 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 88,311, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,604 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is much thicker than E. valida, with deeper variceal furrows and calloused columella. It is also more bent. Eulima luohuana Pils. PI. II. figs. 7, 8. Proc. A. N. S. P., 1901, p. 396. Shell rather thin, white and glossy, regularly tapering, almost straight, though there is a quite perceptible curvature near the apex. Whorls 10 or 11, slightly convex, the suture but slightly marked. Varices slightly impressed, not very distinct, mostly separated by the space of somewhat more than a whorl, and therefore quite irregularly placed. The aperture is acuminate-ovate, the outer lip obtuse, arched forward in the middle, retracted above and below; the columella slightly concave, slightly calloused, the edge not reflexed. Length 11, diam. 3.7 mm. The specimens originally described from Loochoo (Okinawa) Island had lost the apices. The description above is from perfect shells from Kkaiga-shima. The varices are all on the face and right side in the two type specimens, as stated in the original description, but this is merely accidental; in the larger series now received there are sometimes a few on the left side, though most of them are on the face, right side or back, usually scattered through an arc of a third of the circle, but sometimes several are in a line on successive whorls. This species corresponds fairly well with A. Adams' description of E. valida, but that shell is said to be straight, and no dimensions are given. The curvature of E. luchuana, while slight, is readily appreci- able. Eulima artioulata Sowerby. PI. II, fig. il. P. Z. S., 1S34, p. S; Conch. Illu.str., fig. 12; Conch Icon., XV, PI. 1, fig. 1. The shell is straight, slender and regularly tapering, solid but not thick, glossy and nearly smooth, but fine, forwardly-oblique growth- scratches are visible under a lens. The varices are situated at intervals of three-fourths of a whorl, each marked by a white stripe followed by a brown one, an impressed line between them. Color pinkish-brown, with a white band below the suture and another at the periphery, both with articulated brown and white borders. Whorls 14, the upper 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 ones nearly flat, the last two or three more convex. The aperture is ovate, the outer lip, arched forward in the middle, retracted above. Columella arcuate, moderately calloused. Length 24.5, diam. 6.3, length of aperture with peristome 5.2 mm. Length 23.3, diam. 6.5, length of aperture with peristome 5.7 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. No. 88,310, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,605 of Mr. Hirase's collection. So far as I know, this species has been recorded hitherto only from Australia. I have not been able to compare Australian specimens, and various important details, such as the number of whorls, are not mentioned in the published descriptions. No critical comparison with them of the specimens from the Bonin Islands can therefore be made at this time. Phorcus borealis n. sp. PI. IV, figs. 29, 30. Shell narrowly but deeply umbilicate, depressed, moderately solid, whitish ashen; the surface rather dull, smooth except for faint growth- strife, and on the base excessively fine, close, subobsolete spiral striae. Spire low, convex-conic, the periphery obtusely subangular, the base flattened. Whorls 4, convex, the last very wide. Aperture oblique,, rounded-ovate, pearly with brilliant green reflections within, the lip with a wide, dull, whitish margin. Columella arcuate, rather thin; parietal callous thin. Umbilicus bounded by an angle. Operculum, corneous, multispiral, the edges of the whorls slightly free. Alt. 4, diam. 5.5 mm. Kushiro, Kushiro, Hokkaido. Types No. 87,776, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,583 of Mr. Hirasc's collection. This little Gibbuloid snail is shaped like Norrissia norrisi of Cali- fornia. It does not resemble any Japanese species known to me. Monilea nucleolus Pils. See these Proceedings for 1904, PI. 6, figs. 58, 58a. The locality, Yakujima, Osumi, was omitted in the original description. Ethalia guamensis Quoy. This species was described from a single specimen procured at Guam by the naturalists of the Astrolabe.'' The figure represents the shell as having the umbilicus partly closed by a callous, but neither figure nor description show whether this partial closure is effected by (1) a callous pillar partly filling the umbilicus, or (2) by a mere reflection of the columellar margin, vaulting over a free umbilical cavity. A. Adams and subsequent authors have taken the first alternative and '' RoieUa guamensis Q. and G., Zool. Astrolabe, III, p. 267, atlas PI. 61, fig.s. 32, ?Z S 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., identified guamensis with a shell of which Trochus callosus Koch and Rotella montrouzieri Souv. are varietal forms. No form of this type which I have encountered agrees fully with Quoy's figures and de- scription; and it is not impossible that the real guamensis yet remains unidentified, in which case Ethalia vwntrouzieri will become the senior name for the guamensis of most authors. Ethalia guamensis sanguinea n. subsp. Fl. IV, figs. 21, 22. Trochuft callosufi Koch, in Philippi, Abhld.. I, PL 4, fig. 2. Philippi in Conch. Cabinet, Trochus, PL 35, fip;. 7 (copied in Man. Conch., XI, PL 57, figs. 41, 42). Not T. callosus GmeL Shell imperforate, low-conoidal above, convex beneath; glossy and smooth except for fine growth-lines and almost obsolete spirals. White, copiously marbled with purple-brown and pinkisli above, with some opaque white spots, and a few indistinct articulated spiral lines; the base white, with a pink central area. Whorls 5h, convex, the last wide, narrowly rounded at the periphery. Aperture oblique, ovate, the lip thin and simple, calloused near the columellar insertion, the umbilicus wholly filled by a red callous pad, roughened by several irregular vein- like grooves. Alt. 10, diam. 15 mm. Yakujima, Osumi. Types No. 88,312, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,458 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This form differs from E. g. selenomphala by having the umbilicus wholly filled, both in half -grown and adult shells, by the roseate callous pad, as in Helicina or Umbonium. The general shape is not unlike, except that the spire is more regularly low-conic in E. g. san- guinea. Moreover, the upper surface is more coarsely maculate, and the base is white except near the central pad. Probably ''Trochus callosus Koch" of Fischer {Iconogr. Coq. Viv., PI. 115, fig. 3) should stand as another subspecies of E. guamensis. Rotella montrouzieri Souv. will be still another subspecies. Ithalia guamensis selenomphala n. subsp. PI. IV, figs. 27, 28. , Shell depressed, biconvex, glossy and smooth except for fine growth- lines and almost obsolete spiral lines on the last Avhorl. It is white, the upper surface sparsely marbled with purplish and pink, suffused with pink on the spire, and encircled with numerous fine lines articu- lated white and pink or brown. Base white, with a few pink spots. The upper surface is convex, the inner w'horls only projecting in an acute little cone. Whorls 6^, convex, parted by a well-impressed suture, the last whorl very wide, narrowly rounded, almost subangular peripherally. The base is convex. The aperture is very oblique, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 ovate, the lip thin and simple. The umbilicus is nearly filled by a cal- lous mass ending in a flattened, pink lobe, reducing the umbilicus to a narrow semicircular cavity, which is bounded by a rounded, overhang- ing cord ending in a flattened callous at the lip. Alt. 11, diam. 17 mm. Hirado, Hizen. Type No. 88,313, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,526 of Mr. Hirasc's collection. Distinguished by its narrowly crescentic umbilical cavity, in which a very large spiral pillar stands, terminating in the callous pad, and nearly filling the umbilicus. In sanguinea the callous is red and com- pletely fills the umbilicus in both half-grown and adult shells — or at least this is the case with the type lot. The whole shell is more depressed than the specimens of E. g. mon- trouzieri before me, in which, moreover, the callous is white. Fischer's figure of E. callosa {Trochns callosus) differs by its semi- circular callous nearly surrounding a subcircular umbilicus. Ethalia striolata A. Ad. and E. trilohata Sowb. have much the struc- ture of selenomphala, but differ in the shape of the callous. ETHALIELLA n. gen. Depressed, openly umbilicated, smoothish Trochidce, with the peris- tome obtuse, the columellar margin dilated, partly vaulting over the umbilicus, which is radially sulcate within and has a very low, wide and rounded marginal cord. Type E. floccata. Distribution, Indo- Pacific. This group is to comprise species related to Monilea, Ethalia and Isanda, but with features of the columellar lip and umbilicus unlike either. Minolta and its boreal ally Solariella differ by the almost or quite unexpanded columellar margin. The group will include, besides the type, Ethalia rhodomphala Smith, Isanda pulchella A. Ad., and Trochus rhodomphalus Souv. Ethaliella floooata Sowb. PI. IV, figs. 24, 25, 26. Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist., XII, 1903, p. .500. Shell much depressed, biconvex, obtusely carinate peripherally, openly umbilicate. Flesh-tinted, with a band below the suture com- posed of fine obliquely radial dark red lines alternating with white ones. This is followed in the middle of the upper surface by a spiral series of oblique, oblong red blotches alternating with opaque white ones. Below these there is a minutely white-speckled belt, and then at the periphery a series of red spots. On the base, the umbilicus is fleshy-whitish ; outside of this there is a red area closely mottled with 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., opaque white; and between this tract and the periphery there is a pale zone, sometimes marked with distant radial series of two red dots each. The surface is smooth except at and above the periphery, where there are several spiral striip. Wliorls 5J, slightly convex, parted by an impressed suture. Umbilicus circular and deep, expand- ing fuimel-like at the opening, where the sloping sides are excavated in the middle and fineh^ sulcate radially. Aperture oblique, subcir- cvilar, the peristome obtuse, the columellar margin broadly dilated, covering a small part of the umbihcus. Alt. 5, diam. 9 mm. Alt. 4, diam. 7.7 mm. Yakushima, Osumi. Topotypes No. 88.314, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,428 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is evidently related to Ethalia rhodomphala E. A. Smith,' and Isanda pulchella A. Ad.^ From the latter it differs by the much wider last whorl as viewed from above, and by the less extensively covered umbilicus and white callous. It differs from E. rhodomphala Smith chiefly by the color of the columellar callous. This is not a feature of much importance, and I w^ould rank the Yakushima form under rhodomphala as a variety were it not that the name of that spe- cies is preoccupied for a new Caledonian form apparently referable to the same genus, E. rhodomphala Souv." Dentalium rhabdotum n. sp. Pi. V, figs. 45, 46, 47. Shell curved posteriorly, the larger half nearly straight, slender, the diameter contained about 11 times in the length, moderately solid, lusterless; white, with more or less blackish incrustation. Sculpture of 12 acute, even ribs at the small end, parted by wider concave intervals; these ribs gradually become lower and wider, but usually retain their predominance over subsequently acquired sculpture to the end, though becoming low and obtuse. Secondary threads soon appear in the intervals, and on the last third of the shell tertiary threads, with some additional minor threads in some intervals, or rid- ing on the slopes of the larger threads. In full-grown individuals all longitudinal sculpture becomes subobsolete close to the aperture. Growth-lines fine and obliquely circular throughout. The aperture is circular with rather thin peristome. Apical orifice ovate, the inner * The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, II, Pt. 2, Marine MoUusca, p. 618, PI. 36, figs. 1, 2 (1903). • E. von Martens, List of tlie Shells of Mergui and Its Archipelago, in Journal of the Linnean Society, XXI, p. 107, PI. 16, fig. 3a-3e (1887). ^^Trochus (Motiilea) rhodomphahis Souxerhie, Journal de Conchyliologie, 1S7 5, p. 36, PI. 4, fig. 3. Tliis species seems, as Fischer has suggested, close to Trochus rotellaformis Pliilippi, Cnnchijiien Cabinet, Trochus, p. 302, PI. 44, fig. 2. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 layer usually projecting slightly, the margin shallowly notched at the narrow end of the orifice, the notch slightly excentric on the convex side of the shell (fig. 46). ^ • Length 41, diam. at aperture 3.6, at apex 1 mm. Length 29, diam. at aperture 3.1. at apex 1.2 mm. (immature shell). Heda, Izu, with D. coruscuyn. Type No. 88,319, A. N. S. P. This is probably nearer D. weinkauffi than to any other Japanese species now known. It apparently belongs to the group comprising D. entails, occidentale, etc., and referred to the subgenus Antalis, but it is also about equally as much related to D. agassizi, a form from the Panamic region in 322 to 1,020 fms. Dentalium (Laevidentalium) coruscum n. sp PI. V, figs. 42, 43. Shell well curved, thin-walled at the oral end, somewhat thickened at the apex, circular in section throughout; the greatest diameter contained 11 times in the length. White. The surface is polished, very faintly marked with growth-lines on the larger half. The apical orifice is shortly ovate, the narrow end toward the convex side of the shell, where there is a slight wave of the margin. Length 33, diam. at apex 1, at aperture 3 mm. Heda, Izu, at entrance to port, in 167 fms. Type No. 88,320, A. N. S. P. This form is related to D. leptosceles Watson, and luhricatum Sowb. from Australia. My key to the species of Loevidentalium brings it to the latter species except in the matter of size, luhricatum being about double the dimensions of coruscum. This discrepancy, together with the widely separated habitats of the two forms, indicates specific diversity. The curvature, measured from a chord connecting the ends, to the greatest convexity of the outer curve, is 4 mm., about one-eighth the length of the shell. Dentalium (Rhabdus) cerinum n. sp. PI. V, figs. 40, i\. The shell is thin, almost straight, circular in section at the anal end, barely perceptibly compressed from side to side at the oral end ; slender, the greatest diameter contained about 17 times in the length; trans- lucent whitish. The surface is glossy, sculptured with very fine rather close and regular circular impressed lines and some coarser more widely spaced impressions indicating periods of growth-arrest. Both apertures are simple, without slit or notch. Length 33, diam. at apex .9, at aperture 1.9 mm. Shimidzu, Suruga, off the spit. Type No. 88,305, A. N. S. P. 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., This species is allied to D. rectius Cpr. and cequatorium Pils. and Shp., but differs from both in its distinct though extremely minute annular sculpture. It is a typical Rhabdus, and the first to be found in Japan- ese waters. Siliqua intuspurpurea n- sp. PI. V, figs. 82, 33. Shell regularly oblong, compressed, entirely covered with a glossy cuticle, green-yellow with darker olive concentric streaks, becoming purple toward the beaks, which, however, are white or whitish. The surface is lightly marked with growth-lines, and has a group of indis- tinct rays, composed of short, minute wrinkles in the direction of growth-lines, in the middle; and the dorsal surface posterior to the beaks is densely sculptured with minute raised radial lines. Upper and lower margins about equally convex ; posterior end slightly trun- cate obliquely; anterior end rounded. Beaks at the anterior three- tenths of the length. Ligament short, black-brown, and prominent. Interior purple, the rib strong, straight and nearly vertical, whitish- purple. Pallial sinus extending anteriorly two-fifths the total length, its lower margin coalescent with the pallial line. Two cardinal teeth in each valve. Length 41, alt. 21, diam. 9 mm. Akkeshi, Kushiro (Hokkaido). Types No. 88,295, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,617 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Related to the Calif ornian S. lucida Conr., but that is a narrower species. The internal rib shows as an indistinct whitish ray outside. Maorocallista ohishimaua n. sp. The shell is oval, rather solid, white under a glossy cuticle. Drab with lighter concentric streaks, becoming pale yellow near the base and ends, and rather indistinctly marked with drab rays. Surface everywhere closely but irregularly concentrically plicate-striate. Under a strong lens a dense microscopic sculpture of papillae and lines parallel to growth-lines is seen to cover the riblcts and intervals. The dorsal and basal margins are about equally convex, the dorsal margin anterior to the beaks is nearly straight, the anterior end being rather narrowly rounded. The lunule is rather narrow, flat, bounded by a slightly impressed line. The interior is pure white, dull; the pal- lial sinus rather short and rounded. Teeth are rather slender. ]\Iar- gins of the valves are smooth and partly covered by the inflexed cuticle. Length 64.5, alt. 48, diam. 28.5 mm. Shikotan, Chishima (Kuril Is.). Type No. 88,301, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,615 of Mr. Hirase's collection. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 This delicately colored clam is remarkably handsome for so northern a species. It has some resemblance to Macrocallista pacifica (Dillw.), a species better known as Meretrix (or Callista) chinensis Chemn., but that species is smaller, more oblong and smoother, and it is more or less marked with purple. A somewhat larger specimen of M. chishimana, measuring length 78, alt. 57, diam. 32.5 mm., was contained in a collection of shells of unknown locality, but all species of Yesso and northward, which has been in the Academy many years. Dr. William H. Dall has shown that the well-known and appropriate name Callista cannot be used for this Venerid group, but I believe no one has noticed that it was originally based upon the single species Madra neapolitana Poli {Test. utr. Sicil, I, pp. 67 and xi, 1791). In a later volume Poli added several species of Veneridce; but subsequent additions do not affect a name based upon a single species. Callista Poli i^ therefore a synonym of Madra s. str. Lithophaga lithura n. sp. PL V, figs. 37, S8, 39. The shell is thin, cylindrical, brown, and sculptured with growth- lines only under a smooth, thin, gray-white calcareous layer, which almost completely envelopes it. The low beaks are very near the anterior end. The hinge-margin is but little raised, hardly modifying the cylindric contour, but the height of the shell diminishes slightly toward both ends. The anterior end is narrowly rounded, the pos- terior end abruptly and squarely truncate. The calcareous layer thick- ened at the posterior end, where it projects, is abruptly narrowed, and is excavated on the inner faces, and continued in narrow posterior projec- tions. The valves arc flesh-tinted within, becoming blackish-purple at the posterior end . Length 37, alt. 12, diam. 9.5 mm. Length 32.5, alt. 10, diam. 8.5 mm. Kikaigashima, Osumi. Types No. 88,294, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,577 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is remarkable for the posterior truncation of the valves, and their mucronate, internally excavated, stony tails. Trapezium japonicum u- sp. PI. V, figs. 34, 35, 36. The shell is rather solid, oblong, the altitude nearly half the length, the beaks at the anterior sixth or seventh of the length. Surface dull and earthy, whitish with some red or livid stains, and roughened by growth-wrinkles which are most strongly marked posteriorly. Only small remnants of a thin cuticle remain near the ventral margin. Dorsal 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., margin convex, basal margin straight or a little concave (as in Mar- garitana margaritifera). Beaks low. No kmule. Escutcheon flat or slightly concave, lanceolate, very long, extending to the posterior end of the dorsal margin, bounded by acute elevated ridges. Interior white, often stained with violet in the cavity, or with some faint rays of the same color, or in some specimens it is delicately flesh-tinted, ochraceous toward the lower margin posteriorly. There is always a broad dark dorsal and posterior tract, dull violet in the cavity, but glossy blackish- purple between the posterior adductor scar and the posterior margin. There are three cardinal teeth, parallel to the long axis of the shell, in the right valve, the anterior one much the larger; the posterior tooth separated from the others, long and slender, lamellar. In the left valve there are also three, the anterior one very small. There Ls a short, strong lateral tooth in the right valve, a socket above it receiving a small process of the other valve. Length 44, alt. 21, diam. 15 mm. Length 36, alt. 17, diam. 12.7 mm. Tsuda, Awa (Shikoku Is.). Types No. 88,293, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,622 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This does not seem closely related to any Trapezium I have found described. There is a Cypricardia formosensis Dsh. enumerated in Paetel's Catalog (III Abth., 94, 1890), without reference, which I have been unable to trace. The name Trapezium is prior to the equivalent terms Cypricardia Lam. and Libitina Schum. Trapezium japonicum delioatum n. subsp. PI. v, fig. 44. Similar in contour to T. japonicum, but thinner and smaller. The shell is partially covered with a very delicate corneous cuticle, decidu- ous toward the beaks; dull ashen, in large part stained with violet. Posterior half sculptiu-ed with delicate, subobsolete radial striae, scarcely visible toward the margins except by being set with delicate, very minute and short cuticular spines. Interior dark livid purplish throughout, but darker at the posterior end. Lateral teeth very small. Length 26.2, alt. 12.3, diam. 8 mm. Length 24.3, alt. 12, diam. 8 mm. Yokohama. Types No. 69,420, A. N. S. P. Besides the differences given above, the escutcheon in this species is usually very asymmetrical, being much narrower in the left valve, where its limiting keel is nearly straight, while in T. japonicum it is nearly symmetrical. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 Pecten awajiensis n. sp. Shell solid, equilateral, both valves moderately convex, the right valve less so ; lower half semicircular, the upper half straightly tapering. Convex valve dull purplish-white with purple-brown clouding and a few small white spots in the furrows. The other valve is light brown with some darker zones, and more white in the grooves. Ears large, the posterior slightly longer. Ribs 17, high and rounded, and slightly wider than the intervals in the left valve, decidedly so in the right, where their margins slightly overhang the intervals. Growth- striae fine, close and inconspicuous. Ears finely costellate. Anterior and posterior dorsal surfaces of the main disk flattened and smoothish. Interior white and strongly grooved, calloused above the muscle scar. Ctenolium short, of five teeth. Length 48.6, height 47, diam. 14.5 mm.; length of the hinge-line 33 mm. Fukura, Awaji. Type No. 88,300, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,636 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is related to P. singapormus Sowb. (Thes. Conch., 1, PI, 14, fig. 71), from which it differs chiefly by the much coarser and less numerous ribs. 17 instead of 23 or 24. The dorsal half of the shell is also more wedge-shaped than in the Singapore scallop, of which a topotype is before me. Reference to Plates II, III, IV and V. Plate II, Fig. 1. — Conus aratispira n. sp. Figs. 2, 3. — Eulima ogasawarana n. sp. Fig. 4. — Conus voluviinalis aims n. subsp. Fig. 5. — Xatica hirasei n. sp., exterior of operculum. Fig. 6. — Natica hirasei n. sp., shell. Figs. 7, S. — Eulima luchuana Pils. Ivikai-ga-shima, Osumi. Figs. 9, 10. — Eulima bovicornu n. sp. Fig. 11. — Eulima articuJata Sowb. Hahajima, Ogasawara. Plate III, Fig. 12. — Siphonalia vanattai n. sp. Fig. 13. — Maculotriton hracteatus longns Pils. and Van. Fig. 14. — Usilla gouldii Smith. Hahajima, Ogasawara. Figs. 15, 16, 17. Torinia densegranosa n. sp. Figs. IS, 19. — Planaxis ahhreviata ogasawarana n. subsp. Fig. 20. — Buccininn chishimanum Pils. Plate IV, Figs. 21, 22.— Eihalia guamensis sanguinea n. subsp. Fig. 23. — ColumbeUa pardalina subcribraria n. subsp. Figs. 24, 25, 26. — Ethaliella floccata Sowb. Topotype. Fig. 27, 28. — Ethalia guamensis selenomphala n. subsp. Figs. 29, 30. — Phorcus borealis n. sp. Fig. 31. — Cingula kurilensis n. sp. 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Plate V, Figs. 32, 33. — Siliqua intuspurpurea n. sp. Figs. 34. 35, 36. — Trapezium japonicum n. sp. Figs, 37. 3S, 39. — Lithophaga lithura n. sp. Fig. 40, 41. — Dentalium cerinum n. sp. Lateral views. Fig. 42. — Dentalium coruscum n. sp. Ventral aspect of apical end. Fig. 43. — Dentalium coruscum n. sp. Lateral view. Fig. 44. — Trapezium japonicum delicatum n. subsp. Fig. 45. — Dentalium rhabdotum n. sp. Lateral view, natural size. Fig. 46.— Dentalium rhabdotum. Ventral view of apical end. Fig. 47. — Dentalium rhabdotum. Lateral view of oral end. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPOUND EYE OF THE HONEY BEE. BY EVERETT FRANKLIN PHILLIPS, PH.D., Harrison Fellow for Research in Zoology, University of Pennsylvania. Contents. I. Introduction. II. Methods. III. Adult Form of Eye and Ommatidium. [IV. Embryology and Structure in Detail. 1. The Entire Eye. 2. Arrangement of Ommatidia. 3. Hair Cells. V. Retinular Ganglion. VI. The Ommatidium. 1. Larva. 2. Pupa. a. The Retinula. b. The Cone Cells. c. The Corneal Pigment Cells and the Lens. d. The Outer Pigment Cells. 3. The Adult Ommatidium. a. The Retinula. VII. Homologies of Component Parts. VIII. Summary. Literature. Explanation of Plates. I. — Introduction. The morphology of the compound eye has puzzled zoologists for years, and much work has been done on the subject, but so diverse are the views held by the various investigators in the field that we are far from a final solution of the problem. With a view to adding some evidence from the embryological point of view this work was begun, in the belief that a detailed examination of this one insect eye would throw some light on the adult morphology. The eye of the common honey bee. Apis meUifcra; is particularly favorable for embryological work, since its growth is gradual and the steps of development well marked out. The material is also easily obtained, and the various stages of growth can be distinguished by the external appearance of the larvae and pupse. It is also favorable for a comparison with the development of the eye of Vespa, which was described by Patten, since it is desirable to find how far his results can be verified on a closely related form. The large number of omma- 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., tidia in each eye make the preparation of sections an easier matter, since it was not necessary to cut so many eyes. The adult ommatidium of the bee was briefly described and figured by Grcnacher in his celebrated work, Sehorgan der Arthropoden (1879), and has been figured in works on apiculture, but has never been fully worked out in the adult condition, and no work has been done on the development of the eye. Biitschli (1860) in his work on the embryol- ogy of the bee discusses the formation of the eye, but does not go into the subject of the development of the ommatidium. This work was taken up with a view to getting, first of all, a complete description of the development and structure, and in addition to get some light on certain problems which are of especial interest from a theoretical standpoint. The innervation of the ommatidium, the method of formation and fundamental plan of the ommatidium, the method of modification of numerical plan and structure in the evolu- tion, the arrangement of ommatidia, the homology of various cells in different ommatidia, and the comparison of ommatidia with other sense-organs are questions which have been much discussed, and in this work an effort has been made to apply the observations made to the solution of these problems. This is done not without the realization that some of these things can be settled only from wide comparisons, but with the thought that a piece of work which takes in the whole course of development is of more value than superficial observations of a large number of forms. Some of the theories are merely matters of interpretation rather than of direct observation, and must remain so until decisive observations are made, but in matters of this kind the accumulation of evidence is of decided value. The formation of the optic lobes and the course of the nervous ele- ments through them are problems which have not been taken up for investigation in this work. Kenyon has worked out the structure of the optic lobes for Apis in detail with nerve methods. The technique u>sed in the present work not being suitable for the tracing of nerves, only on matters concerning the nerve endings of the retinula has any investigation been made in this work, and that was not done by Kenyon. In the matter of nomenclature an effort has been made to avoid the use of new names or of some of the names which have been proposed by some workers who have special theories to uphold, such as calyx, lentigen, corneagen, etc. In the case of the cells which surround the cone I have used the name corneal pigment cells, since they have a double function. In other cases I have used generally accepted names. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENXES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 The plan followed in this paper is to give, first, a brief description of the adult eye, so that further discussion will be more intelligible, and then to take up the development of the entire eye and omma- tidium, followed by a detailed description of the adult conditions, since that was the plan followed during investigation, and is, perhaps, the order which will be most clear to the reader. This work was taken up at the suggestion of Dr. Thos. H. Mont- gomery, Jr., now Professor of Zoology in the University of Texas, and was completed under the supervision of Professor E. G. Conklin. To both I am indebted for many valuable suggestions and for help throughout the work. II. — Methods. Larvse and pupse were fixed in Flemming's fluid, Hermann's fluid, picro-sulphuric, picro-acetic and picric acid saturated in 50 per cent, alcohol, but of these the Flemming and Hermann preparations yielded the best results. For the smaller larvse it was not necessary to dissect before fixation, but for older larvse and pupae the head was removed to make penetration easier. For adult material, where penetration is difficult, the best fixative was acetic acid, generally a 10 per cent. or 20 per cent, acetic solution in 80 per cent, to 100 per cent, alcohol. Kleinenberg's picro-sulphuric and picric acid in 50 per cent, alcohol were also used with fair results when the head was cut in two. The material was all cut in paraffine, and it was found that for adult material long embedding was necessary, four to eight hours, to get the paraffine all through the tissues. Some material was embedded for a shorter time to see whether the heat had produced any artifacts in the other material which was embedded for the longer period, but in such cases the lens invariably separated from the retinular layer; no differ- ence was observed in the internal tissues due to long heating. In staining, the best results were obtained in the use of Heidenhain's iron hsematoxylin, with the use of a strong mordant for a long time. For material of this kind there seems to be no better stain. It was found that by destaining to different degrees the various parts of the eye would show differences in color, the rhabdome, for example, stain- ing an intense black in rather deeply stained material. The nerve fibrils of the retinula cells also stained black with this stain. Other stains, such as Delafield's hsematoxylin and eosine or Bordeaux red, were employed with very good results. For depigmenting Grenacher's solution with a somewhat greater per cent, of acid was used. Parker's solution was also used, though the former gave the better results. 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., III. — Adult Form of Eve and Ommatidium. Before takint^ up the emljryonic development of the eye, it may l)e well to give a short description of the adult form so that what follows concerning the embryology may be more clear. The compound eye is made up of great nimibers of similar ommatidia surroimded ])y pigment cells. Among the pigment cells lying between the ommatidia are large numbers of hair cells which secrete the long unbranched haii's which cover the surface of the eye. The entire eye is covered by a layer of chitin, continuous with the chitin of the body wall. Each ommatidium is composed of an external lens, a crj^stalline cone and a rhabdome surrounded by eight or occasionally nine long retinular cells which extend from the cone to the basement membrane. Besides these are two pigment cells, the corneal pigment cells, which surround the crystalline cone and about twelve which run the entire length of the ommatidium from the lens to the basement membrane, making in all about twenty-eight cells to each ommatidium. It might be well to include in this enumeration a retinular ganglion cell, since there is probably one to each ommatidium. The lens is chitinous and quite thick and complicated in structure, as will be shown later. The crystalline cone is composed of four highly modified cells, whose nuclei have almost entirely disappeared, and the cells are modified internally by the accumulation of an intercellular secretion which is more dense than the original cytoplasm, but not so dense as the lens. The retinu- lar cells begin at the apex of the cone, and from their proximal ends at the basement membrane send in neural fibres to the retinular ganglion. Each of the retinular cells has decome differentiated on its inner face to form a part of the rhabdome which extends from the apex of the cone to the distal side of the basement membrane. This rhabdome is not chitinous, but is perfectly transparent and slightly more dense than the surrounding cytoplasm. The corneal pigment cells and the outer pigment cells which surround the entire ommatidium serve to prevent the reflection of light in the ommatidium and the passage of rays of light from one ommatidium to another. IV.— Embryology and Structure in Detail. 1. The Entire Eye. The eye arises as a thickening of the hj^podermis on the side of the head just posterior to the place where the antennae arise and just over the optic ganglia. This thickening takes place before the larva 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 12^ is hatched from the egg and the newly hatched larva shows it clearly; the boundaries of the eye are not as well marked as they become by the time the larva is one day old. The optic ganglia are formed at this time, as they arise very early in the development, but the retinu- lar ganglia are not formed until a- later larval period. Fig. 1. — Edge of entire eye, showing the relation of lens to the chitin of the body and the strip of chitin running down into the head around the eye. Fig. 2. — Section through edge of pupal eye before infolding occurs, showing transi- tion from hypodermis to eye structures. This thickened laj-er of the hypodermis of the newly hatched larva consists of columnar cells with their nuclei arranged at different levels, giving the eye a pseudo-striated appearance. The cells at this time all extend the same distance, so that the eye arises from a strictly one- layered condition. At this time there is no connection with the optic 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., ganglia. During the larval growth the eye increases greatly in size and mitotic figures are abundant, the mitosis always d viding the cells lengthwise, so that the one-layered condition is retained until the close of the larval period. During the semipupa stage, after the larva is sealed up by the workers of the hive but before it assumes the true pupa form, the one- layered epithelium gives place to a condition in which all the cells do not extend all the way from the outer surface to the basement mem- brane. This is brought about by the lengthening of some cells, the shortening of others and by the rearrangement of the cells in a manner to bf) described later. By the time the head has attained the size and shape of the adult, the cells have arranged themselves so that the ommatidia are completely formed and no more mitoses occur. The development of the ommatidia from now on consists of the differentia- tion of the cell elements until they assume their adult form. The development of the eye as a W'hole consists of a thickening of the organ and the laying down of a chitinous lens over the surface. At the sides of the eye of the young pupa the appearance is as shown in text fig. 2, and the cells which correspond to the corneal pigment cells around the ommatidia are quite numerous and shade off gradually into the cells of the hypodermis over the rest of the head. As the eye increases in thickness by the lengthening of the ommatidia there ap- pears a dipping in of the cells of the border, so that there is an invagi- nation all around the eye where the secreting surface of the hypodermis is pulled down. This is shown by a thin sheet of chitin which runs around the eye (seen in section, text fig. 1) in the late pupa and adult eye. This chitin is similar to the chitin of the body proper, but not like that over the eye. This invagination must not be confused with. such an invagination as is described by Patten for the formation of the lens layer, for the ommatidia are here completely formed and the cor- neal pigment cells have moved to their place at the proximal end of the cone before the dipping of the cells here described takes place. In the formation of the optic ganglia, which takes place by the invagination of cells of the hypodermis, there is formed a brain sheath — a sheath of cells covering the ganglia and still continuous with the hypodermis at the edge of the eye. This layer of cells runs along proximal to the basement membrane and very close to it in the pupa stage. As the retinular ganglia take on their final shape these cells are pushed away from the basement membrane, and are seen in the adult eye as strands of cytoplasm woven in among the nerve fibres between the basement membrane and the retinular ganglion. The 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 nuclei of these cells are smaller and are easily distinguishable from the retinular ganglion nuclei which lie near them (see text fig. 3). On the edge of the nerve bundle this layer is continuous with the brain sheath in the adult. The strands of protoplasm of which this layer of cells is composed after it is perforated by the nerve fibres often run up close to the basement membrane and might easily be mistaken for nerve fibres to the outer pigment cells, but their origin indicates that they are not nerves and there is no indication of any nervous connec- tion for the pigment cells. Kenyon recognized this layer of cells, which he describes as follows ■} "The outer mass (first fibrillar mass) presents a lunar appearance in frontal sections (see fig. 1 of this paper), and lies close inside the base- ment membrane of the retina, being separated from it by sufficient space for the entrance of large tracheal sacs and a thin layer of cells commingled with the fibres from the retina." It will be seen that working with nerve methods this author did not recognize them as nerve fibres, nor did he describe any nervous connection with the pig- ment cells. Frequently these strands of protoplasm run close to the basement membrane and there spread out as a pyramidal protoplasmic mass lying between the nerve fibrils. This is particularly noticeable in pupa stages before this layer of cells is so greatly distorted. The basement membrane is made up of a fusion of the proximal ends of the outer pigment cells with the pigmented portion of the reti- nular cells. This makes a sheet of cytoplasm, perforated where the nerve fibres pass from the retinular cells, which can easily be macerated away from the other elements of the eye and is easily distinguishable on account of its deeply pigmented condition. The nerve fibres from the retina pass through this and are seen as more or less separated on a section through that region (fig. 18). This basement membrane is. continuous with the basement membrane of the hypodermal cells'. Fig. 10 shows diagrammatically the structure of the base of an omma- tidium and the elements which compose the basement membrane, but does not show the separation of nerve fibrils, since that is seen clearly only in cross sections through that region. There are no tracheae distal to the basement membrane in the com- pound eye of the bee such as have been described in other eyes, espe- cially among the Diptera. Exception must be taken to the statement of Hickson^ that " no spirally-marked tracheae penetrate the optic tract at any part of its course in Hymenoptera." Between the basement ' P. 369. = P. 223. 9 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., membrane and the retinular ganglion tracheae with spiral markings occur in all specimens examined (see text fig. 3), but the statement of Hickson holds good for all other parts of the optic tract as far as has been observed. Kenyon also mentions the presence of tracheae in this region. 2. Arrangement of Ommatidia. ret.gar>5.a Fig. 3. — Section below basement mem- brane, showing retinular ganglion cells and nerve fibrils from ommatidia. The facets of the lens are arranged in hexagons, as is true for so many insect eyes, but this is probably not a primitive con- dition. Hexagonal arrangement is what is produced whenever any circular objects are closely pressed together, just as the cells of the honeycomb are hexagonal, and this undoubtedly explains the shape and arrangement of the facets. Parker (for Crustacea) looks upon unfaceted eyes as primi- tive, and probably this is true for insects also. We have, however, in the proximal portion of the eye a different arrangement which is perhaps more primitive than the hexagonal method. At any level proximal to the cone cells the ommatidia are arranged in parallel rows, and the nearer we come to the base of the ommatidia the clearer is this arrangement, until on a section at the level of the base- ment membrane (fig. 18) we see this parallel arrangement very marked. Since here we get a condition in which the ommatidia are not pressed together and therefore are not modified mechanically, it probably represents a more primitive condition than that found in the lens region. In the pupa, even the facets do not have as marked a hexagonal arrangement as they have later, and in the larva we get an arrangement identical with that of the bases of the adult ommatidia. The numerical plan and shape of the parts of the ommatidium may have something to do with the arrangement. The retinular cells are eight in number, but four of these are wider than those which alternate with them, and as a result a cross-section of the retina is roughly a square. The outer pigment cells are twelve in number when their arrangement is unmodified by hair cells, and this number readily ar- ranges itself into a square with three on a side, or into a hexagon with two on a side. Since the outer pigment cells are simply strands of cytoplasm they readily accommodate themselves to an}^ change of 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 arrangement and are not, as a rule, without some bend, so these cells could scarcely modify an ommatidial plan of arrangement. The base- ment membrane is considerably smaller in area than the lens chitin, and as a result the room provided for each ommatidium is considerably decreased, so that in contrast with what has been stated, that the ommatidia are not so crowded proximal to the cone, it might be sup- posed that the converse would be true. However, the fact is that in cross-section a larger proportion of space is occupied by outer pigment cells, the interommatidial spaces, near the base of the ommatidia than near the lens; and since, as above stated, these cells are flexible and not crowded, it scarcely seems to follow that this parallel arrangement is due to crowding. The hexagonal arrangement is undoubtedly the common plan, at least as far as the lens is concerned, and the tetragonal arrangement may be derived from it as held by Parker, and his arguments for such an origin seem good ; but, on the other hand, the hexagonal arrangement could scarcely give rise to the tetragonal unless preceding the hex- agonal facets the ommatidia were in squares, so that the secondary crowding would bring about the primitive arrangement again. Taking again the case of the honeycomb, no additional crowding could possibly make the cells square, for the more the circular walls (the primitive cells) are crowded the more truly they become hexagonal. However, if the walls were made of four parts, as is the cone, and if they were fastened at their bases in parallel rows, then additional crowding might cause the lens to lose its circular outline and become square, in which case the hexagonal arrangement of the lens would be lost. It seems probable that the cone determines the arrangement rather than the lens-secreting cells, and Parker's figures of Gonodactylus (Parker, 1890, PI. VIII, fig. 93), in which the tetragonal arrangement is found in the large ommatidia and not in the small ones, lend support to this view. To sum up, it seems probable that the arrangement of ommatidia, where they are sufficient in number to be said to have any plan at all, is normally the tetragonal plan. If the cones are somewhat com- pressed, as they generally are on account of the way in which a com- pound eye is made up, a hexagonal arrangement of the distal parts of the ommatidia results; but if the pressure is sufficient to cause the cone to lose its circular form then it becomes a square, and the facet plan again becomes tetragonal. 3. Hair Cells. The entire lens of the eye of the bee, especially in the younger individuals, is covered with large hairs, unlike those of the rest of 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., the bod}^ in being unbranched. These hairs are secreted by large hair-mother cells which lie among the outer pigment cells between the ommatidia, and their development is of interest on account oe? c.c. ■^d Fig. 4.-0. Hair cell of young pupa, slio-wdng three nucM and intracellular duct. b. Cross-section through pupal retinulse, showing one hair cell. c. Cross- section through hair just at level of cones, showing structure of intracellular duct. d. Cross-section distal to c and beyond surface of eye. e. Older pupa hair cell. /. Hair cell of adult, showing relation to cone and lens. of the presence in them of an intracellular duct and because of their binucleated condition. In the larval eye these hair cells cannot be definitely located, but there are certain large cells with peculiar nuclei 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 which are probably hair cells. In the early pupa these cells are large and have two, or sometimes three, nuclei, l^ut when a third nucleus is present it is considerably smaller than the two more distally placed ones. In the early stages this polynucleated cell contains an intra- cellular duct which opens into the tubular hair, and through this duct passes the secretion products of the cell for the formation of the hair. The hair proper is tubular and in material stained in iron hsematoxylin darker lines appear in the walls, and these structures extend for a short distance down into the cell proper around the duct. The duct has well-marked boundaries, does not branch, and generally coils around the second nucleus (text fig. 4). As the lens increases in thickness the hairs elongate by the secretion of the hair cells, and as this goes on the cytoplasm of the cell is used up, until finally, in the adult eye, the cell has about one-sixth the volume it had in the early pupal eye. In the intracellular duct and in the hair duct the products of secretion may be observed in fixod material as darker bodies of irregular shape. These hairs and hair cells have no nerve connection, as far as I can observe, and are therefore not sensory hairs. Just why the entii'e eye should be covered by hairs is hard to explain, for they must undoubted- ly obscure vision, and since such a hindrance is present we should expect to find it compensated for by some sensory function on the part of the hair. I can find no indication that such is the case. It is worthy of note that the older bees have lost most of the hairs both on the eyes and on the body by the time they need the eyes for prolonged flight. The younger bees, up to nearly three weeks of age, leave the hive but rarely, and then for short distances only, but the older bees which take long journeys have the eyes much more bare. It is also noticeable that all the bees, but especially the drones, brush the hairs so that they all point down toward the mouth just before leaving the hive entrance. No doubt, in the hive, the head, which is so frequently put into the cells, becomes soiled with honej^ and pollen, and this action of brushing may be merely to remove dirt; but, on the other hand, the arranging of the partly transparent hairs in one direction may produce certain results of refraction which are favorable. In Vanessa, Johansen describes hair cells as running the length of the ommatidia without an intracellular duct and with but one nucleus. He is able to locate these cells at an earlier stage than has been possible for the bee on account of the proximal position of the nucleus. From the figure of a cross-section of the cornea it would appear that these cells are not so abundant as in Apis. Patten figures hair cells for 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Vespa very similar to those here described, but I am unable to find the nerve connections which he describes. Semper and Breitenbach also describe such hair cells for Lepidoptera. The number of facets in the different kinds of individuals of the col- ony differs considerably. The drones (males) have an extremely large number of ommatidia, the eyes meeting on the top of the head, aiid as a result the three ocelli are crowded down to the front of the head. The workers and queens have a considerably smaller number, about one-third as many, and the ocelli are located at the top of the head. It is not clear why the drones should have a larger number of ommatidia than the females of the colony, since they do not seem to need so much larger range of vision. The only reason which might be suggested from a knowledge of the habits of the two sexes is that at the time when the queen takes her "mating flight" she flies almost directly upward, after a preliminary circle or two near the hive, and then often flies to some distance from the hive ; this manner of flying making more probable a mating with a drone from some other colony than her own. Drones do not, as a rule, fly as high as does the queen, and it would be advantageous to have the eyes extending to the top of the head in order to follow the queen's flight. As soon as a queen starts upward any drones which are flying near at hand start upward after her, the eyes on the top of the head making it possible for them to see her. To say that this difference has arisen on this account scarcely seems justifiable, for it would seem easier for natural selection, sexual selec- tion, or whatever other factor is potent here, to modify the habits of flight rather than to enlarge an organ so much as in this case. This much may, however, be said with a good deal of surety: two things which would be likely to be acted on by selection in the bee are acute- ness and range of vision and the power of flight. V. — Retinular Ganglion. In the early larval stages the optic ganglia are clearly marked out, but the retinular ganglia arc not. The only indication of the retinular ganglia is a number of cells which lie near the basement membrane of the eye, principally at the posterior margin. During the larval growth the nerve fibres from the ommatidia grow in from the retinular cells, and as this growth goes on the cells of what are to be the retinular ganglia are pushed farther away from the basement membrane and assume their more definite position. Finally, in the adult animal the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 nerve fibres from the ommatidia form a relatively compact mass and the retiniilar ganglion cells are scattered through the fibres in such a way as to have the appearance of a definite ganglion. The nuclei of the retinular ganglion are no longer nearly in one plane, but are scat- tered for a considerable distance between the basement membrane and the outer fibrillar mass due to the crowding of the nerve fibres. The question naturally arises as to the number of cells of the retinular ganglion as compared with the number of ommatidia. A count is, of course, impossible, but careful examination reveals that there can- not be many more than one to an ommatidium, certainly not one to each retinular cell. The eight nerve fibres from each group of retinular cells are entirely separate, but lie close together, so that probably one and only one retinular ganglion cell receives the impulse carried from the retina on eight nerve processes, and consecutive cross-sections indi- cate that the eight nerve fibrils surround the thick part of the retinular ganglion cell where the nucleus is located and transmit the impulse by contact. In his description of this region Kenyon says:^ "The elements from the retina terminate each in a small tuft of fine branches in the outer fibrillar body, and come in contact with the fine lateral branchlets given off in the same region by fibres originating from the cells of Ber- ger's granular layer (retinular ganglion)." The tuft of fine branches here mentioned are the separate nerve fibres from the retinulae. I have been unable to see the fine branches of the retinular ganglion cells. The retinular ganglion cell in turn sends in its fibre through the first fibrillar mass, and then through the outer chiasma to the opposite side of the group of ganglia, where the impulse is given over to a cell of the first optic ganglion. From here on the tracing of the fibres requires special nerve methods which were not employed in this work. However, this much is evident : the cells of the first optic ganglion send their fibres through the second fibrillar mass and through the inner chiasma to the second optic ganglion, where the impulse is probably again transferred to another cell which, in turn, carries it to the brain. The course of these fibres has been worked out in detail by Kenyon (1897), and in my work I find nothing to contradict his results, although the methods used in my work were not such as to warrant either a positive denial or confirmation of his work. »P. 374. 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., VI. — The Ommatidium. 1. The Larva. In the larva, just^after being hatched from the egg, I have been unable to find any indication of the grouping of cells which are later to go together to form a single ommatidium. The eye at this time is a simple layer of the thickened hypodermis with the nuclei arranged one above the other. At this time, and throughout the entire larval period, mitotic figures are abundant, the spindles always having their axes at right angles to the length of the cell and dividing the cells lengthwise. Fig. 5. — a. Longitudinal section of larval ommatidia. h. Cross-section near surface of eye, showing first differentiation of rhabdome (rhb.) as a clear space in the retinula (ret.), c. Cross-section at a lower level, d. Cross-section of a very young larva, each division line representing a complete ommatidium. The division figures seem to be more abundant near the outer surface of the epithelium. About one day after leaving the egg, when the larva has about doubled in size, a tangental section of the eye at right angles to the long axes of the cells at the outer surface reveals a grouping of cells as represented in text fig. bd. The lines in this figure do not represent cell boundaries but are the boundaries of groups of cells; each group contains four or five cells at this time, the nuclei of these cells being directly one above the other. The cell groups are tetragonal and are arranged roughly in parallel rows. In longitudinal section these groups appear as made up of long strands with superimposed nuclei about the diameter of the entire width of the group of cells. That these are the beginnings of the ommatidia is evident since they can be traced through 1905.] NATURAL SCIEN-CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 all the larval stages to the pupa, where the ommatidia are definitely marked. This is further indicated by the fact that they are arranged in the same way as are the proximal ends of the ommitidia, even m the adult eye. It should be borne in mind that this epithelium is strictly one-layered, and this is true all through the larval period. During the larval period, as above stated, mitotic figures are abun- dant, and as a result of these divisions the groups come to be composed of more and more cells, but it is not until a late larval period (about four and a half days from the hatching of the egg for worker larva) that any further differentiation is observable, except possibly that the nuclei of some of the cells are larger than others in the same group. At this late larval period the cells arrange themselves as a spindle- shaped mass surrounded by smaller cells whose smaller nuclei he m the space left at the outer end of the spindle. .Mitotic figures are now absent except an occasional one in the smaller cells, but so far none have been observed in the larger centrally placed cells of the group. The number of cells in the spindle is hard to determine, since the nuclei are at different levels and the cell boundaries are not visible. All the nuclei of the central bundle of cells are some distance below the surface. There are certainly, however, not more than eight or nine, the number of retinular cells of the adult ommatidium. At the distal end of this spindle a differentiation of cytoplasm takes place, and a clear space is formed in the centre of the cells in the very granular protoplasm, and this I believe to be the beginning of the rhabdome. A cross-section near the outer surface of the cell mass shows this clear space surrounded by granular cytoplasm of the spindle cells, and this in turn surrounded by nuclei arranged around the central bundle. These outer nuclei are not as yet differentiated, so that their future fate cannot be determined. The cells of the spindle by this time have sent out protoplasmic processes toward the optic lobes which become the nerve fibres of the ommatidium, so that at any rate some of the spindle becomes the retinula. Several facts seem to indicate that the spindle-shaped centre of the ommatidium goes to form only the retinula: (1) There are no nuclei near the outer surface, as one would expect were crystalline cone cells to be formed from any of the cells; (2) there are not enough cells to form both retinula and crystalline cone cells, and since no mitotic figures have been observed they have undoubtedly ceased division; (3) a clear space is formed at the distal end of the spindle by a differen- tiation of the cytoplasm, possibly the beginning of the rhabdome, since it is in this portion of the retinula that the rhabdome is seen in the 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., youngest pupal eye observed (just after the semipupa stage). The number of nuclei around the spindle throws no light on this, since they are still dividing occasionally and their number in the adult is not fixed. Considerable stress has been laid on the fate of this spindle-shaped mass of cells, since the determination of this fact alone is of such great importance in the consideration of the morphology of the ommatidium. That the outer pigment cells are morphologically peripheral to the crystalline cone and retinula no one would deny. The position of the corneal pigment cells might be a doubtful point if they were derived from a separate layer of cells formed by invagination of the entire eye, but as no such invagination occurs in the bee, and as at an early pupa stage they are clearh^ outside the cone, I think there can be no doubt as to their morphological position. The question as to the relative morphological position of the crystalline cone cells and the retinular cells is, however, not so clear. According to Grenacher the ommatidium is two-layered, and the lens and cone are morphologically distinct from the retina. If this view is held, then the question stated above does not exist; but such an interpretation can no longer be held on comparative anatomical or embryological grounds, as has been shown so well by numerous in- vestigators, the evidence for which it is not necessary to give here. Suffice it to say that, as has been shown previously, the ommatidium of Apis arises from a one-layered epithelium, and all the cells are morpho- logically equivalent. Taking into consideration, then, only such views as are based on such interpretations, we find two opposing theories. According to Patten, Kingsley and others, the crystalline cone is sometimes continuous with the rhabdome; these two would therefore be the morphological centre of the ommatidium, while the retinula must arise from colls outside this. When the crystalline cone is not continuous with the rhabdome. Patten still considers the cone as the centre, since he describes processes running from each cone cell around the rhabdome but inside the retinula (as in Vespa). To this interpre- tation those investigators who consider the crystalline cone as the terminus of the nerve fibres would probably agree. On the other hand, Watase holds that the ommatidium is a morphological invagina- tion of which the retinula is the centre, and the cone cells, lens cells (homologous with the corneal pigment cells of Apis) and pigment cells follow in the order named. By this interpretation the rhabdome, cone substance and lens are homodynamous. These two views seem in no way reconcilable, and more investigation is necessary to decide between 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 them, since it scarcely seems probable that both plans exist, since all ommatidia are probably the result of one kind of development. Patten bases his view on the fact that the cone cells are continuo\is with and part of the rhabdome, but surely in Apis there is no such continuity, since all through the development they are separate, and in the adult eye there is a sharp line of demarcation between them, and they also react very differently to stains. In Vespa, Patten admits that the rhabdome is not continuous with the crystalline cone cells, but in this case he describes processes between the rhabdome and retinula which correspond to the processes which form the rhabdome in other forms. Since, as will be discussed later, the rhabdome is really part of the retinula, being formed as an intracellular secretion, any such process from the cone cells would have to pierce the retinula cells to occupy such a position. No such processes occur in Apis. If such a view be held because it is necessary in some way for the nerve fibres to reach the crystalline cone, on the assumption that the nerves end there, such a necessity disappears, for, as will be shown under a discussion of the innervation of the ommatidium, the cone is in no way a nerve terminus. Such a theory of innervation does not seem justified for any ommatidium, and therefore the necessity for this conception of the morphology disappears. On the other hand Watase based his view largely on the eye of Limulus. This view commends itself on account of its extreme sim- plicity, since all ommatidia readily lend themselves to the plan of diagrammatic representation used by Watase with this interpretation. Watase seems to have advanced this theory rather for the purpose of giving some explanation for the existence of the rhabdome than for the morphology of the entire ommatidium. There is, I think, no reason to believe that the rhabdome was ever a chitinous substance, and in that sense it is not homologous with the lens. In the ommatidium, as we now know it, the rhabdome is an intracellular secretion full of nerve fibrils, and is far from being a hard chitinous growth. To that extent, then, Watase's conception seems an error. If, however, we look on the lens, cone substance and rhabdome as secretions (non- living protoplasmic differentiations), of which the lens only is an extra- cellular secretion, then the homology may hold. Acording to this view, then, the ommatidium did not arise as a pit filled with chitin, but rather the sinking in of certain cells, with a corresponding retention of the secretion inside the cell, has taken place with the assumption of new functions. Parker has argued that the retinular cells cannot be considered as homologous with the lens secreting cells, since the lens 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., cells secrete on their distal surface while the retinular cells secrete on their lateral surfaces. My observations show that both cone cells and retinular cells form their secretions intracellularly and from their very positions they could not secrete on their distal surfaces, but this does not seem to me to be any objection to the theory of Watase, since in the invagination of the cells and the taking on of new functions new forms of metabolic activity might easily be acquired. Since, however, in the emtoyonic development of the ommatidium of the bee we find a stage in which the retinula is formed without cone cells on the distal end and with the rhabdome partly formed, the only inference, it seems to me, is that the cone arises from lateral cells, and the corneal and outer pigment cells are, of course, still more peripheral. From this, then, it seems to follow that the conception of Watase con- cerning the morphology of the ommatidium is the correct one. There is, so far as has been observed, no real invagination, but such a thing would scarcely be expected in so compact an organ; neither have I observed the actual overgrowing of the cone cells, but the conclusion seems inevitable that the retinula is the centre of the ommatidium. Some compound eyes have been described in which, in the adult eye, the retinular cells extend outside the cone to the lens. Such cases are fouad when the number of pigment cells is reduced or when they are . entirely wanting, and it is safe to assume that the distal lengthening has taken place secondarily, late in development. From the migration of the corneal pigment cells of the ommatidium of the bee, to be de- scribed later, we sec that a late rearrangement is possible, and it seems more plausible to assume that such cases are a secondary modification rather than that there are two ground plans of ommatidia, one of which has its retinula centrally placed, the other has the cone cells inside the retinula as the axis. The retinular spindle of the larva resembles in appearance various sense buds throughout the animal kingdom, such as taste buds and lateral line organs of vertebrates, the aesthetes of Chitons, etc. These sense buds often have some marked differentiation of the cytoplasm internal!}^ to enable the peripheral organ to perform its function. This similarity is more than superficial, however, for the method of innerva- tion which will be described in detail later is from the sense cell toward the central nervous system, and this is the method for many of these sense buds, although the opposite direction of fibres is described for some (e.g., taste buds). It is safe to assume that these sense buds are accumulations of single sensory cells, such as are widely known {e.g., sensory epithelial 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 cells of Lumbricus, epithelial sensory cells [Flemming's cells] of Mol- luscs), giving greater efficiency at a certain spot, and that the internal differentiations are but secretions or cytoplasmic differentiations due to the specialized condition of the cell. Granting these facts, then, sense buds are homologous of necessity only in their origin from an epidermal tissue, although the homology may be greater. Since sense buds are known which are sensitive to touch, taste, smell, sight and vibration waves, it seems entirely unnecessary to assume that a light- perceiving organ, such as an ommatidium, has arisen as a modification of some other kind of sense bud, rather than that it arose as an accumu- lation of epithelial cells already sensitive to light. Since we know that single cells are acted upon by light waves {e.g., Protozoa), and that epidermal cells often give rise to nervous impulses when acted upon by light {e.g., skin of the earth worm), there seems no reason for assuming that the ommatidium has arisen other than by an accumulation of such sensitive cells and then by invagination a light-refracting organ has been formed over it. Such a view is directly opposed to the view of Patten that the ommatidium is a hair-bearing sense organ. As will be shown later, his theory is untenable on account of the absence of the essential structure for such a homology — the hair. There is not only no indication of such an organ for the eye, but no need for such a complicated theory of the origin of these organs, since easy transition steps from a single cell sensitive to light to the omma- tidium are obtainable and such an origin seems far more probable. Johansen (1893), in his description of the development of the eye of Vanessa urticoe L., figures and describes a spindle-shaped mass of cells which is the ommatidium of the pupa when two days and one hour old. He has also observed the same spindle mass in the young pupa of Sphinx euphorhice. This differs from what I have described for Apis in that the corneal pigment cells and cone cells lie distal to the retinula, and I am led to conclude that he has observed a stage just after the sinking in of the retinula, a stage which I am unable to describe for Apis. At any rate his conception of the morphology agrees with mine, since the retinula is in the centre of the ommatidium and the cone cells and corneal pigment cells are lateral to it. 2. Pupa. During the so-called semi-pupa stage, just after the larva is sealed up by the workers of the hive, and before the bee is a complete pupa, very rapid growth takes place, and the eye increases still more in size and becomes more and more differentiated until at the beginning 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., of the pupa stage proper the ommatidia are completely formed. The exact method by which this differentiation takes place is difficult to learn, since the growth at this time is so very rapid that it is practically impossible to get all the stages. The head of the insect grows very rapidly and the eyes keep pace with it. The retinular cells become longer and broader, and the retinulae lie closer together. The cone and corneal pigment cells come to lie at the distal end of the retinula by the method previously described. When the pupa stage proper is entered upon, the area of the eye is practically that of the adult eye. The various stages of the pupa period are easily distinguishable externally, and this fact is of great value in the selection of material. The eye is first white, like the rest of the body, then pink, then brown, and finally, as the other parts of the body take on their adult colors, black. These changes of color are due to the deposition of pigment in the various cells of the ommatidium, pigment in the corneal pigment cells being red in color, giving the first color externally, and the darker pigments of the other cells obscuring this color at a later period. These changes enable one to choose the desired material by simply uncapping the cells containing pupse without removing the bee from its cell, since the head is always toward the outside. From this stage on it becomes necessary to discuss the various parts of the ommatidium separately. Such a method tends to give the im- pression of a lack of continuity in mode and time of development, but the drawings which accompany the description are made of the entire ommatidiimi, and these will show the relative size and degree of devel- opment at various stages. The order followed is from the retinula to the more lateral cells. a. The Retinula. — The retinula cells are eight in number normally, but numerous ommatidia are observed in which nine cells are present. In the earliest pupa stage (fig. 3) these cells extend from the proximal end (apex) of the cone cells to the basement membrane, and each cell has a protoplasmic process extending through the openings in the base- ment membrane toward the optic lobes, w^hich later functions as the nervous connection of these cells with the cells of the retinular ganglion. At this time the only indication of the rhabdome is the clear space at the distal end which was described for the larval ommatidium; its differentiation has gone on little, if any, during the rearrangement of cells. The cytoplasm at the distal end of the cells is more granular than elsewhere, and by the time the eye has reached the stage figured pigment is laid down around the forming rhabdome. This is the first pigment laid down in the ommatidium, but at almost the same time 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 the corneal pigment cells acquire pigment. The spindle shape of the retinula so marked in the larval condition is still retained, the retinula being widest at about one-third of the distance from the cone cells to the basement membrane. The relatively large nuclei of the retinula at this time are near together, and in no definite arrangement in the thick- est portion of the cell group. The cytoplasm of the cells is uniform except as described for the distal end, and the cell membranes between the various cells are not visible. The outside boundaries of the retinula group at this time and all through development mark off the retinula from its surrounding pigment cells very sharply, and the difference in the appearance of the protoplasm makes it impossible to confuse the various cells. The portion of the retinula which lies between its thickest part and the basement membrane is a strand of protoplasm circular in cross- section and without any signs of differentiation. As the basement membrane changes its position, by a process to be described later, coming to lie near the optic ganglion, this portion of the retinula be- comes longer, and the changes which take place in the retina consist of the making over of this strand of protoplasm into the retinula cells proper. This change progresses proximally and consists in the widen- ing out of the cells with its accompanying rhabdome formation. The nuclei shift as the retinula enlarges and elongates until we reach a con- dition (fig. 2) in which two of them are at one level and the other six (or seven) are at a lower level and arranged in a rosette. At the time when the nuclei are arranged in this manner, the most distal portion of the retinula becomes arranged in a definite rosette, caused by each of the cells forming a projection which shows its dis- tinctness from the others in the group in cross-section. This arrange- ment also progresses proximally until in the adult condition it is found throughout the length of the retinula. At the same time the inner portion of the mass becomes still more differentiated, and in the stage just mentioned the axis of the distal end is occupied by a strand of protoplasm which takes the iron hsematoxylin stain (the future rhab- dome) surrounded by a clearer protoplasm. Outside of this clear area the protoplasm is granular and pigment deposition takes place here, keeping pace with the inner differentiations, and these changes also progress toward the basement membrane. The rhabdome formation precedes slightly the formation of the clear protoplasm around it, and the proximal end of the forming rhabdome shades off gradually into the surrounding undifferentiated cytoplasm. The nuclei gradually move inward as the cells assume their adult form 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Fob., until they come to rest at about one-third of the distance from the cone to the basement membrane, which on account of the tapering of the retinula is at about the centre of the cell, as far as mass of cyto- plasm is concerned. One of the nuclei, however, moves proximally imtil it lies about half-way between the other nuclei and the basement membrane. Where a nucleus is present, the retinula cell is slightly pressed out, encroaching on the outer pigment cells, and the upper nuclei are not all at the same level. The one nucleus which occupies a more proximal level is separated by some distance from any of the others, however, and, owing to the regularity with which it is found, cannot be considered as due merely to a mechanical shifting. In the older stages of development it becomes difficult to count the nuclei of the retinula since they are at different levels, but I have been unable to see anything which would lead me to suspect that this proximal nu- cleus was other than one of the retinular nuclei. Neither is there any indication that the presence of this nucleus is accountable for the pres- ence of nine retinular cells in some ommatidia, for it is found in all ommatidia and the nine-celled condition is comparatively rare. The rhabdome differentiation proceeds until it reaches the distal surface of the basement membrane where it ends abruptly. In the pupa stages I am unable to find the nerve fibres which in the adult eye run parallel with the rhabdome and send fine fibrillse into it. It will be noticed, however, that in the pupa the rhabdome is wider and not so definite in outline as it is in the adult eye, and the nerve fibrils are no doubt included in this darker central body which I have identified as the rhabdome. Both rhabdome and nerve fibrilla? are but differen- tiations of the cytoplasm of the retinula cells and their development takes place together. The rhabdome is probably not a uniform struc- ture, but no doubt contains a mass of fibrillse, the endings of the nerve fibres. I am unable to see any such structures, however. The development of the retinula consists, then, in the changing of the sense-bud-like spindle of the larval eye into a long column of cells with a clear shaft through the centre, through which light can pass to reach the nerve endings in it. From the previous description it will be evident that the rhabdome is not formed b)^ processes from the cone cells, which are present from the beginning of ommatidial development, but is an intracellular differentiation of the retinula, there being a sharp line of demarcation between the cone cells and rhabdome throughout their development. b. The Cone Cells. — The cone cells are four in number, and in the early pupa stage (fig. 3) the cone is spindle-shaped and lies directly 1905.] NATURAL SCIENXES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 distal to the retinular spindle. The nuclei are large and spherical, and lie slightly distal to the centre of the cell. The cytoplasm is granular, especiaUy in the distal portion of the spindle, and the cell membranes are well marked. Very soon the cytoplasm begins to be differentiated, and by the time the pupa has reached the stage figured (fig. 2) vacuoles begin to appear in the proximal end of the spindle, which marks the beginning of the formation of the clear cone substance. The cells now increase in size considerably, and at the same time the number of small vacuoles increases. Later these vacuoles unite, and finally a condition is reached in which the proximal end of each cell is occupied by one large clear vacuole. The cell boundaries remain distinct and a thin layer of granular protoplasm remains smrounding the vacuole, so that it is strictly an internal secretion and not to be interpreted as a secretion poured out on the inner face of each of the cells. This process of differ- entiation or intracellular secretion goes on until the nuclei, which decrease in size and become long and narrow, are pushed to the distal and lateral portion of the ceh, where they remain in the adult eye. These nuclei are filled with fine chromatin granules. The cone in the meantime becomes wide at the distal end, and elongates very much to assume its true cone shape, and all that remains of the original cyto- plasm is an extremely thin sheet all around the cone. I am inclined to attribute the descriptions by some authors of nerve fibrils on the cone to the shrinking of this thin film under certain fixatives. There is no nervous connection with the cone, nor does it appear to have any function save transmitting light rays to the sensitive retina. There is no indication of any prolongation of the cone proximally, either to form the rhabdome, as previously described, or to form proto- plasmic processes surrounding the rhabdome inside the retinula cells, such as Patten describes for Vespa. Such fibres could not exist unless they were to pierce the retinula cells, since the rhabdome is really a part of the latter; and since the cell boundaries of the cone and retinula are so well marked I feel sure that no such ingrowth occurs. Equally unsuccessful has been a search for any additions to the cone at the distal end. In his work on the embryology of the eye of Vespa Patten describes a layer of cells distal to the cone which arose by an overfolding of the sides of the entire eye, and which gave rise to the lens. In a later paper ( 1S90) he disposes of his invagination theory, but describes a pouring out of chitin from the distal end of the cone, which secretion he mistook for the layer of nuclei at an earlier time. ' From my examination of Apis material I am unable to find anything which 10 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., could be mistaken for nuclei in that position (unless it be the corneal pigment cells which are lateral to the distal end of the cone) or for chitinous secretion of the cone; and for this insect eye, at any rate, I am led to doubt the validity of his homology of such a structure with the pseudocone of ommatidia of the "pseudocone type," since the distal end of the cone is perfectly well defined at every stage observed. The differentiation of the cone consists in a transformation of a cone without any refractive secretion into one in which this secretion fills all the cells proximal to the nuclei, or, in other words, a modification of an acone condition into an eucone condition, to use terms introduced by Grenacher for adult conditions of some eyes. There can be no doubt that this was the course taken during the evolution of the eucone ommatidium. Similarly, Hickson has shown that the so-called pseudo- cones described for many insect eyes are but instances in which the secretion has accumulated in the distal end of the cone rather than in the proximal end. While the distinction drawn between these three kinds of cones is justifiable, yet there seems nothing to oppose the view that they are but modifications of one primitive type. The acone ommatidia have no clear refractive substance differentiated in the cone cells, and are considered as the primitive type of eye. The pseudocone cones with the differentiation of clear cone substance distal to the nuclei and the eucone cones with a proximal secretion are but modifi- cations of the primitive type. c. The Corneal Pigment Cells and the Lens. — The lens is secreted by the two cells which have been designated corneal pigment cells. In the very earliest pupa stage these cells lie distal and lateral to the cone cells, and since they are thus placed at this time, and since their secretion product is distal to the cone, they are next in order in going out from the axis of the typical ommatidium. Before these cells begin their secretion, how- ever, the nuclei migrate down the sides of the spindle-shaped cone and come to lie around the apex of the cone. The cause of this mi- gration is probably purely mechanical, viz., the enlargement laterally and distally of the cone; at the same time the nuclei are thus brought nearer to the source of nutriment. As this shifting takes place the nuclei, originally ovoid. ^(-^.-pc A -ret. Fig. 6. — Young pupal ommatidium at time of migration of corneal pigment nuclei. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 become crescent-shaped, and finally almost encircle the apex of the cone. Strands of cytoplasm connect the nucleated portion of the cell with the distal portion, which remains at the point where secretion is to take place. As the cone enlarges and the cell substance of the cor- neal pigment cells is used up in the secretion of the lens, the portion distal to the cone becomes reduced until in the adult eye it is almost entirely absent. Almost immediately after pigment is first formed in the retinula cells, it begins to be deposited in these corneal pigment cells. Owing to the fact that the retinula pigment is at first small in quantity, and since there is none in the outer pigment cells at this time, the pigment of these distal pigmented cells, which is red, gives a pink color to the en- tire eye in the early stages, rather than the brown or black color pos- sessed by the other pigment, as is true in late stages. The granules of pigment are large and red in color, and when treated with depigmenting mixtures do not disappear, but become somewhat lighter in color. The lens is secreted by these cells in much the same way as is ordinary chitin over the entire body of the bee. This chitinous covering is deposited in layers which are easily visible in the adult lens. In addition to these cells the outer pigment cells also seem to enter into this. In the pupal eyes before any chitin is deposited by the corneal pigment cells thin sheets of chitin extend out from the outer pigment cells, and since these cells arc arranged at their distal ends in a nearly hexagonal manner a cross-section of these plates shows the future boundaries of the facets. In the adult eye the portion of the cornea which directly overlies the outer pigment ceUs differs slightly from the part directly over the cone in refractive index and in general appear- ance, so that I think it probable that the space between these sheets of chitin in the larva is filled by a secretion of the outer pigment cells. If this be true, then every cell which enters into the formation of the compound eye has to do with some sort of secretion, either intra- or extracellular. The structure of the chitin laid down by the corneal pigment cells is not uniform, the outermost layer being more dense than the rest, with a decided tendency to take up an iron haematoxylin stain, the middle or main portion being arranged in alternating layers of different den- sit3% and the inner portion taking a protoplasmic stain, such as eosine or Bordeaux red. From this description it will be seen that the corneal pigment cells (Hauptpigmentzellen, pigment cells of the first order) are homologous 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., with the corneal hypodermal cells of the crustacean and aptorygote insect eyes. In all crustacean compound eyes small nuclei arc de- scribed as lying distal to the cone cell nuclei (or Sempcr's nuclei), and these are the nuclei of the cells which secrete the lens. When the ommatidia are arranged in facets, two such cells are present. In the Apterygota, e.g., Lepisma saccharinum, Orchesdla, etc. (Hesse, 1901), these two cells are present and occupy a similar position or ma}'- be placed slightly more laterally. These two cells are characteristic of these two types of compound eyes. On the other hand, the compound eyes of most pterygote insects have the two pigment cells of the first order (corneal pigment cells), and do not have the corneal hypodermal cells, Hesse (1901) concluded that these two kinds of cells are homolo- gous from an examination of adult eyes, and considered his point strengthened by the fact that Johansen had described these pigment cells as being distal to the cone cells at an early stage. Johansen did not describe them as homologous, however, and derived the lens from another source. From an examination of Apis I am convinced that Hesse was correct in his deductions, for in this case the cells are not only homologous, but the pigment cells here have identically the same function as have the corneal hypodermal cells of the other eyes. As mentioned above, Johansen failed to see this homology and de- scribes and figures the lens as being secreted by the cone cells. It has been pointed out with sufficient detail that no such interpretation is tenable for Apis at least, and we may well doubt its occurrence in Vanessa. In PI. 23, fig. 11, he figures the secretion of the lens by the cone cells and shows the corneal pigment cells extending to the distal margin, and I am led to conclude that he has overlooked the position of the pigment cell which remains distal to the cone. d. The Outer Pigment Cells. — These cells from the earliest larva to adult stages extend the entire length of the ommatidium, and are what are known as accessory cells in many eyes. They, like all the other cells of the eye, are of ectodermic origin, there being no cells from the mesoderm in the eye of Apis, such as are described in some eyes. These cells are, normaUy, twelve in number, but when hair cells are present between the ommatidia, which is very frequently the case, this number is increased so that any definite enumeration is impossible; and since these cells serve merely to fill the interornmatidial spaces and to prevent reflection inside the lens, no more definite arrangement is required. The nuclei of these cells lie proximal to the cone in pupal stages, but in the lengthening of the cone they come to lie at about its middle. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 ^ Pigment is deposited in these cells quite early, but not until after it has appeared in both the retinular and corneal pigment cells, and is most abundant at the two ends of the cell. It will be noticed that of all the cells of the eye which contain pigment none acquire this until they have begun to form the secretion to which they give rise. The rhabdome is the first secretion formed, and pigment first appears in the retinula; later the lens secretion appears, and then pigment appears in the secreting cells, indicating, it seems to me, that this pigment is of the nature of a by-product, although it is of itself of value. From one point of view, pigment itself is a secretion, but the accumulation of pigments often accompanies other secreting activities. Concerning any possible movements of the pigment under different hght conditions, no observations have been made. In the region where the basement membrane is formed these cells are deeply pigmented, and the line of demarcation from the cell below is very marked. At this point, also, and only here, the cells are fused with the retinular elements. This intimate union can exist only when the retinular elements have filled out to that point, since in the \mpa\ stages tnat portion of the retinula is a thin strand. The retinular cells here are also deeply pigmented. 3. The Adult Ommatidium. In the discussion of the changes which take place during the pupal period many of the details of the adult ommatidia are given, and to avoid unnecessary repetition only such things as have been omitted will be discussed here. a. The Retinula.— The adult retinular cells are extremely complicated structures, due to the fact that each cell has so many differentiations inter- nally. The central part of each cell is differentia- ted into a sector of the rhabdome, which is possi- bly a dead secretion, but of this there is room for some doubt. Outside the rhabdome is an area of clear protoplasm in which the nervous elements of the cell are found, and still outside of this is the granular portion of the cell in which pigment gran- ules are found. Each of these cells then secretes part of the rhabdome, acts as a pigment cell by the accumulation of pigment on its outer surface, and is, in addition, a nerve-ending cell. Fig. 7. — Diagram of part of omma- tidium, showing apex of cone and distal end of re- tinula. 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., The innervation of the ommatidium is a question over which there has been much discussion, and various views have been put forth. Tlie views can, however, be classed into two groups: those which make the cone cells the nerve-ending, and those which find the terminations in the retinula. It has been shown conclusively by numerous investiga- tors that the cone has nothing whatever to do with receiving light stimuli, and it would be useless to take up the arguments against this view, any more than has been done in showing that in the development the cone and rhabdome are separate. Those who hold that the retinula is the nerve-ending of the omma- tidium have not always been able to show in a satisfactory manner just how this innervation takes place. On this point two views have been held: (1) that the retinula is innervated by nerve fibrils from the retinular ganglion which run into the retinular cells or rhabdome, or (2) that the retinular cells are themselves ganglionic epidermal cells which send in nerve fibres to the retinular ganglion. From the de- scription which has preceded it is evident that the second of these \dews is the one here held for the eye of the bee. Before going into a detailed descripton of the nervous elements in the cells concerned, let us first examine the problem. In the first place, it seems reasonable to assume that during the coiu-se of the evolution of light-perceiving organs the first condition was that in which certain cells of the hypodermis became sensitive to light, or possibly heat, through the accumulation of pigment or some other change in the cytoplasm. Such cells would arise before there were any cells in the central nervous system to receive their nerve stimuli, and it may be assumed without danger that such cells would send in processes to the centrally placed nerve cells, when the time for nerve connections arrived, rather than that the nerves arose from the central nervous system. In other words, the peripheral nervous system is older than the central nervous system which elaborates the impulses, and on hypothetical grounds, a basis which is rather unsafe in zoology unless backed up by observations, we may assume that the innervation is centrad. From the standpoint of embryology, we find that the eye epidermis is formed and even the ommatidia are differentiated before the retinal ganglion cells have assumed their adult position or are connected with the optic ganglia. Not only that, but the strands of cytoplasm which become the nerves of the ommatidia arise from the retinula cells and grow centrad. In the adult condition we find that the nerve filjrcs are continuous 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 with the cytoplasm of the retinula and run to the retinular gangUoii, where they surround the nuclei of the ganghonic cells. There is no indication of long nerve processes from the ganglion cells toward the eye. The nervous elements of the retinular cell proper consist of a differ- entiated portion of the cytoplasm inside the clear area which lies out- side the rhabdome. This nerve fibre can be seen best in sections stained in iron hamatoxylin, where it stains black. From this fibre, which starts at the distal end of the cell and runs parallel to the rhabdome, smaller fibrils are given off which run into the rhabdome where they all end. More properly speaking, these fibrils are further differentiations of cytoplasm which lies between the main fibril and the centre of the retinula. These fibrils extend from the fibre to the rhabdome along the whole length of the retinula proper, so that the nerve-endings are very numerous. Below the basement membrane these main fibres can be traced as dark lines in the centre of the protoplasmic processes to the retinular ganglion. All of these fibres are best seen on cross- sections where they stand out as black dots, but they can also be seen on longitudinal sections. It is probable that the cause of the black color of the rhabdome in sections stained with iron hsematoxylin is the presence of these numerous nerve fibrils. Concerning the distribution of these fibrils inside the rhabdome, I am unable to say anything defi- nite, but they probably extend almost straight to the centre. In material fixed in Kleinenberg's picro-sulphuric fixing fluid the rhab- dome sometimes appears as a tube, and this may indicate that these fibrils do not run all the way to the centre. While the innervation of the ommatidium is under discussion, it might be stated that there is no indication of nervous connection with any of the other cells peripheral to the retinula. The significance of the single retinular nucleus which lies at a lower level than the others of each ommatidium, is somewhat hard to explain. Hickson held that some of the retinular cells of Musca had more than one nucleus. In this form there are three layers of nuclei in place of two, as in Ayis. Hesse, on the contrary, homologizes these lower nuclei, only one of which is present in Apis, with the proximal retinular cells of the apterygote insect eyes. In these forms the retinula is divided into two parts, one distal to the other, each of which acts alone in the formation of rhabdome structure, and both have nerve fibre connections with the optic ganglia. A similar condition is found in some pterygote insect ommatidia. Of these two views the one of 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Hesse seems more probable. As Hickson sa^^s, there is nothing mor- phologically wrong with the supposition that certain cells are multi- nucleate; but since the explanation of Hesse helps us to complete the homologies of the cells of the ommatidia of the various groups, it seems to have more weight. The question as to the method of modification in num.ber of retinular cells during the course of evolution is an interesting one, but it must be admitted that as yet very little is known concerning it. It seems not unlikely that the ommatidium of the bee is changing cither from eight to nine retinular cells, or from nine to eight, since it is rather rare for the number of these elements to be variable. The thought has sug- gested itself that possibly this one proximal nucleus was one which was in the process of delamination from the ommatidial epidermis, and was therefore tending toward a reduction of retinal elements, but this does not seem to be as probable an explanation as that of Hesse. It may be said, however, that Johansen describes the ommatidium of Vanessa as having seven retinular cells and two retinal ganglion cells, while in Apis there is probably but one retinal ganglion cell to each omma- tidium and at least one more cell in each retinula. VH. — Homologies of Component Parts. The question of homologies of the various eyes of the invertebrates has excited much discussion, but since only compound eyes have been investigated in this paper, this problem will not be taken up here. The question of the homology of the different kinds of compound eyes is worthy of consideration. Such eyes occur in Crustacea and insects,* and a comparison of the groups indicates that there is here either uni- formity of origin and plan or one of the most remarkable cases of con- vergence known in the animal kingdom. The essential part of the ommatidium is the retinula, and this may be considered as a sense bud, formed by the accumulation of cells sensitive to light, which has been modified internally to aid in light perception. Since such groups of cells occur throughout the whole animal kingdom and associated with all the senses, there is nothing remarkable about the similarity so far. In addition to the retinula, an ommatidium consists of a cone and a * No account of the so-called compound eyes of myriapods and arachnids is taken here, since their plan is so different that they cannot readily be homologized with those of crustaceans or insects. Until we know more of the comparative embryology of these forms it may be as well to suspend judgment. I do not feel qualified to include these in the present discussion, but evidently from the re- searches of numerous investigators we may conclude that the homology is not as close as in the forms under discussion. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 chitinous covering which may be faceted, and possibly accessory cells occur between ommatidia which act as pigment cells. In order that the light rays may be centred on the retinular nerve fibres, some refractive organ must be present above it (the cone) and the whole organ must be covered by chitin, as is the rest of the body. This chitin in turn may assist in the refraction, as it does in many cases, or may even secondarily assume the functions of the cone entirely if no cone substance is differentiated (aconc eyes). For the occurrence of these parts there are but two explanations: either they are differentiations of cells which formerly lay outside the retinula group, and have been placed distal to it to assist in collecting light rays to form a more perfect image, or they have been placed distal to the retinula by the differentia- tion of some other cell layer which has been superimposed. The various cells of the ommatidium seem to lend themselves to homologies very readily. The retinula of the various ommatidia are groups of cells which are the nerve endings of the eye, and all ommatidia agree in this respect. Retinula of apterygote insects, some Crustacea and a few pterygote insects have two layers of retinular cells, while others have but one, but, as was pointed out for Apis, the position of nuclei at different levels in the higher insects may indicate a remnant of a former two-layered condition for these retinulse also. In other words, the morphological invagination by which the insect eye has arisen may be carried farther in some cases than in others. Hickson has shown that acone, pseudocone and eucone cones are probably homologous, and the fact that some cones are composed of but two cells while others have four seems a matter of small moment. The probable homology of the corneal hypodermal cells of apterygote in- sects and Crustacea with the corneal pigment cells of most pterygote insects has been dwelt on sufficiently and is held on comparative ana- tomical grounds by Hesse. The accessory pigment cells are undoubt- edly but undifferentiated cells of the layer of epidermis from wliich the retinulae arise, and their presence or absence is of small importance in homologizing the different ommatidia. The fact also that mesodermal cells may migrate to a position between ommatidia, as is held for some eyes, is also of small consequence. As far, then, as the component parts of the ommatidia are concerned there is no difficulty about establishing a very close homology, and this similarity is considerably strengthened by showing that the corneal pigment cells are not only similar in func- tion to the corneal hypodermal cells, but that at an early stage they actually occupy the same position. The whole question seems, then, to be one which must be settled 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Feb., from embryological evidence. The problem is, which of the two methods of formation previously mentioned is the method which actu- ally exists in ontogeny, and are all compound eyes formed by the same method? From this work on Apis and that of Johansen on Vanessa it is evident that the differentiation of cells outside the retinula to form cone and lens layers is what occurs in insects, and the whole question hinges on the development of the crustacean eye. Reichenbach and Kingsley describe the eye as arising by an invagination; and if either of these investigators is right, although they differ as to the fate of the three layers formed, then the compound eyes of these crustacean.s are not homologous with the compound eyes of iasects. On the other hand, Herrick insists that the compound eye of Alpheus arises from a single layer of epidermis, and according to this view the homology holds. Herrick's view, that even if an invagination does occur it is of no importance, does not seem tenable, for if an invagination occurs then cone and retinula do not come from contiguous cells, and that I beheve to be a matter of great importance. From the striking similarity in position and function of the parts of the ommatidium, and from the observations of Herrick, we are safe in concluding that the eyes of the various groups under consideration are distinctly homologous, and there must be some other explanation for the invaginations observed by the other writers mentioned. The interpretation of the formation of the ommatidium which is held from an examination of the eye of Apis makes possible a very close homology of the elements of the compound eye with the ocelli of insects, such as was held by Grenadier; and this homology seems materially strengthened since an homology can be shown between the corneal pigment cells of insect ommatidia with the chitin-secreting cells of the ocelli. An objection that might be raised is that the vitreous body of the ocellus arises from cells which are all to one side of the retina rather than from all sides, but since they are adjoining cells this might be a secondary change. From sections of ocelli of the pupae of the bee which have been examined, it is evident that the middle ocellus arises from a double invagination, indicating a fusion of two organs, while the lateral ocelli arise from single invaginations. VIII. — Summary. The primitive arrangement of ommatidia is tetragonal (p. 130). The hairs over the lens are secreted by bi-nucleated hair cells with intracellular ducts which lie between the ommatidia (p. 131). The ommatidium arises as a group of cells with superimposed nuclei, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENXES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1.55 which later become arranged as a spindle surrounded by smaller cells (p. 136). This spindle is the retinula, and the cone cells and pigment cells assume a distal position by a morphological invagination (p. 137). The retinula is the centre of the ommatidium, and the cone cells, corneal pigment cells and outer pigment cells follow in the order named (p. 141). The ommatidium is composed of eight or nine retinula cells around the rhabdome, four cone cells, two corneal pigment cells and about tv.-elve outer pigment cells (p. 126). The rhabdome and cone arc intracellular secretions, while the lens is an extracellular secretion of the pigment cells (p. 144). The corneal pigment cells are homologous with the corneal hypoder- mal cells of crustacean and apterygote insect ommatidia (p. 147). The innervation of the ommatidium is by a differentiation of part of the retinular cells into nerve fibrils, and these extend to the retinular ganglia (p. 149). The lens is secreted by the corneal pigment cells which early in the pupa stage lie distal to the cone, and possibly also by the outer pigment cells (p. 148). Pigment is formed inside all the cells of the ommatidium, except the cone cells, by a cytoplasmic differentiation (p. 149). The ommatidium arises from a strictly one-layered epidermis, which passes directly from the larva to the pupa without the loss of any cells or additions from other tissues (p. 136). Literature. Balfour, F. ]\I. 1881. .4. Treatise on Comparatire Embryology, II, London. BtJTSCHLi, O. 1870. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Biene. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. XX, pp. 519-564. Carriere, J. 1884. On the Eves of Some Invertebrates. Qt. Jr. Micr. Sc, XXIV, New Series, pp. 673-81. 1885. Die Sehorgane der Thiere vergleichend anatomisch dargestellt. Miinchen und Leipzig, R. Oldenbourg, 6 + 205 pp. 1885. Einiges iiber die Seliorgane von Arthropoden. Biol. Centralbl., V, No. 19, pp. 589-97. 1886. Kurze Mittheilungen aus fortgesetzten Untersuchungen uber die Sehorgane. Zool. Anz., IX, Nos. 217 and 230. Fernald, H. T. 1890. The Relationships of Arthropods. Studies Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., IV, pp. 431-513. Grenacher, H. 1874. Zur Morphologie und Phj^siologie des facettirten Ar- thropodenauges. Gottingen Nachrichten, pp. 645-56. 1877. Untersuchungen uber das Artnropoden-.'Vuge. Beilageheft zu den kJinischen Monatsbldttern filr Augenheilkunde, XV. 1889. Untersuchungen iiber das Sehorgan der Arthropoden, insbesonder des Spinnen, Insecten und Crustaceen. Gottingen, Vanderhoeck und Ruprecht, S + 1S8 pp., 11 Taf. 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Herrick, F. H. 1889. The Development of the Compound Eye of Alpheus. Zool. Anz., XII, pp. 164-9. Hesse, Rich. 1901. Untersuchungen uber die Organe den Lichtempfindung bei niederen Thieren. VII, Von den Arthropoden-Augen. Zeit. /. iviss. Zool., LXX, pp. 348-473. HicKSON, S. J. 1884. The Eye and Optic Tract of Insects. Qt. Jr. Mic. Sac, No. 98. 1885. The Retina of Insects. Nature, XXXI, pp. 441-2. JoHANSEN, H. 1893. Die Entwicklung des Imagoauges von Vanessa urticse L. Zool. Jahrhilch, VI, pp. 445-80. Kenyon, F. 1896. The Brain of the Bee. Jr. Comp. Neuroloqii, VI, pp. 133-210. 1897. The Optic Lobes of the Bee's Brain in the Light of Recent Neuro- logical Methods. Am. Nat., XXXI, pp. 369-76. KiNGSLEY, J. 8. 1886. The Arthropod Eye. Am. Nat., XX, pp. 862-7. 1886. The Development of the Compound Eye of Crangon. Zool. Anz., IX, No. 234, pp. 597-600. 1887. The Development of the Compound Eye of Crangon. Jr. Morph., I, No. 1, pp. 49-66. Leydig, F. 1855. Zum feineren Bau der Arthropoden. Arch. f. Anal., Physiol, u. loiss. Med., pp. 376-480. 1864. Das Auge der Gliederthiere. Tubingen, Laupp und Siebeck, 50 pp. LowNE, Thompson B. 1878. On the Modifications of the Simple and Com- pound Eyes of Insects. 1884. On the Compound Vision and the Morphology of the Eye of In- sects. Trans. Linn. Soc., London. Parker, G. H. 1891. The Compound Eyes in Crustaceans. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ., XXI, No. 2, pp. 45-140, 10 plates. Patten, William. 1886. Eyes of Molluscs and Arthropods. Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, VI, pp. 542-756. 1887. Studies on the Eyes of Arthropods. I. Development of the Eyes of Vespa. Jr. Morph., I, pp. 193-226. 1890. Is the Ommatidium a Hair-bearing Sense-bud? Anat. Anz., V, Nos. 13, 14, pp. 353-9. Reichenbach, H. 1886. ^tudien zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Flusskrebses. • Frankfurt. Watase, S. 1889. On the Structure and Development of the Eyes of the Limulus. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., VIII, No. 79, pp. 34-7. 1890. On the Morphology of the Compound Eves of Arthropods. Studies Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., IV, No. 6, pp. 287-334. WiLLEM, V. 1897. Les yeux et les organes post-antennaires des CoUeniboles. Ann. Soc. entomol. de Belgique, XLI, p. 225. Abbreviations. I., lens. c. p. c, corneal pigment cell. 0. p. c, outer pigment cell. 6. m., basement inembrane. 1. ret. n., lower retinular nucleus. ch., chitin. /. h., facet boundary. ret. gang, n., nucleus of retinular gang- lion, far. sh., brain sheath. int. d., intracellular duct. c. c, crystalline cone. rhb., rhabdome. ret., retinula. pgm., pigment. n., nucleus. h. c, hair cell. tr., trachea. n. /., nerve fibre. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 Explanation of Plates VI, VII, VIII. Plate VI, Fig. 1. — Section of entire eye and optic lobes. The heavy lines show the course of the nerve fibres as worked out by Kenyon (diagram- matic) . Plate VII, Fig. 2. — Ommatidium of young pupa before rhabdome is differenti- ated and at time of first pigmentation of retinula cells. Fig. 3. — Ommatidium of older pupa, showing differentiation of rhabdome and lens formation. Fig. 4. — Cross-section through distal end of cone of pupa of same age as fig. 2, showing corneal pigment cells. Fig. 5. — Cross-section through cone of older pupa. Fig. 6. — Cross-section through proximal end of cone of pupa (same stage as figs. 3 and 5). Fig. 7. — Cross-section through cone of young pupa. Fig. 8. — Cross-section through retinula of young pupa before rhabdome formation. Fig. 9. — Cross-section through distal end of retinula of young pupa, show- ing first traces of pigment. Plate VIII, Fig. 10. — Entire ommatidium (somewhat diagrammatic). Adult. Fig. 11. — Entire ommatidium, as if dissected out, without outer pigment cells (diagrammatic). Adult. Fig. 12. — Section of entire ommatidium, showing distribution of pigment. Adult. Fig. 13. — Cross-section just proximal to lens, slightly oblique. Fig. 14. — Cross-section through extreme distal ends of retinulse and proxi- mal ends of cones, slightly oblique. Fig. 15. — -Cross-section through retinulse, showing relation of outer pigment cells in tliis region. Fig. 16. — Cross-section through retinula; in region of nuclei. Fig. 17. — Cross-sect'on through retinulse in region of proximal nucleus. Fig. 18.— Cross-section of eye, cutting basement membrane parallel. Tlie' distinctness of nerve fibres of each ommatidium is shown. 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb. CCELOSPORIDIUM BLATTELL^, A NEW SPOROZOAN PARASITE OF BLATTELLA GERMANICA. (Preliminary Note.) BY HOWARD CRAWLEY. The Malpighian tubules of the so-called Croton bug, BlatteUa gcr- manica L., are the habitat of a Sporozoan parasite which apparently belor^s to the Haplosporidia. This group, which has the value of an order, is divided into several rather poorly defined genera. The animal herewith described does not fit very well into the present scheme of classification, but for the sake of avoiding a needless multi- plication of names, I shall accredit it to the genus Coslosporidium -Mesnil and Marchoux. The creation of a new species is warranted, whereupon, for the time being, the animal may be known as Ccelospo- ridlum hlcUtellce sp. n. The life cycle, so far as I have yet been able to trace it, originates as a minute cell of strongly acidophil cytoplasm, containing several granules of chromatin. These granules, which range around one micron in diameter, appear to have the value of nuclei, and they will be so termed in the description which follows. At first the cell, or, to follow the terminology suggested by Minchin, the trophozoite, is generally somewhat longer than broad, and lies with its longer axis across the lumen of the tubule . The shape may be as shown in either fig. 1 or 2. One end lies against, and is apparently attached to, the lumen of the tubule. I have not been able, however, to determine the exact nature of this attachment. Neither in fixed nor fresh preparations were there ever seen any processes such as those of the epimerites of polycystid gregarines Pj^ J or the inert pseudopodia of Ophryocystis. The attach- ment seems merely to be a close apposition, and there is no objection to so regarding it. For in consideration of the narrow lumina of the tubules and the lack of fluid currents passing through them, the parasite is in little danger of being carried away. Certain appearances, however, suggest that the maintainance of the usual position is aided by the presence of an amorphous substance which lies 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 159 between the parasite and the host cell. It is often impossible, in the case of those small closely applied forms, to get a sharp line of demarka- tion between the sporozoan and the epithelium, the one blending with the other by imperceptible degrees. However this may be, the juxtaposition of the parasite and the cell is evidently of no great importance to the former. Ordinarily the smaller, undeveloped stages are attached and the later stages free. The reverse may, however, be observed and the matter is evidently one largely of chance. By a uniform growth in all directions the trophozoite becomes an egg or potato-shaped organism, reaching a length of around 20 microns. ^This, however, is to be noticed only in the free individuals and where the spatial relations are favorable. More usually the lumina of the tubules are so small and so closely crowded with the parasites that the latter are constrained to assume a vermiform or plate-like shape. Thus fig. 2, which is the longitudinal section of an indivdiual with a circular cross-section, would answer equally well for the cross-section of an individual extending for some distance along the tubule cells. Both these elongated or flattened individuals, as well as the egg-shaped forms mentioned above, may still retain the primitive character of being naked masses of uniform cytoplasm with a vari- ous number of solid nuclei. Generally, however, the reproductive cycle is inaugurated while the organism is still very small. The first indica- jrjg 2. tions of this are furnished by the nuclei. These lose their spherical form and their solidity. They may become either somewhat irregular masses or else rings. The elements are so minute that the determination is difficult, but from what takes place later these early phenomena are apparently the expression of the l^reaking up of the nucleus into extremely small chromosomes. Simultaneously there arises around each nucleus a vacuole, which, in its turn, can often be seen to be surrounded by a condensed belt of cytoplasm. These are the first steps in the breaking up of the tropho- zoite into separate elements, and from this point on development may progress along either one of two lines. In the one case the .result is the production of what I shall call the "round bodies." In the other the process is clearly spore-formation. I have not yet succeeded in satisfactorily differentiating these two developmental courses in their 160 TROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Feb., Fig. 3. earlier stages, and the detailed account will be reserved for my final communication. I shall here merely consider the latest stages in each case. Fig. 2 shows an acidophil cell still attached to the epithelium. Within it are several clear areas. Each of these is occupied by a quantity of chromatin. In several cases the manner in which this chromatin is arranged is strongly indicative of mitotic division. In fig. 3 is shown what may be called a cyst of the round bodies. The original trophozoite con- sists of a shell, divided into irregularly shaped compartments. Each compartment contains a completed round body. The round body is nor- mally spherical ; occasion- ally ellipsoidal. It usu- ally consists of a solid mass of strongly acidophil cytoplasm containing an irregular nucleus. That the element shown in fig. 3 is derived from that of fig. 2 is indicated by the striking resem- blance between the nuclei, and by their size. In the stage of fig. 2 the nuclei are in division, and are thus, as is usual, lying within clear regions. To obtain the conditions shown in fig. 3 it is only necessary to conceive the collection of the cytoplasm around the nuclei, with the consequent disappearance of the vacuoles. A little later, by the complete disintegration of the cyst, the round bodies come to lie free in the lumina of the tubules. They are minute elements, ranging in diameter from H-2 microns. There is probably a very delicate ectosarc or membrane, since at times the cytoplasm Is wanting, the chromatin lying within an otherwise empty shell. The ultimate destiny of these bodies has not yet been discovered. The formation of the spores follows much the same general lines, but differs considerably in detail. The nuclei, after passing through the stage of individual chromosomes, concentrate into rings, ovals, or the so-called dumbbell shape (figs. 4 and 5). Frequently they may be- come wholly solid masses of chromatin, but more usually they show a central cavity, or, in the case of those having the dumbbell shape, two such cavities. Around this cliromatin mass there is nearly always a clear space, while the bulk of the spore consists of a thick shell of acido- phil cytoplasm (fig. 5). Occasionally the clear space encroaches upon 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 161 the cytoplasmic mass, which may thus become a thin shell, or even wholly wanting at the two ends of the spore. There is an evident Fig. 5. membrane or shell in the mature spore, the average length of which is 5 microns. The reason for regarding these bodies as spores is the fact that they occur in the alimentary canal of the host, both before and behind the openings of the Malpighian tubules. In the former position they were seen to lie close against the epithe- lial cells, but none of my material showed any of them en route to en- trance. Perhaps the most striking phe- nomenon exhibited by this parasite is the abundance wdth which it occurs. Fig. 6 shows the cross-sec- tion of a tubule, wherein the para- sites come near to occluding the entire lumen. This is a quite char- acteristic condition. It would seem that so complete a blocking up of the tubule should produce dis- turbances in the economy of the host. Yet the tubule epithelium was throughout, to all appearances, wholly normal. Fig. 6. 11 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., THE SPERMATOGENESIS OF SYRBULA AND LYCOSA, WITH GENERAL CON- SIDERATIONS UPON CHROMOSOME REDUCTION AND THE HETEROCHROMOSOMES. BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR. The present paper presents observations on the spermatogenesis of Syrhula (a grasshopper) and of Lycosa (a spider), together with- some broader conclusions in regard to questions of the behavior of the chromosomes during the maturation mitoses, and of the nature of those modified nuclear elements which have been termed by me heterochro- mosomes. The subject of heredity, which in its broadest sense includes most of the problems of the phenomena of life, is being pursued from two main lines: from that of the study of the germ cells, and from that of an analysis of the results of cross breeding. The actual steps of the process of heredity, if we shall ever understand them, will be learned by the first method, by the investigation of the energies of those cells which transmit ancestral traits. The second method is of less import- ance than the first, for while it may permit an analysis of the propor- tional transmission of different ancestral traits, it can in no way eluci- date the steps of this process, for the very reason that its material basis is the terminal stage alone, and the somatic condition at that. And of all cellular investigations, those that concern themselves with the nuclear chromosomes seem to penetrate deepest into the mys- teries of the problem, for these cellular components more than all others seem proven to be the centres of hereditary energies; can we unlock their secrets we will have opened the door to the light, for there seems to be no other portal. The study of the chromosomes has ceased to be regarded as an academic question, or as a mere side issue of problems of cell division, and is slowly but surely coming into the centre of the field of biological thought — of that thought which embraces the broader community of natural phenomena and docs not lose sight of the forest for the trees. All things are in the nature of processes, to the biologist of genetic processes, and of the \dtal changes heredity is the one that is the most comprehensive; broadly speaking, biology is the study of heredity. There arc two methods used in the search for the solution, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 the morphological and the experimental. The former reasons out the process as it is to be understood from the sequence in structural change ; the latter aims directly at an analysis of the process by a study of result where the cause is measurable. Yet just here it must be held in mind that the true morphologLst has in ultimate consideration the explanation of process, so that he is fully as much a physiologist as the other. And his method is correct, because structure only is visible while process is an intangible change, and therefore he is reasoning from the perceptible to the imperceptible. Many morphologists do not conceive this mental attitude rightly, and most physiologists are inclined to hold that all morphologists see no further than the struc- ture. Yet the morphological basis must precede the physiological experiment, and it is quite questionable whether both will not always be necessary as complemental methods ; we cannot say which w^ll ulti- mately prove the more important, but all will admit that the greater interpretations of biology have had a morphological basis, and that the morphologist has done his full half in reasoning out the processes. That is not scientific morphology which goes no further than the structural fact; but with minor exceptions all morphologists try to go much further than this, and throughout their analyses have in mind the process. And the morphologist is an analyst of natural phe- nomena, an explainer of those normal experiments not performed with- in the laboratory. Therefore a present tendency to maintain that only experiment can furnish explanations, and that structural study can present only observational results, has no foundation whatsoever. The true method is to remember always that in the living as in the non- living world the process must be interpreted ; so long as this is not for- gotten it matters little what mould the investigation is cast in. Some years of rather intensive study of the structure of the germ cells, particularly of the behavior of their, chromosomes, has led me to the conclusion that there is simplicity and essential uniformity among the bewildering maze of the observable. When we strive to explain the more complex from the more simple we discover this uniformity, but not when we stubbornly persist in regarding the more complex as the condition that can be immediately explained. Complete agreement of opinion there may never be, but this is because of mental differences and not of lack of uniformity in the natural processes. A main reason for the failure to interpret the uniformity has come from one of three preconceptions : of persistent study of an object which has shown itself incapable of furnishing a clear solution; consequently of the neglect of seeking comparative evidence ; and of loyalty to the views 164 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., of the first workers in the field, or fear of conflict with them. In com- mon law a man is held innocent until he is proven guilty, but in scien- tific thought we should consider a view erroneous until it is proven to be correct to fact. That view which presents phenomena from the simplest interpretation, which is based upon the broadest comparative series of facts, and, above all. which admits of no exceptions in natural sequence, is the one which in the end has the greatest probability of maintaining itself, because the one most likely to be congruous with the facts. 1. — Spermatogenesis of Syrbula acuticornis Bruner. Testes of adults of this Acridid were collected at Austin, Texas, in the middle of October, fixed in Flemrm'ng's stronger fluid, and stained with iron hsematoxyline. For the identification of the species I am indebted to Mr. James A. G. Rehn, of the Academj^ of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. A considerable number of testes were sectioned and studied, whence it resulted that some of them contained ten bi- valent chromosomes in the first spermatocytes, others twelve. I can- not determine whether this is due to Syrbula acuticornis being a form including more than one species, or whether it is a single species with individual variation in the number of the chromosomes; the latter alternative would be in contradiction to the condition maintaining in most species. Because this point could not be explained, and because good proof is necessary to establish the occurrence of indi^adual varia- tion in the number of chromosomes, the following description is limited to cells contained in the testes of one individual. Work has been done previously upon the spermatogenesis of Acri- didse by Wilcox (1895), McClung (1900) and Sutton (1900, 1902). My results are in essential agreement with those of McClung, except with regard to the time of the reduction division. Carnoy (1885) was the first to describe cell divisions of male germ cells in Acrididse, and figured in detail spermatogonial mitoses. As in the Hemiptera each testis is composed of long tubular follicles, but they are more numerous in number, the earlier stages of the sperm cells placed at the proximal end of the follicle, and the later stages at successively following regions of the follicle. As far as I have noticed there is no difference between the cells of different follicles, beyond a dimensional one. Two generations of spermatogonia are found in the mature testis, the smaller of which is the last generation, and by division forms the first spermatocytes. The intermediate body or cell-plate (Zivischen- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 Jcorper of the German writers) persists for a long while after the division of the penultimate generation of spermatogonia, even up to the pro- phases of the last spermatogonic mitosis. Accordingly the rest stage of the last generation of spermatogonia (Plate IX, fig. 1) shows a dis- tinct polarity of the cell-body, with a distal pole at which is the persisting cell-plate, and a dark mass of idiozome substance, which appears to be in part, at least, derived from the connective fibrils of the preceding mitosis; and an opposite or central pole containing the nucleus. The nucleus shows minute chromatin globules distributed in bead-like chains along the linin fibrils, and also accumulated in larger masses. With great regularity there is found also in each nucleus two or three larger, somewhat irregular, deep-staining bodies ; whether they are nucleoli or heterochromosomes cOuld not be decided by the use of the iron hsematoxyline stain. The prophases of the last and penultimate spermatogonic mitoses appear similar in character. The chromatin seems to arrange itself into a continuous spirem, or, if not into one thread, certainly into but a small number of very long threads. Plate IX, figs. 2-6 illustrate a succession of the later prophases, and all show stages of segmentation of the spirem. Fig. 2 shows a pair of minute centrosomes just external to the idiozome body, and figs. 3 and 5 successive stages of the central spindle ; the nuclear membrane commences to dissolve first in the vicin- ity of the central spindle. The only point deserving particular comment in the stages is a chromatin element, marked A". 2 in the figures, that is found in every cell ; it is a portion of the chromatin spirem of smaller diameter than the other segments, much more convoluted and in such a manner as to represent a small corkscrew, and frequently appearing to be enclosed within its peculiar membrane. It resembles in this respect the accessory chromosome described by Sutton (1900) for the sper- matogonia of Brachystola. It is an element that appears to be retarded in its stages on comparison with the others— not condensing nor seg- menting as rapidly as they do. When the nuclear membrane has com- pletely dissolved away this single loop segments into two, which are still to be distinguished from other chromosomes of the same length by narrower diameter and more spiral form. These two chromosomes resulting from the division of the single convoluted element are prob- ably the heterochromosomes which become much better demonstrable in the spermatocytes ; for the heterochromosomes of the spermatocytes differ from the other chromosomes in their behavior, as will be shown, and this pair in the spermatogonia behave at first differently from the others. Because these heterochromosomes are demonstrable in such 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., early spermatogonic prophases, we can conclude that they must be present in the rest stage of the nucleus, though merely in the form of constituents of the chromatin reticulum. And their juxtaposition in the chromatin spirem is a point in evidence of an earher contention of mine (1900, 1904a), that in the chromatin spirem of spermatogonia homologous chromosomes, i.e., such as unite into pairs during the con- sequent synapsis stage, lie next each other. All the chromosomes become longitudinally split during the prophases. Two clear pole views were found of the spermatogonic monaster stage (metaphase) , Plate IX, figs. 7 and 8. Each showed exactly twenty chromosomes. These occur in pairs, and we can distinguish three largest pairs {A, a; B, b; C, c) and three smallest (in succession from the largest to the smallest, F, f; D. d; E, e). The exact similarity in form and size of the members of a pair does not evince itself so clearly in a camera drawing as in the study of the chromosomes themselves, be- cause the members of a pair usually do not lie exactly in the same plane. So twelve of the twenty chromosomes can be demonstrated to form six pairs ; the remaining eight chromosomes are so nearly of the same size and form that their arrangement into pairs cannot be shown, but by analogy with the others it is probable they constitute a series of four pairs. One pair of the latter four probably corresponds to the pair of heterochromosomes found in the prophases, but their earlier peculi- arity of convoluted shape no longer persists, so they offer no means for recognition. The spermatogonia, accordingly, contain each two hetero- chromosomes and eighteen ordinary chromosomes. All these chromatin elements were longitudinally split, and became so placed upon the spindle (Plate IX, fig. 9) that the daughter chromosomes separate along the line of this split; fig. 10 shows an early anaphase. Fig. 11 is a pole view of one of the two first spermatocytes resulting from this division, and shows exactly twenty chromosomes. There- fore the first spermatocyte receives a half of each of the two hetero- chromosomes and of each of the eighteen ordinary chromosomes. In each first spermatocyte, daughter cell of the last spermatogonic division, the nucleus commences to reconstitute itself (fig. 12), The nuclear membrane reasserts itself, the chromosomes commence to elongate and take on more irregular contours ; but an interesting phenomenon is that two of the chromosomes {n. 2, fig. 13) do not undergo these changes, but remain smooth and dense; these are heterochromosomes, and in all probability identical with those in the spermatogonia. At a later stage (fig. 14) these unite to form a single bivalent heterochromo- some (n. 2), and they retain this condition up to the time of the first 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 maturation mitosis. The other chromosomes have become long and thread-hke, and an irregular nucleolus (A''.) has appeared. Following the stages of figs. 14 and 15 is reached a complete rest stage (fig. 16), with the chromatin globules finely distributed along the linin threads — the nucleus very similar in appearance to that of spermatogonia in the rest stage, except for the presence of the large heterochromosome. A rest stage preceding the synapsis I have never before found in any object, but it has been described for Ascaris and certain other* forms. The heterochromosome is still nearly straight, and when viewed from the proper angle shows not only a transverse constriction, marking the point of junction of the two univalent ones, but also a longitudinal split in each of the latter (figs. 15, 16). In later stages of the spermato- cyte these characteristics of the heterochromosome cannot be distin- guished, and from a study of the later stages alone one might easily be misled to the conclusion that the heterochromosome of the spermato- cyte were a univalent element. Next the chromatin reticulum segregates into short loops, very much convoluted and occasionally simulating longitudinal splittings (Plate IX, figs. 17, 18). But a long study of cells in this period shows that the space between two mutually wound loops is not a longitudinal split, and that the latter, i.e., a splitting into two of each chromatin globule, along the length of a loop, rarely ever commences so early. On the con- trary the double loops represent pairs of univalent and correspondent (homologous) chromosomes, so that this stage is the commencement of the conjugation into pairs of the eighteen ordinary chromosomes; this becomes the more obvious on comparison with subsequent conditions. Now, also, the heterochromosome commences to bend at an angle at its middle point, on its path from the earlier straight form to its later one of a nearly closed V. This leads, the chromosomes becoming much longer (Plate IX, fig. 19), to the synapsis stage (figs. 20-22) ; throughout this stage the nuclear membrane is almost or quite imperceptible, and the chromatin loops in the form of irregular U's and V's, crowded most densely at that nuclear pole (the distal) next the greatest amount of cytoplasm. In all the drawings only a few of these loops are shown, mainly those seen dis- tinctly for their entire length. Their relative lengths differ greatly in size, as is to be seen particularly in fig. 21 . Each such loop is a bivalent chromosome, for they are nine in number, corresponding to the nine pairs of ordinary chromosomes of the spermatogonia, and therefore each arm of one is a univalent chromosome. Two univalent chromo- somes are usually united only by one end, that marked x in fig. 21 ; but 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., sometimes the opposite ends also are joined, elongated rings resulting instead of other forms. The space between the two arms of such a bivalent chromosome does not represent a longitudinal split, but the area between two entire bivalent chromosomes. The true longitudinal split becomes apparent as a cleavage of the small chromatin masses forming each univalent chromosome, and is a line of chromatin sepa- ration within each univalent chromosome; sometimes it cannot be seen, which is due to the chromosome being viewed from the edge. This is the first and only longitudinal split of the chromosomes from the time of first formation of the spermatocytes up to the stage of the spermatid. No trace of a longitudinal split can longer be seen in the heterochromosome, which now has in most cases the form of two nearly parallel rods, produced by the bending at the middle of the original straight one. This synapsis stage corresponds to the similarly named stage of the Hemiptera in the close massing of the chromosomes near one pole of the nucleus, but we have seen that the conjugation of the chromosomes becomes affected at an earlier period, that of the figs. 17 and 18. There is evidence that in Syrbula, as I have shown to be the case in Peripatus, there is a continuous linin spirem during the synapsis stage ; but at no period of the first spermatocyte is there a continuous ^chromatin spirem. The splitting of the chromatin globules does not occur simultaneously for all composing a chromosome, but rather suc- cessively; and each globule or granule is a mass of demonstrable smaller microsomes. Hence there is no proof that each smallest visible microsome divides into two during the longitudinal splitting of a chromosome. Then comes a post-synapsis stage in which the chromosomes are no longer densely grouped, and when the longitudinal split is very clear. In figs. 23 and 24, illustrating this stage, only three and four respectively of the nine bivalent chromosomes are drawn ; and the point x on each marks the linin band connecting every two univalent chromosomes. Very rarely does the longitudinal split become wider than shown in these figures, but sometimes it wddens as much as is shown in the largest chromosome of fig. 25. This was the maximum extent of separation seen of the halves of a split univalent chromosome, and from this stage through the following this split narrows gradually. Unlike most of the Hemiptera no rest stage follows, but the sperma- tocytes enter immediately upon the prophases of the first maturation mitosis; successive steps of this process are shown in figs. 27-31. The nucleus enlarges, the chromosomes lie close to its wall, the delicate linin fibres change their character and break each into a row of minute 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 globules, as roughly indicated in fig. 29; this last phenomenon I have found to be of general occurrence in spermatocytes, but it has been investigated most in ovocytes. The chromosomes through these stages shorten and condense, some into bent or straight rods, others into more or less closed rings; the surface of the chromosomes remains rough and somewhat filamentous until the nuclear membrane disappears (compare fig. 30 with fig. 31). The longitudinal split of the chromo- somes gradually narrows, as one sees in the series of figures 23-25 and 27-30; it does not widen out, so that the relations of tlie univalent components of a bivalent chromosome remain approximately the same as in preceding stages. The early bivalent U or V of the synapsis period may become a straight dumbbell, or its univalent arms may be- come apposed along their length, or it may become a ring; but in all cases the position of the longitudinal split is along the length of each univalent chromosome, whether that be straight or bent (figs. 27, 28, 30). Very rarely have the chromosomes an X-shape (fig. 31). There- fore each bivalent chromosome is composed of two univalent chromo- somes joined by one end or by both ends (in the case of rings), and the space enclosed by a ring is not a longitudinal split but the area sepa- rating two entire univalent chromosomes. Wliere the two univalent chromosomes of a pair are connected is in most cases marked by a constriction (x, figs. 27, 29), and in the rings there may be two such constrictions (the larger ring of fig. 29) in accordance with the con- junction in these cases of both ends. These chromosomes are thus essentially, in formation and shape, like those of the Hemiptera and Peripatus: each represents two longitudinally split univalent chro- mosomes joined by one or both ends. And the gradual narrowing or closure of the longitudinal split is as evident and undeniable as in any other object studied by me. Through these prophases the heterochromosome is recognizable by its smooth contour and compact structure (Plate IX, n. 2, figs. 27-30). It is now almost always in the form of a rod so bent that both arms lie contiguous and parallel, as shown in fig. 26 where the arm seen on high focus is stippled and that seen on deeper focus drawn in outline only. Each of its arms, as we have seen, represents a univalent heterochr^ - mosome. With the disappearance of the nuclear membrane, which commences to dissolve^ away first at the poles near the centrosomes (Plate IX, fig. 31), the chromosomes have attained their completed dense structure and smooth outline and take their position within the equatorial plate (figs. 32-34) . There are exactly ten bivalent chromosomes present, one- 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., half the miml)er of univalent chromosomes present in the spermatogo- nia, namely, one bivalent heterochromosome and nine bivalent ordinary chromosomes. But at this stage there seems not to be possible a posi- tive recognition of which is the heterochromosome. In a number of cases after nine of the chromosomes were arranged in the equator and some of them were beginning to divide (fig. 33), one (y) had not yet taken up that position but lay nearer one spindle pole than the other. This was the case, e.g., with four cells in exactly the same stage lying in the same section of one testicular follicle, and in all of these the iso- lated chromosome was of the same size and form, straight, and appear- ing to consist of two closely apposed arms. It may be that this chromo- some is the heterochromosome with which it agrees in general form and size, but this could not be definitely determined ; ultimately it takes a position in the equator and divides with the others. In fig. 32 is an element, y, closely corresponding in size with it and with the hetero- chromosome during the prophases; but I cannot say positively that y of fig. 32 is the heterochromosome, though the probability of it is evident. All these chromosomes become so placed in the spindle that mantle fibres from one spindle pole are attached to one univalent ele- ment, and mantle fibres from the other spindle pole to the other uni- valent component of each bivalent chromosome. The longitudinal split can no longer be seen, but previously it lay in the axis of each univalent chromosome. These definitive chromosomes may be dumb- bell-shaped, or as frequently irregularly V-shaped, ring-shaped, or in the form of twQ parallel rods (Plate IX, figs. 31-33; Plate X, fig. 34). But whatever the form, they become arranged so in the spindle that the point or points of junction of the univalent components of each lies in the equatorial plane. The early formation of these chromosomes, their arrangement in the spindle, then their division (Plate X, figs. 34- 36) show that the first maturation mitosis is a reduction division and separates from each other the univalent chromosomes of each pair. There is no evidence that this is an equation division taking place along the line of the longitudinal split — no evidence at any period that a chromosome had become elongated in a line at right angles to its original long axis. Each arm of a bivalent chromosome is a whole univalent chromosome and not a split half of one ; and the long axis of each arm is in the same line as its long axis at earlier stages. I have tested the morphological evidence of this process very honestly and fairly, for at the commencement of my study I was quite prepared to find the first maturation mitosis an equation division. But it is a reduction division. The di\dsion of certain of the chromosomes may 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 call for some fm-ther explanation. Next to the straight or slightly bent dumbbell-shaped bivalent chromosomes the most frequent form is that of an irregular V, such as those lettered K in Plate IX, figs. 32 and 33; in each of these figm'cs one univalent half of each such chromosome is shown black and the other white; p of fig. 32 is such a chromosome seen at right angles to the other views. K of Plate X, fig. 34 shows the separation of the components of such a chromosome. The division of one of the forms of y of Plate IX, fig. 32 is shown bj^ y in Plate X, fig. 34. The division of the dumbbell-shaped chromosomes is clear from the figures. Whereas ring-shaped chromosomes are fre- quent in the preceding late prophases, they are only very exception- ally found in the equatorial plate, so that probably by the pull of the mantle fibres upon them these rings change into the form of the chromosomes lettered K. In the anaphase of this reduction division as homologous univalent chromosomes move apart from each other, each opens up in the form of a V (Plate X, figs. 35-37). This opening is the reappearance of the longitudinal split, since it is a cleft along the long axis of each univalent chromosome. In no way can it be considered a transverse split, a space between two whole univalent chromosomes. This split is widest and appears first at the end of the chromosome turned toward the equa- torial plane, and rarely extends quite through the opposite end. Verti- cal (fig. 38) and obliquely lateral (fig. 37) views of a daughter plate of chromosomes, i.e., of the chromosome plate of a second spermatocyte, show without exception ten elements, the same as the number in the first spermatocytes; accordingly all the chromosomes divide in the reduction mitosis. But each of the ten elements of the second sper- matocyte is univalent instead of bivalent, and its cleft or constriction marks the longitudinal split. Witnout any indication of a rest stage the centrosomes of each second spermatocyte wander apart from each other, and each through an angle of 90°, so that the axis of the second maturation spindle comes to lie at right angles to that of the first (fig. 39). In the equator of this spindle each of the ten chromosomes be- comes so placed that the fine of its longitudinal split coincides with the equatorial plane. In the ensuing anaphase occurs, then, an equatorial division, separation from each other of longitudinal halves of univalent chromosomes. All ten chromosomes divide, and a pole view of one of the resulting daughter cells (spermatids) shows also ten chromosomes (fig. 40), exactly half the number found in the spermatogom'mn; no exceptions were observed to this numerical relation. Exactly how the bivalent heterochromosome comports itself in the 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb-. maturation mitoses could not be definitely settled, since it could not be satisfactorily distinguished from other chromosomes of about the same size. But there is some probability, as was pointed out, that it may be the chromosome marked y in Plate IX, figs. 32 and 33; and in very early stages of the spermatocytes (figs. 15, 16) it showed a longitudinal splitting which soon after seemed to disappear. For these reasons of its proved bivalence and its longitudinal splitting, in conjunction with the fact that each chromosome divides in each maturation mitosis, it becomes most probable that it undergoes a reduction division in the first mitosis, and an equation division in the second. For since it is formed and has essentially the same constitution as the other chromo- somes, there would be all reason to expect it to divide like them ; and a more trenchant reason is this, that of the ten chromosomes of a second spermatocyte there is no particular one which from any peculiarity of structure could be regarded as bivalent. This is, of course, only cir- cumstantial evidence of its undergoing first a reductional and then an equation division, but the probability of this contention is obvious; there is no doubt that it undergoes two divisions. In the monaster stage of the spermatogonia (Plate IX, figs. 7, 8) cer- tain chromosome pairs could be rccogm'zed bj'' peculiarities in form and size, namely, those lettered in these figures. It is corroborative evidence of the persistence of the individuality of the chromosomes, if, indeed, any further proof of this idea is needed to-day, that the same differences are observable in later stages. So among the ten univalent chromo- somes of a second spermatocyte (Plate X, figs. 37, 38) are found three notably larger than the rest and three markedly smaller. So in the figures one marked F (/) would correspond either to F or f in Plate IX, figs. 7, 8; A (a) to either A or a of figs. 7 and 8; and so on for the others. And even in the spermatid (Plate X, fig. 40) there are the same size relations; the ten pairs of chromosomes of a spermatogo- nium could be obtained by putting together the ten chromosomes from each of two second spermatocytes derived from the same first spermatocyte ; but the ten single chromosomes of a second sperma- tocyte could be reestablished only by bringing together the ten semi- valent chromosomes from each of the two spermatids resulting from such a spermatocyte. The first maturation mitosis separates from each other the two univalent chromosomes that compose a pair of dis- associated ones in the spermatogonium, and a conjugated pair in the first spermatocyte. Finally, a word as to the behavior of certain cellular structures other than chromosomes — only a brief statement, for the present results are 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173 corroborative of my (1900) earlier ones upon Peripatus. In the achromatic spindle a central spindle, fibres continued from pole to pole, but not attached to chromosomes, is found in the spermatogonia, but not in the spermatocytic mitoses; its fibres and the pole fibres are formed from the cytoplasm. The mantle fibres, on the other hand, those connecting the chromosomes with the centrosomes, are derived from linin fibres previously connected with the chromosomes — the mantle fibres are at least in great part nuclear in origin. Whatever be our views upon the nature of the pole and central fibres, whether we regard them as lines of currents or as actual fibrils, I think we must consider the mantle fibres as contractile fibrils, not simply paths of movements of fluids. This follows clearly from the results of my Per-i- patus paper, where the mantle fibres of mitosis were shown to be derivable from linin fibrils stretched out through the nucleus in the rest stage, and there constituting a continuous linin thread (spirem) with many fine collateral branches. Such fibrils crossing one another in all directions in the resting nucleus cannot be considered current- paths; how, then, change into current-paths during mitosis, except in so far as we regard a contracting gum-elastic cord to be a path of move- ment? What holds for the mantle fibres need not, however, obtain for the pole and central spindle fibres. The other achromatic spindle constituents of nuclear origin are the connective fibres, fibres pulled out between two separating daughter chromosomes; these are clearly derived from the linin forming the matrix within which the chromatin of a chromosome is imbedded or the sheath by which it is surrounded. When two daughter chromosomes separate in metakinesis it has the appearance as though two connective fibres pass between them; but it is more likely that such two lines represent in actuality the boundaries (visible because of their higher refraction) of a solid or hollow linin cylinder. Already in the monaster stage of the spermatogonia (Plate IX, fig. 9) as of the first spermatocytes (fig. 32) there is a pair of centrosomes at each spindle pole . After each spermatogonia division these centrosomes wander through an arc of 180° to take up a position on the opposite side of the nucleus ; the same process seems to take place in the sper- matid ; but before the second maturation mitosis each wanders through an arc of only 90°. In the first maturation mitosis there are two man- tle fibres from each spindle pole to each chromosome (Plate IX, figs. 32-33; Plate X, figs. 34-36); in the second only one (fig. 39). This is understandable on the basis that the first mitosis is reductional, since, as is most clearly shown in a straight dumbbell-shaped bivalent 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., chromosome, one univalent chromosome is turned toward one spindle pole and the other toward the opposite one, and each univalent chro- mosome being longitudinally split the linin thread attaching it to the spindle pole must be split into two ; for any longitudinal splitting of the chromatin globules is always associated with, if indeed not induced by, a splitting of the linin matrix, as is shown in the details of chro- mosome formation, especially in the post-synapsis stage. If the first maturation division were equational there would be no adequate explanation for the double mantle fibres. As the centrosomes of the second spermatocyte move apart preparatory to the second matura- tion mitosis, each carries along with it one of the two mantle fibres attached to each chromosome. 2.— Spermatogenesis of Lycosa insopita Montg. The only published work upon Aranese is that of Carnoy (18S5), Wag- ner (1896) and Wallace (1900). Miss Wallace's paper was done partly under my direction, and is a short preliminary note dealing with the accessory chromosomes, which she correctly found to be double in the spermatocytes, but did not determine positively its behavior in the maturation mitoses. Wagner's short paper I have not at hand, and cannot now recall his conclusions. Carnoy described quite minutely the process of cell division in male germ cells of a number of spiders, of Phal- angium and Scorpio, illustrating both spermatogonic and spermatocytic divisions (his whole plate V with its numerous beautiful figures) ; such work has no direct bearing upon modern spermatogenetic study, in that it does not consider the sequence of changes through the several cell gene- rations. But it is but just to say of this study of this priest of Lou- vaine, that it was in many respects the best work of its day upon cell division. Most writers, following a certain antiquated German school, have neglected to refer to him. But he pointed out that cell division is not all of one kind, but that two main types of it occur, and this we now know to be the case and term them respectively reduction and equation divisions ; yet this was the main ground on which that particu- lar German cult fought him. And he undoubtedly saw much more than many a later investigator, and lacked only a general standpoint of interpretation. Testes w^ere studied of an adult male caught in October; they were fixed and stained by the methods used for Syrbula. The testes are slender, cylindrical tubes, and on account of the difficulty of removing them entire from the fresh animal, one proceeds best by cutting off the abdomen from the living animal, removing the h3qpodermis, fixing the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175 whole abdominal visceral mass, then dissecting out the testes in distilled water. The spermatogonia form the inner epithelium of the organ, and by their last divisions the spermatocytes formed lose their connection with this ceU layer and come to lie free within the lumen of the testis ; in this cavity are found all stages of the growth period, the maturation mitoses, the spermatids and spermatozoa. In any transverse plane of a testis one finds the same series of stages. Not only in the arrangement of the cells within the testis, but also in the process of spermatogenesis this spider shows close resemblance to Peripatus; in both, e.g., the longitudinal split of the bivalent chromosomes is very clear, and during the synapsis stage the chromatin loops are not so densely massed but that each may be distinguished. Only two clear cases of pole views of the equatorial plate of spermato- gonia were found. On one of these (Plate X, fig. 41) exactly twenty- eight chromatin elements could be distinctly counted. In the other case the chromosomes were more densely grouped, and I could not be certain whether there were twenty-eight or thirty of them ; it w^as possi- ble that tw^o of them were already dividing in metakinesis. Tw^o of these spermatogonic chromosomes are very small (S.) ; the subsequent history of these could not be ascertained with any degree of certainty. There are accordingly twenty-six larger chromosomes, all of which can be recognized in the thirteen bivalent chromosomes of the first spermato- cyte. All of these appear to be longitudinally halved during the ana- phase, so that each first spermatocyte receives twenty-six daughter chromosomes. There is no rest stage at any period of the spermatocytic history. Shortly after the last spermatogonic mitosis commences the synapsis stage (figs. 42-44). At its beginning (fig. 42) the daughter chromo- somes are elongated threads, already commencing to join into pairs (at the points lettered x). But two of them (N. 2) differ in maintaining the dense contour and smooth outline characteristic of mitosis; these are the heterochromosomes, and there is clearly one pair of them. Accordingly, of the twenty-six large chromosomes of the spermatogonia two are heterochromosomes, though they cannot be recognized in the spermatogonic monaster stage nor yet in the preceding rest stage. In following synaptic stages (figs. 43, 44) the twenty-six chromosomes unite to form thirteen bivalent pairs. This takes place, as in Peripatus, by an approximation or even close fusion of every two chromosomes of similar length at their ends directed toward the central pole of the nucleus (that one farthest removed from the greatest mass of cyto- 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., plasm). During this process there appears to be a continuous Hnin spirem, but no continuous chromatin spircm; the bivalent chromo- somes in the form of V's or U's are arranged upon the linin thread so that their free ends are toward the distal nuclear pole. The distal ends of each V are rarely contiguous with those of a neighboring one, though that is sometimes the case, but, as the figures show, they are usually slightly separated. Between the distal end of one univalent component of a V and the corresponding end of a similar component of another V can be seen, whenever these structures lie in the same plane, a connect- ing linin thread. These phenomena are so similar to those in Peripatus that I think it unnecessary to describe them all in detail again, and refer to the very detailed account of the Peripatus paper. A pole view of a nucleus in the synapsis stage shows the optical cross-section of twenty-six chromatin loops, and lateral views demonstrate the presence of thirteen V's. Each V, therefore, corresponds to two univalent chromosomes of the spermatogonia ; it is a bivalent structure in which each arm represents one chromosome, and has been formed by the conjugation of two end to end and not by transverse scission of a con- tinuous chromatin spirem. Where the ends of two conjugated univa- lent chromosomes come together (the points marked x in these and the subsequent figures) is frequently found a slight notch or break, which is a connecting band of linin — corresponding to the central linin band in Peripatus. That the space between the two arms of a V is not a longitudinal split is indubitable, for stages like that of fig. 42 show previously separated chromosomes coming together. The longitudinal split appears in the long axis of each univalent chromosome (figs. 42-44), and proceeds latest to their distal ends (those directed toward the distal pole of the nucleus). No earlier longitudinal split occurs, and no later one. A nuclear membrane appears first at the close of the synapsis. The behavior of the heterochromosomes can be followed with equal facility and certainty. All through the growth period they preserve their smooth contours, compact structure and strong affinity for chro- matin stains. The two univalent heterochromosomes (N. 2, fig. 42) come together and conjugate side to side (figs. 4.3, 44), though their ends directed toward the distal nuclear pole are in closer touch than their opposite ends, in contrast to the behavior of the other chromosomes. So is produced a bivalent heterochromosome, throughout the growth period placed against the distal pole of the nucleus, consisting of two univalent chromosomes lying parallel or more usiially in the form of a much narrowed V. It does not increase in size in the following stages, 1905.] XATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177 and its only perceptible change is a longitudinal split of each univalent component. This is shown in fig. 446ts, A. and B, which show merely the bivalent heterochromosome and an arc of the contiguous nuclear membrane. In most cases the space of this split is widest at the inner ends of the univalent components of this bivalent heterochromosome, as shown in fig. A. This longitudinal split cannot be seen from every point of vision, but only when the heterochromosome lies in particular directions, as is quite understandable. Following the synapsis is a post-synapsis stage, with the bivalent chromosomes more evenly distributed through the nucleus (figs. 45, 46). The longitudinal split is wide and very evident, but does not extend through the distal ends of the still generally V-shaped loops. In each bivalent chromosome the angle of the V (a; of the figures) is the point of junction of two univalent parts. Here also the longitudi- nal split of the bivalent heterochromosome (A^. 2) can sometimes be seen. No nucleolus is formed in any part of the growth period. Immediately succeeding are the prophases of the maturation mitoses (figs. 47-52). There occurs in them a gradual shortening and conden- sation of the chromosomes, leading to narrowing or even complete temporary obliteration of the longitudinal split. This split in the early prophases (figs. 47-49) in the case of some of the chromosomes becomes a little wider than during the post-synapsis (figs. 45, 46) ; so with the chromosomes marked H in these figures. But this happens with only a minority of the chromosomes in any nucleus. And it is not a definite stage in the structural change of every chromosome, for the reason of its relative infrequency. Most of the chromosomes, on the contrary, are straight or bent rods, and the angle or middle point of these marks the point of conjunction of two univalent chromosomes (x of the figs. 47-52). Such chromosomes as those marked H in figs. 47 and 49 are ones where the longitudinal split has become very wide at the point of union of the two univalent chromosomes ; but even in such chromosomes one axis always remains longer than the other, so that there is no evi- dence of a bivalent chromosome becoming extended out in a hne at right angles to its previous long axis. And even for these chromo- somes, as is clearly the case with the others where there is no extensive widening of the longitudinal split, the successive prophases lead toward a narrowing or closure of this split. Regular rings appear not to be formed. But chromosomes in the form of an X are not infrequent. There is no difficulty in the interpretation of the form of these. For in the one shown in fig. 51, marked D., the X is seen to be two univalent chromosomes, each longitudinally split, joined by their middle points; 12 178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., an X is then obviously formed from a V, not by any extension of the longitudinal split, but simply by the point of contact of the two uni- valent chromosomes shifting its position. The decisive phenomenon through these prophases is that most of the chromosomes preserve their original forms of bent rods, or modify them into straight rods, leading toward the forms most frequent at the end of the prophase (fig. 52), where the earlier point of union of two univalent chromosomes is recognizable (x), and the longitudinal split sometimes still discernible. For the greater number of the chromosomes the changes of the pro- phases lead to the retention of approximately their original form, but with a gradual partial or complete closure of the longitudinal split; and there is no reason to hold that the longitudinal split ever widens and remains open in such a manner as to change the position of the long axis of a bivalent chromosome. The heterochromosome under- goes no marked modification during the prophases; at first each of its univalent portions shows still the longitudinal split, shown in end view on fig. 49 (A^. 2), but toward the close of this period this split appears to close up. In the equatorial plate of the first spermatocyte (figs. 53, 54) are found thirteen larger bivalent chromosomes, and sometimes a minute chromatin body (S.) which does not appear to be bivalent, at least it is not bipartite. The latter may represent one of the tw^o minute chromosomes of the spermatogonia (fig. 41) ; one of these small bodies is occasionally found in the monaster stage of the second spermatocytes (figs. 62, 63). Their behavior in the growth period could not be deter- mined, so we must disregard them in our analysis of the chromosomal relations. The first maturation figure has then thirteen bivalent chromosomes, corresponding to the twenty-six larger univalent ones of the spermatogonia. Lateral views of the first maturation spindle are shown in figs. 55-5 //. ^ o°- .C- /////, <^^ .^^" I ^^' rOOTHlLLi III Sketch of Huachuca range, by J. H. Ferriss. tion of Mr. J. H. Ferriss. I would also gratefully acknowledge assist- ance lent by Dr. Wm. H. Dall, in the comparison of various species of Holospira, etc., with those described by him. The figures of shells were photographed and those of soft anatomy drawn by the author. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 Family UROCOPTIDuE Pils. This family is represented in the Southwest by members of two very distinct subfamihes: Eucalodiix>e with the genus Holospira, and MiCROCERAMiN.E with thc genus Microceramus. Holospira is an old genus, containing several highly specialized phyla. Our species fall into five groups as indicated below. The subgenera were formerly defined by the internal lamellae alone ; but these are in some cases of less significance than the general form and sculpture, A. — Last whorl distorted, its last half turning sinistrally. I. — Internal column rather large, smooth throughout; last whorl sinuous, turning sinistrally. Aperture oblong, with a strong fold within the right margin and a vertical columellar cal- lous in the throat. Metastoma Strebel. One species, H. roemeri. B. — Last half of the last whorl straightened, normal. II. — Internal column small, smooth and simple throughout, or with a small axial lamella in the last whorl ; very slender below, slightly wider above. Shell rather large, 19 to 29 mm. long, the individual whorls comparatively high; the last one or tw^o more coarsely sculptured than the inter- mediate ones. Number of whorls much less than the num- ber of millimeters in the length of the shell. Haplocion Pils. Species, H. pasonis Dall, H. hamiltoni Dall. III. — Penultimate whorl with a short, stout lamella on the axis, and a weaker one on the basal wall. Number of whorls decidedly less than the number of millimeters in the shell's length. Distomospira Dall. Species, H. bilamellata Dall. IV. — Internal column moderate, one-fourth to one-sixth the diam- eter of shell. Shell 9 to 18 mm. long in known species, com- pactly coiled, ribbed or striated, the whorls short, their number about equal to the number of millimeters in the length of the shell, or exceeding that number. A short axial lamella is present within the penult, whorl, and sometimes short basal or parietal lamellae. Bostrichocentrum Strebel. Type H. iryoni. V. — Cavity of the penultimate whorl obstructed bj' four strong lamellae, axial, basal, parietal and palatal. Holospira s. sir. Species, H. goldfussi Mke. In addition to the species noticed below, the following species of Holospira are known from north of the Mexican boundary: H. {Bostrichocentrum) pilsbryi Dall, rather doubtfully recorded from New Mexico or Arizona, without definite locality, and known to inhabit the Mexican state Puebla. H. {Distomospira) hilomellata Dall, from the top of Hacheta Grande Mountain, Grant county, New Mexico. 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., H. (Haplocion) pasonis Dall, from Mule Canyon, El Paso county, Texas. H. (Haplocion) hamiltoni Dall, from Rio Grande Mountains, Brew- ster county, Texas, at an elevation of 3,500 feet, living on Selaginella lepidophylla, a common and conspicuous moss of western Texas. Subgenus HOLOSPIRA (typical group). Holospira goldfussi (Menke). PI. XXVI, figs. 1-5. I jke H. rocmeri, this species belongs to the hill country bordering the Lower Cretaceous area in Texas. Mr. Ferriss and the writer found it above San Marcos, Hays county, Texas , in the flood-debris of Sinking Spring, and on ledges of its bordering limestone cliff. This is farther northeast than the species has hith- erto been found, for I have no doubt that the locality "Dallas," cited by Strebel, is an error. It is abundant under stones at the foot of the cliffs along the Guadalupe river, about six miles above New Braun- Internal structure of H. f^j Qqj^-^^| pountv. Also nearer the town, goldfussi. . ' . ' ' in the hills above the head of Comal creek. It varies a good deal in size: Length 14, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 14f. 10, " 3.9 " " m. 11.5, " 3.1 " " 12^. The specimens figured are from the Guadalupe. New Braunfels is probably the type locality. At the Hondo river, two miles north of Hondo, Medina county, in the drift-debris, we also found H. goldfussi. This is the extreme west- ern range of the species as far as we know. It did not occur in the Devil's river region, on the Pecos or westward. Subgenus BOSTRICHOCENTRUM Strebel. All of the species have a small, short lamella on the axis in the last part of the penultimate whorl, sometimes almost obsolete, and some of them have a very weak basal or parietal lamella, or both. These lamellae are always very much smaller and lower down than those of typical Holospira {goldfussi, etc.). The variations are as follows : 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 Species. H. ferrissi: H. arizonensis: H. bilamellata: H. mearnsi: Lamella; present. axial, parietal, basal. axial, parietal, axial, basal. axial, In H. crossei the axial lamella is so weak as to be readily overlooked. Part of the species of this group have the terminal cone short, others having it very long; H. crossei being somewhat intermediate. Other- wise they are very similar externally. They may be grouped thus : Cone of the spire short, rapidly tapering. Three internal lamellse ....ferrissi Ribbed throughout. Two internal lamellse arizonensis ) Median whorls crossei \ smoothish. cionella One internal lamella. Ribbed throughout. Spire sloiuly tapering. mearnsi regis | chiricahuana J cockerelli Median whorls smoothish. Fig. 1. — Holospira goldfussi. 2. — H. ferrissi. 4. — H. chiricahuana. 3. — //. cionella. Holospira ferrissi n. sp. PI. XXVII, figs. 22-25. The shell is rimate but imperforate, short and cylindric, rather thin, and very pale brownish-corneous. Whorls 9^ to 11, the first whorl wider than the second, both of them smooth ; all the rest of the whorls are regularly, evenly and closely rib-striate, the riblets as wide as their 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., intervals or a little narrower, except on the last whorl, where the sculp- ture is a little coarser and irregular. The whorls are all convex, the last 4 or 5 forming the cylindric portion, the preceding whorls forming the terminal cone, which is about one-third the total length of the shell. The last whorl is pinched or compressed laterally, but the very short straight "neck" is full again, and carries the aperture very shortly free. The aperture is rounded, but a little irregular, the upper margin being somewhat straightened. The thin peristome is narrowly ex- panded. The internal pillar is rather large and of ec^ual calibre in the cylindric portion of the shell. At the end of the penultimate and beginning of the last whorl there is a short strong and blunt lamella on the pillar below the middle, a low, short lamella on the parietal wall and another on the basal wall. There is no palatal lamella. Length 7.5 to 9, diam. 3 mm. Manilla mine, Huachuca Mountains. This is a very short, thick-set species, unlike all others known in its internal armature. The even ribbing and short terminal cone are also characteristic. It is closely related to H. arizonensis Stearns, from Dos Cabezas, a place west of the Chiricahua range and not far from one of the localities of H. ferrissi; but besides the slight difference in inter- nal structure, H. arizonensis differs in being slightly larger with more whorls, and the riblets are subobsolete on the cylindric portion of the shell, while in H. ferrissi they are even stronger there than on the ter- minal cone. This species occurred also at Fort Bowie, Arizona, where the shells average a trifle larger : Length 7.5, diam. 3 mm., whorls 9^. Length 10, diam. 3 mm., whorls IH. This species seems to partially connect typical Holospira with the sections Eudistemma and Distomospir'a . The lamellse are far shorter and weaker than in the typical section, in fact, might easily be over- looked. Holospira arizonensis Stearns. This shell is cylindric wdth a short, ribbed, terminal cone. The median whorls are smoother, only obscurely sculptured, and the last whorl is ribbed. Whorls 12 or 13. The internal axis is moderately large, and there is a short lamella on the axis and one on the parietal wall or roof in the penultimate whorl. Lengtl\12.5 to 13, diam. 4 mm. Southeast Arizona, at Dos Cabezas, Cochise county. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 This species resembles H. ferrissi and H. cionella in shape, but differs by its larger size and the obsolete sculpture of the median whorls, as well as by the slightly different internal lamellae. It is known by the original specimens only. Holospira cionella u. sp. PI. XXVII, figs. 30-33. The shell is very shortly rimate but imperforate, cylindric with a short terminal cone, corneous-white. Whorls 11| to 12^, convex, the first 2^ smooth, second whorl narrow, the first wider and bulging. Subsequent whorls are sharply and closely ribbed throughout. The last whorl is compressed laterally, tapering downward, the base white, rounded and prominent; it is contracted, descends a little, and is shortly free in front. The aperture is very shortly ovate, the peristome thin and narrowly expanded. The axis is moderately large and cylin- dric, with a low, blunt lamella at the end of the penultimate and begin- ning of the last whorl. Length 10 to 12, diam. 3 mm. Fort Bowie, Cochise county, Arizona. The uniform ribbing throughout, the cylindric shape and short ter- minal cone are the prominent features of this species, which groups with H. mearnsi, cockerelli and chiricahuana. Holospira crossei Dall. PI. XXVI, fig. 8. This species is closely related to H. cockerelli, but differs by its wider shorter form and much shorter terminal cone of the spire. At the end of the penultimate whorl there is a very weak prominence upon the axis near the basal wall, hardly to be called a lamella. The tapering portion of the spire is ribbed, the cylindric portion smoothish. Length 11, diam. 3.7 mm. New Mexico; top of Hacheta Grande Mountain, Grant county, with H. mearnsi and H. bilamellata. Figured from one of the original lot for comparison with the related species. It has not again been found. Holospira mearnsi Dall. The spire tapers gradually and is ribbed, the ribs somewhat weaker on the intermediate whorls, stronger again at the base. Whorls 14. The axis is small, with a short, strong lamella near the base in the pe- nultimate whorl, as in H. cockerelli and H. regis. Length 14.5 mm, Southw^estern New Mexico, on the top of Hacheta Grande Mountain, Grant county, with H. crossei, a smaller species with less projecting aperture. 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mcll., Holospira regis Pils. and Ckll., n. sp. PI. XXVI, tig. 7. Shell small, the lower half cylindric, upper half slowly tapering in a long cone to the obtuse apex. Whorls 12f , all convex, the first two smooth, the following whorls of the tapering portion of the spire rather strongly, obliquely rib-striate, the riblets slightly narrower than their interstices; the penultimate and next earlier whorls are more closely and a little more finely sculptured, but on the last whorl the riblets become stronger again. The last half of the last whorl is compressed laterally, sloping to an almost subangulate but very obtuse base. Near the end the whorl becomes free, descends a little, and is flattened and excavated above. The aperture is obliquely piriform, its contour being compressed near the upper outer angle. The peristome is free throughout, expanded, the columellar and upper margins a little re- flexed. The upper margin is a little dilated inwardly. The axis is small and slender. Near the end of the penultimate whorl there is a short, stout lamella on the axis near the basal wall. Length 10.8, diam. of cylindric portion 3.3 mm. Near Kingston, Sierra county, New Mexico. Type No. 87,208, A. N. S. P., collected by Mr. O. B. Metcalfe. This species is about the size of H. chiricahuana , which, however, differs in the less projecting last whorl, contracted behind the lip, and in the smaller, differently shaped mouth. The more closely related H. mearnsi is larger with more whorls, but it is not unlikely that specimens intermediate in these respects will be found. Several broken shells of H. regis indicate dimensions smaller than those of the type. Holospira cockerelli Dall. PI. XXVI, fig. 6. Holospira (Haplosiemma) cockerelli Dall, Nautilus, XI, p. 61, October, 1897. Shell cylindric below, the upper half tapering in a long, very slowly tapering cone to the obtuse apex. Whorls 13f , convex, the upper ones more so. The first 2h form the smooth embryonic shell, the second of them being wider and more swollen than the following one. Post-em- bryonic whorls of the tapering spire rather strongly rib-striate, the rib- lets oblique, narrower than the rather wide intervals. On the cylindric portion the riblets weaken to irregular growth wrinkles, but the base and the last half of the last whorl are strongly ribbed again. The last whorl is well rounded below, projects forward but very shortly, and descends to the mouth. The aperture is obliquely rounded-piriform, produced at the upper outer angle. Lip well expanded, the columellar and upper margins narrowly rcflexed. The axis is slender. There is a low weak lamella on the axis in the last part of the penultimate whorl, close to the basal wall . 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 Length 12.1, diam. 3.5 mm. The type was found in the debris of the Rio Grande at Mesilla, New- Mexico. The specimen described above is from near Kingston, Sierra county, New Mexico, collected by 0. B. Metcalfe, sent by Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell. H. cockerelli differs from the related H. regis and H. mearnsi chiefly by the smoothness of the intermediate whorls. It is not improbable that the original specimen found in the flood-debris of the Rio Grande was washed down from the region around Kingston, as Prof. Cockerell suggests to me. Holospira chiricahuana "• sp. PI. XXVI, fig. 9 ; PI. XXVII, figs. 2&-29. Shell imperforate, shortly rimate, cylindric, the upper half tapering, thin, pale brownish-corneous. Whorls 11 to 12, all convex, the first slightly bulging and wider than the second, both smooth, the following whorls sharply sculptured with close riblets a little narrower than their intervals. The last whorl is compressed laterally, tapering downward, the base prominent and white. It is very shortly straightened and a little contracted in front, not carrying the aperture in front of the ven- tral plane of the shell, though the peristome is very shortly free. The aperture is shortly ovate, nearly round, the peristome very narrowly expanded. The axis is moderately large and of nearly equal calibre throughout, and at the end of the penultimate and beginning of the last whorl there is a low, short obtuse lamella below the middle on the axis. Length 10, diam. 3 mm.; whorls 12. 8.5, " 2.9 " " 11. " g^ " 2.7 " " 11. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua jMountains, southeast Arizona. Also Fort Bowie, at the southeastern termination of the same range. H. mearnsi Dall is a larger and smoother species. In H. cockerelli the sculpture is coarse on the early and last whorls only, the middle ones having a polished or at least smoothish surface with quite faint striation only. The spire in H. chiricahuana tapers more gradually than in most other species. Some of the specimens from Fort Bowie are larger, length 13, diam. 3.25 mm.; whorls 14; and one from Cave Creek Canyon, the type locality, measures length 13.5, diam. 3.2 mm.; whorls 14. The riblets are strong and uniform throughout in all the specimens. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Subgenus METASTOMA Strebel. Holospira roemeri:(Pfr.). PI. XXVI, figs. 10-18. This peculiar snail Inhabits the hilly border of the 1,000 foot elevation which roughly defines the southeastern limit of the Lower Cretaceous area in Texas, It has not been observed northeast of New Braunfels. Thence it has been traced westward in Medina county, and near the Rio Grande, at Devil's river and the Pecos. We know nothino; of its distribution northward upon the ''Edwards Plateau," since only its lower scarps have been explored. Westward we have it from El Paso, where Ferriss got specimens on Franklin Mountain in 1902; and in New Mexico Rehn and Viereck found it in Alamo Canyon, near Alamo- gorda, Otero county, in the eastern range of the Cordillera. The specimens from El Paso are large, like those of the Pecos. An average one measures, length 15.5, diam. 4.5 mm.; whorls 14. Those from Alamo Canyon are smaller, 12 to 13 mm. long, 4 wide. They vary but little in size. In the canyon of the Pecos river, in Valverde county, Texas, above and below the High Bridge (figs. 16, 17, 18), the specimens are larger than at any other locality, and have more whorls for their length. The base is narrowly and deeply excavated, and the last whorl is very strongly sigmoid and projects in a longer neck than in the shells of central Texas. Most of the shells measure 15 to 16 mm. long, 4 wide, few being larger or smaller. Length 17, diam. 4.7 mm.; whorls 15^. 16, 15.5, 15. 14.9, In the drift-debris of Devil's river, Valverde county, Texas, about four miles from its mouth, a large majority of the shells are 14 to 15 mm. long, with 14^ to 15J whorls. The base and neck are like the larger shells of the Pecos. Length 15.2, diam. 4 mm.; whorls 16. " 151. 4 u ii 15i 4 ii a 14f 4 a ii 15. 4.5 u ii 14+ 15, 4 " 14.9, 3.9 " 14.9, 3.8 " 14.3, 4.2 " 13.8, 4 14, 4.1 " 12.9, 4 " 15^ '3- 15^ 15. 14^. 14i. 13f. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 221 Hondo river, two miles north of Hondo, Medina county, Texas (figs. 10-15), The shells are much smaller than in western Texas, usually 11 to 12 mm. long, and the diameter is generally less than 4 mm. A large proportion of the shells have "overhanging" upper whorls. They were picked out of river-debris, and probably came from the hill country some miles farther north. The measurements of fifty adult shells, all the perfect ones I found, follow: Length 15 13.8 13 13 12 12 12 11.7 13 Diam. 3.8 4 3.8 3.7 3.9 3.6 4 3.3 4 Whorls 15 14^ 131 13i 12 13 12f 12.5 13 Length 11.8 12 11.9 11.5 12.1 12 11.5 11.1 12 Diam. 3.8 4 3.9 4 4 4 3.5 4 4 Whorls 12i 12f 12f 12^ 13 12+ 12f 12 12f Length 12 11.2 11.6 11 11 11.1 11.1 11.1 11 Diam. 4 4 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.9 4 3.8 Whorls 12i 12i m 12i 12+ 12+ 12 12 12J Length 11.6 11 11 11 11.1 11 11 11.1 10.1 Diam. 3.6 3.8 3.5 4 4 3.9 3.6 3.9 3.8 Whorls 12+ 12 12^ Hi 12+ 12 12 12* 12 Length 11 10.5 11 10.3 10.7 10.7 10 10 10 Diam. 3.9 3.6 3.5 3.8 4 3.8 3.5 3.8 3.5 Whorls 12 IH 13 llf 11+ 11+ 11+ 11+ llf Length 10 9.9 9.5 9.3 8.5 mm. Diam. 3.6 3.8 3.3 4.8 3.9 u Whorls IH 11 IH 10+ 10 The lengths give the following curve, which, although of no great value on account of the small number of variates, is given for what it is worth. " 20%- 15/,- 10',^- 57- ^T" — — __ — - Vo 1*^ 13 12.1 12 U6 \(i$, m 10 9-(» ';).5 9.3 8*5 8.5 '"'"• J ^3,7) 1/22/6/0 2/ //4-/ii/ •/jr/afej. Genus MICROCERAMUS Pils. and Van. Nautilus, XI, p. 107; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1898, p. 281; Manual of Conchology, XVI, p. 151. 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Microcermnus comprises the species formerly referred to Macro- ceramus in works on snails of the United States. These, with their Antillean relatives, prove to have no near relationship to true Macro- ceramus, which belongs to a different subfamily, the Urocoptince, very unlike the Microceramince in dentition. Microceramus texanus (Pils.). PI. XXVI, figs. 19-21. A species of the hill country inhabited by Holospira goldfussi, with which it is found. It was originally described from New Braunfels, Comal county, but the range has been extended both north and south by Mr. Ferriss and myself. vSpecim^ens were taken in the drift of the Hondo river, two miles north of Hondo, Medina county; in Comal coun- ty, on the rocky, wooded hillside above the head fountains of Comal creek, near New Braunfels, and along the Guadalupe river, some miles above (figs. 19-21). These last are the largest and best developed shells, but vary in size : Length 10.5, diam. 3.5 mm. 8.3, " 3.5 " a CO u o n The average is about 9 x 3.5 mm. In the debris of Sinking creek, near San Marcos, Hays county, they are smaller : Length 8, diam. 3.1 mm. 7.3, '' 3 " M. texanus is closely related to M. mexicanus (v. Mart.), a species extending from the State of Vera Cruz to Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas, and to M. floridanus of Florida. The areas of the three are now widely separated. Family HELIOID^ The following genera of HcUcidce are represented in Arizona and New Mexico : Ashmunella Pils. and Ckll. Thysanophora Strebel. Sonorella Pilsbry. Polygyra Say. Oreohelix Pilsbry. The first three of these, though degenerate in their reproductive organs, are believed to belong to the Belogona euadenia of my classifi- cation of Helices, and are therefore more nearly related to the Califor- nian and ^lexican Helices than to those of eastern North America. Thysanophora is represented by two species, noticed below. The only Polygyra yet reported from New Mexico or Arizona is Poly- gyra triodontoides Bid., which has been reported from South Spring 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 creek, near Roswell, in the Pecos Valley, New Mexico (Nautilus, XIII, p. 84), but the specimens, now in my possession, proved to be a form of P. texasiana, near P. t. texasensis. This is farther west than any previous record of P. texasiana. ASHMUNELLA Pils. and Ckll. Pilsbry and Cockerell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899. p. LS8; Nautilus, XII, p. 107; Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 107; Ancey and Murdoch, Journal of Malacology, VIII, 1901, p. 73. Helicidae with a Polygyra-like or Triodopsis-Yike shell, always umbili- cate and with a reflexed or recurved lip; aperture with 0 to 4 teeth. Genitalia with, on the c? side, a short or moderate penis, an extremely long epiphallus, and an excessively short flagellum; 9 side with a moderately long or very long spermatheca duct, but slightly or not dilated at the distal end ; other organs as usual ; no dart-sack, mucous glands or other accessory organs. Right eye-stalk retracted between the branches of the genitalia. Penis retractor muscle with a very long or double insertion near the base of the epiphallus, inserted distally on the lung-floor. Jaw ribbed. Teeth of the ordinary Helicid type, about 10 on each side being laterals. Type A. rhyssa 7niorhyssa. All known species are from the moun- tains of New Mexico and southeastern Arizona. Only two of the 15 species and 10 subspecies now known had been recognized prior to 1895, and but one of these was published at the time the last treatise on American land snails was issued, Binney's Manual of American Land Shells, 1885. The literature of the group is scattered through many volumes of several periodicals, and a large majority of the species have not been figured. In making substantial additions to the group, it seems timely to review and systematize the data accumu- lated. The soft anatomy has proved to conform closely to the generic char- acters originally set forth. Ten species and varieties have now been dissected by myself and one additional by Mr. Murdoch, none of them diverging in any important respect. The proportions of the organs vary in the several forms, showing specific variation and affording valu- able cliies to the affinities of the species. To utilize these data it is necessary to give the measurements of the organs, readily obtained by pulling them out straight.' The measurements of the genitalia of ten species of Ashmunella follow : * The comparative lengths of the organs are not materially altered by different degrees of contraction owing to different methods of preservation ; and even the absolute dimensions are less affected than might be supposed. All but one of the dissections noticed herein were made from drowned specimens preserved in alcohol, with but little contraction. 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., ^ > 2 IC t^ &5 C^ CO Tl^ 1— t C5 o I^ 00 QC -5.5 i^ lO t^ '-' « o CO <^. LO CO ^ CO lO cm' r— 1 1-H »c ^H o O CO ^ CO o <^ >o LO 'M to ^ o_ !M r-H t-^ r— i -^ CO lO i>r 00 CO rh Ol o 'is CO ^ "2 1 CO n CO o co" 00 I-H ,,^-^ ll lO ^ CO 1 CO oi CO lO CI CO 00 CI 1—1 L'^ lO LO 2^ CO o CO -1^ CI '"' lO d, CO 00 '"' SJ lO 05 t-; ^ 00 1; rt* 1-H (N lO lO 1, CO '"^ iq (N <© I--. 00 1 s (M o S e lO ^s 3 tH d t^" CO O 1 CC ~ § S3 1 i> 05 S^ 00 O r— < 1— 1 o o 00 •<*< '■^ »— 1 tJH I— 1 ii lO lO >sP lO 'S 5^ ,_( LO ^ d o co" cc -* (N «o '"' to 'Sh o ■-3 ;-> O Oh S ■-+3 tH CO 1 ID U 3 03 01 3 5. •/T c3 a bC C a "S c3 0) P '>! a, CO CO >-> 03 CI. 3 g CO ~ c c* o U2 O CO 'o £ CO '2 0) 2,^ "^ IT rH 1- 1 C CO ^'^-^f ^'^^^^ creek Sierra A14- ino T 1/- 1 1 -•?' I Blanca (Townsend). Alt. 10.3, diam. 16 mm., whorls of. J Sierra Blanca, Lincoln county, New Mexico (E. H. Ashmun). Near Eagle creek (C. H. T. Townsend). Ashmunella rhyssa hyporhyssa (Ckll.). PI. XII, figs. 7-13. Polygyra r. hyporhysm. C'kll.. Nautilus, XII, November, 1898, p. 77. Ashmunella hyporhyssa (Ckll.) var. edentata, with mut. rufescens and alba, Ckll., Nautilus, XIV, p. 72, October, 19f)0 (Cloudcrof t) . A.r. hyporhyssa Ckll.. Vanatta, Nautilus, XVI, p. 58, September, 1902 (High- rolls and Cloudcroft) : Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 108, fig. 1 (genitalia of Cloudcroft specimen). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 "Like rhyssa in size and form, but umbilicus wider, exposing the penultimate whorl ; sculpture finer, consisting of striae rather than riblets. One specimen, diam. max. 15, min. 12f , alt. 9 mm." Lower slopes of Sierra Blanca, New Mexico, above head of Ruidoso creek, in aspen belt, about 9,500 feet altitude. (Prof. C. H. T. Town- send, August 14, 1898.) The original description is given above. The unique type specimen was lost. Prof. Cockerell subsequently described what seems to be the same race, or one excessively similar, as A. hyporhyssa edentatn, with mutations rufescens and alba, from Cloudcroft, Sacramento Mountains. In the absence of any differential feature in the description or measure- 50% 45% 40% 35% 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 5% 13 1 13.5 6 14 41 14.5 36 15 86 15.5 13 16 10 16,5 5 17 n 2 va nm. riatea ments, I assume that the Cloudcroft shells are identical with hyporhyssa. A somewhat large series was collected by Mr. H. L. Viereck in James Canyon, at Cloudcroft, Sacramento Mountains, at an elevation of 9,500 feet. Two lots were taken, one of a few large specimens (PI, XII, figs. 7, 8), the other of many smaller ones. Compared with A. rhyssa the shells differ in the constantly more depressed last whorl, though the spire may be equally high; the umbilicus is wider at its opening, ex- posing more of the penultimate whorl; the basal tooth is obsolete or very weak, and the parietal tooth is present only as an extremely small vestige in less than 5 per cent, of the specimens. Finally, the 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., sculpture is less strong except just behind the lip, where the wrinkles generally are emphatic. The lot of smaller specimens (PI. XII, figs. 9-13) consisted of about 300 shells. 200 fully adult specimens were measured. The diameter varies between 13 and 17 mm., and gives the curve plotted on p. 229. The major mode is at 15 mm., 43 per cent, of the lot being within .2 mm. of that dimension. There is a minor mode at 14 mm.; but the lot is remarkably homogeneous, since over 80 per cent, are between 13.8 and 15.2 mm. diameter. The altitude bears no constant ratio to the diameter. It is individu- ally variable within wide limits. In the first 50 individuals of 15 mm. diameter (from my schedule of measurements of 200 specimens of all sizes) the following dimensions were found : Alt. in mm., No. of variates, 8 3 8.5 2 8.6 3 8.7 3 8.8 5 8.9 3 9 15 9.2 2 Alt. in mm., No. of variates, 9.3 3 9.4 1 9.5 2 9.6 1 9.7 2 9.8 2 10 1 10.2 1 Alt. in mm., No. of variates, 10.6 1 It will be noticed that the mode is at 9 mm., 30% of the whole num- ber having that altitude, while the number of more depressed individ- uals is as nearly as possible equal to the number more elevated. Speci- mens of the same lot, of other diameters, give altitude curves of the same symmetrical form, and need not here be detailed. There are 5 albinos in the 200 shells measured, though an uninter- rupted series from albinos to the darkest brown specimens makes a selection difficult. Nine shells in 200 show a ver}^ small parietal tooth, one being shown in fig. 12. The other lot, of larger shells (PI. 12, figs. 7, 8), contains 2 albinos out of 14 shells. None has a parietal tooth. The measurements follow : Alt., 12 11 10 10.3 10.7 10 10 10 10 Diam., Alt., 19.3 10 19 10 19 9.2 18.5 18.3 9.2 mm. 18.3 18.2 18 17.5 Diam., 17.5 17 17 16.8 " A small series from Cloudcroft, 8,750 feet, collected by E. O. Wooton, received from Prof. Cockerell, contains also large and small examples, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 231 the diameters beins;, large, 18.5, 18, 17.3, 17, 16.2, and small, 15, 15 mm. These are part of Prof. Cockerell's original lot of A. h. edentata. At Highrolls, in the Sacramento Mountains, at 6,500 feet elevation, Mr. Viereck obtained three specimens, 17.2, 17 and 16.8 mm. diam. They have the umbilicus a trifle narrower than in the larger Cloud- croft shells. Tn Alamo Canyon, 14 miles from Alamogorda, Mr. Ferriss picked up a few dead specimens. The imibilicus is decidedly narrower than in the Cloud croft shells. One of five examined has a vestigial parietal tooth. The proportions of alt. to diam. are as in Cloudcroft shells. Diam. 16.2, 16, 15.8, 13.7 mm. Ashmunella rhyssa townsendi (Bartsch). AshmuneUa townsendi Bartsch, Smiths. Misc. Coll., XXXXVII, p. 13, August 6, 1904. Described from two specimens. "Most nearly related to A. rhyssa Dall, but is much smaller than that form, and is uniformly more strongly sculptured." Alt. 8.2, diam. 15 mm. Sierra Blanca, on the slopes of the ridge on the south fork of Ruidoso river, about 5 miles above the town of Ruidoso, Lincoln county. New Mexico, at an altitude of 8,500 feet. C. H. T. Townsend. A. rhyssa commonly varies from less than 15 to 17 mm. in diameter, and from 8 to over 10 mm. alt., so that the present form falls within its range of size. The coarser sculpture of "many strong sublamellar axial ribs" seems to be its chief or only distinguishing character. It stands, apparently, between rhyssa and aUissima. Ashmunella altissima (f'kll.). PI. XII, fig. 14. Polygyra altissima CklL, Nautilus, XII, p. 76, November, 1898. Ashmunella altissima (CklL), Pils. and Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 192. The shell is small and depressed, of 5^ moderately convex whorls, the inner ones enlarging slowly, the last much wider, with the periphery above the middle, very obtusel}^ subangular in front, elsewhere well rounded. The only specimens yet found are dead, bleached and some- what worn, having lost all of the cuticle. The embryonic 1^ whorls are smooth; the first neanic whorl almost equally so. Then oblique striffi set in which gradually become coarser. On the last whorl they become strong, rounded sigmoid ribs, very strong on the last half whorl. There are traces of fine spiral lines between the ribs. Behind the lip the whorl is moderately contracted, and it descends a trifle to the aper- ture. The aperture is very oblique, lunate. The peristome is thick- ened within and on its convex face, narrowly reflexed throughout. 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., There is a faint, hardly noticeable basal prominence, but nothing to be called a tooth. There is no parietal tooth, and the callous between the lip-ends is very thin. Alt. 5.5, diam. 11 mm. Sierra Blanca, on the highest summit, three found under a rock, elevation 11,092 feet (C. H. T. Townsend). One of the co-types of this very distinct form is figured, No. 73,558, A. N. S. P. Ashmunella pseudodonta (Dall). PI. XII, figs. 15, 16, 17, 18. Polygyra pseudodonta Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1896, p. 343 (White Oaks, New Mexico). Ashmunella pseudodonta Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1902, p. 500, PL 27, figs. 13, 1.5; PI. 28, figs. 7. Ashnmnella pseudodonta Pils. and Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 192; Murdoch, Jour, of Malac, VIII, p. 79, PI. 7, figs. 1-7 (anatomy). This species differs from those of the Sierra Blanca chiefly by its more depressed shape and the bifid basal callous, which is split into two low denticles like some of the subspecies of ,4. thomsoniana. The compara- tively short duct of the spermatheca shows A. pseudodonta to be much more closely related to A. rhyssa than to A. thomsoniana. Five speci- mens of the original lot collected by Mr. Ashmun at White Oaks, New Mexico, measm'c: Alt., 7 7 6.5 6.4 6.4 mm. Diam., 13 12.7 12.7 12.2 12 " Two specimens found with A. p. capitaneyisis measure: Alt. 7 6.7 mm. Diam.. 13.9 13.5 " The internal anatomy has been well described and figured by Mur- doch. Ashmunella pseudodonta capitanensis Ashm. and Ckll. PI. XII, figs. 21-23. A. p. capitanensis Ashmun and Cockerell, Nautilus, XII, p. 131, March, 1899. The shell is depressed, glossy, brown, with weak irregular growth- wrinkles and fine, close incised spirals. The spire is very low conic, Wliorls 5^, quite convex, the last wide, rounded peripherally, swollen above behind the deep constriction behind the lip. The aperture is quite oblique, the lip either brown-tinted throughout or white. Within the basal margin there is a loir, very iccakly bifid callous, often hardly noticeable. There is a very small parietal tooth in four out of six specimens examined. The umbilicus is small and deep within, enlarg- ing at the last whorl, rather broadly exposing the pemdtimate whorl. Alt., 9 9.5 9.2 9 9 9 mm Diam., 18.5 18 17.8 17 17 17 " 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 Near Baldonado Springs, Capitan Mountains, Lincoln county, New Mexico, elevation 8.200 feet, collected by E. H. Ashmun. This form is at present well separated from pseudodonla by the uni- formly much larger size. The basal teeth arc also less developed, and the lip comparatively narrower. It is to pseudodonta as rohusta is to ashmuni. It has reached about the same stage of evolution as A . hypo- rhyssa, A. a. rohusta and A. chiricahuana. In the lot of 100 specimens taken by Mr. Ashmun there is one pale greenish-corneous albino. Ashmunella ashmuni (Dall). PI. XII, figs. 19, 20. Pohjgyra ashmuni Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, p. 342, 1896. Ashmunella askmuni (Dall) Pils. and Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. 8ci. Phila., 1899, p. 192; Ancey, Jour, of Malac, VIII, p. 76; Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, p. 501, PL 28, figs. 4, 6, 9. This species is small, much like A. pseudodonta, but there is scarcely the trace of a basal tooth. The outer lip is well thickened within, and there is no parietal tooth.' The usual wrinkle-like growth-lines are present, but spiral lines are very faint, not discernible in some speci- mens. Five of the original lot measure: Alt., 7.4 7 7 6.9 6.7 mm, Diam., 14.2 14 14 13.1 12.7 " Bland, New Mexico. E. H. Ashmun. Ashmunella ashmuni rohusta n. subsp. PI. XII, figs. 24-26. Polygyra chiricahuana and Ashmunella chiricahuana,, in part, of various authors, specimens from Jemez Mountains and at Jemez Sulphur Springs, New Mexico. The shell is similar in size and general contour to A. p. capitanensis; chestnut or greenish-chestnut colored, glossy, sculptured with low, irregular growth- wrinkles which are strongest below the suture, and weaker on the base, and very fine incised spirals, close and numerous but very lightly impressed. The spire is very low conoid. WTiorls 5^, convex, the last about double the width of the preceding, its last third decidedly swollen, inflated behind the deep constriction back of the lip. The aperture is roundly lunate, without teeth. The lip is coffee-tinted, rather narrowly re flexed, convex on the face, and a little thickened inwardly within the outer margin. There is no parietal tooth. The umbilicus is cylindric within and deep, rather broadly expanding at the last whorl, exposing the penultimate whorl. Alt., 9.2 8.6 8.7 9 mm. Diam., 19 17.2 17.6 16.5 " Jemez Mountains, near Bland, New Mexico, at higher elevations than A. ashmuni. E. H. Ashmun. 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., This form has hitherto been referred to A. chiricahuana , from which it differs chiefly in the greater inflation of the latter part of the last whorl. This is noticeable in a side view, and is seen prominently above the aperture in a front view. It differs from A. pseudodonta capitanensis chiefly by wanting basal teeth. In such simplified forms as this, it is not easy to determine the true relationships by the shell alone. When the genitalia can be examined the affinities of A. ashmuni and A. a. robusta. wnll doubtless become clear. There is an albino in Mr. Ashmun's collection. Group of A. thomsoniana. Aperture of the shell with parietal, outer and basal teeth, the latter often bifid, divided into two contiguous tubercles. Length of the sper- matheca and its duct 60 to 65 per cent, that of the penis, epiphallus and flagellum in known forms. These forms are from northern central New Mexico. They have been investigated chiefly by Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell and his pupils. By their genitalia and shells they are related to the southeastern Arizona group. Three forms are perhaps sufficiently differentiated to require names: A. t. porterce, A. thomsoniana and A. t. pecosensis. Ashmunella thomsoniana (Ancey). PI. XIII, figs. 27-30. Helix lerettei Bland var. thomsoniana, and var. orobtena Ancey, Concholo- gist's Exchange, II, p. 64 (November, 1887). Ashmunella thomsoniana (Anc.) Pils. and CklL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 192; Ancey, Jour, of Malac, VIII, p. 75, 1901; Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p 108, fig. 2 (genitalia of specimen from Santa Fe canyon) ; Ckll. and Cooper, Nautilus, XV, p. 109, February, 1902, with mut. alba C. and C, /. c, p. 110 (Canyon Diablo) ; Ckll., Nautilus, XVI, January, 1903, p. 105 (Pecos Pueblo). Ashmunella thomsoniana coopene Cockerell, Nautilus, XV, p. 35, July, 1901. A. t. antiqua Ckll. and Coop., Science, December 27, 1901, p. 1,009; Nautilus, XV, p. 110 (Pleistocene, Las Vegas). Specimens from J. H. Thomson, part of the original lot from Santa Fe Canyon, are before me, and two are illustrated (PI. XIII, figs 27,28). It is narrowly umbilicate, brown and glossy, finely striate, wdth very faint traces of incised spirals on the last whorl. There are 5 whorls. The characters of the aperture are sufficiently shown by the figures, the only ones published to this time. The basal tooth is simple in all specimens I have seen from the type canyon. Alt. 6.9, diam. 13 mm.; whorls 5. " 6.9, " 12.2 " " 5i. " 6.9, " 13.1 " " 5i The specimen I dissected in 1900, collected by Prof. Cockerell at 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 Monument Rock, Santa Fe Canyon, at 8,000 feet above the sea (PI. 13, fig. 29), is slightly larger with the umbilicus wider at the opening. Alt. 7.2, diam. 14 mm.; whorls 5f. The basal tooth is simple. An- other like it, taken by Ashmvm in the same canyon, is figured (PI. 13, fig. 30). In all the forms referred to A. thomsoniana and its subspecies no dis- tinct internal lip-rib is formed when a resting-stage occurred in the neanic period. Such growth-arrests are often indicated by a darker streak on the penultimate or beginning of the last whorl, but the shell is very rarely thickened within by a white callous, and when present, the callous is very thin. Distribution: Santa Fe Canyon (Thomson, Ashmun, CklL); Las Vegas and Las Vegas Hot Springs (Miss Cooper, Prof. CklL); Canyon Diablo, near Rowe (Mary Cooper) ; Old Pecos Pueblo, near Valle ranch, Pecos (W. C. CklL). The form from Las Vegas Hot Springs, at about 7,000 feet elevation, called A. t. cooperce, offers no tangible difference from Santa Fe thom- soniana. It is not yet evolved enough to be distinguishable from thomsoniana if the specimens were mixed. I do not think it desirable or practicable to name forms so very slightly differentiated. The umbilicus is a trifle more open than typical A. thomsoniana, like the Monument Rock shells or a little less open, being thus intermediate in size. The teeth are in the average slightly smaller. The basal tooth is quite feebly doubled in a minority of the shells seen, simple, small and tubercular in the others. The spire is, in the average, a trifle higher than in Santa Fe thomsoniana (PL XIII, figs. 31-34, the last a co-type of A. t. cooperce). Co-types of cooperce. 7.3 7.9 7 7 7.3 7.1 Alt. 8 7.9 6.8 mm. Diam. 13 13 13.8 13.8 13.5 13.5 13.3 13 12.2 " Whorls 5+ 5 + 5 + 5i 5i 5 5^ 5 4f A. antiqua CklL and Coop., from the Pleistocene at Las Vegas, New Mexico, is like the shells from Las Vegas Hot Springs noted above in size, but the basal tooth is a low, wide callous, slightly emarginate but not distinctly bifid. The rather heavy teeth and small umbilicus are like typical thomsoniana. A co-type measures 13.2 mm. diam. The parietal callous has scaled off, carrying the tooth with it. I see no valid reason for believing that it represents a divergent branch of thomsoniana. Such characters as this are merely individual. 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Specimens from Canyon Diablo, near Rowe, New Mexico (PI. XIII, figs. 35, 36, 37), are exactly like those from Las Vegas Hot Springs. Alt. S 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.3 mm. Diam. 14 12.8 12.3 12.3 12 ^Vllorls 5^ 5J 51 5i 5 " Ashmunella thomsoniana porteree Pil?. and Ckll. PL XIII, figs. 39-46. AshmnneUa thomsoniayia porterce Pils. and Ckll., Nautilus, XIII, p. 49, Sep- tember, 1899; Cockerell and Cooper, Nautilus, XV, p. 109, February, 1902, with mut. alba, p. 110; Murdoch, Jour, of Malac, VIII, p. 82, PI. 7, fig. 8 (genitalia) ; Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 559, footnote 4, PI. 21, fig. 6 (palhal complex). A. i. cooperce Ckll., Nautilus, XVII, p. 36, July, 1903 (Pecos). Shell larger than tliomsoniana , light brown, glossy, a little translucent, with distinct growth-wrinkles and fine incised spiral lines. Whorls 5^ to 6, convex, the last deeply constricted behind the lip, swollen behind the constriction. Lip brown-tinted above. Parietal lamJna mode- rately developed. Outer lip-tooth long and concave. Basal tooth bifid, the inner denticle smaller, sometimes reduced to a low callous. Umbilicus rather broadly open, exposing the penultimate whorl more than in thomsoniana. Type locality. Upper Sapcllo Canyon, Beulah, New Mexico (PI. XIII, figs. 39-42, 46, Miss Wilmatte Porter, Dr. H. Skinner and others). Twenty-two specimens collected by Dr. Skinner measure as follows : Alt. 8 8.5 8 8.5 8 8 8 8 8.2 Diam. 17 15.3 15.8 15.3 15.3 15 15.6 14.8 15 Whorls 6 5h 5f 5^ 5^ 5h 5^ 5i 5i Alt. 8.2 8 8.5 8.8 7.8 8 7.7 8 7.8 Diam. 15.5 15 15 15.5 13.8 14 14.8 14 14 Whorls 5i 5i 5* 5f 5h H H 5i 5i Alt. 7.8 8 8 7.6 mm. Diam. 14.1 14 14.1 13.9 (I \^aiorls 5i 5i 5^ 5^ Prof. Cockerell and Miss Cooper measured 40 specimens of porterce from Beulah: 2 specimens are 14 mm. diam. 12 " " 14+ " " 17 " " 15 6 " " 15+ " 3 " " 16 There is no appreciable difference in the comparative altitude among the specimens I have seen. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 Miss Mary Cooper collected specimens in I\Ianzanares Valley, near Rowe, New Mexico, which have been reported on b}' Prof. Cockerell and Miss Cooper {Nautilus, XV, p. 109). They are in all respects like those of the type locality except that the inner basal denticle is more obsolete, as in fig. 39. The curve of diameters is the same as in the Beulah lot. The specimens I have seen are from 15 to 16 mm. diam. A single specimen I have seen from Cooper's Mill, near Rowe, New Mexico, measures 8.7 x 16 mm., with 5| whorls. The inner basal den- ticle is low, as in Manzanarcs shells. The shells from Pecos, New Mexico (PI. XIII, figs. 43-45, collected by Cockerell), are intermediate between thomsoniana and poiierce; the size being that of the former, while in 14 out of 17 specimeiLS before me the basal tooth is double, as in porferce. In the others it is simple, as in thomsoniana. The umbilicus is rather wide, as in porterce. Prof. Cockerell refers the form to A. t. coopera;. Its location depends upon whether size is more important than the teeth as an index of affinity; but the question of name is of minor importance in view of the intergradation of the whole series. Specimens measure : Alt. 8.2 8.2 8 8.2 8 8 7.7 7.9 Diam. 15 14.7 14.6 14.5 14.3 14.3 14.3 14 Whorls 5^ 5h H 5* 5* 5^ 54 5h Alt. 7.8 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.6 7.3 7.2 7 Diam. 14 14 14 13.8 13.5 13.5 13.2 13.2 Whorls 5i 5* 54 ^ 5i H 5i 54 There is practically no variation in number of whorls, or in the pro- portion of altitude to diameter. The variation in diameter is not great, but serves to connect thomsoniana and porterce, but the skew of the curve is toward the larger size of porterce. Ashmunella thomsoniana pecosensis ckll. PI. xill, fig. 88. Cockerell, Nautilus, XVI, p. 105, January, 1903. Shell like thomsoniana in shape, size, the small umbilicus and the simple basal tooth; but differing in sculptiu-e, a coarse, low costation being superposed upon minute growth-lines and microscopic spirals similar to those of A. thomsoniana. Aperture as in thomsoniana, the "lip and teeth stronglj^ developed, the basal tooth single." Alt. about 6.3, diam. 11.8 mm. Valle ranch, Pecos, New Mexico. A Pleistocene fossil. Type No. 84,209, A. N. S. P., collected by T. D. A. Cockerell. 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mctl., Some specimens of A. thomsoniana from Las Vegas Hot Springs are almost as strongly wrinkled or costulatc. The subspecies cannot, there- fore, be considered to be strongly differentiated. Group of A. levettei. The aperture has four teeth, but sometimes the two basal teeth are contiguous, partially united. The length of the spermatheca and its duct is from 55 to 73 per cent, of that of the penis, epiphallus and fla- gellum in known forms. This somewhat heterogeneous group is characteristic of southwestern New Mexico and southeastern Arizona. Here are grouped about ten species and subspecies, some of them exceedingly specialized. Ashmunella levettei (Bid.). PI. XV, figs. 72-78. Triodopsis levettei Bland, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, II, 1882, p. 115 (cuts) ; Binney, Manual of American Land Shells, p. 385 ; Sup- plement to Terrestrial Mollusks, Vol. V, p. 154, PL 1, fig. E, copy from Bland; Second Supplement, in BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIII, No. 2, p. 36, PI. 1, fig. 15, December, 1886. Pohjgyra levettei Bid., DaU, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, p. 341, 1896. Ashmunella levettei Bid., Ancey, Joum. of Malac, VIII, p. 74, September, 1901. This is a form of ample proportions, rich dark chestnut color and glossy surface. The periphery is rounded, or has a mere trace of angu- lation in front. The cylindric umbilicus enlarges rapidly at the last whorl. The spire, while compactly convoluted, has more rapidly widening whorls than A. I. angigyra. The spaces between the three lip-teeth are about equal. The parietal lamella has a "kink" or in- ward bend at the axial end in the type specimen, but this kink is often wanting, being a variable character in levettei and allied species. There are about 6^ whorls, all convex. The first 1^ are smooth and glossy except for short strise radiating from the suture ; on the second whorl these striae extend across the whorl. The following whorls are very finely, irregularly marked with faint growth-lines. On the penul- timate and last whorls there is a faint, excessively fine and close spiral striation, too minute to be visible except witn a compound microscope; and a fine malleation in spiral direction, or spiral impressed lines, readily seen with the hand lens or even the naked eye. The periphery is rounded. Bland's type measured, alt. 6.5, diam. 16 mm.; aperture, including peristome, 7x8 mm., according to the original description. Bland evidently measured the altitude of the axis, not of the whole shell to the base of the lip. His type, which I have examined, agrees with the shells Mr. Ferriss found in Bear and Miller Canyons, in the Huachucas. Figs. 72-75 represent shells from Bear Canyon, agreeing with type specimen in all respects. 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 Huachiica ^lountains, Cochise county, Arizona, in Bear, Miller and Carr Canyons (James H. Ferriss). It has been reported also from near Tucson, Arizona (Cox). I have seen no specimens from that place. Bland originally described levettei as from Santa Fe Canyon, New Mexico, but the researches there of Ashmun, Cockcrell and others have failed to bring it to light. Indeed, no closely related species is known to occur within hundreds of miles of that place, whereas some of the Huachuca shells agree perfectly with the type specimen of levettei which I have examined. Tnere can be little doubt that Dr. Levettc was mistaken in the locality. It is not known that he collected the shells himself. They may have been given him by some army officer who had served in the Southwest. There is, according to Mr. C. R. Biedermann, a Santa Fe Canyon in the San Jose mountains, just south of the Huachuca range, in Mexico. A series from Bear Canyon measures : Alt. 9, diam. 17.8 mm.; width aperture outside 8 mm. 7.2 9, it 17.2 8.2, a 17 7.8, tt 16.7 7.2, i( 16 7.8, 16.2 8 The lip is either brown or nearly white. Mr. Ferriss' largest speci- men from Bear Canyon measures 8 x 18 mm. Fig. 76 represents a beautiful albino found at the head of Bear Canyon, on the southwest side of the Huachuca range, at about 7,000 feet elevation. It is bluish white under a very thin caducious pale yellowish cuticle. A pathologic specimen from the same place (fig. 77) has suffered extensive breakage at the aperture, A new peristome has been formed and three of the teeth regenerated, typical in shape and position. The inner basal tooth, however, is only feebly represented by a low callous. The shells from Miller Canyon, on the north side of the Huachucas (PL XIII, fig. 78), are intermediate between the Bear Canyon levettei and the slightly different race from Carr Canyon, perhaps nearer the latter. They measure from alt. 8.5, diam. 16.3, aperture 7.8 mm. to alt. 7.5, diam. 14, aperture 6.3 mm. In Carr Canyon, about four miles farther eastward, at about 5,000 feet elevation, a form was found resembling angigyra in its close-coiled whorls and small aperture, but differing in being usually larger, hardly angular, with a larger umbilicus and deeper constriction back of the 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., lip. It differs from levcttei in the smaller mouth, larger umbilicus and deeper constriction. Specimens measure: Alt. 7, diam. 15.2 mm. ; width of mouth, outside, 7.3 mm. a J c} a 159" " '' " 7 " ((ly.-) u 1 f^ O " " " " 7 " ay u -ic a ic a ti n u " 6.3 " 14 " " " " 6 1 " u gg^ u j3g u u u u g " 6.8, " 14 " " " '' 6.7 " '' 6.3, " 12.5 " " '' " 5.8 " This form is about intermediate between levcttei and angigyra, but it has some slight special characters of its own. They seem hardly sufficient to require that it be named. See PI. XV, figs. 92, 93. Ashmunella levettei angigyra n. subsp. PI. XIV, figs. 47-51. The shell is brown, smaller and more depressed than levettei obtusely but distinctly angular at the periphery. The surface of the post- embryonic whorls is smoothish, under the lens seen to be very closely, irregularly marked with minute growth-lines, giving it a silky lu-^ter, and the last whorl is often finely malleate spirally, as in vl. levettei. Whorls 6^ to 7, very closely coiled and slowly widening, all of them Comdex above. The suture descends rather abruptly to the aperture. Behind the outer and basal lips the whorl is rather deeply, angularly guttered. The back of the lip is creamy. Aperture very oblique, smaller than in A. levettei. The teeth are arranged as in levettei. The notch between the two basal teeth is wider than that between the outer basal and the tooth of the outer lip. The inner basal tooth is smaller than the outer. The cylindric umbilicus rapidly enlarges at the last whorl. Alt. 6.5, diam. 13.6 mm. " 6.3, " 13.2 " " 6, " 13 Huachuca Mountains, in Ramsey or " Conservatory " Canyon, near Fort Huachuca. Types No. 83,269, A. N. S. P., collected by J. H. Ferriss, 1902 (figs. 47-49). This form was also found in the drift-debris of Barbakomari creek, near Huachuca station. The same form was collected by Mr. Mearns some years ago, and then referred to levettei. It differs from typical A. levettei in being smaller, with more closely coiled whorls, the last one angular at the periphery. The aperture is smaller and therefore more filled by the teeth. It resembles A. angu- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 lata, but the whorls arc not flattened above as in that species, and are not punctate. With a single exception mentioned below, no angigyra have been found on the south side of the range. On the north side it occurs in Brown's Canyon (figs. 50, 54), varying much in size and degree of angu- lation, the smaller specimens being like the type lot, the larger ones less angular and approaching levettei. Five measure : Alt. 7.3, diam. 14. S mm. " 7, " 14.8 " " 6.7, " 14.5 " " 7, " 13.8 " At Ramsey Canyon, two miles east of Brown's Canyon, similar forms were foimd at about 6,000 feet elevation. • On the opposite side of the range, at the base of Bear Canyon, in the foothills, at about 5,000 feet, Mr. Ferriss collected a few small speci- mens which do not seem to differ much from typical angigyra. Two before me measure 5x11 and 4.8 x 10 mm., with only 5| whorls (figs. 51, 52, 53). The genital system (PI. XXI, fig. 28) is somewhat peculiar. The penis is quite long, but the vagina is unusually short. This is unlike A. angidata of the Chiricahuas, some forms of which imitate angigyra in the form of the shell. The jaw (PI. XXIII, fig. 14) has 8 very unequal ribs. The radula (PI. XXII, fig. 12) has 19.10.1.10.19 teeth. The ecto- cones of central and inner lateral teeth are very short. The mesocone is bifid from about the 15th tooth out, but the ectocone only on the outer marginals. This approximates to the condition found in A. chiricahuana. There are more teeth and more laterals than in A. angu- lata. Ashmunella levettei heterodonta u- v. PI. XV, figs. 80-9L In Cave Creek Canyon and the tributary Ida Canyon on the southern slope of the east end of the Huachuca range, Mr. Ferriss found an extra- ordinary series of Ashm\mellas, in which the teeth vary from about as well developed as in A. levettei to completely obsolete as in A. chirica- huana. No other member of the genus was found in these canyons. The several stages occur together,^ and the chain of mutations is unin- terrupted. *See also Mr. Ferriss' notes on this race, Nautilus, XVIII, p. 51, below mid- dle of page. 16 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., So far as I know, such variability in a land snail among individuals living luider the same conditions in one spot is elsewhere absolutely unknown. Most of the specimens measure from 15 to 18 mm. diam., but there is one pygmy of 12 mm. (fig. 88). In the general shape, etc., the race does not differ from A. levettei. There is no trace whatever of patho- logic or abnormal growth. The forms with well developed teeth and those with none were found much less numerous than the intermediate stages. The most abundant forms (figs. 84, 85) may be considered the types of the variety. The toothless examples have the lip slightly wider than that of A. chiricahuana. They constitute a race parallel to that, rather than iden- tical Avith it. . The colonies of Cave and Ida Canyons are evidently undergoing rapid degeneration of the teeth, the parent form having been typical A. levettei such as occurs in the adjacent canyon westward, and that over the ridge. Examples of such degeneration are common enough at any stage of progress; but the unique feature about it in this particular colon}^ is that the individuals have been so unequally affected that all stages of the process are present at one time and place. It does not seem to be a case of hybridism between A. levettei and A. chiricahuana, as I at one time suspected. The results are unlike hybrid colonies in the predominance of intermediate individuals. Figs. 80 to 87 of PI. XV are a series from Ida Canyon, showing stages of tooth development. Figs, 89, 90, 91 are from the Cave Creek Canyon series. All of these figures are photographed from fully mature shells. Two specimens before me from Miller Canyon, or extreme head of Cave Creek Canyon, Huachucas, figured on PL X^^, figs. 94, 95, may be toothless heterodonta, as Mr. Ferriss suggests to me ; though from the narrower lip I had provisionally called them A. chiricahuana, to which the}^ seem absolutely similar. If the latter be correct, these are the only specimens of that species I have seen from the Huachuca range. They measure 18.3 and 16 mm. in diameter. The smaller shell is an albino. Ashmunella levettei proxima n. subsp. PI. XIV, figs. 65, 66, 70. 71. The shell is depressed, biconvex, strongly angular at the periphery, pale corneous-brown. Whorls 6^, none with punctate sculpture. Aper- ture like that of A. angulata, except that Ulc two basal teeth are nearer together, the space between them being smaller than that betwee^i the outer basal and the upper lip-tooth; though the two basal teeth are not united basally as in A, fissidens. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 Alt. 5.3, diam. 12 mm. " 5.3, " 12.9 " " 5.8, " 12.9 " Chiricahua Mountains, Sawmill Canyon. Tj-pes No. 86,498, A, N. S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss. Less carinated than the closely related A. fissidens which is appa- rently a member of the same series. It is difficult to decide on the rank to be given to the members of these chains of modifications of a single type. A. proxima will probably be considered a species eventually. There are 14.10.1.10.14 teeth. The side cusps are very short, almost subobsolete on the central teeth. The tenth to twelfth teeth are tran- sitional. Both cusps are split on the marginal teeth. The genitalia (PL XXI, fig. 24) of one of the type specimens figured has the atrium protruded. There seems to be an extremely short basal enlargement or penis in another individual opened. The retractor muscle of the penis is very weak. The proportions of the organs are given in the table on p. 224. The very short penis contrasts with A. I. angigyra, which also has more marginal teeth. The jaw (PI. XXIII, fig. 17) is thin, with about 5 ribs, of which only two are well developed. Ashmunella fissidens n. 8p. PI. XIV, figs. 67-69. Shell depressed, lens-shaped, biconvex, with acutely angular periph- ery; rather thin, brown. Sculptured with fine, irregular growth-lines, the penultimate and next earlier whorls more or less roughened with minute elevated points, as in A. angulata. Spire very low conoid. Wliorls fully 6, closely coiled, moderately convex, the last usually a little impressed above the periphery, wiiich is angular throughout. It is convex below, and deeply guttered behind the reflexed outer and basal margins of the lip. The suture descends a little to the aperture. The aperture is very oblique, much obstructed by four teeth ; an oblique parietal lamella, cm'ved in at its axial end, with, in old specimens, a very low converging ridge outside of it, the two arranged AMike ; a long, square-topped or concave-topped tooth within the outer lip; and two contiguous teeth on the basal lip, slightly united basally the outer one thick and higher, the inner low and more spreading. Parietal callous distinct. Alt. 5.3, diam. 12.3 mm. " 5, " 11.5 " " 4.9, " 11.7 " Chiricahua Mountains, in Cave Creek Canyon. Types No. 87,022, A. N. S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss, February, 1904. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., This species differs from A. angulata by its contiguous basal teeth, but' is related to it by the punctate surface. It resembles A. dupHci- dens in some respects, but the basal teeth are not nearly so closely united "as in that snail, the periphery is carinate, not merely angular, and the whole shell is much more depressed. Ashmunella duplicidens n. sp. Pi. XVI, figs. 103-107. Shell depressed, vmabilicate, brown or corneous-brown, glossy and sculptured with minute growth-lines only. The spire and base are convex, the periphery obtusely subangular in front, and situated above the middle of the last whorl. There are 5f to 6^ closely coiled, narrow and moderately convex whorls, the last one very slightly descending in front. The aperture is ear-shaped, very oblique, the lip white, well re flexed, and convex on the face. Within the outer margin there is a somewhat retracted broad tooth, prominent at its two ends, concave between them. Upon the basal lip there is a less widened, more emerg- ing double tooth, the outer cusp larger than the inner. The parietal wall bears an oblique, straight lamella. Alt. 6.5, diam. 13 mm. " 5.9, " 12 " Bearfoot or " Bar " Park, Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, at an elevation of 8,500 feet. This species is an important link in the A, levettei chain, showing the origin of the two basal teeth by splitting of an original median one. It is less differentiated from the group of A . thomsoniana than the other known Arizona species. The genitaha (PI. XXI, fig., 23) also resemble those of thomsoniana. The general proportions are shown in the figure and table of measure- ments. The penis is comparatively long. The duct of the sperma- theca is large, weakly varicose, and contracted where it joins the vagina. I did not make out any lower attachment of the penis retractor muscle. There are about 18.10.1.10.18 teeth, nine or ten being laterals, the next three or four transitional. The ectocone is not split on the mar- ginals, at least not on most of them. Ashmunella angulata n. sp. PI. XI, fig. 11 ; PI. XIV, figs. 55-61, 63, 64. The shell is lens-shaped, angular peripherally, rather narrowly um- bilicate, glossy, reddish-chestnut when unworn, paler and more cor- neous around the umbilicus and in the middle portion of the upper surface, but frequently dull throughout by slight wear of the surface. Sculpture of very fine and irregular gro\\i:h-lines, and for a short space 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 behind the lip there are fine, sharp strise. The embryonic whorl is glassy, with fine radial strige on the outer side of the suture ; some part or parts of the third or fourth whorls are sculptured with very minute raised points in quincuncial order. The spire is low conic-convex, very obtuse above, the first two whorls being almost in a plane. Whorls 6^ to 6f , very narrow, and very slowly increasing; the first three are convex, those following being decidedly flattened, onlj^ slightly convex. The last whorl is acutely angular at the periphery, the angle more obtuse on its last third. The base is convex. The suture descends a little to the aper- ture. The lip is preceded by a creamy stripe, and the base is deeply guttered behind the expansion. The aperture is very oblique, narrow and lunate, obstructed by four teeth : a more or less sinuous, oblique parietal lamella, two compressed, entering teeth on the basal lip, of which the out«r one is higher and more compressed, and an oblique, square-topped tooth within the outer lip. The sinus or notch between the two basal teeth is slightly wider than that between the outer basal and the outer lip tooth. The umbilicus is about one-sixth the diameter of the shell. Alt. 14.3, diam. 6.5 mm. " 13.3, " 6.3 " " 13.3, " 6.4 " " 13, '' 6 '' " 13, '' 6 " Two other specimens of the type lot measure 14 and 14.3 nun. diameter respectively. Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, in the South Fork of Cave Creek, at the base of the mountain. Types No. 87,019, A. N. S. P., collected by Mr. Ferriss, February, 1904. The young shells show the characteristic punctation better than adults. At resting periods in the neanic stage of growth a callous rib is formed within the lip. When this occurs early (as in the specimen figured, PL XI, fig. 11, 8 mm. diameter) the rib is much thicker in the naiddle. When it occurs in the last whorl it is more equally thickened. This species is closely related by shell characters, but not by its soft anatomy, to A. levettei angigyra of the Huachuca range, agreeing with that form in the close convolution of the whorls, the angular periphery and the general arrangement of the teeth. But all fresh specimens of A. angulata show a quincuncial punctation of some part of the neanic whorls, not present in the Huachuca form, and the two especially differ in the shape of the whorls, the upper surface of which is flattened 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., in angulata, convex in angigyra. Moreover, the genitalia of angigyra and angulata differ in important respects. • As usual in Ashmunella and many other snails, the "species" is composed of a group of varying colonies, all living in Cave Creek Can- yon and its branches. The largest and best developed of these has been taken as the type lot, PI. XIV, figs. 55-57. Another lot (87,015) from the South Fork of Cave Creek, "under cliffs" (fig. 58), has smaller shells of a paler dull brown tint. The whorls after the first 1^ are flattened; and there is sometimes a low ridge making the parietal tooth V-shaped. Alt. 12.8, diam. 6.5 mm.; whorls 6^. " 11.8, " 5.6 " " 6. " 12, " 5.6 " " 61. Another lot, from a different spot from the above, also consists of small shells;: Alt. 5, diam. 11 mm.; whorls 6 (2 specimens). " 5.3, " 11 " " 6i " 5.3, " 10.7 " " 6. " 4.8, " 9.9 " " 5f. The following lots are from Cave Creek Canyon (the preceding being from its south fork) : No. 87,111 (fig. 61) is almost exactly like 87,015 (above). No. 87,020 (figs. 59, 60) varies more in size and shape, as follows: Alt. 6.3, diam. 11.2 mm.; whorls 6^. " 5, " 11.3 " " 6^ " 5, " 11 " " 6^. " 4.8, " 9.9 " " 6. The punctation of the spire is well developed. At the Falls in Cave Creek (figs. 63, 64) the shells are like the preced- ing lot, except that the punctation is less developed and the umbilicus frequently smaller : Alt. 5, diam. 11 mm.; width of umbilicus 2 mm. " 4.4, " 9.8 " " " 1.5 " " 5.5, " 11 " " " 2.5 " The genitalia of A. angulata (PI. XXI, fig. 26) are figured from a specimen from the south fork of Cave Creek, No, 87,015, A. N. S. P. The penis is very short (long in angigyra, see fig. 28) ; the epiphallus, on the other hand, is very much longer than in angigyra; while the spermatheca and its duct are of about equal length in the two species. The vagina in A. angulata is rather long, as usual in Ashmunella, while in A. I. angigyra it is much shorter than in any other Ashmunella I have dissected. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 247 The jaw (PI. XXIII, fig. 15) of the same specimen is thin, with per- haps as many as eight very weak, narrow, dehcate unequal ribs. The teeth (PI. XXII, fig. 9, a group of lateral, transitional and mar- ginal teeth) number 16.8.1.8.16 to 18.9.1.9,18 on different parts of the same radula. There are 8 or 9 laterals and two or three transition teeth. Some of the outer marginals have the ectocone bifid. Ashmunella ferrissi n. sp. PI. XVI, figs. 108-110, 113. The shell is biconvex and acutely carinate, narrowly umbilicate, brown, but slightly glossy, and sculptured with fine growth-wrinkles only. The spire is convex, of 6^ very closely coiled and slowly widening whorls, the earliest two convex, the rest flat, with a narrow keel project- ing upward and outward above the suture. The last whorl is concave above and below the keel, and descends verj'' shortly to the aperture. The aperture is very oblique and obstructed by four white teeth: a wide one slightly notched at the summit, just below the peripheral angle ; two compressed teeth on the basal margin, connected by a low flange on the face of the peristome ; these three teeth stand about equi- distant. There is also a low prominence on the lip at the position of the keel. On the parietal wall there is a straight lamella, very obliquely placed and shortly, abruptly curved inward at the axial end. Alt. 5.5, diam. 11.3 mm. " 5.2, " 11 Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains. Types No. 89,232, A. N, S. P, This extraordinary member of the group of A. levettei is at once dis- tinguished from all others known up to this time by the projecting keel above the sutures of the spire, somewhat like the Chinese Eidota tectum- sinense (v. Mts.), or like Helicodonta maroccana (Morel.). Ashmunella walkeri Ferriss. Pi. XVI, figs, ill, 112, 117. Ferriss, Nautilus, XVIII, p. 53, September, 1904. The shell is mu^h depressed, lens-shaped, acutely carinate peripherally, rather thin, and pale corneous-brown. The umbilicus, narrow within, enlarges rapidly at the last whorl. Surface lightly marked with growth- lines, but showing no trace of spiral striise or lines. The upper surface is but slightly convex. The apex is sculptured like that of A. levettei. Whorls 4^, slightly convex, the last very shortly descending in front. Base more convex than the upper surface. The aperture is small and very oblique, the lip well reflexed, white, with an obtuse, squarish tooth in the outer margin and two compressed teeth in the basal margin, the inner one smaller; these three being nearly equally spaced, or the outer two may be nearer together. There is a rather short, straight, obliquely 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., set parietal tooth, and in old shells a very low diverging ridge between it'and the outer insertion of the lip. Alt. 4^, diam. 13^ mm. Florida Mountains, I^una county. New ^Mexico, in a rock talus near the top of the mountain, at an elevation of probably about 6,500 feet. Co-types in collections of J. H. Ferriss and A. N. S. P., No. 87,101. Only a few specimens were found, and none living. While related to the carinate forms of the A. levcttei group, and to A. mearnsi by the structure of the aperture, this species is flatter than any of them, and differs especially in the small number of whorls — less than in any other Ashmunclla. It was named in honor of Mr. Bryant Walker, of Detroit. Ashmunella mearnsi (Dall). PI. XIV, fig. 62; PI. XVI, fig. 116. Polygyra viearnsi Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, 1895, p. 2 ("Hachita Grande and Huachuca Mountains, New Mexico"); Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1896, p. 343, PI. 32, figs. 7, 8, 11; Cockerell, Nautilus, XI, October, 1897, p. 69 (Filmore Canyon, Organ Mountains, New Mexico). Ashmunella mearnsi Dall, Ancey, Jour, of Malac, VIII, September, 1901, p. 74. In this species an accessory parietal lamella, incipient or rudimentary in A. walkeri and some forms of the levettei series, is well developed. The lip-teeth are arranged as in the A. levettei group. It is nearer A. walkeri than any other known species, but some specimens of A. angu- lala (fig. 58) have a weak upper arm of the parietal V. The geographic range is wide for a species of this group: the Hua- chuca Mountains, in southeastern Cochise county, Arizona, the Ha- cheta Grande Mountains, Grant county, southwestern New Mexico, and the Organ Mountains, Donna Ana county. New Mexico, east of the Rio Grande. All of these localities are near the Mexican boundary. The specimen figured is one of those collected in the Huachuca Mountains by the well-known ornithologist Edgar A. Mearns, for whom the species was named. The remarkable parietal armature is w-eakly foreshadowed in A . wal- keri, some forms oi A. I. angigyra, etc. The soft anatomy remains unknown. Group of A . esuritor. Aperture of the shell without teeth. Length of the spermatheca and its duct about 90 per cent, that of the penis, epiphallus and flagellum, which do not much exceed twice the diameter of the shell. A single species from the Chiricahua Mountains differs strikingly from the levettei and chiricahuana groups in the proportions of the genitalia, the epiphallus being as short as in the thomsoniana group, while the spermathecal duct is much longer. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 Ashmunella esuritor n. sp. PI. XIII, figs. 2S-26. The shell is rather solid, light brown, biconvex, angular at the periph- ery. The cylindric umbilicus is suddenly dilated in the last whorl. The surface is irregularly marked with slight growth-wrinkles, and on the last whorl there are impressed spiral lines, more or less irregularly developed and sometimes almost obsolete. Some intermediate whorls are indistinctly punctulate. Spire low-conic. Whorls 6^ to 6^, slowly increasing. The first three whorls are convex, the rest more or less flattened. The last whorl is distinctly but not acutely angular in front, but becomes rounded in its later half. The suture descends a little to the aperture, and the whorl is rather deeply guttered behind the lip. The aperture is very oblique, roundly lunate. The peristome is white, thickened within, and equably reflexed. In the middle of the hasal margin there is a low, indistinct prominence, but there are no other traces of teeth. The parietal callous is thin except in old specimens, when it is thickened at the edge, forming a cord across the whorl, Alt. 7.7, diam. 15.5 mm. " 7.7, " 15 " " 7.5, " 15 " " 7, " 14.5 " Chiricahua Mountains, in Bar (or Bearfoot) Park. Types No. 87,023, A. N. S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss, February, 1904. At first glance this form seems to be a small angular race of A. chiri- cahvxina; but upon closer study it seems far more likely that it is a terminal member of the A. angulata group, in which the teeth have degenerated. The slight flattening of the whorls, the shape of the mouth, and a faint punctation observable near the end of the third whorl in the freshest specimens, all indicate this relationship. Most of the fully adult and old individuals seen have lost much or all of the cuticle, and are dull flesh-tinted. The spiral engraved lines vary a good deal in different specimens, and when slightly corroded neither spirals nor granulation are visible, even in living shells. The smaller size, angular periphery and comparatively wider lip readily distinguish A. esuritor from A. chiricakuana. The genital system (PI. XXI, figs. 30, 25) resembles that of A. chiri- cahuana except that the ducts are very much shorter, both absolutely and in comparison with the size of the shell ; and the spermatheca and its duct are nearh'- as long as the penis, epiphallus and flagellum. The extruded penis and atrium in another specimen are shown in fig. 25. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., The penis has low, slowly spiral ridges. The entire length of the organs exserted is about 3.2 mm. The jaw ha*? about 7 unequal ribs. The teeth number about 16.12.1.12.16, the tenth to thirteenth being transitional. Both cusps of the marginal teeth are bifid. Five shells taken in Sawmill Canyon, running from Bear Park, Chiricahuas, are like the types. The periphery in some is not quite so angular. The punetulation is identical. Two measure: Alt. 7.5 7 mm. Diam. 16.3 14 " Whorls 6i 6i Group of A. chiricahuana. Aperture toothless. Epiphallus and duct of the spermathcca very much longer than in species of any of the other groups, the diameter of the shell contained four times in the length of the penis, epiphallus and flagellum. Ashmunella chiricahuana (Dall). PI. XVI, figs. 96-100. Polygyra chiricahuana Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 2, 1895 (Fly Park, Chiricahua Mountains); Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, p. 341, PI. 32, figs. 9, 10, 12, 1896. Ashmunella chiricahuana (Dall), Pils. and Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 192; Ancey, Jour, of Malacol., VIII, September, 1901, p. 76, with var. varicifera, p. 77. This species has the general shape and rounded periphery of A. levettei. It varies from chestnut to rather light greenish-brown, and shells which have lost their cuticle are dull flesh-colored. It is very glossy and smooth, marked with weak growth-wrinkles and engraved spirals, which are distinct in some, almost obsolete in other specimens. Under the compound microscope fine spiral striae are seen to cover the surface between the spiral lines. Whorls about 5h, slightly convex. The last descends a trifle in front, and is somewhat constricted behind the lip. The aperture is without teeth. The lip is narrow, reflexed, brownish above and at the edge, without trace of lip-teeth. The umbili- cus opens rather widely at the last whorl. There is almost always an opaque yellow stripe on the last whorl, marked inside by a strong white rib, and indicating a place of growth- arrest. Some shells have several such variceal streaks on earlier whorls also. The feature is a variable one in shells of the same lot, for reasons I have elsewhere discussed in full. In one lot of 16 specimens from Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahuas, there are 3 specimens with a single streak on last whorl, 8 with 2 streaks on last 2 whorls, 4 with 3 streaks on last 3 whorls, and 1 with 4 streaks on last 3 whorls. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 Type locality, Chiricahua Mountains, southeastern Arizona, in Fly Park, 10,000 feet altitude (Fischer); also in Cave Creek Canyon (Fcr- riss, 1904). The locality "near Tucson" is also given for specimens collected by a Mr. Cox, many years ago. ?Huachuca Mountains, in Miller Canyon (see below). Dall's type measured, alt. 7.7, diam. 18 mm.^ Three topotypes of the original lot collected by Fischer measure ; Alt. 9, diam. 18 mm.; whorls 5|. " 8.5, " 16 " " 5*. Sixteen of the specimens collected by Mr. Ferriss in Cave Creek Canyon (PI. 16, figs. 96-100) measure: Alt. 10 9.5 10 9 10 8.8 8.5 9.5 Diam. 20.5 20 19 19 18.5 18.5 18.5 18 Alt. 9 9 9 8.5 8.3 8.2 9 8.5 Diam. 18 18 18 18 18 18 17.7 17.5 The diameter curve from this small series has a strongly marked mode at 18 mm. (44% of the whole), with a skew toward the smaller diameter. There is a considerable variation in the height of the spire, shown in the measm^ements above and in the figures, of which figs. 99 and 100 represent about the extremes of variation in this respect. Two specimens from the head of Miller Canyon, in the Huachucas, measure 8.5 x 18.2 mm. and 8 x 16 mm. The smaller one is an albino, greenish-white. These may be referable to A. levettei heterodonta, q. v. I have seen no Ashmunellas from Tucson, but no differential char- acters have been indicated for the variety varicifera Ancey, from that place. Nearly all the specimens from the Chiricahua range have varices. The genital system (PI. XXI, fig. 29) is remarkable for the great length of the epiphallus, vagina and spermatheca duct. The penis is large and well developed. The specimens examined are from Cave Creek Canyon, in the Chiricahuas. The jaw (PI. XXIII, fig. 13) is stronger than in most of the species, with 8 strong ribs and several weaker ones. The radula (PI. XXII, figs. 10, central and lateral, and 11, groups of transitional and marginal teeth) has 16.13.1.13.16 or 16.14.1.14.16 teeth. The thirteenth to fourteenth or fifteenth teeth are transitional. ^ This measurement was not to the base of the lip, and hence is less than^in the shells from the same lot measured by me. 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., The fifteenth tooth has the mesocone bifid. As a rule, the marginal teeth have the ectocone simple, but I found a few teeth in some rows having a bifid ectocone. Ashmunella ohirioahnana mogollonensis n. subsp. PI. XVI, figs. 101, 102. vSimilar to chiricahuana but slightly more tumid, dull greenish-brown, not glossy. Surface sculptured with low, irregular, coaree wrinkles of growth, and distinct, clear-cut incised spirals all over the last whorl. Spire very low, the early whorls depressed. Alt. 9, diam. 17.5 mm. ; whorls 5^. West fork of the Gila river, near Mogollon Peak, in the southwestern part of Socorro county. New Mexico, in a pine region, collected by Prof. E. O. Wooton, August 7, 1900, sent by Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell. Type No. 79,530, A. N. S. P. (fig. 102). A specimen has also been taken by Mr. 0. B. Metcalfe near Kingston, Sierra county. New Mexico (fig. 101). In A . chiricahuana the spirals are very much weaker or obsolete, and the cuticle, when in unworn condition, is conspicuously glossy. J Group of A. metamorphosa. Shell edentulous, similar to A. chiricahuana. Genitalia peculiar, see below. Ashmunella metamorphosa n. sp. PI. XVI, figs. 114, 115. Shell similar in form and color to A. chiricahunna and A. esuritor. Surface slightly marked with growth-lines and very minutely engraved spirally when unworn, but the spirals cannot be seen on slightly cor- roded living shells. Whorls 5f to 6^, convex, slowly widening, the last rounded peripherally, slightly descending in front, contracted behind the reflexed and slightly recm'ved lip. Umbilicus a trifle less open than that of A. chiricahuana. Aperture like that of A. chirica- huana in shape, but in some specimens there is a low callous within the outer lip, and one or two indistinct callouses within the basal margin, while in others these are hardly noticeable. Alt. 9, diam. 17 mm., or slightlj'- smaller alt. 8.9, diam. 16.5 mm. Bear (Bearfoot or Barfoot) Park, Chiricahua Mountains, Cochise county, Arizona. Types No. 88,885-6, A. N. S. P., collected by Mr. J. H. Ferriss, 1904. Genitalia (PI. XXI, fig. 27) with a very short atrium. There is no differentiated penis, the d^ organ being of equal calibre throughout, and evidently an epiphallus. It terminates in the usual very short flagellum. I can find no trace of a penial retractor muscle. The very long vagina consists of a very slender lower portion and an excessively thick, muscidar 1905.] ' NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 upper part. The spermatheca is long and narrow, its duct ratlior short. The epiphallus and flagelhim measure 22 mm.; flagellum 2 mm.; spermatheca and duct 20 mm. The specimens had been placed in alcohol without drowning. The jaw (PI. XXIII, fig. 16) has seven ribs, grouped in the median half, the ends smooth. The rad\ila (PI. XXII, fig. 8) has about 38.1.38 teeth. The ecto- cones are developed on central and lateral teeth. From the twenty- fourth or twenty-fifth teeth outward from the middle the inner cusp is bifid. The ectocones are unsplit. A central and two lateral teeth are shown. This snail, so far as the slieU is concerned, would be referred without hesitation to A. chiricahvana; the differences being less than the ordi- nary range of individual variation in Ashmunella or Polygyra; but the genitalia are so utterly unlike in the two forms that it is obvious that they are not even nearly related. From the granulation and the weak traces of teeth it seems that A. metamorphosa is probably a toothless derivative of the A. levettei stock; I regret that I have no alcoholic specimens of A. levettei or A. I. heterodonta for comparison. ^4. esuritor differs from metamorphosa by its angular or distinctly subangular periphery, rougher siu-face when perfectly fresh, and perhaps somewhat wider umbilicus; but it must be admitted that the two forms are so similar that their distinction may be difficult without an examination of the soft parts. The genitalia, however, are so very different that the two species cannot even be closely related. They must be inde- pendent derivatives from toothed ancestral forms. I dissected two of the three specimens received. They could be extracted only by breaking into the shell. Having been preserved in alcohol without drowning the specimens were much more contracted than the A. chiricahuana and A. esuritor I examined. A somewhat extensive experience with snails in all conditions of preservation has shown that beyond a moderate diminution of the absolute size, the characters of the genitalia are not altered by preservation of the animal in strong alcohol. Genus SONOfiELLA Pilsbry. Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 556 (definition, anatomy); Bartsch, Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 47, p. 187, 1904 (monograph). The soft anatomy of this genus has hitherto been known in a single species. The study of numerous specimens of several species enables me to extend the generic characterization. The shells in these Helices, while interminably modified locally in 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [Mch., size and minor details of shape and sculpture, show with few exceptions no prominent specific differentiation. On the other hand, in the inter- nal anatomy there has been a good deal of divergence. A few forms, such as S. lohrii Gabb and S. wolcottiana Bartsch, seem to be quite dis- tinct conchologically, but in many cases the determination of speci- mens of the shells other than the type localities is so uncertain as to be little better than guesswork, even when types are available for comparison. In dealing with these ambiguous forms I have thought the interests of science best furthered by applying specific names only to those I am able to characterize anatomically, and thus put upon a secure basis. An illustrated monograph of Sonorella, dealing with the shells only, has been 'published by Mr. Paul Bartsch, who has devoted great industry to the elucidation of the numerous species and races. The work is of permanent value for its exact descriptions and excellent figures, both of which I have had occasion to test; but it deals with selected or "type" specimens only, ignoring the fact of variation, and hence fails to give a just idea of the complex of varying forms which exist, or even of the variations of size, etc., occurring in the type lots. I would here express my indebtedness to Mr. Bartsch for his invariable kindness in comparing for me various forms of *S. hachitana with specimens in the U. S. National Museum. Mr. Bartsch has made the valuable observation that the embryonic shells of Sonorella are sculptured, usually with oblique forwardly de- scending threads, or with two sets of intersecting threads, sometimes interrupted to form papilloe at their intersections. This sculptiu-e may, I think, be the accelerated vestige of a somewhat similar sculpture characteristic of the Californian Helices in their adult stage, and which may thus have been common to the ancestral SonorcUas. The relationships of Sonorella are primarily with Oreohelix and Ash- viunella. It differs from Oreohelix chiefly in the different proportions of the kidney and pericardium, but also in the structure of the shell, the oviparous reproduction, the unkeeled young shell, and in the dis- tinctly ribbed jaw. Sonorella stands nearer Ashmunella in internal anatomy, but there is a constant difference in the male organs, the penis being well devel- oped in Sonorella, while in Ashmunella it is more or less completely degenerate, the epiphallus being hypertrophic. The divergence between the shells of the two genera is conspicuous. So far as the shell is con- cerned, Sonorella stands nearer to the generally prevalent type of Belogonous Helices than do either of the other genera. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 Generic Characters of Sonorella. The genitalia (PI. XX) show no accessory organs on the female side. The vagina is long ; the spermatheca is globular or ovate on a very long slender branchless duct. The atrium is always extremely short. The penis is a well-developed, thin-walled tube, containing a large papilla, and terminating in a well-developed epiphallus. There is always a loose sheath or wide collar enveloping the base of the penis, and attached by muscular threads to the end of the epiphallus, which is thus held loosely in a reflexed position. This sheath has been removed in most of my figiu-es, as it obscures the parts enveloped. The retractor muscle is attached to the epiphallus close to the penis, and is adnate to or envelops it to the apex of the latter. The fia- gellum is extremely short, or even absent. The details of structure are much vai'ied in the several species as described below under each specific caption, and in the table of measurements. The free muscles, pallial complex and digestive tract have been de- scribed in these Proceedings for 1900, p. 558. No material differences have been observed in additional species examined. The jaw has four to eight ribs grouped in the median part, and either strong or weak, as in the Californian Helices (PI. XXIII, figs. 18-23). The radula has imicuspid middle and lateral teeth, iDicuspid transi- tional and inner marginal teeth and low, wide marginals with both cusps bifid. Exactly the same type of teeth occurs in the Californian Epiphragmophoras, in Ashmunella, Polygyra, etc. The upper surface of the foot is densely pebble-granose, with rather indistinct dorsal grooves; the genital furrow is undeveloped except near the mantle. The tail is depressed, rather long, and sometimes has a weak median impressed line along the top. In my original diagnosis of Sonorella I stated that the shell was "neither malleate nor spirally striate," Mr, Bartsch has also asserted that "incised spiral lines are never present in this genus." This state- ment must now be withdrawn, since several forms discovered by Mr. Ferriss show impressed spiral lines; but they are inconspicuous, and visible only under the lens.* To the eye, the shells of all known Sonorel- las appear nearly smooth, the sculpture, aside from slight growth- wrinkles, being microscopic. This is somewhat remarkable because they often live in the same rock-piles with rudely sculptiu-ed Oreohelices. *Mr. Bartsch has excluded Helix carpenteri Newc. from Sonorella on account of its spiral sculpture; but since I have found that this is not a diagnostic character of the genus, I am* disposed, pending an examination of the soft anatomy, to adhere to my former opinion that carpenteri belongs to Sonorella. 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Up to this time, no carinate or even strongly angular species have been found. Such uniformity in the shell is unusual in a Helicicl genus. The characters of the soft anatomy originally attributed to the genus have proved to prevail in the more extensive material now examined, except that in one species the fiagellum is obsolete. The penis was incorrectly described in my original diagnosis, through my failure to open it, and thus ascertain the exact limits of penis and epiphallus. Measurements of the Genitalia in Millimeters. Species Penis Penis- papilla Free epi- phallus and fia- gellum Fia- gellum Va- gina Sperma- theca and duct Mu- seum num- ber S. hachitana, Florida Mountains 9 4 7 0.5 10.5 29 86,496 S. h. ashmuni, Purtyman's ranch 11 6 7 0.7 9 29 79,409 S. h. ashmuni, Purtyman's ranch 11 6.7 0.7 8 35 79,409 S. h. bowiensis, Bowie 10 3 8.5 0.6 10 86,497 S. rowelli, Sanford's 5 2 5.5 vesti- gial 5.3 20 83,273 S. rowelli var. Patagonia Mountains 4 want- ing 4.5 83,268 S. granulatissima, Huachuca Mountains 7.3 4.8 6 0.7 21 24-25 83,257 S. virilis, Chiricahua Mountains 34 29 23 1 16 24 79,622 S. V. circumstriatus 24 21 0.8 20 87,026 Helix remondi Tryon belongs to another genus, still uncharacterized anatomically, of the Belogona Euadenia. A living specimen sent me by mail some years ago was crushed en route, partially decayed and dried hard when it reached me. I soaked up the remains, and found that the tail has a strong serrate keel above ; there is a slender, cylin- dric-fusiform penis, but the rest of the genitalia were impossible to make out. The radula does not differ materially from the Epiphrag- mophora type. In Mexico, the genus Lysinoe and at least one species of Leptarionta have the same extremely uniLsual structm-e of the tail. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 Neither is much Hkc H. remondi conchologically; but further informa- tion on both H. remondi and Leptarionta is needed. Sonorella hachitana (Dall). PI. XVII, figs. 1-8. Epiphragmophora hachitana Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 2, 1895; XIX, p. 338. Sonorella hachitana Dall, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 557 (as type of Sonorella). S. hachitana Dall, Bartsch, Smiths. Misc. Coll., XXXXVII, p. 190, PI. 31. fig. 2 (shell), and PI. 29 (apex), 1904. Probably includes as subspecies S. granulatissima. Specimens sent to Mr. Bartsch were pronounced by him to ''stand half way between S. dalli and S. granulatissima." Sonorella dalli Bartsch. Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 47, p. 193, PI. 21, fig. 1 (October 10, 1904). This form is somewhat larger and more depressed than S. g. latior. It is described as with "numerous microscopic granulations," but in one of the type lot kindly presented by Dr. Dall these are hardly appre- ciable. The type measurements are alt. 12, diam. 26.5, aperture 10.5 X 11.8 mm.; and Mr. Bartsch has kindly supplied the diameters of the rest of the series in the U. S. National Museum, as follows : Type lot, Tanner's Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 26.5, 26.1, 25.9, 24.1, 24, the last two not quite mature. Huachuca Mountains, 25.3 mm. Fort Huachuca, 24.6 mm. The smallest mature specimen of *S'. dalli slightly exceeds the largest latior by 1 mm., and the smallest adult latior measures the same as the largest granidatissima. S. mearnsi Bartsch, from the San Jose Moun- tains, 4 miles south of the Arizona boundary, measm-es 16 mm. diam., being 1.5 mm. smaller than the smallest adult granidatissima. It is quite conceivable that S. dalli and S. mearnsi are merely the extremes of dimensions in a continuous series of variations in size. Since «S. granidatissima is the only form of the scries known anatomically, the ultimate status of the others remains in abeyance. Some or all of them may prove to have valid anatomical specific characters. 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mcll., Mr. Ferriss difl not find S. dalli. He thinks that Tanner's is another name for Gar:lc'n Canyon of the sketch map on p. 212. Sonorella virilis n. sp. PL XVII, tigs. :5, ifi. The shell is openly umbilicate ; pale brown, lighter around the um- bilicus, with a dark band above the periphery, and visible on about 2^ whorls above the suture, with borders a trifle paler than the ground color. Whorls 4^, the earlier 1^ forming a slightly rugose embryonic shell. The next 1 or 1^ whorls arc striate, the striie appearing slightly broken into granules. The last whorl has the usual slight growth-lines . and near the end some spiral lines are visible, in the vicinity of the suture. The whorl descends rather deeply, and is well rounded peripherally. The aperture is rather large, oblique and rounded, the upper, outer and basal margins about equally arcuate. The outer and basal margins of the thin lip are slightly expanded. Alt. 11, diam. 19.5, umbilicus 3.1 mm.; aperture 9.3 mm. high, 10 wide. Chiricahua Mountains, at 7,500 feet elevation, collected by V. Owen. Type 79,622, A. N. S. P. There are no longitudinal lines on the sole. The pebbly-granose back and the eye-stalks are blackish-gray, becoming much paler dirty brown- ish-white on the sides and tail. Dorsal grooves are but weakly indi- cated, and there is no longitudinal median line on the tail. The kidney is wedge-shaped, 15 mm. long. Pericardium 5.5 mm. long. Genitalia (PI. XX, figs. 21, 22). The penis is relatively enormous, more than dovible the length of the vagina, and much longer than the spermatheca and its duct. It has the usual thin wall, enclosing a fleshy "papilla" about 29 mm. long (fig. 21). The epiphallus is also very long, slender and convoluted. The vagina is mucli convoluted. The spermatheca has the usual globular shape ; and its slender duct, while long, is shorter than in other species of equal or greater size. The jaw (PI. XXIII, fig. 21) has four broad ribs grouped near the middle. S. virilis is slightly smaller than *S'. hachitana, with more rounded aperture and weak spiral lines near the suture. From the shell alone I would not separate this form more than varietally from S. hachitana ; but the enormously developed cJ^ rej^roductive organs indi- cate one of the most distinct species of the genus. The jaw has few ribs, as in S. h. howiensis. It is not closely related to any other species I have dissected. The faint spiral lines of the shell are perhaps its most important differential feature. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2;^7 Several lots collected by Mr. Ferriss in the Chiricahua Mountains resemble S. virilis in size, color and sculpture, but differ in having about one-fourth of a whorl more (4f), and a noticeably smaller aperture. The spiral lines, while visible in some places on all of them, in a favor- able light, are often excessively weak. None of them, unfortunately, were sent in the flesh. In Bar (or Bearfoot) Park, at the summit of the Chiricahuas, the specimens taken show some very weak spiral lines below the last suture. Alt. 10.7 10.7 mm. Diam. 18.9 18.7 " In Sawmill Canyon, Chiricahuas, adjacent to Bearfoot Park, similar shells, diam. 18.7 to 19.9 mm., were taken (PI. XVII, figs. 17, 18, 19,20). Sonorella virilis circumstriata n. subsp. PL XVIII, figs. 48-50. In Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahuas, the shells are darker throughout, reddish-brown, with a broad very dark chestnut band with wide pale borders, sometimes not very conspicuous. The last whorl shows weak but distinct spiral engraved lines above the periphery, in addition to the usual fine growth-strise. The umbilicus varies from about 3.3 to 3.8 mm. in width. A. N. S. P., No. 87,026. Alt. 11.6 11.3 11 10.8 mm. Diam. 21 20.3 20 19.5 '' Alt. apert. 9.7 9.2 9 8.9 " Diam. apert. 10.7 10.4 10 9.5 " The genitalia (PI. XX, fig. 19) in two specimens dissected agree in having several minor differences from typical S. virilis. The penis, while still extraordinarily large, is only about two-thirds as long as in virilis. The vagina is a fourth longer. The epiphallus is the same as in virilis. This form may prove to be connected with typical virilis by intermediate stages, in which case the subspecies may prove super- fluous; but at present the dark color, more distinct spiral striae, and small aperture of the shell, and the somewhat differently proportioned genitalia, seem worth recording. Sonorella virilis huachucana n. subsp. PI. XVII, fig. 24. Shell slightly more elevated than S. hachitana, with much smaller umbilicus; more elevated than >S. virilis, which also is more widely umbilicate; glossy, thin, striate but without granulation. The top of the last whorl, near the aperture, shows numerous weak spiral incised 268 I'ltOCKEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mcll., lines. The supraperipheral l^and is rather wide and dark, with distinct ivhite or ichitish bands both above and below it. Above the upper white band the surface is pale reddish to the white siitural Hne. Below the lower white border the same reddish color prevails, but gradually fades on the base to whitish around the umbilical region. The dark band run§ about 2i whorls up the spire. Apex with sculpture like S. hachi- tano.. Whorls 4f , the last rather deeply descending in front. Aper- ture rounded-oval, the peristome thin, expanded, the dilated columellar end partially covering the umbilicus. Alt. 12.4, diam. 20.6, alt. aper- ture 10, width 11.5 mm.; width of umbilicus 2.4 mm. Browm's Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. Type No. 89,225, A. N. S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss, 1904. This beautiful snail is the only Huachuca form I have seen which seems closely related to *S. virilis. Unfortunately, the soft parts were not preserved, and its exact relationships are thus uncertain. It is not very imlike S. hachitana, but I can see no spiral lines on some of the original lot of hachitana before me. The white bordering bands are particularly conspicuous. Only a few were taken by Mr. Ferriss. In Bear Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Mr. Ferriss found a few specimens similar to those from Brown's Canyon, but noticeably more depressed, with a smaller mouth and obtuse lip. One measures, alt. 11.5, diam. 20, aperture 9.8x11 mm., umbilicus 3 mm. wide. The shell is also somewhat more solid, and the spiral lines are more distinct. In both forms they are readily seen with a hand lens. Genus OREOHELIX Pilsbry. Helix, Patula and Pyramidula of authors. A new genus of Helicidce, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 511. Oreohelix Pils., Nautilus, XVII, p. 131, March, 1904. The shell is umbilicate, varying from discoidal to pyramidal, with 4 to 6 tubular or carinate whorls; earthy, with thin cuticle or none. Embryonic whorls with radial and usually spiral sculpture and carinate periphery. Aperture rounded, oval or angular, oblique, the columel- lar lip dilated, the outer lip blunt or acute, uncxpanded. The sole is undivided. Foot granulose and blackish above or smoothish tessel- lated with gray. A pair of dorsal grooves is present and usually a (iis- tinct genital groove. The tail is depressed above. No parapodial furrows. The lung has thin-walled venation, chiefly on the cardiac side. The kidney is short, but little longer than the pericardium ; has a large lumen with coarsely plicate walls, and the usual reflexed ureter. The second- ary ureter is closed throughout in the species examined (PI. XIX, fig. 1, 0. strigosa var., Pecos, New Mexico). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 The penis is well developed, its lower part being muscular, and pli- cate within, the upper part thinner and densely, finely papillose inside. The epiphallus is well developed, with terminal vas deferens or with a terminal tubercle (representing the flagellum) and a sublaterally in- serted vas deferens. The vagina is rather long. The globular or ovate spermatheca terminates a slender duct nearly as long as the uterus. Reproduction is viviparous. The retractor muscle of the penis arises from the apex of the penis and base of the epiphallus, or from the epiphallus near its base, and is inserted on the lung floor. The right ocular retractor passes between the (2^ and 9 branches of the genitalia. The jaw is strong, arcuate, its anterior face more or less distinctly striated vertically; and there are sometimes very weak traces of ribs. The radula is of the ordinary Helicid type. In some species the median area has unicuspid teeth, the cutting-edges usually overhanging the sides of the mesocone; while in others distinct ectocones are developed in all the teeth. The marginal teeth are bicuspid, the cusps unsplit as a rule, though there are exceptions where the inner of the two cusps is bifid. Type Helix strigosa Gld. Distribution, Rocky ^Mountain region from the Canadian to the Mexican boundary. This dominant type of Helicidce in the area indicated above formerly extended farther east, one species occurring in the loess of Iowa, and there is one outlying species westward, 0. avalonensis Hemph., on Catalina Island, California. In its present area the type has been in- terminably modified into local races of all grades of differentiation, more than fifty of these having received names.^ It is true that in some ranges every canyon— I might almost say every rock-heap — has its own race ; but in a broader view it is seen that a single strain usualh' extends over an entire range with numerous minor modifications, and with increasing elevation a general diminution of size, loss of sculpture and often intensification of color. These reduced forms are probably due to the diminished food supply and especially the shorter growing season in the heights — factors subject to great local variation, even at equal ' The number of species of Oreohelix is uncertain. About fifty forms of all degrees of differentiation have been described and named. My treatment of the group in former pubhcations (Manual of Conchology, VIII, p. 11.5, IX, p. 50; Catalogue of the Land Sheli'^ of America, etc., pp. 31, 32 (1898), was unchily influ- enced by iihe views of Binnej' and Hemphill, both of whom advocated the inclusion of the entire series as varieties of P. strigosa. The cliaracters of the shells, penes and teeth indicate, in my opinion, that the species are somewhat' numer- ous; but their notorious variability cautions us to beware of multiplying tliem without ample materials. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., altitudes. To attain a true idea of the relationships of any given alti- colous dwarf it is essential to know the forms of the lower canyons of the same region. The first step toward a fundamental knowledge of the races and species of Oreohelix must be the study and definition of races in the broad sense above indicated. In my opinion, the minor modifications can be so overnamed that the wider distinctions become altogether lost, as in the Utah series. The field is vast, and for many years to come there will be plenty of room for work. Anybody who secm-es a good series of the forms of any district can materially help the cause by working them up. The sculpture of the embryonic shells and the genitalia seem to afford the most important characters for specific classification. It would , take us too far afield to discuss the entire mass of data at hand. This must be reserved for another occasion. Only forms from central and southern Arizona and New Mexico are dealt with below.' The meas- urements of the ge-nitalia in millimeters follow : Species Penis Epi- phallus Vagina Sperma- j t^ . , 'hprn nnA , ' ' shell theca and duct Mus. No. 0. strigosa, Pecos 0. elrodi 0. s. huachucana 0. harhaia 0. yavapai O. y. neomexicann 16.3 6.3 5 21 17 6 8 19 14 6.5 5 22 6 4 13 5 3 4 2.1 18.5 22.5 21 13.5 15-16 15 85,100 79,475 83,370 87,011 79,415 80,700 The species thus far dissected show considerable differences in the genitalia, chiefly in the proportions and shape of the penis, the forms falling into three groups, as follows: ' For comparison with the southern forms I have, however, figured the anatomy of 0. elrodi (Pils.), from Montana, PI. XIX, fig. 2. The penis is like that of O. strigosa, from Pecos, the lower third having thick walls, densely plicate within; above that the walls are thinner, densely lined with long papillse, and in the upper third there are several low fleshy ridges, also papillose. There is an extremely short, conic penis-papilla in the apex. The vas deferens enters the epiphallus centrally. The vagina is much dilated and muscular above. The uterus is pro- vided with muscular strands forming an incoherent protractor muscle (fig. 2, r.u.). The embryos were packed in like coins except the two lower ones. The dimensions are given in the table. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 1. Penis long, the distal half strongly twisted, there being two dis- tinct kinks, resulting in convolutions variously disposed, and of course not alwa^^s falling the same in the same species or variety. 0. strigosa, from Pecos, and 0. elrodi (PL XIX, figs. e3 and 2) belong here. 2. Basal half of the penis swollen and muscular, the distal half smaller, without distinct kinks. 0. s. huachucana and 0. harhata (PI. XIX, figs. 6 and 5) are of this type. 3. Penis small, short, the basal half not much larger than the distal l^ortion, the latter not kinked. 0. neomcxicana and 0. yavapai (PI. XIX, figs. 7 and 9) have penes of this kind. All the above have the penis longer than the epiphallus. In the subgenus Radioccntnim the epiphallus is as long as the penis or longer. As yet my observations have covered only about a dozen of the num- erous species and subspecies ; and until more of the forms of the central and northern States are examined, characters of the soft anatomy cannot be fully utilized in classification. There are two types of dentition in Oreohelix. The ordinary forms have unicuspid central and inner lateral teeth. Here stand 0. strigosa, cooperi, newcombiana, huachucana, yavapai, neomcxicana. and haydcni. In the second type of teeth ectocones are developed on all of the t^eth, the centrals being thus tricuspid, the lateral and marginal teeth all bicuspid. Of this kind are 0. idahoensis, 0. hemphilli, 0. harhata, 0. chiricahuana and 0. clappi, but in the last species the ectocones are not well developed. The series of Huachuca Orcohelices shows that colonies of the same original stock vary greatly and often show parallel variations in differ- ent canyons. Those from the greatest altitudes are smallest (PI. XXI\^, figs. 25-27, 29-32, Limestone Mountain, 8,000 feet; PL XXIV, fig. 28, Carr Can- yon, 7,000 feet, etc.), though some large shells occur elsewhere at equal elevations. Conspicuously banded shells were taken only at high elevations (PL XXIV, figs. 17, 18, Brown Canyon, 7,000 feet), plainer ones occur- ring lower down in the same canyon; but not all the high altitude shells are so marked. Gerontic or senile individuals or colonies are common, manifested by deep descent of the last whorl in front, with a tendency to form a free or solute peristome (PL XXV, figs. 33-35, Ida Canyon). The carinatc periphery is an ancestral character of 0. strigosa and its allies, present invariably in the noanic stage. It wall be noted that 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., in most colonics there is great individual variation in the extent to which it has been replaced in the adult stage by a rounded periphery. Oreolielix strigosa (Old.)- Various forms referable to strigosa occur in New Mexico, such as those sent from the Red river (Ashmun), Pecos (Cockcrell), Canyon Diablo, near Rowe (Miss Cooper), and Big Spring, 5 miles east of Zuni (H. S. Conard). They are two-banded, with the periphery of the last whorl rounded, not differing from the forms commonly found farther north, but slightly unlike the typical Northwestern strigosa. The exact affini- ties of these forms await further investigations now in progress. I have examined the internal anatomy of specimens fiom Pecos, New Mexico. The shells are either rounded or subangular at the periphery in adults. Sculpture of sharp, irregular growth-wrinkles or striae, decussated by slightly impressed spiral lines both above and below. The color varies from yellowish Isabelline to light reddish, with paler striae, always with two narrow bands, and in one specimen a third band around the umbilicus. The embryonic shell is strongly carinate. The first whorl is convex and almost smooth ; then fine, regular, obliquely radial striae appear, and continue to the end of the embryonic shell of 2 to 2-J- whorls; over them there is an extremeh^ minute regular spiral striation, and on the last half whorl coarser, spaced spirals (PI. XXV, figs. 45, 46, 47). The specimens examined were taken August 9, 1903. The penis is very long and strongly twisted. The basal third of its length is cylin- dric, the rest more or less lank, partially collapsed. Internally the basal third (5 mm.) is rather finely plicate longitudinally, thick-walled ; the rest has larger lumen and thinner walls, which are densely papillose within, the distal half having three low fleshy internal ridges. The penial retractor is inserted upon the end of the penis and the base of the epiphallus, which is decidedly less than one-half the length of the penis. The vagina is subcylindric. The uterus is distended with embryos, of which there are 9, with shells 3 to 4 mm. in diameter (PI. XI, figs. 14, 15). Each is enclosed in a membranous capsule, ap- parently the podocyst. Some of them seem to have a small cephalic vesicle. The other 9 organs call for no especial notice (PI. XIX, fig. 3). The pallial organs have been described above. The kidney is 6.7, the pericardium 4.6 mm. long. The foot is slate-blackish and finely granular alcove, the dorsal fur- rows distinct. The distinct genital furrow is duplicated on the left side. The jaw (PI. XXIII, fig. 25) has fine vertical striae. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 The radula (PI. XXII, figs. 1, 2, 3) has 29.1.29 teeth. Central and inner lateral teeth are imicuspid. An ectocone appears on tne eighth or ninth teeth. The marginal teeth are all bicuspid (fig. 2). Mr. Binney has figiu-ed the genitalia of a specimen of strigosa from Salmon river. Just what race it belongs to is not positively known. It differs from the Pecos form of strigosa by the shorter, apparently untwisted penis. The epiphallus and vagina are also shorter. He figiu-es the teeth of strigosa with the ectocone split on an extreme mar- ginal, and the radula had 50.1.50 teeth — a far greater number than I have encountered in this genus. The teeth of 0. haydeni as figured by Binney are like those of Pecos strigosa, and 33.1.33 in number. 0. elrodi has 28.1. 28 similar teeth, the tenth with an ectocone, marginals bicuspid . Forms referable to Oreohelix cooperi have been found by Prof. Cock- erell in central New ilexico. None were turned up in the regions explored by Mr. Ferriss. Oreohelix strigosa concentrata (Dall). Patula strigosa var. concentrata Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, 1895, p. 1 ; XIX, p. 336. This was described from a dwarf form of the mountain tops, the types from the summit of the Huachuca ^Mountains, Cochise county, Arizona. Through the courtesy of Dr. William H. Dall, I have one of the typical lot (No. 89,237, A. N. S. P., from No. 129,999, U. S, Nat. Mus.), and a series from the top of Hacheta Grande, 9,000 feet elevation (No. 65,742, A. N. S. P.). 1. Typical concentrata is white with two dark red-brown bands, the lower one wider, and some livid clouding on the upper surface. The 5 whorls are convex, the last rounded peripherally, with a slight and inconspicuous trace of angulation at its origin. The umbilicus is tvidely open, very ample within. Sculpture of low, rude, nearly effaced wrinkles, with no trace of spiral lines am^vhere. The type measures alt. 8, diam. 16 mm., the specimen before me 7.8 x 14.8 mm. with the umbilicus 4 mm. wide. 0. s. concentrata is a relatively evolved form, having lost the keel on the last whorl. Tne embryonic whorl seems to be similar to that of huachucana. There are no spirals on the last whorl. Diam. 14 to 16 mm. The following lots from the Huachucas seem reierable to concentrata. 2. Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet (PL XXIV, fig. 28). Similar to typical concentrata, with the same depressed shape, very ample umbilicus and nearly effaced sculpture, but fine radial ripples are visible on the em- 18 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF brj^onic whorls in the least worn shells ; broadly two-banded with chest- nut, blackish in places, the upper band sometimes extending to the suture. Alt. 9 8.7 10 mm. Diam. 15.2 15 15 " 3. Limestone Mountain, Huachucas, south side at 8,000 feet eleva- tion (PI. XXIV, figs. 29-31). The shells are whitish with some fleshy or livid streaks or dots, and with two bands, or clouded and suffused with purple-brown. Similar to typical concentrata except that the umbilicus is decidedly smaller within. The last whorl descends to the aperture. They arc like 0. s. huachucana, No. 3, from Brown Canyon, in miniature. They are rounded or slightly angular in front. The sculpture is suhobsolete, without a trace of spirals. Alt. 8.9 8.4 9.5 mm. Diam. 15.2 15.3 15 " Whorls 5 ^ 5 Scalariform monsters are not rare, but the inception of that abnormal condition seems to be invariably traceable to an injury of the shell. One such is figured (PI. XXIV, fig. 31). 4. Limestone Mountain, south side, 8,000 feet. Like the preceding, but more elevated and fleshy white with pinkish apex. The last whorl descends rather deeply (PI. XXIV, fig. 32). Alt. 10 9.7 8.7 mm. Diam. 15.3 15.5 13.7 " 5. Limestone Mountain, north side, 8,000 feet. Similar to the two preceding lots in size and sculptm-e, but broadly two-banded with purple-black, or entirely of this color (PL XXIV, figs. 25, 26, 27). This lot resembles 0. s. hunchucnna, Nos. 11, 12, from Carr Canyon, which are also from a high altitude. No. 5 from 7,000 feet. Brown Canyon, has also similar coloring, but is much larger. This lot, like all seen from Limestone Mountain, does not have the umbilicus so wide within as in typical concentrata. Alt. 9 8.8 9.3 mm. Diam. 16.3 15.5 15.2 " 6. The series of five specimens sent by Dall as 0. s. concentrata from Hacheta Grande Mountain, Grant coimty. New Mexico, one of which is figured on PI. XXV, fig. 60, shows no appreciable divergence from the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 co-type before me, having the same ample iimbihcus and blunted scnlp- tnro. Whether these shells arc to be regarded as really identical with the Iluachuca concentrata, or as a parallel dwarf race independently evolved, is a question remaining to be determined by a study of the forms from the lower canyons of the Hacheta Grande Mountains. Oreohelix strigosa huachucana (Pils.). PI. XXIV, figs. 5-7 (types). " Pyraniidula" strigosa huachucana Pils., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 511.^ 1. The types are from "Conservatory Canyon," otherwise known as Ramsey Canyon, on the northeastern slope of the Huacnucas between Brown and Carr Canyons. They are depressed with a broad umbilicus, exposing more of the penultimate whorl than strigosa,^ and it is also more ample within. There arc 5 whorls, of which 2h are embryonic. The tip is a little de- pressed ; the first whorl is delicately striate or wrinkled in an obliquely radial direction. On the second whorl weak raised spiral lines asually set in; and the last embryonic whorl is rather coarsely, irregularly wrinkled radially, and finely striate spirally, with (in some shells) sev- eral raised threads on the last half whorl. These cease abruptly at the end of the embryonic stage. The following whorls are irregularly, obliquely wrinkled and have at most obsolete spiral lines or traces of them in places, often almost imperceptible. The base has no spiral striation as a rule, but in some specimens from Carr Canyon there arc faint spirals there. Up to the end of the fourth whorl the periphery is strongly carinate, but in adult shells it is nearly angular in front, the last half or more becoming rounded. The suture follows the crest of the keel, and usually descends a trifle to the aperture. The shell is flesh-colored above, with irregular whitish streaks or maculse; beneath, the opaque white predominates more, and there is a purplish-brown band close to the periphery (but 4 or 5 of 25 exam- ined are equally flesh-tinted beneath, and lack the band, PI. XXIV, fig. 8). The aperture is small, very oblique, with the ends of the lip approaching. The peristome is not expanded. Alt. 10.5, diam. 21.8, width of umbilicus 6 mm.; aperture 8.8 mm, wide. Types No. 83,370, A. N. S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss. The reproductive system of one of the types is figured (PI. XIX, *It was evidently this race which Dr. R. E. C. Steams reported from Fort Huachuca as Helix (Patula) hemphilli Newc. {Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, 1893, p. 745), and Dall from the Huachuca Mountains, as P. strigosa (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, 1896, p. 335). ' The comparisons are with typical O. strigosa from the extreme Northwest,, which is identical with Hemphill's var. partna. 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., fig. 6). It was taken in February, during the inactive season, and the uterus is quite small. The dimensions of the organs are given in the table (p. 270). The lower half of the penis is much swollen, the upper half smaller and lank. When opened the basal narrower portion is found to have strong acute folds; these become weak in the swollen part, which contains a large fleshy process adnate to the upper side. The contracted upper portion of the penis is papillose inside, with three low ridges. The retractor muscle and epiphallus arc as in Pecos strigosa. The 9 organs show nothing noteworthy. The radiila (PI. XXII, fig. 5, group of transitional teeth) has 30.1.30 teeth. Those of the median area are much as in Pecos strigosa, with overhanging mesocones only. The ectocone begms weakly on the sixth or seventh, and is well developed on the eleventh tooth. The marginal teeth are all Vjicuspid, the cusps unsplit. 0. s. huachucana is widely distributed in the canyons of the Huachuca Mountains, and nearly every colony has some individual features. "Sometimes only one form was found in a colony, but usually they vary in color and form. They are slow travelers and hence the dis- tinctive characteristics of the colonies. They had not encroached at all upon the ground burned over two years ago. Colonies on different sides of the divides between canyons were entirely different, even when but a hundred or two hundred feet apart" (Ferriss). Brown Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. Numerous colonies in this canyon vary in color, but in all the periphery of the last whorl may either be rounded, as in the type lot, or the acute keel of the young may extend upon the first third or half. The color-forms of the individual colonies are as follows: 2. Solid, opaque pinkish-white, with a few fleshy streaks and scattered dots. Sculpture weak (PI. XXIV, figs. 9, 10). 3. Similar, but with a narrow band on the upper surface and on the base a band below the periphery, as in the typical form. Frequently the upper surface is largely fleshy-brown. This is an abundant form, differing from the Conservatory Canyon race only in the frequent retention of the keel in adults (PI. XXIV, figs. 11, 12, 16). 4. Dull brown predominates throughout. Usually there are no bands (PI. XXIV, figs. 13, 14). This and all the preceding from Brown Canyon are from about 7,000 feet. Some specimens are like the following form. In one gerontic colony at 6,000 feet the peristome is contracted and continuous in old shells (PI. XXIV, fig. 15). 5. A broad, blackish-chestnut ])and below the periphery, the rest 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277 of the base whitish, often dotted. Upper surface also dark brown, usually with a light line below the periphery (PL XXIV, figs. 17, 18). 7,000 feet elevation. 6. Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, collected in 1904, and evidently from a different colony from the types collected in 1902. Two specimens received are dirty whitish. The whorl descends very deeply to the aperture. They are markedly gerontic. Alt. 9.5, diam. 17.3 mm. " 10, '' 16 " Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. In this canyon most or all colonies have the form with rounded periphery, and that with it acutely carinate on the first half of the last whorl. The spire is usually sharply striate obliquely, and the last whorl is frequently striate spirally. The special tendencies of this canyon are most strongly expressed in No. 12. 7. Carr Canyon, 5,500 feet. Similar to No. 4, Brown Canyon, except that the sutures are less impressed, nearly level, and margined very distinctly above by the keel. In some shells the last whorl is rather distinctly decussate by spirals above. In one specimen the suture is deeply deflexed above, as in the Ramsey Canyon shells. A basal band is sometimes present. Alt. 12 10.5 9.8 10.8 mm, Diam. 21 19.5 18 18 " S. Carr Canyon, 5,500 feet. One specimen is similar to No. 7; the other three, measured below, are more calcareous, resembling No. 2, but the whorl is deflexed anteriorly (PI. XXIV, figs. 21, 22, 23). In one the keel extends to the aperture, though rather weakly. Alt. 10 9.8 8.6 mm. Diam. 20 18.8 18.8 " 9. Carr Canyon, 6,000 feet (figs. 19, 20). Shells like No. 3, Brown Canyon, but not so white, the ground color being light brown, and the oblique striation sharper. Two specimens show a second band on the base. Alt. 11 12 11 10 mm. Diam. 19.8 19 18.7 17.4 " 10. Carr Canyon, 6,000 feet (fig. 24). Similar to the preceding, but the ground is much darker, like No. 4. Diam. 18.6 to 19.5 mm. 11. Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet. Blackish-chestnut, the inner whorls 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., paler ; striation sharp ;* spirals ivell developed on the last whorl: not cari- nate. Alt. 8.8, diam. 14.7 mm. (PI. XXV, fig. 36). This lot is dwarfed, about the size of 0. s. concentrota. 12. Another lot from Carr Canyon, altitude not stated, contains whitish bandless shells and brownish ones, uniform or banded like No. 7. One is carinated to the aperture and all are keeled in front. The sculpture consists of fine, sharp rib-striae on the spire, and when fresh, young shells show cuticular laminae on the costulse, larger at intervals and at the periphery. The base has a similar sculp- ture. The last whorl is spirally striate above and below. Diam. 21 mm. (PL XXV, figs.' 37, 38, 39, 40). It may be noted that Dall has reported " a sharply carinated variety " from Tanner's Canyon, Huachuca Mountains (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, p. 335). Mr. Ferriss notes that the young are hirsute. This form diverges quite markedly from hiuichucana and to some extent parallels 0. har- bata of the Chiricahuas. It was found in one small colony onlj^ (No. 79 of Mr. Ferriss' coll., 87,132, A. N. 8. P.). 13. Miller Canyon, 5,000 feet. Very large, depressed shells with 0, 1 or 2 bands, ground color fleshy-white or brown. Periphery rounded, or in one specimen angular in front (PI. XXIV, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, the last immature) . Alt. 14 13.6 13 12 mm. Diam. 24.5 23 23 21 " 14. Miller Canyon, 5,500 feet. Similar to the preceding. On the opposite side of the range specimens were taken in Cave Creek and Ida Canyons. 15. Cave Creek Canyon, 5,500 feet. Wliitish or brown-banded specimens like Nos. 3 and 4 (PI. XXV, figs. 41, 42, 43). 16. Ida Canyon. Whitish specimens, angular or rounded in front, and with or without a band. The whorl descends more or less in front, and some gerontic forms occur. Diam. 19.8 to 22 mm. (PI. XXV, figs. 33, 34, 35). Oreohelix strigosa metcalfei Ckll. Pi. XXV, tigs. 44, 48, 02. Nautilus, XVIII, p. 113, February, 1905. The shell is calcareous, \vhitish with corneous and brownish streaks and dots, and a dark brown band below the periphery. The upper siirface is rather rudely wrinkled obliq\iely, but scarcely shows spirals; but the base is closely and in most specimens rather distinctly spirally striate. Embryonic shell like that of 0. s. huachucana. The whorls have an acute, projecting carina which continues to the aperture, and are 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADWLPHI A. 279 flat above it, forming a straightly conic spire. Suture not impressed. The last whorl descends in front. Aperture rather small, as in 0. s. huachucana. Umbilicus ample within, as in hiiachucana. Alt. 12 10.2 10.6 mm. Diam. 21 19.5 20 Whorls 4f 5i 5-| Mountains near Kingston, Sierra county, New Mexico, collected by 0. B. Metcalfe. This form stands close to the huachucana series, from which it differs only in the spiral striation of the base, which is usually quite distinct though very minute,^" and in the persistence of the peripheral keel to the aperture. In the last feature it is less evolved than huachucana. In some specimens of the latter the keel also persists, though less strongly. Oreohelix strigosa socorroensis n. subsp. PI. XXV, figs. 49-51. The shell is thin, with 2\ embryonic whorls closeh^ and sharply obliquely striate, with a few low, coarse, indistinct spirals on the last embryonic whorl. Whorls Ah to 4f , convex, the later ones rudely but not coarsely wrinkled, without noticeable spirals above, but the base is very densely and distinctly striate spirally. The last whorl is quite convex above and below a cord-like peripheral keel, which extends nearly or quite to the aperture. The last whorl descends a little and slowly in front. The umbilicus is rather small, but enlarges at the opening. Aperture as usual. Alt. 8 9.2 8 8.8 mm. Diam. 15 14.8 13.5 13.3 " Negra Mountains, Socorro county. New Mexico. Types No. 58,128, A. N. S. P., presented by Dr. W. D. Hartman, collector unknown. Related to 0. s. metcalfei, its neighbor on the south, but that is a more strongly carinate shell with flat whorls and straightly conic spire. They agree in the beautiful circular striation of the base. Oreohelix barbata n. sp. PI. XXV, figs. 57, 58. The shell is broadly and openly umbilicate, depressed, biconvex, carinate, pale brown, lusterless; obliquely closely lamellose costulate. the lamellae lengthened into a cuticular fringe at the periphery, and at several places on the base, forming circular fringes there. A similar *" In some specimens of huachucana from Carr Canyon, such as PI. XXV, fig. 36 and figs. 37-40, the base is spirally striate, but it is not so in huachucana from other places. 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mcll., but less developed one runs in the middle of the upper surface of the last whorl. The embryonic shell of nearly two whorls is not distinctly defined from the subsequent growth ; the first whorl is smoothish with some radial wrinkles only; the second is densely obliquely costulate, with cuticular lamellse on the fine riblets in perfectly preserved exam- ples. There are weak traces of a few coarse, low spirals. Wliorls 4, rather rapidly increasing, the last slowly descending in front, very con- vex beneath. The aperture is very oblique, shortly pear-shaped, the peristome simple, upper and lower margins much convergiiig and straightened, connected by a short and thin parietal callous. Alt. 7 , diam. 13.5 mm., not including the cuticular processes. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, collected by J. H. Ferriss. Co-types No. 87,011 and 87,146, Coll. A. N. S. P. It lives in a moist situation, in stone talus near the falls of the stream. Cuticular processes or "hairs" are generally present on the shells of very young Oreohelices, but in this one alone their development culminates in the adult snail. Their projection at the angle of the whorls of the spire makes the lamellse look continuous over the sutures. When denuded the shell is sharply striate, with some ill-defined spirals marking the positions of the more prominent cuticular wreaths. Besides those described above, there are some minor and variable spirals on the most perfect specimens. The processes are very efficient as gatherers of soil, \^•hich is probably glued on by the mucous of the animal, as usual. In the general plan of ornamentation, this bearded Oreohelix is not unlike Polygyra {Steno- trema) pilshryi Ferriss. By its tricuspid central and bicuspid lateral teeth, as well as by the general form of the shell, 0. harbata recalls 0. he7nphiUi, especially when denuded of the "beard." The embryonic sculpture is not very unlike some forms of hemphilli, but it most resembles that of 0. s. socorroensis, though a little coarser. The insertion of the penis retrac- tor solely on the epiphallus is like Radiocenirum, and unlike any of the typical Oreohelices. The foot of 0. harhata is small, slate-blackish above, and finely granu- lated. No genital furrow is discernible, but there is a pair of dorsal grooves. The tail is flattened and pale above. The mantle edge is very thick and fleshy. The genitalia of one of the types are figured (PI. XIX, fig. 5). The penis resembles that of *S. strigosa huachucana, the lower half being much swollen, the upper half smaller and cylindric. Internally the larger portion has 4 or 5 large and some smaller longitudinal folds, the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 upper part is densely papillose inside. The epiphallus bears the penis- retractor muscle, some distance from its base, and the vas deferens enters centrally at the end. The duct of the spermatheca is some- what swollen basally. The uterus contained neither eggs nor embryos, the specimens having been collected in February. The radula (PL XXII, fig. 6) has 23.1.23 teeth. The mesocones are long, and all the teeth have well-developed cdocones. The marginal teeth are bicuspid as usual, the cusps unsplit. Oreohelix yavapai n. sp. PI. XXV, fig. 53. Shell thin, whitish more or less stained with brown, with a faint brown band above and another close below^ the periphery. The small periph- eral keel extends to the aperture, but is pinched up less than in neo- mexicana; the last whorl elsewhere is well rounded, the earlier whorls flattened. Embryo of 2^ whorls, the first nearly smooth, convex, the next more flattened, finely, densely striate obliquelj^ and very strongly striate and ribbed spirally. At the end of the embryonic stage this spiral scidpture abruptly stops , and is succeeded by sharp oblique striation which becomes cut by a few spiral lines. On the last whorl there are more spirals, usually emphasized as series of granules or pits upon the oblique striae (indicating cuticular processes in perfectly fresh shells). Wliorls about 5J, the last hardly descending in front. The umbilicus is ample, as in 0. y. neomexicana. Aperture oblique, rounded, with thin lip. Alt. 8.7 9.5 mm. Diam. 15.2 16.6 " Purtyman's ranch, on Oak creek, Yavapai county, about 40 miles from Jerome, Arizona (northwest of the center of the Territory), types No. 79,415, A. N. S. P., collected by E. H. Ashmun. Also found on the svimmit of Mt. Mingus, near Jerome, and fossil in a road cutting in Walnut Gulch, near Jerome (Ashmun). Dr. R. E. C. Stearns reported a form probably identical with 0. yavapai from Coon Mountain, a curious crater about 10 miles south of Canyon Diablo, and about 3 days' travel from Flagstaff, Arizona (Patula strigosa Old., Nautilus, VI, May, 1892, p. 1; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, p. 745). The embryonic young shells, 2 mm. diameter with 2-^- whorls, are acutely carinatc (PI. XI, fig. 13). This species differs from 0. strigosa in the form of the shell, which is more like 0. hemphilli, and by the diminutive penis, while the epi- phallus is longer in proportion than in forms of strigosa I have exam- 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., ined ; it differs from 0. y. neomexicana chiefly by the stronger spiral sculpture of tho embryonic shell and the abrupt change in sculpture at the inception of the neanic growth. The same differences and the wider umbilicus separate it from the northern 0. hemphilli, which, moreover, differs by its dentition, as indicated below under 0. y. neomexicana. The penis (PI. XIX, fig. 7) resembles that of 0. y. neomexicana except that it is larger, and the vas deferens enters the epiphallus centrally at the apex. There were 10 embryos in the uterus, each half enveloped in its podocyst. The jaw has longitudinal and vertical striae. The radula (PI. XXII, figs. 7) has 26.1.26 teeth, those in the middle unicuspid; the ectocone distinctly appearing on the sixth. Marginal teeth bicuspid, the cusps unsplit. Oreohelix yavapai neomexicana d. subsp. P!. XI. figs. 8. 9 ; PI. XXV, fig. 59. The shell is thin, brown, acuteh^ keeled, pinched in above and below the peripheral keel, which extends to the aperture, the whorls else- where convex above and below. Embryo of 2 to 2^ whorls, convex except near the periphery where they are impressed ; they are densely striate obliquely and rather obsoletely striate spirally. The junction with the subsequent neanic growth is often indistinct. Whorls 4f to 5^, the later ones rudely, very obliquely wrinkled, and showing raised spiral stride, usually rather indistinct. The umbilicus is ample within and rather widely open, exposing the penultimate whorl. Aperture small with simple lip, the whorl descending slowly to it. Alt. 8.5 7.8 mm. Diam. 15.6 14.5 '' Canyon Diablo, near Rowe, San Miguel county. New Mexico. Types No. 84,297, A. N. S. P., collected by Miss Mary Cooper. This form differs from 0. hemphilli (Newc.) by its less convex em- bryonic whorls, w^hich are more impressed near the periphery, and by the more ample umbilicus ; but it differs chiefly by the unicuspid teeth of the median part of the radula, those teeth in 0. hemphilli having well- developed ectocones, as in 0. harhata. It seems to be rather widely separated geographically from the range of 0. hemphilli. It is also before me from Beulah, in the Sapello Canyon, San Miguel county, at 8,000 feet (Prof. Cockerell), small specimens only 10 mm. diameter, with 4^ whorls, perhaps not quite adult. Similar small speci- mens come from Las Huartes Canyon, Bernalillo county. New Mexico (Miss Cooper). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 I have partially examine 1 the internal anatomy of one of the speci- mens from Beiilah. The penis (PI. XIX, fig. 9) is bent in the middle, the lower half a little swollen, with muscular walls, the upper half slightly smaller, softer. There is a very small apical papilla, and the retractor muscle is inserted at the apex of the penis and root of the epiphallus. The epijshallus is large, shorter than the penis, and the vas deferens enters at the side, not the center of the apex. The radula has 19.1.19 teeth, similar to those of 0. yavapai. On the fifth or sixth teeth the ectocone is developed. Marginals bicuspid, as usual. Subgenus RADIOCENTRUM nov. Oreohelices with an embryonic shell of H radially ribbed whorls, spiral strise in the intervals between ribs excessively weak or wanting. Penis rather short, with a hollow dilation at the distal end. Epiphallus club-shaped, as long as the penis, the retractor inserted near its base. Type 0. chiricahuana Pils. This group differs from Orcohelix by the smaller number of embryonic whorls and their different sculpture, and in the somewhat different structure of the penis. It includes at present three species: 0. chiri- cahuana, 0. clappi and 0. avalonensis. The genitalia are similar in the two species examined, the only difference being in the shape of the distal end of the penis, and in the absolute dimensions. The pallial organs of 0. clappi do not differ from those described above for Oreohelix strigosa. Key to Species of Radiocentrum. a. — Shell bluntly subangular or almost rounded at the periphery; cov- ered with a green or olive cuticle, largely worn from old shells. Alt. 8.5 to 9.7, diam. 15 mm., 0. clappi Ferriss. a'. — Shell carinated; earthy, without perceptible cuticle. b. — "Whorls 44, granulated above and below, the last one wide; aperture large. Alt. 6, diam. 11 mm." (Hemphill). I 0. avalonensis Hemphill, 6'. — Whorls 5, striated but not granulated, slowly widening; aperture small. Alt. 6.5, diam. 11 mm., 0. chiricahuana Pils. Oreohelix chiricahuana n. sp. PI. XI, figs, l, 2, 3. The shell is depressed, the altitude about .6 of the diameter, about equally convex above and below the peripheral keel. Umbilicus rather well-like, slowly contracting, and contained five or six times in the diameter of the shell. Whitish, with an indistinct gray band near 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., the middle of the upper surface and another immediately below the white keel, the early whorls dull brown; without perceptible cuticle. Sculpture of close but irregular and rather shar]) growth-wrinkles, very indistinctly decussated with s]oiral strife. The embryonic shell consists of only H whorls. The first half whorl is nearly smooth, the next whorl is sharply and finely but very regulorly ribbed radicdly. With the compound microscope some veiy weak spiral striation may Idc seen in- distinctly in the intervals. At the end of the embryonic period the rib sculpture abruptly gives place to a lower, less regular oblique striation. The spire is convexly conic. Wliorls 5, convex, impressed above the sutiu-e, where the keel projects a trifle. At the periphery the keel projects somewhat, the siu-face being a little concave above and below it. Base convex. Aperture small, oblique, a little angular at the outer part. Lip simple, the ends approaching. Alt. 6.5, diam. 11 mm. " 7, " 10.5 " Cave Creek Canyon, Chirieahua Mountains. Types No. 87,012, A. N. S. P., collected by James H. Ferriss. "Occurred on a dry, clay hillside, under dead vegetation and stones, and was found nowhere else on the mountain." This is a very distinct little species, closely related to 0. avalonensis Hemphill of Santa Catalina Island, California, which has an apex of the same type. 0. avalonensis differs, however, b}^ its conspicuously decussate surface, wider last whorl and larger aperture, and it has a half whorl less. It is figured for comparison, PI. XI, figs. 4, 5, 6, 7. The umbilicus is about equal in the two species. 0. chiricahuana differs conspicuously from 0. yavapai and 0. y. neomexicana by its peculiar apical sculpture, etc. The genitalia are figured (PL XIX, fig. 4). The penis is cylindric, a little flattened and protruding on one side at the distal end. The epi- phallus is longer than the penis, club-shaped, the retractor inserted upon it not far from its base. The lower part of the spermatheca duct is enlarged and muscular. The lengths of the organs are as follows: penis 4, epiphallus 4.7, vagina 3.5, spermatheca and duct 7.5 mm. The foot is scarcely granulose, the integument smoothish, tessellated in rather coarse pattern with blackish or gray spots. No genital furrow is visible. The mantle edge is thin. The jaw (PI. XXIII, fig. 24) is striate, somewhat less arcuate than that of 0. clappi. The radula (PI. XXII, figs. 10, 11) has 26.1.26 teeth. They are rather shorter than usual in Oreohelix. The central and lateral teeth 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 have well-developed cctocones. The marginal teeth are bicuspid, as usual in Oreohelix, but the inner cusp is split. Oreohelix olappi Ferrlss. PI. XI, fig. 12 ; PI. XXV, figs. 51-56. Nautilus, XVIII, p. 53 (September, 1904). This is a remarkable snail, slightly resembling Pyramidula solitaria on a small scale, but very different from any other Oreohelix by its rapidly narrowing umbilicus and green or olivaceous cuticle. The smoothish integument is blackish on the head and tail, and darker toward the foot margins, elsewhere tessellated with large poly- gonal gray pigment spots. Sole cream colored. There are two irregu- lar dorsal grooves. The kidney, 6.3 mm. long, is a thin-walled sack, its lumen large, with strongly corrugated walls. The pericardium is fully 4 mm. long. The reproductive system (PI. XIX, fig. 8) resembles that of 0. chiri- cahuana. The rather slender cylindric penis is enlarged at the summit, the protuberance on the upper side (in the figure) hollow. The epi- phallus enters through a very small acorn-shaped papilla. The walls of the penis are thin, with a minute oblique corrugation meeting V-like on one side. The penis measures 7, epiphallus 7, vagina 6, sperma- theca and duct 13 mm. long. The penis retractor is inserted about 1.5 mm. from the base of the epiphallus. The jaw (PI. XXIII, fig. 26) is arcuate and striate vertically. The radula (PI. XXII, fig. 4) has about 29.1.29 teeth, of the general form usual in Oreohelix. There are rudimentary ectocones on the central teeth, at least where they are unworn. The laterals have simi- lar outer cutting points. The marginal teeth are bicuspid. In general, the teeth are between the unicuspid type and that with developed ectocones. Explanation of Plates XI-XXVII. Plate XI. — Fig 11 was drawn by the author; the others are reproduced from photographs. Figs. 1-3 — Oreohelix dnricahuana Pils. X 3§. Co-types. Figs. 4-6. — Oreohelix avalonensis Hemph. X cj. Santa Catalina Island, California. Fig. 7. — O. avalonensis. Early whorls. X 6. Fig. 8. — Oreohelix yarapaineomexicana'Pils. Young specimen. X 3. Show- ing embryonic whorls and two neanic whorls. Fig. 9. — O. y. neomexicana. Segment of base. Only the coarser spirals are visible in the half-tone cut. Fig. 10. — Sonorella gramilatissima F'lh. No. 87,087. Miller Canyon. Por- tion of last whorl above the periphery. X 7. Fig. 11. — Ashmunella angulata Fi\s. No. 87,113. Immature shell of 8 mm. diameter showing temporary lip-rib. 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Fig. 12. — Oreohelix clappi Ferriss. Early whorls. X 6. Sculpture is very imperfectly shown. Fig. 13. — Oreohelix yavapai Pils. Young shell, showing embryonic whorls and about one-third of the first neanic whorl. X 6. Figs. 14, 15. — Oreohelix strigosa Gld. Pecos, N. M. Uterine young. X 6. The very fine, even spiral striation is not sufficiently enlarged to be visible in the reproduction, though shown in the photograph ; the radial ripples are also largely lost. Plate XII, Figs. 1-4. — Ashmunella rhyssa Dall. Sierra Blanca. Nos. 73,561 and 73,575. Figs. 5, 6. — Ashmunella rhyssa miorhyssa Dall. Sierra Blanca, New Mexico. No. 73,577. Figs. 7, 8. — Ashmunella rhyssa hyporhyssa Ckll., larger form. James Can- yon, Cloudcroft, New Mexico. No. 89,201. Figs. 9-13. — A. r. hyporhyssa Ckll. James Canyon, Cloudcroft. No. 83,345. Fig. 14. — Ashmunella altissima Ckll. Co-type. Summit of Sierra Blanca. No. 73,558. Figs. 15, 16. — Ashmunella pseudodonta Dall. White Oaks, New Mexico. No. 73,589. Figs. 17, 18. — A. pseudodonta Dall. Capitan Mountains, New Mexico. No. 79,529. Figs. 19, 20. — Ashmunella ashmuni Dall. Bland, New Mexico. No. 73,599. Figs. 21-23. — A. pseudodonta capitanensis A. and C. Capitan Mountains, New Mexico. No. 74,556. Figs. 24-26. — A. ashmuni robusta Pils. Bland, New Mexico. No. 73,576. Plate XIII, Figs. 23-26. — Ashmunella esuritor Pils. Types. Figs. 27, 28. — Ashmunella thomsoniana (Ancey). Part of the original lot, from J. H. Thomson. Santa Fe Canyon, New Mexico. Nos. 58,113 and 58,114. Fig. 29. — A. thomsoniana. Specimen from Monument Rock, Santa F6 Can- yon. Prof. Cockerell and Miss Porter. No. 77,870. Fig. 30. — A. thomsoniana. Santa Fe Canyon. E. H. Ashmun. No. 76,709. Figs. 31-34. — .4. thomsoniana (Anc). Las Vegas Hot Springs, New Mexico. Nos. 84,293, 80,750 and 83,946. Fig. 34 is a co-type of A. t. cooperce Figs. 35-37. — A thomsoniana (Anc). Canyon Diablo, near Rowe, New Mexico. No. 84,295. Fig. 38. — A. t. pecosensis Ckll. Type. Valle ranch, Pecos, New Mexico. No. 84,209. Figs. 39-41. — A. t. porterce Pils. and Ckll. Sapello Canyon, San Miguel county, New Mexico, 8,000 feet altitude. No. 81,983. Figs. 42, 46. — A. t. porterce P. and C. Co-types. Beulah, Upper Sapello Canyon. No. 76,789. Figs. 4^45. — A. t. porterce P. and C. Pecos, New Mexico. No. 85,099. Plate XIV, Figs. 47-49. — Ashmunella levettei angigyra Pils. Types. Con- servatory Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. No. 83,269. Figs. 50, 54. — A. I. angigyra. Brown's Canyon. No. 87,093. Figs. 51-53. — A. I. angigyra. Foothills, Bear Canyon. No. 89,202. Figs. 55-57. — Ashmunella angulata Pils. Types. South fork of Cave creek, at base of mountain, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,019. Fig. 58. — A. angulata. South fork of Cave creek, under cliffs; sho^VTng weak upper branch of the parietal tooth. No. 87,015. Figs. 59, 60. — A. angulata. Cave Creek Canyon. No. 87,020. Fig. 61. — A. angidata. Cave Creek Canyon. No. 87,111. Fig. 62. — Ashmunella mearnsi Dall. Huachuca Mountains. No. 65,736. Figs. 63, (>JL.—Ash7nuneUa angidata Pils. Falls of Cave Creek. No. 87,112. Figs. 65, 66. — Ashmunella proxima Pils. Types. Sawmill Canyon, Chiri- cahua Mountains. No. 86,498. Figs. 67-69. — Ashmunella fissidens Pils. Cave Creek Canyon, Chirica- hua Mountains. Types. No. 87,022. Figs. 70, 71. — -4. proxima. Topo types. No. 87,102. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 287 Plate XV Figs 72-75, 79.— A shmunella leveUei (Bid.). TjiJical. Bear Can- 'von, Huachuca Mountains, 6,500 feet. No. 87,089. ^ , , ,. Figs. 76.— A. levettei. Albino. Head of Bear Canyon, 7,000 feet. No. 87,098. , ,.^ Fis.. 77.— A. levettei. Pathologic monster, same locality. ^ ^nn f *. Yig. 78.— A. levettei. Miller Canyon, Huachuca Mountams, 6,000 teet. No. 87,099. ^, , ,r , . M^ Figs. 80-88.— .4 . I. heterodon Pils. Ida Canyon, Huachuca Mountams. INo. 89 203 Figs. 89-91.— A. I. heterodon. Cave Creek Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. No. 87,152. . ^ r^ TT ,„ Figs 92 93.— A. levettei, var. approachmg angigyra. Carr Canyon, tlua- chuca Mountains, 5,000 feet. Nos. 87,092 and 89 204 Figs. 94, 95.— A. I. heterodon Pils. or chiricahuana Dall(?), Miller Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. No. 87,097. Plate XVI , Figs . 96-99 .—A shmunella chiricahuana (Dall) . Cave Creek Canyon , Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,096, A. N. S. P. Fig 100.— A. chiricahuana. An elevated specimen from the same locality. No. 87,021. ^ , ■ f X- f^„ Fig. 101.— A. c. mogollonensis. Base of a larger specimen from Iving&ton, Sierra county, New Mexico. . ^xr ^ c ^ n-i Fig 102 —A shmunella chiricahuana mogollonensis Pils. West tork UUa river, near MogoUon Peak, New Mexico. No. 79,530. Figs. 103-107 .—Ashmunella duplicidens Pils. Bearfoot Park, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,024. r^ , r^ ni :.; Figs. 108-110, lis.— A shmunella ferrissi Pils. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiri- cahua Mountains. No. 89,232. t^i -j at Figs. Ill, 112, 117.— Ashmunellawalkeri Femss. Co-types. Florida Moun- tains, near Deming, New Mexico. Figs. 114, 115. — Ashm.unella metamorphosa Pils. Types. Fig. 116.— As/imuneZZa mearnsi (Dall). No. 65,736. Plate XVII, Figs. 1, 2.—Sonorella hachitana, var. Florida Mountains, No. Figs S-G—Sonorella hachitana, var. Florida Mountains. No. 86 496. Fies' 7 8 —Sonorella hachitana, var. Organ Mountains, ^o. 71,41d. Figs' 9-14.— SonoreZ/a hachitana ashmuni Bartsch. Purtyman s. iNos. 79,409 and 80,707. ^, . . , ,t * • m^ Figs. 15, 16.— Sonorella virilis Pils. Type. Chiricahua Mountains. No. Figs. 17-20.— Sonorella virilis Pils., var. SawmiU Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,081. co 0^7 Fiss 21-23 —Sonorella granulatissima Fils. iypes. !S0. ^6,J.0i . Fig.'^"^-— Sonorella virilis huachucana Pils. Brown Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. Plate XVIII, Figs. 24-28.— Sonorella granulatissima latior Pils. Brown's Can- yon, Huachuca Mountains. No. 87,083. . Figs 29-32.— Sonorella hachitana bowiensis Pils. Fort Bowie No. 86,497. Fies' .33 34.— SonoreZ/omu'e/Zi (Newc). Santords. No. 83,273. Y\Z 35 —Sonorella rowelli (Newc). Patagonia Mountains. No 83,268. Figs 36-38.— Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Ida Canyon. No. »7."|«- Fils 39 40 A4 —Sonorella granulatissima Fi\s,. Miller Canyon. No. 87,0b/. Fils" 41-4:3— Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Miller Canyon, ^o. 89,227. Figs". 4b-47 .—Sonorella granulatissima parva Pils. West end ot Hua- chuca Mountains. No. 87,114. ^., m r^ n y Flo's 48-50 —Sonorella virilis circumstriatus Pils. Types. Cave Creek " ' Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains. No. 87,026. Ficrs 51-54 —Sonorella qranulatissima Pils. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Moun- ° ■ tains. No. 89,226. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Plate XIX. — Anatomy of Oreohelix. Fig. 1. — Oreohelix strigosa, from Pecos, New Mexico. Pallial complex. Fig. 2.—0. elrodi (Pils.). Fig. 3. — 0. strigosa (Gld.), from Pecos, New Mexico. Fig. 4. — 0. chiricahuana Pils. Fig. 5. — 0. barbata Pils. Fig. 6. — 0. s. huachucana Pils. Fig. 7. — O. yavapai Pils. Penis. Fig. 8. — O. clappi Ferriss. Fig. 9. — O. y. neomexicana Pils. Penis. Plate XX [all figures X 2], Fig. 10. — Sonorella hachitana bowiensis Pils. Penis opened to show papilla. Bowie, Arizona. No. 86,497. Fig. 11. — S. h. bowiensis Pils. Genitalia of same specimen. Fig. 12. — Sonorella hachitana (Dall). Genitalia of individual from Florida Mountains, New Mexico. No. 86,496. The penis-papilla shows faintly through. Fig. 13. — Sonorella rowelli (Newc). Penis opened to show papilla. San- ford's, Arizona. No. 83,273. Fig. 14. — S. rowelli (Newc). Genitalia of same individual. Fig. 15. — Sonorella hachitana ashmuni (Bartsch). Opened penis of a speci- men from Purtyman's ranch, Oak creek, New Mexico. No. 79,409. Fig. 16. — Sonorella granulatissima Pils. (^ organs, showing epiphallus and flagellura of one of the tv'pe specimens. Spring Canyon, Huachuca Mountains. Fig. 17. — .S. granulatissima Pils. Genitalia of same individual. Fig. 18. — S. granulatissima Pils. Opened penis of same individual. Fig. 19. — Sonorella virilis circumstriata Pils. Genitalia of No. 87,026. Cave Creek Canyon. Fig. 20. — Sonorella rowelli (Newc). Terminal ducts of genitalia of a small form from the Patagonia Mountains, Arizona. No. 83,268. Fig. 21. — Sonorella virilis Fi\s. Opened penis of type specimen. Chiricahua Mountains. No. 79,622. Fig. 22. — S. virilis Pils. Genitalia of same specimen. Plate XXI. — Genitalia of Ashmunella. Fig. 23. — Ashmunella duplicidens Vila. X2§. No. 87,024. Fig. 24. — Ashmunella proxima Pils. X2§. No. 86,498. Fig. 25. — Ashmunella esuritor Pils. Exserted penis. Fig. 2Q.— Ashmunella angulata Fih. X2§. No. 87,015. Fig. 27. — Ashmunella metamorphosa Pils. X2. No. 88,885. Fig. 28.— Ashmunella I. anqicpira Piis. X2f. No. 83,269. Fig. 29. — Ashmunella chiriv(thuana Pils. X2. No. 87,021. Fig. ^Q.— Ashmunella esuritor Pils. X22. No. 87,023. Plate XXII, Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Oreohelix strigosa, variety from Pecos, New Mexico. 1. Central tooth r, with three laterals; 2. Group of marginal teeth at the edge of radwla; 3. Lateral and transitional teeth. Fig. 4. — Oreohelix clappi Ferriss. Central and two lateral teeth of a co-type. Fig. 5. Oreohelix strigosa huachucana Pils. Group of lateral and transi- tional teeth of a type specimen. Fig. 6. — Oreohelix barbata Pils. Central tooth with laterals i-iii, vi and vii of a co-type. Fig. 7. — Oreohelix i/avapai Pi\s. Co-type. Group of lateral and transitional teeth, with a central tooth on the extreme right. Fig. .8. — Ashmunella metamorphosa Pils. Central with two adjacent lateral teeth of a type specimen. Fig. 9. — -Ashmunella angulata Pils. No. 87,015. Group of transitional and marginal teeth. Figs. 10, 11. — Ashmnnella chiricahuana (Dall). Group of central and lateral teeth and two groups of marginal teeth of a typical specimen. Fig. 12. — Ashmunella levettei angigijra Pils. Conservator^^ Canyon, Hua- chuca Mountains. Half row of teeth, some of tlie marginals omitted. 1905.] • NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 Plate XXIII. — Jaws of Ashmunella, Sonorella and Oreohelix. Fig. 13. — Ashmunella chiricahuana Dall. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricaluias. No. 87,021. Fig. 14. — Ashmunella levettei angigyra Pils. Type. No. 83,269. Fig. 15. — Ashmunella angulata Pils. No. 87,015. Fig. 16. — Ashmunella metamorphosa Pils. Co-type. Fig. 17. — Ashmunella levettei proxima Pils. Co-type. No. 86,498. Fig. 18. — Sonorella rowelli (Newc). Patagonia Mountains, Santa Cruz county, Arizona. No. 83,268. Fig. 19. — Sonorella hachitana var. Organ Mountains, New Mexico. . No. 71,413. Fig. 20. — Sonorella hachitana (P&W) . Florida Mountains, New Mexico. No. 86,496. Fig. 21.— Sonorella virilis Pils. Type. No. 79,602. Fig. 22. — Sonorella h. bowiensis Pils. Type. No. 86,497. Fig. 23. — Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Co-type. Fig. 24. — Oreohelix chiricahuana Pils. Co-type. Fig. 25. — Oreohelix strigosa Gld. var. Pecos, New Mexico. Fig. 26. — Oreohelix clappi Ferriss. Co-type. Plate XXIV, Figs. 1-4. — Oreohelix strigosa huachucana. Miller Canyon, 5,000 feet. No. 87,144. Figs. 5-7.— Conservatory Canyon. No. 83,370. Type specimens. Fig. 8. — Uniform browii specimen. Same locality. No. 83,371. Figs. 9, 10.— Brown's Canyon, at 7,000 feet. No. 87,125. Figs. 11, 12, 16. — Brown's Canyon, at 7,000 feet. No. 87,124. Figs. 13, 14.— Brown's Canyon, at 7,000 feet. No. 87,126. Fig. 15.— Brown's Canyon, at 6,000 feet. No. 87,122. Figs. 17, 18.— Brown's Canvon, at 7,000 feet. No. 87,127. Figs. 19, 20.— Carr Canyon, at 6,000 feet. No. 87,135. Figs. 21-23.— Carr Canyon, at 5,500 feet. No. 87,134. Fig. 24.— Carr Canyon, at 6,000 feet. No. 87,136. Figs. 25-27. — 0. s. concentrata (Dall). Limestone Mountain, north side, at 8,000 feet. No. 87,128. Fig. 28.— O. s. concentrata (Dall). Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet. No. 87.138. P'igs. 29-31. — O. s. concentrata (Dall). Limestone Mountain, south side, at 8,000 feet. No. 87,131. Figs. 32. — 0. s. concentrata (Dall). Limestone Mountain, south side, at 8,000 feet. No. 87,131. Plate XXV, Figs. 33, ZA.— Oreohelix s. huachucana Pils. Ida Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 7,000 feet elevation. No. 87,143. Fig. 35.— 0. s. huachucana Ida Canyon, 7,000 feet. No. 87,142. Fig. 36.— 0. s. huachucana. Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet. No. 87,137. Figs 37-40.— 0. s. huachucana, keeled and hirsute form. Carr Canyon. No. 87,132. Figs. 41-43. — O. .s. huachucana. Cave Creek Canyon, 5,500 feet. No. 87,140,87,141. ^ ,, , J Figs. 44, 48, 52.— O. s. metcalfei Ckll. Co-types, 44 and 48 from bleached specimens, 52 from one collected alive. Figs. 45-47. — 0. strigosa (Gld.). Pecos, New Mexico. No. 85,100. Figs. 49-51. — 0. strigosa socorroensis Pils. Co-types. No. 58,128. Fig. 52.-0. s. metcalfei Ckll. Fig.. 53.-0. yavapai Pils. Co-type. No. 79,415. Figs. 54-56. — O. clappi Ferriss. Co-types. No. 87,013. Figs. 57, 58.— 0. fearba to Pils. Co-types. No. 87,011. Fig. 59. — 0. y. neomexicana Pils. Co-type. No. 84,297. Fig. 60.— 0. s. concentrata (Dall). Hacheta Grande Mountain, at 9,000 feet. No. 65,742. 19 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [Mch., Plate XXVI, Figs. 1-5. — Holospira goldfussi (Mke.). Guadalupe river, about six miles above New Braunfels, Texas. Nos. 89,209, 89,210. Fig. 6. — Holospira cockereUi Dall. Near Kingston, New Mexico. No. 89,211. Fig. 7. — Holospira regis Pils. and Ckll. Near Kingston, New Mexico. No. 89,208. Fig. 8. — Holospira crossei Dall. Hacheta Grande Mountain, Grant county, New Mexico, No. 65,738. Fig. 9. — Holospira chiricahuana Pils. Fort Bowie, Cochise countv, Arizona. No. 87,118. Figs. 10-15. — Holospira roemeri (Pfr.). Hondo river, about two miles north of Hondo, Medina county, Texas. No. 89,207. Figs. 16-18. — H. roemeri. High Bridge of the Pecos river, Valverde county, Texas. No. 89,206. Figs. 19-21. — Microceramus texanus (Pils.). Guadalupe river, above New Braunfels, Texas. No. 89,205. Plate XXVII, Figs. 22-25. — Holospira ferrissi Pils. Manilla Mine, Huachuca Mountains. No. 87,115. Figs. 26-29. — Holospira chiricahuana Pils. Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricaliua Mountains. No. 87,119. F\gs. 30-33.— Holospira cionella Vils. Fort Bowie. No. 87,117. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 MOLLUSCA OF FLINT AND CAROLINE ISLANDS, IN THE CENTRAL PACIFIC. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY AND EDWARD G. VANATTA. The species recorded below were collected by Mr. C. D. Voy, a Cali- fornian naturalist, in the year 1875, in the course of a voyage from Honolulu through Polynesia to Sydney, New Soutn Wales, Australia. Somewhat extensive series of mollusks, Crustacea and echinoderms were also taken in the Marquesas, Society Islands, Rurutu Island of the Austral group, etc. These collections were acquired by the late Prof. E. D. Cope, and remained unopened in the original parcels until presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences in 1901 by Mrs. Annie P. Cope. Most of the island groups represented in Yoy's collection have been more or less exploited by other naturalists, particularly Garrett, Pease and the Godeffroy brothers; but so far as we know, no mollusks have been reported from Caroline and Flint Islands. Although the collec- tion from these places is not extensive, we have thought it worth while on this account to put the facts on record. The only land animals taken on the two islands were the widely distributed Birgus latro and Truncatella valida. Flint Island lies 11° 25' 43" S., 151° 48' W., and Caroline Island is 10° S., 150° 14' 30" W. They are small, isolated, uninhabited islets, lying north of the Society group, in the central Pacific. List of Species. (F., Flint Island; C, Caroline Islatid.) Conus catus Brug. F. " eburneus Hwass. F. " ehrceus L. {hebrceus auct.). F., C. " miles L. F. " retifer Mke. F. " vexillum Gm. F. " vitulinus Hwass. F, " violaceus Rve. C. Glyphostoma sp. F. Murex rubesceus Brod. F. Murex laqueatus Sowb. F, Maculotriton bradeatus Hinds. F., C. " digitalis Rve. F.,C. Purpura armigera Dillw. C. " bitubercularis Lam. F., C. Ricinula horrida Lam, F., C. " ricinus L, F., C. " " elegans Brod. F., C. 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., Ricinula digitaia Lam. F., C. " marginatra Blv. C " 7norus L. C. Si strum undatum Chem. C. " canceUotum Q. C. Topas sertum Bnig. Vexilla tmiiata Powis. F. Mitra limhifera Lam. F., C. " pontifical is L. C. " Httrata Lam. F., C. Harpa minor Lam. F., C. Cyprcea, arabica L. F. " araneosa (hay. F. '' caput-serpentis L. F., C. " carneola L. F. " cicercula L. F. " cumingi Gi-ay. F. " fuscomacidata Pse. F. " hdvola L. F., C. " mtermedia Gray. F., C. " irrorata Sol. F., C. " isabella L. F., C. " madagascariensis Gm. F. " moncta L. F., C. " nucleus L. F. " ohvekita Lam. F., C. " poraria L. F., C. reticulata Mart. F., C. " scurra Gm. F. " tabescens Sol. F. " veyitriculus Lam. F, vitellus L. F. Ovula lactea Lam. C. Pterocera scorpio L. F. Strombus macidatus Niitt. F. " urceus h. F. Aqudlus chlorostoma Lam. C. " pilearis L. C. " rubeculus L. F. " tuberosus L. C. Ranella afjinis Bred. F., C. " bufonia Gm. C. Cassis rufa L. C. Dolium perdix L. F., C. Cerithium nesioticum P. and ^^ F. " patiens Bayle. C. " rubus Marty 11 (echina- tum Lam.). V.,C. " ro?/t P. and \. C Clara obeliscus Briig. F. " pharos Hinds. F. Mitrularia equestris cicatricosa Rve. F. Natica marochiensis Gm. C. Polymices melanostoma Gm. C. Littorina obesa Sowb. C, F. Risella conoidcdis Pse. F.^ Modulus tectum Gm. C. lanthina ianthina L. F. Fasciolaria filamentosa Lam. C. Latirtis aplustre Gm. C. Pcristernia nassatida Lam. F. Nerita undata L. C. " polita L. var. C. " plicata L., and transitions to A\ringe7isJi\e. F., C. Liotia voyi Pils. and Van. F. Turbo argyrostomus L. F., C. Astmlium petrosum Martyn. C. Truncatella valida Pfr. F. Melampus luteus Q. and G. C. Pinna semicostata Rve. C. Tellina dispar Conv. C. " scobinata L. F. Crista pectinata L. F. Trapezium oblongum L. {guinia- cum Chem.). F., C. Tridac7ia gigas L. C. Peat en pallium L. F. " swZp/iwrews . Dkr. F. ' One specimen wants undulations appearance. along the carina, having quite a distinct 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 Liotia voyi n. sp. Shell obliquely trochiform, convexly conic above, flattened below. White. Nucleus lost, 3^ whorls remaining, separated by a deep suture which is regularly bridged across by thin lamellae dividing it into a series of pits; which at the last whorl penetrate through to the umbili- cus. The last whorl is convex above, with two low, obscurely double spiral cords, which are some- what nodose at their intersec- tions with rounded radial ribs. At the periphery two thin ecjual keels project, the space between bridged across by thin lamellge (which are continua- tions of the radial ribs), the keels rising into spines at the '^ -«i«««:>t- .- ^ ^ lamellae. The base is slightly convex, roughened by two \JR:7^ circles of tubercles, lamellose- tuberculate at the edge of the umbilicus. A large spiral cord revolves within the umbilicus; near its lower termination it has a tooth, beyond which it is continuous with the basal lip. The aperture is oblique, circular, the outer lip being expanded in a scalloped varix with five shallow pits on its face. Alt. 10, diam. 12.5 mm. Flint Island, Polynesia. Types No. 80,916, A. N. S. P., collected by C. D. Voy. This large and beautifully sculptured Liotia is related to L. crenata Kiener.^ Compared with specimens of that species in the collection of the Academy, L. voyi is larger and more roughly sculptured, and it wholly lacks the minute sculpture of fine, even strise in the intervals and pits of the coarser sculpture, which is characteristic of Kiener's species. The septa between the peripheral keels are straight in L. voyi, but strongly curved in L. crenata. L. crenata was very imperfectly described by Kiener, and his dimen- sions are entirely wrong. It is doubtful whether Reeve's figure, copied by Tryon, represents the true crenata, which is, we think, rather rare. Delphintda crenata Kiener, Iconogr. Coq. Viv., p. 11, PI. 4, f. 8. 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., ANEW SPECIES OF SEA-MOUSE (APHRODITA HASTATA) FROM EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS. BY J. PERCY MOORE. The common European sea-mouse (Aphrodita aculeata) has been so frequently and so widely reported from the American Atlantic coast, while none of the writers on our annelids have reported any other species, that the identity of the species occurring on the two sides of the Atlantic has been taken as established. It was, therefore, with genuine surprise that I found, while prejmring a description from Wood's Hole specimens for a report on the annelids of that region, certain obvious points of difference between these and A. aculeata as described by European writers. Since returning to Philadelphia a more thorough examination of the literature and a detailed comparison of specimens in the collection of this Academy with those belonging to the U. S. F. C. laboratory at Wood's Hole, kindly sent to me by Mr. Vinal Edwards, and two specimens of A. aculeata from the neighbor- hood of Helgoland, for the opportunity of studying which I am indebted to Dr. W. McM. Woodworth, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, have doubly convinced me of the wide distinction between the species common in the deeper waters of the open sea off the Wood's Hole region and the European species. This does not, of course, exclude the possi- bility of the occurrence of the true A. aculeata also on our coast, yet the few notes furnished by Prof. Verrill in his Report on the Inverte- brates of Vineyard Sound lead to the belief that the species therein recorded as A. aculeata is the one herein described, which it seems probable is the onty one occurring south of Cape Cod.^ A. hastata is really less closely related to A. aculeata than to other species of the genus and probably finds its nearest ally in A. japonica Maren., which is widely distributed in the northern Pacific, From that species it differs in having the notopodial setae free from the felt and in the decidedly smaller number of neuropodial setae, which also lack the terminal pilosit}^ in all of those examined. * Mr. James E. Benedict writes me that Prof. Verrill has informed him that two species of Aphrodita are found on our coasts. Owing to the illness of Miss Bush, to whom their discrimination is said to be due, I have been unable to secure further information. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 From A. aculeata it departs in many and striking characters. Per- haps the most important is the altogether different form of the large notopodial spines. In the former they are acute, rigid needles whose points project stiffly a short distance above the felt, and are capable of inflicting ciiiite painful wounds. In the latter they curve over the back to or beyond the middle line and are soft, flexible but friable, and ter- minate in acute and hooked tips. It is interesting to note that Mcintosh states that .the young of A. aculeata possess setse of this sort, which are later replaced by the acute spines. But A. hastata and sev- eral other species retain the more primitive form throughout life, unless, of course, as frequently happens, they are accidentally injured. In A. aculeata the number of neuropodial setae is constantly greater in the middle and ventral rows and sometimes greater in the dorsal row, and they are stouter, less acute and differ otherwise in form. The lateral fringe of hairs is brilliant green in A. aculeata, pearl color or reddish in A. hastata, and there are other minor differences. A dissec- tion of a single example of A. hastata mdica,tes identity in the internal anatomy of the two species. The complete description follows: Aphrodita hastata sp- nov. The size is large, examples of 125 mm. long and 40 mm. in maximum breadth at somite XII, exclusive of the setae, being common, though none equalling the maximum size of A. aculeata has been seen. Exam- ples of 70 to 125 mm. have 40 or 41 somites, the last 15 or so being very small and comprising not more than one-eighth of the total length. As in A. aculeata, the form is robust and strongly arched in the ante- rior half, the last fourth becoming slender and tapering rapidly in both planes. The ventral surface is relatively smooth and pale, the brown- ish spherical papillae being few in number but increasing toward the sides and becoming numerous on the dorsal, anterior and posterior surfaces of the parapodia. Hidden, of course, beneath the dorsal felt are 15 pairs of elytra and the dorsal fimbriated organs, both arranged as in ^. aculeata. The prostomium is orbicular obovate; the greatest width, which lies near the anterior border, is about equal to the length and the posterior half tapers rapidly to a width of about one-third the maximum. The two minute, closely approximated eyes on each side are placed just anterior to the greatest breadth of the prostomium and separated by a wide median interspace. Although apparently quite variable the facial tubercle is nearly always considerably shorter than the prostomium, strongly compressed below, broad and usually with a median groove above. While the usual spherical papilla? stud its surface it is otherwise 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., smooth and exhibits httle of the nodular character seen in some species. The median tentacle has a total length slightly exceeding the prosto- miiim, of which about one-fourth or more constitutes the strongly clavate basal piece. The style is slender and regularly tapering, and in no case exhibits any trace of the club-shaped extremity figured by Mcintosh for A. aculeata. The palpi are from six to eight times as long as the prostomium and nearly twice as long as the first parapodium and tentacular cirri; in form they are slender and regularly tapering. Nothing peculiar appears in the form or modifications of the para- podia, ^^•hieh resemble those of A. aculeata, though the first pair appear to be rather longer, their tips reaching about 1^ times the length of the prostomium beyond the latter. The ventral cirri reach to the middle roAv of neuropodial setae, while the dorsal cirri extend fully one-third of their length beyond the tips of the longest of the latter, being therefore relatively somewhat longer than in A. aculeata. The general arrangement of the several forms of setse is that usual in the genus. Of the three series of neuropodials the dorsal invariably contains two, the middle usually 4, and the ventral 8, though 5 may occasionally occur in the middle and 7 to 8 in the ventral series. All of these setae are brown and de- cidedly iridescent, and the slender ones ciuite pale. In the dorsal row both spines (fig. 1) are ^■ery stout, and both terminate in blunt points which probably result from wear, though not a single one of these spines in any of my specimens presented a I'eally acute tip. The middle setae (fig. 2) arc moderately and the ventral (fig. 3) decidedly slender, and both arc similarly formed, with acute attenu- ated tips not preceded l^y any enlargement and not concealed in a pilose coat, though those newly extruded are sheathed. In the dorsal series the anterior seta is frequently stouter, while those in the other two increase in size from before backward. Toward the caudal end, coincidentally with the reduction in size of the parapodia, these setae become more slender, smaller and fewer, and on the last 7 or 8 parapodia are altogether wanting. Figs. 1, 2 and 3. — Neu- ropodial seta? from somite X. Anterior of dorsal, posterior of middle, and middle of ventral series, respectively. All X 56. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 From the lower side of the notopodial tubercle arises a tuft of iri- descent hairs which spring from a curved line reaching from the anterior margin of the tubercle upward and backward to the base of the noto- podial cirrus, which occupies a posterior position. These capillary setas spread in a flowing plume outward, backward and upward, cover- ing the sides of the body and the neuropodia. Compared with the cor- responding structures in A. aculeata they present numerous differences- In the first place they are fewer, about one-third longer and spread more widely, irregularly and in greater disorder from the sides. In our species they are much softer and less harsh and rigid— a difference which becomes especially evident if they are brushed forward and released, when those of A. aculeata spring quickly back to position, while those of A. hastata return slowy and gently. But the most strik- ing difference is in color, ours being far less brilliant than the European species. Wlien placed in corresponding positions with reference to the light and the observer's eye, namely, wdth the caudal end toward the light and the head toward and below the observer, the marginal hairs of A. aculeata appear of a beautiful burnished golden green color, rich golden predominating toward the base and a fine viridian green in the outer half, the intensity of the display being enhanced by the great number and relatively compact arrangement of the hairs, while the general effect of those of A. hastata varies from a pearl color to a richer bronzy red in different individuals. In the paler variety the hairs appear purplish-blue, toward the base changing to a delicate red, and toward the tip to a varied mixture of reddish-purple and bluish-green which differs as the glancing hght strikes particular hairs at different angles. Owing to the more open, spreading arrangement of the hairs in our species this dispersal of the colors is more evident. When viewed at other angles or by transmitted light the distribution of colors differs. The two tufts of large notopodial spines arise, as in most species, one just anterior to the dorsal cirrus, the other, separated by a short interval, higher on the dorsum. The first consists of about 4 and the second of about 6 or 7 long, curved, soft, coarse and brownish setae which, after perforating the dorsal felt, e\irve, most of them perfectly free from and above the latter, caudad and Fig. 4.— Tip of notopodial seta. X 250. 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mch., mediad, often crossing those of the opposite side and many of them attaining a length in excess of the greatest width of the body. At the base they are very coarse, but taper gradually to the tip, which is recurved as an acutely pointed hook (fig. 4). Tn section they are often flattened and seldom perfectly circular. The interior consists of a core of soft colorless fibres which are enclosed in a firmer and brittle sheath or shell of a more or less iridescent brown color. It is to this structure that these spines owe their softness and fragileness, the latter quality being so marked that large specimens almost invaria- bly have all of them broken short off above the felt, leaving the latter exposed over the entire median expanse of the back, and giving to this species an aspect which has natui-ally led to its identification with A. aculeata. The felt fibres arise in three tufts, one ventral, one between and one dorsal to the dorsal setse bundles. In large specimens the felt forms a uniform continuous layer nearly -J- in. thick and of a smooth, compact texture. The fibres appear to be finer than in the two specimens of A. aculeata available for comparison. They also have less color, many of them being altogether dull and colorless while others exhibit a slight greenish iridescence. The type is No. 20, Collection Acad. Nat. Sci., and was taken by Dr. Benjamin Sharp on the beach at Nantucket after a storm. About a dozen other specimens have been examined, coming partly from the game place, partly from the collections of Mr. Vinal Edwards on No- man's Land and from dredgings of the U. S. F. C. steamer Fish Hawk in the deeper waters off the same region. The species has not been taken in the course of the recent extensive dredgings of the Fish Hawk and Phalarope, either in Vineyard Sound, Nantucket Sound, or Buz- zard's Bay. Occasionally, it is brought up in lobster pots set in the deeper waters off Noman's Land, and it is probably this species which is said to be sometimes thrown up in great numbers during heavy storms on the shores of Block Island. FROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. FKILA. IPO.'^.. PLATE I. ■w;^=: REHN AND HEBARD. ORTHOPTERA OF FLORIDA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PL.\TE II. [ i S K. (1. Vaiiiitta. ilrl. 10 PILSBRY. JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSKS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE III. PILSBRY. JAPANESE MARINE MOLEUSKS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 190o. PLATE IV. £S^ E. G. Vaiiatta, rtel. PILSBRY. JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSKS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. «Mg^ ift 33 37 39 ti 44 41 E. G. ViUiiittii. (U'l PILSBRY. JAPANE.se MARINE MOLLUSKS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. FHILA. 1906. PLATE VI. PHILLIPS. EYE OF THE HONEY BEE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE VII. ret.n.- ret- k/ ♦40-pc Kc ^7 Orp.C. ret.n. PHILLIPS. EYE OF THE HONEY BEE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. ISOo. PLATE VIII. -C.C. +o.-p.c. ret.n. /O |-> C.C. I 4-rhb. -ret.n. -^4 m m i /z 1 © ® 0 P c -^^ u ^ -ret Sl^' ' >r fyO V 0-p C. cc. ;v " '•scT'^ ret n. /^ rhb-"^ ' rhb i^' l.ret.n. -0 pc n PHILLIPS. EYE OF THE HONEY BEE. K.~- 91. LYCOS A. ♦ Foldout Here ♦ ♦ ♦ PLATE X. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XI. 11 10 13 ^^^^i^ 14 15 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XII. o €1 14- 15 (Z (6 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XIII. 23 2A 27 31 28 2S 33 ^» 4 30 34 38 i^/i 42 44 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XIV. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XV. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. FHILA. 1905. PLATE XVI. (00 99 10 102 '03 \04- 105 V V 106 101 ^^ 08 109 10 /N /cz f/4 115 /i3 lib U7 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XVII. 11 13 ^^'-Tf^ig^ ^ 14 & ^'^^■' 10 15 16 17 18 12 19 20 24 21 ^1 22 — 23 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 190.5. PLATE XVIII. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XIX. epi. ^Ay^l!^ PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XX. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXI. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 190o. PLATE XXII. 10 % 11 g^^WB»W^' 12 -e- e ^ PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXIII. / V^' 14 .^i I 1^ I X'v •% 16 19 X 22 ^.^-i^M. ^ , '\ 15 ■ti-Wi 21 .>'-^ V. 17 20 :^^ r^- 23 l-.« V 24 25 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXIV. 25 26 21 ZS 29 \0 3/ 32 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXV. PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXVI. 10 17 IB PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19C5. PLATE XXVII. 22 23 24 29 31 PILSBRY. MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 April 4. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Sixteen persons present. The death of Henri de Saussure, a Correspondent, February 20, 1905, was announced. Everett F. Phillips made a communication on variations and correlations in the honey bee and on queen rearing in agriculture. (No abstract.) The following papers were received for publication : "A Contribution to the Knowledge of some South American Hy- menoptera chiefly from Paraguay," by C. Schrottky (March 28). Transferred to the Entomological Section. "Some* Marine Oligochseta of New England," by J. Percy Moore (April 3). April 18. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Thirty-four persons present. The death of Victor Raulin, a Correspondent, March, 1905, was announced. Mr. Stewardson Brown made a communication on the flora of the Lower Florida Keys. (No abstract.) The following papers were withdrawn by the authors: "A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Centrarchidse," by Henry W. Fowler. "A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of Cuba, the Isle of Pines and the Bahamas," by James A. G. Rehn. ' A paper entitled "Notes on a Small Collection of Orthoptera from the Lesser Antilles, with the Description of a New Species of Orphul- ella," by James A. G. Rehn, was transferred to the Entomological Sec- tion. 20 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Messrs. Robert D. Carson and Edward C. Knight were elected mem- bers. Geo. T. Moore, Ph.D., of Washington, D. C; John Stirhng Kingsley, of Tufts College, Mass., and Charles D. Walcott, of Washington, D. C.^ were elected Correspondents. The following were ordered to be printed. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 301 A CATALOGUE OF THE ERIGONE^ OF NORTH AMERICA, WITH NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY CYRUS R. CROSBY. The larger part of the material upon which the notes included in this paper are based is in the collection of Cornell University. This collection includes, in addition to the general collection of the Univer- sity, the following special collections : Many of the specimens studied by Nathan Banks in the preparation of "The Spider Fauna of the Upper Cayuga Lake Basin" {Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1892); a collection purchased by the Entomological Department of Cornell University of Dr. William Fox; a collection made by Prof. J. H. Corn- stock in the Southern States, and a collection made by the writer chiefly near Ithaca, New York. The sequence of genera, with one exception, is that of Simon's Histoire Naturelle des Araignees. As many of the original descriptions are very brief, I have given in the notes such measurements and facts as may be of value in determining the generic position of the species. The types of the new species are in the Cornell University collection. I wish to thank Prof. Comstock, under whose direction this paper was prepared, for the opportunity of using the University collection and for many favors and valuable suggestions. I am under obliga- tions to Dr. A. D. MacGillivray and Dr. W. A. Riley for kindly encour- agement and many specimens; to Mr. J. H. Emerton for the loan of specimens; to Dr. William Fox for the loan to the Department of Entomology of Cornell University of parts of types of his species of Ceraticelus; to Mr. P. B. Powell for specimens from California; and to many others for specimens of which no record was made. I. A Catalogue of the Erigone.e of North America. Ceratinella Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 32. 188£. C. hrunnea Em., I. c, p. 36, PI. VIII, fig. 3. 1882. Ceraticelus brunneus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. I884. Fophocarenum Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 198. 1868. L. frontalis Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XII, p. Ill, PI. V, figs. 1-3. 1904. L. mcEStum Banks {Ceratinella), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 32, PI. II, fig. 58; PL V, fig. 58. 1892. 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April. Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, I, p. 130. 1893. Ceraticelus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 595. I884. C. alhiis Fox {Erigone [Ceratinella\), Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., II, p. 44. 1891. C. alticeps Fox {Erigone [Ceratinella]), I. c, p. 45. 1891. C. atriceps Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 436, PI. I^V, fig. 7. 1874. Ceratinella atriceps Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 34, PI. VII, figs. 5-5fi. 188£. Ceraticelus atriceps E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. I884. C. bulbosiis Em. (Ceratinella), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 33, PI. VII, fig. 3. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. I884. Ceratinella hulbosa Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 32, PI. V, figs. 59, 59a. 1893. C. emertoni Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 435, PI. LV, fig. 6. 1874. Ceratinella emertoni Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 32, PI. VII, fig. 1. 1882. Ceraticelus emertoni E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. I884. Ceratinella similis Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 31, PL V, figs. 61-616. 1892. C. fissiceps Cambr. (Erigone), Proc Zool. Soc Lond., p. 438, PL LV, fig. 8. 1874. Erigone fissiceps Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 155, PL XVI, fig. 221. 1886. Ceratinella fissiceps Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 33, PL VII. fig. 2. 1882. Ceraticelus fissiceps E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. I884. Ceratinella fissiceps Em., Com. Spid., p. 152, figs. 371-373. 1902. C. formosus Banks (Ceratinella), Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 33, PL II, figs. 55, 55a. 1892. Iclionella forynosa Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, I, p. 130. 1893. C. innominabilis n. n. Ceratinella sp. Banks, Proc. Wash. Ac. ScL, II, p. 478, PL XXIX, fig. 5. 1900. C. ketabilis Cambr. (Erigone), Proc Zool. Soc Lond., p. 435, PL LV, fig. 5. 1874. Ceratinella ketabilis Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 35, PL VIII, fig. 2. 1882. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 Ceraticelus Icctahilis E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. I884. CeratineUa ketabilis Em., Com. Spid., p. 151, figs. 368-370. 1902. C. Icetus Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 433, PI. LV, fig. 4. 1874. CeratineUa Ma Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 35, PI. VIII, fig.^l. 1882. Ceraticelus ketus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., N , p. 596. 1884- Erigone Ma Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 176, PL XVII, fig. 236. 1886. C. melanocnemis Fox {Erigone [CeratineUa]), Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., II, p. 45. 1891. C. minutus Em. (CeratineUa), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 36, PI. VIII, fig. 4. 1882. CeratineUa minuta Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 31, PI. II, fig. 60; PI. IV, fig. 60. 1892. C. micropalpis Em. (CeratineUa), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 36, PI. VIII, fig. 5. 1882. Ceraticelus niicripalpis E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 596. I884. C. occidentalis Banks (CeratineUa), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 579. 1901. C. parvulus Fox (Erigone [CeratineUa]), Proc Ent. Soc, Wash., II, p. 45. 1891. C. placidus Banks (CeratineUa), Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 32, PI. II, figs. 54, 54a. 1892. C. pygmceus Em. (CeratineUa) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 34, PI. VII, fig. 4. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 576. I884. CeratineUa pygmcea Banks, Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 32, PI. II, fig. 57. 1892. C. rugosus n. sp. C. tibialis Fox (Erigone [CeratineUa]), Proc Ent. Soc Wash., II, p. 45. 1891. Thyreob^us E. Sim., Ann. Soc Ent. Fr., p. 228. 1888. T. laticeps Em. (CeratineUa), Trans. Conn. Ac, IX, p. 408, PL II, fig. 2. 1896. ExECHOPHYsis E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 690. I884. E. plumalis n. sp. Troxochrus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 645. I884. One undescribed species from Florida. MiNYRiOLUS E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 787. I884. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, M. scopuliferus Em. {Lophocai-enum), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 49, PL XIV, fig. 2. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, pp. 787, 792. I884. Panamomops E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 792. I884. P. quadricristatus Em. {Lophocarenu7n) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 48, PI. XIII, fig. 3. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 792. I884. DiPLOCEPHALus Bertk., Beitr. z. Kennt. Sp. Reinp. 1883. D. castaneus Em. (Lophocarenum) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 45, PI. XII, fig. 1. 1882. Erigone castanea Marx, Proc Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Lophocarenum castaiieuni Banks, Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 35, PL IV, fig. 3. 1892. Diploccphalus castaneus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894. D. castigatoriiis n. sp. D. crenatoideus Banks (Lophocarenum) , Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 37, PL IV, figs. 8, 8a, 86. 1892. D. crenatus Em. {Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 51, PL XIV, fig. 7. 1882. Erigone crenatum Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Diplocephalus crenatus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894. D. cristatus Blackw. {Walckenaeria), Lond. Edinb. Phil. Mag., ser. 3, III, p. 107. 1833. Theridium bicorne Reuss, Zool. Misc., Ar., p. 214, PL XIV, fig. 12. 1834. Micryphantes ccespitum Koch, Uebers d. Ar.-Syst., I, p. 12. 1837. Die Arachn., VIII, p. 104, PL CCLXXXI, figs. 673, 674. I84I. Argus hicornis Walck., Ins. Apt., II, p. 365. I84I. Erigone hicornis AVestr., Goth. Kongl. Vet. Vit.-Samh. HandL, p. 41. 1851. Walckenaeria cristata Blackw., Spid. Gr. Brit., II, p. 309, PL XXI, fig. 224. I864. Micryphantes ccespitum OhL, Ar. Prov. Preuss., pp. 54, 60. 1867. Lophomma hicorne Menge, Preuss. Spinn., II, p. 212, PL XLII, tab. 111. 1868. Erigone cristata Thor., Syn. Europ. Spid., p. 108. 1871. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 438. 1874. Lophomma cristata Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 44, PI. X, fig, 1. 1883. Prosoponcus cristatus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 570. 1884- Erigone cristata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 533. 1889. Diplocephalus cristatus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 656. 1894- Chyz. and Kiilcz., Ar. Hung., II, p. 109, PL IV, fig. 22. 1894. Beck., Ar. Belg., Ill, p. 116, PL XI, figs. 5, 56. 1896. D. depressus Em. (Lophocarenum) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 50, PL XIV, fig. 6. 1882. Erigone depressa Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. Diplocephalus depressus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894- D. erigonoides Em. (Lophocarenum) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 50, PL XIV, fig. 3. 1882. Erigone erigonoides Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. Lophocarenum erigonoides Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 37, PL IV, fig. 9. 189£. Diplocephalus erigonoides E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894. D. exiguus Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 36, PL V, figs. 7-76. 1893. D. formosus Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 37, PL IV, fig. 10; PL V, fig. 10. 1893. D. latus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 50, PL XIV, fig. 4. 1882. Erigone lata Marx, Proc. Nat, Mus., XII, pp. 534, 538, 1890. Diplocephalus latus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894- D. lobiceps Banks (Ploesiocrmrius) , Can. Ent., XXIX, p. 196. 1897. D. longior Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad, Nat, Sci. Phila., p. 38, PL IV, figs. 12, 12a. 1892. D. montanus Em, (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 45, PL XII, fig. 2. 1882. Erigone montana Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538. 1890. Diplocephalus montanus E. Sim., Hist. Nat, Ar,, I, p. 615, 1894- D. parvus Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., p, 36, PL IV, figs, 6-66, 1892. D. percisus Keys. (Erigone), Spinn. Am., Therid,, II, p. 153, PL XVI, fig, 219. 1886. 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, D. simplex Em. (Lophocarenum) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 50, PI, XIV, fig. 5. 1882. Erigone simplex Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. Diplocephalus simplex E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 615. 1894. D. xmimaculatus Banks {Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 35, PI. IV, figs. 2, 2a. 1892. Tapinocyba E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 778. I884. T. distincta Banks (Tmeticus), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 40. PL IV, fig. 32. 1892. PocADicNEMis E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 713. I884. P. longitubns Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 49, PI. XIII, fig. 6. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 718. I884. Erigone longituba Marx, Proc. Nat. Miis., XII, pp. 534, 538. 1890. Pocadicnemis longitubns E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 617. 1894. Caracladus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 589. I884. C. gigas Banks (Erigonoplus) , Can. Ent., XXVIII, p. 65. 1896. Delorrhipis E. Sim., Ai\ Fr., V, p. 696. I884. D. monocerus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 697, fig. 554. I884. Erigone monocerus Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 156, PI. XVI, fig. 222. 1886. D. unicorn[is] Banks (Tmeticus) , Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 38, PI. IV, figs. 13, 13a. 1892. Delorrhipis monocerus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., pp. 620, 659, n. 1. 1894. LoPHOMMA Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 209. 1868. L. longitarsus Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 49, PI. XIII, fig. 6. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 538. I884. Erigone longitarsis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 534, 538. 1890. Lophomma longitarsus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, pp. 621, 659. 1894. AcARTAUCHENius E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 750. I884. A. columbiensis n. sp. A. texana Banks, Proc Ent. Soc Wash., IV, p. 192. 1899. Prosopotheca E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 829. I884. P. brevicornis Em. (Cornicularia), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 42, PI. XI, fig. 5. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. I884. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 Erigone hrevicornis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Prosopoiheca hrevicornis E. 8im., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894- P. communis Em. {Cornicularia) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 41, PI. XI, fig. 3. 1882. -^ E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. I884. Erigone communis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Lophocarenum arvensis Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 37, PI. IV, fig. 11. 1892. Prosopotheca communis E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894- P. directa Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 439, PI. LV, fig. 9. 1874- Erigone provida Cambr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 398, PI. XLVI, fig. 5. 1875. Cornicidaria directa Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, W, p. 40, PI. XI, fig. 1. 1882. Prosopotheca directa E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. I884. Erigone directa Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Prosopotheca directa E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894- Cornicularia directa Em., Com. Spid., p. 152, figs. 374-376. 1902. P. formosa Banks (Cornicularia) , Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 34, PI. V, fig. 35. 1892. Lophocarenum ven.ustum Banks, I. c, p. 36, PI. IV, fig. 5. 1892. Tmeiicus luxuosus Banks, /. c, p. 39, PI. IV, fig. 16. 1892. P. humiliceps Keys. (Erigone), Spinn. Am., Tlierid., II, p. 148, PI. XVI, fig. 214. 1886. P. indirecta Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc Lond., p. 440, PL LV, fig. 10. 1874. Cornicularia indirecta Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 41, PI. XI, fig. 4. 1882. Prosopotheca indirecta E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. 1884- Erigone indirecta Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 146, PI. XVI, fig. 213. 1886. Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 534, 537. 1890. Prosopoiheca indirecta E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., p. 626. 1894- P. miniata Banks (Lophocarenum), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. p. 36, PL IV, fig. 4. 1892. ?P. minuta Em. (Cornicularia) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 42, PI. XI, fig. 6. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. I884. 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Erigone paullula Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus.. XII, pp. 535, 537, 593, n. 14. 1890. Prosopotheca minuta E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894. P. pallida Em. {Corniculana), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 42, PI. XI, fig. 7. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. I884. Erigone pallida Marx, Proc. Nat. ]\Ius., XII, pp. 535, 537. 1890. Prosopotheca pallida E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I. p. 626. 189^. P. spiralis Em. (Spiropalpus) , Trans. Conn. Ac, \1. p. 39, PI. X, fig. 6. 1882. Cornicularia vigilax E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar.. I. p. 627. 1894. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 837. I884. P. tibialis Em. {Cornicularia), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 41, PI. XI, fig. 2. 1882. Erigone tibialis Marx, Proc. Nat. Miis., XII, pp. 536, 537. 1890. Prosopotheca tibialis E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894. P. transversa n. sp. Cornicularia Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 226. 1869. C. auranticeps Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, ^T, p. 43, PL VIII, fig. 6. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 850. I884. Erigone auranticeps Marx, Proc Nat. j\Ius., XII, pp. 532, 537. 1890. Cornicularia auranticeps E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894. C. clavicornis Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 43, PI. ^TII, fig. 7. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 850. I884. Erigone clavicornis Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 537. 1890. Cornicularia clavicornis E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 626. 1894. C. placida Banks, Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., p. 35, PI. V, fig. 36. 1892. C. recurvata Banks, Proc Wash. Acad. Sci., II, p. 479, PI. XXIX, fig. 9. 1900. C. varipes Banks, I. c, p. 479, PI. XXIX, fig. 4. 1900. TiGELLiNUS E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 838. I884. T. tricornis Em. {Cornicularia), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 43, PI. XI, fig. 8. 1882. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., \., pp. 838, 842. I884. Erigone tricornis Marx, Proc. Nat. ]\lus., XII, pp. 536, 537. 1890. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 TigeUinus tricornis E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, pp. 626, 627, 663. 1894. Trachelocamptus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 577. I884. ?T. rostrata Em. (Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 49, PI. XIV, fig. 1. 1883. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 580. I884. Erigone rostrata Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. Trachelocamptus rosiratus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 629. 1894. Typhochr.estus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 583. I884. T. pallidus Em. {Lophocarenum), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 48, PI. XIII, fig. 5. 188£. E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 589. I884. Erigone pollens Marx, Proc Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 538, 593. n. 14. 1890. Typhochrastus pallidus E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 629. 1894. GoNATiuM Menge, Preiiss. Spinn., p. 180. 1868. G. ma[r]xi Keys. (Erigone), Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 152, PL XVI, fig. 218. 1886. Erigone marxii Marx, Proc Nat. Mus., XII, p. 534. 1890. Gonatium marxi E. Sim., Hist. Nat. Ar., I, p. 630. 1894. G. rubens Blackw. (Neriene), Lond. Edinb. Phil. Mag., ser. 3, III, p. 189. 1833. Theridion chelifenim Reus, Zool. Misc., Ar., p. 231, PL XVI, fig. 4. 1834. Micryphantes isabellinus Menge, Verzeichn. Danz. Spinn., p. 71. 1850. Erigone chelijera Westr., Goth. Kong. Vet. Vit.-Samh. HandL, p. 44. 1851. Westr., Ar. Svec, p. 264. 1861. Neriene rubens Blackw., Spid. Gr. Brit., II, p. 270, PL XVIII, fig. 184. I864. Micryphantes isabellinus OhL, Ar. I'rov. Preuss., p. 57. 1867. Gonatium cheliferum Menge, Preuss. Spinn., p. 180, PL XXXIV, fig. 82. 1868. Erigone rubens Thor., Syn. Europ. Spid., p. 129. '1871. Gonatium rubens Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 60, PL XXIII, fig. 6. 1882. — E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 554. I884. Erigone rubens Marx, Proc Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 536, 538. 1890. 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April;. Gonatium rubens Beck., Ann. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., XII^ p. 106, PI. X, figs. 9-9d. 1896. DisMODicus E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 563. 1884. D. alpinus Banks, Can. Ent., XXVIII, p. 63. 1896. HypoMMA Dahl, Sch. Nat. Ver. Schleswig, p. 87. 1886. H. hilohata Banks (Dicyphus), Can. Ent., XXVIII, p. 64. 1896. H. trilohata Banks (Dicyphus), J. c, XXVIII, p. 64. 1896. Grammonota Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 38. 1883. (?. mon?ato Em., Lc, VI, p. 39, PI. X, fig. 5. 188£. Erigone inornatu Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 534, 538. 1890. G. maculata Banks, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXIII, p. 68. 1896. G. orncita Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 395, Pk XLVI, fig. 3. 1875. Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 39, PI. X, fig. 3. 1882. Erigone ornata Marx, Proc Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 535, 537. 1890. G. paUipes Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 86. 1895. G. pictilis Cambr. (Erigone), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 396. PI. XLVI, fig. 4. 1875. Em., Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 38, PI. X, fig. 4. 1882. Erigone pictilis Keys., Spinn. Am., Therid., II, p. 194, PL XVIII, fig. 252. 1886. G. trivittata Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 86. 1895. G. venusta Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 34, PL \, fig. 6. 1892. ffiDOTHORAX Bertk., Beitr. z. Kennt. Spinn. Fn. Reinp. 1883. ICE. alascensis Banks (Gonglydium) , Proc Wash. Ac. Sci., II, p. 479, PL XXIX, fig. 3. 1900. (E. hidentatus Em. (Tmeticus) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 56, PL XVII, fig. 1. 1882. Gongylidium hidentatum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884. Erigone hideniata Marx, Proc Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. (E. hostoniensis Em. (Tmeticus), Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 56, PL XVII, fig. 1. 1882. Gongylidivm hostonense E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. I884. Erigone hostoniensis Marx, Proc Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. (E". hrunneus Em. (Tmeticus) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 58, PI. XVII, fig. 7. 1882. Gongylidium hrunneum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 1884- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 Erigone fusca Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538, 593, n. 14. 1890. CE. concavus Em. {Tmeticus) , Trans. Conn. Ac, VI, p. 57, PI. XVII, fig. 3. 1882. Gongylidium concavum E. Sim., Ar. Fr., V, p. 500. 188Jf. Erigone concava Marx, Proc. Nat. Mus., XII, pp. 533, 538. 1890. hrough a slow evolution, though the developmental features and even the order •3 There is good reason for believing that F. pyrum and its numerous varietie^ ■ire descended from a Miocene form which is either identical with or closely aUied ?; F canal?c./ahm. See Smith, Burnett, Proc^^Acad^ Nat Sci PkUa June, 1902 and Grabau, A. W., Am. Nat, August, 1903, p 521, and tab e, p. o39. i< Smith James Perrin, "The Development and Phylogeny of Placenticeras, Proc. Calijornia Academy of Sciences, Third Series, Vol. I, No. 7, p. 185. 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, of succession may be the same as in forms whose evolutional rate is a fast one. Lastly, an acceleration of characters may result from some accident which occurs to an individual ; and in this case we may find a sudden appearance of senile characters, which may occur in the normal onto- geny of the species, at a later period, or they may be extra-specific ; that is to say, never occurring in the ontogeny of the species, but found in some senile offshoot from the same stock. The writer wishes to express his indebtedness to Prof. Amos P. Brown of the University of Pennsylvania, to Prof. Henry A. Pilsbry, Mr. Edward G. Vanatta and Mr. Witmer Stone of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and to Mr. C. W. Johnson of the Boston So- ciety of Natural History, for many courtesies and kindly suggestions and to Miss Helen Winchester for the care exercised in making the drawings. Explanation of Plates XXX and XXXI. Plate XXX, fig. 1. — Volutilithes petrosus Con. Eocene. Mt. Lebanon, La. Length = 16 mm. Young individual, showing the change from simple curved ribs to straight tubercled ribs. In the last whorl the ribs are well marked below the shoulder angle, but very faint above it. Fig. 2. — Apex of the above specimen. Length = 2 mm. Shows the change from simple curved ribs to straight ribs with suture and shoulder angle tubercles. Fig. 3. — Volutilithes petrosus Con. Eocene. Jackson, Miss. Diameter of shell at last whorl measured on the largest spine = 24 mm. Apical view of old individual with long spines. Here the tendency for the spines to pass into a shoulder keel is only slightly marked, but they decrease in size rapidly toward the aperture. The last whorl is slightly smoothed by the protrusion of the mantle in the region of the anal siphon. Fig. 4. — Volutilithes petrosus Con. Eocene. Bell's Landing, Ala. Diam- eter of shell at last whorl = 33 mm. Apical view of old individual exhibiting extreme senile characters, such as the passage of the shoulder angle spines into a shoulder keel, encroachment of the anal siphon upward, and the shelly overgrowth produced by the protrusion of the mantle in the region of the anal siphon. Fig. 5. — A different view of the above individual. Length =.56 mm. Here the senile characters mentioned imder Fig. 4 show up still more plainly, especially the passage of the shoulder angle spines into a shoulder keel. Fig_ 6. — Ecphora quadricostata Say. Miocene. St. Mary's River, Md. Length =24 mm. Normal young individual. Fig. 7. — Ecphora quadricostata Say. Miocene. St. Mary's River, Md. Length =23 mm. Example of adventitious senility. Young indi- vidual which has been injured early in life and senile characters appear early. Tendency toward loose coiling is well marked. Pig 8 — Ecphora quadricostata Say. Miocene. St. Mary's River, Md. Length =76 mm. Normal adult individual exhibiting tendency toward loose coiling. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 Plate XXXI, fig. 9. — Fulgur canaliculatum Say. Recent. Atlantic City, N. J. Length = 170 mm. Normal adult individual. Fig. 10. — Fulgur canaliculatum Say. Recent. Longport, N. J. Length = 168 mm. Adult individual which has been injured early in life and exhibits extra-specific adventitious senility. Fig. 11. — Fulgur pyrum DiUw. Recent. Cards Sound, Dade County, Fla. Length =81 mm. Normal adult individual. Introduced for com- parison with fig. 10. Fig. 12. — Fulgur maximum Qon. Miocene. Yorktown, Va. Length = 165 mm. Adult individual exhibiting extreme senility — very heavy thick shell, irregular growth lines, discontinuous ornamentation and a large swelling on the anterior or branchial siphon. 362 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF May, NOTES ON SOME ARCTIC FISHES. WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW ONCOCOTTUS. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. Dr. Milton J. Greenman, of the Wistar Institute of Anatomy, in Philadelphia, has submitted a small collection of Arctic fishes for my examination. The specimens were all obtained in noi'thern Alaska by Mr. E. A. Macllhenny while at Point Barrow. SALMONID^. Coregonus kennicotti Jordan and Gilbert. Milner, in Jordan and Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 16, 1882, p. 298. Fort Good Hope, British America, and Yucon River, Alaska. (J. Kenni- cott. Types Nos. 8,971 and 9,600, U. S. N. M.) Fowler, Science, XXI, 1905, p. 315. Coregonus nelsonii Fowler, Proc. Amer. Philos. See. Phila., XLIII, 1904, p. 451, Pis. 8 and 9. Meade River and Point Barrow, Alaska. (Not of Bean.) Four large examples from Meade river and Point Barrow, Alaska. These I had previously recorded wrongly under the name Coregonus nelsonii, as now appears from an examination of more material. Dr. Smith has figured C. kennicotti,^ which will be found to agree largely with this account. At Point Barrow Mr. Macllhenny's notes indicate that C. kennicotti is known as 'Anocta.' Coregonus nelsonii Bean. Fig. 1." Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, 1884 (1885), p. 48. Naulato, Alaska. (Mr. E. W. Nelson. TjTpe No. 29,903, U. S. N. M.) Head 5; depth 3i; D. iv, 10, i; A. iv, 11, i; P. I, 14; V. I, 10; scales 74 in lateral line to l)ase of caudal, and 4 more on latter; 10 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 9 scales between origin of ventral and lateral line in a vertical series ; 8 scales obliquely forward to lateral line from origin of anal ; about 40 scales before dorsal; width of head If in its length; depth of head 1^; snout 4; eye S^-; maxillary 3|-; interorbital space 3^; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f ; length of base of dorsal If; of anal If; length of upper caudal lobe (damaged) about 1; pectoral If; ventral l^. ' Rep. U. S. Fish Comm., XX, 1894 (1896), p. 294, PI. 15. * The accompanying figure represents a male without the characteristic hump. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363 Body elongate, well compressed, and greatest depth a little before first third in total length of fish, profiles sloping gradually and evenly back from this point to caudal peduncle. Upper profile before dorsal very convex or gibbous so that back is well elevated in this region. Caudal peduncle compressed, and its least depth about 1| in its length. Head small, rather broad, compressed, upper profile strongly con- cave to occiput and lower nearly straight and but little inclined. Snout rather long, convex above, obtuse, rounded, and produced beyond upper jaw. Eye circular, supraorbital infringing a little on its upper anterior margin, and center of pupil only slightly behind first third in length of head. Adipose eyelids well developed. Fig. 1. Mouth small, inferior, and transverse. Maxillary broad, reaching a trifle beyond front margin of orbit, and its greatest expansion about half of orbit. Jaws rather obtuse, mandible a little posterior. No teeth. Tongue thick, rounded, obtuse, and hardly free. Nostrils lateral on snout about midway in its length, adjoining, and anterior with an elevated cutaneous rim. Interorbital space broad and a little convex with a distinct median longitudinal ridge. Margin of preopercle entire. A number of mucous tubes on cheek and pre- opercle. Opercle with rather indistinct stria^. Gill-flap rather narrow. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite posterior margin of orbit. Rakers 9 + 13, pointed, rather strong, and longest a trifle less 24 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, than length of longest filaments. Filaments long, equal to orbit. Pseud obranchise about equal to gill-rakers. Isthmus broadly tri- angular. Branchiostegals 8. Scales cycloid, mostly of even size, and in parallel longitudinal series. Head and fins scaleless, except base of caudal, where scales are small and crowded. Small scales on base of adipose fin, outer or free portion scaleless. Lateral line median, continuous and nearly straight to base of caudal. Tubes simple. Dorsal inserted well forward, its origin much nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, first branched rays longest and others graduated down. Adipose dorsal over anal, its origin nearly midway between that of dorsal and tip of upper caudal lobe (damaged), and height of fin about ^ in length of its base. Anal similar to dorsal, its origin a little nearer base of caudal than origin of ventral, first branched ray highest and others graduated down. Caudal deeply emarginate, lobes distinct and evidently pointed. Rudimentary caudal rays well developed. Pectoral low, small, lobate, and reaching about half way to ventral. Ventral inserted about opposite base of second dorsal ray, first branched ray longest and when depressed fin reaches half way to anal. Vent close before origin of anal. Color in alcohol plain brown, back with a rather olivaceous cast and each scale at its junction with one below a little darker than general body color so that many longitudinal bands are formed, most pronounced or distinct on back and upper sides. Fins plain brownish, dorsal and caudal dusky. Iris slaty. Length 16 inches. In all, three examples from Point Barrow. The one described above is the only one with a well-developed hump. The hump can- not always be considered a character of the adult male, as the exam- ple described is but two inches longer than another example without the hump, which is also a male. This I have figured. Both have the milt little developed. The small male also shows the depth about 4^. A female, but little smaller than the male, agrees with the hump-back male in depth, but this is due to the deeper abdomen as thepredorsal region is not especially gibbous. The comparisons, etc., of these three examples will now be seen as follows : Head 4f to 5^ ; depth 3f to 4i; D. iv, 10, i to iv, 11, i; A. iv, 11, i to iv, 12, i; scales 73 to 79 in lateral line to base of caudal and usually 4 more on latter; rakers 8 + 13 to 8 + 15, usually 14 on lower part of first arch; total length of body (caudal damaged) 14 to 16 inches. This species attains some size. The type, figured by Mr. Nelson, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365 is 18 inches in length. The examples examined by Dr. Scofield, and those before me, are all smaller, and thus the number of gill-rakers in the original account (26) may be due to age. Dr. Scofield's range from 18 to 22,^ while my specimens show 21 to 23. The scales on the type of Coregonus nelsonii are given as 88. This may be veri- fied as a lateral count by consulting Mr. Nelson's figure,'' though it is evident that the last 3 or 4 are on the base of the caudal. As suggested by Dr. Boulenger, Coregonus richardsonii Giinther^ would appear to agree best with C. nelsonii, and in view of our present knowledge, the discrepancies in the lateral line and gill-rakers may now be accounted for. I hesitate, however, to unite these species until Dr. Giinther's examples are more carefully studied, aside from the absence of locality. Argyrosomus pusillus (Bean). Head 4f ; depth 4|; D. iii, 9, i; A. ii, 11, i; scales 84 in lateral line to base of caudal and 3 more on latter; snout 4^ in head; eye 4^; maxillary 3; interorbital space 3|-; least depth of caudal peduncle 2^. Gill-rakers 16 + 28. Length of head from occiput to tip of snout a little less than half of distance from occiput to origin of dorsal. Length 12f inches. Meade river. November, 1897. Only one example which agrees with Dr. Smith's figure,^ especially in the dark or brownish spots. These are also distinct on the dorsal. THYMALLID^. ThymalluB signifer (Richardson). Dr. Horace Jayne kindly forwarded the following of Mr. Macll- henny's notes concerning this species. These refer to a large exam- ple taken in the Meade river, October 9, 1897. ''Entire dorsum dark bronze-purplish, gradually fading on sides to lighter bronze toward ventral side and chest to plumbeous-white on abdomen. Two rusty stripes beginning just below bases of pectorals extending to bases of ventrals sharply separate the white area of abdomen from bronze of sides. Tail, anal and pectorals bluish. Ventrals with six or seven nearly perfect longitudinal reddish-brown streaks. An irregular patch of dark spots extends from angle of opercles and pectorals back till about opposite base of ventrals, sometimes nearly absent. Membranes of dorsal bluish, rays light brown. Mem- ' Fur Seals N. Pac. (Fish. Arct. Alask.), Ill, 1899, p. 494. * Rep. Nat. Hist. Coll. Alaska, III, 1887, p. 314, PI. 20. 5 Cat. Fish Brit. Mus., VI, 1866, p. 185. • Rep. U. S. Fish Comm., XX, 1894 (1896), p. 312, PI. 23. 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, branes of dorsal between seventh to twelfth rays spotted with reddish-brown and spots increasing in size, numljer, brightness and irregularity of outline from front to rear." Five examples. COTTIDiE. OncOOOttUS hezaoornis (Richardson). In all six examples, largest 9 inches long. They all appear to differ in the aggregate of characters from the form which I shall indicate as Oncocottus hexacornis gilberti. They are apparently all much broader than in the latter, the preopercular spines are all comparatively shorter, the coloration darker, the cranial osseus excrescences usually not so highly developed , and certain sexual characters are apparently well marked. A small male about 6 inches in length shows the membranes between the dorsal rays deeply scalloped, thus resem- bling Dr. Scofield's figure.'' This fin, however, is more spotted or blotched with white. There are also two very distinct white trans- verse bands on the caudal, though a little further out from the base than his figure shows. In other respects, such as the small cranial protuberances and more pronounced markings on the pectoral, at least five transverse blackish bands. The more distinct color mark- ings seem to be a character of small or young examples. The larger examples are females and agree better with most figures. They have the second dorsal entire. All from Point Barrow, one was found chilled on the beach August 29, 1897. Oncocottus hexacornis gilberti subsp. nov. Figs. 2^, 3-', 4' and 5^. Head 3; depth 6f ; D. VHI-14; A. 15; P. 16; V. I, 3; 29 distinct and well-developed pores in lateral line; width of head a little less than U in its length; depth of head2i; snout 4|; eye 4f; maxillary 2i; interorbital space 7; wddth of mouth 2^; length of depressed spinous dorsal 1§; third dorsal spine 3; length of base of second dorsal 1|; fom'th dorsal ray H; sixth anal ray 2|; length of caudal If; least depth of caudal peduncle 9f ; length of pectoral, from base of upper- most ray, Ij^; length of ventral If. Body depressed, elongate, but more slender when viewed from above than that of Oncocottus hexacornis. Greatest depth appa- rently at middle of belly, and greatest width apparently at lower posterior angle of preopercle. Caudal peduncle slender, its least ' Fur Seals N. Pac. (Fish. Arct. Mask.), Ill, 1899, p. 501, PI. 68. * Female, » Male. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367 Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. 'jjSraanoiwwgai^Mi Mi»* Fig. 5. 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, width about f of least depth and least depth about 41 in its length. Head rather deep, more elevated in proportion than that of 0. liexa- cornis. It is also decidedly more narrow or angular when seen from above. Snout rather short, blunt, rounded above, or more rounded than in 0. hexacornis. Upper jaw protruding a little and also pro- duced a little beyond mandible. Eye large, impinging on upper profile, a little longer than deep, and its posterior margin a little before center in length of head. Mouth large, corner or gape extend- ing till about opposite anterior margin of pupil. Lips a little fleshy. Maxillary long, reaching about opposite posterior margin of pupil, and its distal expanded extremity equal to about f of horizontal orbital diameter. Teeth rather large, conic, coarse, and in bands in jaw^s. A patch also on vomer, though none on palatines or on tongue. Tongue broad, thick, triangular and rounded tip free. Buccal flaps rather narrow. Head cavernous, and with rather prominent ridges. Nostrils with rather broad cutaneous rims, anterior on side of snout and in about last third of its length. Pos- terior nostril large, in interorbital space just before anterior margin of orbit, and its margin large. Interorbital space narrow and con- cave, IJ in orbit. Nasal spines 2, well developed, close together and curving a little back. An osseous scabrous postorbital process of large size on each side and another similar one on each side, only larger, in occipital region. Opercular spines 3, upper two close to- gether and both directed back. Lower opercular spine just below second preopercular spine and directed down. Preopercular spines 4, large, uppermost longest or about |- of horizontal orbital diameter and directed obliquely up and back, also perfectly straight. Third preopercular spine inclined a little down and second vertical. First opercular spine broad and directed forward. Two humeral spines behind upper opercular spine, and 1 axillary spine just above base of uppermost pectoral ray. ^Mandible cavernous. Ridges on head all more or less rounded. Gill-flap not broad. Gill-opening rather large, extending forward till about opposite middle of orbit. Rakers rather broad asperous tubercles, 1 + 6 on fu'st arch. Filaments well developed, about equal to f of horizontal orbital diameter. Isthmus broad and flattened. Branchiostegal rays 6. Body covered with smooth skin. Head with exception of spines and processes covered with smooth skin. On back on each side of median line an irregular double series of scabrous tubercles extending from neck to upper part of caudal basally. L'pper edge of pectoral 369 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Of second dorsal, both upper and lower edges of caudal and also outer portions of rays of last two fins more or less scabrous. Lateral line distinct till below last dorsal rays, of elevated continuous tubes with pronounced pores at regular intervals and most developed ""''orkhi^of spinous dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of sixth dorsal ray, fourth spine longest and others graduated more or less down, edge of fin rounded. Origin of second dorsal about mid- way between tip of snout and tip of caudal. Fifth dorsal ray longest several others immediately following subequal and others graduated down with edge of fin rounded. Anal inserted a little m advance of second dorsal, median rays longest, and margin of fin rounded. Caudal truncate, with 6 branched rays, and corners posteriorly a little pointed. Pectoral large, reaching vent, fourth ray ongest, and base of first ray about opposite second spine on preopercle. Ventral rather long, second ray longest, and reaching f of distance to vent. Vent large, close in front of anal. Color in alcohol mostly more or less uniform brown above, ower surface paler. Head a little paler brown than trunk. Flanks or upper side of back tinged with dusky. Fins all browmsh and ven- trals paler or like belly. Dorsals paler basally, outer portions o membranes dusky. Caudal similar. Anal pale brownish, marked on membranes medianly and marginly with brownish so that two rather ill-defined longitudinal bands are formed. Pectoral pale basally, especially lower rays, and distally between each ray on membrane usually a longitudinal dusky streak. Ventral plain. Iris slaty. Length 7 inches. ai i . Tvpe No 7 "^03 W. L A. P. ? . Point Barrow, northern Alaska. November '21', 1897. E. A. Macllhenny. Also another smaller example, paratype, with same data. It is a c?. It differs a lit le in the armature of the opercle as the spines are a little shorter. The upper maroin of the second dorsal is also not deeply scalloped, like that of male examples of 0. hexacornis, the free ends of each ray hem^r onlv a short slender filament. The anterior margins of the first dorsal rays are a little more scabrous. In most every other respect it agrees more or less, the color markings varying a litt e perhaps. The differences are best appreciated by a comparison of the figures. Upon comparison with examples of 0. hexacornis of similar size, the characters indicated by Dr. Scofield for the ^^Oncocottus sp. incog" which he mentions from Point Barrow are found to disagree. 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, There is little to separate these two examples from 0. hexacornis, save perhaps in the more compressed body, slightly notched second dorsal of the male, more narrow interorbital space, and longer or slender caudal peduncle. The coloration of 0. h. gilherti is perhaps also paler in life as the examples are decidedly so at present, having been in the same preservative. At any rate, I provisionally retain them as distinct. (Named for Dr. Charles H. Gilbert, of the Chair in Zoology in the Leland Stanford Junior University, whose valuable contributions to ichthyology may easily be identified by their thorough excellence and accm*acy of detail.) GADIDJE. Boreogadus saida (Lepechin). Three examples from Point Barrow. Largest 7^ inches. Lota maculosa (Le Sueur). Two examples from the Meade river. October 9, 1897. Larger about 20^ inches. Pectoral not reaching front of dorsal, li in head. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF COMMENSAL CRAB. BY MARY J. RATHBUN. The crab here described as new was submitted to me for determi' nation by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. It differs from other American spe- cies in its great breadth, and in the form of the maxillipeds, the carpal and propodal segments of which are unusually short. Pinnotheres strombi sp. nov. Description of adult 9 . — Carapace nearly one and a half times as broad as long, oblong, sides parallel, cor- ners rounded; dorsal surface curv- ing down toward the margins, smooth and naked; integument very thin and easily wrinkled. Front less than one-fourth width of carapace, strongly bent down, P. strombi. Dorsal and ventral views margin forming an oblique angle at ^^P^' + > ^ ^• middle. Orbits suborbicular, eyes partly visible in dorsal view. Antennules nearly horizontal. Outer maxillipeds oblique, the penult and antepenult joints short and stout, the last joint small and almost terminal. Chelipeds small, rounded ; upper margin of propodus convex, lower margin sinuous; fingers deflexed, about half as long as palm, stout, fitting close together, tips sharp and crossing. Second pair of ambulatory legs a little the longest, first pair stoutest, fourth pair much shorter and narrower than the other three. Dactyli short, strongly curved, stout at base, tapering to slender horny tips. Abdomen as wide as carapace, and about as long as wide. Outer maxilliped, much en- larged 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [May, Edge of front, anterior margin of merus of first three ambulatories, and lower margin of carpus of first ambulatory, fringed with short dense pubescence, as are also the lower surface of the carapace and the edge of maxillipeds and abdomen. Di7nensions. — Width of carapace, 9.6 mm.; length, 6.6 mm. Type locality. — Taken from a living Strombus pugilis Linnaeus, at Clearwater Harbor, Florida, b}^ Mr. H. S. Colton, 1905; one female. Type in Museum of the Academy, No. 1,629 of the collection of Crustacea. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3<3 SOME MARINE OLIGOCH^TA OF NEW ENGLAND. BY J. PERCY MOORE. That the study of the httoral Oligochsta of the eastern United States has been much neglected becomes evident when it is mentioned that but four original references to the subject occur in the literature, and three of these are very brief diagnoses of species. The first is found m Prof. Leidy's Coniributions to the Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, published in 1855, where Lumbriculus tenuis is described from specimens taken at Point Judith, Rhode Island. In 1863, Minor gave a quite recognizable description in the American Jour- nal of Arts and Sciences of his Enchytroius triventralopectinatus, taken near high-water mark at New Haven, Connecticut. In 1873, in the Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, Prof. Verrill describes as new Clitellio irrorata and Halodrillus (gen. nov.) littoralis. The first three of these have not since been reported by any other observers, but the last was carefully studied and its anatomy described in a Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History for 1895 by Smith, who establishes its identity with a widely distributed species of Enchytrceus. Michaelsen, in his Monograph of the Oligo- chceta, recognizes the close resemblance between ^Minor's species and the well-known Paranais littoralis of Europe. The remaining two species have been noticed repeatedly by monographers and systematic writers who have been unable to arrive at any satisfactory conclusions as to their status. While engaged in studying Polychceta, chiefly in the region about Wood's Hole, Massachusetts, but also at other points on the New Eng- land coast, for several years past, the writer has collected a number of species of littoral Oligochceta which, besides permitting the identifica- tion of the previously recorded species with certainty, except in the case of Lumbriculus tenuis, embrace several interesting additions to our known fauna. Minor's Enchytrceus triventralopectinatus proves to be Paranais littoralis, as supposed by Michaelsen; Lumbriculus tenuis Leidy is almost certainly Clitellio arenarius (MiiUer); Halodrillus lit- torcdis Verrill is Enchytrceus albidus Henle; and Critellio irrorata Verrill is a composite of Tubifex irroratus (Verrill), Tubifex benedeni Udekem and 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Clitellio arenarius Miiller. To the latter conclusion I have been much assisted by Prof. Verrill's great kindness in sending to me for study his entire collection of marine oligochsetes, including many bottles labelled by him as Clitellio irrorata. Although this material was collected from 25 to 30 years ago, and had since been subjected to all of the vicissitudes of preservation in small vials of alcohol, it was possible to determine most of the specimens, and as a result to considerably extend the known range along our coasts of several species. For this privilege I am much indebted to Prof. Verrill. In the present paper are noticed ten species representing three fami- lies, as follows: Naiidae, Paranais littoralis; Tubificidse, Clitellio are- narius, Monopylephorus glaher, M. parvus, Tuhifex irroratus, T. bene- deni, T. hamatiis and Limnodrilus suhsahus; Enchj'trseidse, Enchytroeus albidiis and Lumhricilliis agilis. Of these P. littoralis, C. arenarius, M. parvus, T. henedeni and E. albidus are European species, but only the first and last have hitherto been recognized on our shores. Tubifex irroratus is the residiumi of Verrill's C. irrorata and the remaining four are new, but have more or less closely related representatives in other parts of the world. It needs to be remarked that very few of these worms are really marine ; they are more or less recent migrants from a rich limicoline or terrestrial oligochsete fauna. The naids and tubificids are derivatives of the former which have been carried down the streams into bays and estuaries and have spread through the brackish waters and along the littoral zone. In their new habitat they have undergone modifications that are sometimes considered to have generic value. A case of especial interest is that of the brackish water Limnodrilrus sub- salsus, which is the only species of this large genus that has been re- corded as occurring out of fresh water. As pointed out in the systematic part of the paper, especially under Monopylephorus glaber, some of the tubificids burrow in soil saturated with fresh water from springs, and are experimentally shown to take more kindly to pure fresh water than to salt water of sea density. The enchytrseids are more particularly strand forms which inhabit the marine vegetation thrown by the waves upon the beach. They enter the littoral zone, but are often found in large numbers quite above the reach of the waves at high tide, particu- larly diu-ing rain storms. They are undoubtedly derived from terres- trial or amphibious forms that have found a favorable environment on the seashore. Enchytraus albidus, at least, is found in garden and wood soil also, but may have l^een introduced through the use of eel grass for fertilizer. The species of Tubificidse described in this paper, as well as some of 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 those described recently by other authors, tend to traverse some of the generic boundaries visually set up and to obscure their limits, Tuhifex is here employed in a broad sense, and it will be noticed that T. irro- ratus approaches Monopylephorus in many respects and removes that genus from the isolated position that it has been considered to occupy. This species resembles Monopylephorus in its valvular and moniliform blood-vessels, the form of its nephridia and the short sperm ducts with diffuse prostate glands. On the other hand, the paired genital orifices, the well-developed penes and the capillary setae in the dorsal bundles are characters of Tuhifex. Ditlevsen has referred to Monopy- lephorus a species (M. trichochcetus) having all of these characters except the penes. The supposed great gap between these genera is thus bridged by two species. On the other hand, Tuhifex hamatus, which is in most respects a typical Tuhifex of the Psanimoryctes group, appears to lack capillary setae altogether. Some of our forms here re- ferred to European species exhibit slight departures from the published descriptions, and it is possible may prove to be distinct when actual comparison of specimens from both places comes to be made. Besides the species described in this paper my collections include several others represented only by immature specimens, from which the characters of the reproductive organs cannot be ascertained. The following key will facilitate the determination of species noticed in this paper: A. — Asexual reproduction by serial budding and fission. B. — Spermathecae in V; setae all hooked and bifid, the dorsal bundles beginning on V; size very small, Paranais littoralis. AA. — Reproduction normally by the sexual method only. BB. — Spermathecae in V; setae all with simple (not bifid) tips and dorsal bundles beginning with the ventral on II; male pores on XII. C. — Setae /-shaped ; blood yellowish; testes deeply lobulated, Lumhricillus agilis. CC. — Setffi straight, with hooked internal ends; blood color- less; testes not subdivided, . Enchytroeus alhidus. BBB. — Spermathecae in X; setae more or less distinctly bifid at the tips and of various forms, often associated in the dorsal bundles with capillary setae; male genital pores on XI. D. — Male genital pores and spermathecal pores paired ; penes present. E. — Atrium simple; no special prostate gland; spermathecae reaching into XI when fully developed, Clitellio arenarius. 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, EE. — Atrium divided into penis sac and sperm reser- voir, the latter with a special prostate gland ; spermathecse confined to X. r. — Sperm ducts long and slender; prostate glands massive. G. — Cuticle more or less completely cov- ered with flattened papillse; capil- lary setae present or absent; no copulatory setse, Tubifex henedeni. GG. — Cuticle without papillse; capillary setae always(?) absent; posterior dorsal setse enlarged and strongly hooked; copulatory setae present on X, . . . . Tubifex hamatus. GGG. — Neither cuticular papillae, capillary setae, nor copulatory setae present; vas deferens very long and penis sac very complex, with spirally wound muscular coats and a tnun- pet-shaped chitinoid penis sheath, Li m nodril us s ubsalsus . FF. — Sperm ducts short and wide; prostate glands diffuse. H. — Penes present; genital pores paired ; capillary setae present, Tubifex irroratus. DD. — No penes nor capillary setae ; spermiductal and spermathecal pores median or nearly so ; sperm ducts short and wide ; prostate glands diffuse. I. — Spermathecae paired; setae all distinctly bifid at tips, Monopylephorus glaber. II. — Spermatheca single; bifur- cation of setae often obso- lete, Monopylephorus parvus. Paranais littoralis (Oersted) Czerniavsky. Nais littoralis Oersted, 1843. Enchytrceus triventralopectinatus Minor, 1863, Paranais littoralis Czerniavsky, 1880. This species was described under the name of Enchytrceus triventralo- pectinaius as long ago as 1863, from New Haven, Connecticut, by Minor, but appears to have escaped subsequent notice in America. I\Iichaelsen places Minor's species doubtfully among the synonyms of P. littoralis. Hitherto budding individuals only have been found, and until the char- acters of the mature reproductive organs of American examples are known the identity of the latter wdth the European species cannot be *» 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377 considered as established. Nevertheless, so far as budding worms are concerned, no distinctions can be detected, unless the number of setae averages somewhat less in American specimens. The prostomium is often slightly pigmented, but there are no eyes. The blood is pale greenish-yellow, and the chlorogogue cells pale brown. The first bud- ding zone usually occurs at XX or between XIX and XX. A second may occur at XXXV, but usually only the first is conspicuously devel- oped. Still attached zooids may possess as many as 28 or 30 segments before the appearance of a second budding zone. In buds nearly ready to become detached both dorsal and ventral setse occur on all segments. All through July and August active budding continues under natural conditions, but worms kept throughout the autumn at Philadelphia failed to develop genital organs. Nothing but its small size and mode of occurrence has caused this species to be overlooked for so many years as it is extremely abundant and widely distributed. More than any other species it withstands a wide range of density in the water, being almost equally at home in the rain-soaked eel-grass above high tide, on the shores of brackish ponds and under stones near low-water mark on the exposed shores of Vine- yard Sound, Its movements are characterized by frequent quick, nervous turnings and contractions. Clitellio arenarius (Mailer) Savigny. Lumbricus arenarius Miiller, 1776. Clitellio arenarius SaAigny, 1820. iLumhriculus tenuis Leidy, 1855. Clitellio irrorata Verrill (in part), 1873. Of the ten species noticed in this paper the present one is the largest, full-grown examples exceeding two inches in length and a millimeter in diameter at the clitellum. Preserved specimens usually have the mouths of the spermathecse and the penes protruding in the form of prominent papillae, as Prof. Verrill has noted in his description. Sex- ually mature worms are abundant, enabling one to secure cocoons in numbers and to study the anatomy of the genital organs with ease. There is little doubt of the identity of the American and European worms, the only noticeable differences being a slightly greater average number of setae in ours and an apparently somewhat shorter sperma- thecal duct than is figm-ed by European authors. No entirely satis- factory figures of the setae of the Eiu-opean worm have been found, and it is possible that there may be a difference in their form also. The spermathecae are often filled with large vermiform spermatophores. The distribution of this form is equally extensive on the European and American sides of the Atlantic. It is excessively abundant in 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Casco Bay and northward in Maine, where it occurs under stones and among grass roots up to high-water mark on muddy and gravelly shores. While apparently less plentiful south of Cape Cod, it is com- mon at many suitable points on the shores of Vineyard Sound, Buz- zard's Bay, Narragansett Bay and Long Island Sound. Without being able to decide the matter definitely, it seems ex- tremely probable that this is the species described by Leidy. Although the characters given in the brief description of L. tenuis are not diag- nostic, they are sufficient to eliminate every other species described in this paper except the brackish w^ater Limnodrilus suhsalsus, while they all and the character of the habitat, as well, apply to C. arenarius. Vaillant, indeed, has already referred Lumhriculus tenuis doubtfully to Clitellio. Later writers have been more cautious. In Prof. Verrill's collections this species occurs far more frequently than any other and usually under the name of Clitellio irrorata, thus giving the best of authority for the inclusion of the latter in the syn- onymy. It is this species that is figured under the name of C. irrorata in Trans. Conn. Acad., 1881, PI. VIII, figs. 3 and 3a. The localities represented cover a wide extent of coast and, named from north south- ward, are as follows: Nova Scotia, Bay of Fundy, Casco Bay, Cape Ann, Gloucester, Massachusetts; Salem, Massachusetts; Cape Cod, Vineyard Sound, Wood's Hole and New Haven. Monopylephorus glaber sp. nov. Plate XXXII, figs. 1-6. This species is relatively short and stout for a tubificid, the largest examples not exceeding 40 mm., and the usual length of living mature worms being about 25-30 mm., wuth a diameter of .8 mm. Young examples are relatively much more slender. In mature worms there are from 67-74 segments, and generally they are 4-ringed, bearing the setge on the third and consequently well behind the middle. The greatest diameter is at the clitellum and genital region, from w^hich the body tapers rapidly to the small pointed prostomium and very gently to the anal somite. The clitellum occupies part of X, all of XI and XII, and sometimes extends on to XIII. Except for the sensory hairs belonging to a zone of cutaneous organs encircling the middle of each somite, the skin is devoid of cuticular pilosities and perfectly smooth. Owing in part to the presence of grayish-brown pigment granules, and in part to the remarkably high peritoneal layer of cells, the body walls are decidedly opaque. The external opening of the genital bursa is a conspicuous median, transversely elongated aperture in the setae zone on the venter of XI. The female pores are paired in the furrow 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379 XI ^5; f;^^.^|;7P^™f^h^^^ open close together in a common depression just behind furrow — . n,!^]" ^Tf ""'^ ™""' ^'■°'" P'"'''''' " y°™S ^°™^ to brown or of tt ;!!i fTT," °?'''. V° ""^''^ *"" ''°'°'' '^ ''»«= to a combination of tlie rose of the blood witli the brown of the chlorogogue ceUs the opaque wh,te of the cclomic corpuscle., the dark content, of the i;tt! tme and the pigment of the slcin. Anteriorly the color remains pink whi e 4 'accumulation of ccelomic corpuscles, becomes opaque white, men, as m certam individuals, the latter are very numerous they impart a characteristic whiteness and opacity to the entire worm' The seta are all of the usual short, bifid, hooked form (fig. 4) with a deeply cleft tip and the terminal process somewhat longef ank more « t:"th b", ''" n •"^'°* '^"' °"^- ^'^« Potion of the se a external to the body wall is peculiarly thickened, but otherwise pre- sents no characteristic features. In each bundle the inner seta, are somewhat the longer and those of ventral bundles slightly exceS the dorsal, Ix,t no marked differences are anywhere noticeable "^ usual the ventral bundles of XI are wanting. From II to XI 4 or 5 k the prevalent number in each bundle, the last being most usual in the tellum 3 IS usual in the ventral, 2 in dorsal bundles, and both may become reduced to one toward the posterior end Owing to the opacity of the body walls and the profusion of ccelomic corpuscles m mature worms the internal anatomy is difficult to work out upon living subjects, though practically all of the results of the 012^ f °*''"""= '"'T""'^'''^ ('^S- 5) "■■'' from .009 mm. to .012.5 mm. in diameter, and filled with a comparatively small number o^ spherical granules measuring .0025 in diameter, and ,vl„se opacitv and whiteness gives to the corpuscles their characteristic aspect' Among these corpuscles are seen a few filled with very much smaller granute which appear to be budded from the high peritoneal cells No unusual features are presented by the ahmentary canal The pharyngeal region IS very small, though its glands extend diffusely to u' K J'T ' "*^*"" *= '■'^"'''''y ™d prominently sacculated eapecially behind the intestine, and except in the genital region where they are slightly developed, and in somites IV and V, in which they make their appearance, is thickly enveloped in chlorogogue cells wLh largely conceal the dorsal vessel also. ' As in all membei-s of the genus hitherto described, the vascular system presents a well-developed integumental plexus on theTateral 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, arches and a remarkable system of imicellular valves. The ventral vessel is free from the intestine, without sacculations and without valves. It bifurcates in III, but is usually reunited in II by an asym- metrical commissural vessel, from which a small azygous vessel arises. The dorsal vessel is contractile, sacculated and provided with a set of valves at each constriction throughout its entire length as far forward as somite III. Although its anterior end is largely free from the intes- tine, it retains a covering of chlorogogue cells as far as somite IV and bifurcates only on reaching II. A pair of small lateral arches without valves arises in I, and after dividing each joins the here double ventral vessel. Beginning with III, the arches spring from the dorsal trunk at the posterior ends of the somites just anterior to the valvular constric- tions. They reach to the body walls, which they enter and then divide into a complex integumental network emptying into the ventral vessel by two trunks in each somite, while the plexuses of contiguous somites are united by a longitudinal connecting vessel. The network is similar to that of M. pilosus, but appears to be somewhat more open. The lateral contractile trunks increase in size to X, one of which loops into the sperm sac, while one in XI forms a rich plexus within the ovisac. Behind XI they become much smaller, but continue to form integumental plexuses which join the ventral vessel by two trunks. The arches from III to XI are moniliform and provided with valves at each constriction. That in III contains one set of valves, IV 2 sets, V 2 or 3 sets, VI and VII 3 or 4 sets, and in VIII to XI 5 or 6 sets- numbers which, while occasionally varying, are remarkably constant. In the larger arches the two primary branches also may each contain a set of valves. The brain (fig. 3) has a peculiarly lobulated surface and is broad and very deeply incised anteriorly, somewhat narrower and scarcely emar- ginated posteriorly, where the muscular sheath is produced into a pair of contractile strands, between which the dorsal vessel passes. Ordi- narily the brain is about i longer than broad, but the proportions vary greatly with the state of contraction and extension of the worm. Nephridia (fig. 2) begin in VII with their nephrostomes opening into VI ; none is present in X and XI, though a pair communicating with the latter is frequently developed in XII. In young worms, in which the transparent body wall permits the nephridia to be readily studied, they are absent from many somites and developed on one side only of others, but in full-grown worms few segments, except at the posterior region, lack them. The funnel is small, with the prolonged lip or tongue more slender and elongated than in M. pilosus. It passes into a short 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 neck, which penetrates the septum and joins an irregular massive region in which the canal is much folded, with granular coalesced walls and irregular lumen in the anterior part, while in the posterior part the lumen becomes more regular and provided at intervals with ciliated ampullge. From this portion an elongated lobe passes caudally and medially along the ventral blood-vessel. In this lobe are four canals arranged in two loops, the proximal one of which contains ciliated ampullae, while the distal one lacks cilia and, after returning to the massive region, passes into a large thick-walled efferent canal, the lumen of which exhibits a few irregular lateral diverticula, and which finally opens to the exterior by a pore situated a short distance anterior to the ventral setae bundles. The reproductive organs agree closely with what is known of other members of the genus. A pair of testes suspended from the posterior surface of the septum ^ fill not only the coelome of X, but large ante- rior and posterior sperm sacs. The former is a short, wide, nearly spherical diverticulum from the septum -^ which arises dorsal to the intestine and projects forward when fully developed to the septum ^". The posterior sac is much longer and, arising from the septum ^ above the intestine, accompanies, but usually does not enter, the ovisac to about somite XIII or XIV. In young worms there are two, but later one disappears. Before maturity the cavity of the functional one is closed by a transverse diaphragm which prevents the vascular arch from entering more than a short distance. The large sperm funnels rest on the floor of X against the posterior septum, which is perforated on each side of the nerve cord by the short vasa deferentia, which then bend laterally and each expands into a slightly enlarged region covered completely by a continuous layer of rather small prostate gland cells. This region — the sperm reservoir — bends upward around the intestine, and at the highest point passes into a short ductus ejaculatorius free from glands and opening into the sum- mit of the fusiform penis sac. The latter is provided with a very deep epithelium thrown into rugous folds and relatively thin muscular layers ; but there is no trace of a penis. The atria of the two sides open into the lateral portions of the summit of an eversible median bursa, which probably acts to some extent as a substitute for the penis (fig. 1). Ovaries occupy a position in XI relatively similar to that of the tes- tes in X, and are provided with a median dorsal ovisac which, arising from the septum ^^^ above the intestine, reaches to XVI or beyond. In addition to the ova it receives a vascular network, usually from the 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, left arch of the pair in XI, and sometimes the posterior sperm sac in addition. Spermathecse (fig. 6) are nearly always conspicuous even in young worms. They open either very close together or by a common median pore just behind the luirovv l^, and consequently are well forward in the latter somite. They have short, thick, muscular ducts without glands, and ovoid or sometimes nearly spherical ampullse which when fully distended may reach nearly the length of the somite. Wlien fully distended the lining epithelium is thin and flat and the muscular layer thin, but when nearly empty the former becomes thick and folded, often in a spiral or annular fashion, a condition which usually prevails near the entrance to the duct, where the circular muscular layer is much thickened. The spermatozoa are never fashioned into spermatophores, but fill the ampulla in compact masses and bundles. This species is closely related to Monopylephorus ruhronivens Levin- sen, to which Ditlevsen has recently referred Vermiculus pilosus Good- rich. From this species, as elaborately described by Goodrich, M. glaher differs in the entire absence of villous processes on tne cuticle, the greater number of seta?, the form of the nephridia and some minor char- acters of the vascular system, brain, etc. Another closely related species is M. fluviatilis (Ferronniere), but if the sperm ducts are correctly figured for the latter the position of the prostate glands is quite different. Both Goodrich and Ditlevsen have attached much importance to the form of the nephridia, which they consider to approach the enchy- trseid type. In M. glaher this resemblance is entirely superficial and the arrangement of the tubules is nearly typically tubiciform, their analysis into glandular region, large and small tubule loops being easy. In suitable localities this species is very abundant about the shores of Vineyard Sound and Buzzard's Bay. It prefers regions overlaid by a layer of fine organic mud in places where there is an accumulation of decaying eel grass or other vegetable matter, and especially where the salt water is diluted by springs or streams of fresh water. In such places it occurs in enormous numbers beneath stones or a short distance below the surface, while in nearby spots, where the water is of much o-reater density but the conditions otherwise similar, few or none will be found. Nowhere in this region have these worms been found in greater numbers or of such large size (mostly exceeding 40 mm. in length and 1 mm. in diameter) as along the gravelly and muddy banks of the Wareham river, a small stream emptying into the head of Buz- zard's Bay. Here under stones near high water-mark, at a point where 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383 saltness of the water is just barely discernible to the taste, enormous numbers occvu* quite unmixed with other species. If placed in pure salt water of the density found in Vineyard Sound these worms die much sooner than if placed in fresh water, but may be acclimatized to either by gradual changes. In brackish water they have lived and bred in confinement in Philadelphia for seven months, and are now, after this lapse of time, as vigorous as ever. That they are partial to low rather than high densities is shown by the observation that those living on the shores of the Eel Pond at Wood's Hole, at a point where fresh water oozes from the ground below high-water mark, burrow deeper toward the source of the spring when the tide rises and covers their habitation, and come to the surface when it falls. Other favored localities are certain shallow and nearly closed coves where great quan- tities of eel grass and algae accumulate and decay in water diluted by rains. Here under small stones below half-tide mark the species asso- ciates with Tuhifex irroralus and Lumbricillus agilis, though the latter is far more plentiful in the decaying eel grass at a higher station on the shore, and the former prefers the roots of salt grasses growing on more gravelly shores. Though not active in their movements, they are less sluggish than the T. irroralus and far more hardy than that species. From the latter part of July, at least, onward this species breeds, and some specimens brought to Philadelphia continued sexually active throughout the fall and into winter. Wlien breeding they are espe- cially active and congregate in such numbers beneath stones that they impart a quite red color to the surface of the soil when exposed by turning over the stones. Monopylephorus parvus Ditlevsen. PL XXXIII, figs. 29-34. A second small species of Monopylephorus is referred to the above species, with which it agrees closely in nearly all of the characters recorded in the original brief diagnosis. Further information may necessitate a separation. In size and form this species closely resembles Lumbricillus agilis, but its distinctly pink color and the opacity due to coelomic corpus- cles, as well as its more sluggish movements, are a ready means of sepa- ration. Fixed specimens can be distinguished in many cases only after a careful study, especially as sexually mature individuals are infrequent. The length is from 8 to 15 mm., the diameter about .4 mm. and the number of segments from 38 to 43. The prostomium is much more slender and pointed than in M. glaber, but the somites are similarly quadri-annulate. The number of setae in each ventral bundle is 3 or 4 anterior to the genital region and 2 posteriorly; in the dorsal bundles 384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, usually 5 anteriorly and 2 to 4 posteriorly. The setse are all small and of the usual form, except that their tips are curiously variable (fig. 29). As the setse were studied only under the rather unfavorable conditions presented by alcoholic material, it is uncertain how far this may be due to wear. Many of the setse are undoubtedly broken, but those figured appear to be intact. In some the tips are deeply bifid and the points long and acute; others, especially in the posterior dorsal bundles, have the upper or distal point more or less reduced, and still others have a mere apical notch or are apparently entire. The coelomic corpuscles are very numerous and about .012 mm. in diameter, with opaque white granules smaller and more numerous than those of M. glaber. In internal anatomy this species closely resembles M. glaber, from which, however, it is easily distinguished by the single spermatheca (fig. 34) which opens in the median line of the furrow ^^, and is usually folded on itself transversely. The atria (figs. 32, 33) also differ in that they join in the middle line before opening into the bursa by a single small pore raised on the summit of a papilla. It will thus be noticed that the primitively strictly paired character of the reproductive organs has been departed from more widely in this than the other species. The prostate and other regions of the male ducts are otherwise as usual. An anterior sperm sac extends through IX, a posterior through XII and XIII, and an ovisac to XVI. The vascular system presents the characteristic valvular and chambered vessels and integumental plexus. The brain (fig. 31) is slender and the anterior lobes much elongated. Xephridia are of the character belonging to the genus, but are slender and elongated and the nephrostomial lip especially narrow and prolonged. This species has not been found abundantly anywhere. Occasional examples occur with the larger tubificids and with Lumhricillus , but it appears to prefer more gravelly shores and the neighborhood of beach grass, among the roots of which it may be found. In a few cases larger numbers were found living gregariously beneath stones at half- tide on the south shore of Naushon. It is quite probable that it has often been mistaken for the young of M. glaber or even of LumbricilluS' Tubifex irroratus (Verrill). PI. XXXII, figs. 7-li. Clitellio irrorata Verrill (in part), 1873. The length of this slender species seldom exceeds 30 mm., but the number of somites may ecpial 90. Most of the examples found in the vicinity of Wood's Hole are not fully mature, and are from 15 to 17 mm. long, with about 70 somites. The prostomium is more acute than 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 in Monopylephorus, and the somites are more elongated but similarly ringed. In mature examples the clitellum is developed on X, XI, XII and for a short distance on XIII. A pair of spermathecal pores occurs far forw^ard on X just behind the furrow ^, and in line with the ventral sets?, the male pores occupy the place of the ventral setae or a little behind on XI, and the ovipores are minute slits in the furrow ^^. In young worms the color is pinkish, but in larger ones becomes deep brownish or purplish-red, often very dark, and in mature worms always very much darker than in Monopijlephorus cjlaber, a difference which is probably due chiefly to the fact that the deep color of the chlorogogue cells is untempered by the whiteness imparted by great numbers of peritoneal corpuscles. The setfe are of two forms, one kind being hooked and bifid and the other capillary and of very characteristic form. Both occur in the dorsal bundles. In preclitellar somites there are usually 2 or 3 or rarely even 4 of the former, with 1 or 2 or occasionally 3 of the latter alternating with, or 1 on the ventral side of each of, the hooked ones. Bundles of the middle region contain 2 hooked and 1 capillary seta, and those of the posterior region 1 of each. Normally every dorsal bundle except a few at the posterior end contains capillary setge, but they are easily detached, and in some specimens fully formed ones are absent from as many as one-half or more of the bundles, ^^^len more than one is present they are usually of unequal lengths, the longest much exceeding the diameter of the body. They are very slender and taper regularly to the end, toward which they exhibit 2 or 3 very slight but distinct spiral turns (fig. 11). Possibly this region may be slightly flattened, though this appearance may be due to the lights and shadows caused by the spiral turns. The short hooked setaj (fig. 9) are always bifid, with the distal process decidedly longer unless worn or broken, which is seldom the case. Ventral bundles contain hooked setae only which are quite similar in form to those of the dorsal bundles but some- what larger; those of anterior bundles of both rows are larger than the posterior. Anteriorly the ventral bundles usually contain 3, in the middle region 2. and posteriorly 1. As usual the ventral bundles are wanting on XI, but those of X are not modified as copulatory "setae. The vascular system of this species is remarkably like that of Mono- pijlephorus glaher, presenting a similar valvular dorsal vessel, chambered and valvular lateral trunks, complex integumental plexus, and similar mode of branching. As distinctive characters it presents a finer and more numerously l^ranched integumental plexus, with a more conspicu- ous longitudinal intersegmented trunk, and a greater number of sets 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, of valves in the lateral arches. Usually the arches in III and IV have 1 set, V 1 or 2 sets ,VI 3 or 4, VII 4, VIII 4 or 5, IX and X 6 or 7, and XI 6. The right arch in X sends a loop into the sperm sac as far as the diaphragm present in the immature worm, while that of XI enters the ovisac and breaks up into a rich plexus. The intestinal plexus reaches as far forward as VII. Owing chiefly to the height of the coelomic endothelium the body walls are thick and opaque. Peritoneal corpuscles (fig. 10) are of two forms, about 90 per cent, of them being spherical and filled with rounded opaque granules having nearly the color of the vertebrate red blood corpuscle. The corpuscles measure .01 to .015 mm., and the granules .0012 mm. in diameter. The corpuscles are much less abundant than those of Monopylephorus glaher, and are easily distinguished by their smaller and more numerous granules. With the spherical corpuscles are associated a number of nearly homogeneous, colorless, flattened, fusiform corpuscles and a few leucocytes. The brain is about as broad as long, very massive and with a slight median emargination posteriorly, and prolonged anteriorl}^ into a pair of relatively slender lobes separated by a deep cleft. Like so many other organs the nephridia have much in common with those of Monopylephorus glaher. The funnels are provided with a tongue which, however, is short and broad, and the remainder of the funnel is much lobulated. Nearly sessile on the septum, it passes into a short and narrow postseptal neck which, in turn, enters a large tubule with a very wide irregular lumen and highly granular walls which is doubled on itself and forms, with the first section of the tubule loops, the so-called glandular portion of the nephridium. The tubule loops have ciliated ampullae and are in general arranged as in M. glaher, but their folds are much more open and in the posterior nephridia reach through two somites. The efferent canal springs from the glandular mass and opens to the exterior in front of the ventral setae. Altogether the nephridium is of the true tubificid type. They are frequently developed on one side onl}'- or altogether absent from many somites. The spermathecse (fig. 8) are large, with prominent simple ellipsoidal ampullae, varying much in size and shape with the degree of distension, but usually filling a large part of the coelome of X, and reaching to the dorsal level of the intestine and the septum ^^. There is always a well differentiated muscular duct without glands, short in distended sperma- thecae, but relatively long in empty ones. There are no spermatophores, the spermatozoa being free and loose. The male organs (fig. 7) are remarkable as combining the short sperm 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 duct and diffuse prostate gland of Monopylephorus with the soft penis having a thin cuticular sheath of a typical Tubifex. Large funnels open into X on each side near the body floor and, after perforating the septum in line with the ventral setse, pass into short wide vasa deferen- tia which bend laterally and gradually expand into the long sperm reservoirs constituting at least one-half of the entire duct. Near the posterior end of the somite they bend abruptly upward to a point above the intestine, and, by a short constricted region, pass into the summit of the penis sac, which is nearly vertical but curves forward to the external pores. The penis sac is cylindrical and has a thick muscular coat; the free penis begins at about its middle, but is usually considerably folded within the lower part of its cavity. There is a distinct but thin cuticular lining reflected on to the penis. The prostate gland is a thick layer of cells, especially enlarged on the dorsal side, uniformly covering the entire sperm reservoir. The sperm sacs and ova sacs are quite similar to those of Monopy- lephorus glaher. When fully developed the anterior sperm sac reaches through IX, the posterior to XV and the ova sac to XXII. The pos- terior sperm sacs are originally paired and in immature worms may be seen to be swept back and forth, alternately reversing and righting themselves, with the movements of the ccelomic fluid. It is certain that this is one of the species included by Prof. Verrill in his Clitellio irrorata, and a few specimens are included among those so labelled. As no type is indicated, it seems perfectly proper to pre- serve the name by applying it to this, rather than to permit it to lapse as a synonym of one of the species already named, even though tlie latter chiefly influenced the original description. Like M. glaher this is a brackish water species, and the two are fre- quently found associated about the outlets of littoral springs where an accumulation of organic mud makes the conditions otherwise favorable. The remarks under M. glaher concerning acclimatization to fresh and salt water apply equally to this species, which is, however, much less resistant to unfavorable circumstances than that species. Perhaps this fact accovmts for its much less abundance, though its habit of burrowing more deeply into the soil among the roots of beach grass, in the smaller rootlets of which its peculiar capillary sette become twisted, make it much more difficult to find. Sexually mature indi- viduals constitute a much smaller per cent, of those found than in M. glaher. So far as now known this species occurs only south of Cape Cod. 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Tubifex benedeni Udekem. Tubifex benedii Udekem, 1855. Clitellio ater Claparede, 1862. ClitelUo irrorata Verrill (in part), 1873. Hemitubifex benedii Beddard, 1889. Psammoryctes benedeni Michaelsen, 1900. In its usual form this interesting species is at once distinguished from any others of our marine ohgochsetes by the nearly black or deep gray color, resulting from the remarkable flattened papillae filled with greenish-gray granules with which the cuticle is thickly studded. These papillse are arranged in irregular transverse rows in all regions except the prostomium, peristomium and clitellum, but they differ greatly in size and consequently in conspicuousness in different regions, being largest on the segments following the clitellum, and thence gradu- ally decreasing in size toward the posterior end, where they are small and widely separated. There is also much individual variation in respect to the number and size of these papilli3e, and it seems probable that they may be shed and developed periodically, though my oppor- tunities for observing this species over a period of time have been veiy limited. Certain it is that small individuals with nearly or quite smooth cuticle are frequently found living with fully papillated mature ones, from which they appear to be otherwise indistinguishable. Fully grown worms with the papillse scarcely developed also occur, and some of these are among the material collected by Prof. VerriU at Savin Rock, near New Haven, Connecticut, which is one of the type localities for Clitellio irrorata. It is quite evident, from a careful study of Prof. Verrill's description, that his account of the setae is derived largely from specimens of this species in which, as is frequently the case, some of these organs were broken or abraded, and the others exhibited the normally great variability in the length of the distal process. When as slightly developed as in the specimens mentioned, the papillae might be readily overlooked as unimportant. In my experience the capillary setae are more often absent than present. That the European worm also is variable in these respects is shown by discrepancies in the several descriptions, and by the numerous names that have been applied to the species and listed by IMichaelsen. So far as studied the internal anatomy of American examples agrees f ulty with the accounts given by Claparede, Beddard, etc. The spermatophores are very large, but less slender than in Clitellio arenarius. This black worm is widely distributed on the seashores of Europe down to a depth of 7 fathoms. On our coasts it has not hitherto been identified. It is common between tides on muddy shores strewn with 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 stones in Casco Bay, ]\Iaine. Here it occurs nearly up to high-water mark in association with Clitellio arenarius, though the latter is far more abundant. In similar situations in Narragansett Bay also both species occur, and Prof. "S^errill has taken them near New Haven. The writer has found T. benedeni only sparingly in the neighborhood of Wood's Hole, and in water both fully salt and brackish. My brother, Dr. H. F. Moore, has collected it along with Clitellio arenarius at Campobello, New Brunswick. Tubifex hamatus sp. nov. PI. XXXII, figs. 12-18. Length up to 35 or 40 mm.; greatest diameter about .8 mm. at the genital region; number of somites 85-110. In preserved specimens the prostomium is short and bluntly rounded, the peristomium about as long as the prostomium and divided into two rings, the first of which is papillated and evidently retractile. Succeeding somites increase in size, and the next five or six are biannulate, with the smaller annulus anterior. No further annulation is evident. The greatest diameter is at XI, behind which the segments become much narrower, but under- go no diminution in length for half the length of the body. Many of the specimens have somite VIII and often part of IX or even X strongly wrinkled or furrowed transversely. None has the clitellum distinctly developed. The cuticle is thick and everyT\^here perfectly smooth. Setae are absent from the peristomium, the ventral bundle of XI and the anal somite. Elsewhere from one to four occur in each bundle. Anterior to the clitellum four is the normal number both dorsally and ventrally on somites V to VIII, and usually two or three on the remain- ing somites. Postclitellar somites bear almost invariably two in the ventral and a single large one in the dorsal bundles. In no case have capillary setae been detected in the dorsal bundles, the seise being, there- fore, exclusively of the hooked and bifid type. It is, of course, possible that further acquaintance with the species, now known from but one locality, may disclose the occasional or periodical presence of capillary setae in the dorsal bundle. The anterior setae (fig. 14) exliibit no noteworthy peculiarities, and are but little larger in the dorsal than in the ventral bundles. They are slightly sigmoid, with a small nodulus at the junction of the inner and outer limbs, the distal'process of the slightly hooked tip longer and more slender and the proximal one shorter and stouter. Behind the clitellum they undergo little change for several segments, but at about the 20th to 28th somite in different individuals the dorsal and ventral setae become strongly differentiated. The latter (fig. 13) gradually diminish in size and the two divisions of the tip become equal in length, the proximal one, how- 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [May, ever, remaining the stouter. Probably as a result merely of their being less worn, the points are usually longer and sharper than on more ante- rior setae. At the point indicated the dorsal bundles become abruptly reduced to a single seta of very characteristic form (fig. 15). These are very large and stout, especially in the outer limb, which joins the inner one in an abrupt elbow marked by a prominent enlargement. The tip remains bifid, but is formed almost entirely by the stout, strongly hooked proximal division, which bears the small, slender distal division as an accessory process on its convexity. In intact individuals such large setae continue nearly or quite to the caudal extremity, but in those which are regenerating the dorsal as well as the ventral bundles contain unmodified setae, which are consequently here probably pro- visional. The ventral setae of X, which lie just anterior to the orifice of the spermathecae, are much modified as copulatory set^e (fig. 17). Usually each fasciculus is reduced to one functional and one developing seta. The former is about one-third longer than the ordinary sets, with a very long slender outer limb cm^ved in the same direction as the inner limb and deeply cleft into two delicate, very slightly diverging prongs, which are, however, united by a thin curved plate to form a groove. The setae sacs are also enlarged and their outer thirds form eversible sheaths or pockets for the setae, and their closed ends receive the secretion of two or three small groups of gland cells. The preservation of the specimens is unsatisfactory, so that histolog- ical details are avoided in the following description of the internal anatomy. The digestive tract consists of a short eversible buccal chamber in I and II, a pharynx with a conspicuous spheroidal and glandular dorsal diverticulum in III, a short oesophagus extending through IV and V, and an intestine with its chlorogogue covering from VI onward. The septa ~, ^, ^^ and ^^^ are thickened, muscular, and carried back to the alimentary canal in the form of funnels. The last is especially muscular. While a true integumental plexus appears to be absent, the vascular system is conspicuous from the great development of the anterior lateral vessels, which are very long and arranged in a series of loops and folds beside the alimentary canal as far back as the genital somites (X and XI), those in the latter especially being enlarged, somewhat moniliform and extending into the sperm sac and ovisacs respectively. The lateral vessels of VIII are also of large size, but whether they form contractile hearts is uncertain. A highly developed gridiron plexus of blood-vessels exists in the walls of the intestine, especially in the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 somites VIII to XII, where it resembles the condition figured by Stole for Bothrioneuron. None of the specimens is mature, so that the reproductive organs are not fully developed, and further study may require some modification of the following account, especially in what relates to the penis sheath, prostate glands and extent of the sperm sac and ovisacs. Thetesteshave the usual location in X, but remain small in all of the specimens sec- tioned. A single sperm sac (which may be double anteriorly) reaches from the septum ^ as far as XIII or XIV, but probably much farther in fully mature worms. It includes long loops of the lateral blood-ves- sels of X, and is itself enclosed in the ovisac which arises from the succeeding septum. The male efferent apparatus is shown semi-diagrammatically in fig. 16. The large, few-celled sperm funnel is so distorted by pressure from the intestines, blood-vessels, sperm sac and the septum ^j that no accurate drawing could be made. After penetrating the septum ^ the vas deferens forms several close loops between the sperm sac and the intestine, and then, after curving round the former, takes a more open com-se in the posterior part of the segment before opening into the atrium. The entire atrium is about one-fourth the length of the vas, consists of a small fusiform sperm reservoir receiving the vas at one end and the rather small prostate gland on one side. At the other end it passes into a scarcely distinct ductus ejaculatorius of about equal length, which in turn passes into the summit of the simple erect penis sac. The latter is about as long as the preceding two parts of the atrium combined, is of nearly cylindrical form, has no special nor well-developed muscle sheath and contains the soft filiform penis, which in these specimens lacks any chitinous sheath. The free end of the retracted penis is received into a small bursa which is provided with a circle of small glands and opens at the position of the missing ventral setse of XL The ovaries are in XI, but the oviducts have not been detected. As mentioned above, an ovisac arises from ^^^ and, receiv- ing the sperm sac and a pair of vascular loops, extends to about XV or XVI. The spermathecse (fig. 18) open just behind the ventral or copulatory setse of X. They are probably not fully developed in any of the speci- mens. In those of largest size they have a length about equal to one- half the diameter of the body, are more or less club-shaped with a simple duct forming about one-half the length, and a more or less dis- tinct pouch, which may be elongated or spherical and pass gradually into the duct or be sharply defined. No distinct spermatophores are 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, present, though several of the spermatheca? contained small elongated aggregations of spermatozoa. Nephridia are present on the left side only of most, if not of all, seg- ments. In sections they are very conspicuous owing to the large size especially of the middle tubule loop, but they are not sufficiently well preserved to permit a detailed description of their structure. The terminal vesicles are likewise large and the external pores, which are situated well mediad and a little cephalad of the ventral setae, are very conspicuous in entire mounts, in which their asymmetry is very striking. The brain (fig. 12) is somewhat broader than long, slightly cleft ante- riorly and deeply cleft posteriorly. This species has been found only under stones between tides on the shores of the Acushnet river, above New Bedford, Massachusetts. At this point the water is brackish. Limnodrilus subsalsus sp. nov. PI. XXXIII, figs. 19-22. Length up to 40 mm., but most examples are less than this; greatest diameter (at XII) .6 mm. ; number of segments up to 12G. The prostomium is conical with the apex rounded, one and one-half times to twice as long as broad. The first two or three segments are very short, not exceeding the prostomium ; succeeding somites rapidly increase in length to X, which, with those following, is five or six times that length. The greatest diameter is at XI and XII, from which point it decreases to the very slender posterior third. Usually the peristo- mium is simple, but occasionally is faintly biannulate; II, III and IV are very distinctly biannulate, with a small, sharply defined annulus split off anterior to the setse, which are borne on the prominent middle portion of the larger annulus; V is triannulate with the setse posterior to the middle of the largest, middle annulus ; VI has a second narrow annulus splitting off anterior to the setigerous one and a single one be- hind; VII is more distinctly quadriannulate, and VIII has four narrow annuli before and two behind the large setigerous one. The next few annuli present an irregular multiannulate condition, there being in most cases 5 presetal and 2 postsetal rings, which are nearly or quite equal to the setigerous one. Postclitellar somites are only very ob- scurely or not at all annulated. Setae are absent from the prostomium, the ventral bundles of XI and 2 or 3 caudal somites. Preclitellar bundles contain 4 to 6, usually 5 setae; behind the clitellum are found at first 4, then 3, and toward the posterior end 2. Smaller numbers are very likely to occur in the doi-sal bundles, though there is no constancy in this respect. There are no 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393 copulatory setse and none in any way much modified or enlarged. Throughout the entire length they have essentially the form shown in figs. 19 and 20, the ventral ones averaging somewhat longer and stouter. The two divisions of the tip are nearly equal in length, especially in posterior setee, but the distal is usually longer and the proximal stouter. The simple digestive tract has the pharyngeal diverticulum divided into two lobes by a median fissure in II and III ; the chlorogogue in- vestment begins in V or even IV, and the posterior region of the intes- tine is very strongly beaded. The anterior margin of the brain, near which the connectives arise, is nearly truncate, but has two pairs of small ganglionic projections; the posterior is about one-half as wide and produced into a pair of prominent lobes separated by a narrow sinus, through which the dorsal vessel passes. Nephridia are of the usual type, symmetrical, and open immediately in front of the ventral setae. The chief characteristic of the species is found in the reproductive organs, especially in the abruptly bent atrium. The testes are in X, the ovaries in XI, the latter filling a large part of the cavity of that somite, but apparently unprovided with an ovisac. The former pro- duce spermatogonia very copiously and fill not only the cavity of X, but a prominent median sperm sac which reaches to about XXI. The male genital ducts (fig. 21) present the structure and complexity of Eisen's genus Camptodrilus. The large discoid sperm funnel is in con- tact with anterior face of the septum ^j, on the posterior side of which the vas deferens has contracted to a diameter of one-eighth to one-tenth its diameter. From this point the vas deferens forms many and varied coils and loops (not accurately represented in the figure) and has a total length to the point of entrance into the sperm reservoir of about three and one-half times the entire atrium. The sperm reservoir (ss.) is stoutly fusiform, constitutes nearly one-fourth of the entire length of the atrium and receives the massive prostate gland (p.) near the middle of the ventral side. A ductus ejaculatorius about as long as and one- fourth to one-fifth the diameter of the reservoir unites the latter with the penis sac. Sometimes this ductus is folded as in the figure, and has a posterior connection with the sperm reservoir ; in other examples it stretches forward beside the penis sac, and the ends of the reservoir are reversed. The penial apparatus is bent sharply at the summit of the bursa at nearly a right angle and extends thence caudad, sometimes horizontally, sometimes obliquely upward, carrying with it the septum ?jj to a point opposite the setse zone of XII. The penis is the direct continuation of the vas deferens, and is slightly bulbous at the distal 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, and gently enlarged toward the proximal end. Surrounding it is the cuticular penis sheath, which is 12 or 13 times as long as its proximal diameter and closely envelopes the penis except at the distal end, where it expands broadly like the mouth of a trumpet. The epithelial penis sheath (yard Sound, Massachusetts. Bibliography. Beddard, F. E. On Certain Points in the Structure of CUtcUio. Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1888, 485-495, PI. XXIII. Bourne, A. G. Notes on the Naidiform Ohgochseta. Quar. Jour. Mlcr. Sci XXXII (1891), pp. 349-356, Pis. XXVI and XXVII. Claparede, E. Etudes Anatomiques sur les Annehdes, etc. Mem. Soc. Phys Geneve, XVI (1861), pp. 101-110, Pis. Ill and IV. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Clapar^de, E. Recherches Anatomiques sur les Oligochetes. Id., XVI (1862), pp. 217-291, Pis. I-IV, DiTLEVSEN, A. Studien an Oligochaten. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., LXXVII (1904), pp. 398-480, Pis. XVI-XVIII. Ferrionniere, G. Contribution k I'etude de la faune de la Loire-Inferieure. Ann^lides oligochetes. Bull. Soc. Set. nat. Quest, IX (1899), pp. 242-4, 246-9, 294, PI. XIX. Goodrich, E. S. On the Structure of Vermicidus Ii7nosus. Quar. Jour. Micr. ScL, XXXVII (1895), 253-267, Pis. XXVI-XXVIII. Leidy, J. Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Ill (1855), p. 148, PI. XI, fig. 64. MiCHAELSEN, W. Oligochseta, Berlin, 1900. Minor, W. C. Natural and Artificial Section in Some Chsetopod Annelids- Aynerican Journal of Science and Arts, XXXV (1863), p. 36. Smith, F. Notes on Species of North American Oligochseta. Bull. III. State Lab. Nat. Hist., IV (1895), pp. 289-292. Vaillant, L. Histoire des Annel^s. Paris, 1890, III, 2, pp. 421, 422. Verrill, a. E. Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound and Adjacent Waters. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm., 1873, pp. 622-624, 324. Verrill, A. E. New England Annelida. Trans. Conn. Acad., IV (1881), PI. VIII, fig. 3. Explanation of Plates XXXII and XXXIII. Plate XXXII. — Monopylephorus glaber, figs. 1 to 6. Fig. 1. — Male genital duct entire, dissected. X 180. The histology is semi-diagrammatic. Fig. 2. — Outline of a living nephridium in situ, seen from below. X 180. V, ventral blood vessel. Fig. 3. — Outline of brain, from above. X ISO. Fig. 4. — A ventral seta from VIII. X 335. Fig. 5. — Three ccelomic corpuscles of different sizes. X280. Fig. 6. — A pair of spermathecEe. X 55. Tubifex irroratus, figs. 7 to 11. Fig. 7. — Side view of entire male genital duct, the penis sac partly concealed behind the sperm reservoir; from a dissection and sections. X 180. Fig. 8. — Two spermathecie from different worms; a, much and b, little distended with sperm. X55. Fig. 9. — Ventral setse, a, from somite IV; b, from somite XL, and c, from the posterior end. X 335. Fig. 10. — Ccelomic corpuscles, a, of the ordinary form; b, the homogeneous, colorless form. X 280. Fig. 11. — Terminal portion of a dorsal capillary seta. X560. Tubifex hamatus, figs. 12 to 18. Fig. 12. — Outline of brain, from above. X 180, Fig. 13. — A posterior dorsal seta. X 280. Fig. 14. — A dorsal seta from VIII, and a, tip of a ventral seta from the same. \ X280. Fig. 15. — Two of the hooked dorsal setse from the middle region. X 280. Fig. 16. — Outline of the male genital duct, with a portion only of the vas deferens represented. X 180. Funnel diagrammatic. Fig. 17. — A copulatory seta retracted within its sac. X 280. Fig. 18. — Outline of a nearly empty spermatheca. The line a-a shows the form of the same partly distended. X ISO. Plate XXXIII. — Lininodrilus subsalsus, figs. 19 to 22. Figs. 19 and 20. — Ventral and dorsal setse, respectively, from somite VI. X280. Fig. 21. — Side \aew of the entire male genital duct, combined from several dissections. X about 100. Fig. 22. — A spermatheca shown in outline. X about 100. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 Lumbricillus agilis, figs. 23 to 28. Fig. 23. — Tliree dorsal and a, one ventral setse. X 33.5. Fig. 24. — Outline of brain, from above. X 150. Fig. 2.5. — The two forms of ca?lomic corpuscles. X 335. Fig. 26. — A nephridium from life. X225. Fig. 27. — Dorsal view of one of the male genital ducts. Drawn from a living worm. X55. Fig. 28. — A spermatheca showing communication with oesophagus above and external opening below. X HO. Monopylephorus parvus, figs. 29 to 34. Fig. 29. — A strongly bifid seta from the ventral bundle of VI; a, a shghtly forked one from a dorsal bundle; b, tips of three from the posterior region. X280. Fig. 30. — Two coelomic corpuscles. X280. Fig. 31. — Outline of the brain, from above. X 180. Fig. 32. — Outline of both male genital ducts in situ, as seen from the ventral surface of the body. X 180. Fig. 33. — A transverse section passing through the male pore. X 180. at, atria; b, genital bursa; dv, dorsal blood-vessel; in, intestine; n, nerve cord; p, prostate gland; ss, sperm sac; cf , common orifice of male ducts. Fig. 34. — Outline of spermatheca. X280. 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jime, A CONTEIBTJTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE ACEIDID^ (ORTHOPTERA) OF COSTA RICA. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. The following study was based on a series of two hundred and ninety- one specimens from various localities in Costa Rica, and in the col- lections of the Academy, Mr. ^lorgan Hebard of Chestnut Hill, Phila- delphia, and the United States National Museum. These collections were represented respectively by one hundred and fifty-nine, one hun- dred and twelve, and twenty specimens. The author wishes to thank Mr. Hebard and Dr. Ashmead of the National Museiun for permission to study portions of the material, and for other favors rendered during the preparation of this and other papers. It is proposed to follow this contribution at a later date with others on the Tettigonidte and Gryllidte of Costa Rica, interesting collections of which are now in hand. Subfamily ACRIDIN.E (TruxaUnce Axict .) . TRTJXALIS Fabricius. 1775. Truxalis Fabricius, Syst. En torn., p. 279. Included nasutus and brevicornis, of which the latter is the type nastitus being one of the two congeneric species on which linnaeus based the genus Acrida. Truxalis brevicornis (Johansson). 1763. Gri/Uus brevicornis Johansson, Amcen. Acad., '\^I, p. 398. [America septentrionali.] San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.J One female. Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Ten males, ten females. Both color phases are represented, some of the females having dis- tinct though small maculations on the axillary field of the tegmina. SILVITETTIX Bruner. 1904. Silvitettix Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 55. Type.— 5. communis Bruner. Silvitettix oommunis Bruner. 1904. Silvitettix communis Brvmer, Biol. Cent.-Amer., II, p. 56. [Monte Redondo Juan Vefias and Pozo Azul, Costa Rica.] 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Three males, four fe- males. Monte Reclondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two males, four females. Escazu. Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. The variation in color noticed in the original description is apparent in the series studied. AMBLYTROPIDIA Stil. 1873. Ambhjtropidia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 107. Type. — A. ferruginosa Stal. Amblytropidia costaricensis Bruner. 1904. Ambhjtropidia costaricensis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., 11, p. 66. [GreytoA\Ti, Nicaragua; San Jose, Costa Rica.] Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One immature female. ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos. 1894. Orphidella Gidio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 10. Included punctata (De Geer), iniricata Stal, gracilis and elegans Giglio-Tos, of which the first may be taken as the type. Orphulella punctata (De Geer). 1773. Acrydium punctatinn De Geer, Al^ni. Hist. Ins., Ill, p. .503, t. 42, fig. 12. [Surinam.] Tarbaca, Costa Rica. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Guatel, Costa Rica. April, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. These specimens are referred here with some little doubt, but no ma- terial difference is detected on comparison with a female of 0. punctata from St. Vincent, West Indies. Orphulella costaricensis Bruner. 1904. Orphulella costaricensis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 82. [San Jose, Costa Rica.] Tarbaca, Costa Rica. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Guatel, Costa Rica. April, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Three males, eighteen females. Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Eight males, five females. This species is extremely variable in color as noticed by Bruner, 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, a great range of types being exhibited by the material studied. None of the specimens exhiljit the median carina of the fastigium described by Bruner. Subfamily (EDIPODIN^. LACTISTA Saussure. Lactista punctata (St§,l). Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. Janiiar}^, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male, one female. These specimens have the median carina of the pronotum lower than in specimens from the States of Tamaulipas and Vera Cruz, Mexico, and the bluish tint of the caudal tibiae is weaker and more fuscous in character. A specimen from San Marcos, Nicaragua (C. F. Baker), agrees with the Costa Rican individuals in the points of difference from the Mexican type. The differences are, however, so slight that they appear un- worthy of specific recognition. HELIASTTJS Saussure. Heliastus costarioensis n. sp. Type; 9 ; Turrialba, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 8,173.] Closely allied to H. aztecus Saussure from northern Mexico, but differ- ing in the narrower and deeper fastigium, the deeper sulcation of the frontal costa, the more prominent eyes and the less sellate pronotiun. Size medium (about equal to that of H. sumickrasti) ; form moder- ately robust. Head very slightly elevated above the level of the pro- notum, occiput moderately ascending; fastigium distinctly declivent and passing without any angle into the frontal costa; interocular region about twice as wide as the frontal costa; vertex and fastigium slightly excavated with a very slight median and distinct lateral carinae; fastigium gradually narrowing to the frontal costa, which is broadly and distinctly sulcate with prominent carinae, becoming obsolete a short distance ventrad of the median ocellus ; antennae distinctly ex- ceeding the head and pronotum in length. Pronotum very slightly sellate, the dorsal outline but slightly depressed at the transverse sulci, all three of Avhich are distinct and well marked; cephalic margin slightly arcuate, caudal margin obtuse-angulate with the angle some- what rounded; median carina very slight cephalad, obsolete between the sulci, slight but distinct on the metazona, humeral angle very dis- tinct on the metazona but rounded; surface of the metazona rugoso- punctate; lateral lobes deeper than long, sulci very distinct, the ventro- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 caudal angle subrotundate and not produced. Tegmina exceeding the tips of the abdomen and the caudal femora by the length (cephalo- caudal) of the head, subequal in width, the costal dilation apparent but not very large; apex obliquely truncato-rotundate; intercalary vein indistinct, irregular and of an indefinite character. Wings equal to the tegmina in length when closed; costal margin a very faint reverse curve in outline; apex rather bluntly rounded. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes twice as broad as long ; interval between the metasternal lobes about three times as broad as long. Caudal femora robust, the genicular region not strongly enlarged, tibice slightly but distinctly shorter than the femora. Fig. 1. Heliastus costaricensis n. sp. Fig. 3. T}T)e. Fig. 1, dorsal view; fig. 2, cephalic view of head; fig. 3, lateral view. General color, above raw umber, becoming fawn color on the sides of the head and pronotum. Head distinctly punctate with blackish- brown; antennae fawn annulate with blackish-brown, the annuli of each color increasing in size distad ; eyes dark ferruginous. Pronotum with the metazona finely and closely punctulate with blackish-brown. Tegmina with two irregular transverse bands made up of burnt-umber annuli, one band median, the other premedian; the principal longi- tudinal veins are accompanied by rows of annuli of the same color and size, but more sparsely distributed and absent from the apical fom-th, which is almost entirely hyaline; the median section of the tegmen 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, bears over all a faint but noticeable "bloom" of ecru-drab, such as is found in some other species of the genus. Wings with the disk scarlet- vermilion; fuscous band rather faint, prout's brown in color, and al)- sent toward the costal margin, ulnar taenia very slight, apex slightly suffused and the apical half of the costal margin strongly and narrowly marked with vandyke brown. Abdomen fawn color. Caudal femora dorsad and ventrad cinnamon clouded with mars brown, lateral face dull hoary with a median streak of blue-black, varying in length on the two femora, extending nearly the entire length in one, and not pass- ing the middle in the other; genicular region blackish; internal face gallstone yellow with two bars of black, one of which suffuses the ven- tral sulcus. Caudal tibiae greenish-white at the base (immediate base blackish), distal half scarlet, separated by an annulus of blackish ; spine tipped with blackish. Measurements. Length of body, 28 mm. Length of pronotum 5.5 " Caudal waclth of pronotum, 5 Jiength of tegmen, 25 Greatest width of tegmen, 4.5 " Greatest width of wing, 12.5 Length of caudal femur, 13.5 " > The type is the only specimen seen. Subfamily PYRGOMORPHIN.C. PROSPHENA Bolivar. 1884. Prosphena Bolivar, Anal. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XIII, p. 447. Type. — P. scudderi Bolivar. Prosphena scudderi Bolivar. 1884. Prosphena Scudderi Bolivar, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XIII, p. 447. [Guatemala.] Tarbaca, Costa Rica. November and December, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Three males. Previously known only from the type locality. The specimens range in color from greenish-yellow to dull green, the tegmina solid dull brownish, the caudal tibiae and tarsi suffused with crimson to a variable extent, the spines yellow with the tips black. Subfamily LOCUSTIN^. MTJNATIA St&l. 1875. Munatia Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Ill, No. 14, p. 28. Type. — M. punctata Stal. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 Munatia punctata Sta,l. j xj ji 1875. M[unaiia] punctata Stal, Bihang till K. SvenskalYet.-Akad. Handl., Ill, No. 14, p. 28. [Chiriqui.] Tucurrique, Costa Rica. (SchUd and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. Turrialba, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] One immature male, one immature female. Fig. 4 Fig. 5. Munatia punctata Stal.-Fig. 4, tegmen and wing of male ; fig. 5, tegmen and wing oi female. As far as can be determined from Stal's very brief diagnosis these specimens represent this species. The male does not present four blackish spots on the sides of the thorax, but has the median elytral 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JunC, stripe faintly indicated, as well as possessing a very distinct longitudi- nal stripe of yellowish on the anal area. The female is more uniformly colored than the male, and has the yellowish-green disk more suffused with fuscous. COLPOLOPHA St&l. 1873. Colpolopha Stal, Ofversigt af K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandlingar, 1873, No. 4, pp. 52, 53. Type. — C. sinuata Stal. Colpolopha bruneri n. sp. TjqDes: d" and 9 ; IMonte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903 (d). Tarbaca, Costa Rica. December, 1902 (?). (C. F. Under- wood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Apparently allied to C. sinuata from Peru and New Granada, but differing in the color of the wings and the smaller size. Little else can be made from Stal's very insufficient description, but the later remarks made by Pictet and Saussure show that the new form is close to sinuata. From obsoleta^ it can readily be distinguished by the smaller size, more robust form, shorter and more acute tegmina, more elevated median carina of the pronotum and the heavier fastigium. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Colpolopha bruncri n. sp. Type male. Fig. 6, dorsal view; fig. 7, lateral view. Size small for the genus; body distinctly compressed and semisca- brous. Head with the occiput slightly elevated and rounded in the female, plane in the male; fastigium strongly produced, but slightly shorter than the greatest length of the eye, subequal in the basal half, and but slightly narrower than the interocular space, apex rectangu- late in the male, rounded in the female, broadly and shallowly exca- vated with a slight but distinct median carina continued back over the occiput, margins distinct and continued over the rostrum forming the ' Comparison made with a male from Demerara and a female from Cayenne. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 lateral carinse of the frontal costa; lateral foveolse subtrigonal, subob- solete; frontal costa snlcate, parallel above the ocellus, expanding below and reaching the clypeal margin; accessory facial carinse dis- tinct; eyes ovate in the male, subelliptical in the female, slightly longer than the infraocular portion of the gense in the male, slightly shorter in the female; antennae depressed, slightly ensiform, slightly longer than the pronotum in the male, distinctly shorter in the female. Pro- notum with the median crest rising evenly from the cephalic margin to within a very short distance of the apex of the caudal process where it is roundly and raggedly excised into a semicrescentic outline ; trans- verse sulci distinctly and narrowly but not deeply cutting the crest; cephalic margin produced over the base of the occiput in a very acute harpoon-shaped process, caudal margin produced into a structure of similar character but of much greater size; lateral carinae distinct, bluntly tuberculate; lateral lobes of the pronotum distinctly longer than deep. Prosternal spine erect, short, thick and rather blunt. Teg- mina short, not reaching the apex of the abdomen and falling far short of the tips of the caudal femora, subsagittate, the apex acute, costal expansion distinct but short; siu-face subcoriaceous, irregularly reticu- late. Wings two-thirds the length of the tegmina, the apex acute- angulate. Cephalic and median limbs short, the femora slightly but distinctly expanded distad. Caudal femora slightly compressed, considerably enlarged proximad and distinctly constricted in the pregenicular region, carinse denticulate, the dorsal carina serrato- dentate; tibiae slightly shorter than the femora, spines nine in number on each margin, those of the internal considerably longer and more curved than those of the external; caudal tarsi slender, the third joint distinctly shorter than the metatarsus. General color, vandyke brown in the female, raw umber in the male, the whole surface sprinkled with small blackish-brown points, which,, on account of the base color, are less conspicuous in the female than in the male. Eyes burnt umber. Pronotum with the lateral carinae lined with blackish-brown on the prozona. Tegmina of the male vandyke brown, with a semicircular pale spot at the base of the costal expansion,, a marking which is very faintly indicated in the female. Wings ver- milion, apex and a rather dull taenia which extends to the base of the wing Vandyke brown, the costal vermilion dull. Abdomen with the overlying maculations clear black. Caudal femora with a distinct "pepper and salt" appearance; caudal tibiae very dull glaucous, spines suffused with blackish. 40S PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Measurements. Length of body, 22 mm. 39.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 10 " 15.5 " Greatest width of pronotum, 4.2 " 7 " Length of tegmen, 13 " 22.5 " Width of tegmen, 3.5 " 6.5 " Length of caudal femur, 14.2 " 21 " Two parat3'pic males have been examined in addition to the types. I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Prof. Lawrence Bruner of the University of Nebraska, who has made, and is making, valuable con- tributions to our knowledge of American Acrididse. CIBOTOPTERYX- n. gen. Type. — C. variegata n. sp. Allied to Ekeochlora Stal, but differing in the elevated and lobate median crest of the pronotum, the strongly tuberculo-dentate lateral caringe of the same, and the short, peculiarly shaped tegmina. Occiput rounded, rostrum projecting and separated from the inter- ocular region by a distinct transverse depression; frontal costa not sinuate when viewed laterad; antennae very slightly depressed. Pro- notum with a distinct median crest, deeply cut b}' the transverse sulci Fig. 8. — Cibotopteri/x variegata n. gen. and sp. Lateral view of type. and distinctly trilobate on the prozona; lateral carinte tuberculate, parallel and descending ventrad on the prozonal lobes. Prosternal spine short, erect and acute. Tegmina short, not reaching the apex of the abdomen, rectangulate distad. Cephalic and median femora moderately inflated ; caudal femora rather slender and weak. Cibotopteryx variegata n. sp. Type; d" ; Guatel, Costa Rica. August, 1902. (C. F. Under- wood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] " KijSuroc, ctiest; 7r-epif , wing. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 Fig. 9.—Cibot- opteryx rariegata. Dorsal view of pronotuni and tegmina of type. Size medium ; surface of pronotum rugoso-tuberculate, of remainder of body subglabrous. Head with the occiput evenly rounded both longitudinally and transversely, dipping rather sharply down to the base of the fastigium; fastigium extending a distance cephalad of the eyes equal to the interspace, mod- erately elevated, acute, margins rather low but dis- tinctly and roundly raised above the slightly exca- vated center, apex when viewed laterad rounding into the frontal costa; lateral foveolse very slight and in- distinct, trigonal; frontal costa narrow, rather strongly sulcate, equal in width above the ocellus except for the dorsal constriction, slighth^ inflated at the ocellus, distinctly constricted then regularly but slightly expanding below, reaching the clypeal mar- gin; accessory facial carinre quite prominent; eyes subovate, slightly shorter than the intraocular por- tion of the gense, prominent when viewed dorsad; antennre slightly exceeding the pronotum in length. Pronotimi with the prozona moderately inflated, deeply cut by the transverse sulci ; median crest rather high and developed into three quadrate lobes on the prozona, lower and evenly arched on the metazona; lateral carina? tuberculate, bent ven- trad at an angle of 45° cephalad of the second transverse sulcus, and joining the cephalic margin at the ventro-cephalic angle; margins tuberculate, cephalic very broadly obtuse-angulate with the angle truncate, caudal produced with concave sides and acute apex, caudal margin of the lateral lobes distinctly oblique, ventral margin subro- tundate with the ventro-cephalic margin moderately distinct. Teg- mina with the costal margin rather strongly arcuate, the apex rectangu- late, anal area very slightly arc\iate. Wings slightly shorter than the tegmina and completely covered by the same. Abdomen with the apex elevated; subgenital plate covered by the large lamellate cerci which meet on the median line ; supraanal plate with the apex rectangu- late. Cephalic and median femora slender proximad, moderately but distinctly inflated mesad and distad. Caudal femora slender, very slightly bowed, with the proximal inflation very slight, the genicular margin with a slight median spine; tibise about equal to the femora in length, spines nine in nimiber on each margin, those of the internal margin much longer and more curved than those of the external mar- gin, internal spurs much longer than the external; tarsi of moderate length, the metatarsus and third joint subequal in length. 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, General color, above olive-green, slightly paler on the tegmina than on the dorsum of the head and pronotum; face, genae, a diagonal line immediately dorsad of the lateral carinae on the cephalic half of the prozona, and a diagonal bar on the caudal half of the lateral lobes chrome yellow, the last-mentioned streak being darker and more ochraceous. Frontal costa and mouth parts of the dorsal color; eyes chestnut; antenna3 dragon's blood red, infuscate apically; dorsal median oblique streak on the lateral lobes of the pronotum suffused with blackish; transverse sulci marked slightly with blackish. Tegmina with the longitudinal veins distinctly and the cross veins slightly marked with wax yellow on a ground of the general color. Cephalic and median femora olive green; caudal femora between apple green and oil green, the ventral face glaucous blue, genicular margin with a narrow edging of rufous; cephalic and median tibiae and tarsi dull ferruginous, caudal tibiae and tarsi poppy red, the spines and spurs narrowly tipped with black. Measurements. Length of body, 23 mm. Length of pronotum, 10 Greatest width of pronotum, 5.^ Length of tegmen, 11 Width of tegmen, 6 Length of caudal femur, 17 The type is the only specimen known to the author. T.ENIOPODA St&l. Tseniopoda oenturio (Drury). 1773. Gryll[iis] {Loc[iista]) Centurio Drury, Illust. Nat. Hist. Exot. Ins., p. 78, PI. XLI, fig. 3 and Index. ["Bay of Honduras in America."] San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Two males, one female. This species has never before been recorded south of Hondiu-as. One male has the general color decidedly purplish-black, the usual blotches on the tegmina absent and the veins pale against the solid dark ground. Taeniopoda varipennis n. sp. Types : (J" ; Central America. [Hebard collection.] 9 ; San Jose, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M., No. 8,174.] Allied to T. auricornis (Walker) and T. pulchella Bolivar. From the former it differs in the slenderer form and more produced caudal pro- cess of the pronotum, and the longer and narrower tegmina. From 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411 T. pvlchella it can be separated immediately by the slenderer form and the shape of the caudal process of the pronotnm. ' Size medium (for the genus) ; male moderately slender, female short and he&yy built. Head with the occiput and vertex rounded, sub- globose ; interspace between the eyes equal to the length of the eye in the female, equal to the width of the eye in the male; fastigium broad, subrectangulate, very distinctly declivent, slightly excavated, the lat- eral carinae more marked than the rather faint median one; frontal costa very narrow, deeply sulcate, evanescent immediately below the median ocellus ; lateral carinae of the face distinct but not very sharp ; eyes quite prominent and elliptical oval in the male, moderately jDromi- nent and subovate in the female; antennae slightly depressed proximad, in an imperfect state slightly shorter than the head and pronotum. Pronotum compressed, metazona slightly longer than the prozona; median keel strongly elevated, compressed, roughly arcuate on the prozona, deeply slit but not distinctly divided by two transverse sulci, the caudal section being slightly higher than the cephalic; caudal Fig. 10. — Tceniopoda varipennis n. sp. Male type. transverse sulcus deeply dividing the median keel; metazona with the keel strongly arcuate, lateral portions of the disk flattened; humeral angles very distinct, not extending much cephalad of the last sulcus; cephalic margin produced over the head in a small subrectangulate (c?) or obtuse-angulate (?) process, caudal margin produced into a long and distinctly hastate process in the male and an acute-angulate one in'the female; lateral lobes considerably longer than deep. Tegmina rather broad, costal border distinctly arcuate, apex rounded with a faint oblique truncation ; in the male exceeding the apex of the abdo- men by two-thirds the length of the pronotimi, in the female not ex- ceeding the apex of the abdomen. Wings with the expanded portion of the axillary field broader distad than proximad and with the cross veins oblique; second lobe strongly developed, particularly so in the female. Prosternal spine long, erect, acute. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes strongly transverse, the lateral angles rounded. 27 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Interspace between the metasternal lobes about twice as wide as deep in the male, three times as wide as deep in the female. Limbs of the slender type usual in the genus, the caudal femora distinctly exceeding- Fig. 11. — Tocniopoda varipennis n. sp. Male type. the apex of the abdomen in the male, falling slightly short of the same in the female. General color, above gallstone yellow with a strong greenish tinge on 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 the tegmina, becoming more ochraceous on the pronotum and head. Head with the mandibles and a transverse line on the clypeus shining black in the female, the base of the mandibles suffused with ochraceous in the male; antennae orpiment yellow, the two basal joints shining black; eyes hazel. Tegmina with an irregularly distributed series of seal brown spots of varying size; apex narrowly and rather obscurely margined with the same color. Wings geranium red, the margins, except the proximal portion of the radial margin, broadly suffused with black, the dilated ulnar and axillary regions also colored as usual in the genus. Abdomen blackish-brown. Limbs dull ochraceous and black, the two distributed as in other species of genus. Measurements. Ijength of body, 35.5 mm. 53 mm. Length of pronotum, 14.5 " 19 " Greatest width of pronotum, 7 " 10 '' Length of tegmen, 33 " 36 " Greatest width of tegmen, 10 " 11 " Greatest width of wing, 18.2 " 17.5 '' Length of caudal femur, 23.5 '^ 25.5 " Two specimens have been examined in addition to the types, both of which are males, one topotypic of the same sex and in the Hebard collection, the other topotypic with the female and in the United States National Museum. These specimens are identical with the male type in all essential respects, some slight variation in the distribution of spots on the tegmina being all that is noticed. The San Jose male has the antennae but very slightly damaged, and from this we see that the terminal joints are blackish. The genus Tceniopoda as represented by the material in hand falls into two groups. All the known species are at hand except T. superba (Stal) and gutterosa Bolivar, which appear to be quite distinct from the forms studied. The eighty-nine specimens examined can be divided usually into two groups, as separated by Bolivar in his key of the genus.^ One type represented by pidicornis (Walker) and hurmeisteri Bolivar is characterized by the rather low and rather indistinctly biarcuate median crest of the pronotum. The other type represented by cen- turio (Drury), auricornis (Walker), pulchella Bolivar and varipennis Rehn is characterized by the elevated, strongly biarcuate median crest of the pronotum, while T. tamaulipensis Rehn is about intermediate between the two types. 3 Bol. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., I, p. 265, 1901. 414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, The type represented by centurio is especially interesting as all the species are in hand and their differential characters easily seen. Driiry's centurio is quite distinct from the others and need not be considered as its size is diagnostic. The three others — auricornis, pulc?iella* and varipennis — can be easily separated by the outline of the dorsal aspect of the pronotum, jmJchella representing an extreme broad, inflated type with an almost rectangulate caudal angle (fig. 14), varipennis (fig. 12) representing the other extreme with the pronotum compressed and the caudal angle strongly and acutely produced. Between these two extremes is auricornis, presenting a rather broad pronotvmi with the angle acute but not long produced (fig. 13). Fig. 12. Fis. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 12. — T(eniopoda varipennis, dorsal view of female type. Fig. 13. — T. auri- cornis, ditto of female from Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. Fig. 14. — T. pul- chella, ditto of female from Jalapa, Vera Cruz. CHROMACRIS Walker. Chromacris trogon Gerstaecker. 1873. Romalea trogon Gerstaecker, Stett. Entom. Zeit., XXIII, p. 186. [Costa Rica.] San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Five males, three females. Pozo Azul de Pirris, Costa Rica. May-June, 1903. (C. F. Under- wood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Seven males, two fe- males. This series is remarkably uniform in coloration. EHICNODERMA Gerstaecker. 1889. Rhicnoderma Gerstaecker, Mittheil. Naturwiss. Ver. Neu-"\'orpomm. Riigen, XX, p. 28 Type. — R. olivaceum Gerstaecker. * This is the species previously recorded bv mvself as T. centurio; see Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXVII, p. 228 f XXIX, p. 12. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415 Bhionoderma hutaile n. sp. Type; 9 ; Tarbaca, Costa Rica. December, 1902. (C. F. Under- wood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Fig. 1.5. — Rhicnoderma humile n. sp. Lateral view of type. Allied to R. olivaceum from Chiriqui, but differing in the very low and weak median carina of the pronotum, the partially sulcate frontal costa and some color details. Form subcylindrical, flattened ventrad ; surface of the head, thoracic and basal abdominal segments regularly rugulose, smoother on the abdomen and ventral surface; limbs and ventral surface supplied with rather long, soft hairs, which are most numerous on the caudal tibiae. Head flattened transversely, but little deeper than broad; occiput and vertex gently rounded; fastigium depressed, declivent, longitudi- nally excavated mesad, separated from the face by a low carina; inter- ocular space considerably wider than the width of the eye; frontal costa considerably excavated, intersected by a transverse carina be- tween the bases of the antennae, about which is an oblong enclosed space, below constricted from the width of the dorsal section to half the same width, ventrad failing to reach the clypeal suture; supple- mentary facial carina? distinct ; clypeus considerably inflated ; eyes elliptically ovate, distinctly longer than the infra-ocular portion of the genae ; antennae about equal to the head and pronotum in length, filiform. Pronotum short ; cephalic margin slightly rounded with a distinct median emargination, which forms two blunt points on each side of the median line ; caudal margin subtruncate; median carina very slightly marked and more noticeable, by the absence of rugosities than any distinct eleva- Fig. 16.— Rhic- noderma humile n. sp. Cephalic view of head. 416 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [June, tion ; complete transverse sulci three in number, the caudal one placed close to the caudal margin, the cephalic sulcus distant from the cephalic margin a distance equal to the space from the second sulcus to the caudal margin, interspaces between the first, second and third sulci subequal dorsad; lateral lobes much deeper than long, cephalic and caudal margins subparallel, ventral margin rotundate, emarginate cephalad. No tegmina or wings present. Exposed portion of the mesonotum less than half as long as the metanotum; median carina on both segments marked as on pronotum. Abdomen very slightly com- pressed, distinctly but slightly carinate. Ovipositor jaws rather blunt. Presternum with a low quadrate process with blunt slightly produced angles. Mesosternum and metasternum distinctly concave. Cephalic femora slightly bowed, inflated, with several depressed areas on the caudal face, and a distinct carina on the superior portion of the cephalic face, cephalic genicular lobe more produced and rotundate than the caudal one; tibiae equal in length and but slightly slenderer than the femora, straight; terminal tarsal joint very distinctly exceeding the basal two in length. Median femora about equal in the length to the cephalic femora, compressed, several slight or irregular carinse present, cephalic genicular lobe large and rotundate, caudal genicular lobe ver}^ slight and little more than a cingulum ; tibise and tarsi as in the cephalic limbs. Caudal femora not reaching to the apex of the abdomen, about four and one-half times as long as the greatest Avidth, compressed, mar- gins regularly but slightly arcuate, pregenicular constriction slight, carina distinct, the median dorsal slightly serrato-dentate, pattern of the pagina distinct but flattened and with little relief, genicular arch rather low, genicular lobes rectangulate apically with the ventral mar- gin rotundato-sinuate ; tibiae slightly shorter than the femora, lateral margins with seven rather blunt spines, including the apical one, inter- nal margins with ten spines including the apical one; metatarsus and terminal tarsal joint subequal in length, second joint distinctly shorter than the others, the whole tarsus about half the length of the tibia. General color cinnamon, eyes russet. iMargins of the pronotum, and caudal margins of the metanotum and basal abdominal segments nar- rowly washed with a more or less distinct blackish-brown suffusion. Median limbs dull brownish caudad. Caudal femora marked along the lateral and median carinae and on the whole genicular faces with black- ish-brown; dorsal portion of the genicular region ochre yellow distad, caudal face of the caudal femora blackish except for a narrow ochre yellow edging to the genicular region. Caudal tibiae and tarsi cephalad vinaceous-cinnamon, caudad dragon's blood red, spines with a small 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 417 apical touch of black. Hairs of the limbs and ventral siu'face silvery white. Measurements. Length of body, 32 mm. Length of pronotimi, 4.5 " Greatest width of pronotum, 6.7 " Length of exposed portion of meso- and metanotum, . . . 7.2 " Length of caudal femur, 14.5 '' The type is the only specimen seen. COPIOCERA Burmeister. .1838. Copiocera Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., Bd. II, Abth. II, I, p. 611. Included Gryllus euceros ^larschall and Xiphicera erythrogastra Perty, of which the former may be considered the type. Copiocera speoularis Gerstaecker. 1889. Copiocera specularis Gerstaecker, Mittheil. Naturwissen. Ver. Neu- Vorpomm. Riigen, XX, p. 35. [Chiriqui.] -^^ San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Four males, two females. Fig. 17. — Copiocera specularis Gerstaecker. Male. Dorsal view. 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Turrialba, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.j One male. This beautiful species can readily be recognized by the coloration, the blood-red abdomen, dull yellow genicular areas and the bluish- Fig. 18. — Copiocera specidaris Gerstaecker. Male. Lateral view. hyaline base of the wing. Some variation exists in the intensity of the color of the abdomen, several individuals being very dull gray brown with hardly any reddish tint, while others are fully colored. The colored base of the wing is more greenish than bluish in one female individual. (EDAL0MET0P0N5 n. gen. Type. — 0. 'petasatum n. sp. Apparently allied to Bucephalacris Giglio- Tos, but the whole structure has a different aspect, the form heavier, more inflated and quite different when taken in detail. Head with the fastigium considerably pro- duced; face subconcave when viewed laterad. Pronotum sulDselliform with the transverse carinae strongly impressed, caudal portion produced and rounded. Tegmina and wings present. Prosternal spine very blunt and low. Interspaces between the mesosternal and metasternal lobes subequal cephalad, the metasternal interspace strongly narrowed caudad. Caudal femora inflated, strongly carinate and all carinoe serrato-dentate, genic- ular region inflated ; caudal tibiae with apical spines on both sides; caudal tarsi elongate, more than two-thirds the length of the tibiae, arolia present. (Edalometopon petasatum n. sp. Type: 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Fig. . 19.— (Edalo7neto- pon petasatum n. gen. and sp. Type. ' Oi6a2.eoVj swelling; /ietuttov^ forehead. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419 Form subfusiform; entire surface, except the abdomen and ventral aspect, rugose. Head with the occiput and vertex gently rounded, descending to the extremely narrow interocular space; fastigium horizontal , produced from the interocular region at a level well below that of the vertex into a peg-like process about as long as the width of one of the eyes, compressed, faintly sulcate dorsad, expanding proximad, apex when viewed laterad rotundato- truncate; face retreat- ing, subconcave when viewed laterad, frontal costa present as a slight short sulcation on the ventral aspect of the fastigial process; lateral ocelli placed on the dorsal aspect of the proximal part of the fastigium, median ocellus placed in the middle of the sulcation of the frontal costa; eyes ovate, the greatest length diagonal, greatest length slightly greater than the infraocular portion of the gense; antennae broken in the type. Pronotum rounded, subselliform, no median or lateral carinse present ; cephalic margin slightly rotundate with a broad shallow median emargination; caudal margin rounded rectangulate, no distinct angle present; transverse sulci strongly im- Fig. 2C. — Q^dalomelopon petasatum n. gen. and sp. Type. pressed, three in number, prozona slightly longer than the metazona; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep, cephalic margin slightly arcuate, ventral margin emarginate cephalad, broadly subrotundate caudad, caudal margin with the dorsal half with a distinct but very shallow emargination, the ventral half with a blunt angle which rounds into the ventral margin; a longitudinal group of irregular callosities pre- sented in the usual position of the lateral carina?. Tegmina broken, siu-face coriaceous, rugose. Wings broken. Abdomen somewhat compressed, carinate above; ovipositor jaws weak, slender, unarmed. Prosternal spine a blunt cone, cpadrate in basal outline. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes slightly wider than deep, as wide as the lobes themselves, angles slightly rounded; interspace between the metasternal lobes equal to the mesosternal interspace cephalad, con- stricted caudad to slightly less than half that width. Cephalic femora moderately robust, about two-thirds the length of the pronotum. 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Median femora similar to the cephalic but larger, only slightly shorter than the pronotum. Cephalic and median tarsi with the two proxi- mal joints short, the terminal only moderately long, the whole rather robiLst. Caudal femora robust, two-thirds the length of the body, slightly more than four times as long as broad, median and lateral cari- nas distinct, serrato-dentate, pattern of the pagina dentato-tuberculate, genicular region large, slightly less than one-foiu-th the total length, strongly arched, genicular lobes apically acute, rotundato-emarginate below, pregenicular constriction very distinct; caudal tibiae distinctly shorter tnan the femora, supplied with eight spines on each margin, including the apical, spurs of the internal margin longer than the ex- ternal spurs; caudal tarsi slender, elongate, two-thirds the length of the tibiae, the segments increasing in length distad, surface rather evenly clothed with long hairs. General color, above brownish-olive green, the head and pronotum with spots of naples yellow, a line of the same on the angle of the teg- mina, and a broad bar, widening caudad, extending from the antennal fossae to the insertion of the median limbs, across the whole ventral portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotiun. Eyes tawny-olive, lined diagonally with regular bars of olive-brown, the well-marked bars being six in number; apex of the fastigial process suffused with dull lake red. Cephalic and median limbs oil green, the proximal portions of the tibiae darkening to parrot green. Caudal femora apple green, the serrations and tubercles of the pagina black, genicular regions ochraceous-buif , the arches blackish ; tibiae proximad dull ochraceous-buff , blending to oil green then to ochraceous-buff distad, spines black practically to the bases, spurs tipped with black; tarsi ochraceous-buff, the claws oil green with black tips, hair white. Measurements. Length of body, 27.5 nun. Length of pronotum, 7.5 " Caudal dorsal width of pronotum, 5.7 " Length of caudal femur, IS. 2 " The type is unique. ANNICERIS Stai. 1878. Anniceris Stal, Bihans; till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar, V, No. 4, pp. 37, 82. Included A. geniculatus and nigriy-icrvis Stal, of which the former may be considered the type. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421 Annioeris truncatus n. sp. Type: ? ; Tarbaca, Costa Rica. November, 1902. (C. F. Under- wood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Allied to A. geniculatus Stal from Peru and A. olivoxeus Giglio-Tos from Darien; differing from the former in the horizontal fastigium, the uncarinate vertex and the rather different coloration; differing from the latter in the moderately distinct lateral carinse of the face and the more subdned color pattern. Fig. 21. — Anniceris truncatus n. sp. Lateral view of tj'pe. Size small ; form slightly compressed ; sm'f ace rugulose. Head with the occiput and vertex gently rounded, descending easily to the base of the fastigium ; interocular region narrow, slightly more than half the apical width of the fastigium; fastigium broad at the base, tapering evenly with a truncate apex, apical width about twice the length, dor- sal surface slightly excavate near the cingulate margin; frontal costa not distinct below the insertion of the antennte, very slightly sulcate; face slightly retreating when viewed laterad ; lateral ocelli inserted in the supraantennal margin of the base of the fastigium, median below the insertion of the antennae and slightly above the base of the fastigial process ; eyes subrenif orm, moderately prominent, slightly longer than the infraocular portion of the gense; antennae missing. Pronotum rotundato-deplanate dorsad ; median carinas very weak, more apparent caudad than cephalad ; lateral carinse not present, but distinct shoul- ders on the metazona represent them; cephalic margin faintly arcuate; caudal margin subtruncate; transverse sulci three in nmnber, the cephaUc and caudal more apparent than the median, prozona almost half again as long as the metazona ; lateral lobes of the pronotum dis- tinctly deeper than long,, cephalic margin slightly sinuate, ventral mar- gin emarginate cephalad, rotundate caudad, caudal margin very slightly and broadly emarginate for its whole length, a slight ventro-caudal angle developed above the level of the ventral margin. Tegmina ovate- lanceolate, slightly longer than the pronotum, breadth contained twice 422 PROCKEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June^ in the length, apex narrowly rounded; principal longitudinal veins dis- tant, remainder irregularly reticulate. Abdomen compressed, carinate above; ovipositor jaws hooked apically. Prosternal protuberance very low and blunt, no spine present. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes wedge-shaped, slightly narrower than one of the lobes, but much wider than deep ; interspace between the metasternal lobes about half the width of that between the mesosternal lobes, constricted caudad. Cephalic femora about four-fifths the length of the pronotum; tibiae very slightly longer than the femora; tarsi about three-fourths the length of the tibiae. Median limbs similar to the cephalic but slightly larger and more compressed. Caudal femora moderately robust, length equal to that of the head, pronotum and tegmina, greatest width at the basal fourth and contained about four times in the length, pat- tern of the external pagina regular, genicular region of medium size, the lobes moderately acute with the ventral margin sinuato-rotundate ; tibiae very slightly shorter than the femora, slightly sinuate, six spines present on the external margin, no apical spine, eight spines present on the internal margin including the apical spine; tarsi elongate, the joints slender. General color olive-green, lighter on the tegmina than on the head and pronotum ; eyes tawny-olive. An obscure postocular streak on the head and on the dorsal half of the prozona of the lateral lobes of the pronotum blackish, ventral half of the lateral lobes and all of the pleura except a narrow blackish dorsal section very dull gamboge-yellow. Abdomen above vandyke brown except the apex, which is ferruginous. Ventral surface cinnamon. Cephalic and median limbs oil green. Caudal femora oil green, the genicular region blackish ; tibiae and tarsi verdigris green, the spines narrowly tipped with blackish. Measurements. Length of body, 17 mm. Length of pronotum, 4.1 " Greatest dorsal width of pronotum 3.2 " Length of tegmen, 6 " Greatest width of tegmen, 3 '' Length of caudal femur, 11.6 " The type is unique, DELLIA st&i. 1S78. Dellia Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., V, No. 4, pp, 37, 83. Type. — D. insulana Stal, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423 Dellia miniatula n. sp. Types : 6^ and 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Differing from D. insulana in the heavy cerci, the smaller general tsize, the recurved apex of the male abdomen, and the general colora- tion. Size small; form elongate, slightly compressed; surface polished, clothed with numerous hairs. Head with the occiput considerably inflated, descending to the extremely narrow interocular space; fas- tigium short, wedge-shaped, the apex truncate, with a very slight longi- tudinal sulcus, when viewed laterad the dorsal outline descends and Fig. 22. — DcUia miniatula n. sp. Lateral view of male type. rounds without any distinct angle in the regularly retreating face; no distinct frontal costa; lateral ocelH placed on the supra-antennal mar- gin of the fastigium, the median placed near the point at which the fastigium blends into the face; eyes subovoid, very prominent and sub- globose in the male, considerably elevated above the occiput, about twice as long as the infra-ocular portion of the gena?, moderately promi- nent and considerably inflated in the female, slightly less than twice as long as the infra-ocular portion of the genae; antennae very slender, filiform, about equal to the length of the body in the male, about 'equal to the length of the abdomen in the female. Pronotum rounded, with- out median or lateral carinae, metazona of male slightly and of female distinctly punctate; cepnalic margin subarcuate, the median portion slightly truncate; caudal margin with a broad, shallow angular emargi- nation; transverse sulci four in number, very strongly impressed in the male, weaker but distinct in the female, metazona about one-third 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JuilG, the length of the prozona; lateral lobes slightly deeper than long, the cephalic margin slightly sinuate, ventral margin rotimdate-emarginate cephalad, subrotundate candad, the ventro-cephalic angle rectangu- late, caudal margin slightly sinuate with the ventro-caudal anglerounded obtuse-angulate. Exposed portion of the mesonotum slightly longer than the metazona in the males, distinctly shorter in the female. Teg- mina minute pads, not reaching caudad of the caudal margin of the mesonotum in either sex. Abdomen compressed, carinate above; apex of the male abdomen strongly recurved; cerci broad flattened subequal plates, directed mesad, the tips flattened and acute when viewed caudad, caudal margin of the cerci thickened and forming a sort of ridge, which projects laterad of the body of the cerci; supra-anal Fig. 23. Fig. 24. Fig. 25. Fig. 23. — Dellia miniafula, dorsal view of apex of male abdomen. Fig. 24. — Dellia ovati-pennis, dorsal view of pronotvim and tegmina of type. Fig. 25. — Del- lia bimaculata, dorsal \'iew of apex of male abdomen. plate vertical in position ; subgenital plate on the dorsal aspect, bullate, apically produced into a triangular process. Prosternum inflated mesad, forming a transverse rounded ridge, no spine developed. In- terspace between the mesosternal lobes slightly broader than deep, equal to one of the lobes in width, the angles rounded; interspace be- tween the metasternal lobes very narrow, trigonal, nearly closed caudad. Cephalic femora slightly longer than the pronotum in the male, subequal in the female, cephalic genicular lobe larger and more rotundate than the caudal; tibise equal to the femora; terminal tarsal joint much exceeding the proximal two in length, the whole tarsus about three-fourths the length of the tibia. Median limbs similar ta the cephalic but perceptibly more robust. Caudal femora slender in the male and considerably exceeding the abdomen in its normal posi- tion, in the female more robust but exceeding the abdomen by nearly the length of the pronotum, in the female the greatest width is con- tained over four times in the length and in the male the width is almost 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 five times in the length, carinse not serrate, pattern of the pagina dis- tinct and rather widely spaced, genicular lobes slightly acute apically; tibiae slightly shorter than the femora, slightly sinuate in the male, external margin with six spines, internal margin with seven or eight spines in the male and eight in the female including the apical spine ; tarsi about half the length of the tibise, slender, the terminal joint elongate, arolia present. Male. — General colors greenish-black on an oil green ground. Head wdth a dark occipital line and blackish postocular blotches, dorsal aspect of the fastigium pale apple green, ventral aspect and a median facial line blackish ; eyes tawny olive ; basal joints of the antennae black- ish, remainder umber; mouth parts blackish except palpi which are greenish-white. Pronotum with two faint parallel greenish longitudi- nal bars on the prozona and a distinct patch of clear oil green on the ''shoulders" of the metazona; lateral lobes oil green ventrad. Mesono- tum and metanotum each with a pair of parallel blotches of oil green ; lower section of the pleura yellowish-green. Abdomen with each seg- ment decorated dorsad with a pair of subreniform blotches of oil green ; laterad dull apple green; ventrad the black of the segments is relieved by narrow pea green margins ; subgenital plate with a large transverse subreniform spot of pea green; supra-anal plate pea green; cerci black. Cephalic limbs apple green blending to gamboge yellow on the proxi- mal portion of the femora. Median limbs with extreme distal portion of the femora, the tibise and tarsi apple green; median and proximal portions of the femora carmine. Caudal femora oil green, the genicular arch faintly marked with blackish ; tibise oil green proximad blending to verdigris green on the median and distal sections, spines brownish with black tips ; tarsi very pale apple green. Hairs ashy brown. Female. — Colors and color pattern similar to the male, but duller and with the following exceptions. Sulcation of the fastigium with a nar- row line of blackish and the bars on the pronotum are much less dis- tinct. Dorsal maculations of the mesonotum, metanotum and abdo- men are solid, forming a broad, wedge-shaped maculation, narrowing caudad, on each segment; apex of the abdomen and contiguous seg- ments blackish. Measurements. Length of body, 13.5 mm. 16 mm. Length of pronotum, 2.5 " 3.2 " Greatest width of pronotum, 2.2 " 3.1 " Length of caudal femur, 9 " 11 " 426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, A paratypic series of three males and sixteen females of this species have been examined. There is a slight difference in the size of some female individuals, several being slightly larger than the type. A ten- dency to the elimination of blackish marks on the abdomen is noticed in some female individuals, and in one the abdomen is about unicol- orous. Dellia bimaculata Types: cJ" and 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Differing from D. miniatula in the form of the male cerci, the less recurved apex of the male abdomen and the striking coloration. Size about equal to that of D. miniatula in the female sex, slightly larger in the male; form similar to that of D. miniatula; surface slightly rugulose, rather uniformly clothed with moderately long hairs, espe- cially on the limbs. Head with the occiput rounded and sloping toward Fig. 26. — Dellia himaculafa. Lateral view of male type. the fastigium; interocular space very narrow, in the male the eyes are subcontiguous ; fastigium short, about as broad as long, distinctly but narrowly sulcate in both sexes, forming a distinct but narrowly rounded angle with the front, ventral aspect of fastigium slightly concave and passing insensibly into the face a very slight dis- tance ventrad of the antennal iasertions; eyes ovate and very promi- nent in the male, considerably elevated above the vertex and almost twice as long as the infra-ocular portion of the gense, subreniform in the female, very slightly elevated above the vertex and slightly more than half again the infra-ocular length of the gense; antennae filiform, slightly .shorter than the body in the male, considerably shorter in the female. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 Pronotum slightly sellate ; cephalic margin arcuate with a slight median truncation; caudal margin with a broad shallow angular emargination ; transverse sulci four in numl^er, more impressed in the male than in the female; prozona about twice the length of the metazona in the male, about three times in the female; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep, cephalic margin slightly sinuate, ventral margin strongly emarginate cephalad and rotundate caudad, ventro-cephalic angle rectangulate, ventro-caudal angle strongly rounded; metazona distinctly punctate. Exposed portion of the mesonotum not more than half the length of the metazona. Tegmina very small pads, not exceeding the meso- notum in length. Abdomen slightly compressed and weakly carinate dorsad; apex of the male abdomen erect and partially recurved, supra- anal plate subvertical, cerci narrower in the middle and apically than at the base, the tip curved mesad and subtruncate with a slight caudal blunt process, subgenital plate somewhat bullate with a distinct cingu- late marginal ridge. Prosternum with a blunt swollen protuberance, more apparent than that found in D. miniaiula, no spine present. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes considerably broader than deep, as broad as one of the lobes in the male, slightly broader in the female; interspace between the metasternal lobes very narrow, sub- contiguous in the male. Cephalic femora as long as the pronotum in the female, slightly longer in the male; tibise equal to the tarsi in length; terminal joint of the tarsi considerably longer than the two proximal joints, the whole tarsus three-fourths the length of the tibia. Median limbs as the cephalic but slightly larger. Caudal femora rather slender, more robust in the female than in the male, considerably exceeding the apex of the abdomen in both sexes, greatest width contained four and one-half times in the length in the male, and four times in the female, genicular lobes acute, carinse not serrate, pagina marked as in D. minia- iula; tibise distinctly shorter than the femora, slightly sinuate, very slightly in the female, spines on the external margin four to five in the female, six in the male, on internal margin seven in each sex; tarsi elongate, slender, over half the length of the tibiae, terminal joint very slightly shorter than the proximal two. General color above dark oil green. Head with the vertex and fas- tigium pale apple green, the median sulcus slightly marked with a darker tint; face and sides of head dull french green; distinct post- ocular bar blackish ; eyes raw umber ; palpi oil green ; antennae black- ish with the segments tipped with cinnamon. Pronotum with a con • tinuation of the postocular streak blackish, covering the dorsal half of the lateral lobes and extending over the humeral angle to the dorsimi, 28 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, particularly on the metazona ; humeral angle of the metazona and ven- tral half of the lateral lobes apple green, Mesonotum, mesopleura, meta- notum and metapleura of the general tint dorsad with a distinct con- tinuation of the postocular bar at their suture and the ventral portion of the pleura apple green, variegated with blotches of blackish chiefly along the sutures. Abdomen of the general color; recurved apex of the male abdomen blackish, the subgenital plate with two subcircular spots of olive yellow separated by a narrow line of black, cerci greenish- yellow proximad, blackish distad, supra-anal plate olive yellow. Ceph- alic and median limbs oil green. Caudal femora oil green with the genicular arches ochraceous-rufous ; til^ite oil green becoming blackish- brown distad, spines brownish with black tips. Aleasurements. Length of body, 15.2 mm. 17.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 2.6 " 3.2 " Greatest width of pronotum, 2.5 '' 3.1 " Length of caudal femur, 10.2 " 10.5 " A paratypic series of two males and three females, including the types, have been examined. They are quite constant in size and color- ation. Dellia ovatipennis n. sp. Type: 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Distinguished by the ovate tegmina, which are quite different from the linear type found in the other species, and also in the coloration ; the blackish genicular region of the caudal femora resembling D. insulana. Size rather small (when compared with females of D. miniatula and himaculata) ; form as usual in the genus ; surface polished, the metazona rather irregularly and feebly punctate. Head with the occiput con- siderably elevated, evenly descending to the vertex; interocular space narrow but equal to half the terminal width of the fastigium; fastigium very slightly shorter than the basal width, tapering, apically truncate, a very slight median longitudinal depression present; apex of the fastigium, when viewed laterad, rounded into the retreating face, the f astigial process losing its identity a short distance ventrad of the inser- tion of the antenntE; lateral ocelli situated at the base of the fastigium on the supra-antennal ridge, median ocellus placed at the ventral base of the fastigium; eyes ovate reniform, slightly but distinctly elevated above the vertex, greatest length distinctly greater than the length of 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429 the infra-ocular portion of the gena?; antennse equal to the head, pro- notum and tegmina in length, filiform. Pronotum rounded; cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal margin truncate with a narrow triangular median emargination ; transverse sulci four in number, distinctly but not deeply impressed, metazona less than half the length of the prozona; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep, a slight sinuosity dorsad on the cephalic margin, ventral margin with the usual cephalic emargination, the caudal portion subrotundate, caudal margin faintly arcuate. Teg- mina about twice as long as the metazona, elliptical, the dorsal margin with a very slight emargination toward the apex. Abdomen very dis- tinctly compressed, strongly carinate dorsad. Prosternum with a swollen tubercle which is bluntly conic, little elevated. Interspace between the Fig. 27. — Dellia ovatipennis n. sp. Lateral view of type. mesosternal lobes broader than deep, slightly broader than one of the lobes, the angles obtuse; interspace between the metasternal lobes narrow, constricted caudad by the converging lobes. Cephalic femora slightly shorter than the pronotum ; tibise equal to the femora in length ; terminal tarsal joint about twice as long as the two basal joints together, the tarsus about three-fourths the tibial lengtli. Median limbs similar to the cephalic but slightly slenderer and longer. Caudal femora rather short, very slightly exceeding the apex of the abdomen, greatest width slightly more than one-fourth of the length, pattern of the pagina distinct and regular, genicular region slightly inflated, lobes acute; tibise slightly shorter than the femora, slightly sinuate in the proximal half, external margin with six spines, internal margin with eight spines 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JlUie, including the apical; tarsi over half the tibial length, the terminal joint slightly shorter than the proximal two, the second shorter than the first; arolia present. General color olive green, the pronotum oil green. Head with dis- tinct postocular bars and a triangular occipital patch blackish, face and gense oil green; fastigium narrowly margined with yellowish-green; eyes raw umber; antennse blackish-brown. Pronotum with a continu- ation of the postocular bar olive green in color, a distinct humeral line of citron yellow on the metazona, a pair of indistinct parallel lines on the prozona and the ventral half of the lateral lobes citron yellow. Tegmina dull citron yellow along the dorsal edge, the ventral section blackish. Abdomen with the proximal joint with a pair of straw yel- low bars placed laterad and surrounded by a blackish patch, this pat- tern being more or less distinctly indicated on the other abdominal segments. Cephalic and median limbs oil green, the median femora with a longitudinal l^lackish line; tarsi washed with ferruginous. Caudal femora oil green, the genicular region blackish; tibiae dull verdi- gris green blending into umber distad, spines umber with blackish tips; tarsi ferruginous. Measurements. Length of body, 15.5 mim. liength of pronotum, 3.1 " Greatest width of pronotum, 2.9 " Length of tegmen, 2 " Greatest width of tegmen, 1.3 " Length of caudal femur, 9.2 " The type only has been examined. JODACRIS Giglio-Tos. 1897. Jodacris Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp., Torino, XII, Xo. 302, p. 32. Type. — Anniceris ferrugineus Giglio-Tos. Jodaoris'T) costaricensis n. sp. Types : c? and 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Differing from the previously known species of the genus in the shorter tegmina, the large and subcontiguous eyes, and the peculiar coloration. It is quite possible the species does not belong to the genus Jodocris, and in such case it represents a new genus. Size small; form subfusiform; surface sparsely punctulate. Head with the occiput very slightly elevated, the vertex descending to the fastigium, slightly sulcate in the female, distinctly in the male ; inter- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431 ocular region very narrow, the eyes subcontlguous in the male;fastigium much broader proximad than long, slightly tapering, the apex truncate and itself equal to the length, with a slight median excavation dorsad; lateral view of the fastigium with the apex broadly truncate and with a distinct dorsal angle in the male, slightly arcuate and with the angle reduced in the female; frontal costa extending but little below the ven- tral base of the fastigium and distinctly sulcate in the male, about limited to the ventral face of the fastigium and very slightly sulcate in the female; lateral ocelli placed at the base of the supra-ocular margin of the fastigiiun, median ocellus placed slightly below the insertion of the antennae; face very strongly retreating in the male, distinctly declivent in the female, slightly concave in both sexes; eyes subreniform, quite Fis. 28. JodacrisC!) costaricensis n. sp. Fig. 29. Female type. Fig. 28. — Lateral view. Fig. 29. — Dorsal view. prominent in both sexes but very prominent in the male, considerably elevated above the interocular region, length of the eye distinctly (male) or slightly greater than the infra-ocular length of the gense; antennte of male slightly longer than the head and pronotum, filiform, slightly depressed distad. Pronotum very slightly tectate, median carina weakly indicated, no lateral carinse present but humeral ajigie apparent; cephalic margin produced rotundate with a distinct but shallow median emargination, caudal margin very obtuse-angulate; transverse sulci three in number, all more deeply indicated in the male and of which the caudal alone intersects the median carina in the male, cephalic margin bordered caudad by a distinct depression which has the appearance of a sulcus in the female; metazona strongly punctulate, 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie, about half the length of the prozona; lateral lobes distinctly longer than deep, cephalic margin oblique, slightly sinuate, ventral margin very strongly emarginate cephalad, the ventro-cephalic angle rectangu- late, caudal section obliquely (ventro-cephalad) truncate, slightly sinu- ate, ventro-caudal angle obtuse, caudal margin about straight from the humeral angle. Tegmina very slightly shorter than the head and pronotum, lanceolate; the tips very acute in the female, narrowly rounded in the male ; surface reticulate, the principal longitudinal veins distinct. Abdomen slightly compressed, carinate dorsad; apex of the male abdomen very slightly recurved, cerci erect, slender, tapering, slightly recurved distad, subgenital plate moderately produced, sub- spatulate, apically rounded. Prosternal spine small, very short, rather blunt, submammiform. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes slightly broader than long, slightly broader caudad than one of the lobes, the angle obtuse in the male, in the female the interspace is de- cidedly broader than one of the lobes and the angles are rounded ; inter- space between the metasternal lobes very narrow and with the lobes subcontiguous caudad in the male, slightly longer than broad with the angles well rounded in the female. Cephalic femora comparatively much heavier in the male than in the female, slightly shorter than the pronotum; tibiae equal to the femora in length, terminal tarsal joint about twice the length of the two small proximal joints, arolia broad. Median limbs similar to the cephalic but larger. Caudal femora robust, especially in the female, length exceeding that of the whole abdomen, greatest wadth contained three and a half (female) to three and three- fourths (male) in the length of the femur, genicular region moderately inflated, the lobes subrectangulate, carina} with verj^ minute serrula- tions, pregenicular constriction marked, pattern of the pagina distinct and regular but not deeply impressed ; tibiae slightly shorter than the femora, external margin with seven spines, internal with nine including the apical; tarsi about half the length of the tibiae, the distal joint dis- tinctly exceeding the proximal in length, the median about half the length of the proximal, arolia rather broad. General color, oil green marked with olive A^ellow on the head and pronotum. Head with the face and genae olive yellow, the postocular streak olive green; eyes walnut brown; antennae apple green rather obscurely annulate with prout's brown. Pronotum mesad olive green bordered laterad by bars of olive yellow, the postocular bar french green, rather obscure on the metazona, the ventral portion of the lateral lobes olive yellow. Tegmina olive green in the female, that tint shad- ing distad to apple green in the male, a group of the principal longi- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433 tudinal veins marked with blackish. Abdomen dull brown, the seg- ments margined caudad with a darker shade. Cephalic and median limbs oil green, marked at the articulations with blackish-brown. Caudal femora with the extreme proximal section and a section between the middle of the genicular region oil green, the intermediate portion and the genicular region Chinese orange; tibise verdigris green, the ex- treme proximal section tinted with Chinese orange, spines blackish apically; tarsi dull greenish. Measurements. & ? Length of body, 12.5 mm. 15 mm. Length of pronotum, 3 " 4.7 " Greatest width of pronotum, 2.2 '' 3.2 " Length of. tegmen, i " 6 " Greatest width of tegmen, 1.7 " 2.5 " Length of caudal femur, 8 " 11 " The types are uniciue. SYLETRIA« n. gen. A member of the Xiphiolce, and probably allied to the genus Saparus Giglio-Tos, from which it differs in a number of characters. A decided superficial resemblance to the genus Machcerocera is noticeable. Type. — S. angulata n. sp. Form compressed. Head very deep; occiput separated from the vertex and fastigium by an elevated interocular region; fastigium slightly produced, slightly broader than long; frontal costa narrow, facial carinse distinct; eyes elongate elliptical. Pronotum depressed above; median carina distinct but not highly elevated; no lateral cari- nse but distinct humeral angles on the metazona. Tegmina elongate, apex obliquely truncate. Abdomen strongly compressed. Prosternal spine erect, conic. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes quadrate, between the metasternal lobes longitudinal. Caudal femora slender, dorsal carinse serrate. Caudal tibise with nine spines on the external margin, no apical spine; internal margin with eleven spines including the apical. Syletria angulata n. sp. Type: 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Size rather large; form distinctly compressed; surface uniformly rugulose. Head when viewed cephalad twice as deep as wide; occiput ascending to the vertex which is less than half the width of the fasti- 8 Y,v7,rjTpia, a female plunderer. 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, gium and siibangulate when viewed laterad ; cephalad descending slightly, bearing two distinct lateral and a weak median carinse; fas- tigium horizontal, the proximal width considerably greater than the length, the lateral carinse of the vertex continued on the fastigium, Fig. 30. — Sylctria angnlata n. gen. and sp. Lateral view of type. distal portion angulate, the immediate angle blending into the frontal costa, broadly and shallowly excavated, the margins elevated, frontal costa narrow at its junction with the fastigium, expanding slightly between the antennse, the margins below rather weak, constricted sharply below the ocellus, but r, f! ventrad to this of the normal ^^'i(lth and reaching '\\ jj the clypeal margin, strongly punctate dorsad, sul- cate at and below the ocellus ; lateral facial carinse distinct; lateral ocelli placed at the base of the fastigium, median ocellus placed ventrad of the slight dorsal expansion of the frontal costa; eyes elongate elliptical; antennae missing. Pro- notiun with the median carina slight but dis- tinct, slightly more elevated at the intersection of the caudal sulcus ; cephalic margin sub- truncate with a very small median emargina- tion; caudal margin rectangulate, the angle very marked and the margin laterad very slightly emar- ginate; transverse sulci three in number, the meta- zona slightly longer than the prozona; lateral lobes longer than deep, the cephalic margin very slightly sinuate, ventral margin distinctly and sharply rotundate-emarginate cephalad, the ventro- cephalic angle obtuse, caudal portion of the ventral margin and the ventro-caudal angle rounded into the caudal margin, which is arcuate with a very Fig. 31.— Syletria slight humeral concavity. Tegmina considerably <^^9ulfita n. gen. and exceeding the abdomen and caudal femora in type. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 length, over twice the length of the head and pronotum together; greatest widtli in the apical fourth ; costal expansion distinct, one-fourth the distance from the base, remainder of costal margin straight except near the apex where it is rounded; apex obliquely truncate, subrectangulate ventrad, obtuse-angulate dorsad ; anal margin straight. Wings equal to the tegmina in length. Prosternal spine erect, acute, distinctly compressed . Interspace between the mesosternal lobes quadrate, slightly less than the width of one of the lobes, the lobes rounded. Interspace between the metasternal lobes longitudinal, about one and a half times as long as the caudal interspace, cephalic width slightly greater, lobes rounded. Abdomen strongly com- pressed, carinate dorsad. Cephalic femora straight, the greatest width in the distal third, length nearly three-fourths that of the pronotum, genicular lobes rounded, the cephalic much larger than the caudal; tibiae as long as the femora, the spines on distal portion strong; tarsi but little shorter than the tibiae, the median joint little more than a third the length of the proximal, the distal joint slightly exceeding the proximal and median in length, arolia present. Median femora about equal in length to the cephalic but more compressed, genicular lobes, tibiae and tarsi as in the cephalic limbs. Caudal femora elongate, slender, two-thirds the length of the tegmina, proximal por- tion considerably inflated, the greatest width contained four and a half times in the length of the femur, dorsal carinse serrate, pattern of the pagina elevated, distinct and regular, areas on the dorsal face finely tuberculate, ventral areas glabrous, pregenicular region distinctly constricted and extending a considerable distance proximad, genicular region little arched and produced into a pair of subacute processes dorsad, genicular lobes short, narrowly rounded at the apex; tibiae slightly shorter than the femora, slightly sinuate, external margin with nine spines, internal margin with eleven including the apical; tarsi about one-third the length of the tibiae, the proximal and distal joints subequal in length, median joint about half the length of the proximal, arolia present. General color, broccoli brown minutely speckled with bistre. Head inclined toward tawny olive, two diverging suboljsolete senrilunate blotches of umber on the occiput; eyes prout's brown. Pronotum with the prozona very slightly lighter than the metazona, the whole uniformly dotted with bistre. Tegmina with numerous regularly dis- posed quadrate blotches of dilute bistre, those of the costal and anal areas smaller than the blotches of the discoidal area. Wings of the same tint as the tegmina. Segments of the abdomen margined with 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, blackish. Cephalic and median limbs speckled with bistre on the cephalic aspect, shiny black on the caudal aspect. Caudal femora Isabella color on the dorsal and lateral faces, with three distinct bars of bistre on the dorsal face, one basal, one median, one caudo-median, and one genicular, the median and caudo-median slightly suffusing the lateral face, carinse and dorsal tubercles bistre, externo-ventral area blackish, internal face and interne-ventral area scarlet vermilion, genicular region suffused with bistre ; tibiae scarlet vermilion, the proximal portion, a touch on the external face of the proximal section, the entire external spines and the tips of the internal spines blackish; tarsi scarlet vermilion. Measurements. Length of body, 33 mm. Length of pronotimi, S " Greatest width of pronotum, 5 '' Length of tegmen 30 " Greatest width of tegmen, 5.5 " Length of caudal femm-, 19 " This interesting new genus is represented only by the unique type. It bears a great superficial resemblance to the Truxalid genus Machcero- cera. LEPTOMERINTHOPRORA- n. gen. A member of the Xiphiolce, and probably related to Xiphiola Bolivar. The general structure is, however, very different, and suggests a rela- tionship to the Viler nee. Type. — L. hrevipennis n. sp. Head with the fastigium trigonal, slightly projecting beyond the face; frontal costa precurrent. Pronotum with a distinct median carina, humeral angles marked; transverse sulci three in number; lat- eral lobes with the ventral margin emarginate cephalad and caudad. Tegmina little exceeding the pronotum in length, apex rectangulate, costal expansion marked. Prosternal spine erect, rather slender, blunt. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes slightly transverse, inter- space between the metasternal lobes subquadrate. Caudal til^ise with seven spines on the external margin, no apical spine; nine spines on the internal margin including the apical spine. ' Ae-rof, thin; finptvdog, cord; ■Kpupa, face. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437 Leptomerinthoprora brevipennis n. sp. Type: ? ; Pozo Azul de Pirris, Costa Rica. May-June, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Size rather small; form elongate fusiform; surface of the pronotum and pleura rugoso-punctate. Head with the occiput and vertex rounded, not markedly elevated; interocular region slightly more than half the proximal width of the fastigium; fastigium produced trigonal, the apex rounded, shallowly excavated, margins distinct, lateral view of fastigium rounded, slightly projecting beyond and rounding into the slightly retreating face ; frontal costa strongly constricted at the ocellus, subequal elsewhere, strongly sulcate except dorsad and ventrad ; lat- eral ocelli placed close to the eye ventrad of the margin of the fastigium, median ocellus placed a short distance below the insertion of the an- tennge; eyes reniform, slightly narrower dorsad than ventrad, slightly -'P Fig. 32. — Leptomerinthoprora brevipennis n. gen. and sp. Lateral view of type. longer than the infra-ocular portion of the gena?; antennae missing. Pronotum moderately tectate, median carina slightly elevated ; ceph- alic margin slightly produced and with a very slight median emargina- tion; caudal margin rounded obtuse-angulate, the angle wdth a very slight emargination; transverse sulci three in number, a slight trans- verse depression extending parallel with the cephalic margin, metazona little more than half the length of theprozona; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep, cephalic margin regularly sinuate, ventral margin emarginate cephalad and caudad with a rounded median projection, ventro-cephalic angle obtuse, ventro-caudal angle rounded rect- 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, angulate, caudal margin slightly oblique. Tegmina slightly longer than the pronotum ; costal area strongly and roundly dilated mesad; distal half acuminate, the apex narrowly ;v, -7 rounded, anal area distinctly arcuate; principal V\ /'/ longitudinal veins distinct, interspaces irregularly '^^v //' reticulate. Abdomen compressed, carinate dor- ■\\ //' sad; margins of the ovipositor jaws indistinctly 'v, // serrulate. Prosternal spine erect, slightly taper- \\ // ing, the apex bhmt. Interspace between the meso- sternal lobes with the length contained nearly once and a half in the width, which latter is slightly greater than the width of one of the lobes, angles rounded ; interspace between the metasternal lobes subquadrate, slightly broader cephalad than cau- dad. Cephalic femora distinctly shorter than the pronotum, cephalic genicular lobe slightly larger than the caudal; tibiee equal to the femora in length; tarsi two-thirds the length of the tibiae, the distal joint slightly longer than the proximal and median together. Median limbs similar to the cephalic but slightly more robust, cephalic gen- ^. ^ icular lobe decidedly larger than the caudal, Fig. 33. LeptOme- , „ ^ r^ ^ ^ c~ ^ 1 11 rinthoprora brevipen- lamellate. Laudal lemora robust, length about ms n gen. and sp. equal to the head, pronotum and tegmina together, pronotum and teg- greatest width contained three and a half times mina of type. jj^ the length, dorsal margins slightly serrulate, pattern of the pagina distinct, well impressed, flattened, genicular lobes narrowly rounded, pregenicular constriction marked; tibia; slightly shorter than the femur, external margin with seven spines, internal with nine, including the apical; tarsi slightly less than half the length of the tibia, distal joint about equal to the proximal and median joints together in length, arolia present. General colors vandyke brown on clay color. Head with an irregu- larly triangular occipital patch and a distinct postocular Imr, ventral portion of the antennal fossa blotched with the darker tint; eyes walnut brown. Pronotum with the humeral angles and the ventral third of the lateral lobes of the lighter shade, remainder vandyke brown. Tegmina dark with the angles marked with cla}^ color, which spreads over the distal portion of the anal area. Pleura with two l:)ars of clay color, one on the mesothoracic episternum and in continuation of the clay-colored ventral portion of the lateral lobe of the pronotum, the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439 other on the ridge of the metathoracic episternum. Abdomen tawny ohve. Limbs dull clay color with a slight greenish tinge, the caudal femora washed with cinnamon on the dorsal face, genicular arch raw umber; distal portion of the caudal tibise and caudal tarsi washed with bistre, spines tipped with blackish. Measurements. Length of body, 22.2 mm. Length of pronotum, 5.9 '^ Greatest width of pronotum 4 " Length of tegmen, 6.9 " Greatest width of tegmen, 4 " Length of caudal femur, 13.5" The type is unique. SCHISTOCERCA St&l. Schistooerca pyramidata Scudder. Guatel, Costa Rica. August, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female, one nymph. Tarbaca, Costa Rica. December, 1902. (C. F. L'nderwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female, one n3aiiph. Pozo Azul de Pirris, Costa Rica. August, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Four females. Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. December, 1902, and January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two males, two females, eight nymphs. San Jose, Costa Rica. September and December, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Five males, three females, one nymph. This series is inseparable from Cuernavaca (topotypic) specimens. Schistooerca malaohitioa n. sp. Type: 9 ; Turrialba, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M., No. 8,175.] ■ Allied to S. alutacea and venusta, but distinguished by the more flat- tened disk of the pronotum and the striking and peculiar coloration. Size rather large ; form as usual in the genus. Head with the occiput and vertex very slightly rounded longitudinally, rather flattened trans- versely; interocular space very distinctly greater than the width of the frontal costa; fastigium broad, obtuse-angulate, subhorizontal, mar- gins very slightly elevated, rounding into the frontal costa without angle; frontal costa subequal in width, continued to the clypeus, slightly expanded ventrad, sulcate at and ventrad of the ocellus, strongly punctate dorsad; eyes elongate subreniform, slightly longer 440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jline, than the infra-ocular portion of the gence ; antennae alDout as long as the head and pronotiim together. Pronotum subdeplanate above, surface strongly rugoso-punctate; transverse sulci deeply impressed and all intersecting the median carina; median carina distinct and uniform in height throughout its length; metazona slightly longer than the pro- zona, very slightly bullate; cephalic margin obtuse-angulate, caudal Fig. 34. — Schistocerca malachitica n. sp. Type. margin rectangulate with the angle rounded; humeral angle distinct but rounded on the metazona, obsolete on the prozona; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep. Prosternal spine rather heavy, erect, api- cally rounded and blunt. Tegmina long, exceeding the tips of the posterior femora by the length of the pronotum. Interval between the mesosternal lobes distinctly longer than cephalic width, subcunei- form in shape. Interval between the metasternal lobes similar in 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441 outline to that between the mesosternal lobes. Caudal femora elon- gate, reaching the base of the ovipositor jaws, dorsal carina distinctly serrate; tibia? slightly but distinctly shorter than the femora, spines of the internal borders longer than those of the lateral borders. General color very dull olive green on the head and thorax, abdomen raw umber. Pronotum with a broad subequal median stripe of oil green which is continued on to and involves the whole anal area of the tegmina. Head with a broad streak of dull tawny-ochraceous on the fastigium, vertex and occiput, bordered laterad by faint blackish Unes; eyes ferruginous ; antennae olivaceous. Pronotum with the lateral por- tions of the dorsum bistre. Tegmina (exclusive of the anal areas) chest- nut. Wings with the costal portion and the apical two-thirds suffused with chestnut fading into a pale apple green on the basal third. Ceph- Fig. 35. — Schistocerca malachitica n. sp. Tj^pe. alic and median limbs dull oil green, the genicular regions marked with gamboge yehow. Caudal femora oil green, basally suffused with hoary white, genicular arch black, the region immediately ventrad being ochraceous; tibiae saffron yellow, the spines lemon yellow with the tips black. Measurements. Length of body, 54.5 mm. Length of pronotum, '^i c- a Greatest width of pronotum, u Length of tegmen, 50 ^^ Greatest width of tegmen, on re a Greatest width of wing, 20.5 ^^ Length of caudal femur, 27.5 The type is unique in the material studied. 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, AIDEMONA Brunner.8 Aidemona azteca (Saussure). Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) One male, one nymph. [A. N. S. Phila.] Guatel, Costa Rica. April and September, 1902. (C. F. Under- wood.) Three males, eighteen females. [A. N. S. Phila.] This series appears to be rather uniform in size and of quite uniform coloration. The males differ somewhat from central Mexican (Jalisco, San Luis Potosi and ]\Iicht)acan) specimens in the slenderer cerci, and both sexes in the shorter tegmina and wings, which but slightly exceed the caudal femora in the male, and are of proportionate length in the female. Specimens from the State of Vera Cruz are closer related to the Costa Rican type than to the more northern form. As the material of the male sex from Costa Rica is rather limited, I have refrained from describing the form, but a more extensive series will in all probabilit}^ verify the observation made regarding the cerci. DICHROPLUS Stll. 1873. Dichroplus Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 78. Included arrogans, patruelis, cliens and lemniscatus Stal, of which the first may be considered the type. Dichroplus morosus n. sp. Type: 9 ; Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C, F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Allied to D. punctulatus and conspersus, but differing in the more obtuse-angulate caudal margin of the pronotum, the more uniformly sulcate frontal costa, as w'ell as the duller coloration. Size small; form as usual in the genus. Plead with the occiput very slightly rounded and ascending; interocular space slightly more than half the width of the eye ; fastigium strongly de- clivent, not excavated, margins slightly elevated, hardly separated from the frontal costa; frontal costa subequal, slightly expanding ven- trad, moderately sulcate to and for a short distance below the ocellus; lateral ocelli situated close to the eye at the dorsal margin of the an- tennal fossae, median ocellus situated between the antenna? and slightly ventrad ; eyes subreniform, slightly longer than the infra-ocular portion of the gense, the greatest width contained about once and a half in the length; antennae slightly depressed, apically damaged. Pronotum depressed dorsad, no median carina except a slight ridge on the meta- * This generic name should be credited to Brimner (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XXXIII, p. 14.5) instead of Scudder. It was based on Stal's "Divisio tertia" of the genus Pezotetti.v, of which the only species not eliminated — azteca — is the type. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443 zona, humeral angles distinct on the metazona; cephalic margin sub- truncate ; caudal margin obtuse-angulate ; transverse sulci rather weak, three in number; lateral lobes as deep as long, the ventral angles ob- tuse. Tegmina slightly exceeding the tips of the abdomen and caudal femora, apex rounded, costal expansion slight but elongate. Abdo- men considerably compressed. Prosternal spine erect, thick, conic, slightly retrorse, apex rather blunt. Interspace between the meso- sternal lobes distinctly broader than long, equal to the one of the lobes in width, angles narrowly rounded; interspace between the metaster- nal lobes narrow, longer than broad, the lobes rounded. Caudal femora about twice the length of the head and pronotum together, the greatest width contained three and one-third times in the length , pattern of the pagina low but distinct, pregenicular constriction slight, genicular lobes rotundato-truncate; tibiae slightly shorter than the femur, armed on the external margin with nine spines, on the internal margin with nine including the apical. General color bistre sprinkled, lined and blotched on a ground of wood brown. Postocular bar indistinct and face suffused with the darker shade; antennae wood brown irregularly marked with the overlying tint. Pronotum with the humeral angles and the ventral portions of the lateral lobes dull wood brown. Tegmina irregularly blotched and mottled, the intercalary area with regular alternating c^uadrate patches of shining black and wood brown. Abdomen wood brown marked with shining black. Limbs wood brown and vandyke brown blotched and imperfectly annulate ; caudal femora wdth three irregular dorsal patches which extend over on the dorsal portion of the other unmarked wood brown lateral face, genicular region vandyke brown, tibial groove suffused with ochraceous-ruf ous ; caudal tibiae dull ochraceous-rufous, the spines tipped with black. Measurements. Length of body, 17.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 4 " Greatest width of pronotum, 3 " Length of tegmen, 14 ' " Length of caudal femur, ... 9.7 " The type only has been examined. OSMILIA stm. Osmilia tolteca (Saussure). Carrillo, Costa Rica." [U, S. Nat. Mus. and Hebard collection.] One male, five females. 29 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Guatel, Costa Rica. April, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Eight males, nine females, one nymph. Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two males, three females, eight nj-mphs. San Jose, Costa Rica. September, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Three nymphs. Tarbaca, Costa Rica. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. 8. Phila.] One female. Pozo Azul de Pirris, Costa Rica. August, 1902, and January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Four males, seven females. This Mexican and Central American form can be distinguished from the South American 0. flavo-Uneata by the shorter tegmina and wings in both sexes and the broader head and less prominent eyes. Deme- rara specimens of 0. flavo-Uneata and Xersi Cruz and Tamaulipas speci- mens of tolteca have been used for comparison. RHACHICREAGKA^ n. gen. Type. — R. nothra n. sp. Allied to Polysarcus Saussure, but differing in the presence of minute tegmina, the greater muiiber of joints in the antenna^, the slightly pro- duced fastigium of the vertex, and the more distinctly forked cerci. Form robust, obese in the female. Head with the vertex short, declivent, produced moderately beyond the face, frontal costa precur- rent, sulcate; antennae filiform, twenty-two to twenty-three joints. Median carina of the pronotum distinct, elevated, subcristate on the metazona. Metanotum and proximal segment of the abdomen with a median carina which is more elevated caudad. Tegmina minute, linear. Cerci of the male very distinctly forked. Prosternal spine erect, unguical, acute, slightly antrorse. Interspace between the meso- sternal lobes subquadrate in both sexes ; interspace between the meta- sternal lobes subquadrate in the male, strongly transverse in the female. Arolia present. Bhaohioreagra nothra'° n. sp. Types: d^ and 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Size rather small in the male, medium in the female; form robust in the male, decidedly obese in the female; surface rugoso-punctate, the dorsum of the thorax heavily sculptured. Head with the occiput and vertex evenly rounded, the interocular space about half the width of the cephalic margin of the fastigium in the male, slightly narrower than •Ta^tf, hack; upeaypa, hook. ^"Nw^/oa, inactive, sluggish. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445 the cephalic width in the female; fastigium moderately declivent, slightly (male) or considerably (female) shorter than the proximal width, apex subtrimcate, broadly and shallowly sulcate and rounding without demarkation into the frontal costa and sulcus, lateral view of the fastigium regularly rounded, blending imperceptibly into the face immediately ventrad of the median ocellus, the projection of the fastigium more pronounced comparatively in the male than in the female; lateral ocelli placed near the base of the fastigium on the supra- Fig. 36. — Rhachicreagra nothra n. gen. and sp. Lateral view of male type. antennal margin; frontal costa slightly expanded dorsad, extending to the clypeal margin, slightly constricted immediately below the ocellus, sulcus distinct, moderately deep, narrower dorsad than ventrad ; eyes subovate, quite prominent in the male and elevated above the vertex, very much (male) and distinctly (female) longer than the infra-ocular portion of the gense; antennce as long as the caudal femora. Prono- tum tectate, the median carina elevated, on the metazona developed Fig. 37. — Rhachicreagra nothra n. gen. and sp. Female type, lateral view. into a dentate crest, which is more apparent in the female than in the male; cephalic margin produced arcuate, the median section truncate; caudal margin emarginato-truncate ; no lateral carinas present, but humeral angles distinct in the male; lateral lobes of the pronotum distinctly longer than deep, particularly in the male, cephalic margin sinuate with a distinct postocular emargi- nation, ventral margin with a distinct cephalic emargination, subarcu- 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, ate caiidad, caudal margin arcuate with a slight concavity dorsad of the rounded obtuse ventro-caudal angle; transverse sulci three in number, deeply impressed, the cephalic margin bordered caudad by an incomplete sulcus, prozona more than twice the length of the metazona. Exposed portion of the mesonotum very narrow ; metanotum and prox- imal segment of the abdomen subequal in length, tectate, carinate, the caudal section elevated. Tegmina equal to the metanotum in length. Abdomen carinate dorsad, very distinctly compressed in the female; supra-anal plate of the male with the lateral margins parallel in the proximal half, distal half narrowed, apex broadly rounded, the lateral portions bent dorsad from the mesal section ; cerci subequal to the fork, except at extreme base, cephalic arm short but distinctly separated from the longer caudal fork, tips narrowly rounded, the whole cercus evenly curved mesad ; subgenital plate slightly shorter than proximal width, the margin arcuate with a very slight truncate apical process. Prosternal spine erect, acute, slightly antrorse distinctly flattened. Fig. 38. Fig. 39. Rhachicreagra nothra n. gen. and sp. Types. Fig. 38. — Dorsal view of female pronotum. Fig. 39. — Dorsal view of apex of male abdomen. transversely in the female. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes very slightly longer than broad in the male and with the angles rec- tangulate, in the female slightly broader than long and with the angles as in the male; interspace between, th« metasternal lobes very broadly cunieform and narrower than the interspace between the mesosternal lobes in the male, in the female broader cephalad than the interspace between the mesosternal lobes, strongly narrowed caudad, the angles acute. Cephalic and median femora inflated in the male, the cephalic slightly longer than the pronotum, median slightly larger, tibiiK equal to the femora in length; tarsi two-thirds the length of the tibiae, the distal joint almost twice the length of the proximal and median joints. Cephalic and median femora of the female not strongly inflated, the cephalic no longer than the pronotum, otherwise the cephalic and me- dian limbs are as in the male. Caudal femora about three-fourths (male) to two-thirds (female) the length of the body, graceful, greatest width contained about four times in the length of the femur, dorsal margin sparsely serrate, pattern of the pagina distinct, pregenicular 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 constriction more marked ventrad than dorsad, genicular arch very- slight, genicular lobes obliquely rotundato-truncate at the apex ; tibise very [slightly shorter than the femora, slightly sinuate proximad , exter- nal margin with eight spines, no apical spine present, internal margin with nine spines including the apical; tarsi slightly less than half the length of the tibia?, the distal joint slightly longer than the proximal and median joints, arolia large, transverse. Male. — General dorsal color clay color, speckled with olive green, which latter is the color of a very distinct and broad postocular bar on the head, pronotum and dorsal portion of the pleura. Eyes mummy brown. Face, fastigium, mouth parts, gense, ventral portion of the lateral lobes and a blotch on each episternum at the base of the limbs naples yellow, the face speckled with olive green. Lateral and ventrad aspects of the abdomen as well as the abdominal appendages, except the tips of the cereal forks (blackish), and limbs oil green. Genicular arches and tips of the tibial spines brownish-black. Antennae olive yellow proximad, indian yellow distad, very obscurely blotched with dull brown. Female. — Color pattern as in the male unless otherwise noted, the base colors replaced as follows: Dorsal clay color by ochraceous, olive green lateral stripes dull, naples yellow on head, pronotum and pleura replaced by dull ochre yellow. Antennae dull ochre yellow. Cephalic and median limbs ochraceous, the femora marked ventrad with dull olive green. Caudal femora with the dorsal face ochraceous-cinnamon, the carina blotched and the distal half suffused with blackish, lateral, ventral and internal faces, tibiae and tarsi more or less strongly suffused with blackish. Measurements. Length of body, 16 mm. 24.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 3.7 '' 5.6 '' Greatest dorsal width of pronotum, .... 3.5 " 6.7 " Greatest width across metapleura, 5 " H " Length of caudal femur, 13.5 " 16.3 " A series of paratypic specimens, nine males, seven females, have been examined in addition to the types, as well as a male from Monte Re- dondo (C. F. Underwood; January, 1903; A. N. S. Phila.). Considerable variation is noticed in the size of both sexes, while the range of color variation is chiefly in the intensity of the pattern. The Monte Redondo male, however, has the olive green shades replaced by 448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JullC, solid blue black, while the A^ellow markings of the head, pronotum and pleura are canary yellow, the contrast being very striking. MICROTYLOPTERYX" n. gen. Type. — M. hcbardi n. sp. Allied to Rhachicreagra Rehn, but differing in the slenderer, more compressed and less obese form, the broader vertex and fastigium, the comparatively larger head (very noticeable in the female), the single- toothed cerci, and uninflated cephalic femora in the male. Body more or less elongate fusiform. Head with the vertex short, horizontal, forming a more or less distinct angle with the front, dorsal outline trigonal, the interocular space over half the proximal width of the fastigium; frontal costa weak ventrad, with the sulcation continued on the fastigium; antennae filiform, fifteen or more joints. Pronotum subarcuate longitudinally, tectate, median carina elevated caudad into a distinct subcristate process. Metanotum, proximal segment of the abdomen and in a lesser degree the succeeding segments of the abdomen with a dorso-caudal elevation on the median carina. Tegmina pad-like, considerably longer than broad, not longer than the pronotum. Cerci of the male undivided; subgenital plate compressed. Prosternal spine erect, slender, acute. Interspace be- tween the mesosternal lobes subquadrate in the male, slightly trans- verse in the female ; interspace between the metasternal lobes distinctly longitudinal in the male, subquadrate in the female. Caudal tibise with six to seven spines in the external margin, no apical spine; eight to nine spines, including the apical on the internal margin. Arolia present. Microtylopteryx hebardi n. sp. Type: d and 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Size rather large (compared with M. fusiformis); form elongate subfusiform; surface punctate. Head somewhat compressed, the depth considerably greater than the thoracic depth, width at mandibu- lar margins very slightly less (male) or equal (female) to the greatest wddth across the eyes; occiput gently rounded, vertex gently decli- vent, the interspace between the eyes equal to one-half (male) or two- thirds (female) the greatest width of the eye; fastigiiun with the proxi- mal width twice the length, trigonal, with a slight median depression, dorso-cephalic angle narrowly rounded ; face slightly retreating in the female, distinctly retreating in the male, slightly concave; frontal costa weak on the ventral half of the face, distinctly and broadly sul- 11 MiKpn, sjnall; tva?/, pad; nrtpv^, wing. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449 cate above the ocellus, rounding into the fastigial groove without in- terruption, slightly and narrowly sulcate below; lateral ocelli placed on the fastigial margin close to the eye; eyes short-ovate, quite promi- nent in the male, eciual to (male) or considerably less than (female) the infra-ocular length of the genae; antennfe filiform, in the male very slightly shorter than the caudal femora. Pronotum distinctly tectate, Fig. 40. — Microtylopterux hehardi n. gen. and sp. Lateral view of female type. elevated cephalad; median carina rather weak, a slight elevation present at the cephalic margin, a very distinct and slightly hooked ridge at the caudal margin, no lateral carinae present but distinct lateral shoulders; cephalic margin arcuate in the male, subtruncate in the female; caudal margin very broadl}^, shallowly and triangularly emar- ginate; lateral lobes distinctly longer than deep, cephalic margin oblique, ventral margin obliquely emarginate cephalad, arcuate caudad. Fig. 41. Fig. 42. Fig. 41. — Microtylopteryx fusiformis, lateral view of apex of male abdomen. Fig. 42.^J/. hehardi, lateral view of apex of male abdomen. ventro-ca\idal angle subrectangulate in the male and obtuse-angulate in the female, caudal margin with a distinct rotundate emargination above the angle; transverse sulci two in number, rather weak, par- ticularly in the female, metazona about one-fourth the length of the prozona in the male, less than one-fourth in the female; lateral shoul- ders arcuate when viewed laterad. Metanotum and proximal segment 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, of the abdomen subeqiial in length, a caudal projection developed as on the pronotum ])ut to lesser degree. Tegmina slightly shorter than the prozona, linear, the greatest width in the apical third and contained about five times in the length. Abdomen somewhat compressed, cari- nate, and each segment with a very slight caudal lobule on the carina. Apex of the male abdomen not inflated, recurved; supra-anal plate narrow, almost twice as long as broad, the apex rounded; cerci short, rather thick, strongly falciform, apex rounded and compressed; sub- genital plate compressed, narrowly rounded when viewed dorsad, moderately produced when viewed laterad. Prosternal spine slender, erect, acute, slightly antrorse. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes distinctly transverse in the male, almost as broad as one of the lobes, the angles narrowly rounded ; in the female almost twice as broad as long, decidedly broader than one of the lobes, the angles rectangu- late. Interspace between the metasternal lobes in the male narrow, longitudinal, constricted caudad ; in the female quadrate wedge-shaped, the caudal width considerably less than the cephalic. Cephalic femora slightly longer than the pronotum in the male, subequal in the female, not inflated, cephalic genicular lobe larger than the caudal ; tibise equal to the femora in length ; tarsi slightly shorter than tibise, the distal joint considerably longer than the proximal and median joints united. Median limbs similar in structure and size to the cephalic. Caudal femora considerably inflated proximad, the length slightly less than that of the body in the male and equal to that of the metanotum and abdomen in the female, greatest width contained about four and a half times in the length, distal half evenly tapering to the narrowest pre- genicular portion, dorsal carina serrate, pattern of the pagina distinct but shallow, genicular region hardly arched, genicular lobes acute api- eally and sinuato-rotundate ventrad : caudal tibise equal in length to the femora without the genicular dilation, slightly sinuate, external margin with seven spines, the proximal one of which is very short and subobso- lete in the male, internal margin with nine spines including the apical, the proximal one short and subobsolete in the male; tarsi slightly less than half the tibial length, median segment about half the length of the proximal, distal segment about equal to the jjroximal and median together. Arolia quadrate. General colors above mummy brown and ochraceous in the female, cinnamon and ochre yellow in the male, lateral aspects largely shining seal brown. Head with a broad stripe of dull sepia from the fastigium extending back over the occiput with a very narrow median line of cinnamon; ventral half of the gente and face, except the dark frontal 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451 costa, ochre yellow in the male, distinct postocular bar shining seal brown; head of the female from the dorsal margin of the postocular bar and the margin of the fastigium ventrad seal brown, more or less shining ; eyes in the male mars brown, in the female burnt lunber ; an- tennae wath about the proximal third of the pale general color, the distal two-thirds of the darker shade. Pronotum with the lateral angles ochre yellow, the protuberance of the median carina blackish; lateral lobes shining seal brown except for an oblique bar of dull ochre yellow which crosses the ventro-caudal lobe and is continued more or less distinctly across the seal brown pleura. Tegmina bicolor, dorsad buff yellow, ventrad seal brown. Abdomen with the seal brown lateral portions distinctly separated from the dorsum, on the third and fourth segments the lighter dorsal shade is continued ventrad and obliquely cephalad a short distance in a subelliptical patch, the median carina of the pro- notum seal brown. Cephalic and median limbs seal brown, lined above with pale ochre yellow. Caudal limbs seal brown, the dorsal aspect between ochre yellow and buff yellow, ttie median carina seal brown. Measurements. Length of body, 14.2 mm. 24 mm. Ijength of pronotum, 4 " 5.2 Greatest dorsal width of the pronotum, ... 3 " 4.3 " Length of tegmen, 2.5 '' 3 5 Length of caudal femur, 12.5 " 15.5 " A series of five paratypic specimens, three males and two females, have been examined in addition to the types. Little variation is noticed, except that two of the males have the lighter shades more greenish-yellow than the others. The peculiar and striking appearance of this species should serve to readily distinguish it, the large head of the female and the lacquer-like character of the seal brown color being very striking. I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. Hebard, as a slight token of appreciation of much kindly interest and assistance. Microtylopteryx fusiformis n. sp. Type : & and 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard collection.] Allied to M. hebardi, but differing in the shorter limbs, the more robust body, the broader tegmina, rather different color pattern and a number of minor characters. Size medium (female) to small (male) ; form fusiform, very slightly compressed ; surface strongly punctate dorsad. Head with the occiput 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, and vertex little elevated, very slightly rounded, a slight median ridge present; interocular width about half the proximal width of the fas- tigium in the male, in the female about two-thirds; fastigium distinctly broader than long, trigonal, arched, very slight median sulcus present, fastigium when viewed laterad subrectangulate ; frontal costa gradualh^ constricted dorsad and rather sharply pinched ventrad of the ocellus, extending to the clypeal margin, sulcate throughout, more distinctly so dorsad and rounding into the fastigium; face retreating; eyes subellip- tical, slightly longer than the infra-ocular portion of the gence, moder- ately prominent in the male ; antennae in the male slightly longer than the head and pronotum, in the female distinctly shorter, slightly depressed, more so in the female than in the male, and with distal por- Fig. 43. — Microtyloptenjx fusi/ormis n. sp. Lateral view of female type. tion somewhat enlarged. Pronotum somewhat elevated caudad, tectate, the median carina distinct slightly sinuate caudad of the middle, the caudal elcA^ation very distinct and compressed, lateral carinse undeveloped but distinct sinuate angles as in M. hebardi are present, the disk of the pronotimi when viewed dorsad being as narrow a third the distance caudad as at the cephalic margin, regularly expand- ing caudad; cephalic margin obtuse-angulate with the angle very slightly emarginate; caudal margin emarginato-truncate, the emargina- tion covering the whole width and being very shallow ; transverse sulci two in number, the cephalic being placed median and subobsolete in the female, metazona less than a third the length of the prozona; lateral lobes slightly deeper than long, cephalic margin oblique, slightly sinu- ato-emarginate, ventral margin emarginate cephalad, rounded caudad, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453 ventro-cephalic angle obtuse, ventro-caiulal angle obtuse, caudal mar- gin rotundato-emarginate. Tegmina two-thirds (male ) to three-fourths (female) the length of the pronotum, enlarged distad, the greatest width being in the distal third. Metanotum and proximal abdominal segment with a distinct median carina which is developed on the meta- notum and proximal segment of the abdomen into a compressed caudal process, similar but smaller than on the pronotum. Abdomen slightly but distinctly compressed. Apex of the male abdomen not recurved, the appendages very small; supra-anal plate trigonal, the apex slightly produced and narrowly rounded; cerci very short, thick and blunt, hardly longer than broad; subgenital plate compressed, rather deep, blunt. Prosternal spine erect, slender, acute. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes subquadrate in the male, slightly transverse in the female, the angles verj^ narrowly rounded ; interspace between the metasternal lobes very narrow, strongly longitudinal in the male, very slightly longitudinal with the angles rectangulate in the female. Cephalic femora three-fourths (male) to four-fifths (female) the length of the pronotum, evenly enlarging distad, especially in the female, cephalic genicular lobe slightly larger than the caudal; tibise about equal to the femora in length; tarsi little shorter than the tarsi, distal joint about half again as long as the median and proximal joints to- gether. Median limbs similar to the cephalic l^ut slightly larger. Caudal femora robust, pregenicular constriction marked, length dis- tinctly (male) or almost (female) equal to the length of the mesonotum and abdomen, greatest width in the proximal third and contained about three times in the length, dorsal carina irregularl}^ and very weakly serrulate, pattern of the pagina regularly but not deeph^ impressed, genicular region distinctly arched, genicular lobes rectangulate; caudal tibiae slightly shorter than the femoral length, rather heavy, slightly sinuate, the external margin with six spines, no apical spine present, in- ternal margin with seven spines including the apical spine; tarsi less than half the length of the tibiae, the distal joint only slightly longer than the proximal; arolia rather small. General colors, above varying from prout's brown to raw umber, laterad shining seal brown. Head with all from the fastigium and dorsal margin of the usual portion of the postocular bar ventrad seal brown, a line on the clypeal margin, a line immediately caudad of dorsal section of the eye and the fastigial and dorsal frontal ccsta carinse dull ochre yellow ; eyes russet ; antennae varying from seal brown to ferrugi- nous, a slight distance proximad of the apex annulate with buff. Pro- notum with lateral angles slightly lighter than the dorsiun and more of 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, an ochre yellow, lateral lobes solid seal brown. Tegmina dull cream buff with a ventral line of seal brown, greatly narrowed distad. Abdo- men with the lateral faces of the segments solid seal brown, the line of demarcation being oblique, dorso-cephalad, ventro-caudad, the proxi- mal segment with a semicircular spot of seal brown, which is marked structurally by a ridge. Pleura and venter seal brown. Cephalic and median limbs solid vandyke brown. Caudal femora with the external face seal brown, varying somewhat in strength, dorsad ochraceous buff, rather obscure in the female, with two distinct and a third indistinct transverse bars in the male, internal face seal brown with indications of two lighter cross bars in the female, these bars quite apparent in the male; tibia and tarsi very dull ochraceous, a distinct annulus of rather dull citron yellow present on the proximal portion, spines tipped with seal brown. Measurements. Length of body, 13.5 mm. 20.5 mm. Length of pronotum 3.5 '' 5 '' Greatest dorsal width of pronotum, .... 3.2 " 5 " Length of tegmen, 2.6 " 4.1 " Length of caudal femur, 9 " 12 " Aparatypic series of fourteen individuals, four males and ten females, have been examined in addition to the types. They are quite uniform in character aside from a little variation in the intensity of the colora- tion, and may be readily separated from M. hebardi by the shape and length of the femora, as well as numerous other characters. 1905.] : ATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455 SOME FISHES FROM BORNEO. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. The Wistar Institute of Anatomy of Philadelphia has'received valu- able collections of fishes from Borneo, principally from the Baram region of Sarawak, or Brunei as given on some maps, in the British possessions. The larger collections were made by Dr. William H. Furness, 3rd, of Philadelphia, in 1898. They are all from the Baram basin. Previously Mr. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. ]\I. Hiller had also obtained ma- terial from the same region, together with some other from the Kapuas river in western Dutch Borneo. The larger munber of forms are either fluviatile or fresh-water and interesting on account of their apparent rarity. In order to facilitate satisfactory comparisons I have tried to give more or less complete accounts of these. Some others are represented by large series. Drs. Horace Jayne and M. J. Greenman kindly submitted the col- lections to me for examination. I have also to thank them for their recommendation to the Institute of the services of the artist. Miss Helen Winchester, who made the accompanying figures. As usual the line with each represents an inch. To the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia I am under obligations for many courtesies, such as the use of the library and collec- tions. Among the latter are a number of Borneo fishes received from the Paris Museum by Prof. E. D. Cope, and presented by him to the Academy. As these form part of the collections of M. Chaper, reported by Prof. Leon Vaillant in 1893, they are of value as authoritative deter- minations. I beg to thank Prof. Vaillant for their verification. Dr. Samuel G. Dixon, President of the Academy, Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, ■Mr. Witmer Stone and Mr. James A. G. Rehn have kindly given assist- ance and many suggestions. For convenience it may be inferred that the material examined under each species was obtained by Dr. Furness, unless otherwise stated, GALEID.^E3. 1. Carcharhinus tephrodes sp. nov. Head about 4f to end of last caudal vertebra; depth about 7h to same; depth about 6^ to origin of lower caudal lobe; upper caudal lobe 453 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, about 3 in rest of body ; snout 2 J in head ; space between tip of snout and anterior curve of mouth 21; width of mouth at corners 2^; inter- orbital space 2; length of pectoral along upper or outer margin 1^; margin of pectoral posteriorly 1^; base of pectoral 2f ; anterior mar- gin of first dorsal 2; base of first dorsal 2J; anterior margin of second dorsal 2|; base of second dorsal 3|; least depth of caudal peduncle 5}; Fig. 1. — Carcharhinus fephrodes Fowler. anterior margin of lower caudal lobe 2; anterior margin of anal 3; base of anal 3 ; anterior margin of ventral 3 ; base of ventral 3f ; eye 7f in interorbital space. Body elongate, well compressed and greatest depth about origin of first dorsal fin. Caudal peduncle rather thick, compressed, flattened above and below, and a pit at origin of upper caudal lobe. A slight depression along middle of back above. Head broad, its greatest width about 1|- in its length, depressed, and 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457 rather slightly convex above. Snout broad, depressed or somewhat flattened, and margin obtvise when viewed from above. Eye small, circular, lateral, nictitating membrane well developed, and position a little anterior. Symphysis of mandible about opposite front rim of orbit, mandible itself very broadly convex. Teeth in mandible entire, long, slender, sharp ]K)inted and radiating more or less as it were from margin of jaw. Teeth of upper jaw radiating inward or parallel with those of mandible when mouth is closed. Upper teeth broad, triangu- lar, and finely serrated along both margins, each one may be said to have a slight notch on its outer or distal edge near base, margin at this region also finely serrated. Tongue broad and flat, only a little free around edges. Each corner of mouth with a short fold which extends obliquely outward. Nostrils nearer front of upper jaw or eye than tip of snout, oblique, rather large and each with a small pointed flap. Interorbital space broad and a little convex. Gill-openings 5, last two over base of pectoral, and median three largest. No spiracle. Body covered with fine shagreen denticles, largest on middle of back and anterior margins of fins basally. Head with numerous inconspicu- ous pores. First dorsal inserted nearer origin of pectoral than that of ventral, its upper margin about 2 base of fin slightly undulate, and posteriorly ends in a short point. Second dorsal similar, about equal to anal in size, and inserted a trifle behind origin of latter or much nearer origin of upper caudal lobe than posterior basal margin of first dorsal. Anal similar to second dorsal. Upper caudal lobe long, notched 'near its end. Origin of lower caudal lobe a little in advance of that of upper, but without a pit. Pectoral broad, reaching nearly f of distance to origin of ventral, and posterior margin but little curved. Ventral broad, inserted nearer origin of anal than that of pectoral and corners rounded obtusely. Claspers small, on outer margin about 2f in length of anterior edge of ventral. Color in alcohol, more or less uniform gray above and on fins, below white. Lower surfaces of pectorals and ventrals w'hite. Side of head till eye is included gray like upper surface, otherwise lower surface white. Caudal gray, paler along lower portion of vertebral column. Iris slaty. I^ength 24^ inches. Type No. 2,390, W. I. A. P. Baram, Borneo. 1897. Mr. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Also paratype No. 2,391, W. I. A. P. Same data. Length 14^ 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, inches. Eye about 5 in interorbital space, A pit at origin of lower caudal lobe and transverse fissure at origin of upper. Margins of dorsal and caudal brownish-gray. Pectoral If in head. In most other respects it agrees entirely. This species differs from Carcharhinus borneensis (Bleeker) in the large broad pectoral. According to Bleeker's account it is 1-| in the head. (Te^paidyjg^ ashy.) 2. Scoliodon acutus (Ruppell). Head 5f to end of last vertebra; depth about 6^ to same; depth about 5 to origin of lower caudal lobe; upper caudal lobe about 2^-^ in rest of body ; snout 2-^- in head ; space between tip of snout and an- terior curve of mouth 2^; width of mouth at corners 3; interorbital space 2^; length of pectoral along upper or outer margin If; margin of pectoral posteriorly 2^; base of pectoral 3^; anterior margin of first dorsal If; base of first dorsal about 1|^; posterior margin of second dorsal 3f ; base of second dorsal 5f ; least depth of caudal peduncle 4|; anterior margin of lower caudal lobe If; base of anal 3f ; anterior margin of ventral 4 ; base of ventral 4^ ; eye 4|- in interorbital space. Body elongate, compressed, rather slender posteriorly, and greatest depth about origin of first dorsal fin. Caudal peduncle compressed, rather slender, also flattened above and below. Upper surface with a pronounced median groove and a transverse slit-like pit at origin of upper caudal lobe. Lower surface shallowly concave medianly, and also with a small pit at origin of lower lobe. Depression along middle of back 'between dorsals very slight. Head rather slender, depressed, its greatest width about If in its length, and upper surface convex. Snout rather angular, depressed, and rising up more convexly posteriorly. Eye small, circular, and position a trifle anterior. Nictitating membrane well developed. Symphysis of mandible about opposite front rim of orbit. Mandible rather long, similar to shape of snout. Teeth oblique, slender, sharp pointed, entire, and those in upper jaw directed posteriorly, also with a notch on outer or posterior margin. Lower teeth a little more slender than upper. Tongue broad, flat, and little free except around edges. Each corner of mouth with a short groove running along outer margin of upper jaw. Nostrils nearer front of mouth or orbit than tip of snout, a little oblique, and each with a small pointed flap. Interorbital space broad and convex. Gill-openings 5, last two above base of pectoral, and median three largest. No spiracle. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459 Body covered with fine shagreen denticles not especially enlarged on back or fins. Head with numerous small pores. First dorsal inserted much nearer origin of pectoral than that of ventral, its upper margin about equal to base of fin and slightly undu- late, and posteriorly ending in a slender point. Second dorsal inserted about opposite middle of base of anal, smaller than that fin, and ending in a small slender point posteriorly, and reaching about f of space to origin of upper caudal lobe. Anal similar in shape, inserted about midway between posterior base of ventral and origin of lower caudal lobe, posterior slender point reaching about * of space to latter. Pec- toral rather small, posterior margin concave, and length of depressed fin about half way to origin of ventral. Ventral small, entireh^ behind base of first dorsal, or its origin a little nearer that of pectoral than origin of lower caudal lobe. Claspers long, on their outer margin about 2^ in head. Color in alcohol gray-brown above, bellj^ and lower surface dirty creamy-white. Lower surface of pectoral and ventral same. Caudal paler along lower portion of vertebral column. Iris slaty. Length 16^ inches. One example. Riippell suggests that Pala sorra RusselP may be this species, though later Day- considers it equall}'' near Scoliodon laticaudus (Miiller and Henle). Riippell's figure is poor, as it shows a much thicker body, especially the caudal peduncle, and a longer snout than my example. The teeth also appear to be figured broader. Bleeker's account^ agrees, and I follow him provisionally in the identity of the Red Sea form. PRISTID^. 3. Pristia zysron Bleeker.*, ^, ^, ' ^ Fishes of Coromandel, I, 1803, p. 9, PI. 14. Vizagapatam. Madras. 2 Fishes of India, IV, 1878, p. 712, PI. 188, fig. 2. Madras. 3 Verh. Bat. Genoot. (Bijd. Plag. Ind. Arch.), XXIV, 1852, p. 30. Batavia, in mari. * This species agrees with Pristis pectinatus Latham in the absence of a lower caudal lobe. Pristis semisagittatus Shaw and P. perrotteti Muller and Henle have a pronounced lower caudal lobe. The groups may now stand as: PEISTIS Linck. Mag. P. Naturg. Gotha, VI, 1790, p. 31. Type Squahis pristis Linnaeus. PRISTIOPSIS subg. nov. Type Pristis perrotteti Muller and Henle. Lower caudal lobe developed. (Xlptcrnf, the ancient name of the sawfish; oi/'f, appearance.) 30 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julj, The teeth in the saws range from 23 to 27 in the left side and 23 to 28 in the right side, the usual number being 26. Eye 2f to 3| in inter- orbital space. Shagreen denticles along median keels of back, anterior margins of dorsals and caudal above, pectorals, ventrals, and along lateral keel of side of tail after ventral, enlarged. Keel after first dorsal obsolete after -| of space to second dorsal. Origin of first dorsal a little behind that of ventral. Eight examples 23f to 30|- inches in length. RHINOBATID^. 4. Rhinobatos thouinianus (Shaw). .Internasal space about y in length of nasal cavity. Denticles along middle of back enlarged, those along median line thorn-like. One example 27^ inches long. DASYBATIDiE. 6, Daeybatus brevicauda (Swainson). A small example from the mouth of the Baram river is almost en- tirely smooth above except the caudal spines and four short spines which precede them on the median line of tail at base of caudal. Length 10| inches. Another from the Baram, taken by Messrs. Harrison and Hiller, agrees with Day's figure of Trijgon ivalga. It also has the tail a little thickened just beyond tips of caudal spines. Length (caudal broken) IH inches. A young example, possibly this species, is 4y\ inches. Dr. Furness. n[Swainson's name, Pastinaca brevicauda, seems to be the oldest avail- able .with any certainty of identification. Rata fluviatilis Hamilton* is only to be referred to with doubt, as no attempt is made to particu- larly designate any species under that name. Trygon immunis Ben- nett^ is described thus: "Tryg. corpore subquadrato, omnino Isevi; Cauda longiore, spinis duabus serratis citra medium armata." It may possibly be identical, but the account is too brief. Pastinaca dor salts Subgenus PRISTIS Linck. Type Squalus pristis Linnaeus. No lower caudal lobe. Nat Tijdfi. Ned. Ind., Ill, 1852, p. 441. Bandjermassing, in fluviis. First is in Verh. Bat. Genoot. (Bijd. Pla,g. Ind. Arch.), XXIV, 1852, p. 55. Bandiermassing, Borneo austro-orientalis, in fluviis. 6 Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VIII, 1870, p. 438. ' Fishes of India, IV, 1878, p. 729, PI. 191, fig. 2. Madras. 8 Ace. Fish. Ganges, 1822, p. 1 (apparently called Raia lymma, p. 361). « Mem. Life of Raffles (Cat. Zool. Spec), 1830, p. 694. Sumatra. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461 Swainson/'' also based on Russell," is probably identical though follow- ing P. hrevicauda, and therefore to be considered subsequent. All of these names are older than Trygon walga Miiller and Henle/^ which has had more general usage. 6. Hypolophus sephen (Forskil). Tail with a single spine, its length a little greater along free lower edge than space between tip of snout and front of eye. Tail without asperities in front of caudal spine, and apparently not so asperous posteriorly as shown in Day's figure.^^ Only two tubercles in middle of back enlarged. Length 35 inches. 7. Pteroplatea micrura (Schneider). I^ength of body from tip of snout to base of tail 2 in width. Great-est width of disk would fall a little nearer center of length than shown in Day's figure." Eye 3f in interorbital space. Width of disk 8^ inches. Baram river. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. PLOTOSID^. 8. Plotosus canius Hamilton. A young example has a more flattened interorbital space than the larger which is 16f inches. The former has depressed first dorsal also reaching well beyond origin of second fin. CHLARIID^." 9. Chlarias batrachus (Linnseus). Head, from tip of snout to gill-opening, 5: depth, about middle of base of dorsal, 7; D. about 67; A. about 54?; space between origin of dorsal and occipital crest 2k in head from latter point; pectoral reach- ing about opposite origin of dorsal. One example in bad condition agreeing with my Sumatran specimens. 10. Chlarias leiacanthus (Bleeker). Head 5; depth at origin of dorsal 6J; width of head If in its length to end of occiput; pectoral spine about 2^; space between dorsal and occiput about 2f . Traces of pale spots in same pattern as those on ^'^ Lardner's Cabinet Cyclopoedia Nat. Hist., II, 1839, p. 319. " Isacurrah tenkee Russell, Fishes of Coromandel, I, 1S03, p. 3, PI. 4. Vizaga- patam. Madras. " Syst. Besch. Plagiosf., 1841, p. 159. Indien. Rothes Meer. (Britisches Museum. M. HardAvicke. Leyden, Paris. MM. Roux and Dussumier ) " Fishes of India, IV, 1878, PI. 195, fig. 2. "L. c, PL 194, fig. 2. '^ Phagorus McClelland is a valid genus, differing in the confluent rayed dorsal caudal and anal. Phagorus nieuhofii (Valenciennes), examined. 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, former species. Length 7f inches. Baram river. Messrs. Harrison and Hiller. CHACIDJE. 11. Chaca bankanensis Bleeker. One from Kapiias river. Length 6^ inches. Messrs. Harrison and Hiller. SILURID^. TACHYSURIN.E. 12. Galeichthys sondaicus (Valenciennes). A very interesting example has the mouth and pharynx nearly filled with ova in all stages of development. They are easily seen in the pharynx through the gill-arches. The largest eggs are about 15 mm. in diameter, the others varying down to rather large shot. Though not dissected the intestinal canal appears to be empty and the fish is a male. Length 12 inches. Two examples from Dr. Fm-ness. Another was secured by Messrs. Harrison and Hiller in 1897. A small example from the mouth of the Baram secured by Dr. Fur- ness is 5| inches long. Caudal more or less brownish, and no traces of the vertical pale lines shown in Bleeker's figure.*^ In this respect it agrees with the examples noted above, though the maxillary iDarbels are^^longer, reaching origins of ventrals. 13. TaohyBurus argyropleuron (Valenciennes). Head 3^ to 3f ; depth 3| to 4|; D. I, 7; A. v or vi, 15 or 16; total length of fish 4 to 9^ inches. Rakers short, shorter than filaments, and not numerous. Color in alcohol pale brown above, lower surface white and together with sides washed with silvery. Dorsal and caudal brownish. Pectoral and ventral brownish above, also outer portion of anal. From the largest one I extracted a small Siluroid, evidently the young, which measures a trifle over 2 inches (52 mm.)." It does not have the dark or dusky blotch seen on upper portion of adipose fin of the next example in size, and top of the head is nearly smooth or hardly rugose. Snout pale like the belly. The next example, or one second in size, has first dorsal ray prolonged considerably beyond dorsal spine. A third example has interorbital space and snout pale or whitish like belly. Lower fins also whiter and adipose fin a little paler. From the pharynx I extracted eggs, the largest about 10 mm. in diameter. » Aflaf< Ichth.. II, 1S63, PI. (14) 62. " I have not included this specimen in the above measurements, etc. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463 They all appear to be about the same size or of similar development, no small ones like those seen in the preceding species were noted. Four examples. ;: ■, , SILURIN^. APODOGLANIS gen. nov. Type Apodoglanis furnessi sp. nov. This genus is related to Parasilurus Bleeker, differing in the absence of ventral fins and the fewer anal rays. {A, without; 7:oh?, foot; r^dvt?, an old name applied to Silurus.) 14. Apodoglanis furnessi sp. nov. Head 4f ; depth 4f ; D. 4; A. iii, 47; P. I, 10; width of head H in its length; depth of head, about middle of its length, If; snout 2f ; Fig. 2. — Apodoglanis jurnessi Fowler. width of mouth U; interorbital space 2^; length of dorsal 2|; of caudal 1|; of pectoral 1^; base of anal about \l in head and trunk. Body rather elongate, robust anteriorly, and long anal region strongly compressed. Upper profile from nape to caudal nearly straight. Greatest depth of body about middle of length of body. Depth of base of caudal about 2\ in head, i Head depressed, moderately broad, and triangular in profile. Wlien viewed from above margin broadly convex. Snout broad, slightly convex, and projecting beyond mandible. Eye small, without eyelid, imbedded in skin of head and well anterior. Mouth broad, broadly convex, and with rather thick fleshy lips. A deep pit below front of eye, extended forward as a groove to below maxillary barbel. Teeth in rather broad bands in jaws without any projections, and mandibular series divided at symphysis posteriorly only. Teeth all small and pointed. On each side in front of roof of mouth a small patch of 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [July, vomerine teeth. Tongue large, thick, fleshy and hardly free in front. Nostrils with small elevated cutaneous rims, those of anterior pair a trifle more developed. Anterior pair near tip of snout, well separated or with space between nearly double distance each one is anterior to posterior. Posterior internasal space a trifle greater than anterior. Maxillary barbel long, in profile originating just behind anterior nostril and well laterally, and when extended reaching beyond tip of depressed dorsal fin or beyond anterior anal rays a short distance. A single men- tal barbel well back on each ramus or in profile originating just behind posterior nostril. Gill-opening extending forward till about opposite front margin of orbit, and, left branchiostegal flap folded broadly over right. Rakers short, sparse, pointed, slender, and much shorter than filaments or about equal to diameter of pupil. Filaments a trifle longer than hori- zontal orbital diameter. A cutaneous keel along margin of shoulder- girdle inside gill-opening. Bod}^ entirely naked. Lateral line a little high at first, but descend- ing till about midway in depth of trunk at beginning of anal fin, and then continuous to base of caudal. All of bifurcations, which form tubes, given off below. Dorsal without spine, first rays longest, inserted before anal or a little before first third of length of entire fish. Anal long, rays more or less equal, lower margin straight and edges rounded, and insertion of fin a little before tip of depressed dorsal. Caudal liroad, margin truncate, and corners rounded. Pectoral broadly expanded, its origin about level with mouth, spine small, about f in fin, and depressed fin reaching about f of space to origin of anal or not quite opposite origin of dorsal. Ventral absent. Vent close in front of anal fin, with papilla. Color in alcohol brown, paler below. Fins pale brown. Dorsal apparently unmarked. Basal f of anal a slightly tawnj^-brown, margin pale like dorsal and caudal. Base of caudal dusky, sharply defined, and outer submarginal portion with a broad diffuse dusky shade, show- ing traces of indistinct darker though diffuse spots. Pectoral un- marked. Back and base of anal variegated with dusky blotches, irregular in size, shape or pattern and' definition, though mostly large. Lower surface of head pale brownish. Maxillary barbels like upper siu-face of head, though under edges like lower surface of head. Man- dibular barbels similar to latter. Iris slaty. Length 7 inches. Type No. 2,485, W. I. A. P. Baram river, Borneo. 1897. Dr. W. H. Furness. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465 (Named for Dr. W. H. Furness, 3rd, of Philadelphia, explorer of Borneo, who collected the type.) 15. Ompok nebuloBUS (Vaillant). Head Sy'V; depth 5; D. I, 4; A. 69; P. I, 13; V. 1, 10; width of head If in its length, from tip of mandible; depth of head, at occiput, If; length of dorsal 2 ; of lower caudal lobes ly\; of pectoral If : of ventral 3^; depth of caudal peduncle 6^; snout 2f in head, from tip of upper jaw; maxillary 2^; width of mouth 1|; interorbital space 2; eye 6|- in interorbital space; base of anal 2 in total length of fish. Body elongate, compressed, greatest depth about origin of anal, and upper profile of back nearly straight from occiput to caudal. Ijower basal profile of anal gradually sloping up to narrow caudal peduncle. Head broad, depressed in front and becoming conic posteriorly. Upper profile slightly concave. Anterior margin of head when viewed from above broadly convex. Snout broad, depressed, and with convex margin. Eye small, lateral, ellipsoid, a little anterior, and behind corner of mouth. A deep convex fissure before lower anterior margin of orbit, leaving a narrow preorbital rim. Lips thick and fleshy, with thick folds at corners of mouth. Mandible well protruded. Teeth numerous, sharp pointed, slender, and in rather broad uninterrupted bands Avith projections in jaws. Vomerine teeth smaller, similar, in two approximated patches anteriorly in roof of mouth, which is otherwise smooth and edentulous. Tongue smooth, broad, thick, fleshy, rounded and but little free on edges. Nostrils small, inconspicuous, and space between each about equal. Anterior nostrils in short cutaneous tubes near front edge of snout, their distance from posterior about ^ of space between. Posterior would fall about midway in space between ante- rior and front rim of orbit. Maxillary barbel long, slender, filamentous, and reaching beyond tip of depressed dorsal or about first y\ of anal base. Each ramus of mandible with a small thin barbel placed about midway in space between nostrils, and length a trifle greater than same. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite space between man- dibular barbels. Rakers 5 + 10, first eight just below bend also with an inner prong. Several of those above bend also bifid. In form cpnic, sharp pointed, firm, and length nearly ^ that of longest filaments. Longest filaments a trifle more than horizontal orbital diameter, or not quite equal to space between anterior and posterior nostrils. Branchiostegal flaps broad, left forming a broad flap over right, and radii 19. Isthmus rather broad and fleshy. Skin smooth, naked and without papillae. A number of pores on head, small and inconspicuous. Lateral line a little high at first, and 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, continuous, composed of short horizontally exposed tubes following one another and not arborescent. Dorsal rather long, inserted about first third in total length of fish, first ray flexible, and not quite as long as second, which is longest, others graduated down. Anal long basally. Same region also overlaid by a cutaneous membrane extending out on half of depth of fin except posteriorly, Avhere it gradually recedes till about ninth ray from end, where only a little less than a fourth is covered. First few graduated rays of anal enveloped in basal membrane. Caudal comparatively small , forked and lower loV)e longer. Pectoral rather broadly expanded, reaching a little past base of dorsal, spine flexible distally, and second, and third rays longest. Ventral small, second and third developed rays longest, rounded, basally covered with membrane which is sharply defined like that of anal though not extending proportionately so far out, and inserted about opposite origin of dorsal. Pectoral w^ith simi- lar membrane to that of ventral basally. Anal begins a little before tip of depressed ventral, and vent in this space close behind ventral. Color in alcohol deep brown. Abdomen and lower surface of head dull white. Fins brown, becoming dusky marginally on caudal and anal. Dorsal dusky-brown, and ventral more paler or Avhitish than pectoral. Upper edge of pectoral dusky. Alargin of mandible brown- ish, composed of scattered brown dots of minute size gradually fading off to white of lower surface. Iris slaty brown. liength 21 f inches. Three examples, largest described above. The others do not differ, showing about the same fin and branchiostegal radii, though the line of insertion of dorsal and anal is a trifle more anterior. 16. Ompok jaynei sp. nov. Head 4| ; depth 4f ; D. i, 3: A. 56; P. I, 12; V. 7; width of head If in its length; depth of head, at posterior margin of eye, 2; length of dorsal li; pectoral lyV; ventral 2f ; base of caudal 4|; snout 3, from tip of upper jaw; width of mouth 1|; interorbital space If; maxillary 3f ; pectoral spine 2J; eye 4f in interorbital space: base of anal If in total length of fish. Body long, compressed, upper profile rather evenly curved from tip of snout to dorsal and then more or less straight to caudal. Greatest depth at origin of ventral. Head deep, flattened below, depressed in front, and somewhat con- stricted above posteriorly. Snout broad, depressed, and upper margin of head broadly convex when viewed above. Mouth broad, with rather thin lips, and mandible projecting. Eye small, circular, lateral, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467 anterior, and distinctly behind corner of mouth. A deep fissure before and below eye leaving a narrow preorbital rim. Teeth fine, sharp pointed, and in rather broad bands in jaws without backward projec- tions. Vomerine teeth similar, small, and in two approximated patches in front of mouth. Tongue large, rounded, fleshy, thick, its margin little free and with a small papilla medianly above. Nostrils like those of preceding species, with small cutaneous rims, those of anterior pair better developed. Maxillary barbel long, filamentous and reaching a little more than half of length of entire fish or well beyond tip of depressed dorsal. Mandibular barbel slender, inserted about opposite posterior nostril and reaching about opposite origin of pectoral fin. Fig. 3. — Ompok jaynei Fowler. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite posterior nostril. Rakers 2 + 7, simple, rather firm, slender, pointed, and about f of long- est filaments. Longest filaments about equal to horizontal orbital diameter. Branchiostegal flaps broad, left one forming a broad flap over right, and radii about 8?. Isthmus broad. Body naked, skin smooth. Head with a number of pores. Lateral line continued to base of caudal. Dorsal small, slender, first ray flexible, and insertion of fin a little before first third in entire length of fish. Anal basis long, and basal enveloping membrane also continued along lower edge of caudal pe- duncle and out on base of caudal. Membrane on base of anal extend- 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, ing out as in preceding species, and last ray separate from caudal dis- tally. Caudal small, damaged. Pectoral broad, expanded, rounded, median rays longest, and reaching be^^ond base of dorsal and first anal rays. Pectoral spine pungent, curved, outer margin entire, about f length of fin or reaching opposite posterior basal margin of dorsal at least, and basally covered with a rather broad membrane. A^entral inserted about opposite origin of dorsal, small, rounded, reaching a little beyond tip of depressed pectoral, and also covered with a rather broad basal membrane. Yent close behind ventrals, with a papilla, and anal fin close behind it. Color in alcohol brown, rather paler on trunk than on fins which are pale brownish. Several indistinct brown cloudings or blotches on trunk and base of anal. Barbels brownish. Iris slaty. Length 3f inches. Type No. 13,929, W. I. A. P. Borneo. 189S. Dr. W. H. Furness. Only one example, the type described above. It is close to Ompok leiacanthus (Bleeker), but differs in coloration. That of 0. jaynei is blotched and has dark ends to the pectoral fins. Ompok horneensis (Steindachner)^* also differs in the uniform coloration, except the dark spot before the caudal. (Named for Prof. Horace Jayne, formerly Director of the Wistar Institute of Anatomy, of Philadelphia, to whom I am principally in- debted for this opportunity of stud3dng the fishes of Borneo.) 17. Kryptopterus oryptopterus (Bleeker). Head of; depth 4f ; D. 2; A. 60; P. I, 14; V. I, 5; width of head If in its length; depth of head, at anterior margin of orbit, 2^-; width of mouth 2; snout 3; eye 3^; interorbital space If; ventral 5; pec- toral 5 in head and trunk. Rakers rather long, slender and numerous. 18. Kryptopterus limpok (Bleeker). Head 6 to 6i; depth 5 to 5^; D. 2; A. 69 to 77; P. I, 14 or 15; V. i, 7 or 8; pectoral 1 to 1 j^ in head; ventral 2^ to 2f ; pectoral spine If to If; width of head 1^ to If; snout 2| to 3, from tip of upper jaw; eye 3-^ to 4-^o ', width of mouth 2^ to 2f ; interorbital space 2,^ to 2f . Inner edge of pectoral spine pectinate. About 12 inches long. Four examples from the Baram river, some from upper waters. 19. Kryptopterus palembangensis (Bleeker). Head 5f ; deptn 3i; D. 2; A. 61; P. I, 11; V. i, 5; width of head U in its length; depth of head at posterior margin of orbit about If in ^^Callichrous (Silurodes) horneensis Steindachner, Abhand. Senck. Nat. Ges- Frankfurt, XXV (2), 1901, p. 445, PL 18, fig. 3. Aus dem Baram-Flusse, Borneo- (Herr Prof. Kiikenthal.) 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 its length; snout 3; eye 3; width of mouth 2\; interorl)ital space 2; depth at base of caudal 2^; length of pectoral 4 in head and trunks- upper caudal lobe 4:^-jj. Each ramus of mandible with a short incon- spicuous barbel. Rakers rather slender, long and numerous. Pec- toral and margin of caudal tinted with dusky. A dark or dusky post- opercular blotch. One example 5f inches long, 20. Mioronema phalaoronotus (Bleeker). Head 5i and 5i; depth 5| and 5|; A. 85 and 87; P. I, 15, and I, 14; V. I, 6, and i, 7; width of head If and If; depth of head at posterior margin of eye 2|- and 2|; pectoral 1^ and 1^; base of caudal 4^ and 3f ; length of ventral 3 and 3^^ ; width of mouth at corners 2 and 2^ ; length of snout 2| and 3 in head, from tip of upper jaw; maxillary 2f and 2f ; interorbital space 2j and 2^; orbit 5-2- and 5. Two examples, larger 12 inches long. Baram river. Micronema micronema (Bleeker),*^ Java, is closely related, and prob- ably differs in the dark spot at the base of the caudal. The small example described as Cryptopterus micronema by Prof. Vaillant^*' cannot belong to this species on account of the exceptionally small number of anal rays. Bleeker's figvn-e of Micronema typus^^ is, however, identical with the example before me. BAGRIN.E." 21. Hemibagrus nemurus (Valenciennes). Head 3^; depth 4J; D. I, 7; A. iv, 9; width of head U in its length; eye 2 in interorbital space; width of mouth 2| in head. Depressed dorsal reaching adipose fin, membranes between rays not deeply incised, and rays themselves expanded. Ventral inserted nearly as far forward as opposite middle of base of dorsal, and when depressed reaching origin of anal. No dark humeral blotch. liength 12 inches. Baram river. Male. Harrison and Hiller. Another example 18f inches long, with same data, evidently a ^' Silurus micronemus Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Genoot. (Sil. Bat. Con.), XXI, 1846, p. — . [Not consulted.] 20 Notes Leyd. Mus., XXIV. November, 1902, p. 48. " Atlas Ichth., II, 1863, p. 91, PL 45 (93), fig. 1. 22 Bagroides melapterus Bleeker. Head 4; depth 4; D. I, 7; A. v, 11; width of head 1| in its length; snout 3; eye 5f ; interorbital space 4. Lateral line wdth a series of minute cutaneous filaments, most distinct anteriorly. Coloration not exactly agreeing with Bleeker's figure. More white on posterior portion of adipose dorsal, and distal portions of dorsal, anal, pectoral and ventral rays darker or deeper than body- color. A brown streak from upper edge of snout horizontally below eye back across cheek, also side of head with more brown. Upper lobe of caudal a little more forked than lower. Length 6y\ inches. One example from the Paris Museum in Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, female, has: Head 3^; depth 4f ; D. I. 7; A. iv, 8; width of head If in its length; eye 3 in interorbital space; width of mouth 2| in head. Depressed dorsal with only prolonged tips of rays reaching adipose dorsal. The rays of this fin are similar to those found on examples by Prof. Vaillant.^^ In this case the dorsal spine is furnished with a long cutaneous point, while those of the three following branched rays are long, slender and pointed and graduated from the first which is longest. Ventral inserted about opposite the last dorsal rays and when depressed not reaching origin of anal. 22. Hypselobagrus nigrioeps (Valenciennes). Head 4^; depth 4^; snout 2^ in head; eye 4; width of mouth 3y; interorbital space 3^. One example 6y| inches long.^* 23, Glyptothorax platypogon (Valenciennes). Head 3i; depth 5; D. I, 6; A. iv, 10; P. I, 9; V. i, 5; width of head If in its length ; depth of head over middle of eye 2^ ; snout 2^^ ; width of mouth 2; dorsal spine If, to end of its filament 1|-; pectoral spine If; length of pectoral fin 1^; ventral l^; least depth of caudal pedun- cle 2h; base of anal ly%; interorbital space 4; eye 2^ in interorbital space. Body rather robust, compressed, and greatest depth about origin of spinous dorsal. Caudal peduncle compressed, rather deep, its least depth about If in its length. Head broad, convex above, and depressed or flattened below. Upper profile evenly though shallowly convex from tip of snout to origin of spinous dorsal. Snout long, broad, flattened medianly, pro- truding well beyond mandible, and profile slightly curved. When viewed from above margin of head is broadly convex. Eye small, superior, a little longer than deep, and a trifle posterior in length of head. Mouth broad, and lips rather fleshy and thin. Maxillary bar- bel broad basally, and reaching a trifle beyond origin of pectoral. Nasal barbel small, reaching a trifle over half way to front of eye. Outer mental barbel not quite extending to origin of pectoral. Inner mental barbel a little shorter than outer. Rather broad bands of fine slender numerous pointed teeth in jaw^s. No teeth on roof of mouth or on tongue. Tongue broad, thick, but little differentiated, and only its front edge slightly free. Nostrils close together, large, near front edge ^ Macrones nemurws Vaillant, Notes Leyd. Mus., XXIV, November, 1902, p. 54. ^^ This agrees with an example from the Paris Museum in Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., except as notes above will show. The Academv's example has: Head 4; depth 4^ ; D. I, 7 ; A. iv, 7, i ; P. I, 10 ; V. i, 5 ; width of head 1^ in its length ; snout 2^ ; eye Sf; width of mouth 3; interorbital space 3f ; dorsal spine If- pectoral spine If ; base of adipose fin about 2j\ in head and trunk. Lengtli 5^ inches. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471 of snout, and nasal barbel situated between, posterior pair a little more remote from each other than space between anterior pair. Anterior internasal space about If in interorbital space. Top of head convex, and fontanel continued to interparietal region. Occipital process not joining dorsal process. Gill-opening broad, membranes not free from isthmus, and extending anteriorly about first f of snout. Rakers 3 + 8, slender, pungent, with flexible tips, and longest longer than filaments or about 2 in interorbital space. Knob on shoulder-girdle prominent. Isthmus broad. Body covered with smooth slcin. Traces of coriaceous-like longi tudinal papillse on head above. Disk laminae on chest obsolete owing perhaps to preservation. Humeral process with several rather coarse strife. Lateral line continuous, sloping, and about midway on side of caudal peduncle. Dorsal fin inserted about midway between tip of snout and origin of adipose fin, spine robust, margins entire, and with a prolonged cuta- neous tip. Dorsal rays graduated down from first which is longest. Adipose dorsal small, inserted nearer base of caudal than base of last dorsal ray. Space between dorsal and adipose dorsal with about 9 rather small spinous knobs, rounded and covered with adipose-like tissue, though at least 5 or 6 still distinguishable in profile. Anal in- serted a little before origin of adipose dorsal or a little nearer base of last dorsal ray than base of caudal, and radii graduated down from first branched ray which is longest. Pectoral inserted nearer origin of dorsal than tip of snout, spine reaching about opposite base of first dorsal ray, with a cutaneous point almost as long as first or longest ray, and inner margin of spine with about 9 long antrorse spines. Ven- tral inserted opposite posterior edge of base of dorsal, and reaching f of space of anal. Genital aperture and vent well separated, near last third in space between origin of ventral and anal. Color in alcohol brown, belly, breast and lower surface of head paler. Caudal and dorsal with pale brown or whitish, otherwise dusky, and other fins also marked with brownish. Maxillary barbel brown above, pale or whitish below, and lower mental barl^els, like lower surface of head. Iris slaty. Length 4^ inches. Twenty-fom* examples, most of which represent a large series of yo\mg. Two of the larger ones agree exactly with Dr. Steindachner's excellent figiu-e,^ though they have the lamina on the thorax rather ^* Glyptosternum kukenthali Steindachner, Abhand. Senck. Nat. Ges. Frankfurt, XXV (2), 1901, p. 448, PI. 18, figs. .5, 5a. Aus dem Baram-Flusse, Borneo. (Herr Prof. Kiikenthal.) 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, indistinct. I am unable on comparison with Sumatran examples to find any differences except such as may be due to individual variation. The Borneo examples, which maybe considered topot^qoical of kuken- thali, seem to leave little chance for doubt that Dr. Steindachner's ex- ample is simply the adult. All my Sumatran examples show at least traces of the interdorsal spinous knobs or processes, and their color- ation evidently was somewhat purplish-tinted, according to my original notes, when first received in arrack. 24. Akysis baramensis sp- nov. Head 3^; depth 5*; D. i, I, 5; A. ii, 6, ii; P. I, 5, ii; V. i, 5; width Fig. 4. — Akysis baramensis Fowler. of head 1^ in its length; depth of head If; width of mouth 2; length of snout 2|; interorl^ital space 3; length of depressed dorsal 1^: of lower caudal lobe 1; of pectoral 1^; ventral 1§; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f . Body elongate, slender, depressed, and greatest depth about oppo- site middle of depressed pectoral. Caudal peduncle compressed, its least depth about If in its length from posterior base of adipose dorsal fin. Head broad, depressed, evenly convex above, and lower portion more or less flattened. Breast flattened. Snout produced, broad and 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 473 rounded eonvexly in profile when viewed from above. Eye small, superior, anterior, and eyelid not developed. Mouth broadly convex inferior, and in profile tip of mandible would fall in first f of space be- tween tip of snout and front of eye. A band of fine teeth in each jaw, none on roof of mouth or on tongue. Tongue broad, smooth and little free in mouth. Two large nasal cavities on side of snout in front of eye near together, and nasal barbel originating on frenum between. Nasal barbel about equal to ventral or reaching for about first f of length of head. Maxillary barbel rather thick at first and reaching about first third of depressed pectoral. Outer mental barbel nearly as long. Inner mental barbel a little over half length of outer. Inter- orbital space flattened. Occipital process not forming a complete bony bridge to spinous process of dorsal. Gill-openings inferior, well separated by a broad isthmus, and ex- tending forward about opposite to eye. Rakers about 1 + 7, slender, pointed, moderately long, and much shorter than filaments. Branchi- ostegals 7, upper clavate. Skin smooth, on head and along lateral line more or less papillate, especially former anteriorly. Lateral line complete and median in depth of body along side. First dorsal inserted al^out first third of total length of fish, spine robust and about f of its own length when combined with adipose-like prolongation, and smooth. When depressed it reaches about f of space to origin of adipose fin. Adipose fin large, rather high, and its base about If in head. Anal high, its origin a trifle in advance of that of adipose fin and when depressed its length a little more than that of dorsal. Pectoral a little longer than dorsal, and spine robust with posterior margin coarsely serrate, with an adipose-like prolongation. When depressed not quite reaching opposite postei'ior basal margin of dorsal, though beyond origin of ventral. Ventral not quite reaching origin of anal. Vent well forward or close behind roots of ventrals. Color in arrack dusky-brown, forming about five blotches trans- versely on body, and mostly above. First included in head, second below dorsal, third below adipose fin, fourth on caudal peduncle at base of caudal and fifth on caudal distally. These all connected along middle of side of body by isthmi of same color. Dorsal dusky-brown. Adipose fiji largely dusky-brown. Caudal except as noted whitish, and tip of each lobe same. Ventral and anal whitish, except a small dusky blotch on each medianly. Pectoral with spine whitish, fin other- wise dusky. Lower surface of body, including head and abdomen prin- cipally, whitish. Paler areas on upper surface of body brownish-white. 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, Iris slaty. Nasal and maxillary barbels whitish mostly, brownish above, and mental barbels entirely white. Length 1| inches. Type No. 14,149, W. I. A. P. Baram river, Borneo. 1898. Dr. W. H. FiArness. Also 25 paratypes with same data. From Akysis armatus Vaillant^^ it differs in the coloration, that spe- cies having round pale spots. This species shows great color variation in alcohol, some examples are almost black, the contrast between the coloration above and below being very pronounced, while in others this is rather obscure. Other examples have the blotches on the body distinct, and also those on the fins, while others are more or less unicolored. The amount of blackish or brownish on the ventrals also varies, in some examples these fins are noticeably dark, while those of others are pale. The largest exam- ple measures a little over 2 inches. (Named for the Baram river in British Borneo.) OOBITIDID^. COBITIDIN.E." 25. Botia macracantha (Bleeker). The oblique dark brown band on head not so pronounced as in Bleeker's figure.^* Anterior margins of pectoral, ventral and anal pale like belly. Color of smaller examples agrees best. Three from the Kapuas rivei-. Harrison and Hiller. " Notes Leyd. Mas., XXIV, Xovember, 1902, p. 64, fig. 10. " Prof. Vaillant has recently given an exposition of the differential characters of the fishes of this family. He divides them into two groups based on the presence and absence of the preorbital spine. This appears certainly to be of subfamily value. His Enopla will then correspond to the Cobitidime as proposed above ^\'hich may be t\'pified by C'obitis Linnanis [type Cobitis tcenia Linmeusl. This group has the erectile spine on the side of the head. Tlie other Loaches, or Anopia, may be known as subfamily: MISGURNIN./E. No erectile spine on side of head. Typified by Misgurnus Lac^pfede. A species belonging in this group has recently been described by Prof. Vaillant. It appears to differ from Nemacheilus Van Hasselt, and may be indicated as a new genus. VAILLANTELLA gen. nov. Type Xeinaclteilus euepipterus Vaillant. It is closely related to N^emacheilus, differing at once in the long dorsal basis, tlie radii numbering about 6-4. (Named for Prof. Leon Vaillant, tlie distinguished ichthyologist of the Museum of Natural History of Paris, and well known for his researches in East Indian ichthvologv.) " Atlas ichth., Ill, 1863, PI. (1) 102, fig. 2. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 HOMALOPTERID^. HOMALOPTERIN.E." Ventrals separate, not united to form a disk. 26. Homaloptera orthogoniata Vaillant. Head 5; depth 4|; D. iii, 8; A. iii, 6; P. v, 10, i; V. ii, 8; scales 63 in lateral line to base of caudal; 20 scales before dorsal; 11 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 12 scales obliquely forward from origin of ventral to lateral line, and same of anal ; width of head H in its length; depth of head over eye 2^; snout If; width of mouth 4; interorbital space 2^; first developed dorsal ray 1; first developed anal ray If ; length of ventral 1 ; least depth of caudal peduncle 2^. Body elongate, somewhat compressed, rounded in middle, lower or ventral region of head and abdomen flattened, and trunk posteriorly well compressed. Upper profile anterior to dorsal more or less evenly convex. Greatest depth about origin of dorsal fin. Caudal peduncle compressed, and its least depth about half its length. Head flattened below, more or less evenly convex above, and upper profile nearly straight or only very shallowly convex. Snout long, tip rounded and jiroduced well beyond mouth. Eye small, high, directed rather laterally, near first f in length of head, and with free eyelid. Mouth inferior, rather small, and lips thick and fleshy. Jaws rather soft, especially upper. Lower lip formed into three thick fleshy folds. A short thick conical cirrus at each corner of mouth, and 4 more along front edge of snout just above upper lip. Tongue not distinct. Nos- trils adjoining, frenum between narrow, posterior much the larger and about in last third of length of snout. Interorbital space rather broad, a little convex and greater than internasal space. Gill-opening lateral, not quite reaching forward till opposite pos- terior margin of e^^e. Rakers short points, much shorter than fila- ments, and not numerous. Isthmus broad, its width equal in length to gill-opening. Scales rather small, especially those on lower costal region where they crowd out and completely cover abdomen. Breast, head and fins, except a few small scales on base of caudal, entirely naked. Scales on post-ventral region large like those on side of body. Inner basal regions of pectoral and ventral also naked. Lateral line of simple -' I have not consulted the original account of Homaloptera Van Hasselt. The earliest one I have seen is in Bull. Sci. Nat. Geol. Paris, II, 1824, p. 377. I accept the name in accordance with Bleeker's restriction of Homaloptera javanica Van Hasselt as the type. 31 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, tubes, nearly median in depth of body and continuous. A number of small pores on head. Dorsal inserted a little nearer tip of snout than l^ase of caudal or a little before origin of ventral, and first developed ray highest, though not reaching as far posteriorly as tip of last ray when fin is depressed. Anal well posterior, inserted about midway between origin of ventral and base of caudal, and first developed ray, which is longest, reaching well beyond last ray, when fin is depressed. Caudal damaged, evi- dently little if any emarginate. Pectoral with first simple rays robust, fin broad, rounded and reaching about f of space to origin of dorsal. Ventral similar, only with first two rays simple and enlarged, and when depressed reaching posteriorly about as far as tip of last dorsal ray or almost to vent. Vent near tip of ventral well before origin of anal. Color in alcohol brown, clouded with large distinct blotches or areas of deep brown, irregular though one distinct between dorsal and ven- tral. Ventral surface a little paler brown than upper surface. A brown streak from tip of snout to eye, and continued behind up to occiput, and another down across side of head. These streaks all with narrow pale brownish margins. Dorsal and anal brownish-white clouded with dull blackish or blackish-brown. Anal similar, also pectoral and ventral, though these fins all have more white and the dark colors more diffuse. Iris slaty. Length 4J inches. Eight examples. These beautiful fish all vary in the markings, some having the pale areas most pronounced, while in others the dark markings predominate. In the young they appear best defined, some having the ventrals with much black. HOMALOPTEROIDES gen. nov. Type Homalopfera xvossinkii Bleeker. Dorsal inserted well behind ventral, while in Homaloptera it begins in advance. ('O/iaXd?, level; r.rspu'j^ wing or fiii; £(<5'>9, appearance.) 27. Homalopteroides wassinkii (Bleeker). Head 4; depth 7; D. in, 7, i; A. ii, 5, i; P. v, 9; V. ii, 7, i; scales in lateral line about 38 from gill-opening to base of caudal; 18 scales before dorsal; about 7 scales in an oblique series from origin of dorsal to lateral line; about 5 scales obliquely forward from origin of anal to lateral line; about 15 scales between dorsal and caudal on middle of back; width of head \^ in its length; depth of head over posterior margin of orbit 2; length of snout 2^ ; eye 3^; width of mouth about 4: interorbital space 3f ; length of de]iressed dorsal H ; of caudal about 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477 same; of anal If; of pectoral 3f in head and trunk : of ventral 4f ; least depth of caudal peduncle 3. Bod}'^ slender, depressed, elongate, convexly rounded above and flat- tened below, only caudal region of tnuik compressed. Greatest depth about origin of dorsal. Least depth of caudal peduncle abovit If in its length. Head triangular when viewed above, tip rounded, convex above and flattened below. Snout more or less depressed above. Eye large, superior, rounded, and a trifle posterior in head. Mouth convex, rather small, and jaws cartilaginous. Four superior barbels on upper lip, and one at each corner of mouth which is a little the longer. Tongue not free or distinct. Interorbital space slightly convex. Nostrils close together, posterior much larger, and close to front of eye. Gill-opening lateral, a little less than width of broad isthmus. Scales moderately small, those on anterior part of body smaller than elsewliere. Breast naked and scales on costal region not altogether extending over median ventral line. Head and fins naked. Lateral line of simple tubes, and continuous to base of caudal midway on side. Origin of dorsal a little behind origin of ventral or a little nearer base of caudal than tip of snout. Origin of anal a little nearer base of caudal than origin of ventral, and reaching about f of distance to for- mer. Caudal emarginate. Pectoral large, reaching ventral. A^entral reaching for f of distance to anal. Color in arrack brown with about 5 diffuse brown blotches on back. Lower surface whitish. Fins whitish, dorsal and caudal slightly darker, and all with several brown blotches. Iris slaty. Length If inches. Fifteen examples. GASTROMYZONIN^. Ventral fins united to form a disk. 28. Gastromyzon borneensis Giinther.^o Head 4f ; depth at origin of dorsal 6; greatest width of body 3^; 30 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Lond., XIV (4), 1874, p. 454. Mountain torrents of the interior oi" Borneo. "These specimens come from the sources of the Minga- long river. " (British Museum.) Steindachner, Abhand. Senck. Nat. Ges. Frank- furt, XXV (2) 1901, p. 4.55. Aus dem Baram-Flusse auf Borneo. THerr Prof. Kukenthal.) Vaillant, Notes Leijd. Mus., XXIV, November, 1902. pp. 18. 23. Haut Sibau. (Kapoeas superieur — Bassin du Sibau.) Bloeoe. (Mahakan ou Koetei superieur.) Lepidoglanis monticola Vaillant, Congr. Int. Zool. Paris, Compt. Rend., 18S9 (1890), p. 82. La montagne de Kina Balu. Borneo. (M. Whitehead.) Gastromyzon monticola Vaillant, Bull. Soc. Philomathiquc, Paris, Compt. Rend., Ill (8), 1890-91 (1891), p. 6. [Remark.] Vaillant, Nour. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, V (3), 1893, p. 94, PL 1. figs. 3-3e. Kina-Balou. (M. Whitehead.) 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, D. III. 6, II ; A. I, I, 4, i: P. 28; V. 16, iv; scales about 63 in lateral line to base of caudal, and tubes in about same niuiiber; about 36 small scales before dorsal; about 15 scales in a vertical series between origin of dorsal and lateral line; 8 scales obliquely back from origin of anal to lateral line; about 28 scales between last dorsal ray and first rudimentary caudal ray; head, to occiput, 1^ in its greatest width; length of snout about 1^ in length of head to gill-opening; width of mouth onl}' a trifle less; interorbital space 2; internasal space 3^; greatest width of breast between bases of pectorals ventrally equal to greatest width of head, and same of ventrals 1| in latter; length of depressed dorsal a little less than length of head; caudal 1; length of depressed anal 1^; least depth of caudal peduncle 2\. Body depressed, broad, narrow in profile with greatest depth at origin of dorsal. Greatest width of body that of head opposite gill- openings. Ventral surface flattened, and with a small cutaneous or fleshy flap on costal region between pectoral and ventral. Caudal peduncle small, compressed, and its length about equal to its least depth. Head large, convex above, flattened below and separated from breast by a thin cutaneous fold. When viewed from above profile is truncate in front. Snout pronounced, though not beyond margin of disk. Cheek not convex. Mouth very broad, without teeth, osseous jaws smooth, and lips thin, upper broader. Tongue not developed. A small, short, fleshy papilla at each corner of mouth, and four others along upper lip. Eye small, circular, superior, directed laterally, and near last fourth in length of head. Eyelid free. Nostrils conspicuous, adjoining or only separated by a thin frenum, and near last third in length of snout. Interorbital space broad, a trifle convex, or rather flattened. Gill-opening small, its length a little more than orbit, and nearly midway in depth of head above base of pectoral. Scales small, striate, and those on anterior part of body minute and crowded. Head naked and also entire lower surface within disk. Fins scaleless. Scales extending on post-ventral region. Head with a number of small pores above. Lateral line of simple tubes, contin\i- ous, and about midway in depth of body. first branched dorsal ray highest, and origin of fin midway in body without caudal. Anal well posterior, first ray spine-like, first branched ray longest, origin of fin nearer base of caudal than base of last dorsal ray, and depressed fin reaching past latter. Caudal oblong, ex})anded and truncate with rounded corners. Pectoral and ventral arranged to form an abdominal disk, and both with long bases. Radii of both 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 fins also graduated so that posterior are longest. \''entral fiiLS united posteriorly by a membrane, though both bases are distinct. Color in alcohol blackish-brown generally, disk pale brownish or whitish. Narrow vermiculating lines of pale brownish on head above. Upper surface of body with irregular, pale and somewhat vermiculating diffuse lines, leaving possibly eight or nine blotches medianly. Three laterally entire length of trunk. Dorsal and caudal brownish- white, with about three broad blackish-brown transverse bands. Pectoral and ventral dusky above, edges narrowly pale and upper surface mot- tled with dark brown more or less diffusely. Ventral paler. Both fins tinted with a little brownish below. Anal pale with a submarginal and basal tinge of brownish. Iris slaty. Length 4 inches. A large series of 193 examples of all ages. Individual variation in color is very noticeable. The larger or adult examples all have the pale vermiculating lines on the head pronounced, though in some they are more numerous. In a number of young examples If inches long they are fewer, like the specimen described. The markings on the fins and body also vary greatly, and sometimes the latter form vertical bands. Some small examples are nearly uniform brown above in alco- hol. Others have the upper surface of the head marked with very numerous small brown spots, due to the equally numerous pale reticu- lating lines. Young examples also differ in their relatively shorter body and rounded profile of front of head when viewed from above. CYPRINID^. LABEONIN.E. 29. Dangila cuvieri Valenciennes. Head 4f ; depth 3|; D, iv, 26; A. iii, 6; scales 35 in lateral line to base of caudal and 2 more on latter: snout 2f in head; eye 3^; interorbital space 2f ; pectoral Ij^g ; ventral 1^; least depth of caudal peduncle 2^. Length 5yV inches. 30. Osteochilus melanopleurus (Bleeker)." Four examples. One from the Kapuas river in western Borneo, ^' Osteochilus vittatus (Valenciennes) . Three small examples in the Academy from the Paris Museum. Bleeker's figure evidently represents the adult in which the lateral band is lost. The two small examples before me have this very distinct, and above and below with traces of indistinct series of pale spots longitudinally or parallel. Just before root of caudal appears a dark spot, another at latter, and both in dark lateral band. Traces of this are seen in the larger example, though its colors are paler. It measures about 2| inches (72 mm.) in length. Bleeker's figure occurs in Atlas Ichth., Ill, 1863, PI. (16) 117, fig. 2, not plate 17 or 118 as referred to in the text. 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, taken by Harrison and Hiller in 1897, has: Head 3-| ; depth 2f ; D. ii, 18; A. Ill, 6; scales 50 to base of caudal, 2 more on latter; length 7i inches. It agrees well with Bleeker's figure in the color pattern. Three other examples from the Baram river, one, taken by Dr. Furness in November, 1898, measures 20^ inches, while the others, secured by Harrison and Hiller, measure 19 and 24 inches respectively. They show: Head 3f ; depth 2f to 3; I), iv, 16 to 18; A. in, 6; scales 41 to 44 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 5 or 6 more on latter; 10 scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line and 8 obliquely forward from origin of anal to latter; width of head 1|^ to If in its length; snout 2f to 2f ; eye 5^ to 51; interorbital space about 2; least depth of caudal peduncle If to 2. Dr. Furness's example shows the bases of all the fins, at present in alcohol, pale buff with a slight pinkish tint. The silvery spots of the smaller example from the Kapuas are not evident. Also another example, lOj inches long, from Dr. Furness. It was taken in the Baram river in 1897. 31. OsteocMlus kappenii (Bleeker). Head 3|; depth 2h; D. iv, 17; A. in, 6; scales 29 in lateral line to base of caudal, 3 more on latter; 5^ scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line, and 4^ between latter and origin of ventral ; width of head 1^ in its length ; snout 3 ; eye 4 ; interorbital space 2. Snout short and broad, obtuse, and its length in profile but little more than diameter of eye. Back well elevated, nape well convex, and upper anterior profile steep and straight. Pectoral long, nearly reaching origin of ventral. Along each series of scales longitudinally a well-defined brown band. On caudal peduncle at base of caudal traces of a brown spot. One example 3|- inches (about 98 mm.) in length. This example seems to agree somewhat with the notes under Osteo- cMlus kahajanensis of Dr. Steindachner from the Baram river. In Bleeker's original account^^ the depth will be seen to be a little over 4 in what is presumably the total length, while the head is given as 5^. Bleeker's figure,^^ published later, agrees except that the head is a little larger. Dr. Steindachner gives the depth^* as 2f to 2|, which is cer- tainly not in agreement with kahajanensis. 82. Osteochilus harrisoni sp. nov. Head 3|; depth 2^; D. ii, 16; A. iii, 5, i; P. i, 15; V. i, 8; scales 33 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 2 more on latter; 6 scales be- ^^ Rohita kahajanensis Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Ind. Neerl. (Tiend. Bijd. Ich. Born.), II, 1857, p. 18. In flumine Kahajan, Borneo meridionalis. 33 Atlas Ichth., Ill, 1863, Pi. (8) 109, fig. 1. ^* Abhand. Senck. Nat. Ges. Frankfurt, XXV (2), 1901, p. 452. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 tween origin of dorsal and lateral line obliquely back, uppermost scale verv^ small; 5 scales between lateral line and origin of ventral, lowest scale very small ; 10 scales before dorsal; width of head H in its length; dep^ of head 1^; snout 2j; eye 4-i; width of mouth 4^; interorbital space 2; second simple dorsal ray l^s; second simple anal ray IJ; pectoral 1^; ventral 1^; least depth of caudal peduncle If; lower caudal lobe 3^ in head and trunk; base of dorsal 2|-. Body elongate, compressed though robust, greatest depth at origin of dorsal, and profiles more or less similarly convex. Back but little elevated and its profile convex from occiput to dorsal. Caudal pedun- cle rol:)USt, compressed, and its least depth about equal to its length. Fig. -Osteochilus harrisoni Fowler. Head rather small, compressed, broad, robust, and both upper and lower profiles inclined similarly, also nearly straight. Snout long, broad, convex, obtuse above, and somewhat declivous in front. Eye rather small, a little posterior to middle of length of head, circular, and not much above middle of depth of head. Pupil large and circular. Mouth inferiorly terminal, broad, the gape not extending far laterally. Lips rather thick, fleshy and plicate. Jaws horny and with a rather sharp edge. Premaxillaries protractile. Four upper mental barbels, upper lateral near edge of snout, and lower at corner of mouth, also much longer or about reaching opposite middle of orbit. Nostrils ad- joining anterior in a short cutaneous tube, lateral, much nearer eye 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, thaiftip of snout and level with upper margin of eye. Preorbital not distinct, and together with cheek covered with skin. Interorbital space elevated a little convexly and flattened medianly. Gill-opening lateral, extending forward about opposite posterior margin of preopercle. Rakers in form of a low fringe of fine or minute filame2its. Filaments long, about equal to orbit. No pseudobranchise. Width of isthmus where gill-membranes join about equal to orbit. Scales large, cycloid, and well exposed, also of more or less even size. Scales on breast small, especially anteriorly. Small scales along bases of dorsal and anal. A pointed scaly ventral flap in axil of fin about f its length. Head and fins naked, except base of caudal. Lateral line of short exposed single tubes, and continuous even on base of caudal. Origin of dorsal about opposite tip of depressed pectoral or a little be- fore origin of ventral, second simple ray highest, next three graduated down, after which they are all more or less of one size. Anal beginning a trifle before base of last dorsal ray, and second simple ray also longest. Caudal forked, lobes rather pointed. Pectoral small, and inserted low. Ventral not quite reaching vent or about | of space to anal. Color in alcohol dull olivaceous-brown, paler below and on sides of head. Fins pale brownish, dorsal and caudal scarcely darker. Each series of scales marked by a bar, making about ten longitudinal dark lines or bands less in width than pupil of eye, and dusky or most dis- tinct above lateral line. Iris olivaceous, pupil slaty. Peritoneum sil- very. Length 9 inches. Type No. 2,392, W. I. A. P. Baram river, Borneo. 1897. Mr. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Also No. 13,897, W. L A. P. Paratype. Same data. This species is close to Osteochilus kaho.janensis (Bleeker), w^hich has been reported from the Baram river by Dr. Steindachner, but differs apparently in the distinct longitudinal narrow brown stripes. My examples also have no blue spot on the shoulder-girdle, though in alco- hol the other color markings are fairly distinct. (Named for :\Ir. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., of Philadelphia, explorer of Borneo and Sumatra, wdio collected the type.) 33. Garra borneensis (Vaillant). Head 5^; depth 5^; D. in, 8, i ; A. ii, 5, i ; scales 26 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 2 more on latter; width of head 1^ in its length; snout 2; eye 4; width of mouth 2f ; interorbital space 2{. Color in alcohol deep brown above, side paler, and lower siu-face pale brown. A broad deep slaty-dusky band enclosing lateral line from eye to base of caudal and running out on caudal in lower caudal lobe. A brownish 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483 streak at bases of upper rays of upper caudal lobe. Dorsal dusky, and with a median longitudinal pale line. Pectoral and ventral brownish, a little paler than caudal, and latter with a broad diffuse pale tint transversely and medianly. Anal pale brownish. Iris slaty with a narrow inner pale circle adjoining pupil. Length 3^ inches. Six examples. The five other examples show the following: Head 4^ to 5; depth Ah to 5; scales 26 or 27 in lateral line to base of caudal, usually 2 more on latter; snout about 2, seldom a little more; eye 3| to 4; total length 2^ to 2| inches (54 to 73 mm.). 34. Lobooheilos hispidus (Valenciennes). Head 4f ; depth 4; D. iv, 8, i; A. iv, 5, i; scales 34 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 2 more on latter; width of head 1^ in its length; depth of head, at anterior margin of orbit, 2; snout 2^; eye 4|; inter- orbital space 2; width of mouth 2^ ; least depth of caudal peduncle If; length of depressed dorsal 3^ in head and trunk; length of lower caudal lobe 2f ; length of pectoral 4; length of ventral 3^\; length of anal, 3|. Length 7f inches. A single example which agrees with Bleeker's figure,^ though there are more pores on the snout than he represents. MYSTIN.^.^" 35. Labeobarbus douronensis ( Valenciennes ).^7 Head 3^; depth 3; D. iii, I, 8, i; A. iii, 5, i; scales 19 in lateral hue to base of caudal, and 2 more on latter; 8 scales before dorsal; width of head 2 in its length; snout 3; eye 4; interorbital space 3^ ; mouth 3^; least depth of caudal peduncle 2^; pectoral 1^; ventral 1^. Length 6| inches. A single example which agrees with Bleeker's figure.^ It will be seen to differ in the deeper body and higher back. There are no dark dots on the upper surface of the body, which is darker brown than the lower, in my example. 36. Cyclocbeiliclitliys megalops sp. nov. Head 3; depth 3; D. iii, I, 8; A. iii, 6; P. i, 18; V. i, 9; scales 32 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 12 scales before 35 Atlas Ichth., Ill, 1863, PI. (7) 108, fig. 2. 3' This name is proposed in place of Barbimc for the Barbels, as Mystus Klein, in Walbaum, Pei. Arted. Pise, III, 1792, p. 586, is much older than Barbus. Wal- baum's name is considered typified by Cyprinus barbus Linnaeus. 3' SiAJA MiCROLEPis (Bleeker) . One in the Academy from the Paris Museum. Bleeker's figure does not indi- cate the striae on the head which are well displayed in this example. The upper margin of the dorsal is also dusky. Borneo. ^» Atlas Ichth., Ill, 1863, PI. (21) 122, fig. 2. 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, dorsal; 7 scales obliquely back from origin of spinous dorsal to lateral line; 5 scales obliquely forward from origin of spinous anal to lateral line; width of head 2|- in its length ; depth of head, over middle of orbit, 1|; snout 2f; eye 3; maxillary 3^; interorbital space 3^; length of depressed spinous dorsal a trifle more than head; of anal 1^; of pec- toral 1-J; of ventral 1|-; least depth of caudal peduncle 2^. Body moderately elongate, well compressed, and greatest depth al)out origin of dorsal, so that back is a little elevated. Upper profile nearly straight from tip of snout to origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle com- pressed, its least depth about 1 ^ in its length. Fig. 6. — C yclocJieil i chthyt^ megalops Fowlor. Head compressed, moderately long, and upper profile horizontally oblique and straight. Snout rather long and obtuse. Eye large, longer than deep, a little anterior and high. Pupil large, vertical. Mouth inferior and terminal, u]:)per jaw about even with tip of snout. Lips rather thin and transversely plicate. Tongue little free or distinct. Mandible inferior, not extending forward opposite tip of upper jaw. Upper jaw protractile. A small pointed maxillary barbel at corner of mouth. Nostrils adjoining, close in front of upper orbital rim. Preor- bital long, about | of length of horizontal orbital diameter. Inter- orbital space flattened, a trifle concave medianly. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 Gill-opening lateral, not extending quite as far forward as posterior margin of orbit. Rakers 3 + 5, soft fleshy slender processes, much shorter than filaments, which are about equal to horizontal diameter of pupil. Isthmus broad. Scales large, arranged in parallel horizontal series, and cycloid. A row of scales along base of dorsal and anal, each forming an adnata sheath. Base of caudal scaly. A scaly pointed flap at inner base of pectoral. Head and fins with these exceptions naked. Skin of head with numerous parallel strise or plications, transverse above and verti- cal laterally. Lateral line of single tubes continuous, a little decurved at first till horizontal. Origin of dorsal about opposite that of ventral, nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, fourth ray spine-like with posterior edge becoming coarsely serrated above, and when depressed first branched ray reaches well beyond others or about | of distance to base of caudal. Anal inserted about midway between origin of dorsal and base of caudal, third ray enlarged but with flexible tip, and depressed fin reaching opposite base of caudal. Caudal damaged. Pectoral low, small, and reaching back for about first fifth of length of ventral. Ventral with first branched ray longest and reaching anal. Color in alcohol brown, lower surface paler and with traces of silvery. Each scale on back with a dusky-brown spot, regular in disposition, so that longitudinal series are formed, and several persisting even below lateral line, but lowest much paler than those above. Tjower surface of head pale like abdomen. Fins same color, dorsal more or less tinted with dusky, and caudal and anal with brownish. Iris pale brassy-brown. Length 3| inches (caudal damaged). Type No. 13,928, W.I. A. P. Borneo. 1898. Dr. W. H. Furness. One example, the type. It agrees with Bleeker's description of Capceta enoplos, but his figure^^ agrees with Sumatran examples of Cyclocheilichthys siaja, which may be distinguished by the smaller eye, always less than a third of the length of the head. In Cyclocheilichthys megalops the eye is large, about 3 in the head, and the body is compp,ra- tively deeper. {Miya(;, great; w^'-, eye.) 37. Puntius schwanenfeldii (Bleeker).'"' Head 3^; depth 2; D. iii, I, 8.. i; A. ii, I, 5, i; scales 33 in lateral 3» AtTas Ichth., Ill, 1863, p. 82, PI. (27) 128, fig. 2. *° Species of this genus in the Academy from the Paris Museum are: Puntius bulu (Bleeker). Fins all with brownish shades anteriorly. One example. 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, line to base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 8 scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line, and 6 between latter and origin of anal ; width of head 1| in its length; snout 3^; eye 3; mouth 3^; interorbital space 2-}; least depth of caudal peduncle If; pectoral 1^; ventral l^. Dor- sal with upper anterior lobe blackish, and this color extending along upper margin of fin nearl}^ to end of last ray. One example 5^ inches long. Kapuas river. Harrison and Hiller. Bleeker's figure^^ agrees, though the Sumatran examples all show the caudal more forked and the lobes very long. Head 3 to 3^ and depth 21 to 24-. 38. Kampala maorolepidota (Valenciennes). Two large examples 10 inches long do not show any blotches on the side. Baram. Harrison and Hiller. A small example collected by Dr. Furness has a large diffuse dark blotch below dorsal and another on caudal peduncle before base of caudal. 39. Leptobarbus boevenii (Bleeker). One example. 40. Rasbora dusonensis (Bleeker). Margin of caudal dusky or blackish. Two examples, larger 7||- inches. 41. Rasbora leptosoma ( Bleeker). « Head 4; depth 4-|; D. ii, 7, i; A. iii, 5, i; scales (pockets) about 27 to base of caudal; snout 3^ in head; eye 3; interorbital space 2|. A lateral band tinted with silvery, rather faded, but still most distinct on caudal peduncle. Fins all plain colored, the dorsal and caudal without darker margins. Length 3^ inches. PuNTius BiNOTATus (Valencieiines) . A small example. Marked a little differently than the one figured by Prof. Vaillant in Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, V (3), 1893, p. 79, PI. 1, figs. l-lb. PuNTiTJS ANCHisPORus (VaiUant) . Scales 21 in lateral line to base of caudal and 2 more on latter. Lateral line not continued on base of caudal. Second transverse dusky band across belly just in front of ventral fins. Third transverse band extends along bases of last dorsal rays and slopes obliciuely backward at first. A small example originally identified as Barbus su7natrunu.s. " Atlas Ichth., Ill, 1863, PI. (35) 136, fig. 3. Wrongly identified as Cijclo- cheilichthys (Siaja) macropus, which is evidently fig. 2. ^^ Rasborichthys helfrichii (Bleeker). Head 3^; depth 5; D. ii, 8; A. iii, 20, i; scales about 55? (squamation in- jured) ; snout 3^ in head ; orbit 3^ ; maxillary about 3^ ; interorbital space 4 ; pectoral If; ventral H. Length 2i^ inches. Two in the Academy from the Paris Museum. Thev show no trace of the adipose evelids like those indicated in Bleeker's figure, Atlas Ichth., Ill, 1S63, PI. (22) 123, "fig. 3. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 CHELIN.E. 42. Macroohiriclithys snyderi sp. nov. Head 4f ; depth, at lower base of pectoral, .5^ ; at middle of trunk 5f ; D. Ill, 7; A. Ill, 25, i; P. ii, 14; V. ii, 7; scales about 96 in lateral line to base of caudal and several more on latter ; about 18 scales in a verti- cal series between origin of dorsal and lateral line; 11 scales in a verti- cal series between lateral line and origin of anal; about 150? scales before dorsal; width of head 3^ in its length; depth of head, opposite middle of orbit, 1|; mandible If; length of depressed dorsal l^-^; least depth of caudal peduncle 3j^; length of depressed ventral 2; snout 3| in head, from its own tip; eye 4^; mouth 2^; interorbital space 4^ ; length of pectoral 3f in body without caudal ; base of anal 5^. Body strongly compressed, upper profile evenly though slightly convex from neck to caudal, and lower not so much so though sharply Fig. 7. — Macrochirichthys snyderi Fowler. trenchant. Greatest depth of trunk near root of ventral Chest tren- chant and produced below abdomen at lower root of ventral. Least depth of caudal peduncle about equal to its length. Head well compressed, trenchant above and below, and directed up- ward. Upper profile nearly straight from tip of snout to nape, and sloping obliquely down posteriorly. Snout obliquely vertical. Upper jaw forms a sliglit protuberance above. Eye circular, anterior and rather high in head. Infraorbital (here preorbital in position) narrow, and about f of pupil. Mouth vertical, gape reaching down till opposite lower margin of orbit. Taps thin. Mandible convex in profile, ante- rior to upper jaw. Jaws edentulous, trenchant, mandible with a large bluntish tooth-like process at symphysis, fitting in cavity of upper jaw. Tongue not free from floor of mouth. Nostrils above eye near its margin. Interorl)ital space elevated and trenchant, narrow. Gill-opening extending forward nearly opposite front rim of preorbi- 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, tal, membrane forming a rather broad fold across isthmus. Rakers very short, about 25? hard denticles, much shorter than filaments. Filaments h of orbit. Isthmus compressed narrowly and rounded. Three branchiostegal rays. Scales small, cycloid, in series directed obliquely forward on middle of side above and below lateral line. Scales on back and on ventral region very much smaller and crowded. Ventral region of body strongly compressed and forming a cutaneous keel. Head naked ex- cept occiput, scaly region beginning over middle of orbit and much smaller than on rest of body. Fins naked, except iDase of caudal which is scaly. Lateral line of rather large simple tubes, continuous, sloping down till over ventral, then more or less straight to base of caudal. Dorsal fin small, posterior, and its origin about last if in space be- tween front end of mandible and base of caudal or a trifle posterior to origin of anal. Anal with anterior rays elevated and base elongate, last ray reaching nearly half way to base of caudal. Caudal damaged. Pectoral inferior, upper rays enlarged, and first developed ray longest and reaching nearly to origin of ventral, other rays graduated down. Origin of ventral about opposite posterior margin of opercle. Ventral about midway in its insertion between anterior margin of eye and base of caudal, and reaching about half way to origin of anal. Color in alcohol with more or less silvery everywhere, and back pale brownish. Snout dusky. Iris brassy. A dusky blotch at base of caudal. An interorbital band of deeper brown than body color, with two lines of deeper color. Also a similar postocular band extending down till close to posterior rim of orbit where it ends abruptly. Fins pale brownish-white, dorsal and caudal a shade darker than others. Pectoral axil dusky. Length 6H inches. Type No. 13,931, W. I. A. P. Borneo. 1898. Dr. W. H. Furncss. Only the type is known to me. This species is closely related to Macrochirichthys macrochir (Valen- ciennes), but differs at once in the postocular transverse dark cranial bands. Macrochirichthys uranoscopus Bleeker has been united with M. macrochir, and it also lacks these bands. (Named for my friend Prof. John 0. Snyder, of tlie Iceland Stanford Junior University, well known as a writer on Japanese fishes.) MONOPTERID^. 43. Monopterus albus (Zuiew). ("Lunong" of the Dyaks.) Six examples from Marudi, a swamp at the mouth of the Baram, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489 other localities in the Barain district, and the Kapuas river. Those from the latter place collected by Harrison and Hiller. Largest speci- men 19 inches long. OLUPEID^. 44. Sardinella bracliysoma Bleeker.« Head 3^; depth 2|; D. iv, 13, i; A. iii, 16, i; scales about 40 in a lateral series to base of caudal, and about 4 more on latter; mandible 2 in head; pectoral 1^; ventral 2-|-; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f ; snout 4^ in head, from its own tip; eye 4^; maxillary 2^; interorbital space 4-2". Adipose eyelid well developed. Abdominal serratures 29. Each scale on back with a brown spot. Vertical striae on cheek. One example 8 inches long. NOTOPTERIDuE. 45- Notopterus borneensis Bleeker. Head 4yL; depth 3f ; D. ii, 7; A. about 122. liength 17^ inches. One example. Bleeker gives a good figure^* of this species, but my example differs in having the spots more numerous, smaller, extending the whole length of the anal and also above the lateral line on the end of the trunk. The spots on the trunk are also a little larger than those on the anal. The upper profile of the head is a little more concave and the end of the maxillary a little more posterior. MASTACEMBELID^. 46. Mastaoembelus vmioolor Valenciennes. Head (without rostral appendage) 5f ; depth 7f ; D. XXXIII, 70?; A. Ill, 65?; P. 24; scales about 340 in a lateral series below lateral line to base of caudal; width of head 4^ in its length (without rostral appendage); depth of head 2f; snout 3; eye 9^: mouth 44-; maxillary 3f ; pectoral 3; caudal 2f ; interorbital space Ih in eye; eye 3 in snout. Body elongate, deep, compressed, and tail rather broad posteriorly. Greatest depth at vent. Anterior part of body more tapering than posterior part. Head long, triangular, rather slender, attenuated and greatly com- pressed. Snout long, attenuated, convex above, and its tip while pro- jecting beyond tip of mandible extended into a long pointed fleshy rostral flap, perfectly smooth below, and equal to eye in length. Eye ''^Sardinella brachysoma Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XTI (2), 1904, p. 501 = Sardinella hyp-^elosoma (Bleeker). *Kitlas Ichth., VI, 1869-72, PI. (17) 275, fig. 1. 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [J^^^^Y; small, anterior or its anterior margin nearly at first third in total length of head, a little longer than deep, and high. A small sharp spine on preorbital below anterior rim of orbit and directed anteriorly. Maxil- lary reaching below nostril, but not front of orbit. ]\louth small, nar- row, inferior and mandible included. Lips rather thin. Teeth small, in rather broad bands which are distinct though approximated in front of each jaw, conic, and directed a little backward. Buccal folds broad. No teeth on roof of mouth or on tongue. Tongue slender or elongate and not evidently free. Nostrils lateral, directly in front of eye, and in form of a rather long horizontal slit. Intcrorbital space narrow and convex. Gill-opening inferior, forming a narrow triangle on chest below and extending forward for about last * of head. Rakers absent. Fila- ments about equal to vertical diameter of orbit. No pseudobranchia). Isthmus rather short and narrowly compressed. Scales small, elongate, crowded in appearance or close together, adherent and in a regular oblique series. Lateral line continuous, extending at first superiorly and then median after anal spines to cau- dal. Tubes simple and rather pronounced. Smaller scales crowded along bases of vertical fins and pectorals. Head, except snout, branehi- ostegal region and mandible, covered with small scales. Vertical fins continuous. Spinous dorsal longer than soft dorsal, though at first low where it originates over middle of pectoral, then each spine increasing gradually in height to last, which is highest. Soft dorsal and anal of about equal height, latter originating a little nearer tip of caudal than gill-opening. Caudal small, rounded, of about 16? rays, and last rays of soft dorsal and anal extending on it basaily for at least half its length. Pectoral broad, short, rounded and a little low in its insertion. Second anal spine much largest, similar to last dorsal spine through placed a little anterior to its base. Yent close in front of spinous anal or a little nearer base of caudal than orbit. Color in alcohol deep wood-brown, lower surface paler or inclining to very pale or dirty-brown, especially on abdomen, thorax and under surface of head. Dorsals and anals with more or less dark color medianly, and becoming more or less blackish submarginally, margins of these fins rather conspicuously creamy-whitish . Caudal and pectoral creamy or pale brownish, each with two rather variable cross blotches of deep or blackish-brown joined somewhat medianly by a bar of same color. Snout brownish and rostral appendage deep brown. Iris slaty. I^ength lOj inches. One example. This agrees somewhat with eight examples I recorded 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCE« OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 from Sumatra,^ taken at Batu Sangkar in Padangsche Bovenland, and collected by Harrison and Hiller. The smallest of these differs in the color markings which are very pronounced. The vertical fins also have blackish bases with distinct margins and their edges with whitish blotches. The spots on the sides are distinct and the lower surface of the body is decidedly paler. The largest Sumatran example also shows the following: Head (without rostral appendage) 5^^; depth 8|-; D. XXXVI, 80?; A. II, 72?; P. 22; scales about 285 in a lateral series to base of caudal ; width of head 3f in its length ; depth of head 2f ; snout 3^; eye 8; mouth 4f; pectoral 2f; caudal 3^; interorbital space 1^ in eye; eye 2| in snout. My figure also shows the caudal confluent almost entirely with the rayed dorsal and anal. This is in entire agreement with my largest Sumatran example which it was supposed to represent. However, the others, especially the smaller ones, have it distinct and with the ends of the caudal rays free. They also show the margins of these fins whitish. Surely Day's figure and account of Mastacemhelus urdcolor^ represents a distinct species. Fig. 8. — Mastacemhelus vaillanti Fowler. 47. Mastacemhelus vaillanti sp. nov. Head (without rostral appendage) 7; depth 9; D. XXVIII. 58?; A. Ill, 65?; caudal 14?; P. 22; scales aboirt 164 in a lateral series below lateral line to caudal; width of head 4 in its length (without rostral appendage); depth of head 2f ; snout 3^; eye 8; mouth 5J; maxillary 4; pectoral 3; caudal about 2; interorbital space about If in eye; eye 2 in snout. Body long, strongly compressed, deep, especially posterior half or tail, and anterior half tapering more narrowly forward to tip of snout. Greatest depth at vent. Caudal peduncle not evident, its width would be about 6^ in head without rostral appendage. Head small, long, well attenuated and greatly compressed. Profiles *Uourn. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 501, PI. 8, upper figure. "^Fishes of India, II, 1876, p. 3.39, PI. 72, fig. 3. 32 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, similar and nearly straight. Snout long, pointed, and its tip, while ex- tended beyond tip of mandible, produced into a trifid fleshy rostral flap, which is perfectly smooth below and about equal to horizontal orbital diameter. Eye small, high, anterior or much nearer tip of rostral appendage than posterior edge of opercle, and a little longer than deep. A small sharp spine directed backward in front of eye below on preorbital region. Maxillary reaching till opposite anterior margin of posterior nostril. Mouth small, narrow, inferior and mandible narrow. Lips rather thin. Teeth rather large, conic, directed somewhat back- ward, and in rather broad approximated bands in jaws. No teeth on roof of mouth or on tongue. Buccal folds Inroad. Tongue little free and rather narrow. Anterior nostril in each short lateral tip or fleshy tube of rostral appendage. Posterior nostril an elongate slit directly in front of eye and about equal to diameter of pupil. Interorbital space narrow and convex. Gill-opening inferior, forming a narrow triangle on chest below and extending forward for about last |- of entire length of head. Rakers absent. Filaments short, about equal to vertical diameter of pupil. No pseud obranchiae. Isthmus short and narrowly compressed. Scales close together, elongate, with more or less scalloped edges in places, in obliciue crossing series, and adherent. Present on most all of body except pectoral, margins of other fins, snout, jaws, rostral appendage and branchiostegal region. Scales at base of pectoral and on other fins reduced in size. Lateral line rather high, continuous, only becoming median on posterior portion of tail or trunk and of sim- ple tubes. Vertical fins entirely continuous. Spinous dorsal a little longer than rayed dorsal, though at first low at its origin which is a little behind tip of pectoral, and then increasing gradually in height a short distance when spines become more or less subequal, and last spine highest. Soft dorsal inserted at a point about last f in total length of body. Rayed anal similar in height, and both fins joined to pointed caudal so that it ends in a point with median rays longest. Origin of rayed anal well in advance of that of soft dorsal or at a point, about .jiiid way between tip of pectoral and base of caudal. Anal spines strong, second much larger. Pectoral small, rounded, rather broad, low and median rays longest. Vent close in front of spinous anal. Color in alcohol with ground-color more or less uniform brownish, a trifle paler or soiled brownish on lower surface of head and abdomen. Body most everywhere beautifully variegated with darker mottlings wliich form pale spots or blotches of variable size and pattern. On 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493 tail they form posteriorly into several broad indistinctly defined trans- verse bars. Rayed dorsal, anal and caudal with whitish margins, adjoining which is a blackish submarginal shade becoming diffuse toward middle of fins. Bases of these fins pale variegated with fine broAvnish mottlings on former and large whitish obliquely inclined for- ward blotches on anal. Caudal more or less finely barred, less distinctly so basally. Pectoral with many fine wavy transverse bars. A deep brown streak along side of snout to eye and continued behind latter to edge of preopercle. A number of variable brownish bars on side and under surface of head. Iris slaty. TiCngth 6 inches. Type No. 14,150, W. I. A. P. Borneo. 1898. Dr. W. H. Furness. One example. This species is evidently closely related to Mastacembelus guentheri Day*^ which has been recorded from Borneo by Prof. Vaillant.*^ The Indian fish appears to differ somewhat in coloration according to Day's account, especially as there is no black bar at the base of the caudal. His figure^^ fails to indicate this. Margins of the vertical fins of Masta- cembelus vaillanti well edged with white, the color pattern different, pre- senting a beautiful blotched or spotted appearance, and the pectorals finely barred. (Named for Prof. Leon Vaillant.) MASTACOBMBELIDiE. 48, Tylosurus leiuroides (Bleeker). Depth in trunk, without head, about 11; D. iii, 16; A. iir, 22; eye 3f in postocular region of head; interorbital space 2h; least depth of caudal peduncle 3*. One example, 12^ inches (jaws and caudal damaged). HEMIRAMPHID,^. HEMIRAMPHIN.E. Mandible produced far beyond upper jaw in a long slender beak or point. LABIDORHAMPHUS subgen. nov. Type Hemirhamphus amblyiirus Bleeker. Upper jaw twice as long as broad. (/la/Jif, pincers; pd;xyo<}j beak.) *'' Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 37. In paddv-fields and the Trichoor back- water [Cochin, on the Malabar or western coast of India]. « Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, V (.3), 1893, p. 106. Kina-Balou. (M. Whitehead ) « Fishes of India, II, 1876, PI. 73 fig. 2. 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July? 49. Zenarchopterus amblyurus (Bleeker). One example. Subgenus ZENARCHOPTERUS Gill. Upper jaw about equal in length and in ^^i(ltll. 50. Zenarchopterus buffonis (Valenciennes). Head, with beak, 2 j^ ; from tip of upper jaw 4; depth 6^; D. i, 12; A. II, 8; about 37 scales in a lateral series to base of caudal; width of upper jaw about ecpial to its length. Length 6 inches. EXOCCETID^. 51. FarexocoetllS mento (Valenciennes). Head 3f ; depth 4f ; D. i, 10; A. i, 10; scales 35 in a lateral series to base of caudal; snout 3i in head, from tip of upper jaw; eye 2f ; inter- orbital space 3. Length 5 inches. A single example. It agrees with Bleeker's figure,'" except that there is a brown band from along base of upper caudal lobe down across middle of lower lobe toward its distal portion Avhich is also more or less brownish. The ventrals are almost all whitish, without tlie large dark blotch Bleeker shows, though the anal is dusk}^ basally. The black on the pectoral and ventral is also more deep than Bleeker indicates. MUGILID^. 52. Mugil belanak Bleeker. Head 3-1; depth 3f ; D. IV-I, 8; A. Ill, 9; P. ii, 14; V. I, 5; scales 35 in a lateral series to base of caudal; about 10 scales in an oblique series from origin of S]';inous dorsal to middle of belly; 20? (pockets) scales before spinous dorsal; width of head li in its length; depth of head If; snout 3|; eye 4; maxillary 4; interorbital space 2^; width of mouth 3 ; mandible 4 ; first dorsal spine H ; first dorsal ray l-J- ; third anal spine 3.j; first anal ray 1| ; least deptli of caudal peduncle 2; pec- toral 1^; ventral U-. Body rather fusiform, well compressed, and greatest depth about middle of depressed spinous dorsal. Profiles rather evenly convex to greatest depth, and similar. Caudal peduncle compressed, and about as long as broad. Head robust, a little constricted below, anrl profiles similarly convex. Snout broad, a little convex above, and upper jaw a little produced. Eye circular, its posterior margin a little anterior in middle of length of ^K'itlas Ichth., VI, 1S69, PI. (.5) — , fig. 6. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 head, and adipose eyelids well developed. ^louth a little inferior, and corner falling about opposite posterior nostril. Mandibular angle broad, and obtuse, symphysis forming a process fitting a depression in front of upper jaw. Teeth very minute, uniserial in upper jaw, and scarcely evident or absent on mandible. liips rather fleshy. Roof of mouth and tongue edentulous. Tongue fleshy, not free, and forming a median longitudinal trenchant keel. Maxillary exposed, and reach- ing about opposite front rim of orbit. Lower edge of preorbital den- ticulate. Anterior nostril with a small cutaneous rim, near edge of snout, and space between it and posterior much greater than space between latter and front of eye. Posterior nostril vertical and slit-like. Interorbital space broad, flattened or but slightly convex. Fig. 9. — Mugil helanak Bleeker. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite middle of orbit. Rakers about 62?, slender, fine, and equal to about f of longest fila- ments. Filaments numerous, longest but little less than orbital diameter. Pseudobranchise about f of orbital diameter. Isthmus narrow, with a depression. Stomach gizzard-like, muscular, and rather large. Intestine rather long and convoluted. Peritoneum black. Vent close to origin of anal fin. Scales rather large, and arranged in more or less even longitudinal series. Head scaly. Scales, according to pockets, extending down to edge of snout, small. A slender pointed scaly flap along base of spinous dorsal about equal in length to f length of first spine. Scaly flap in 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, axil of pectoral, possibly damaged, about f length of fin. ^^entral with a similar scaly flap which is about half length of fin, and a broad one between base of each which is a little over half of ventral, possibly damaged. Greater portions of rayed dorsal, anal and caudal densely scaled, those basally lai'ger. Spinous dorsal inserted a little nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, first spine longest and fourth shortest. Soft dorsal inserted nearer base of caudal than origin of spinous fin, and first ray longest. Anal similar to soft dorsal, spines slender, graduated to third which is long- est, second but little shorter, and first hardly -j length of second. Ori- gin of rayed anal well in advance of that of rayed dorsal. Caudal emar- ginate, lobes distinct and pointed. Pectoral small, not quite reaching opposite origin of spinous dorsal, and its origin a little above middle of vertical orbital diameter. Ventral inserted about opposite middle of pectoral and its spine about § in length of fin. Color in alcohol pale brownish with more or less silvery reflections. Back and upper surface darker brownish. Fins all pale l^rownish. Iris brassy. Length 4^ inches (caudal damaged). One example. Mugil helanak Bleeker^^ is the first name available for the present species. Bontah RusselP^ is not available, but it forms the basis of Mugil bontah Bleeker^^ which is its first introduction in a binomial sense. Later Bleeker identified other specimens^* under the same name which appear to be different, and which have been referred to M. helanak by Dr. Giinther. However, Russell's figure of Bontah had been named by Swainson as Mugil gymnocephahis}^ This, according to Day, would lead to its identification with Mugil our Forskal. The discrepancies between my account and that by Day^* are probably due to age. 53. Liza oligolepis (Bleeker). Head 3^; depth 2f ; D. IV-I, 8; A. IH, 9, i; P. ii, 13; V. I, 5; scales 24 in a lateral series to base of caudal; about 11 scales in an oblique series from origin of spinous dorsal to middle of belly; 20? (pockets 51 Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., XIII, 1857, p. 337. Batavia, in mari. ^^ Fishes of Coromandel, II, 1803, p. 64, PL 180. Vizagapatam. 53 Verh. Bat. Gemot. (Nalez. Ich. Beng. Hind.), XXV, 1853, p. 48. (Based on RusseU.) "Voi. Tijds. Ned. Ind., XIII, 1857, p. 336. Batavia, in mari. L. c, XVI, 1858-59, p. 278. Act. Soc. Sci. Ind. Need. (Diert. Bijd. Visch. Borneo), VTII, 1860, p. 49. [Not consulted.] ^^ Lardner^s Cabinet Cyclopaedia Nat. Hist., II, 1839, p. 234. " Fishes of India, II, 1876, p. 351, PI. 74, fig. 5. Bombay. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 mostly) scales before spinous dorsal; width of head If in its length; depth of head 1^; mandible 2|-; first dorsal spine 1^; first dorsal ray If; third anal spine 2; first anal ray 14-; lower caudal lobe 1; least depth of caudal peduncle 2; pectoral 1^: ventral 1-|; snout Sf in head, measured from tip of upper jaw ; eye 3f ; maxillar}' 4 ; width of mouth 3 ; interorbital space 2\. Body deep, compressed, and greatest depth about origin of spinous dorsal. Lower profile a little more convex than upper. Caudal pe- duncle compressed, deep, and its length about half its depth. Head robust, a little large, well constricted below and convex above. Fig. 10. — Liza oUgolepis (Bleeker). IvOwer profile a little more convex and inclined than upper which is a trifle concave just in front of eye above. Snout broad, convex above, and upper jaw not produced. Eye circular, close to upper profile, without adipose eyelids, and its posterior margin a trifle posterior in length of head. i\Iouth broad, gape small, reaching opposite anterior nostril. Mandibular angle broad and obtuse, symphysis forming a yjrocess fitting in a depression in front of upper jaw. Lips rather fleshy, though thin. Teeth very minute and apparently only evident in a series along margin of upper jaw. A small patch of minute teeth on each palatine. Tongue fleshy, not free from floor of mouth. Lower preorbital margin serrate. Anterior nostril with a slight cutaneous 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, rim and placed about midway in snout in profile view. Posterior nos- tril larger, high, somewhat slit-like and about opposite upper anterior orbital margin. Interor]:>ital space broad and flattened, or but slightly convex. Gill-opening extending forward till nearly opposite first f of orbit. Rakers 40??, slender, fine, rather short, or about half length of filaments. Filaments long, about | of orbital diameter. Pseudobranchise about y of orbit. Isthmus narrow, with a median groove. Stomach gizzard-like, muscular, about equal to orbit in size. Intes- tine rather long and convoluted. Peritoneum black. Vent close in front of insertion of anal fin. Scales large, with finely ciliated edges, and in more or less even longi- tudinal series. Head scaly. Opercles at present naked. Scales on snout small. A pointed scaly flap at base of spinous dorsal equals about ^ length of first spine. A similar scaly flap in axil of pectoral equal to about | length of fin. Ventral also with a similar flap equal to about f length of fin, and a broad one between bases of fins which is damaged. Greater portions of soft dorsal, anal and caudal covered with minute scales, those about bases of fins larger. Spinous dorsal inserted much nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, first spine enlarged and longest, and others graduated down. Soft dor- sal inserted well behind origin of anal or much nearer base of caudal than origin of spinous dorsal, and first ray highest. Anal similar, first spine short, third longest and second but little shorter than third. First anal ray longest. Caudal small, broad, and a little emarginate. Pectoral small, and its insertion a little above middle in vertical orbital diameter. Ventral inserted a little before middle of de])ressed pectoral, and spine about equal to f length of fin. Color in alcohol brownish, and everywhere more or less silvery. Back and upper surface brownish. Fins all pale brownish, dorsals and caudal a trifle darker. Eye brassy-white. Length about 3 inches. Six examples, the one descril^ed above largest. Day's figure" shows a higher spine to second dorsal than that found on any of my examples. SCOMBRID^. 54. Scomberomorus guttatus (Schneider). Differs but little from Sumatran examples. Teeth about 31 in upper jaw and about 34? in lower. Color faded so that spots are diffuse and indistinct. Caudal whitish. One example, Uf inches. " Fishes of India, II, 1876, p. 358, PI. 76, fig. 2. Sunderbunds near Calcutta. 1905»] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 TRICHIURID^. 55. TrioMuras savala Cuvier. Head 8*; depth 17f ; D. about 137; A. I, XCVI?; P. i, 10; snout a little less than 3 in head from its own tip ; tip of snout to end of maxil- lary 2^; orbit 8^; interorbital space 7. Tip of mandible ending in a fleshy point and laterally compressed. Fangs 3, alternate and barbed in front of upper jaw. A single enlarged barbed fang in front of mandi- ble. Tongue elongate, pointed and free. Rakers consist of several small pointed rudiments at angle of first branchial arch. Anal spine pointed. Color in arrack silvery, edge of back above brownish. Fins pale, margin of dorsal brownish and edge of pectoral dusky. Tail dusk3^-brown. Edge of preorbital brow^nish. Iris dull brassy. Length 26 inches. CARANGID^. 56. Scomberoides toloo (Cuvier). One example, 6| inches long. 57. Megalaspis cordyla (Linnseus). Three examples. 58. Alepes scitula Fowler. Three examples, agreeing with the type except paler in color. Largest 4|- inches long. 59. Citula atropos (Schneider) .^^ A single small example, aljout 2 inches long. STROMATEID^. 60. Pampus cinereus (Bloch). Head 3^ ; depth 1^; D. i, VHI, 5, 34; A. VI, 5, 33; snout 3| in head ; eye 3^ ; width of mouth 3^; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f ; pectoral 2| in head and trunk. Color in alcohol with silvery more or less everj-where. Back pale brown. Marginal portions of dorsals and caudal only slightly dusky. Pectoral whitish like caudal. Anal almost entirely silvery- white. Iris brassy. One example, 5^ inches long. Day's figure of Stromateus cinereus'^ shows the anal lobe much longer and the snout not so produced as in my example. ^Citula atropos Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 513, H. 14, lower figure to left is the voung of Citula armata (ForskaD. ^^ Fishes of India, II, 1876,'Pl. 53, fig. 3. 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, LEIOGNATHID^. 61. Leiognathus edentulus (Bloch). One example. CHANDID^.«» 62. Ambassis wolffii Bleeker. One example. It agrees with Bleeker's figm'e/^ except that the mem- branes of spinous dorsal and ventral fins are more dusky or blackish. 63. Ambassis ambassis (Lac^pfede). Head 2\\ depth 2\; D. i, YII, I, 10; A. Ill, 9, i; scales about 2S in lateral line to base of caudal; 4 scales obliquely back from origin of spinous dorsal to lateral line; about 8 scales obliquely up from origin of spinous anal to lateral line; about 12 scales before dorsal; snout 4^ in head from tip of upper jaw; eye 3^; maxillary 2^ ; interorbital space 4|-. Rakers slender, a little longer than filaments or about equal to diameter of pupil, and 8+17 in number. Color faded a plain pale or nearly uniform brownish, all fins whitish. One example, 4 inches long. ^Chanda is another of Hamilton's composite genera. Its elimination is as follows : setifer =Gerres Cuvier, 1829. ruconius =Leiognathus Laoepede, 1803. nalua= Ambassis Ciivier, 1828. nnma =HamiUoma Swainson, 1839. phula=HamiUonia, Swainson, 1839. bogoda =Hamiltonia Swainson, 1839. bacxdis=Hannltonia Swainson, 1839. ranga=HamUtonia Swainson, 18.39. lala=Pseudambassis Bleeker, 1870. The first species affected is ruconius, which cannot belong to my own genus Deveximentum if the original account and figure of Hamilton is correct. The latter certainly represents a Leiognathus, and the description is equally applicable. The second case is nalua which is an Ambassis. The third case is setifer which is a Gerres. Haviiltonia was next proposed for orata, which is based on Hamilton's figure of noma, by .Swainson, who follow? with another name, lata, for the same figure! The remaining species appear to belong to this genus with the exception of lala, for which Bleeker propcsed Pseudambassis in 1874. As this is the last name used generically Chanda must supersede it with lala as the t}-pe. Provisionally the genera may be distinguished by the following key: a. — Preorbital entire; D. long, 14 to 17 radii; A. long, 16 to 18 radii; scales small or minute, Hamiltonia. aa — Preorbital denticulate. /). — Strong teeth in jaws, at least some of them enlarged and almost canine- like. c. — D. radii 12 to 14; A. radii 14 to 17; strong external series of pre- maxillary teeth, Chanda. cc. — D. radii 10 or 11; A. radii 9 to 11; outer series of teeth in part canine-like, Parambassis. . bb. — Teeth small, equal or subequal; D. and A. radii 8 to 11 ; scales large, A jyibassis. Parambassis macrolepis (Bleeker) . One example in the Academy from the Paris Museum. The black on the edge of the soft dorsal is very distinct. '''Atlas Ichth., VIII, 1876-77, PI. (47) 32.5, fig. 2. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 64. Ambassis gymnooephalus (Lacepfede). Head 2|; depth 2f ; D. i, VII, I,, 9; A. Ill, 9; scales 27 in a lateral series to base of caudal: 14 tubes in fii'st part of lateral line, and 14 in lower or caudal portion; 4 scales between origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line obliquely back; 8 scales obliquely forward from origin of spinous anal to lateral line ; about 13 scales before spinous dorsal ; snout 4^ in head, from tip of upper jaw; eye 3; maxillary 2|-; interorbital space 3|-. Rakers small, thin, longer than filaments and numerous. Color faded plain or uniform brownish, fins whitish. Length 2h inches. Two examples. SCI^NID^.«=' 65. Sciaena novae-hoUandise Steindachner. Head 3^ ; depth 3| ; D. X, 26, i ; A. II, 6, i ; scales 45 in lateral line'to base of caudal; snout 3f in head; eye 5^; end of maxillary to tip of snout 2; interorbital space 3f ; pectoral 1^; ventral l^-; least depth of caudal peduncle 4. One example, 4| inches, agreeing with Bleeker's figure.^^ POLYNEMIDiB. TRICHIDIONTIN.^."" Rayed dorsal and anal of equal size. Preopercle serrated. 66. Trichidion indicus (Shaw). Head 3i; depth 4f; D. VIII-I, 13; A. Ill, 12; P. ii, 11; pectoral filaments 5; V. I, 5; scales 70 in lateral line to base of caudal; about 36? scales (squamation damaged) before spinous dorsal; 7 scales be- tw^een origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line; 8 scales between origin of soft dorsal and lateral line; 10 scales between origin of anal and lateral line; width of head 1| in its length; depth of head If; snout 4f; eye 8; m^axillary 22-V; mandible 2^; width of mouth 2f ; interorbital space 4; first dorsal spine 1^; first dorsal ray If; first anal ray 2; third anal spine 3y; upper caudal lobe a little less than head; least depth of caudal peduncle 3-|-; pectoral 1^; ventral about 2^. Uppermost pectoral filament reaching origin of anal. I^ength 21^ inches. One example from the mouth of the Baram. ^^Scicena macroptera Fowler,. Journ. Acad. Nat. Set. Phila.. XII (2), 1904, p. 530, is an Umhriiia. ^Kitlas Ichth., IX, 1877, PI. (4) 3S7, fig. 2. "* Tills is opposed to the Poltnemix.'e or those species witli the anal basis about twice the length of the second dorsal and an entire preopercle. Typified by Poly- nemus Linnseus. Trichidion Klein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Pise, III, 1792, p. 585, is the earliest reference for that genus, thus having priority over Polydactylus Lacep6de. 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 67. Tricliidioii hilleri sp. nov. Head 3|; depth 4^; D. VII-iv, 16; A. in, 12; P. ii, 15, with 6 fila- ments below: V. i, 5; scales about 68 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 11 more on caudal basally; 6 scales between middle of base of spinous dorsal and lateral line : 7 scales between middle of base of soft dorsal and lateral line; 9 scales obliquely up and back to lateral line; width of head If in its length ; depth of head If; snout 4; eye 9; max- illary 2; interorbital space 3; second dorsal spine 1^; first developed dorsal ray about If; first developed anal ray If; ventral 1^; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f; second simple pectoral ray 2|- in head and trunk; length of upper caudal lobe about 2f. Fig. 11. — Trichidion hilleri Fowler. Body long, compressed, greatest depth about middle of depressed ventral or spinous dorsal, and upper profile a little more convex than lower. Ca)idal peduncle a little long, and its least depth a trifle more than half its length. Head obtuse, compressed, rather broad, and profiles similar with upper a little more convex, especially posteriorly. Snout broad, blunt, convex, and well protruded. Eye small, circular, a little low and lat- eral in position, and also placed a trifle behind first fourth of length of head. Adipose tissue well developed and extending over eye. Mouth inferior, large, gape curved in profile and upper jaw extending forward beyond symphysis of mandible. Maxillary expanded distally till about 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 \ more than diameter of orbit. Teeth in jaws minute asperities in rather broad band-Hke patches which are not confluent anteriorly. Similar patches on palatines. Vomer edentulous. Tongue large, thick, rounded and a little free in front but without asperities. Nos- trils moderately large, rounded, similar, together, lateral and posterior on snout and directly in front of eye. Interorbital space broad, convex, and posteriorly to occipital region becoming more convex. Gill-opening extending forward till below posterior portion of orbit. Gill-rakers small, slender, somewhat clavate, 13 + 18, and longest a little longer than longest filaments and a trifle more than distal ex- panded maxillary extremity. Pseud obranchiaj small. Isthnuis broad and convex. Scales rather small, mostly finely ctenoid and small ones extending over most of fins and head. On spinous dorsal, pectoral and ventral they are present only on basal regions, and other fins almost completely covered. Those on head small about and on snout. Head scaly with exception of lips and branchial flaps. Ax;il of pectoral with a fleshy flap and a thin pointed scale above. Axil of ventral with a grooved scaly flap. Lateral line continuous, of simple tubes, a little high at first and then running down along middle of side of caudal peduncle and well out on caudal. Spinous dorsal inserted about midway between tip of snout and mid- dle of base of soft dorsal or a trifle behind origin of ventral, spines slender, and second spine a little longest. Soft dorsal inserted a little nearer base of caudal than eye, and first branclied ray highest. Anal similar to soft dorsal, inserted behind origin of same fin and a little nearer that of pectoral than base of caudal, and first branched ray highest. Caudal large, forked and lobes pointed. Pectoral long, sec- ond simple ray longest and reaching origin of anal. Pectoral filaments very long, first and third longest, and latter longer than entire length of fish. I^owest and shortest pectoral filament about equal to head without snout. Ventral with first ray longest and reaching about f of space to anal. Insertion of ventral a little behind origin of pecto- ral. Vent close before tip of depressed ventral. Color in alcohol mostly very pale brownish-white or pale browni:?h. Back darker brown with minute pale dusky dots on side of head and above pectoral. Dorsals and caudal sprinkled with similar pale dusky or gray dots and also slightly darker than other fins. Upper margins of dorsals slightly darker. Other fins like abdomen, except pectoral which is deep livid black on outer §. Pectoral filaments pale, like fin at base, soon becoming gradually browner till colored like back. Sid<^ 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THB ACADEMY OF [July, and lower surface of head and snout whitish like abdomen. Iris pale slaty. Length 8| inches. Type No. 2,400, W. I. A. P. Baram river, Borneo. 1897. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. One example. This species may be distinguished principally by the black outer f of the pectoral fin. (Named for Dr. H. 1\I. Hiller, explorer of Borneo and Sumatra with Mr. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr.) OOIID^. Body deep and elevated. Premaxillaries protractile and spines extending back to occiput. Teeth in jaws villiform and none on roof of mouth or on tongue. jNIaxillary slipping below lower edge of pre- orbital for most of its length. Preorbital narrow. Lower pharyngeal bones separate. Branchiostegals 6. Pseud obranchia? present. Ap- pendices pylorices few. Air-vessel simple. Dorsal fins continuous, spines XII and stout. Anal spines similar, HI. Caudal rounded. Rivers and estuaries of India and the East Indies. These fishes approach the Gcrridw in the spines of the ])remaxillary, but differ at once in the numerous stout dorsal spines. Coins Hamil- ton*^ { = Datriioides Bleeker) is the typical form. 68. Coius quadrifasciatus (Sevastianoff). Four examples, largest 3f inches in length. OSPHRONEMID^. 69. Betta pugnax (Cantor). One example from the Baram. Harrison and Hiller. Bleeker's Betta a na 6a toiV/es'^'^ appears to differ a little from 5. jmgnax, according to the accounts of Valenciennes and Cantor. Panchax pic- *^This genus is also one of Hamilton's composite groups. Its elimination is as follows- vncti=Laics Cuvier, 1S2S. datnia = Chrysophri/fi Valenciennes, 1830. catvs=Lutianus Bloch, 1797. tricittatus = Therapon Cuvier, 1829. gudgutia = Pomadasis Lac^pede, 1S03. polota =Datnioides Bleeker, 1857. nnndus = Nandus Valenciennes, 1831. cobojiiis = Anabas Cuvier, 1829. chaf(ircus = To.rotes Cuvier, 1817. It is tlius evident that Datnioides Bleeker is the last name proposed and there- fore gives precedence to Coins. Datnioides first occurs in Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., Ill, 1853, p. 440. Type Datnioides quadrifasciatus Bleeker = Coius polota Hamil- ton. ""Nat. Tijd. Atlas Ichlh., IX. 1877, PI. (1) 36.3. '" Fishes of India, I, 1875, PI. 29, fig. 3.] 33 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, less similar. Caudal peduncle compressed, its least depth about equal to its length from base of anal membrane. Head large, very broad, robust, l^roader posteriorly, and upper profile a trifle conca\'e. Upper surface of head more or less flattened medianly , lower surface more or less convex. Snout short, very broad, flattened or only a trifle convex, when viewed from above l)oth its margin and that of upper jaw, which is closely parallel, emarginate. Eyes small, a trifle longer than broad, rounded, superior though well separated and ¥\g. 12. — Leptosynanceia greenmani Fowler. placed near first third of length in head. Maxillary nearly vertical, distally well expanded, so that its posterior margin is about level with anterior nostril. Mandible thick, heavy, nearly vertical, convex, and well protruded. Teeth minute, in rather broad bands which do not meet anteriorly though approaching close. No teeth on roof of mouth anteriorly or on tongue. Tongue very large, broad, thick, and only free around edges. Anterior nostrils each in a short tube about as far apart as interorbital space and close to edge of snout. Posterior nos- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509 trils same distance apart, each with a cutaneous margin and directly in front of eye. Interorbital space rather broad and flattened. Ridges on top of head distinct, especially parietal. Nuchal bony knob-like processes, one on each side of each parietal ridge large and distinct. Just anterior to nuchal knob a smaller parietal knob on each side. Tympanic knob small and inconspicuous. Two preorbital spines, lower much larger. Five spinous processes along margin of preopercle, vipper 2, which are near its angle, enlarged and conspicuous. On ridge of preopercle 2 small blunt spinous processes and another on cheek just below eye. Opercular spines 2 and superior. Articular portion of mandible large. Gill-opening lateral, large, and carried forward about an eye-diameter posterior to posterior margin of eye. Rakers about 10 small rounded knobs, low, and much less than eye, on first arch. Filaments about half of interorbital space. Pseud obranchite of several filaments. Width of isthmus a trifle more than interorbital space. Body scaleless, and skin smooth, anteriorly and above, and together with most of head, covered with minute papillfp. In a lateral series close to and concurrent with upper profile a series of 10 short bony pricks following course of lateral line. Small papilla? also on spinous dorsal where they form oblique crossing series. Spinous dorsal with long base, spines pungent, heteracanthous and, with exception of first two, of more or less equal height. Origin of spinous dorsal a little before base of uppermost pectoral ray. Each dorsal spine with a more or less cutaneous or adipose-like flexible tip. Anal spines similar, fourth longest. Origin of spinous anal about mid- way between base of lowest pectoral ray and base of caudal. Mem- branes of both spinous dorsal and anal emarginate. Rayed vertical fins with simple rays. Origin of soft dorsal about last fourth in length of head and trunk. Origin of rayed anal slightly before. Third dorsal ray longest and others graduated down, edge of fin rounded. Third anal ray longest, others more or less subequal. Caudal rounded and rather oblong. Pectoral large, broadly expanded, of simple rays, and base of lowest ray about last third in length of head. Ventral with broad base united by membrane with belly, and base of spine opposite to base of lowest pectoral ray. Spine robust and with fleshy end. Second ventral ray longest. Vent close in front of anal. Color in alcohol pale brown, lower surface scarcely paler. Head finely mottled or marbled with darker brown, and back and sides with numerous large deep brownish blotches. Fins also similarly marked and colored. Soft dorsal, anal and caudal with conspicuous white and 510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, rather ])roa(l margins, color adjoining almost blackish but fading out to brownish ground-color soon, though on caudal distally more darker than on other fins. Pectoral mottled with brownish, becoming dis- tally blackish, and without white margin. Ventral pale blotched with dusky distally. Iris slaty. Length 6^ inches. TypeNo. 2,349, W. I. A.P. Baram, Borneo. 1897. Mr. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Also paratypes No. 2,381, W. I. A. P., with same data, and No. 2,509, W. I. A. P., from the mouth of the Baram river, collected by Dr. W. H. Furness in 1898. This species is closely related to Leptosiinanccia asterohlepa (Richard- son),^^ but differs at once in coloration, the edges of all the fins in that species being blackish, while in Leptosynanceia greemnani they are margined with whitish on the rayed dorsals and anal, and caudal. Bleeker's figure'* shows a more n\arbled appearance, but the edges of these fins are also dark. Further, the dark and pale markings on the trunk are exactly negative to L. greenmani. (Named for Dr. ^I. J. Greenman, Director of the Wistar Institute of Anatomy in Philadelphia.) GOBIID^. ELEOTRIDIN.E. 80. Ophiooara porocephala (Valenciennes). Head 2f ; depth 4^; D. VI -i, 8; A. i, 6; scales 37 in a lateral series to base of caudal; ahout 15 series of scales from origin of spinous dor- sal to middle of dorsal transversely; depth of head about If in its length; width of head 1-i; mandible 2; length of depressed spinous dorsal 2; base of second dorsal 2\; sixth dorsal ray 2^; base of anal 2-^^; fifth anal ray 2^; length of caudal about If; pectoral ly\: ventral Ijf ; snout 3f in head measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 6f : maxillary 2|; width of mouth 3^; interorbital sjjace 2§. Cleft of mouth extending but little beyond anterior margin of eye. Series of pearl-col- ored spots along lo^^•er part of sides more or less regular and persistent in alcohol. Traces of a Avhitish margin to soft dorsal and anal. Ventral dark like back with light margin. I.iength 6f inches. Three examples. Baram. Harrison and Hiller. All dark or blackish- brown with whitish spots on side, though the eye appears to be a little smaller than in Day's figure.'^^ ''^ Synanceia asterohlepa Richardson, Voyage of the Sulphur, Fish, I, 1841, p. (iO, PI 39. figs. 1-3. Coast of New Guinea. ''^ Atlas Ichth., IX. 1877, PI. (6) 116, fie. 6. ■>^ Fishes of India, II, 1S76, PI. G7, fis. 1. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511 GIGANTOGOBIUS gen. nov. Type Gigantogohins jordani sp. nov. Scales small, about S8. Body depressed, especially head. Snout broad and depressed. Dorsal spines not elevated. Ventrals separate. Eyes small and superior. Largest of the Gobies. Rivers of Borneo. {I'lya-^Talu?, gigantic; K'ci},3idi, the ancient name of tlie Goby.) 81. Gigantogobius jordani sp. nov. ' Head 2%; depth 4; D. VI-i. 9, i; A. i. 8, i; P. 17; V. i. 5; scales 88 to base of caudal, and about 6 more on latter; scales about 32 in a transverse series at origin of anal; depth of head about 2 in its length; width of head If ; mandible 2; second dorsal spine 3f ; third branched dorsal ray 2f ; base of s))inous dorsal 2|; base of rayed dorsal 2; first branched anal ray 4i; sixth anal ray 2^; Ijase of anal 2|; length of caudal If; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f-; pectoral 2; ventral 2^; Fig. 13. — Gigantogohius jordani Fowler. greatest width of trunk If; snout 3f in head from tip of upper jaw; eye llf; maxillary 2^; interorbital space 3^; internasal space 4; width of mouth 2. P)ody elongate, very robust and solid, depressed anteriorly, sides rather convex and tail well compressed. Greatest depth at origin of spinous dorsal. Profiles of tr\mk a little convex and similar. Caudal peduncle strongly compressed and its least depth about 1^ in its length. Head very large, depressed, more or less flattened above and more convex belo\A'. Upper profile concave from snout in front to occiput. liOwer profile convex. Snout obtuse, broad, and a little convex above. Upper jaw broad and well })roduced in front. Eye small, circular, lat- erally superior, and placed about first third in total length of head. Mandible large, convex and well produced. Mouth large, superior, oblique, and gape curved in profile. Maxillar}- oljliciue and reaching 512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, about opposite posterior margin of pu]^il. Lips thick and fleshy, ediies papillose. Teeth short, conic, powerful, erect, and irregular in at least outer series of each jaw. Onh^ an inner adjoining broad band in upper iaw of minute ones. Roof of mouth and tongue edentulous. Tongue broad, rounded in front, and free. Nostrils superior, anterior ones each in a short tube near margin of snout, though well separated, dis- tance between being equal to that of posterior pair, which are close in front of eye in form of simple pores. Interorbital space broad and flat- tened. Opercle ending in a triangular point above and with narrow cutaneous flap. Gill-opening large, extending forward a little before middle in length of head, though falling a little behind posterior margin of orbit. Rakers about 10 knob-like bony processes on first arch, rounded, much shorter than filaments though large. Filaments about equal to orbit. Isth- mus narrow. Scales small, cycloid, striate, thin and rather narrowly imbricated. Head scaled except most of snout, jaws, mandilile and branchiostegal regions which are naked. Both dorsals, pectoral, except base, and ventral also naked. Greater part of caudal scaly, also base of pectoral. Scales before spinous dorsal, and on head above, on base of caudal, and on breast, especially reduced or crowded. No lateral line. Dorsal spines a little flexible, membranes emarginate, and second longest. Fin small, its origin about over middle of depressed pectoral or about midway between tip of snout and middle of last dorsal ray when depressed, and not reaching rayed dorsal. Rayed dorsal well developed, posteriorly higher or fifth ray about longest, and origin of fin a little nearer base of caudal than posterior margin of preopercle. Anal similar to rayed dorsal and inserted a little posterior to its origin. Caudal large, rounded, median rays a little longest. Pectoral rather small, lower rays more expanded and branched, base of fin a little fleshy, and when depressed tip of fin reaches about opposite middle of length of depressed spinous dorsal. Ventrals separate, anteriorly with base fleshy, inserted a little in advance of base of lowest pectoral ray, rays graduated to fourtli which is longest and tip of depressed fin reach- ing a little more than half wav to anal. Anal papilla large and fleshy. Vent at a point about last ?- in space between tip of depressed ventral and origin of anal. Color in alcohol deep blackish-brown, a slaty hue due doubtless to the precipitate, and more or less nebulous. Bell}', lower surface of head and breast scarcely paler, or dirty-brownish. I^ower surface of head with paler blotches, some of which are more or less confluent. Fins all 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513 dusky brownish variegated with darker or blackish-brown spots, giving them a somewhat barred appearance. Eyes slaty. Length 26 inches. Type No. 2,387, W. I. A. P. Baram, Borneo. 1897. Mr. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Also paratype No. 2,763, W. I. A. P. Same data. It is smaller. (I take pleasure in dedicating this interesting species to Dr. David Starr Jordan, of the Leland Stanford Junior University, my most able preceptor in Ichthyology.) 82. Butis butis (Hamilton). Head 2|; depth 4f ; D. VI-i, 8; A. i, 8; scales 29 in lateral series to base of caudal, and 2 more on latter; 13 scales ol^liquely between origin of spinous dorsal and that of anal. Each scale of body with a smaller one, or more, usually at its base. This agrees fairly well with Day's figure of Eleotris butis,''* though there are four or five brownish lines radiating from the eye. Sides of head marked sparsely with brownish specks. Four examples. PERIOPHTHALMIN^." 83. Periophthalmodon schlosseri (Pallas). Head 31^; depth 41; D. VH-i, 12; A. i, 12; scales 51 in a lateral series to base of caudal, and 4 or 5 more on latter; about 14 scales in a transverse oblique series from origin of soft dorsal to anal; width of head 1 1 in its length; depth of head 1^; snout 3; eye6i; maxinary2f; width of mouth 2|; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f ; width of base of pectoral 3; length of pectoral 1^; ventral 2; caudal 1|-; second dor- sal spine If; sixth dorsal ray 2f ; tenth anal ray 3f. Lower surface of head and breast naked. In alcohol brownish, under surface of body paler or whitish, and ventrals and anal similar. Spinous dorsal blackish- brown with upper margin conspicuously white. Soft dorsal brownish with a broad median dusky or blackish-brown band. A dusky band from eye to shoulder. Iris slaty and outer lid white. Length 8^ inches. Four examples. 84. Periophtlialmus argentilineatus Valenciennes. Head 4; depth 5^; D.XIII-13; A. 11; P.i, 14; V. 1,5; scales kbout 80? in a lateral series from above gill-opening posteriorly to base of ■'^Fishes of India, II, 1876, PI. 67, fig. 3. ''^ Boleophthalmus Valenciennes may be distinguished from Scartelaos Swainson by the filamentous dorsal spines. As I have only examined examples of Boleoph- thalmus chinensis (Osbeck), B. hoddcerti Schlegel, the type of Bvleophthabnus Valenciennes, may be different. Also I have only seen Scartelaos aucupatorius (Richardson) from China, which may be different from »S. viridis (Swainson), the type of the latter's genus. 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, caudal, antl about 4 more on latter; about 23 scales in a transverse series from origin of soft dorsal to base of anal; width of head 14 in its length; depth of head 1^; snout 3|; eye 3f ; width of mouth 2i; first dorsal spine Ij: first dorsal ray about 2^; last anal ray al)out 3^; caudal (damaged) 1^; pectoral, to scaly l:)ase, al:)out H; length of ven- tral nearly 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 3. Body elongate, somewhat compressed, tapering to caudal so that greatest depth exclusive of head is just behind it. Profiles even and similar. Caudal peduncle rather long, its least depth a trifle over half its length. Head robust, a little ol^long, widest below, upper surface little con- stricted, but little deeper posteriorly, and anterior profile stee]^. Snout broader than long, and with both anterior profile and surface convex. Fig. 14. — Periophthahnus argentilineatus ^'alenc•iennes. Eye high, large, a little longer than deep and anterior. Moutli broad, with large j aws , and lower a little inferior. Lips fleshy. Inroad , and form- ing a broad fold at each corner of mo\ith. Teeth large, about 20? in each jaw% conic, pointed, and uniserial. Roof of mouth and tongue ap])arently smooth. Tongue large, thick, rounded and not free. Nos- trils well separated, on each side of snout just below front margin of e3^e. Interorbital space hardly defined, eyes approximated. Gill-opening lateral, its length about 3f in head. Gill-rakers a few small weak fleshy processes. First arch with lower anterior part more or less adnate to pharynx In' menibrane. Gill-filaments rather short. Isthmus broad . Scales small, jjresent on occi])ut or on top of head behind eyes, and on sides of head. In these regions and on back about spinous dorsal, and also on belly and chest they are small or crowded. On posterior 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515 side of body enlarged. Small scales only on bases of pectoral and caudal. No lateral line. Spinous dorsal beginning behind base of pectoral, margin of fin entire, spines graduated down from first which are longest, and height of fin a little more than greatest depth of l^ody. Soft dorsal inserted over that of anal, first ray highest and others graduated down. Origin of anal aljout opposite that of soft dorsal, and graduated to last rays which are longest. Margins of both rayed dorsal and anal entire. Caudal damaged, elongate, and median ra^'s longest. Pectoral broad, with long scaled fleshy iDase and not quite reaching opposite vent. Ventrals sejmrate, small, sjjine short and reaching about half way to anal. A'ent well before anal and with an anal papilla. Color in alcohol deep brown, back darker, and lower surface a more livid or soiled brownish, on abdomen and lower surface of head some- what whitish. On lower side of head a number of small whitish round spots, and on lower side of trunk a number of short indistinctly defined vertical bars of same color. Trunk and head also more or less mottled W'ith a darker shade of brown than general body-color, sprinkled with various irregular blackisn spots. Dorsals brownish, margins whitish, below which is a broad l^lackish submarginal band, most distinct on spinous fin. Below dark bands another pale or whitish one, similar to margins. Basal portions of dorsals brownish marked with a number of rather large Avhitish spots of irregular distribution. Other fins brownish, pectoral and caudal darker and anal pale. Iris slaty. Length 2^ inches (caudal damaged). Three examples. GOBITN.E. 85. Glossogobius giurus (Hamilton). Head 3; depth 5i; L). ^T-I, 9; A. i, 8; scales 32 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 14 scales between origin of dorsal and that of anal; snout 3 J in head from tip of upper jaw; eye 4-J-. In alcohol body shows traces of about 8 pale longitudinal narrow lines which are continuous. Side with 5 nebulous or brownish blotches. Opercle with a dusky-brown blotch. Several short deep brown bars on base of pectoral. In several of these latter points it will thus be seen to differ a little from Day's figure of Gobius giurusJ^ I.engtli 4| inches. Five examples. •'' Fishes of India, II, 1876, PI. 66, fig. 1. 516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 86- Chaenogobius megacephalus sp. nov. Head 3; depth about 6?; D. VI-I, 11 ; A. I, 10; P. 16; V. I, 5 (I, 5) ; scales about 75? (squamation injured) to base of caudal; scales about 14? (squamation injured) in a transverse series at origin of anal; depth of head about 2^ in its length; width of head 1|; snout 3^; eye 5; width of mouth 2f ; maxillary 2; pectoral If; ventral 2J; third dorsal spine 2^; second developed dorsal ray 2^; last 3; first developed anal ray 3; last 3; caudal about U; least depth of caudal peduncle 3^; interorbital space 2^ in horizontal orbital diameter. Body elongate, depressed anteriorly, and sides and tail well com- pressed. Greatest depth apparently about belly. Caudal peduncle rather long, its least depth about If in its length. Head large, depressed, below more or less flattened, and upper sur- Fig. 15. — Chwnogobius megacephalus Fowler. face convex. Upper profile steep and convex, or obtuse to eye, then more or less shallowly convex. Snout large, broad, convexly rounded, and well developed upper jaw produced. Eye rather small, high, somewhat directed upward, a little longer than deep, and posterior margin a little in advance of middle of length of head. Jaws rather large and powerful and upper slightly protruding. Mouth large, broad, and maxillary reaching a trifle past posterior margin of orbit. Lips rather thin, fleshy, and with lateral margins papillose. Teeth in broad bands in jaws, not connected in front, and outer ones not forming a pronounced outer series, though a little larger than inner. No vomer- ine or palatine teeth. Upper buccal flap broad. Tongue broad, smooth, thick, truncated, with a median groove or emargination and little free in front. Nostrils lateral, in front of eye, anterior a little nearer front margin of eye than tip of upper jaw, and posterior close in front of eye. Interorbital space narrow and flattened. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517 Gill-opening lateral, slightly oblique, and its length about 2^ in head. Rakers about 3 + 5 short rounded tubercles. Filaments short, about equal to horizontal diameter of pupil. Scales small, finely ctenoid. Body mostly scaly, almost all fallen in this example. Scales on back before and below spinous dorsal greath' reduced and crowded. Posteriorly on trunk larger scales. Fins, except base of caudal and traces of minute scales at base of pec- toral, scaleless. Breast and median line of belly scaleless and without traces of pockets. No lateral line. Dorsal spines a little pungent, third a trifle longest, and others gradu- ated. Origin of spinous dorsal about midway between tip of upper jaw and penultimate dorsal ray. Second dorsal inserted a trifle in advance of anal, a little nearer base of caudal than posterior margin of eye, and fin rays mostly uniform in height. Anal similar. Caudal elongate, median rays longest and edges above and below rounded. Pectoral long, broad, radii similar, none silky but all joined by mem- branes and those about and just below median longest. Ventrals united and with a rather broad frenum in front. Vent close in front of anal. Anal papilla but little shorter than eye. Color in alcohol dull pale brown, lower surface not paler. Spinous dorsal pale brown. Soft dorsal and caudal similar with series of indis- tinct brownish blotches, those on former oblicivie and those on latter transverse. Anal, ventral and pectoral brown, latter darker. Iris brownish. Ivength 3| inches. Type No. 13,900, W. I. A. P. Borneo. 1898. Dr. W. H. Furness. One example. This species is related to Gohius melanocephalus Bleeker," G. per- sonatus Bleeker^^ and G. grammepomus Bleeker.^^ From all of these it differs at once in the larger head which is equal to 3^ in the entire length of the fish, inclusive of caudal. (Miya^j great or large; nsfaXij^ head.) SOLEID^. 87. Brachirus panoides (Bleeker). One example. 88. Paraplagusia marmorata (Bleeker). Head 4; depth 3f ; D. 100; A. 80; scales 100 in a median lateral " Verh. Bat. Gemot. (Bijd. Blenn. Gob. Soend. Moluk. Arch.), XXII, 1849, p. 33. Purworedjo in flumine Bogowonto. " L. c, p. 34. Banjumas, in flumine Seraiju. ™ L. c. Purworedjo in flumine Bogowonto 518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, series from gill-o]ieiiing below lateral line to base of caudal; in greatest width of body 26 series of scales between ventral profile of body and lateral line, and between latter and upper lateral line 16; snout 2^ in head; eye equal to interorbital space. Length 7| inches. Two examples. 89. CynoglosauB borneensis (Bleeker . Head 4i; depth oj; D. 100; A. about 4, 82; caudal about 10; space between tip of snout and up]:)er eye 2^ in head; mouth cleft 5; upper eye 4\ in space to tip of snout; interorbital space 4^; about 81 scales in lateral line, beginning count above posterior edge of gill-o])ening, to base of caudal (scjuamation injured) ; Ijelow and in a median series nearly So scales within same limits; 40 scales in a transverse series in greatest width of body or 6 between ujjper profile and u))per l^ranch of lateral line, 14 between latter and median branch, and 20 below. Body long, greatly com]:)ressed, sinistral and greatest depth falling about first f in length. Tail tapering rather narrowly posteriorly. Head moderate, upper ]:>rofile a little more convex, though both evenly rounded. Snout a little long, well compressed and profile strongl}- convex. Eyes rather small, close together, and upper with only I of its length in advance of anterior margin of lower. Posterior margin of lower eye much further from posterior edge of gill-opening than anterior margin of upper eye is from tip of .=inout. jMouth large, cleft nearly horizontal. Teeth fine, small, sharp pointed, and in bands only in dextral side of jaws. Sinistral side of jaws with a lal)ial fringe of rather small ragged cutaneous flaps. Tongue thick and inconspicu- ous. Upper nostril just al)out op])osite anterior margin of lower eye in interorbital space, but nearer upper eye than lower. Lower nostril just a trifle in advance of anterior edge of upper eye, close to gape of mouth and in a short fleshy tulie. Interorl)ital space narrow, flattened medianly, otherwise slightly concave. (Till-opening small, ascenfling about level with middle of lower eye, and membrane forming a broad fold over narrow comjjressed isthmus. Rakers none. Filaments aljout f length of mouth cleft. Scales ctenoid, small and crowded on anterior half of l)ody aufl around its profiles, l^it l:)ecoming enlai-ged on posterior half, esi)ecially medianly. Lateral system of mucous pores double along trunk, median series begins neai- tip of snout and nuis direct to base of caudal, while u|)per one is confluent at its origin with this, and again well be- hind eye, by means of a downward or nearly vertical series. U])per series then continues near and concurrent with ujiper profile-line till tielow fifth ray of ca\idal, counting from caudal where it ascends on 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519 dore^al. A system or series of mucous pores continues lateral system close to lower i)rofile of snout to mouth, and giving off horizontally a series which extends toward upper nostril. A series of pores extends down irregularly from intersecting series between eyes and gill-opening, and also another small series on lower side of head anterior to former. A similar pattern of lateral system on dextral side of body. Dorsal and caudal confluent with anal, margins of first and last more or less scalloped or incised, while caudal is pointed. First 4 rays of anal united by a broad membrane with rest of fin. Color in alcohol uniform dull brown on sinistral side. Dextral side pale brownish-white. Fins brownish, darker than sinistral side. Traces of 3 median longitudinal darker lines on side of trunk, median one on median l)ranch of lateral system. Inside gill-opening brownish. Iris pale slaty. Length 7j inches. One example. Fig. 16. — Cynoglossus kapuasensis Fowler. 90. Cynoglossus kapuasensis sp. nov. Head 5: depth 3i; D. 109; A. 4-87; caudal 10; space between tip of snout and upper eye 2^ in head; mouth cleft 5f ; upper eye oh in space to tip of snout; interorbital space 5; about 124 scales in lateral line, beginning count above posterior edge of gill-opening, to base of caudal; below and in a median series about same number within same limits; 67 scales in a transverse series in greatest width of body, or 9 between upper profile and upper branch of lateral line, 21 between latter and median branch, 29 between latter and lower branch and 8 between latter and lower profile-line. Body elongate, greatly compressed, sinistral and greatest depth fall- 520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julj, ing about first third in length. Tail tapering posteriorly and its pro- files nearly straight. Head small, upper profile a little more convex than lower and both rounded. Snout rather long, compressed and profile strongly convex. Eyes small, close together, and upper with about ^ its diameter in advance of anterior margin of lower. Posterior margin of lower eye about same distance from gill-opening as anterior margin of upper eye is from tip of snout. Mouth cleft large, a little curved upward in middle and nearly horizontal in position. Teeth very minute, merely an asperous edge to each jaw on dextral side, those of sinistral side perfectly smooth. Dextral side with a broad fleshy labial fold finely or minutely fringed. Tongue thick and fleshy. Upper nostril midway in interorbital space and jvist below posterior margin of upper eye. I^ower nostril a little behind anterior margin of upper eye, close to gape of mouth and in a short fleshy tube. Inter- orbital space narrow and a little concave. Gill-opening small, ascending about level with lower margin of upper eye, and membrane forming a broad fold over rather narrow compressed isthmus which has rounded edge. Rakers minute fleshy or cutaneous points. Filaments rather long, longest about | of length of gape of mouth. Scales rather finely ctenoid, small, and crowded on anterior third of body and around its profiles, but becoming enlarged on median portion of trimk posteriorly and tail. Lateral system of mucous pores triple. Median series begins near tip of snout and extends to base of caudal direct. Upper series confluent at its origin with middle series, runs concurrent with dorsal profile but a short distance below till below base of fifth dorsal ray, counting from caudal, where it ascends dorsal fin. Lower series has its origin at front of mandible laterally, extending along lower edge of preopercle and down lower side of head, and finally concurrent and near lower profile of body till above base of fifth anal ray, also counting from caudal, where it descends on the anal fin. Intersecting scries connect occipital region of upper series with median series and is then continued below to lower series. Along lower ante- rior margin of snout upper series is continued some distance, after which it ascends obliquely toward upper eye. Dorsal, anal and caudal confluent, margins of former two fins scal- loped or a little emarginate between each ray. Caudal rather rounded. Anal with first 4 rays apparently a little separate from rest of fin. Color in alcohol rather dark brown on sinistral side, with traces of darker brown mottlings and blotches. Fins brownish, marginally whitish, and mottled more or less basallv with darker brownish. Dex- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521 tral side whitish or brownish-white, also same color extending on fins. Iris dull slaty. Inside gill-opening pale or wiiitish. Length lly|- inches. Type No. 2,402, W. I. A. P. Ivapuas river, western Borneo. 1898. Mr. Alfred C. Harrison. Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. One example. This species approaches Cynoglossus tnicrolepis (Bleeker)*" in the posterior position of the upper nostril which is below the posterior por- tion of the eye, but it differs from that species in the fewer fin rays and scales. It also resembles Cynoglossus potous (Cuvier)*^ in coloration, traces of blotches being evident, but differs in the nostrils and fin radii. From Cynoglossus borneensis (Bleeker) it differs in the absence of the three median longitudinal dark lines, etc. (Named for the Kapuas river, in western Dutch Borneo.) Fauxal Works. BlKEKEK, PiETER VAX. 1851. Bijdrage tot de kennis der iclithyologische fauna van Borneo, met beschrijving van 16 nieuwe soorten van zoet\vatervis'y the gills and setse except in the median space which ecpials about ^ of the total width and in which each segment is divided into a posterior me- dian and a pair of anterior lateral areas. The caruncle is long and narrow, reaching from II to the posterior margin of \l, with a pair of pronounced lateral longitudinal grooves and a narrow but distinct median ridge or crest, the posterior end of which is free. At the end of the caruncle are the conspicuous, black, dorsal eyes, sometimes two pairs, of which the anterior are the larger, sometimes a single pair of slongated form, or occasionally a single one on one side and two on the other. A median tentacle arises from between the eyes and has a length of barely 1^ times the width of the caruncle; it is 2-jointed, the basal joint stout, the terminal filamentous and somewhat shorter. On the ventral aspect of the prostomial area between the first pair of forwardly directly parapodia is a pair of black ventral eyes, which are frequently coalesced into a single median one flanked by a pair of minute tentacles. The palpi are continuous anteriorly with somites I and II, and extend caudally as a pair of prominent rounded lobes Avhich end freely at IV, covering the small mouth, which is bounded behind by IV and V. A faint neural groove follows the median ventral line to the pygidium, which bears a pair of short, thick, fleshy, grooved, subanal cirri. The notopodia are completely coalesced with the dorsal surface and their setigerous areas cover most of the back except the median region. The neuropodia project from the sides of the somites, and between them and the notopodia are narrow oblique smooth areas without seta\, into which the lower end of the series of branchia bend forward. All three cirri are rather stout and conical. The dorsal is situated at the dorsal end of the branchiferous line, the middle anterior to the latter and about 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535 the middle of the notopodial area and the ventral just behind the neuro- podial tuft of setip. The branchiae are situated behind the palisade of notopodial setae, beginning at the dorsal cirrus and extending fon\'ard around the ven- tral border of the setae into the interramal area. Owing to the rela- tively short notopodial setse the gills show distinctly and the body ap- pears more depressed and has a dorsal aspect totally different from E. bicirrata. Like E. heterobranchia and some other species the form of the gills (fig. 16) varies greatly. A few near the ventral end of the series are often quite simple and cirriform, and from this unbranched form they vary to those with as many as 8 branches, the complexity of the branching increasing with approximate regularity from the ven- tral to the dorsal end of the series, except that the ventr almost gill is usually much more branched than those immediately above it. The following table shows the number of branches counted on segments of the middle of the body of four specimens, the position of the three cirri being indicated by their initial letters : D.C. 6, 8, 7, 7, 6, M.C. 6, 6, 6, 6, 4, 2, 3, 3, V.C. D.C. 7, 7, 6, 6, -, M.C. 5, 5, 4, 3, 1, 1, 5, -, V.C. D.C. 6, 5, 6, 5, 5, M.C. 5, 5, 4, 4, 1, 1, 6, -, V.C. D.C. 7, 6, 6, 5, -, M.C. 5, 5, 4, 3, 3, 2, 5, -, V.C. The 2 or 3 ventralmost gills occupy the space between the neuropodial and notopodial setae, and it will be noticed that 4 or 5 lie dorsal and 7 or 8 ventral to the middle cirrus. The larger numbers are found upon the larger and the smaller upon the smaller specimens, but it seems probable from a comparison of the number of branches that both divisions and coalescences of the ventral gills occur. Reduced numbers are found also on a few segments at each end of the body. The branches, which seldom arise upon a strictly dichotomous plan, spread widely from a short trunk into a low bush-like form and terminate without expansions in slender, tapering tips. All setae are white or colorless except at the extreme tips, which are stained with sulphur yellow. All are translucent, very brittle and hol- low, with their cavities filled with the usual granular contents. ^ The notopodials are slightly longer than the gills and of two forms. Deeply cleft, very strongly and extensively serrate setae (fig. 15) occur in the middle rows of the palisade. The remaining rows have only stout spurred setae (fig. 14) without serrations, and there are no deeply cleft or bifid setae without serrations. The spur is always very short, though the internal cavity is deeply bifurcate. Many of these set£e have the middle part of the shaft encircled by many fine parallel canals situated 536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, just beneath the cortical layer and more or less completely annular. The nenropodials are somewhat longer and more slender. They have more slender, longer and more curved tips and longer lateral spurs than the notopodial setae just described and in some cases at least the cavity is not bifurcate (fig. 13). The setae of the middle region depart remark- ably little from the exact forms figured for the three kinds. This species appears to resemble E. maculata Horst rather closely, but is readily distinguished by the position of the middle cirrus, which is between the second and third gills in the latter. From E. hetero- hranchia Jonnson the absence of smooth cleft notopodial setae especially distinguishes it, while E.aurantiaca Johnson and E.superha Marenzeller both have a smaller number of gills, longer spurs to the notopodial setae and other distinguishing features. This species is much less common than E. hicirrato, and was taken at stations 4,272 and 4,274 only, in Chilkoot Inlet, Alaska, in 45 to 73 fathoms. Eunoe depressa sp. nov. PI. XXXIV, figs. 17, 18, PI. XXXV, figs. 19 and 20. An interesting species of at least partially commensalistic habits. The type is 30 mm. long, 11 mm. between the tips of the parapodia, and 14 between the tips of the setae at XVII, the broadest somite. The largest specimen is 40 mm. long. The prostomium is about as long as broad, divided anteriorly by a deep median furrow which reaches half its length; its lobes produced into divergent, widely separated and prominent peaks. Of the two pairs of eyes the anterior are slightly the larger, strictly lateral and at the widest part of the prostomium near the middle; the smaller pos- terior pair dorsal, less widely separated and close to but distinctly anterior to the posterior margin of the prostomium. All of the cephalic appendages are short and stout. The median tentacle is barely 2^ times the length of the prostomium, its base very short and stout; the proximal f of the style thick and little tapered, ending in a slight en- largement beyond which it abruptly contracts into a delicate terminal filament; its surface is covered with numerous but short cilia. The lateral tentacles arise entirely ventral to the median, close to the median line and quite inside the line of the peaks; they are stout, taper gently for about the proximal f and beyond that are contracted abruptly into a terminal filament; the ciliation is sparse. The palpi are stout, short, in all 4 specimens much shorter than the median ten- tacle, the terminal filament of which they barely reach; their own terminal filament is minute ; their cilia are arranged along a few longi- tudinal lines. The tentacular cirri resemble the median tentacle, which 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537 the dorsal almost equals, while the ventral is ^ shorter. In one speci- men the protruded proboscis is short and broad, 7 mm. long and 3.5 wide. The jaws are deep brown, strong and with a prominent lateral ridge on the jaw plate. There are 9 soft papillifi above and 9 below. Fifteen pairs of elytra are borne on the usual somites by stout elytro- phores which are nearly equalled in size by the homologous dorsal tubercles of the cirriferous somites. The elytra (fig. 20) are thick, stiff and of tough, cartilaginoid texture; the margins bear only a few goblet- shaped sensory papillae and traces of a few or no cilia ; the dorsal surface is studded with small, distant, horny spines and much more numerous, smaller, horny prickles; the former are always in the center of round, slightly elevated brown spots and the latter, while themselves brown, are surrounded by a pale ring. The first elytron is circular, the next 11 subquadrate reniform, and the last 2 or 3 broadly ovate, the last with a straight inner margin. Typical parapodia (fig. 19) are rather long, high and compressed. The neuropodium is prominent and slopes both dorsally and ventrally to the prominent acicular process which is produced into a short soft supraacicular papilla. The notopodium is also large and produced into a prominent acicular process. The ventral cirrus is subulate, with a slender end reaching to about the third row of subacicular setae. The dorsal cirrus is remarkable for the great length of the ceratophore which is f as long as the style and in close contact with the dorsal border of the notopodium. The style is short and stout, little tapered and has a subterminal enlargement tapering into a slender tip. The body is very flat and much depressed, widest near the middle and tapering both ways. Nephridial tubercles exist on all but a few of the most anterior somites; they are of moderate length and are directed dorsally between the bases of the parapodia. The anal cirri are similar to the dorsal cirri and equal to the last 9 segments in length. Neuropodial setae are borne in 3 supraacicular and 8 subacicular series, those in the dorsal rows being, as usual, more slender and provided with a greater number of spines. They (fig. 17) are moderately slender with rather elongated ends provided with numerous rows of spines which become larger and more prominent distally ; the smooth tip is rather long, slender and but little hooked. The parapodium of I, bearing the tentacular cirri, has a small neuropodium with an acicular process and 2 or 3 setae. The notopodial sette (fig. 18) are relatively few in number, much stouter than the neuropodials, the dorsal ones especially being short and stout and the longest ventral ones about h the length of the longest neuro- 538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, podial setse; they are closely pectinated with | rings of fine spines, leaving a smooth tip somewhat less in length than the greatest diam- eter of the seta. The body throughout is colorless, the exposed parts of the elytra mottled with white and rich brown, the caudal cirri, dorsal cirri and cephalic appendages brown with a subterminal white ring and light filament, the palpi only lacking the ring but retaining the white tip. This species is represented by four examples, the type from station 4,261, Dundas Bay, 8-10 fathoms, and one specimen each from Union Bay, Alaska, and from station 4,270, Afognak Bay, 14-19 fathoms. The latter is labelled "Hermit crab, messmate," and many of the papillse on the elytra bear 2 or .3 spines. Antmoe macrolepida sp. nov. PI. XXXV, figs. 21-23. This fine species has a length up to 45 mm. with a breadth of 12 mm. and including the setai of 18 mm. The short broad prostomium (fig. 21) is about H times as broad as long, smoothly rounded laterally, broadly cleft and bilobate anteriorly and slightly divided for its entire length by a shallow, dorsal, median furrow. The anterior lobes are broadly rounded and largely occupied by the anterior eyes and the cephalic peaks, usually prominent in the genus, are in this species nearly obsolete. In one small specimen of 14 mm., however, they present the ordinary appearance, and, as the eyes are small, it seems quite probable that in the species as here de- scribed we have to do with an epigamous phase in which the great development of the anterior eyes has mechanically or otherwise reduced the size of the peaks. The anterior eyes are very large, provided with well-developed lenses, and occupy the entire antero-lateral aspect of the prostomium, facing forward and outward. The posterior eyes appear by comparison minute, and are widely separated on the pos- tero-lateral curvature of the prostomium; in the preserved specimens they are always partly hidden by the bases of the elytrophores of somite II. The median tentacle is long and slender, 5 or 6 times the length of the prostomium; its ceratophore is more than ^ as long as the latter, and the delicate style tapers regularly to the outer ^ where a slight thickening occurs followed by a slender terminal filament. It bears a few scattered clavate cilia. The very small lateral tentacles spring from short, nearly spherical ceratophores situated on the ventral sur- face of the anterior prostomial lobes and partly beneath the median tentacle. Their total length is only 1^ times the prostomium and their slender subulate styles have the terminal half almost filamentous. The 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539 palpi are likewise slender and from 6 to 9 times (usually the former) the length of the prostomium. They taper regularly to an acute tip and are marked with longitudinal ciliated lines. The tentacular cirri are similar in form to the median tentacle, but they are much more strongly ciliated and only f as long. The mouth is bounded behind by a strongly furrowed lip which reaches to III. In a specimen 30 mm. long the proboscis is extended to a length of 9 mm. and a breadth of 3 mm. It is provided with acute jaws of the usual form and bears 9 soft papillse above and 9 below. The body is narrow and nearly linear; its ventral width scarcely equals the extreme length of the parapodia, and is practically uniform from somite V to the middle of the body, beyond which it tapers very gently to the pygidium. A strongly marked neural groove runs for its entire length. Nephridial tubercles are first evident on IX and are nowhere much elongated. Dorsally the greatest width is from VIII to XIX. There are 39 somites. The 15 pairs of elytra are borne on somites II, IV, "\^ VII. IX, XI, XIII, XV, XVII, XIX, XXI, XXIIl, XXVI, XXIX and XXXII. They are remarkably large, overlap broadly both antero-posteriorly and medially, have a soft membranous texture and a weak attachment, so that they are easily detached. The first is subcircular, the next 3 are broadly reniform, and those following, except the last, broadly elliptical ; the last is broadly subovoidal with a straight inner margin. To the naked e5^e the scales appear quite smooth, but a moderate mag- nification shows the greater part of the surface covered with scattered small, slightly curved, conical spines which become more numerous toward the posterior margin where they are associated with a few slen- der, clavate cilia. Cilia of various lengths occur also on the free margin of the scales. It appears that in natiu'e the elytra are frequently lost and replaced, and that when detached asymmetrically the remaining one of the pair will increase in size and completely cover the back as far as the bases of the dorsal cirri of the opposite side. Even when both elytra of a pair are symmetrically developed they overlap so broadly in the median line that less than half of their extent is exposed when all are in place. As indicated above the parapodia are elongated and fully equal the body width. The prominent and slender neuropodia are ol^liquely truncate distally and have the dorsal angle prolonged anterior to the setae into a slender aeicular process with a free filament equalling the ventral cirrus in length. The notopodium is a low cylindrical process arising rather anterior to the base of the neuropodium and bears the 35 540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, slender acicular process which is not prolonged into a filament beyond the place of emergence of the aciculum. The notopodial cirri have a form similar to the median tentacle, b\it the siibterminal enlargement is rather more prominent and the entire style about \ longer so that they reach well bej^ond the tips of the longest seta?. They bear clavate cilia which decrease in size and number distally and are altogether ab- sent from the distal filament. The ceratophores are small and slightly dorsal and j^osterior to the base of the notopodium. Ventral cirri arise well distad of the middle of the ventral surface of the parapodium; they have slender subulate styles that barely reach the base of the neuro- podial acicular process. Toward the ends of the body the parapodia undergo the customary changes in form, the posterior dorsal cirri espe- cially being very slender, elongated and nearly lacking the subterminal enlargement. Each ramus of the parapodium is supported by a tapering aciculum, especially stout in the case of the neuropodium, and suddenly reduced in diameter at the end, ^\'hich is free for only a short distance. All of the setae are of a pale glistening straw color and to the naked eye or under a hand lens appear to be highly burnished. The notopodials (fig. 23) are relatively few in number and spread radially from a center. The dorsal ones are quite short ; the ventrals about § as long as the longest neuropodials. All are rather stout, nearly straight, with short, bluntly pointed, smooth tips and numerous rows of minute spines ex- tending about half way round the seta and covering about h of its exposed portion. All of the neuropodials and especially the supraaci- cular ones are very long and slender. They are arranged in a dense tuft sj^reading vertically. The shaft is very slightly curved and the distal thickening (fig. 22) remarkably elongated and at the tip (fig. 22a) abruptly contracted into a delicate terminal bristle. All of this region is furnished with numerous short transverse rows of long, A^ery fine hairs which become longer and more spreading at the tip where a num- ber of the longest overlap the base of the terminal awn. The peris- tomial parapodium bears small tufts of both notopodial and neuropo- dial seta?. The general color of the body above is reddish-brown with narrow, light, transverse, intersegmental lines which become broader in some of the paler specimens, in which also a second narrow transverse line may appear across each segment. The dorsal cirri and all cephalic appendages except the palpi, which are pale, are dark brown with a pale subterminal ring. The elytra are pale marbled with brown, especially posteriorly, or with 2 large divided crescentic spots of brown. One 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541 particularly beautiful specimen has the body nearly without pigment, and the elytra with large irregular spots and a narrow posterior border of reddish-brown. The ventral surface generally and the parapodia, except their dorsal surface, are unicolor, sometimes clear pale brown, often dark brown or purplish or even nearly black, but always uniform and unspotted and highly characteristic. The nem'opodial cirri are always pale and in strong contrast to their dark siuroundings. Many of these large-eyed examples are sexually matm-e and, as men- tioned above, it is probable that they represent the epigamous phase, which the long setae indicate may be pelagic. The single small-eyed individual is only 14 mm. long and immature, but the neuropodial setse are elongated and exactly like those of the larger specimens. A. -tnacrolepida is quite plentiful at the more northerly stations, but occurs as far south as the Gulf of Georgia, at station 4,192, in 89 to 97 fathoms, but also in 293 fathoms in Chatham Strait, from which the t3^pe came at station 4,264. HOLOLEPIDA gen. nov. The body is much elongated; anteriorly elytra and dorsal cirri alter- nate in the usual manner, but in the middle and posterior regions all segments bear elytra only; a large free nuchal plate overlaps the pros- tomium dorsally Hololepida magna sp. nov. PI. XXXV. figs. 24-29. Unfortunately but a single specimen represents this interesting species. This is in three pieces, apparently making up the entire worm, as they fit together accurately. If this be the case the total length from the anterior margin of the prostomium to the posterior margin of the pygidium is 250 mm., the number of somites 120 and the arrangement of the elytra as indicated below. The form is elongated and depressed, increasing in width to about XXV, then remaining uniform to about the last 20 segments. The prostomium (fig. 24) is twice as wide as long, omitting the ten- tacular prolongations, deeply divided by an anterior cleft and a median dorsal furrow, its posterior border straight and concealed and the lat- eral angles very prominent. Anteriorly it is prolonged into a pair of prominent tentacidar processes in the fashion of Lepidoriotus, though they lie on a somewhat lower plane than in that genus, being slightly ventral to the median tentacle. The two pairs of eyes are very large, occupy the entire postero-lateral portion of the prostomium and their pigment cups are coalesced. Both are blue-black and possess distinct leiLses. The anterior pair looks forward, upward and outward and the posterior upward and backward. The median tentacle arises from a 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jutyj large swollen base which fills the anterior cleft, but the style is lost. As noted above, the ceratophores of the lateral tentacles are the anterior prolongations of the prostomiiim, which nearly equal and lie somewhat ventral to the median tentacle; their st3des are slender, about 2h times as long as the prostomial width, and taper to the tip without a subter- minal enlargement. Comparatively very stout palpi crowd the peris- tomial parapodia; they are coiLstricted at the base, then swollen and again tapered to acute tips; their length is aljout ItV times the lateral tentacles; each is marked longitudinalh' l)y a prominent broad ridge and lateral impressed lines. The buccal parapodia are prominent and elongated, reaching directly for\\ard far l^eyond the prostomium; they are swollen at the base, deeply cleft at the end and bear no setce. The tentacular cirri have a distinct subterminal enlargement tapering into a filiform tip. They somewhat exceed the lateral tentacles in length. As usual in the family the proboscis is stout and muscular. When fully protruded it measures 21 mm. long, equalling the first 17 somites, and 7 nnn. wide by 9 mm. deep. Its surface is strongly wrinkled and its end bears 16 soft papillae above and 16 below, all nearly fan-shaped and folicaeous in this specimen, l:)ut probably collapsed. A pair of stout jaw-plates abo^'e and below are suljtriangular, each bearing at the anterior angle a blimt claw-like tooth followed on the lateral border by a dentinal ridge. At the base of the proboscis, on the dorsal surface between the bases of the palpi, is a single prominent tubercle. The peristomium is scarcely evident as a distinct ring, being com- pletely united with the prostomium and succeeding somite. From the dorsum of the latter (II) arises a prominent nuchal fold similar to but larger than that of Halosydna gelaiinosa. It is subtriangular, attached by its posterior border but otherwise free, and conceals the entire pos- terior and middle ]3ortions of the head. It can be drawn forward so as to cover much more than shown in the figure. Generally the segments are well differentiated and about 4 times as Avide as long. The ne])hridial tuljercles are prominent, begin on somite XII and project outward and baclcward. Parapodia are much elon- gated, c^uite equalling f of the width of the boch'. The neuropodia are strongly predominant, broad and truncate at the ends, with a pointed somewhat membranous presetal lobe which conceals the end of the aciculum. The notopodia are small and very slender; the}- arise from the middle of the dorsal surface of the neuropodia and enclose a slender aciculum. Dorsal cirri arise just above the notopodia, from large stout bases having a prominent glandular lobe. Their styles are long, about 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543 equailing the width of the body without the parapodia; they taper regularly, then suddenly to a terminal filament, and reach far beyond the end of the foot itself to the tips of the elongated setae; no cilia or papillse are borne on the surface. These cirri are confined to the seg- ments lacking elytra at the anterior end and all are of equal length. Ventral cirri occur on all segments. They arise from about the middle of the ventral surface of the neuropodium and reach nearly to the tip of the presetal lobe. In form they are rather stout and conical with a short terminal filament. That borne on II has a large ceratophore and a style resembling the dorsal cirri in form and size. The next one has no ceratophore and the style is abovit half as long, while succeeding ojies regularly dhninish in length until the normal is attained. At the pos- terior end the parapodia diminish in size and the ventral cirri are rela- tively much longer. The caudal cirri are similar to the dorsal cirri and equal the last 9 segments. Elytra are probably more numerous than in any other species of the family. They occur on II, IV, V, VII, IX, XI, XIII, XV, XVII, XIX, XXI, XXIII, XXVI, XXIX, XXX, XXXII, XXXIII, XXXV, XXXVI, XXXVIII, and then on every somite for 79, leaving only 3 or 4 very small somites at the caudal end doubtful, though these cer- tainly bear no dorsal cirri. It is true that a majority of the elytra are detached and lost, but in several cases they remain on 3 or 4 successive segments. There is, moreover, no mistaking the elytrophores, which are thick, prominent and wrinkled, with swollen margins surrounding the scars. The continuous presence of elytra is further indicated by the total absence of dorsal cirri from this region. Even on the cir- riferous somites there is a broad dorsal tubercle with a slightly free margin. It is barely possible that this specimen may be abnormal, but the constancy and regular, paired arrangement of the elytrophores render this extremely improbable. A very few cases were noted in which the elytrophores and elytra were of smaller size than usual. The elytra are of a very soft gelatinous texture, of large size, with nearly central scar, and the margin is broadly lobed and so folded as to draw the elytron into a funnel form. Both those of the same pairs and on contiguous somites are curiously adherent over the back, forming a sort of irregular roof. The adhesion results from a gritty substance, perhaps an extraneous deposit, perhaps a secretion, but apparently not due solely to the method of preparation, as other species contained in the same bottle are free from it. The dorsal surface of the body generally, the head and its appendages and the proboscis are raisin color; the elytra are more or less tinged 544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Ju]y, with the same. Owing to their being distended with eggs the parapod i a are dull yellowish. The entire ventral surface is dirty white. The setse seen in mass are of a pale yellow color. The notopodials (fig. 29) arise from the base of the prolonged acicular process and spread horizontally. They are very long and slender, capillary, nearly straight, tapered regularly from the base and smooth or with barely discernible marginal denticulations and oblique striations. Although the noto- podium is well developed on II, III, and IV, it bears no setse on these somites; the extreme posterior ones are very small. The neuro- podial setse form a large vertical tuft and are of two forms. Those dorsal to the aciculum have slightly enlarged ends more or less denticu- late and pectinate and tapering to simple pointed tips. The dorsal- most are slender with long capillary tips and very fine pectination. The ventral ones are much coarser, with shorter and more conspicu- ously pectinated tips (fig. 28). The subacicular setae have bifid tips (figs. 26,27). They are rather abruptly enlarged at the end. rather stout, strongly curved and conspicuously pectinated. The bifid tip has the stout limb beak-like and the slender one bent toward it or even hooked. The type and only known specimen comes from station 4,198, in 157 to 230 fathoms, on Halibut Bank, in the Gulf of Georgia. Lepidonotus robustus sp. nov. PI. XXXVI, figs. 32-35. Founded upon a single example, which the label describes as taken from a hermit crab, this species bears a striking superficial resemblance to the similarly commensalistic Eunoe depressa. The type is of rela- tively large size and robust Ijuild, measuring 40 mm. long, 13 mm. wide between the tips of the parapodia of X and about 8 mm. deep. Without including the tentacular prolongations the prostomium is about f as long as wide, the posterior border straight and somewhat concealed by a fold of the succeeding somite, the lateral surfaces bulging into ocular prominences behind the middle and converging thence grad- ually into the lateral borders of the tentacular prolongations. The latter are of the usual form, slightly divergent, and as long as the body of the prostomium. There are two pairs of eyes, prominent, black, circular and lenseless. The anterior are much the larger, situated on the lateral swellings and look outward, forward and upward. The posterior pair are near the posterior border and directed upward. All cephalic appendages are short and stout and lack cilia and papillse. The middle tentacle has a short, very stout base somewhat ventral to the tentacular prolongations with which it is largely coa- lesced; its style is about IJ times the length of the prostomium with 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545 its tentacular processes, and tapers from a broad base to the abruptly contracted tip which is not longer than the basal diameter and scarcely filamentous. The tentacular processes are largely united along the medial face with the base of the median tentacle, their tips only being free for a short distance; the style is similar to the median one, but somewhat more slender, slightly shorter, and with a longer terminal filament having a length of fully twice the basal diameter. The palpi are very stout, bulge widely beyond the sides of the prostomium at the base, and taper abruptly at the end to a short, acute appendage, five longitudinal lines extend for their entire length. On the two sides the dorsal tentacular cirri are of very unequal length, one exceeding the median tentacle, the other being considerably shorter than the lateral tentacle, which is just equalled by the ventral tentacular cirri of both sides; in form they are similar to the median tentacle. The mouth is large with very rugous lips. There are 26 segments, all of which are broad and stout, and the posterior ones relatively little reduced, though the body is clearly com- plete. Nephridial papillae begin on VHI and continue to XXVI; they are elongated, the basal half adnate, the distal half free and curved outward and upward between the parapodia. The caudal cirri are similar to the dorsal cirri, but more tapered and longer, equalling the last 4 segments. Typical parapodia (fig. 35) are very short and thick, those in the middle region about | the width of the body. The neuropodium is obliquely truncate with a very short presetal acicular process near the dorsal angle. The notopodium is a small, rather slender lobe on the antero-dorsal face of the neuropodium and is divided into a prolonged acicular process and a setigerous papilla. The ventral cirrus arises from a rather stout ceratophore near the base of the neuropodium, and its style tapers to a slender tip which reaches slightly beyond the end of the ventral border of the neuropodium. The dorsal cirrus has a very large tapering ceratophore borne partlj^ on the postero-dorsal portion of the parapodium and partly on the bod}" wall and reaching beyond the end of the notopodium ; the style has the form of the lateral tentacles and extends beyond the tips of the longest sette. The last dorsal cirrus is borne on the posterior face of its parapodium and tapers more regularly from base to tip than the others. The ventral cirrus of II resembles in form and size the ventral tentacular cirrus. There are 12 pairs of elytra (fig. 32) situated as usual in the genus. Notwithstanding their large size they fail to cover the broad back, which is largely exposed along the middle. All, including those appa- 516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [J^lv, rently of the first pair which are detached, are somewhat irregularly qua(lratel>''"o\'ate. thick and of a soft, somewhat gelatinoid texture. Their margins are somewhat folded and irregular but without trace of cilia or sensory papillae. The exposed surface is somewhat irregular, the white spots being somewhat raised, but there are no spines or papilla? of any kind. The narrow, transversely elongated area of attachment is situated nearest to the anterior and lateral borders. Neuropodial setae form a dense fascicle arranged in 3 supraacicular and 7 subacicular horizontal series. They vary but little, are rather stout but less thickened at the end than in many species ; the pectinated region (fig. 33) is rather extensive and the smooth tip relatively short and strongly hooked. The notopodials (fig. 34) are a close tuft of rather stiff, acutely tapered setae marked with close transverse rows of fine teeth. The peristomial parapodium bears a notopodial process with a small tuft of setae on one side, but lacks it on the other. Except for a median series of dull brown spots, one on the posterior margin of each segment, the body is colorless. The cephalic and caudal appendages are all deep brown with white tips, the dorsal cirri with but little l:)rown and the ventral cirri white. The elytra are reddish-brown and white. No pigment is found along the anterior border or on an extensive area anterior to and laterad of this scar. A transverse area of clear reddish-brown passes from j\ist in front of the scar to the median border and is concealed by the preceding scale; from this a mottled brown and white area spreads to and along the median and posterior borders, the brown predominating medially, where it is marked by small, round, discrete white spots, w^hile laterally the white becomes predominant owing to the increase in size, number and con- fluence of the spots. On many elytra there is a narrow, scarcely broken posterior Ijorder of brown. The round white spots are slightly raised, and in the center of each is a small yellowish opaque pigment spot or excretophore. The only known specimen was taken from a hermit crab at station 4.291. 48 to 65 fathoms, in t^hehkof Strait. Lepidonotus oaeloris Moore. PI. XXXVI. figs. 36, 37. This species, originally described from specimens dredged off the coast of Japan, proves to be one of the most abund-ant and generally distributed species throughout the region covered by these explorations. It represents in the Pacific the widely spread L. squamatus of the At- lantic, and in the younger stages resembles that species more closely, but with increasing age and size the fringe of elytral hairs becomes more restricted and the posterior detached tuft is lost. At the same time 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 547 the differences in the sculpturing and form of the papilla:; and the char- acter of the neuropodial cirri become more marked. Many of the speci- mens are of a nearly black color. Ninoe simpla sp. nov. PI. XXXV, fig. 30; XXXVI, figs. 39-44. This species has much the form, general aspect and usual size of Ninoe nigripes ^^errill, but none of the examples in this collection reaches the ma.Kimum size of the latter. The body is very fragile and no specimen is nearly complete and none represents the caudal end. The most perfect example, hence designated as the type, consists of 160 segments and is 24 mm. long and 1.3 mm. in diameter. Other larger ones, having a diameter up to 2.5 nun., are less complete. The prostomium has a slightly depressed sugar-loaf shape, with a length about ^ greater than the basal width. Posteriorly its median dorsal portion is inserted into an overarched recess of the peristomium and here bears a pair of minute brown eyespots, behind which one or two others are sometimes visible. Within this same recess, but some- times projecting slightly beyond the peristomial fold, is a minute mammiliform process (median tentacle) with a thickened base em- braced by a pair of slight lateral folds. Two symmetrical dorso-lateral longitudinal grooves join the sides of this recess posteriorly, and proba- bly enter the deep slit-like nuchal organs seen on each side by raising or dissecting off the peristomial covering. A similar pair of more dis- tinct ventro-lateral grooves join the ends of a deep transverse slit bounding the palpi anteriorly. The palpi are a pair of small rounded lobes facing each other on each side of a deep longitudinal groove and sunk into a depression on the ventral surface of the prostomium or between the latter and the mouth. A rather small mouth is boimded anteriorly and dorsally by these palpi and posteriorly and ventrally by the peristomium. Except for the special features already indicated the peristomhim is exactly like the following segment and, also like it, is apodous. Anteriorly the body is slightly flattened and increases in width to the end of the branchial region, behind which it again narrows and becomes perfectly terete. Parapodia (figs. 39 and 40) are absent from the peristomium and following somite. Beginning on III they are at first small and placed at a low level, but gradually rise to a middle height and become more prominent in the branchial region, behind which they again decrease in size, but retain the more elevated position. Throughout they are uniramous, the notopodium being a mere tubercle bearing sensory hairs and entered by delicate aciculae reduced to mere fibres. The prominent 548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [-IuIVj neuropoclium divides distally into presetal and postsetal lobes, of which the former is short and broadly rounded and without any appendage to about XX, wdien a small papilla appears projecting freely from its anterior and distal margin directly outward or slightly ventrad. This increases in size for several somites, but becomes again greatly reduced by XLV. The postsetal lobe is always much more prominent ; on the first few somites it is rather narrowly foliaceous and strongly curved dorsad, ending in a blunt apex; by somite IX it has become much broader, fully equals in length the base of the parapodium and bears a small but distinct branchial process on the dorsal border near the end. From this point the branchial process increases rapidly in length and becomes somewhat broad and flattened, while the postsetal lobe itself becomes gradually wider (deeper) and shorter, until by XXII it no longer reaches beyond the presetal lobe. At this point the branchial process fully equals the rest of the parapodium in length and projects prominently directly upward. Both the foliaceous margin of the post- setal lobe and its process have an open structure and are richly vascular and they undoubtedly serve as gills. Posterior to XLV the branchiae are so reduced that the foot (fig. 40) consists only of a tapering base bearing small conical divergent presetal and postsetal lobes which become still further reduced toward the caudal end. Anteriorly each parapodium is supported by three black aciculse which are curved and tapered distally and terminate in an acute pale- colorecl tip projecting freely beyond the surface. Posterior parapodia have but two (fig. 41) . The setre are of two forms, one winged and with acute tips, the other hooded crochets. The former (fig. 42) have black bases and pale yellow exposed portions, are sigmoidly curved, provided with a delicate wing and taper to very acute tips. They vary some- what in length, curvatiu'e and extent of the border. The crochets (fig. 43) are black or deep brown throughout, strongly striated, very slightly enlarged distally and then contracted to a scarcely hooked tip provided with five teeth, of which the lowermost greatly exceeds the others in size. The hood consists of the usual pair of delicate striated pieces which embrace the end of the crochet and conform to its shape. Most of the setse are broken, but enough can be made out of a comparison of all the specimens to show that acute setee alone, to the number of about 12 or 14 arranged in a fan-shaped fascicle, are found in the anterior parapodia. The number gradually diminishes and about the middle of the branchial region crochets appear and continue in association with the acute setse throughout the middle region, while posteriorly 3 or 4 crochets alone remain. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549 The dissected jaws are shown in ventral view in fig. 44. With the exception of the mandibles they are dark brown. The maxilhe are slender, very strongly curved and acutely pointed ; their expanded and excavated bases are borne on separate carriers which are deeply emar- ginated about the middle of the outer margin, but have the contiguous but distinct median margin straight. A narrow horny bow extends from the lateral and distal angle of each carrier to the corresponding second dorsal jaw. There are 3 pairs of dorsal jaws. The large pos- terior pair are broadly arcuate, connected posteriorly with the maxillae carriers by a narrow bar and bear 5 or 6 acute, strongly curved teeth and a blunt tubercle. The second pair are triangular, with smooth sides and a single stout claw-like apical tooth. The anterior are similar, but with the base rather trapezoidal in shape. Unlike the other jaws the mandibles (fig. 30) are white with longitudinal streaks of pale brown, the distal margin wide and irregularly denticulate, with a promi- nent lateral angle and the base slender. They are very hard and brittle. N. simpla differs widely from all described species of Ninoe known to me in the form of the gills and the presence of the mammiliform tu- bercle or rudimentary median tentacle on the prostomium. The branchial process corresponds to the dorsal limb of the gill of A'^. nigripes, N. palmata, etc., but the palmate gill of these species is wanting, though its base is represented by the expanded portion of the postsetal lobe. This species was taken in Behm Canal, Alaska, only, at stations 4,235, 4,236 and 4,238, on muddy bottoms, in 130 to 229 fathoms. Goniada annulata sp. nov. PI. XXXVI, figs. 45 to 48. The length of mature specimens considerably contracted in alcohol is from 70 to 90 mm., the greatest width to the tips of the parapodia (not including setse) about 3 mm. The prostomium, which is broadly coalesced with the peristomium at the base, is depressed and about twice as long as its basal width or about equal to the first 6 or 7 somites; it is distinctly divided into 5 rings, of which the first equals the total of the others which successively diminish in both length and breadth, the last being minute and apparently sometimes absent. A wavy longitudinal groove on each side of the head is joined by the transverse furrows, which do not correspond above and below, and meets the nuchal organs behind ; there is also a faint longitudinal ventral furrow. The apical tentacles diverge diagonally from the tip of the prostomium ; the dorsal pair, which are slightly the longer, about equalling the trans- verse diameter of the last ring. Eyes appear to be absent. The palpi are small, low, rovmded, immobile and widely separated on each side of the mouth. 550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, The peristomium is fused with the prostoniiiim above and the second somite below, where also it is produced forward as a rather prominent median lip. In complete sexually mat\n'e worms there are from loO to 160 somites, of which all but 59 or 60 constitute the posterior or genital region. Especially in the anterior region the segments are well defined, smooth and terete, increasing in length to about XXX, and in width more gradually to XL, where they are about 3 times as wide as long; from that point to IJX or LX they remain nearly unchanged in proportions or even somewhat contracted, except when distended with ova or sperm, when they suddenly expand. In immature speci- mens this change does not take place. At this point there is internally a strong development of radiating muscles to which the constriction is due, and which form a Ijar to the movement of the genital products for- ward. On the other hand, the muscles of the body w^alls are somewhat Weakened and one specimen is actually broken in two exactly at this point. This species, therefore, presents a condition similar to that described for Goniada foliacea, which it otherwise closely resembles in many respects. The posterior region is somewhat depressed, an ap- pearance that is much exaggerated by the prominence of the parapodia, especially as the body decreases in width posteriorly. In only one specimen is the caudal cirrus preserved ; it arises below' the anus and is slender, tapering, and as long as the last 9 segments. Anterior to XXXIII or XXXIV the parapodia are uniramous, be- hind that point biramous. The former (fig. 45) consist of an elongated neuropodium terminated by a presetal lobe divided by a deep cleft into slender, nearly conical dorsal and ventral lingulse and an undivided presetal lobe of similarly slender form and nearly equal length. The ventral cirri are prominent, with swollen bases united to the ventral margin of the neuropodiimi and followed by a slight constriction, be- yond w^hich is a short conical style. Dorsal cirri arise a little above and behind the neuropodium. They have prominent but generally rela- tively slender bases and broadly ovate foliaceous distal portions bent abruptly dorsad. Beyond a gradual increase in size of all parts, espe- cialh'- the dorsal cirrus and postsetal lobe, relatively little change takes place from before backward. The base of the dorsal cirrus is relatively thickest from X to XX. On the first two parapodia the presetal lobe is undivided and the postsetal altogether absent; on the next 3 the latter increases to its normal proportions. At XXXIII or XXXIV the notopoclium appears somewhat suddenly and immediately bears setae. It consists of an acutely conical presetal lobe and a minute rather ventral postsetal tubercle and is nearly half 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551 as long as the neviropodium. From the point of its appearance caii- dally the notopodium and all other parts of the foot gradually increase in size and become foliaceous, especially the neuropodial lobes and the notopodial cirrus. At I.IX or LX the entire parapodium suddenly becomes larger and more folicaeous, without, however, any change in its fundamental characteristics. It is at this point that the posterior genital region with its swimming setae begins. In a typical parapodium of this region (fig. 46) both notopodium and neiu'opodium are large and well separated. The former is the smaller and consists of a presetal lobe broad at the base and with a nearly conical terminal portion and a short, broad, presetal lobe situated somewhat ventrally. The cirrus arises from the dorsal base and a little posterior to the notopodium, has a relatively narrow but flattened base bent abruptly dorsad and bearing a broadly orbicular style, the whole slightly exceeding the notopodium in length. The neuropodium is comprised of the same parts as ante- riorly, but the lo]:)es are very much broader and more foliaceous in character; the two presetal ones are terminated by abruptly sjender tips, while the postsetal lobe is both broader and blunt-pointed, as well as shorter. The neuropodial cirrus is closely united with the base of the neuropodium and tapers to an acute conical point reaching about half way to the end of the neuropodium. The characters of the foot become emphasized to at least LXXX, behind which the parts dimin- ish gradually in size, the dorsal cirri alone remaining prominent to the end but becoming narrower. Numerous large ova or aggregations of spermatozoa are seen in parapodia of this region, but none anteriorly. Both notopodium and neuropodiimi are each supported by a single large tapering acicula. Setae are of two forms — compound in the neuro- podium and simple in the notopodium. Both closely resemble those of G. foliacea. The former are arranged in a vertical fan-shaped fascicle and vary in number with the size of the neuropodium. They are color- less, with usually strongly curved shafts terminated by oblique sockets, and bear delicate, nearly straight or curved, acutely pointed and super- ficially granulated ])lades. They increase in length both ways to the middle of the fascicle and in the posterior region both shafts and blades are greatly elongated, the exposed parts equalling h the width of the body, while the longest in the anterior region are not more than ^ or A the corresponding dimension. Simple setae appear with the notopodia and, like the compound, are arranged in a vertically spreading fascicle composed of never more than about 10 setae, of which 3 or 4 are ventral to the acicula. They are colorless, shorter than the compound setae and about twice as thick, slightly curved and rather abruptly tapered 552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juty; to an acute point. Like the compound seise they are superficially granulated and they are much elongated in the genital region. A majority of the specimens have the proboscis protruded to various degrees, one to a length of 16 mm., but in no case as far as the jaws. It increases slightly in diameter from the base distally, where it may equal 1.5 mm. in diameter. In the best preserved examples it is fluted longitudinally by about 18 parallel muscular ridges. The entire sur- face is covered thickly with stiff cuticular papillte arranged rather regularly in longitudinal rows, to correspond with the ridges. These papillffi are of various sizes, varying from .065 mm. to .02 mm. in height, but chiefly divided into a large and a small set, of which the former crown the ridges and the latter occupy the furrows. These papillae (fig. 48) are colorless and stiffened by a thick striated cuticle, have broad trilobate bases with the paired lobe forward and the elevated portion a broad-based, pointed and slightly hooked cone, the cuticular covering of which has a deep cleft running up the anterior face and terminating in a pore near the apex. In the retracted state of the proboscis the position of the jaws varies from somite XXXVH to XLII. The jaws are black and ^'ery hard, the principal pair nearer together ventrally than dorsallj-. The latter (fig. 47a) bear 3 or 4 large claw-like fangs which diminish in size medi- ally and point caudal. The accessory jaws are of much smaller and variable size, the dorsal arch containing 14 to 16 besides a few very minute ones. They (fig. 476) have bases Avhich are deeply bilobate anteriorly and broadly unilobate behind, and usually bear a pair of equal divergent claws but sometimes 3 or 1. The ventral jaws are similar and 7 or 8 in number and with the others form an unbroken ring. Anterior to this ring is the jaw sheath consisting of a circle of about 18 soft papillce. The chevron-shaped jaws form lateral longitudinal series of about 20 at the base of the extended proboscis. As the largest ones occur in the middle of each series and smaller ones at the ends, they form elongated elliptical areas tailing out behind where several quite rudimentary denticles occur. Considerable individual variation is exhibited in the colors, which have resisted the solvent action of the alcohol c[uite well. Generally the ground is a yellowish-brown, showing a strong tendency to an annu- lar arrangement in the anterior region where the furrows are pale. Posteriorly it is generally darker and more imiform. Most specimens are more or less blotched or even strongly annulated anteriorly with dark purplish-brown, and each segment in the genital region is marked by a, sometimes very conspicuous, pigment spot at the posterior mar- gin in the median ventral line. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553 iVIost of the specimens are sexually mature and have the posterior region distended with eggs or sperm. A couple of immature examples 35 mm. long have parapodia of the usual form, but the distinction between genital and pregenital regions is slight and there are no swimming setae. Goniada annulata is a quite common species from Halibut Bank, in the Gulf of Georgia, northAvard to Chatham Strait. There it occm'S in 282 to 293 fathoms at station 4,264. The type comes from station 4,235 in Behm Canal, where in 90 fathoms the species occurs at the least depth recorded. Explanation of Plates XXXIV, XXXV, XXXVI. (Unless otherwise expressly stated all setse figured are from somite X.) Plate XXXIV. Aphrodita negUgens. Fio;. 1. — Hall' of the exposed portion of a ventral neuropodial seta. X 56. Fig. 2. — Tip of an average hooked notopodial seta. X 82. Aphrodita parva. Fig. 3. — Head from above. X 24. Fig. 4. — Posterior view of right parapodium of X. X 24. Fig. 5. — Ends of three neuropodial setse; a, spurred and bearded seta from middle series ; b, bearded seta without spur from ventral series ; and c, spurred seta without beard from the same. All X 250. Fig. 6. — Bearded neuropodial seta. X 250. Fig. 7. — End of a hooked notopodial seta. X 360. Euphrosyne bicirrata. Fig. S. — End of a middle neuropodial seta. X 250. Fig. 9. — Part of a long slender notopodial from a posterior row. X 82. Fig. 10. — End of a short, smooth and bifid notopodial from the anterior row. X 250. Fig. 11. — End of a serrate bifid notopodial seta. X 250. Fig. 12. — Two gills and the middle cirrus (mc) from somite XII. X 24. Euphrosi/ne horfensis. Fig. 1.3. — End of an average neuropodial seta. X 250. Fig. 14. — End of a smooth-spurred notopodial seta from the posterior row. X 2.50. Fig. 15. — Serrate bifid notopodial seta. X 250. Rg. 16. — Four gills from somite XII. X 24. Eunoe depressa. Fig. 17. — A neuropodial seta from the middle of the bundle of somite V. X 98. Fig. IS. — End of a middle notopodial seta from X. X 98. Pl.\te XXXV. Eunoe depressa. Fig. 19. — Posterior view of parapodia from X. X 15. Fig. 20. — A middle elytron. The larger papillEe are sho-mi as circles, the small horny ones are indicated on a part of the surface by dots and short lines. X 9. Antinoe macrolepida. Fig. 21. — The head from al)ove. X 6. Fig. 22. — .\n average neuropodial seta, X 56; a, tip of the same, X 250. Fig. 23. — End of an average notopodial seta. X 56. Hohlepida viagiia. Fig. 24. — Head from above, showing the much folded first right elj'tron in place. X 6. 554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julj, Fig. 25.— Outline of a cirriferous parapodium from an anterior somite with- out seta:> and as seen from behind. X 8. Fig. 26.— End of a middle subacicular neuropodial seta from A.V\ . X oo. Fig. 27. — Tip of the same. X 250. r i +„ f^r.,^^ Fil. 28.— End of a moderately slender supraacicular neuropodial seta fiom Fig. 29'— An average notopodial seta from the dorsal part of the bundle. Fig. Soi^Mandible of Ninoe simpla with the stem broken and ridges shown on the left side only. X 56. ,^ , . , ,., ,• „ w oa Fig. 31 .—Gill (dorsal organ) from somite VII of .4 phrodita neghgens. X ^i. Plate XXXVI. Lepidonoius rohustus. . ,• • j- + +i.„ Fig 32 -An elytron from the middle region. The stipphng mdicates the distribution of bro^soi pigment; the white circles are the raised un- coiored areas Math a central yellow excretophore(?). X 5. Fie: 33.— End of a middle neuropodial seta. X 98. Fi£ 34 — 4n average notopodial seta. X 98 ; a, a portion of the same X iW. Fi|. S'.-Outline oi anterior aspect of parapodium X; the notopodial setae only are represented. X 9. ^'Sf 36 -An dvtron from the middle region of a medium-sized specimen. Only a portion of the sculpturing on each region is shown. X J. a one of the larger papilla^ of the middle region; 6 two ot the lateral Marginal papilhe; and c, three small rough papillae trom near the antexior end of the fringe. All X 56 YW 37 —End of an average dorsal notopodial seta from Al. X Js. Y\s 38— A corresponding seta from somite XI of a specimen ot L. squamatus from Wood's Hole, Mass. X 98. Ninoe f^^P^l^^^^^.^^^ ^f parapodium XXV, showing the acicula and the position of the dorsalmost and ventralmost neuropodial seta?. X 8^. Fig. 40.— Outline of parapodium L, showng crochets in sifu. X 8-. Fig. 41. — An aciculum. X 250. Fiff 42. — A margined seta. X 250. Fil 43 —End of a hooded crochet from a posterior parapodium. X 250 Fil' 44— The laws represented in their natural relations except that the halves of the basal plate are separated. From a dissection. X 56. """^irtlinov view of a parapodium (XV) of the anterior region. X 32. Fig 46'.- Similar view of one (C) of the posterior region. X 32. Fis 47 —One of the large (a) and an accessory (b) jaws. X 5b. Fig! 48'.- A small and a large papilla from the proboscis, and a, one ot the latter shown in optical section. X 250. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555 FIVE NEW SPECIES OF PSEUDOPOTAMILLA FROM THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. BY J. PERCY MOORE. A noteworthy portion of the Polychseta collections of the Alaskan Salmon Commission of 1903 is seven species, five of which are herein described as new. of the genus Pseudopotamilla recenth^ established by Miss Bush. These new species are of interest in indicating the interrelations of Pseudopotamilla and other genera into which the former tends to grade. In most respects P. intermedia is most typical, and stands between the other species, which may be grouped in couples having quite distinct affinities. On the one hand P. hrevihranchiata and P. occelata approach Eudistylia in the structure of the collar, and the former especially in the uncini and the latter in the numerous eyes and general habit. Neither of these, however, shows any indication of spiral coiling of the branchial bases, which are small and simple. On the other hand, P. splendida and P. anoculata have the angulated branchial stems without eyes and the more elongated spatulate tho- racic setfe which characterize Parasahella and Sabella, but the dorsal collar lobes are exceptionally well developed and the branchial bases are very small and simple. The first three species have the avicular uncini of the posterior thoracic segments enlarged and otherwise pecu- liar, in this respect resembling P. oculifera Leidy. Pseudopotamilla brevibranchiata sp. nov. PL XXXVII, figs. 1 to 7. A species remarkable for the shortness of its branchise and the con- spicuousness of its eyes. Two specimens containing nearly mature ova measure 55 and 58 mm. long and have 128 and 151 segments respectively. Of this length the palpi and branchial crown measure only 6 to 6.5 mm. and the thorax 8 mm. Owing to the contraction of the abdomen the form is rather short and stout, but the posterior -J tapers in the usual way to the small pygidium, which bears a close aggregation of small brown eye spots dorsal to the anus. The palpi or branchial bases are very firm and rigid, not at all pro- duced ventrally nor spirally twisted, though slightl}- inflected and winged ; the distal margin is even and transverse and the height uniform (about 1.5 mm.) all round. The dorsal free margin bears a rather prominent, rigid, slightly incvuved wing which overlaps its fellow 36 ^56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, medially and is separated by a deep, narrow incision from a similar but thinner wing borne upon the base of the dorsalmost branchial stem. Including a few rudimentary ventral ones and several in process of regeneration at other points, the number of branchia varies from 29 to 31. ^ Owing to excessive crowding some of them are forced inward, producing an appearance of two series. The stems or radioles are re- markably short, stout, rigid and brittle and, without considering the rudimentary and regenerating ones, increase gradually in length from ventral to dorsal, the latter being about i longer than fullv developed ventral ones. Although the outer face is round, the basal J or so, dis- tally to the position of the first eye, bears a pair of very low lateral wmgs or margins which are united for a very short distance at the base. Beyond this point the stems are laterally compressed. The barbs are also thick and brittle, closely two-ranked, and all short, the longest proximal ones not exceeding 3 times the diameter of the stem and the distal ones being much shorter. A\rhen fully developed they continue nearly to the end, leaving free a short thick tip only. Eyes are exclusively in one series on the side of the stem nearest to the dorso- median line. They are deep purplish-brown and very conspicuous, and confined to a zone comprising the middle half of the branchiaj, but most irregularly arranged on individual branchiie, on which they seldom occupy the entire width of the zone, though they may be variously scattered, or crowded into one or more groups. The usual number has 4 or 5, but varies from 2 to 9, and they may equal ^ the diameter of the stem or be minute, scarcely visible specks, and all or any number may be large or small. A high oral membrane with rumpled, sinuous margins begins ven- trally at the sides of the mouth, is reflected on itself and passes around the internal bases of the branchias to become continuous dorsally with the large, much folded, foliaceous tentacles. The peristomial collar differs considerably from the structm-e typical of the genus, as exemplified by P. reniformis and P. oculifera, and indi- cates the method of transition between forms with the collar lobes widely separated and those with them in contact dorsally. The dorsal portion consists of a pair of very low folds reflected into the dorsal fissure and there coming into contact. These are continuous with the remainder of the coUar which rises abruptly into a pair of rounded lobes just above the collar setae. From this point it is high and regular to near the median ventral region, M^here a wide open notch on each side partly separates the slender, pointed ventral lobes which are divided from each other by the deep ventral fissure. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557 Besides the peristomiiim there are S setigerous thoracic somites,"alI uniannulate and separated by deep segmental furrows. The region is nearly cylindrical, but slightly depressed and from 3 to 3.5 mm. wide. The 8 ventral glandular plates, including the first, are all transversely oblong and the second and third only are divided transversely into 2 equal halves. Abdominal somites are also uniannulate and the pos- terior ones much crowded. Thick ventral plates are developed throughout the region and are divided into halves by a deep faecal groove extending from the anus to the first abdominal segment, cutting the latter oblic^uely to the right and entering the thoracico-abdominal fm-row in front of the setae, then appearing again faintly in the dorsal mid-line of the thorax and entering the dorsal fissure. Thoracic parapodia are strictly lateral and the uncinigerous tori flush with the surface, while the setigerous tubercles may project slightly or be retracted within little pockets. The collar setse form a very small tuft and the remaining 7 fascicles are somewhat elongated laterally and oblique. On all thoracic somites the uncinigerous tori are separated ventrally by about ^ and dorsally by nearly or quite h the body circumference. They increase in length gradually to the third which equals the ventral interspace, then decrease to the last which is f of the longest, while the first equals the fifth or sixth. As the tori shorten the setae tufts, closely approximated to their dorsal ends, assume a correspondingly lower position. Abdominal parapodia are more prominent and distinct lateral elevations, highest at the position of the setsD tufts near their ventral ends. The anterior tori are, like the thoracic ones, nearly flush with the surface and are consequently transitional, but, like all of the others, they are separated from the ventral plates by a deep longitudinal groove. Both setae and uncini are in strictly vertical, linear series. On the first abdominal segment the former has a length of about + that of the setaD tuft, and the latter equals the uncinigerous torus of the last thoracic somite. From this point both gradually diminish in length and number of setae or uncini to the caudal end. At the dorsal end of each thoracic and the ventral end of each abdominal torus is a small, eye-like pigment spot. In the collar tuft all setae are capillary, winged, lanceolate, the ven- tral ones, however, shorter and with wider wings than the dorsal. On the remaining thoracic somites the setay are of two sorts; a few in the dorsal and anterior part of the fascicle resemble the collar setae (fig. 1), the number of which decreases from anterior segments backward. Those in the ventral and posterior portions of the bundle form a com- pact phalanx of several rows of obovate paddle-shaped or spatulate 558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julj, setffi with miicronate tips and the broad blades curved and often slightly asymmetrical (fig. 3). Abdominal setse are all capillary with the shaft bent at the widest portion of the short double asymmetrical blades. They are arranged in two vertical rows, those in the anterior (fig. 2) having very long, attenuated, smooth tips, the posterior much shorter but otherwise similar. Their number varies from 24 in ante- rior to 4 or 5 in posterior fascicles. All setae are distinctly striated. Thoracic tori bear avicular uncini in the posterior and pick-shaped setse in the anterior rank, the number of each on somite VI being 65 and on IX 40, The former (fig. 4) have a rather long slender base, narrow but prominent breast, thick erect neck, and little expanded head, with the prominent, finely divided crest pushed well forward and its frontal margin forming a perfectly straight profile with the acute beak, which is just perceptibly bent forward at the tip. On the pos- terior thoracic somites the uncini are somewhat larger, but the differ- ence is not so great as in P. occelata and P. intermedia; the neck is also more craned forward and there are other slight peculiarities. The lat- ter (figs. 6 and 7) have slender, finely striated stems slightly curved near the end, and expanded into a coarsely striated head enclosed in a sheath inflated at the base, and prolonged nearly at right angles to the stem into a moderately elongated slender process. Abdominal tori contain avicular uncini only (fig. 5), smaller than the thoracic uncini which they resem.ble in many respects, but have much the form of the wooden decoys used in duck shooting. Except for the caudal eyes, the minute spots at the ends of the tori and a trace of brown on the median dorsal portion of the collar, no pigment exists on the bod}'', which is of a pale yellowish color. On one specimen the basal half of the branchial wreath has no pigment, but in the distal half are four partly coalescent bands of brown, not extend- ing on to the back of the stems, but deep-colored on the sides of the latter and the basal half of the barbs. Wlien the branchise are opened up the barbs of the concealed branchiae are found to be of a beautiful orange in those parts from which pigment is absent. The second speci- men has very little pigment showing on the exterior except narrow longitudinal streaks of brown on the branchial base corresponding with the intervals between branchiae. When opened up the distal half of the branchiae shows traces of orange on the barbs, while the basal half is of a nearly solid orange brown. The tubes are rather thick, tough and horn l^rown, and are thickly covered with fine sand; the free end is collapsible for a considerable distance. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559 This species presents an interesting combination of characters' which weaken one's faith in the adequacy of some recent generic definitions. Indeed, it is doubtful whether this species should not go into the'genus Eudistyla. The entire structure of the collar agrees closely with Miss Bush's description of the organ in that genus; the uncini and setae are almost counterparts, and Johnson's figures of those of Eudistyla (Bispira) polymoiyha, with which the preliminary determination associ- ated these specimens, would answer almost equally well for the present species. The eyes and the dorsal wings of the palpi or branchiarbases are also features of similarity. But the absence of any pronounced ventral prolongation of the branchial bases and the total absence of a spiral twist to the latter, in the writer's Ofjinion, more than overbalance those more trivial characters. The shortness of the branchiae may suggest the possibility of their having been injured and in process of regeneration, but a careful study has brought to light many reasons for rejecting this view. • The type and co-type were taken July 11, 1903, at station 4,247 in Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, in 95-114 fathoms, in a bottom of mixed mud, sand and broken shells. Pseudopotamilla occelata sp. nov. PI. XXXVII, figs. 8 to 14. From the other species described in this paper the present is distin- guished by its great length and numerous and conspicuous eyes. The type measiu-es 130 mm., of which the branchiae are 18 mm. and the thorax 11 mm. long. A still larger specimen from the same station is nearty 20 mm. longer. The branchial bases are stiff, high and prominent, of uniform height, provided dorsally with notched wings, and ventrally with a slightly involute thin membrane. Full-grown specimens possess 21 to 24 pairs of branchiae, small ones 60 mm. long from 17 to 20. They are moderately long, the dorsal somewhat exceeding the ventral, and en- tirely without a connecting membrane. The stems are rather stout, rounded externally and provided with a slightly raised line on each margin just external to the bases of the barbs. The latter are rather short and well separated toward the base of the stems, but near the distal end become very slender, about three times as long as the bksal ones and much crowded, leaving a very short thick tip of the stem which also bears minute budding barbs of decreasing length almost to the extreme end. Very conspicuous are the rich dark brown eyes, which are very uni- form in size and large (about ^ the diameter of the stem), elevated and bulging; all are on the margin of the external surface that lies nearest 560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, to'the dorso-median line when the branchiae are spread. They'exhibit the usual irregularity in arrangement, but on the ventral branchiaj all are situated on the proximal ^ and on the dorsal on the proximal!half of the stem, except that on the two dorsalmost they are evenTmore extensively distributed. The ventral stems commonly bear 5 or 6'eyes, occasionally as few as 3, usually distant or in couples. On the dorsal half of the circle of branchise each shaft bears from 7 to 12, even the latter number being exceeded on the dorsalmost pair. Except that they are usually much crowded proximally, they are arranged similarly to the ventral ones. As in P. brevihranchiata the collar is intermediate in form between that of Eudisiyla and typical Pseudopotamilla. The dorsal lobes are broadty rounded and slope caudally from their anterior median margin into the dorso-lateral incision ; but they are so largely united with the dorsal'surface of the thorax upon which they rest that only the outer portion is free, though to a greater depth than in P. brevihranchiata . The lateral portions rise abruptly as prominent lobes just dorsal to the collar setae, and then continue of nearly even height until they rise directly into the elongated narrow and pointed ventral lobes. Palpal and oral membranes of the usual form are present and the tentacles have a length about equal to the breadth of the thorax, their basal half being broad and foliaceous and the distal half slender and cirriform. As a result of having been preserved in the tubes the body is slender, elongated and nearly cylindrical throughout, only a very short region at the posterior end being tapered to the pygidium, while the anterior thoracic region is slightly depressed. Probably as a result of pressure in the tubes, the segments are very faintly separated, except along the glandular ventral plates. Except posteriorly they are rather long, the anterior abdominal and the thoracic ones being from -} to h as long as wide. The pygidium is oblique, with two pairs of minute lobes guard- ing the anus laterally and sometimes a group of numerous small brown specks on each side above. Normally there are 9 thoracic segments, of which 8 are setigerous, though one example has but 7. The abdomi- nal segments vary from 125 on a specimen 60 mm. long to 187 on the largest example, measuring 148 mm. All of the ventral plates are narrow, nowhere exceeding ^ the body width and usually much less than this. Corresponding to the form of the segments the extreme posterior ones are 4 times as wide as long; throughout most of the length of the abdomen they are tAvice as wide as long; and those of the anterior abdominal and most of the thoracic 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561 segments are square, only the first 3 of the latter being again wider and irregular. Except on the collar the thoracic seta tufts are oblique and linear, nearly half as long as the corresponding tori, and each guarded by a conspicuous anterior and posterior fold. Tori are relatively short, little exceeding h the distance separating them ventrally, and of remarkably uniform length, the second being slightly the longest and those following decreasing in length to the last. On the abdomen the uncinigerous tori and the setae tufts lie in nearly the same line, the latter very slightly in advance of the former and but little shorter. The ffecal groove is well marked throughout both thorax and abdo- men and passes obliquely across the right side of the first abdominal and last thoracic segments for their entire length. Collar setffi are all of one form, capillary, acute, curved, narrowly double-winged, not very long. The remaining thoracic fascicles are composed of a small dorsal group of capillary setse similar to those just described (fig. S) and a large number of broad-bladed spatulate setse (fig. 10), forming a close phalanx of several vertical rows. Abdominal setge are arranged in two vertical rows (about 15 in each on XX), the one with short tips, the other with them more slender and about twice as long (fig. 9). Koth have their shafts abruptly bent at the surface of the body, where they are provided with short striated wings of unequal width, beyond which projects the long, slender, acute tip. Thoracic tori contain the usual tAvo forms of avicular uncini and pennoned seta, of which there are of each about 45 in each torus of V and 30 on IX. On anterior segments the former have the form shown in fig. 11, except that the beak is usually straighter. The body is long and straight, the Ijreast moderate, the neck rather short, head large and crest prominent and well forw^ard. On the last thoracic segment the uncini (fig. 12) are very much larger and of quite different form, the body being very long and slender, the breast very small, the neck rather long and sloping forward, the head and crest small and the beak less sharply bent downward. Anterior abdominal tori bear about 40 uncini (fig. 13) which are m\ich smaller than the smallest of the thoracic and characterized by the small size of the posterior i)ortion of the body, the large breast, and exceeding high and full crest. The pick- shaped or pennoned seta (fig. 14) have short stems and slightly enlarged heads with the usual hood and prolonged tip. Besides a slight tinge of brown about the parapodia, and, on some specimens, 4 to 6 pairs of brown spots, diminishing in size posteriorly, on the dorsum of II to V or ^TI, there is no pigment on the body. On 562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, the branchiae there is usiiall}- a narro\\' band of dull ])urplish-1:)rown on the branchial bases and 3 zones of rich ]3\irplish-bro\vn on the basal half of the branchiae, tlie lower two of which sometimes coalesce to form a A^ery broad zone covering the entire occelated region. On the alcoholic specimens this color very little involves the outer surface of the stems, but is deep on their inner surfaces and the barbs. On one specimen the barbs of the basal half of the branchine are also largeh^ orange and the pigment of each eye extends as a narrow oblique line in a proximal direction halfway across the outer surface of the stem. The tubes of this species occur, sometimes singly attached to stones, sometimes in clumps of several wound among one another in an intri- cate fashion and firmly united. They are thick, of cartilage-like con- sistency after preservation and usually little encrusted with sand or other foreign substances. In one case the attached surface of the tubes is much infiltrated with calcareous matter. Specimens occur off Fort Rupert, Vancouver Island (station 4,202), in 25-36 fathoms, on a bottom of gray sand ; in Icj' Strait (station 4.261), in 10 fathoms, on a bottom of mud and rock; and at Afognak Island (stations 4,269 and 4,270), in 14—19 fathoms, on a bottom of hard sand with rocks. The last station yielded tlie largest specimens, among them the type. Pseudopotamilla intermedia sp. nov. PL XXXVII, figs. 15 to 22. Of this well-marked species the type alone is known. This is a female filled with eggs and having a total length of 58 mm., of which the branchia3 are 3 mm. and the thorax 7 mm. The thorax is 2 mm. and the anterior part of the abdomen 2.5 mm. wide. There are 158 somites, 10 (9 setigerous) of which are thoracic. Most noteworthy is the small size of the branchiae, the extreme length of which is only 3 mm. The entire absence of pigment and the rela- tively pale color of the eyes suggests the possibility of their being in process of regeneration. The branchial ])ases are remarkal^ly small, of soft texture, have the distal margin evenly transverse, the ventral margin truncate and not at all elongated or spirally coiled, and the dor- sal margin provided with a notched lappet as in P. brcvibrayichiaia, but smaller and soft and meml^ranous instead of rigid. Each palpus bears 12 branchiae, including 2 or 3 rudimentary ventral ones. The longest are only 3 times the height of the base, and only a little more than -J of the length of the thorax. In arrangement they are strictly one-ranked, and none is crowded into the interior. The stems are rather stout, roimded on the external face and lack altogether marginal wings and connecting membranes. The barl^s are two-ranked, distributed rather 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563 sparsely, the largest about 4 times the diameter of the stem, diminishing in length toward the end, leaving a short thick tip of the stem naked. Never more than 2 eyes, and sometimes one or none, occm- on each stem. They are rather small, pale brown, regular in arrangement and always on the proximal half and the dorso-median aspect of the stems of the spread branchise. The oral membrane and tentacle are slightly developed, the latter folded longitudinally. In most respects the collar is typical of the genus. The median dorsal portion is better developed than in P. hrevibranchiata, but less so than in P. oculijera (Leidy) ; the lateral portions are rather promi- nent, rising abruptly from just above the collar seta^, and expanding ventrally in broad, prominent lobes separated by the median ventral fissure; on one side a deep notch, on the other a slight one bounds the ventral lobe laterally. The form is generally slender and cylindrical, the thorax slightly depressed anteriorly, narrower than the anterior region of the abdomen, the posterior half of which tapers very gently to the pygidium, and the anus nearly terminal but surmounted by a small lobe bearing two groups of minute brown eye-spots. Thoracic setigerous tufts are prominent, the anterior especially elongated and oblique. The uncinigerous tori are very little elevated above the surface, the first and second longest, equalling about ^ the circarnference of the body and separated by an equal ventral distance. From the second they decrease in length, the last scarcely more than ■J of the first and separated by a ventral distance of about ^ of the cir- cumference. Abdominal parapodia are rather prominent, especially the ventral setigerous ends, the first about equal to the eighth thoracic and succeeding ones decreasing slowly but steadily to the last. The ventral glandular plates are narrow on the abdominal region, separated from the parapodia by wide grooves and completely divided into a pair of squares by the deep faecal groove, which turns to the right obliquely across the first and appears again on the dorsum of the ante- rior part of the thorax, where it opens into the dorsal fissure. It is not visible on the posterior part of the thorax. The thoracic ventral plates are indistinct and poorly developed in the type. No pigment is present on the greater part of the body, being confined to 4 pairs of discrete reddish-brown spots on the dorsum of somites II to V, which become successively smaller and the last mere specks. Owing to the presence of great numbers of eggs the abdomen is some- what yellowish. All setae have a pale yellow color. Those in the collar tuft are, 564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, like the succeeding thoracic tufts, of two kinds. A few of the dorsahiiost are capillary, more or less sigmoidly curved and narrowly winged. The ventral ones, more numerous and arranged in several parallel rows, are of the mucronate-spatulate type, but have a somewhat narrower and longer obovate blade than those on the fol- lowing somites. On remaining thoracic somites the setre are more numerous, the capillary (fig. 15) forming a projecting tuft, the spatulate (fig. 17) in more and longer rows and having somewhat shorter and broader blades than those on the collar; the mucronate tip is long and slender. Abdominal setse are in two vertical rows, 9 or 10 in each row of the first few fascicles and 4 or 5 in the less distinctly 2-ranked fascicles of the caudal end. Both kinds have the shaft abruptly bent just beyond the surface of the body, the longer form with a very narrow accessory wing on the concave side and a wider but very short wing on the convex side, and the smooth acute tip often much longer than in the seta figured. The short setae (fig. 16) are sig- moidly curved, have shorter, smooth tips and broader, strongly stri- ated wings reflexed from the convex side. Thoracic tori bear avicular uncini in the posterior and pick-shaped setae in the anterior row. The former (fig. 18) have long straight bodies, moderate-sized breasts, rather short, erect necks, enlarged heads, prominent 'crests very low in front, and curved beaks. On the last, and possibly other posterior, thoracic somites the uncini (fig. 19) are very much larger, with very long bodies, minute breast, long neck well sloped forward, head not enlarged, very small crest and weak beak. Another less typical one with somewhat larger crest is shown in fig. 20; 43 occur in the 9th and 60 in the 4th torus, though the latter occupy twice as long a space. The pick-shaped setae have the form shown in fig. 22, the heads being much reduced and the hoods much inflated and with slender tips about as long as the beaks of the uncini. Abdominal aviculae (fig. 21) are much smaller than the thoracic, with relatively shorter bases, larger breast, short thick neck, and crest larger, farther forward and extending low down on the beak, which has a straight profile. One specimen only known, from station 4,267, off Cape Edgecumbe, Sitka Sound, 922 fathoms, on a bottom of soft gray mud. Pseudopotamilla splendida sp. nov. PL XXXVII, figs. 23 to 27. This large handsome species is founded on two specimens lacking the posterior end ; wdth the 37 anterior segments alone the type meas- ures 65 mm. long, 27 mm. belonging to the branchiie and 8' mm. to the thorax including the collar, -while the greatest T\idth of the thorax, exclusive of the setae, is 5 mm. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565 The branchial lobes are very .mall, barely reaching *; bjcler o; the collar, stiff, thick, very little free, lacking all trace of the dorsa appendag; or lappet of some species; the ventral end 1--; -' ^ ;^ produced nor involute, without a thin membrane, and partly unitrf r t fellow of the opposite side. Twenty-two pairs of b-chi. ^e present in each specimen. Except that those of one side are in process ofCneration Til are of approximately equal length and are entire y separate to the base. The external surface of the stems is wider than theTnternal flattened and provided with lateral angles but no wmgs. The e is no indication of eyes. The barbs are numerous and closely arrlnged in 2 ranks ; they increase in size regularly from the base for | tteTen^h of the stem, ihose at the distal end of this region being 3 times the length of the basal ones and i the width of the thorax; in the liTtal Tthey again decrease, leaving a filamentous tip equal to tire basal barbs. Several of the basal barbs of the doi^almost branchiae are ""ThetnS^l;oiis, flaring collar has very large dorsal lobes, separated by the dorsal fissire and bounded laterally by large, deep incisions Mdwiy between the dorsal fissure and the collar seta,; these dorso- toteraUncisions are partly filled by a small, thin lobe arising from the bottom. The laterarportion of the collar rises in an even curve to tl« same height as the dorsal lobe, its margin is slightly wavy bu not at Jnotchrf nor produced into ventral lobes. b"t — - b,.adly rounded below and overlaps the ventral fissure from both sides Smembranesare promi„ent,but present no character, ic^^^^^^ Th^ tentacles shghtlv exceed the collar in length and have a thick ^l^driMlpering to a'free end, the basal half being provided on each side with broad margins folded together. On a specimen preserved outside of the tube the thorax is broad and depressed and tapers regularly from the collar segment into the mor sknder t rete abdomen. The second example, having been removed om a tube after preservation, is more nearly ^y>'-'-^ *™;^\;^^ All seoments are very distinctly indicated and umannulate The type possesses 9 thoracic (8 setigerous) and 28 remaining abdomma seg- ;;°e"ranother specimen has 10 thoracic (9 setigerous) and 58 abdomi- nal segments, both, of course, being incomplete. Although the dorsal fissure is deep on the anteuor 2 thoiacic se metts fte fa^cal groove is not discernible on the thorax. On the abdo- Z^ll s deep and conspicuous, and can be traced around the right side rthe fin.rabdominal segment until it disappears in the furrow anterior to the set^e. 566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, The thoracic setigerous tubercles have short bases but project promi- nently. The tori are very long, the first about twice and the last about 1^ times the ventral interspace, the others intermediate. On the abdo- men the same parts are little elevated and placed at nearly the same level as the dorsal end of tlie last thoracic. The setigerous line is shorter than the thoracic and the first torus about j as long as the last thoracic. About 90 avicula? and the same mmiber of pick-shaped setae occur on the torus of III and 60 of each on IX. On the thoracic seg- ments the spatulate setse are very numerous and arranged in 5 or 6 ver- tical rows, wdiile the capillary setse do not exceed about 15. The capil- lary abdominal seta are in two regular rows of about 10 each on the anterior segments. All of the collar setae and the dorsalmost setae on the other thoracic segments are rather short, stout, capillary, tapered to an acute tip, little curved and with small, nearly symmetrical wings with very fine oblique strise on each side. The spatulate setse (fig. 24) have stout stems and rather long, narrow curved blades about 2^ times as long as wide with apical arms of moderate length. The abdominal setse of both rows do not differ greatly in length. They are longer than the thoracic capillary setse, especially posteriorly, and are gracefully curved and tapered, with fairly broad, oblique, strongly striated and nearly symmetrical wings (fig. 23). Avicular uncini are nearly uniform in size and form on all thoracic segments. They (fig. 25) have moder- ately long ciu-ved bodies, full breasts, slender upright necks, elevated crests and slender acute beaks. Abdominal avicular uncini (fig. 26) are smaller and have very small bodies and deeper breasts but are other- wise similar. The pick-shaped thoracic setae have the form shown in fig. 27. Pigment is totally absent from the body and on the branchiae exists only as six regular, narrow zones of pale reddish-brown, chiefly confined to the basal halves of the barbs and scarcely apparent on the stems. The tubes are nearly straight, thick, pale brown and A^ery little incrusted with sand or other foreign matter. Known only from t\A"o large specimens taken at station 4,245, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, June 11, 1903, in 9o-9S fathoms, on a bottom of dark green mud and sand mixed with shell and rock fragments. Pseudopotamilla anoculata ep. nov. pi. XXXVII, figs. 28 to 33. This handsome species has the branchial bases exactly as in P. splen- dida, that is, they are very small and concealed bj- the collar, somewhat coalesced ventrally, and lack the dorsal la]5pet, ventral membrane and 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567 any indication whatever of a ventral involution. There are 15 pairs of plume-like branchiae, each very long and graceful anfl without any trace of an interbranchial membrane. The stems are more convex externally than those of P. sylendida, but stDl distinctly flattened, and there is no trace of eyes. The barbs are all very slender, 2-ranked, well separated and increase regularly in size from very short ones at the base to very long ones, much exceeding the diameter of the thorax toward the end ; in the distal \ they again decrease, leaving a short tip entirely free from them. The dorsal lobes of the collar are narrow and very long, considerably exceeding the second segment in length, with nearly parallel sides and rounded ends, the two separated by a ^^ide dorsal fissure. The dorso- lateral notches are very deep but narrow and not occupied bj^ a small lobe. Laterad of the notches the collar rises nearly to the height of the dorsal lobes, which it somewhat overlaps by means of low, broad exten- sions toward the median line. The remainder of the margin is even and scarcely crenulate, the ventral lobes arising regularly and gradu- ally, without the formation of any notch, into prominent triangular lobes overlapping the bases of the branchiae and separated by a deep median fissure. The single example is fortunately complete. It measures 122 mm. long, the thorax being 15.5 mm. and the branchiae 32 mm. long, and the former 3.5 mm. wide. It is consequently long and slender, tapering to the pygidium in the posterior -^-. There are 14 (13 setigerous) tho- racic somites and 162 abdominal somites. The former region is scarcely depressed and the remainder of the body nearly cylindrical from pressure of the tube. Besides being unusually broad and deep anteriorly the dorsal fissure is prolonged into a faecal groove extending for nearly the length of the thorax, but gradually fading out behind. The thoracic segments are ^ as long as wide, the middle abdominal about ^ as long as wide, and the posterior very much shorter. Ventral plates are developed much as in P. splendida, but the thoracic are rela- tively longer and the lateral notches divide them unequally, being nearer to the posterior border; the anterior abdominal plates are twice as wide as long and the posterior 4 times or more, all very thick and deeply divided ; none of the al)dominals are notched laterally, and they occupy about ^ of the body width. Thoracic setae tufts are short and straight, the anterior ones placed at a very high level. The tori of III have a length of nearly ^ the cir- cumference of the body and are separated by ^^entrally -J- this distance. From the first they decrease in size regularly, the last and shortest 568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [J^ly, being but ^ as long as the first. The first abdominal torus is not more than h as long as the last thoracic, and is on the level of the thoracic setae tufts. The first thoracic torus bears 65 uncini and an equal num- ber of pick-shaped setae, the fifth 43 and the last 33. Anterior abdomi- nal tori have about 25 uncini and the setfe tufts about 15 setae, less dis- tinctly in 2 rows than in other species. All of the collar setae and the dorsalmost setae of other thoracic fasci- cles are of the usual slightly curved, acute, tapering form with short, rather narrow, obliquel}^ striated wings which arise at an angle with the stem. Not over about a dozen occur in each fascicle. Spatulate setae (fig. 30) are much less numerous than in P. splendida, and arranged in only 2 or 3 vertical rows. The wings are decidedly long, the entire expanded region being 3 times as long as wide, with an apical arm exceeding in length its greatest diameter. The striation of the blade is unusually faint. Al^dominal setae (figs. 2S, 29) are few (about 15 in anterior tori) , not distinctly arranged in two rows, and the longer and shorter ones not greatly different. The stem is constricted but not sharply bent at the base of the blade. Avicular uncini (fig. 31) of similar form occur throughout the tho- racic region. The base is only moderately elongated and slightly curved, the breast rather prominent, the neck moderately long and sloped forward, the crest well forward and forming a straight profile with the slender acute beak. Abdominal uncini (fig. 32) are much smaller, with very short bodies slightly curved downward posteriorly, the breast deep and full, neck and crest similar to those of the thoracic uncini, but the beak much shorter and smaller. The pick-shaped or pennoned setae (fig. 33) have slightly curved stems, elongated flattened heads, very difficult to see clearly, and high compressed hoods drawn out at a wide angle with the stem into delicate pennants. No color remains except on the branchiae, the ventral ones of which have 6 or 7 rich wine-color spots on the barbs and slightly on the stems. On some of the dorsal branchiae these spots coalesce so that they are chiefly colored, with a few irregular white spots at the base and a more extensive white region toward the tip. The tube is dark colored, rough, brittle and covered with sand. This species is known from the type only, taken June 7, at station 4,230, in the vicinity of Naka Bay, Behm Canal, on a rocky bottom, in lOS to 240 fathoms. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569 Explanation of Plate XXXYII. (All figures are magnified 250 diameters.) Pseudopotamilla hrevibranchiata, figs. 1 to 7. Fig. 1. — Dorsal thoracic capillary seta from somite "^'I. Fig. 2. — Long abdominal capillary seta from somite XX. Fig. 3. — Spatiilatc thoracic seta from somite VI. Fig. 4. — Thoracic avicular uncinus from somite VI. Fig. 5. — Abdominal avicular uncinus from somite XX. Fig. 6. — Pick-shaped seta from somite VI. Fig. 7. — Another view of the end of the same. Pseudopotamilla occelata, figs. S to 14. Fig. 8. — Dorsal thoracic capillary seta from VI. Fig. 9. — Long abdominal capillary seta from XX. Fig. 10. — Spatulate thoracic seta from VI. Fig. 11. — Thoracic avicular uncinus from VI. Fig. 12. — Thoracic avicular uncinus from IX. Fig. 13. — Abdominal avicular uncinus from XX. Fig. 14. — Pick-shaped uncinus from VI. Pseudopotamilla intermedia, figs. 15 to 22. Fig. 15. — Dorsal thoracic capillary seta from YI. Fig. 16. — Short abdominal capillary seta from XX. Fig. 17. — Spatulate thoracic seta from VI. Fig. 18. — Thoracic avicular uncinus from VI. Fig. 19. — A typical avicular uncinus from the last thoracic somite (X). Fig. 20. — Portion of another from the same torus showing a larger crest. Fig. 21. — Abdominal avicular uncinus from XII. Fig. 22. — Pick-shaped seta from somite VII. Pseudopotamilla splendida, figs. 23 to 27. Fig. 23. — Long abdominal capillary seta from XXI. Fig. 24. — Spatulate thoracic seta from VI. Fig. 25. — Thoracic avicular uncinus from VI. Fig. 26. — Abdominal avicular uncinus from XX. Fig. 27. — Pick-shaped seta from VI. Pseudopotamilla anoculata, figs. 28 to 33. Fig. 28. — A sliorter abdominal capillary seta from XXVI. Fig. 29. — Face view of the bladed portion of the same. Fig. 30. — Spatulate thoracic seta from VI. Fig. 31. — Thoracic avicular uncinus from A^I. Fig. 32.— Abdominal avicular uncinus from XXA'I. Fig. 33. — Pick-shaped seta from VI. 570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugllSt; NOTES ON SOME HAWAIIAN ACHATINELLID5: AND ENDODONTID^. BY H. A. PILSBRY AND E. G. VANATTA. In the course of identifying various snails received from Mr. D. Thaanum some new species were encountered, and the necessity of several rectifications in previous classifications became apparent. ACH ATINELLID^ . In 1900, Mr. Sykes proposed the name Kauaia to replace the preoccu- pied term Carinella Pfr., based upon Amastra kauaiensis. With some doubt he included several umbilicated snails in the same group. In om' view, the latter may better be segregated under another sectional name. The groups will stand thus : Genus AMASTRA Ads. (Forms with the whorls carinated.) Section Kauaia Sykes. Shell oblong-conic or biconic, carinated, solid, imperforate. Axis tubular though small, obliquely contracted near the base in each whorl, and in the last spirally plicate, making the columella obliquely trun- cated at the base. Both species are from Kauai. A. kauaiensis Newc. A. knudseni Baldw. This group stands very close to the section Amastrella. Section Oyclamastra nov. Shell turbinate, with the spire conically elevated, carinated peripher- ally, thin, umhilicated; the axis a rather large tube, widening toward the base in each whorl, and in the last encircled with a callous spiral cord extending upon the reflexed columellar lip. Type A. cyclostoma Baldw. Kauai. The section Amastrella seems to us to be composite, comprising members of several parallel series of Amastra. The species from Maui and those from Oahu should be eliminated from the group, if this view is correct. Section Helicamastra nov. Shell discoidal or biconvex, carinated, the diameter greatly exceeding the height, spire flattened; thin; um])ilicated, the axis a large tube. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. cvlindric in each whoi-1, and in the last encircled by a callous corf or lamella, extending horizontally upon the reflexed columellar lip. Type A. discus. , ,. .f • * r^oi.,, A. di.cm P. and V. Oahu. A. hcl,alonn,s Anc. Oahu. A.dato(Pfi-.)P-andV. Lanai. .1. r« hykes. Oahu. Amastra^ T X wdiorl becomes more swollen above in part rising *ove the level of the preceding whorls, and is rather rudely wrinkled The angu W -trilten is on a level with the flat spire. The umbilicus is deep t d s b vh, dric. The aperture is oblique, wider than high outer and b a mar ins thin and simple, columellar margin di ated, bearing an ac rte sublori^-mtal white lamella. Alt. 3.4, diam. 10 miiL Waianae, Oahu. Types No. .58,158, A. N. S. P., received from D. D. '^ Tto'curious snail differs from .1. alMa by its flat spire, irregular gil th and larger umbilicus. It is much more depressed than 4. hehc. jonnis Anc, with fewer whorls. „ „ „ - vnl XIV n 159 Amastra rex Sykes (Ann. and Mag. N H., Se . 7- Vo' . ^IV^P^ S^, 10041 is a larger species with peripheral appendages as in Pterodv>cus ! i; It Teems'to have a much smaller umbilicus than A. c;««s, but neither the description nor figure are clear on this point. ^ N lofo rpfr ?^ P & V PI. XXXVIII, figs. 4. 5, 6. Amastra(Hehcamastra)alat (H. )P^^. Hawaiiensis, MoUusca, p. 355 Aviastra {Knumn) (data i tr., ^> iveb, rau (no description). .^r-a ^ q-? ? Helix alata Pfr., P. Z. S., 1856, p. 33. Shell thin umbilicate, biconvex, the base more convex than the spu-e pe™ an-te. B'rown, nearly lusterless. mods 4 the firs penpneiy obliquely striate, with rp^fplTr^t^a!^^^^^^^^^ 7Z convex near the periphery but without a margimng coid Last wtel ba"dy convex, sloping above, densely marked with growth-st™ Ton ite later portion with some coa.^e oblique wrinkles, convex be- nlh Umbcu" rather narrow and tubular. Aperture wider than hS tire dilated columellar lip bearing an acute, subhon.ontal lamella. Alt. 4.3, diam. 8.2 mm. 37 572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AufrilSt, Lanai. Dr. W. Newcomb collection, Cornell University Museum. The specimens here described and figured are from Newcomb's collection, and since Pfeiffer's types were from Newcomb, it maybe in- ferred that they were from the same lot. In view of Dr. Pfeiffer's well- known accuracy as a diagnostician, it is hard to believe that his descrip- tion of Helix alata was based upon the same species, since it disagrees in the number of whorls and shape of the spire, and in omitting a refer- ence to the columellar lamella. It is possible that two species were present in Newcomb's collection, and what Pfeiffer actually described was a Pterodiscus close to P. ivesleyi. This could be decided by a reference to Pfeiffer's own collection. Mr. Sykes, who had occasion to correct the senior author's former identification of H. alaUi, did not take the trouble to place the species upon a recognizable basis. Genus PTERODISCUS Pilsbry. Manual of Conchology (Series 2), IX p. 36, November 16, 1803. Shell openly umbilicate, discoidal or subdiscoidal, thin, uniform brown, and carinatc at the periphery. Peristome simple or expanded, the columellar lip dilated. Axis and columella smooth, without a spiral lamella. Jaw and radula as in Amastra. Type P. tceslcyi Sykes { = Endodonla alata Pils., not Helix alata Pfr.?). This group was origi- nally established as a section of Endodonta. Mr. Sykes elevated it^ to a genus of the Endodontidcs . The examination of the jaw and radula of P. digonophora shows it to belong to the Achatinellidce; and in that group it stands close to Helicamastra, from which it is differentiated solely l)y the total loss of the columellar lamella. In shape, texture, sculpture and the structure of the early whorls, Pterodiscus and Helica- mastra agree very closely. The jaw of P. digonophora is very thin, deeply arcuate, smooth except for a few wide plaits or flat ribs in the median part. .XlV The radula of P. digonophora has 11, 7, 1, 7, 11 teeth. Those of the median field stand in nearly straight transverse rows, but at the sides the rows of marginal teeth bend rapidly forward. The centrals are narrow, less than half the width of the adjacent lateral teeth, and bear a single small cusp. The lateral teeth are square, bicuspid with a large 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573 mesocone and small ectocone as usual. The marginal teeth are short and broad, with the mesocone oblique, and the ectocone split into two, three or four minute, acute denticles. The known species are from Oahu. P. Wesley i Sykes. P. petasus Anc. P. digonophora Anc. Two other species were referred to this group by the senior author in 1893: Flelix prostrata Pse. and //. dcpressiformis Pse.,^ both described from the ''Central Pacific Islands," and neither figured nor seen by any subsequent author. Mr. Sykes did not find them in the British Museum collection ; they arc not in the collections at Philadelphia or Washington, nor is any trace of them to be found in the Pease collection at Cambridge, Massachusetts.^ We learn from labels in the Academy collection that Andrew Garrett knew them not. While there cannot be much doubt that prostrata and depressiformis were based upon species of Ptcrodiscus much like wesleyi and digonophora, it must be admitted that the diagnoses are insufficient for positive identification; and in the absence of types, the names must be regarded as defunct. The three species known are quite distinct, being characterized as follows : 1. — Spire low-conic, with projecting, mucro-like apex; aperture small, as high as wide, the peristome expanded, nearly continuous; umbilicus ample, P. petasus. 2. — Spire flat or nearly so, the apex not raised. a. — XJmliilicus very large, broadly conic, the base strongly angular around it, P. digonophorus. h. — Umbilicus comparatively narrow, tubular, ... P. wesleyi. Pterodiscus wesleyi Sykes. PL XXXIX, figs. 7. 8, 9. Emlodonln (Ptcrodiscus) alnta Pl'r., Pilslny, Manual of Conch., IX, p. .36, PI. 4, fig. 44 (no specific description or measurements). Endodnnta (Ptcrodiscus) wesleyi Sykes, Proc. Mai. Soc. Lond., II, p. 127, 1S96, based upon preceding reference. Pterodiscus wesleyi Sykes, Fauna Hawaiiensis, Molk, p. 292. Shell umbilicate, thin, flat above, convex beneath, carinated periph- erally, brown with some irregular yellowish streaks, nearly lusterless. Whorls 3^, the first perceptibly convex, the rest somewhat flattened, sculptured with fine oblique growth-lines only. Last whorl carinated, the keel bearing an irregular flange or 'Sving" of adhering earth; base * Described in Proc. Zool. Soc. Land., 1860, p. 670. On p. 675 H. depressiformis is said to be H. alata Pfr., on Cuming's authority. ' We are indebted to Dr. William H. Dall, of the National Museum, and Dr. W. Faxon, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, for examining the collections under their charge for these species. 574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugUSt, convex, obtusely angular around the tubular umbilicus. Apertiu'e oblique, much wider than high, the lip thin and simple, the cohnnellar margin dilated. Alt. 3, diam. S mm. Kalaikoa, Oahu. Type No. 58,159, A. N. S. P., from Mr. D. D. Baldwin. Quite vmlike the other known species in its larger aperture and smaller umbilicus. It has not l)een descril)ed l)efore, Mr. Sykes's name l)eing based solely upon the figure publisheil in the Manual of CoiicJiolofpj. It seems rather an imecpial division of labor that we should have to both figure and describe Mr. Sykes's species. This shell agrees well with PfeifTer's description of Helix alata; but as the British Museum specimens under the name alata and those in the Newcomb collection have the columella lamellate, it has been held by INIr. Sykes that Pfeiffer overlooked the lamella. Pterodiscus petasus Ancey. PI. XXXVIII, figs. 7, 8. Mr. Ancey 's figures were evidently drawn from a specimen not wholly mature. Wlicn full-grown, the peristome is distinctly expanded, and its margins approac-h nuich more than his figure shows. Waianae, Oahu. (D. I). Baldwin.) ENDODONTID^. Endodonta (Nesophila) thaanumi n. sp. PI. XXXIX, figs, l, 2, 3. Shell discoidal, yellowish-white radially marked with tlark brown lightning-shaped streaks. Spire composed of 5 rounded whorls, sep- aratetl by a well-impressed suture. The first 4 whorls are about at the same level, but the last 2 gradually descend to the aperture. The last whorl is well rounded at the periphery and sculptured with 57 slightly curved regularly spaced sharp ribs, the interstices of which are covered with microscopical slraigJit vertical striic, about S or 10 l)etween two larger ribs. The apex is smooth, but all the other whorls are costate. The umbilicus is perspective, circular and about ^ the diameter of the shell. The aperture is lunate, i^arietal callus thin, bluish-white, and provided with two strong spirally entering lamella;. Palatal teeth or plicae are absent. Alt. 2, diam. 5 mm. Kaiwiki, near Hilo, Hawaii. The types are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, No. 89,245. They were collected by Mr. D. Thaaniim, in whose honor the species is named. Specimens of E. hystrix (" Migh. " Pfr.) received by the Academy from Dr. A. Gould have the vertical striic undulating, which at once dis- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 575 tingiiishes them from E. thaanumi; otherwise they are very similar. E. paucicostata (Pse.) is smaller and of a different shape. Melanistic and albino specimens occur with the types at Kaiwiki. Mr. Thaanum has collected this species also at Olaa, Hawaii, and Hono- kowai Gulch, West Maui. Under a lens in a good light some faint scratches may be seen in some places, but they do not amount to spiral lines. Endodonta (Thaumatodon) luctifera n. sp. PI. XXXIX, figs. 4, 5, 6. Shell discoidal, light yellow marked wdth brown flames, whorls 5^, suture moderate, s])ire rather flat, the entire last whorl a little descend- ing. Apex smooth, the rest of the shell evenly costate. There are about 59 costse on the last whorl with about 10 to 12 vertical intersti- tial striae, but no spiral lines. The periphery is well rounded, umbilicus perspective and about ^ the diameter of the shell. Ajierture lunate, with 2 strong spirally entering parietal lamellae and a very short basal plica or tooth. A smaller specimen has another very weak palatal plica at the periphery. Alt. 2h, diam. 6 mm. vSandwich Islands. Types are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, No. 58,137. This species differs from E. elisa; Ancey in having two parietal lamellae, and it has fewer palatal folds than E. hystricella pmtcilamellata Ancey. Explanation of Plates XXXVUI and XXXIX. Plate XXXVUI, Figs. 1-3. — Amastra discus n. sp. Figs. 4-6. — Amastra alula (Pfr.) P. and V. Figs. 7, 8. — Pterodiscus -petasus Anc. Plate XXXIX, Figs. 1-3. — Endodonia thaanumi n. sp. Figs. 4-G. — Endodonta luctifera n. sp. Figs. 7-9. — Pterodiscus loesleyi. Type specimen. 576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugUSt, ON TWO HAWAIIAN CERITHIID^. BY H. A. PILSHRY AND E. G. VANATTA. Cerithium thaanumi n. sp. Sliell slendei", turreted, with slio'htly convex outlines below, acumi- nate al)ove. Brownish-white, very sparsely maculate with brown. Varices very low and inconsjiicuous, two on a whorl. The last whorl has a low wide varix opposite the lip, is excavated at the base, and pro- duced in a short, straight anterior canal. Sculj^ture of rather coarse S]:)iral cords with a smooth thread in each interval, three of the larger cords on the penultimate and earlier whorls granose. Whorls 12 (without the nucleus), convex. Aperture small, the outer lip very strongly arcuate, thin; basal notch deep, rounded and contracted. T^ength 14.2, diam. 4.5, longest axis of a]:)erture without canal 3 nnii. Hilo, Hawaii. (Mr. D. Thaanum.) Types No. 85,855, Coll. A. N. S. Phila. A more slender shell than C. iiesioticirm, more coarsely sculptured, with convex whorls and smaller, moi'e laterally expanded aperture. Cerithium hawaiense n. sp. Shell minute, purplish-black, the whorls of the spire carinated a short distance above the suture, acutely so on the earlier whorls; strongly plicate above the carina, the folds rounded, about as wide as the intervals, obsolete or reduced to rip]:»les on the latter half of the last whorl. There is one strong varix, usually white, on the back of the last whorl; the whole surface closely striate spirally throughout. Wliorls 7 or 8. the last shortly produced below. Aperture ovate, the outer lip evenly arcuate; basal notch short, deep and open. Length 3.5, diam. 1.2 mm. Hilo, Hawaii. (I). Thaanum.) Types No. 90,089, Coll. A. N. S. Phila. There are also specimens in the collections of D. Thaanum, S. Raymond Roberts, and the Australian Museum at Sydney. Its more striking characters are the acute keel on the earlier whorls and the regular wave-like folds above the keel. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXVIII. CROSBY. ERIGONE^E. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXIX. V. X X \ 6 V "^-v 'X,,: 8 CROSBY. ERIGONE^E PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXX. SMITH. SENILITY AMONG GASTROPODS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXI. SMITH. SENILITY AMONG GASTROPODS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXII. MOORE. OLIGOCH^TA OF NEW ENGLAND. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXIII. 3« 32 MOORE. OLlGOCH.«TA OF NEW ENGLAND. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. FHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXIV 12 16 MOORE. NORTH PACIFIC POLYCH.STA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXV. 2^ 30 MOORE. NORTH PACIFIC POLYCH^^TA. 29 PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXVI. 42 MOORE. NORTH PACIFIC POLYCH.«TA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXVII. MOORE. PSEUDOPOTAMILLA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XXXVIII. / \ PILSBRY AND VANATTA. HAWAIIAN ACHATINELLID.^ AND ENDODONTID.^. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI, PHILA. 1905. 6 X6ater it was found, but sparsely, in Tinicum, where, however, the remarkable constancy of its characters was again in evidence. The monad moves rapidly in an irregular spiral. I\Iany individuals were observed in the naked condition, and the pigment- spot was then seen without difficulty. I am glad of the permission to name this species in honor of Dr. A. C. Stokes, of Trenton, New Jersey, whose w^ork in this and other genera of the Protozoa is known to all students. Traohelomonas cylindrica Ehr. Trachelomonns cylindrica Ehrenberg. 1S33. Abb. Berlhi. Akad. Lorica reddish-brown, narrowly cylindrical, ends slightly flattened, smooth. Aperture plane or produced into a short, straight or oblique tube with smooth limb. Length 25 n. Only a few specimens of this have been seen by the writer, all of them coming from Tinicum. They accompanied the following species, which they resembled in a general way, really differing therefrom in loricate characters only in being very much narrower, and mostly of a deeper color. Traohelomonas euchlora (Ehr.) comb. nov. Lagenella euchlora Ehrenberg. 1833. Abb. BerUn. Akad. Traohelomonas lagenella Stein. 1878. Infusionstbiere, IIL Lorica light-brown, elliptical or somewhat C|uadrate, surface smooth. Aperture generally produced into a short oblique tube. Length about 33 fj-. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 671 This is not more plentiful than T. cylindrica locally, and has not been found by the writer in numbers sufficient for proper study. There is room for doubt whether this is the organism described and figured by Ehrenberg. Neither the lorica as observed nor Stein's figure resem- bles Ehrenberg's figure xxiv, Taf. II, Infusionsthieren. Assuming, however, for the present, an identity, T. lagenella Stein becomes T. uchlora in accordance with known rules. Traohelomonas uroeolata Stokes. Trachelomonas urceolata Stokes. 1887. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. "Lorica vasiform, smooth, about twice as long as broad, the lateral margins slightly flattened, produced anteriorly in a short, subcylin- drical neck, the borders somewhat everted, truncate, not obhque; posterior extremity not inflated, produced in an acuminate, tail-like prolongation; endoplasm enclosing numerous, probably amylaceous, corpuscles." Dr. Stokes gives the length of lorica in this remarkable species at the equivalent of about 44/^, and the "habitat, pond-water." It has been observed by the writer in some abundance in living condition in a gathering from Riverton, New Jersey. It was accompanied by T. volvocina, arniata and piscatoris. It differs remarkably from familiar species of the genus in the proportionately wide aperture, and in the thin, easily distorted, parchment-like lorica. The surface of the lorica in these specimens was not smooth, but profusely tuberculate, and the caudal process showed in some cases two or three appressed setse. The material containing this form was made available through the kindness of Mr. Edward Potts. Traohelomonas eurystoma Stein. Tradielomona^ eurystoma Stein. 1S7S. Infusion.sthiere, III. Lorica brown, broadly ovoid, obtusely pointed posteriorly, surface entirely smooth. Aperture surrounded by a short, wide rim with crenulated edge. Length 30 //.. Apparently rare in Delaware Valley. It has been observed, in num- bers too small for proper study, in gatherings made in Tinicum. The crenulation of the wide, shallow rim around the aperture is not always evident. Trachelomonas torta Keilicott. Trachelomonas torta Keilicott. 1885. Proc. Amer. Soc. Micros. "Egg-shaped colorless, ornamented by oblique rugosities, giving the appearance of having been twisted; aperture situated in a short oblique groove ; flagellum very long ; animalcule green, with red eye- spot." 672 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.. Length of lorica, the equivalent of 50 il This is one of the largest of the genus, and one of the rarest in Dela- ware Valley. The writer has seen at most three specimens, and in one of these the lorica was colored a deep brown. Trachelomonas armata (Ehr.) Stein. PI. XLI, figs. 9, 10 and 11. ChoEtolyphla armata Ehrenberg. 183.3. Abh. Berlin. Akad. Choetotyplila aspera Ehrenberg. 1833. Abh. Berlin. Akad. Trachelomonas armata Stein. 1878. Infnsion.sthiere, III. Trachelomorias acanthostoma Stokes. 1887. Proc. Amer. Pliilos. Soc. "C. armata. C. corpore ovato, utrinque rotundato, subgloboso, fusco, ubique setis brevibus hispido, corona apiculorum postica, nigra. "C. aspera. C. corpore oblongo, fusco, utrinque rotundato, ubique setis brevibus hispido, apiculus posticis minoribus sine ordino sparsis." — Ehrenberg, Ahh. Berlin. Akad., 1833. Lorica ellipsoidal, brown, the general surface deasely and finely punctate. Two irregular rows of short, conical spines around apertm'c. Often a ring of six to twelve or more long, hollow, curving spines around posterior end. Aperture in a shallow, wide, rimmed depression, and infrequently produced into a short tube with stellate limb. Length of lorica 39 ;j-. This species is common in Delaware Valley and it exhibits much variety of form. But among the thoasands of specimens examined, not one has shown a lorica with the smooth surface attributed to the species by authors. Dr. A. C. Stokes has accurately described his form acanthostoma as having a punctate surface. This would unques- tionably be a specific distinction were it not true that all forms of T. armata, as found in this region, have precisely the same punctation. The posterior ring of large, curving spines seems to be a very lato excrescence in the individual development, and these spines may be seen in all stages of sprouting. Trachelomonas crebea Kellicott. PL XLI, fig. 1. Trachelomonas crebea Kellicott. 1887. Proc. Amer. Soc. Micros. " Lorica spheroidal, varying from decided brown to colorless, ellipti- cal in side view, length to breadth as 5 to 4; surface not spined, but with minute raised points over entire surface. Anterior projection hyaline, minutely notched and slightly everted at outer extremit}'. |- length of shell." The length of lorica is given by Kellicott at the equivalent of 25 p. . This species, as it occurs along the Delaware, where it is not uncommon, presents some variations. A prevalent form, figured herewith, is indefinitely and coarsely punctate, the puncta? being of various sizes 1905.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 673 and shapes. The aperture is produced into a curving tube, coarsely toothed and not everted at the extremity. It reaches a length of 30 ,u. A cvirious circumstance is that individuals of this description habitu- ally swim in a reverse direction, that is to say, with aperture in the rear. Forms with straight aperture-tubes are not wanting, but they are not common in the territory. Trachelomonas hispida (Perty) Stein. Choetoglena volvocina Ehrenberg. 1833. Abh. Berlin Akad. Chonemonas hispida Perty. 1852. Lebensformen. Trachelomonas hispida Stein. 1878. Infusionsthiere, III. Lorica brown, ovoid to long-elliptical, ends equally rounded. Sur- face mostly densely hispid throughout, occasionally nearly smooth. Aperture plane or produced into a short, cylindrical, hyaline tube. A common and variable species, presenting all its well-known shapes in the Delaware Valley. A very small, tail-like, hyaline projection is sometimes present on the posterior end. The maximum size attributed to the species by Saville Kent is about the equivalent of 40 ij.. but it is usually much smaller, and mostly about 30 /i. An occasional specimen has measured as high as 42 il Trachelomonas caudata (Ehr.) Stein. Choetoglena caudata Ehrenberg. 1840. Monatsberichte der Berliner Aizad. Trachelomonas caudata Stein. 1878. Infusionsthiere, III. Lorica brown, elongate-ovoid, acuminate posteriorly and produced into a conspicuous, hyaline, tail-like process. Surface densely hispid. Aperture in a long, hyaline, trumpet-form tube with everted and deeply dentate limb. A rare species, but occurring in typical form in Tinicum. It is said to reach a length of 52 m. The local specimens measured at most 40 ,«. The spiny ornamentation is precisely like that of T. hispida, but there is never any trouble in distinguishing the two. This species is figured by Perty {Zur Kentniss Kleinster Lebensformen, 1852, Tab. X, fig. 14) under the name of Chonemonas acuminata. Trachelomonas obtusa sp. nov. PI. XLI, fig. 3. Lorica brown, with straight sides, rounded in front, abruptly conical posteriorly. Surface clothed with short, slender spines. Aperture not produced, bordered by a smooth area. Monad green with red pigment- spot. Flagellum long. Lorica 33 p- long, 16 ij. broad. Fresh-water ditches and ponds. This species is not rare, but it has not yet been found in any large numbers in a single gathering. It occurs in tidal ditches in Tinicum, 44 674 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., and in ponds among aquatic plants at Riverton. New Jersey. It pre- sents no notable peculiarities beyond the characteristics of the lorica. The spines are like those of T. bulla and T. piscatoris, being more sparse and slender than in T. hispida. Its very considerable size, and often- times its well-developed color, would preclude the obvious suspicion that it represents an immature state of some other species. Moreover, intermediate forms have not been observed. Trachelomonas piscatoris (Fisher) Stokes. Laguncula piscatoris Fisher. 1880. Proc. Amer. Soc. Micros. Trachelomonas piscatoris Stokes. 1886. Jour. Trentou Nat. Hist. Soc. "Lorica flask-shaped, cylindrical, less than twice as long as broad, the surface clothed by numerous short, conical spines ; both extremities equally rounded, the anterior aperture produced into a smooth, cylin- drical, neck-like prolongation, about one-seventh the entire length of the lorica, the frontal border denticulate and often bearing a row of short, conical spines similar to those on the general surface " The length of lorica is given by Dr. Stokes, from whom the above is quoted, at the equivalent of 25-39 j". It is a beautiful and very distinct species, not at all rare in Delaware Valley. It is present in most gather- ings from Tinicum, and it occurs abundantly in lily-ponds at Riverton, New Jersey. In shaded situations, or where the water is poor in salts of iron, the lorica is sometimes light in color and thin-walled. This is probably the form referred to, but not adequately described nor at all figured, by Archer (ISSO, Annals and Magazine of Natural History), who suggested in a tentative way the name T^ acanthophora. Trachelomonas horrida sp- nov. PL XLI, fig. 6. Lorica ovoid, brown, the general surface tuberculate, beset with very long, nearly straight, prismatic, abruptly pointed spines, longer on the ends than on the sides. Aperture plane, or produced into a short trumpet-shaped tube with wavy limb. Monad green, pigment-spot obvious. Flagellum long. Fresh-water ditches. Length of lorica 40 /j-. This species is at once separated from all others by the character of the spines, as well as by their distribution. These spines are nearly as long as those of T. armata, but are not confined to certain areas, and are straight instead of curved, angular instead of round in cross-section, and pointed like a dagger. Those on the ends are 6 m to 7 ij- long, those on the sides one-half as long. It is also distinguished from T. armata by the tuberculate surface and the character of the aperture. Col- lected! in living condition in Tinicum ditches, June and July, 1905. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 675 While not plentiful, it presented itself in a number of gatherings con- taining also T. volvocina, hispida and piscatoris. This same species has also been collected in Iowa by Prof. C. H. Edmundson, who has kindly sent specimens for identification and comparison with Eastern forms. Explanation of Plate XLI, Fig. 1 . — Trachelomonas crebea, a prevalent form, not typical Fig. 2. — Trachelomonas verrucosa. , Fig. 3. — Trachelomonas obtusa. Fig. 4. — Trachelomonas Stokesiana, front view. Fig. 5. — Trachelomonas Stokesiana, side view. Fig. 6. — Trachelomonas horrida. Fig. 7. — Trachelomonas rugulosa, front view. Fig. 8. — Trachelomonas rugulosa, side view. Fig. 9. — Trachelomonas armata, posterior spines undeveloped. Fig. 10. — Trachelomonas armata, posterior spines partially developed. Fig. 11. — Trachelomonas armata, posterior spines developed. 676 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS AND MAMMALS FROM THE COLORADO DELTA. LOWER CALIFORNIA. BY WITMER STONE. WITH FIELD NOTES BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. Early in 1905 Mr. Samuel N. Rhoads made a trip, in the interest? of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, through the north- western portion of Lower California. The birds and mammals, num- bering respectively 258 and 117 specimens, have been submitted to me for identification, and are listed below with such comments as they demand. Mr. Rhoads has added his field notes on various of the spe- cies, which enhance greatly the value of the report. The conditions that prevailed during the expedition were peculiarly- unfavorable to collecting of any sort, the rain, cold and high water being almost unprecedented. The accounts of the botanical expedi- tions sent out later by the New York Botanic Garden over the same route taken by Mr. Rhoads give a good idea of the conditions that pre- vailed (see Journ. N. Y. Bot. Garden, May and June, 1905). Mr. Rhoads "embarked at Yuma, Arizona, in an open rowboat. February 4, accompanied by Mr. H. E. Wilder, of Riverside, and a guide. They descended the Colorado river as far as the mouth of the Hardy river, which is a slackwater bayou emptying into the Colorado about ten miles above the head of the Gulf of California. The Hard a- was reached February 8, after an exchange of guides at the Colony. where they were fortunate to secure the services of Frank Tejano, a Cocopah Indian. "This stream was then ascended as far as the base of the Cocopah range, reaching Bruce's ranch February 15, Pescadoro Slough on the 18th and Cocopah Major Mountain on the 19th. Several days were spent at the last point and also just above the mouth of the Hardy. "From camp at the base of the Cocopah Knob, after a stay of nine days, the trip was continued overland to Calexico, on the Californian border, which was reached after five days of the most fatiguing drivinu' and marching through the fresh mud and sloughs of the overflowing Colorado. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 677 "During the entire trip more than half of the whole number of days were rainy, and the total precipitation was stated to have been more than often aggregates in this desert region for a period of years. The temperature was correspondingly low, on the 13th reaching 34° with ice in the coffee-pot, something the guide had never seen before in his lifetime of forty-five years. On these accounts the animal life of the region was at a standstill and the results of field work most discourag- ing." In the list which follows Mr. Rhoads' field notes are given in quota-" tion marks. Ovis canadensis cremnobates Elliot. Lower California Sheep. Three females, one of which was adult, obtained in the Cocopah Mountains, near camp, February 24; also a weathered skull and other bones of an old male. "Numerous in the Cocopah range. Said to abound on the arid slopes and valleys lying between this and the San Pedro Martir range." Sigmodon hispidus eremicus Mearns. Western Desert Cotton Rat. > Nineteen specimens of various ages, from the mouth of the Hardy river, the type locality for this race. "Abounding in the overflow lands where the tules and reeds were a permanent food supply. Not an upland species, but essentially littoral." Reithrodontomys longicaudus pallidus Rhoads. Lower California Harvest Mouse. Six specimens from the mouth of the Hardy river. "Found only in fine grass on the higher banks — situations, however, which would be temporarily overflowed at highest periods of spring tides and freshets. The Sigmodon was abundant in the same loca- tions." Neotoma intermedia albigula (Hartley). White-throated Wood Rat. Five specimens from the mouth of the Hardy seem to be referable to this race. "The large bush nests of this animal were seen at two or three other points in the delta, including the last camp at Mount Major; here they frequented the rocks also, or possibly this was another species. The habits and homes of this animal on the banks of the Hardy resemble those of the mesquite rats in the vicinity of Corpus Christi, Texas. They subsist largely on the bark and twigs as well as the seeds and pods of the mesquite." 678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Peromyscus eremious (Baird). Desert Mouse. Two forms of white-footed mice were obtained by -Mr. Rhoads, and typical examples of each were submitted to Mr. W. H. Osgood, of the V. S. Biological Survey, who has kindly identified them. The present species was abundant in the Cocopah Mountains, where a series of nineteen specimens was secured. A single female was ob- tained at the mouth of the Hardy, doubtless carried down in the flood, and four were trapped in the hills near the IMexican boundary, on the Colorado river. "A rock-loving mountain species, whose haliitat touches upon but not invades that of sonoriensis." Peromyscus sonoriensis (Le Conte). Sonora White-footed Mouse. This was the prevalent form in the low ground, nineteen specimens being obtained at the mouth of the Hardy and five others on the Colo- rado thirty-five miles below Yuma. Four specimens were also trapped in the Cocopahs with the preceding species. "Excessively abundant in the bottoms, preventing the capture of other small rodents, etc., by incessantly springing the traps. Without studying its anatomy, I should predict that this species was more nearly related to gossypinus of the East than to leucopus. I base this view- solely on its habitat and manner of life." Perognathus penicillatus angustirostris Osgood. Slender-nosed Pocket Mouse. Three specimens from the Cocopahs and one from the Colorado river, near the Mexican boundary. In going over the large series of these mice in the Rhoads collection at the Academy, I find among them three examples of P. fallax pallidus Mearns, obtained at Mission Creek, California, by R. B. Herron. These, as their labels show% had been separated in 1895 as a distinct race of fallax by Mr. Rhoads, but his name has remained in manuscript and the specimens were afterward referred by him to this species. Perognathus spinatUS Merriam. Spiny Pocket Mouse. Eleven examples, all from the Cocopah ^Mountains. "This and the former named inhabit the desert mountain and plain to the edge of the delta bottoms. Their homes are made by tunnelling at the base of greasewood and other low thickset bushes, as well as among the rocky clefts of the hills where any vegetation has a foothold. The entrances to these burrows remain open. They do not plough underground as Blarina, Scalops, Thomomys, etc., but excavate and throw out the dirt largely at the mouth of the burrow, thus raising the vicinity of their bush colonies into slight mounds. Both species may 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILAUELrHIA, 679 be caught at the same entrance on successive nights. They are closely associated with the kangaroo rats in these colonies. Judging by the lack of specimens on coldest nights, I judge there is a short period of intermittent hibernation in February." Dipodomys merriami arenivagus Elliot. San Felipe Kangaroo Rat. Three specimens from the Cocopahs. These seem to be referable to Elliot's race, though whether it is really separable from simiolus I am in doubt. "All three were taken at the mouth of the same sand burrow at tlio base of Mount Major, near camp. This and a large white species, probably deserti Stephens, are said by the guides to abound in the sand plains on the borders of the delta all the way to Calexico. ^ If so, this would indicate a continuous distribution toward the habitat ot simiolKs in the Mojave Desert. I doubt the separability of arenivogusr Lepus arizonae Allen. Arizona Hare. One example from the Colorado river, near the Mexican boundary line, and another from New river, twelve miles from Calexico. "A bottom-land species, not abundant because of the overabundance of coyotes." Pipistrellus hesperus (Allen). Western Bat. One obtained in the Cocopah Mountains, February 21, identified by Mr. J. A. G. Rehn. The margins of the interfemoral membrane as well as the inner portion of the wing margin is whitish. Procyon pallidus :^Ierr. Pallid Raccoon. A specimen from the mouth of the Hardy river and one from tlie Colony. "Coons occur everywhere along the river." TJrocyon littoralis (Baird). Coast Fox. A skull from nine miles west of Bruce's ranch; also a mummified skeleton from :\Iount Major which could not be preserved. Canis estor Merriam? Coyote. Five skulls and four skins, which seem to be referable to this form; but without topotypes for comparison, it is impossible to satisfactorily identify them. That three species of coyotes occur together iu the San Pedro Martir Mountains, as stated by Mr. Elliot, seems to me very unlikely. "Mr. Wilder, whose experience with coyotes extends over a wide territory in the far West, told me he never heard the like of those which 680 PROCEEUIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., nightly sang and yelled us to sleep in the Colorado delta. They were overabundant and easily trapped." Tursiops gillii Dall. Gill's Dolphin. Une skull, found on the Hard}' river at the base of the Cocopah Mountains, fifty miles above the Gulf. Additional Species Observed. Odocoileus hemionus eremicus (Mearns). Sonoran Mule Deer. Burro Deer. "It was probably this race which we found inhabiting the delta on tlie Californian side. The floods had driven them to the uplands, so they were rarely seen, but their old tracks were abundant. Two speci- mens were shot by a comrade near the last camp, the horns of which were taken home by Mr. Wilder. On the delta this species ruts in Feb- ruary, the fawns being born in August." Antiiocapra americana mexicana Merr. Mexican Antelope. "A trip was taken to the base of the mountains, nine miles from Bruce's ranch, for this species, but none were seen. Their old tracks were plentiful. About forty miles south of this point, on the mesas of the San Pedro Martir and ]\Iajor Cocopahs, they are reported to be abundant." Castor canadensis frondator Mearns. Arizona Beaver. "Several are trapped in winter on the lower Colorado. I examined some fresh hides in a trapper's camp above the Colony, and a large number taken on Pescadoro Slough, where they are reported more abundant. They make no dams nor aii}^ homes in the banks, but raise large flat piles of brush and mud for their homes back in the densely grown sloughs and ponds of the bottoms." Felis cougar browni (Merr.). Sonoran Puma? "None seen. Our guide, Frank Tejano, denied having met with this species, but had seen their tracks. He seemed to be in awe of them and declined to give his experiences. They are rare." Lynx ruffus peninsularis Thomas. Peninsular Wild Cat? "One or two seen. Not rare." Taxidea taxus infusca Thomas 1 Badger. "Tracks of badgers were seen, as well as holes stated to l)elong to them." Thomomys fulvus nigricans Rhoads? Lower Sonoran Mole Rat. "A few places indicated the presence of some species of this genus even in the bottom lands. None were captured." 1905.] natural scienxes of philadelphia. 681 Birds. Fodilymbus podiceps (Linn.). Pied-billed Grebe. One specimen from month of Hardy river, February 1 1 . "Only one seen." Larus Philadelphia (Ord.). Bonaparte's Gull. One secured at the mouth of the Hardy and one thirty miles below Yuma. "Very scarce and mostly in a half-starved condition, appearing to suffer greatly from the unusual cold. Nycticorax n. naevius (Bodd.). Night Heron. One at "Colony," February 7. "Without exception the most abundant water bird on the river. Some individuals appeared to belong to the yellow-crowned species." Symphemia semipalmata inornata Brewst. Western Willet. One obtained at the mouth of the Hardy. "The only one noted." Lophortyx gambelii (Gambel). Gambel's Quail. A number of specimens from the Cocopah Major jNIountains, several from the mouth of the Hardy, and one fifty miles below Yuma. "They were subsisting almost wholly on the mistletoe berries growing on the mesquites." Aceipiter velox (Wils.). Sharp-shinned Hawk. One obtained on the Colorado thirty miles below Yuma. "Rarelj^ seen." Falco sparverius phalaena (Lesson). Desert Sparrow Hawk. Specimens obtained on the Hardy river and at Bruce's ranch. "A scarce bird." Bubo virginianus pallescens Stone. One specimen from midway up the Hardy river, and another without locality. "Found nesting at Bruce's ranch and everywhere abundant." Centurus uropygialis (Baird). Gila Woodpecker. Specimens from the Hardy river and Cocopah Major Mountains, as well as on the Colorado near the Mexican boundary. These birds are a,ll typical. "These also lived largely on the mistletoe berries." Dryobates soalaris lucasanus (Xantus). Saint Lucas Woodpecker. Two specimens from Colony and two from the Cocopah Major Moun- tains. The white on the tail feathers is variable, but less so in the 682 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept,, females than in the males. The Colony specimens approach hairdi, but the others are lucasanus. A specimen in the Academy's collection obtained in June, 1852, by Col. McCall, in southern California, is a marked example of lucasanus. After examining a number of these birds, I can see no reason for elevating the Lower Calif ornian race to specific rank, as has recently been done by ]\Ir. William Brewster. ''These birds were extremely wild and difficult to secure." Calypte COStae (Bourc). Costa's Hummingbird. Two specimens from Cocopah Major Mountains. "These tiny birds were breeding, one of the specimens shot showing bodily marks of protracted incubation on the 21st of February." Selasphorus rufas (Gmel.). Rufous Hummingbird. One example from the Cocopahs. "This bird was going through its aerial love antics in February with all the energy of a midsummer madness. This was the more remark- able as all other bird and animal life was in its deepest winter lethargy during my entire stay at this camp, and the temperature frequent!}^ fell to near 45°. This coincides with the actions of riifus in the vicinity of Puget Sound, as observed by me in early April, 1903, where I found it breeding though frost frequently formed at night." Myiarclius cinereus (Lawr.). Ash-throated Flycatcher. Specimens from Colony and Cocopahs. "Of uniform but scanty distribution. They nested on the tops of the densely wooded' cottonwood and willow bottoms, uttering frequent ejaculations as they darted upward for insects. Generalh- in quar- tettes, sometimes five or six within hearing." Sayornis saya (Bonap.). Say's Phoebe. One from Bruce's ranch and another from the California-^Iexican boundary on the Colorado. "Wherever we reached bluffs or other elevations not bottom land, this solitaire of the mountains and foothills is wont to appear. Its weird and plaintive cry is in impressive keeping with these barren solitudes." Sayornis nigricans (Sw.). Black Phoebe. Obtained at Bruce's ranch, and at the mouth of the Hardy ri\-er. The under-tail coverts appear perfectly white, although the longer ones are dusk}^ centrally for more than half their length. "One of the most lively bits of bird life, which relieved the tedium of our boat journey, was the frequent sight of these birds sitting on the 1905.] XATURAL SCIENXES OF PHILADELPHIA. 683 floating drift and hawking flies and other insects from the steaming surface of Colorado of a chilly morning." Pyrocephalus rubineus mexioanus (Scl.)- Vermilion Flycatcher. Several from the mouth of the Hardy, and also from Pescadoro Slough. "We were sure to find one or more pairs of these in the mesquite groves. They seem to continue their conjugal attachments all winter, some pairs being inseparable. They furnished the only strong bit of color to be seen in the wintiy landscape of the Colorado delta in Febru- ary. The males on warm days were performing their whimsical little flight songs and tumbling feats, but there was no other sign or sugges- tion that this had anything to do with sexual excitement." Corvus corax sinuatus (Wagl.). American P.aven. One obtained at the mouth of the Hardy. "Numerous everj-where. Some of the ravens may have been the white-necked species. While at Cocopah Major I was entertained by the love antics and really wonderful medley of sounds which a love-sick raven is able to make. Some of these are truly melodious modulations of the so-called 'croak,' and run through Cfuite a slice of the gamut. In addition to this they can tumble, twist, dive, soar and sport about the fleeting form of their mate with all the abandon and daring of less sedate and more elegant masters of the air." Molothrus ater obscurus (Gmel.)- Dwarf Cowbird. One example taken on the lower Colorado, above Colony. "They were associated with flocks of Redwings. Some were seen near Pescadoro Slough." Agelaius phoenioeus sonoriensis Ridgw. Sonoran Redwing. Obtained along the Colorado above Colony, and at the mouth of the Hardy, as well as at Pescadoro Slough. I find it very difficult to sepa- rate this form from neutralis, and riuestion whether the two will prove distinct when full series representing all seasonal variations are avail- able for comparison. The specimens under consideration might be either form so far as measurements go, but the stripes on the breast of the females appear narrower than in San Diegan birds. Sturnella magna neglecta (And.). Western Meadow Lark. Several obtained about the mouth of the Hardy and one farther up the river, all of them typical neglecta. "A rare bird except in open savannas along the Hardy river at two or three points." 684 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis (Say). House Finch. Three specimens taken on the Cocopah Major Mountains. "Small flocks in the foothills: none seen clown the river." Astragalinus lawrenoei (Cass.). Lawrence's Goldfinch. Three examples from the Cocopahs. "Two of this, or possibly another Goldfinch, were seen on a mesa above Colony." Passerculus sandwichensis alaudinus (Bonap.). Western Savanna Sparrow. A number from the mouth of the Hardy river and from Bruce's ranch. Several of them are in the spring molt. "This species, with flocks of Brewer's and Chipping Sparrows and Abert's Towhee, were in great numbers in some favorable mesquite bottoms where grass weeds and mistletoe berries formed an abundant harvest." Passerculus rostratus (Cass.). Large-billed Sparrow. Five specimens from the mouth of the Hardy, all of them typical rostratus. "These occupied a narrow strip or beach of marsh grass or sedge bordering the river and reaching far back over the mesquite bottom to higher open ground. They kept close to the river bank when flushed, while the Savannas flew across to the upland. Al)out twenty rostratus were seen." Zonotricliia leucophrys gambelii (Nutt.). Intermediate Sparrow. Obtained at Bruce's ranch and Cocopah Mountains. Spizella socialis arizonse Coues. Western Chipping Sparrow. Specimens from mouth of the Hardy and Bruce's ranch. Spizella breweri Cass. Brewer's Sparrow. Found at Bruce's ranch and on the Cocopahs. Janco hyemalis (Linn.). Slate-colored Junco. One typical male example from the Cocopah Major ^^lountains, Februar}^ 24. Junco oreganus thurberi Anthony. Thurber's Junco. Three specimens from the Cocopahs, one of them not typical, but nearer to this than any other form. Amphispiza bilineata deserticola Ridgw. Desert Sparrow. One obtained on the Cocopah Mountains. "Two or three were found in the chapparal, very wary indeed. The males occasionallv uttered a sweet sons;. I saw no others." 190.5.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 685 Melospiza cinerea fallax (Baird). Desert Song Sparrow. A number of specimens from the mouth of the Hardy, Bruce's ranch and the Colorado sixty miles below Yuma. "The song of this form is precisely like that of our Eastern bird, and was a constant reminder of the winter minstrelsy of my home in the Delaware River Valley. They are very abundant in the whole delta." Pipilo aberti Baird. Abert's Towhee. Obtained on the Colorado and Hardy rivers at various points, and in the Cocopah ^lountains. "This peculiar or, rather, original bird character is abundant. In habits and appearance and in character also it reminds one of a female cardinal Grosbeak. Its voice or call note completes the illusion. Its song I never heard. That, together with its anatomy, may be sufficient proof that the systematists have not gone wrong in naming it Pipilo. No cardinals seem to inhabit its rendezvous in the Colorado delta, and that is another puzzling factor in the life history of Abert's Towhee." Iridoprocne bicolor (Vieill.). Tree Swallow. One example from Bruce's ranch. "Several flocks seen." Fhainopepla niteus (Swains). Phainopepla. Two examples on the Colorado fifty miles below Yuma and one from the Cocopahs. "Wherever mesquites and their parasitic berries abounded plenty of these shining crested fellows plaintively ffitted about from one high perch to another." Lanius ludovioianus gambeli Ridgw. California Shrike. Three specimens from the mouth of the Hardy river come nearer to gambeli than any other race, though they are not quite typical. "Another was taken near Pescadoro Slough and several seen at the Mount Major camp." Helminthophila celata lutescens (Ridgw.). Lutescent Warbler. One obtained at Bruce's ranch, February 16. "No others seen." Dendroica auduboni (Towns.). Audubon's Warbler. One from Colony and one from the Colorado river near the Mexican boundary. "Exceedingly abundant everywhere along our route." Anthus pensilvanicus (Lath.). American Pipit. One specimen secured on the Hardy river, February 18. "A very few seen on the Hardy only." 686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Toxostoma crissale Henry. Crissal Thrasher. Two from the Cocopah Mountains. "About five seen altogether. Occasionally one would sing a little, but they were only beginning. Only found in the foothill chapparal above high-water mark, and ver}- shy and cunning in their terres- trial manoeuvres to outwit the man with a gun." Heleodytes brunneioapillus couesi (Sharpe). Specimens from various points along the Hardy river from its mouth to the Cocopah Mountains. "Frequenting both the arid foothills and the mesquite l^ottoms." Salpinctes obsoletus (Say). Rock Wren. Six specimens from the Cocopahs and one from the Colorado river near the Mexican boundary in southeastern California. "A wonderful member of a wonderful family. Its life history, who can tell it? Sprite, sylph, orpheus of the barren mountains, what man could put thy likeness on paper or reveal to the reader thy inmost life? Now that the quest is over and I see seven skins lying side by side in the tray named and numbered, I trow they will be the last of that happy family to serve the demands of science." Troglodytes aedon parkmanii (Aud.). Parkman's Wren. One from Bruce's ranch. I follow Mr. Ridgway in uniting 'park- manii and aztecus. "A few, two or three, were seen at Mount ]\Iajor." Telmatodytes palustris paludicola (Baird). Tul^ Wren. Two specimens obtained at the mouth of the Hardy. "They were numerous near our first camp on the Hardy, keeping close to the tules along the river, bank. Very few seen farther up." Telmatodytes palustris plesius (Oberholser). Western Marsh Wren. One example of this race, associated with the above. "No others noted." Auriparus flaviceps (Sund.). Verdin. Specimens from the mouth of the Hardy, Bruce's ranch and the Cocopahs. "Uniformly distributed in the mesquite. One was caught in its gourd-like roosting nest. It sat with its tail projecting from the open- ing, so as to void all excrement on the ground during the night and keep its winter quarters cleanly." Segulus calendula (Linn.). Ruby-crowned Kinglet. One specimen. "Many seen on both stream-;." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 687 Polioptila oaerulea obscura Ridgw. Western Gnatcatcher. One from the Mexican boundary and one from Bruce's ranch. "Abundant and always making a fuss out of proportion to its size." Polioptila plumbea Baird. Plumbeous Gnatcatcher. Specimens from Bruce's ranch, Pescadoro Slough and the Cocopah Mountains. Mimus polyglottos leuoopterus (Vigors). Western Mockingbird. Three examples from the Cocopahs. " I do not remember seeing any other specimens than those noted at our Mount ]\Iajor camp. They were beginning to sing." Additional Species Observed by Mr. Rhoads. Larus occidentalis Aud. Western Gull. Very abundant on the Colorado and its tributaries. Larus argentatus Linn. Herring Gull. A few seen on both the Colorado and the Hardy. Larus californious Lawr. California Gull. A few seen. Larus heermanni Cass. Heermann's Gull. A few seen as far up as Yuma, Arizona, Sterna elegans GambelT A few terns were seen in pairs on all the waters visited, either S. elegans or S. dougalli or both. Sterna antillarum (Less.)? Least Tern. Three or four very small terns were probably this speqies. Phalaorocorax mexicanus (Brandt). Mexican Cormorant. Exceedingly abundant, fishing in great shoals with the pelicans. Peleoanus erythrorhynchos Gmel. American White Pelican. "Increasingly abundant as Yuma disappeared in om" wake, these splendid lordly birds were an ever-present source of delight and admi- ration during the remainder of our journey. At our camp on the upper Hardy at Mount Major, they came regularly every morning to fish in a lagoon formed by the recent floods directly in front of the cami^. Sometimes there would be half a thousand of them, with hundreds of Cormorants plunging about at once. On the outskirts of the fray Great White Egrets gathered the fragments of this royal feast. Merganser americanus (Cass.). American Merganser. A few. 688 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Merganser serrator (Linn.). Red-breasted Merganser. Many. Anas boschas Linn. Mallard. Abundant. Nettion carolinensis Gmel. Green-winged Teal. Several flocks. Spatula olypeata (Linn.). Shoveller. Several. Bafila acuta (Linn.). Pintail. Several. Erismatura jamaicensis (Gmel.). Ruddy Duck. Chen hyperborea (Pall.). Lesser Snow Goose. In great flocks going northward over the Cocopah Major, also near the mouth of the Hardy. Branta canadensis subsp.7 A form of this species was continually going toward the coast from the delta, mostly at great elevatioixs. Tantalus loculator Linn. 7 Wood Ibis. A few seen. Ardea berodias Linn. Great Blus Heron. Very abundant. Egretta candidissima (Gmel.). Snowy Heron. Several seen up the Hardy; especially at the Mount Major camp. Grus mexioana (Mull.). Sandhill Crane. Abundant. Tringa minutilla Vieill. Least Sandpiper. A few seen. Actitis macularia (Linn.). Spotted Sandpiper. Often seen. Numenius budsonious Lath. Hudsonian Curlew. Two flocks on the Hardy. Oxyechus vocii'erus (Linn.). Killdeer. Several. Zenaidura macroura (Linn.). Mourning Dove. Two or three seen near Colony and one or two up the Hard\\ \'eiy scarce. Scardafella inoa (Less.). Inca Dove. A very few seen in the upper Hardy river region. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 689 Pseudogryphus californianus Shaw. California Vulture One seen at Mount Major camp. Cathartes aura (Linn.). Turkey. Vulture. Abundant. Elanus leuourus (Vieill.). White-tailed Kite. Seen twice along the Hard3\ Circus hudsonius (Linn.). Marsh Hawk. Frequent. Acoipiter cooper! (Bonap.). Cooper's Hawk. Several noted Parabuteo unicinctus harrissi (Aud.). Harris's Hawk. Numerous. Bnteo borealis calurus (Cass.). Western Redtail. Abundant, Buteo lineatus elegans (Cass.) Red-bellied Hawk. Several. Buteo swaiusoni Bonap. Swainson's Hawk. Several. Buteo platypterus (Vieill.). Broad-winged Hawk. Two or three seen. Aquila chrysaetos (Linn.). Golden Eagle. At Mount Major. Haliaeetus leucocephalus (Linn.). Bald Eagle. One seen twice, or else two individuals, on the upper Hardy river. Stated to be very rare by our Indian guide, Polyborus cheriway (Jacq.). Caracara. Only two seen on the upper Hardy. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis (Gmel.). Osprey, Seen only at Mount Major. :. Strix pratincola Bonap. Barn Owl. One seen above the Colony. Asio accipitrinus (Pall.). Short-eared Owl. A few seen near the mouth of the Hardy. Megascops asio cineraceus Ridgw. Mexican Screech Owl. Heard several times, 45 690 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Geococcyz californianus (Less.). Road Runner. Often seen on the banks of the river. Ceryle alcyon (Linn.). Belted Kingfisher. Often seen. Chordeiles sp. Two or three seen. Contopus richardsonii (Swains.). Western Wood Pewee. Otocoris alpestris pallida Dwight? Sonoran Horned Lark. A few seen flying overhead. Corvus sp. Crows of some species were seen, but rarely. Euphagus oyanocephalus (Wagl.). Brewer's Blackbird. Always abundant near human habitations. Tachycineta thalassina (Swains.). Violet-green Swallow. Of large flocks seen some seemed to be this species. Riparia riparia (Linn.). Bank Swallow. Several seen along the Hardy river. Ampelis cedrorum (Vieill.). Cedar Waxwing. Not many seen. Galeoscoptes carolinensis (Linn.). Catbird. I feel sure that this bird was seen and heard two or three times along the Hardy river. Troglodytes hiemalis pacificus Baird? Western Winter Wren. Two or three Wrens seen in woods near Colony were presumably this form. Uerula migratoria propinqua Ridgw. Western Robin. Seen here and there, sometimes numerously. Sialia mexicana subsp.? Bluebird. Numerous. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 691 October 3. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-nine persons present. The work of the Academy since the last meeting in May was reported on by the Curators, the Librarian and the Secretaries. The Chair announced the death, September 18, 1905, of General Isaac J. Wistar, whereupon the following minute was unanimously adopted : The Academy desires to record its profound regret at the death of General Isaac Jones Wistar. His long service to the Academy as President, Councillor and Chair- man of the Committee on Finance, was coincident from the beginning with the course of active development which has marked its later years, in the advancement of which no movement designed to promote its material welfare, or its usefulness in research, has ever failed to receive earnest support from his forceful energy. Courteous and impartial as the Chairman of its meetings, wise and suggestive as a member of its Council, expert and judicious in controlling its invest- ments, the loss to the Academy of a faithful and efficient officer is felt by its members even less than their personal loss of a genial and welcome associate. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been offered for publication since the last meeting : "The Sphagnum Frog of New Jersey, Rana virgatipes Cope," by Henry W. Fowler (June 1). "Diachsea cylindrica, a New Species of Mycetozoa," by Hugo Bil- gram (June 6). "Five New Species of Pseudoptamilla from the Pacific Coast of North America," by J. Percy Moore (June 9). "Crataegus in Eastern Pennsylvania," by C. S. Sargent (June 20). "Notes on Some Hawaiian Achatinellidse and Endodontidse," by H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta (July 31). "On Two Hawahan Cerithiidse," by H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta (August 31). "The Plant Formations of the Bermuda Islands," by John W. Harsh- berger, Ph.D. (September 1). 692 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.. "The Hour-glass Caudices of the Bermuda Pahnetto/' by John W. Harshberger, Ph.D. (September 1). "Delaware Valley Forms of Trachelomonas," by T. Chalkley Palmer (September 2). "On a Collection of Birds and Mammals from the Colorado Delta, Lower California," by Witmer Stone, with field notes by S. N. Rhoads (September 18). "New Land Mollusks of the Japanese Empire," by H. A. Pilsbry and Y. Hirase. A paper entitled "Some Vertebrates of the Florida Keys," by Henry W. Fowler, was withdrawn by the author. The following papers, by Mr. Clarence B. Moore, were accepted for publication in the Journal, and will constitute the second part of the thirteenth volume, quarto series: "Certain Aboriginal Mounds of the Tombigbee River." "Certain Aboriginal Mounds of the Black Warrior River." " Certain Aboriginal Mounds of Mobile Bay and of Mississippi Sound." " Miscellaneous Livestigations." The Identity of Eutcenia atrata Kenn. — Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown stated that in the Report of the Pacific Railroad Survey (1860) Kennicott described four garter snakes from California under the name of Eutcenia atrata. Two of his specimens are still in the United States National Museum, and a third is in the Academy's collection. In 1892 Professor Cope established Eutcenia inferncdis vidua upon the two co-types of E. atrata in the National Museum, and subsequently marked the Academy's specimen with the same name. Cope's description was referred by Van Denburgh in 1897 to E. elegans, with the statement that this color-form seems to occur only on "the coast slope of the peninsula of San Francisco." In the same paper he cites E. atrata Kenn. as a probable synonym of E. leptocephala B. and G. In 1901 the speaker recognized the identity of Cope's types with those of Kennicott, and referred them to the highly variable E. leptocephala. A collection of twenty or more living E. elegans, received by the Zoological Society from Santa Cruz county, just south of San Francisco, contains four examples of the vidua color-form. These correspond with the one type of atrata in the Academy's collection, and with the detailed description of the two in the National Museum with which Dr. Stejneger has kindly supplied me, the only difference of moment being that the four from Santa Cruz have nineteen rows of dorsal scales, while the types of atrata each have nineteen on the anterior third and seventeen on the middle of the body. It is significant that three red elegans from Santa Cruz show a parallel change from the nor- mal number of twenty-one rows to nineteen, about the place where nine- teen drops to seventeen in the atrata specimens. This scale variation is 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 693 quite within the range of elegans, which sometimes has nineteen, and occasionally seventeen rows; and as in the remaining details of scutella- tion, as well as in other characters distinctive of elegans, such as the yellow chin and throat, the usually short hinder chin-shields, and the frequent presence of red markings on the ventrals, there is complete agreement, it seems that these snakes must be regarded as specimens of E. elegans, showing a more or less uniform dark olive color with a wide yellow dorsal stripe and little or no indication of laterals, cor- related with a tendency to a reduced number of scale rows, and occur- ring, as far as is known, in a restricted area. Such a form requires recognition as a subspecies, for which the proper name obviously is Eutcenia elegans atrata Kenn. Cope's name E. infernalis vidua being a pure synonym. Anomalies such as these, occurring in some numbers and over a period of at least some generations, belong to the mutations of De Vries, but their proper assignment to any one of his special categories of the constituent parts of species i? not so clear. It was pointed out on a previous occasion that E. sirtalis, with nineteen rows of scales, is prob- ably the parent species of the genus, in which case the occasional appearance of that number in a species normally possessing twenty-one rows might be, in De Vries' view, an outbreak of a tendency to specific reversion to that number, and would fall under the definition of ata- vistic or degressive varieties; but, on the other hand, it is difficult to show, and would indeed be impossible when there is no knowledge of the line of descent, that the case may be no more than individual loss of two rows, a view to which color is lent by the further reduction in three specimens to seventeen rows. This mode of change would class them as retrogressive varieties. And again, the gain of a new color-pattern, occurring nowhere in a possibly ancestral form, brings them within the definition of elementary species. In fact, these speci- mens seem to demonstrate the lack of value of these theoretical defini- tions to the practical work of the systematist. The evidence for the evolutionary value of mutations being so scanty among animals, it is not amiss to direct attention to the instability of nearly the whole genus Eutcenia, and especially the species of the Pacific coast. This condition suggests that if the theory of alternating periods of stability and mutation be well founded, this group of species may at the present time be passing through a period of extreme muta- bility. October 17, The President, Samuel G. Dixon M.D., in the Chair. Forty-two persons present. The death of Sutherland M. Prevost, a member, September 30, 1905, was announced. 694 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., The Publication Committee reported the reception of a paper en- titled "Catalogue of the Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Taiwan (Formosa) with descriptions of new species," by Henry A. Pilsbry and Y. Hirase. (October 9.) Dr. Benjamin Sharp made a communication on oyster culture, native and foreign, illustrated by lantern slides. (No abstract.) Alexander Wilson's Tombstone. — Mr. Nathaniel E. Janney re- marked that on his first visit in 1862 to the grave of Alexander Wilson in the Old Swedes' Churchyard on Water street, north of Washing- ton avenue in this city, the inscription was entirely legible, l^ut from year to year by the action of the elements it had grown more and more indistinct, until, on the occasion of a visit last month, it was found to be almost obliterated. Obtaining the consent of a warden of the church he employed a stone- cutter who resurfaced the stone and renewed the original inscription which reads as follows : This IMonument Covers the remains of Alexander Wilson Author of the American Ornithology He was born in Renfrewshire, Scotland on the 6th of Jaly, 1766. Emigrated to the United States in the year 1794. and died in Philadelphia of the dysentery on the 23rd August, 1813 Aged 47. Ingenio stat sine morte decus. The Latin line is notgi^•en by Ord in his Life of Wilson. Ezra T. Cresson, Jr., and Rev. J. A. Tomlinson were elected mem- bers. The following were ordered to be printed: 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 695 THE PLANT FORMATIONS OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, PH.D. No phytogeographic sketch has ever been pubhshed of this region, which comprehends the archipelago of larger and smaller islands lying south of the Gulf Stream in the western Atlantic between 32° 14' and 32° 23' N. Latitude and 64° 38' and 64° 53' W. Longitude, thus being about600 miles from the nearest land, Cape Hatteras in North Carolina. It is evident from a study of the composition of the Bermuda flora that it is of comparatively recent introduction. Briefly, says Hemsley,^ " it is not of purely West Indian origin, but was derived from the West In- dies and that region of southeastern North America where the West Indian and North American types of vegetation overlap each other." There being no running streams, the original flora of Bermuda was es- sentially of a xerophytic type. The islands have been settled so long that the character of the original vegetation has been altered, and we must infer from the appearance of the flora at the present what its con- dition was when Bermuda was first discovered. The following for- mations, according to the observations of the writer in June, 1905. may be distinguished. Marine Algal Formation. The marine algae of Bermuda are mainly those which have accustomed themselves to living on a shore composed of limestone rocks (reef rocks, or eolian rocks) exposed to the action of the surge, or which live in lime- stone, or coral sand in the comparatively placid water of salt water lakes, bays, or lagoons. According to my observations the algae of the rocks exposed to the surge are Sargassum bacciferum, Dictyota Barteyresiana, Halimeda tridens, H. tuna, Zonaria lobata, Haliseris polypodioides , Anadyomene flabellata, C odium tomentosum, Neomeris dumetosus, Ulva lactuca, U. latissima, Rhodymenia palmata, Padina pavonia, Galaxaura rugosa, G. lapidescens and others. Those of the tidal pools formed in the rock hollows are : Padina pavonia, Digenia simplex, Acetabularia cren- ' Hemsley, W. Dotting: Report on the Botany of the Bermudas. Chal- lenger Report. Botany, I, p. 14. 696 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. ulata, Caiderpa mexicana, C. racemosa uvifera, Ulva laduca, etc. The sandy bottoms beneath mangrove trees or in the channels leading from salt water sounds or ponds to the sea are characterized by Halimeda tridens, Penicillus capitatus, Caulerpa taxifolia, C. cupressoides lycopodium, Padina pavonia. The salt-water ponds, especially at Walsingham, are fed by underground channels, so that the water in them rises and falls with the tide. Here grow several interesting marine algae, such as Valonia utricularis, Caulerpa plumaris, C. racemosa, and Colpomenia sinuosa. Mangrove Swamp Formation. The mangrove swamps occur at the heads of bays, especially along the south shore of the Bermudas and in the salt-water ponds which are here and there found distributed over the islands. The vegetation consists either of a pure growth of Rhizophora mangle with its prop roots extending in all directions, or a pure growth of Avicennia niiida (in flower in June) with its numerous pencil-like root knees projecting through the sticky mud at low tide. In some places, as in Castle Har- bor, both Avicennia nitida and Rhizophora mangle are in association, and frequently one finds arising from the mud the green brush-like tops of Penicillus capitatus. Little else grows beneath the dense shade formed by the overarching crowns of these trees. Frequently a morass is formed by either Rhizophora or Avicennia taking possession of a shallow inland pond which thus becomes a swamp. Several such swamps are found near the coast on the north shore of Bermuda where Avicennia nitida has taken possession and has excluded everything else, except Pluchea purpurascens, Sesuvium portulacastrum, Salicornia fruticosa, Heliotropium curassavicum and a low sedge. In the salt- water pools in such swamps at Shelly Bay is found Ulva lactuca, and on the projecting roots of Avicennia nitida a moss-like growth of con- siderable bushiness. Salt Marsh Formation. This is found at the head of bays and elsewhere where the soil is in- fluenced by the tides. In such a marsh along Harrington Sound the writer noted Salicornia jruticosa, Heliotropium curassavicum, Sesuvium portulacastrum and a number of sedges. The projecting roots from a single tree of Avicennia were also observed together with the long up- right culms of a form of the crabgrass, Stenotaphrum americanum. The rare Statice Lefroyi also is a salt marsh plant. 1905.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 697 Brackish Marsh Formation. This exists in depressions some distance inland where marshes occur such as Smith's Parish Marsh, Devonshire Marsh, Pembroke Marsh all of which were investigated by me. Smith's Parish Marsh is devoid of trees. Here in the soil rendered brackish by underground channels grow Typha angustifolia in pure association, Baccharis heterophylla in thickets (Baccharis Association,) Dichromena leucocephala, Scirpus lacustris, while Osmunda cinnamomea is frequent. Acrosticum aureum forms pure associations at the edge of this marsh. Devonshire Marsh is a large area with a few pools of water in the de- pressions. It gives evidence that it was once a pond. Juniperus her- mudiana, Sabal Blackburniana and Baccharis heterophylla have en- croached on this marsh so as to shade it. On the ground in the wettest places, according to Coulter,^ are Hydrocotyle asiatica, Herpestis mon- nieria, Mentha viridis and a white bracted sedge, Dichromena leuco- cephala. On the drier ground, Osmunda regalis and 0. cinnamomea become abundant, while in the still drier peaty soil, according to my observations, Pteris (Pteridium) aquilina caudata is growing vigorously. Here also occur two other plants, Cladonia and Leucobryum. Typha angustifolia is in some places in pure association. Acrosticum aureum also forms pure association here and there in this marsh. The pools are occupied by two species of Sphagnum, Proserpinaca palustris and Lemna minor. Pembroke Marsh is characterized by somewhat similar associations of plants; but in addition to the plants noticed above. Governor Lefroy^ mentions several other plants pecuhar to it, such as Nasturtium officinale (in water channels), Ascijrum crux- andrece, Kosteletzkya virginica, Waltheria americana ( =indica), Eclipta erecta, Pluchea odorata, Ceratophyllum demersum, Kyllinga monocephala, Scirpus validus, Cladium occidentale ( = germanicum) and Spiranthes brevilabrus, the only orchid of Bermuda. The omnipresent cedar is found along the edge of this marsh together with Sabal Blackburniana which invades it. In a small pool grows Lemna minor. Sand Dune Formation. Sand dunes occur typically along the south shore of Bermuda ^t the head of reentrant bays between stretches of rocky coast. Several low dunes are found on the north shore as at Shelly Bay. The middle ' Coulter, Samuel Monds : An ecological Comparison of some typical Swamp Areas, Fifteenth Report Missouri Bot. Garden, 1904, p. 62. 'Lefroy, General Sir John Henry: The Botany of Bermuda, Bulletin U. S. National Museum, No. 25. 1884. 698 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., beach is covered with masses of Sargassum, washed ashore at high tide. The upper beach at the foot of the dunes is characterized by the presence of Cakile cequalis, occasional clumps of Tournefortia gna- phalodes, Sccevola Phiniieri and Croton maritimus. Ifomma -pes-caprce sends its long runners down from the slopes of the dunes, associated with Sccevola Plumieri, Stenotaphrum americanum. A little back of the crest of dunes are found Tournefortia gnapholades, Ipomoea pes- caprce, Sccevola Plumieri, Juniperus hermudiana (wind-swept form), Sisyrynchium hermudianum, Lepidium virginicum, Euphorbia huxijolia, Canavalia obtusifolia, Opuntia vulgaris. On the dunes at Tuckertown, Sccevola Plumieri forms extensive tracts in pure association (SciEvola Association). Solidago sempervirens, as in the eastern United States, is also a dune plant, together with the glaucous and hairy forms of Borrichia arhorescens and Dodoncea viscosa. Conocarpus erectus forms thickets which in some places protects the dune crest. Here we have a mangrove plant occurring on sand dunes under perhaps similar eco- logic conditions as in salt water. Stenotaphrum americanum forms mats on the lee slopes and a tall fennel, Fosniculum vulgare, is also very abundant. The dunes in Paget on the south shore are high, but since the set- tlement of the country they have been captured by the encroachment of various exotic plants such as Nerium oleander, Lantana camara, L. cro- cea, while Croton maritimus, Canavalia obtusifolia, Dodoncea viscosa, Borrichia arborescens and Passiflora suberosa are among the more important native plants. Yucca aloifolia forms clumps on low sandy hills at Shelly Bay in association with Ipomoea pes-caprce, Tournefortia gnaphalodes and Opuntia sp. Cliff Rock Formation. The coast line of Bermuda is generally rocky and the waves have honeycombed the rocks into jagged forms with sea caves hollowed out beneath. These rocks support a characteristic vegetation consisting of the hairy and smooth forms of Borrichia arborescens, prostrate trees of Conocarpus erectus, clumps of Solidago sempervirens , Lantana involu- crata, L. Camara, Euphorbia buxifolia, the crabgrass, Stenotaphrum americanum (covering all the available soil on the rocks), while wind- swept trees of Juniperus bermudiana. Yucca aloifolia and dwarf pal- mettos Sabal Blackburniana, also abound in some places. Coccoloba uvi- fera in Bermuda seems to prefer the rocky shores to those of the sand. Sesuvium portulacastrum and Lippia nodi/lora are also rock plants 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 699 while in one place I collected the introduced Linaria elatine trailing over the ground on the limestone rocks. Cedar Forest Formation. This formation has been dignified by the name of forest although no true forest exists on the islands, for the reason that the growth of the cedar trees Juniperus bermudiana is too open and the trees are not tall and dominant in the forest sense. All of the hillsides and hill summits not under cultivation are covered with the cedar Juniperus bermudiana with the admixture of Sabal Blackburrnana This species of juniper is a rapid growing ^^^/^^^^Tl'Lt merchantable size (two to three feet in diameter) but it ditteis from the eastern American species (J. virgimana) in branching moie freely. It produces fruit in abundance. It is hard to determine the character of the original undergrowth. Now it consists of two species of Lantaua (L. imolucraia, L. camara), the prevadmg Ner^u:m oleander, Lvppin nodiflora, Solidago sempervirens and _S^s1/r^nc^^^m bermudianum. The rock crevices are filled with a d^icate endemic fern, Adiantum bellum. Bryophyllum calycinum (the f^oppers ot the natives) is perhaps the most abundant plant in the ^"^^^ergrow*^' f is found in all parts of the islands. The ground beneath the cedars is carpeted with the crabgrass Stenotaphrum americanum m the absence of other plants. Here and there the botanist meets with an mtro- duced tree, such as Citharexylum quadrangulare , Buddleia amencana, Crescentia cujetc, Hura crepitans, Duranta Plnmieri, which together with certain weeds enter into this formation and change its constitu- tion In abandoned cellars surrounded by cedars, one frequently sees Ficus carica, Nicotiana glauca, Bryophyllum calycinum, etc. Limestone Sinks Forest Formation. The so-called Walsingham Tract and several places near Harring- ton Sound on the south shore are characterized by the Presence of numerous depressions, or sinks, as well as several caves. The Wal- singham Tract, a narrow ridge of land about two miles long, ajid from a quarter to half a mile wide, which separates Castle Harbor from Harrington Sound, contains within its bounds nearly the whole of the indigenous flora of the islands. The following list of plants given by Lefroy includes plants of West Indian origin and their survival onthe Bermudas is, I think, due to their growth in the limestone depressions many feet below the general surface, protected from the cutting blasts 700 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., of the ocean breezes, and in situations where the soil moisture is greater than on the surface of the hills above. Ampelopsis (Parthenocissus) Asplenium crenulatum quinquejolia Callicarpa ferruginea Asplenium myriophyllum Dodoncea viscosa Chiococca racemosa Eugenia axillaris ( = monticola) Elceodendron xylocarpum Caesalpinia (Guillandina) honducella Forestiera porulosa Jasminwn gracile Ipomoea purpurea Passiflora ciliata ( = f(£tida) Jatropha curcas Psilotum triquetrum Peperomia ohtusifolia Pteris heterophylla Psychotria undata Trema {Sponia) Lamarckiana Sicyos angulatus Xanthoxylum Clava-Herculis Triumfetta semitriloha According to my observations the following trees form a large part of the vegetation of one of the sinks: Celtis mississippiensis. Citrus limonium, Ficus carica, Musa Cavendishii (planted), Mclia azederach, Laniana camara, L.involucrata, while Stenotaphrum americanum abounds and Asplenium trichomanes together with Rhus toxicodendron are found on the sloping sides of such depressions. Two vines are abundant and loop themselves across the trees, viz., Cardiospermum halicacabum and Jasminum gracile. Commelina agraria { = nudiflora) also occurs in such sinks. At Walsingham, Juniperus hermudiana prevails mixed with 8abal Blackburniana, Celtis mississippiensis, Citharexylum quadrangidare, Calophyllum calaha, etc., while the trees are festooned with Jasminum gracile, Rhus toxicodendron and Ipomoza purpurea. Peperomia oh- tusifolia and several ferns are found on the rough rocks in the bottom of the sinks, together with Bryophyllum calycinum and one or two spe- cies of Lantana. Citrus limonium and Musa Cavendishii are also present in this jungle of plants. Scrub Formation. This formation is due to the hand of man. After the cedars are cut down, if the land is neglected and allowed to stand without cultiva- tion it is covered by a growth of several species of Lantana, L. camara and L. involucrata. Bryophyllum calycinum also abounds together with many introduced weeds and thickets of Nerium oleander. Many of the hillsides in Bermuda are covered with this worthless scrub. Later perhaps under favorable conditions Juniperus hermudiana appears, but the flora is never restored to its original condition because the sage bush plants always form an important constituent of the undergrowth. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ^^1 THE HOUR-GLASS STEMS OF THE BERMUDA PALMETTO. BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, PH.D. The only indigenous palm of the Bermuda islands is Sa(,ai Biacfc- tJ^Z Gla.ebrook. It grows in all kinds of soil, ^^^f^^^^fj^^ rides, on the rocky shores in wind-swept s, nations and m toe mland ma,.hes, such as Pembroke and Devonshire '"^^"ut islets of shores of these islands, in the eolian rocks and on the smaller islet^ o the Bermuda archipelago, the tree is "-^1 ^ f ^'■''''; *t' "n crown of yellowish-green leaves. In noh sod *he crow^^s a,ge and the tree usually reaches a considerable diameter (Plate XLXl, tig. 1»). wLHound in the inland brackish --•;-. f;-"'-,:,*::!.-', flexuous resembling that of tlie coconut palm (fig. 22) . i he hei nt oi th Zrud: palmltto varies from fifteen to « Jeet in goo soi , in the marshes, it grows from thirty-five to forty fee wh le it. c cumterence varies with edaphic conditions. ^^ 8°"^ ^J^, "^ cmiference ranges from forty to fifty inches; in the marshes sixteen w rinch^s. The breadth of the leaf is approximately six to eW t feet and the length of the petiole three to seven feet^ The horn-glass constrictions of the trunk, or caudex, is a uniq , V . nfthTs calm Mr Oswald A. Reade, in communication with ^rrselnoote says of them:' "In many individuals the stem W want t" oth rs a' small stem has apparently been the resul o many vel s' growth, evidenced by the extreme roughness of the Zl hotr-glass contractions and decay The hour-glass con- atm mentioned above are very curious; in one which X measured he c'cuJerence at one foot from the ground was thirty inches; at ,wo" et "XTnches, eight inches only; and at three feet, twenty-five ;ch In other stl.nttd individuals the stem appears comc^^and :rofXe\^:S^e=:ioth^^^^^^^ The obiecrof thispaper^thereforej^^ any, I, P- 71. 702 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., discover the cause which has produced this absohitely unique kind of palm-stem. The explanation is found in the manner in which palm stems grow in general and the influence of the meteorologic and soil (edaphic) con- ditions on the cells of the growing crown. It is a well-known fact that the primary root of all palms soon perishes and is replaced by ad- ventitious roots springing from the base of the stem. It is some years before the stem appears above the surface of the ground. In the mean- time, the circumference of the growing point is continually increas- ing, producing successively larger leaves, so that the much-compressed axis forms an inverted cone, which is kept in position by the numerous adventitious roots. Finally, a rosette of normal-sized leaves is pro- duced and the stem grows erect, forming a cylindric structure, the diameter of which varies widely in different species, but which, once formed, shows no secondary increase in thickness by the formation of new elements, so that the diameter of the stem remains almost uni- formly the same from the base to the top of the tree. There is, how- ever, an increase in diameter in the older stems of some palms which causes the gradual tapering upwards which is sometimes observed. This increase is due to the expansion of the parenchymatous fun- damental tissue which separates the vascular bundles, accompanied by an increase in the cell-cavity and in the thickness of the walls of the sclerenchymatous fibers which support the bundles. Evidently, we can explain the hour-glass caudices in the Bermuda palmetto by the general application of principles of palm-stem growth described above. If we remember that the diameter of the cylindric palm-stem is determined by the dividing cells of the rosette, or crown of green leaves, then any environmental condition which influences the growth and division of this terminal mass of meristematic cells influences in a direct waj^ the diameter of the stem. We have already alluded to the fact that the leaves of the Bermuda palmetto in ex- tremely rocky and dry situations are j^ellowish-green and smaller than those of a tree in correspondingly rich soil. Fig. 9 perhaps best represents a tree found in an extremely dry situation with a trunk that gradually tapers upward, showing that in youth the tree made a rapid and vigorous growth, but that in subsequent years the conditions which have influenced the crown growth of this par- ticular tree have been unusually unfavorable. Now, if we apply this discovery to a study of other trees, many forms of which are figured on Plate XLII, we have the solution of the question concerning the apparent anomalous condition of the stem structure. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 703 Given alternating periods of dry and wet weather, or given condi- tions which are at seasons prejudicial to the best growth of this palmetto, we would find alternate constrictions and enlargements of the stem in response to the environmental conditions. In seasons favorable to growth, the growing apex of the stem would expand itself with a cor- respondingly larger crown of leaves and increased diameter growth of the stem. During dry periods, the apex would become contracted, the crown of leaves smaller and the stem diameter correspondingly con- stricted, or contracted. The stem diameter is controlled by the size of the crown, and the size of the crown is in direct response to the meteor- ologic, edaphic and physiologic conditions which surround the tree. A comparison of figs. 18 and 12, representing trees growing in wet marshy ground, with figs. 9, 14 and 20, illustrating trees found in dry rocky situations, will show that the statements made above are almost axiomatic. That climate influences the cell growth of palms is illustrated by a specimen in the botanical laboratory of the University of Pennsylva- nia, presented by S. L. Schumo. It is a section of stem of a Sabal palmetto which grew at Daytona, Florida. The cross section shows evidence of two rings of growth outside of the main, uniformly-con- structed cylinder of bundles and parenchymatous tissue. The de- scription accompanying the specimen states that the tree from which the section was made shed its leaves in a manner similar to the horse- chestnut, so that the petiole was left attached to the main stem. The statement also is made that the natives claim that the petioles, which they call bootjacks, all fall off and then the trunk becomes bare when this tree becomes mature. It is evident, therefore, that the recm-rent fall of leaves from this tree, just as in typical dicotyledonous stems with concentric annual rings of wood, has produced the corres- ponding stem structure just described — that is the appearance of two well-marked rings, external to the central uniform stem cylinder. The secondary growth in thickness which we have described for the Bermuda palmetto, where the stem is alternately enlarged and contracted producing the hour-glass forms, is different from the sec- ondary growth in thickness displayed by Sabal palmetto in Florida. However, the fact that palms do show secondary growth in thickness renders these examples absolutely unique, as far as the information of the writer goes. Another fact of somewhat similar import may be mentioned, namely, that the stems of the coconut palm, Cocos nucifera, as seen by the writer in Jamaica, and of the Bermuda palmetto, Sabal Blackburniana, 704 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. as seen by him in Bermuda in June, 1905, contrary to the usual behef that old stems with permanent tissue cannot alter the position of such tissue, will make secondary growth curvatures and will grow again into upright position after they have been blown prostrate to the ground by hur- ricanes, as illustrated in fig. 17, a drawing of a tree found along the shores of Harrington Sound near Devil's Hole, Bermuda. The figures sufficiently display the peculiarities of the stem of the Bermuda palmetto, so that a description of each figure is superfluous. It may be said, however, that figs. 1-8 inclusive represent trees growing along the north shore of the main island in front of a golf clubhouse. Fig. 9 pictures a tree found in extremely dry situations. Fig. 14 is that of a tree in a rocky abandoned quarry. Fig. 15 depicts a tree at the edge of a field along the north shore road ; fig. 22, a tree in Pembroke Marsh, and fig. 18, a palmetto in rich soil along the edge of this marsh, while fig. 20 pictures the trunk of a tree on the dry cliffs along St. George Harbor. The other figures are drawings of trees, which grew in other parts of the Bermuda archipelago. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 705 NEW LAND MOLLUSKS OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE. BY H. A, PILSBRY AND Y. HIRASE. A number of new forms chiefly collected by Mr. Nakacla in Kyushu and the Ryukyu chain last winter are herein described. In work- ing up these islands many hardships and dangers were encountered, not the least being the abundance of venomous snakes locally called "Hahu." The malacological results have been most gratifying, as we now have a fair knowledge of the snails of all the larger islands and many of the smaller ones. Mr. Nakada has now been sent to China. OYCLOPHORIDJE. Cyclophorus turgidus miyakoensis n. subsp. This form differs from C. turgidus by its wider umbilicus, smaller aperture, slightly expanded and obtuse but not thickened lip, which is white. It differs from C. kikaiensis by the non-duplicate peristome and large size. It is related also to C. elegans Mlldff., from the Mar- ble Rocks, Kuang-tung, China. The coloration varies from yellow- ish-white with numerous spiral lines and bands of brown spots, to dark chestnut brown with interrupted, irregular whitish bands on the base and whitish flames below the suture. Alt. 17.5, diam. 22 mm. ; aperture 11x11 mm., including peristome. Miyako, in the Southwestern group of the Ryukyu Islands. Types No. 85,886, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 983 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Pupinella oshimae yorojimana n. subsp. Shell similar to P. oshimce, but smaller, with the lip reddish-orange. Length 9.2 to 9.8, diam. 4.3 to 4.8 mm. Yoro-jima, Osumi. Types No. 89,951, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,214a of Mr. Hirase's collection. Cyclotus taivanus peraffinis n. subsp. Shell similar to C. taivanus, but with the last whorl a more slender tube, the aperture in consequence being smaller. Surface glossy, finely striatulate vertically; yellow, closely marked with irregular, often interrupted or dislocated narrow red-brown streaks. .\lt. 8.5, diam. 14; alt. and diam. aperture with peristome 5.7 mm.; width of umbilicus 4.5 mm. 46 706 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.^ Yaeyama, Ryukyu Islands. Types No. 84,787, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 612a of Mr. Hirase's collection. Siplommatina tokunoshimana errans n. subsp. Shell similar to D. tokunoshimana except that the whorls of the con- ical portion of the spire, and the back of the penultimate whorl are sculp- tm^ed with widely spaced threads. On the front of the penultimate and on the last whorl the thread-strise are much closer, though neither so close or so fine as in tokunoshimana. Tamina, Kunchan, Ryukyu. Types No. 89,955, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1349 of Mr. Hirase's collection. In D. tokunoshimana and D. t. errans the spout or sinus at the foot of the columella is developed more strongly than in D. paxillus Gredler, of China ; the columella is straighter, and the mouth is more irregular in shape, not approaching circular as in paxillus, the columellar margin being vertical and straight. The Formosan D. hungerfordiana has a much shorter cone than tokunoshimana. Diplommatina tosana kureana n. subsp. Differs from D. tosana by the longer, straightly conic upper half of the shell, which tapers regularly from the penultimate whorl, while in D. tosana the next earlier whorl is larger, and the spire convexly conic. There is also nearly a whorl more, almost 7 in kureana, and the columel- lar margin of the aperture is more straightened. The constriction is above or barely behind the outer lip, as in tosana; the palatal plica is long, covered by the parietal callus, and the columellar lamella strong and horizontal. Length 3, diam. 1.7 mm. Kure, Tosa. Types No. 89,950, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,0276 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Diplommatina tosana nogawana n. subsp. Shell smaller than D. tosana, composed of 6^ very convex whorls, the penultimate swollen and predominating, very finely thread striate, those above regularly tapering, more distantly thread-striate, the last whorl smaller, with the striae more oblique and more distant than on the penultimate, well rounded, the sutiu-e slowly ascending to the lip. Constriction median above the aperture; the palatal plica is long, lying chiefly in front of the parietal callus. Peristome well expanded, with a narrow "collar" close behind it. Parietal callus small, with dis- tinctly raised edge. Columellar lamella strong. Length 2.7, diam. 1.4 mm. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 707 Nogawa, Tosa. Types No. 89,962, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,026& of Mr. Hirase's collection. The special features of this form may entitle it to specific rank, but for the present its relationship to D. tosana may be kept in view by the use of a trinomial designation. Falaina (Adelopoma) paucioostata n. sp. Shell sinistral, perforate, cylindric-conic, white or pale yellow, thin, sculptured with delicate widely spaced thread-like riblets, about 20 on the last whorl. Wliorls 5^, very convex, the earlier ones rapidly increasing, the last two about equal. Last whorl well rounded periph- erally and basally, having a weak, inconspicuous constriction above the columella. Aperture nearly circular with continuous peristome, not dilated on the parietal wall. Peristome reflexed, with an inner rim; columellar tooth small and deeply situated. Length 2.2, diam. LI mm. Nanae, Ojima, Yesso. Types No. 89,813, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,311, of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is larger than P. pusilla {Diplommatina pusilla Martens) or its variety omiensis Pils., with much more widely-spaced riblets. TRUNOATELLID^. Trunoatella japonica n. sp. Shell of the usual cylindric, truncate shape, 3^ whorls remaining; of a light reddish color. Sculpture of nearly straight rounded ribs about as wide as their intervals, 28 or 30 on the last whorl. There is usually a small crest behind the lip, which is narrowly expanded. Aperture ovate. Length 5.8., diam. 2.3 mm. Length 5.6, diam. 2.1 mm. Futami, Ise. Types No. 89,942, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,319 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is related to T. kiusiuensis, from which it differs in the smaller size, smaller and more numerous ribs, there being about 30 on the last whorl, while T. kiusiuensis has about 20; and the rib behind the lip is not so large. T. pfeifferi Marts., described from Japan- with- out more exact locality, is larger and more robust, 6x3 mm,, and is sculptured "with nearly straight riblets equal to their intervals, and evanescent on the last whorl." It has not been figured, and was col- lected by Siebold, Mr. Hirase has found no Truncatella agreeing with the characters quoted. The province Ise is on tlie East coast of the main island. The locality is far north for a Truncatella. 708 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., HELIOID^. Eulota mercatoria iejimana n. subsp. Shell narrowly umbilicate, solid, compact, rich chestnut, paler near the suture and umbilicus, and with a chocolate-brown band at the peri- phery, with a whitish band above and below it. Surface somewhat shining, rib striate above, nearly smooth below. Spire convexly-conoid. Whorls about 6, convex, very slowly widening, the last rounded peri- pherally, very slightly descending in front; base convex. Aperture oblique, lunate. Peristome flesh-tinted or whitish, well reflexed, thickened within, arcuate throughout; in a basal view the basal mar- gin is slightly arched forward. Alt. 22, diam. 30 mm. Alt. 20, diam. 29.5 mm. lejima, Ryukyu. Types No. 89,902, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,352 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This peculiar little form differs from Eulota mercatoria by its more globose shape, more closely coiled whorls, wider peristome, etc. It re- sembles also E. caliginosa, but the base is more convex and the basal lip is arcuate. It might be considered a distinct species. Eulota connivens iheyaensis n. subsp. Shell differing from E. c. phasogramma by its strong thread-like rib- striae both above and below. Alt. 16, diam. 22 mm. Alt. 15, diam. 21 mm. Iheya-jima, Ryukyu. Types No. 89,873, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,353 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Eulota (Plectotropis) tokunovaga n. sp. Shell openly umbilicate, shaped much like E. mackensii, being low- conic above, convex beneath; thin and light, almost fragile; chestnut colored or sometimes pale dull green. Surface lusterless, irregularly marked with growth lines, and where unrubbed, bearing sparse linear ftdnate cuticular threads; peripheral fringe rather short and sparse in young shells, generally absent in adults. Under the dull outer coat the surface is closely striate spirally, both above and below. Whorls 6^ to 6f, slightly convex, the last not descending in front, strongly carinate peripherally, convex beneath. Aperture oblique, trape- zoidal. Peristome thin, narrowly expanded, the basal and columellar margins narrowly reflexed. Parietal callus very thin. Alt. 15, diam. 29 mm. Alt. 14.7, diam. 28 mm. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 709 Alt. 15, diam. 26.3 mm. Alt. 12.7, diam. 25 mm. Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,501, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,211 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species, while related to E. mackensii. is smaller and much more delicate, almost to be called fragile. The cuticular processes are shorter; the surface when rubbed is seen to be closely and distinctly striate spirally, and the base is not so angular around the umbilicus. It is a much thinner, weaker shell than E. vulgivaga. The Ganesella largillierti group consists of richly colored and beauti- ful snails, confined, so far as we know, to the Oshima and Okinawa groups — the central islands of the Ryukyu chain. The following forms may be recognized: I. — Surface with extremely weak spiral striae or none, G. largillierti C'Phil." Pfr.). II. — Spiral striation minute but distinct. a — Spire straightly pyramidal; altitude exceeding the diameter, G, adelina; Pils., Oshima. a* — Spire obtuse; diam. exceeding the alt., G. sororcula Pils., and varieties. b. — Spire conoidal; columella nearly vertical; diam. about 2 mm. greater than the alt., G. sororcula, typical; Kikai. 6^. — Spire lower; columella more sloping; 21 x 26 to 17 x 21 mm., G. s. tokunoshimana P. and H., Tokunoshima and Oshima. b^. — Still more depressed, columella oblique; size about 21 x 28 mm., G. s. okinoerabuensis P. and H., Okinoerabu- shima. b^. — Like typical sororcula, but with less conic spire and nearly closed umbilicus, G. s. iheyaensis P. and H., Iheyajima. Ganesella sororcula okinoerabuensis n. subsp. Narrowly umbilicate, broad and low-conic, light yellow with a broad purplish-brown band immediately above and another a short dis- tance below the periphery. Spire bicolored, the lower half of the pe- nultimate whorl purple-brown, the upper half yellow; on the next earlier whorl purple replaces the yellow ; and the upper two whorls are dark purple-brown. The surface is finely striate spirally. Alt. 22, diam. 28 to 28.5 mm.; whorls 5^. Okinoerabushima, Osumi. Types No. 89,996, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,337 of Mr. Hirase's collection. 710 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Ganesella sororcula iheyaensis n. subsp. Shell globose-trochiform, minutely obliquely perforate, pale yellow- ish (or white when denuded of the thin cuticle) with three red-brown bands, one at the periphery, one above and one below it, the latter some- times concrescent with the peripheral ; there is also a dark subsutural line, and a small umbilical dark area. Spire convex-conic with obtuse apex; whorls 5^, the last angular peripherally. Basal lip thickened within. Alt. 19.5, diam. 22 mm. Alt. 18.5, diam. 21.3 mm. Iheyajima, Ryukyu. Types No. 89,981, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,355 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Moellendorffia eucharistus (Pils.). Originally described as a Chloritis, but the cord across the parietal wall, the shape of the aperture, and the vestigial sulci behind the lip in some specimens, show that the species belongs to the subgenus Trihelix of the genus Moellendorffia. Moellendorffia eucharistus tokunoensis n. subsp. Shell larger than eucharistus, the spire and last whorl wider, whorls less convex above; color darker, chocolate brown. Wliorls 4|, the first very glossy and smooth. Alt. 11, diam. 23.7 mm. Alt. 10.5, diam. 22 mm. Tokunoshina, Osumi. Types No. 90,048, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,207 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Moellendorffia eucharistus diminuta n. subsp. Shell smaller than eucharistus, with more deeply sunken and nar- rower spire; whorls 4^^, more convex above than in eucharistus. There is a slight indentation or flattening above the periphery^behind the aper- ture, and an oblique excavation behind the columellar lip, in the po- sitions of the pits in Trihelix, and evidently homologous with them. Alt. 7.2, diam. 13.8 mm. Alt. 6.3, diam. 12.8 mm. Koniya, Oshima, Osumi. Types No. 90,049, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 354a of Mr. Hirase's collection. Pupisona japonicum depressum n. subsp. Shell similar to P. japonicwn, but decidedly more depressed. Alt. 1.1, diam. 1.3 mm. Mikage, Settsu. Types No. 89,993, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,321 of Mr. Hirase's collection. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 711 ZONITID^. The Zonitidce of the Ogasawara or Bonin Islands, exclusive of Hi- rasea and related forms, may be determined by the following key. The generic relations of part of the forms are uncertain, since we as yet know little of the extent to which convergent evolution has moulded shell-form in this family. I. — Shell elevated, trochiform, as high as wide, 5x5 mm.; whorls 7^, the last strongly angular,. . . . Kaliella ogasawarana Pils. II. — Shell depressed, the spire convex or low-conic. a. — Columella thin, reflexed. b. — Very glossy and densely striate spirally above and below; periphery not carinate, obtusely subangular. c. — Shell narrowly, obliquely perforate; 3x4.5 mm., Macrochlamys chaunax. C-. — Shell narrowly umbilicate; 2x3.2 mm., Macrochlamys lineatus. b^. — Periphery strongly carinate. c. — Surface dull, minutely, irregularly granulate, Otesia chichijimana. c\ — Surface glossy, obliquely wrinkled and spirally, striate, 0. hahajimana. a^. — Columella calloused within, with a low tooth or nodule. Spiral strise wanting or excessively faint, Microcystina. b. — Periphery rounded, or very weakly subangular in front; surface very glossy. c. — Outer lip thin; whorls 5; about 4 x 6.5 mm., Microcystina hahajimana Pils . , 1 902 . c^ — Outer lip thin; whorls about 4f ; smaller, about 2.9 x 5 mm., M . hahajimana jejuna. (?. — Outer lip thickened within; whorls 4^; 2.8 x 5 mm., M. hahajimana pachychilus. c'. — Outer lip thin; spire quite convex; aperture a nar- rower crescent; whorls 4^; about 2.7 x 4 mm., M. hahajimana kitaiwojimana. ¥. — Periphery with an inconspicuous but rather acute angle in front, elsewhere rounded ; whorls 4^; 2.2x4 mm., M. anijimana. Microcystina hahajimana Pils. This species was described in 1902 from specimens from Hahajima Ogasawara, the types being 82,606, A. N. S. Phila., No. 803 of Mr. Hirase's collection. It seems to be a typical Microcystina, having a calloused, obtusely nodular columella, and a glossy surface which is not spirally engraved. Numerous closely related forms have subse- quently been received from various islands, as follows: 712 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., M. hahajimana jejuna n. subsp. Smaller than hahajimana and typically with the spire distinctly lower, though still quite convex. There is a fraction of a whorl less. Alt. 2.8, diam. 5 mm. Imotojima. Types No. 84,955, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 803e of Mr. Hirase's collection. Similar specimens, but with the spire a little higher, more like typical M. hahajimana, were taken on Nakanoshima (S03c of Mr. Hirase's collection), the largest measuring alt. 3.3, diam. 5.2 mm. The spire is about as high as in typical hahajimana. Others came from Anijima (No. 803a of Mr. Hirase's collection), 3x5 mm.; and another lot, of the same size, from Anejima (803d). M. hahajimana kitaiwojimana n. subsp. Smaller than any of the preceding, wdth the spire elevated as in typical M. hahajimana. Aperture more narrowly crescentic. Whorls ^. Alt. 2.7, diam. 4 mm. Kita-iwo-jima, Ogasawara. Types No. 89,867, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 803/ of Mr. Hirase's collection. M. hahajimana pachychilus n. subsp. Similar to typical M. h. jejuna in shape, the spire being more de- pressed than in M. hahajimana; outer and basal margins of the peris- tome distinctly thickened ivithin. Whorls 4^. Alt. 2.8, diam. 5 mm. Mukojima, an islet near Hahajima. Types No. 84,949, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 8036 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Miorooystina anijimana n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, depressed, convex above and below, thin pale brown, somewhat transparent. Surface smooth, with no trace of spiral striae. Whorls nearly 4J, but slightly convex, the suture linear, with a narrow transparent margin below; last whorl rather acutely angular in front of the aperture, elsewhere rounded. Base con- vex, impressed around the perforation. Aperture slightly oblique, crescentic, the outer and basal margins thin, columellar margin slightly thickened within, with a very weak, low median nodule. Alt. 2.2, diam. 4 mm. Anijima, Ogasawara. Types No. 83,298, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 803a of Mr. Hirase's collection. Readily distinguished from the smaller forms of M. h. jejuna by the angulation of the periphery in front. A single specimen of apparently 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 713 the same form was sent from Nakanojima. It differs from Macro- chlamys lineata by the smooth surface, without spiral striation. Macrochlamys lineatus n. sp. Shell narrowly umbilicate, depressed, convex above and below, thin, amber colored, glossy; closely and rather deeply striate spirally above and below. Whorls 4J, hardly convex, the last weakly and obtusely subangular peripherally, convex below. Aperture but slightly con- vex, lunate, the lip thin and fragile; columellar margin thin, triangu- larly reflexed at the insertion. Alt. 2, diam. 3.2 mm. Nakanoshima, Ogasawara. Types No. 86,489 and 89,868, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,177 of Mr. Hirase's collection. A very much smaller and more depressed shell than M. chaunax, and differing from other Ogasawaran Zonitidce by its spiral sculpture. Otesia chiohijimana n. sp. Shell obliquely perforate, low-conic above, convex below, acutely carinate at the periphery; thin, brown, not glossy, but with a dull silken luster. Sculpture of irregular growth-wrinkles and a very fine, close irregular granulation. Spire low-conic, with convex outlines and an obtuse apex. Whorls 4f, but slightly convex, the last two with a shallow furrow above the keel. Base convex, impressed at the axis, paler in the middle. Aperture oblique, the lip thin, subangular at the termination of the keel, basal margin narrowly dilated and reflexed above. Alt. 3.2, diam. 5.5 mm. Chichijima, Ogasawara. Types No. 83,223, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 865c of Mr. Hirase's collection. Otesia hahajimana n. sp. Shell obliquely perforate, conoid-convex above, convex beneath, carinate at the periphery, thin, amber-brown, glossy. Sculpture of strong irregular growth-wrinkles and striae, stronger and more con- spicuous above, and comparatively coarse spiral striae. Spire low conoid with convex outlines. Whorls 5, slightly convex, the last a little impressed above the keel, the base convex, impressed at 'the axis. Aperture oblique, the lips thin, basal margin deeply arcuate, columella dilated and reflexed at the insertion. Alt. 4, diam. 5.3 mm. Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 83,234, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 8656 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species resembles 0. chichijimana in shape, but differs in the 714 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., glossy and spirally striate surface, the sculpture of the two species being quite different. Trochomorpha cultrata iheyaensis n. subsp. Shell much larger than cultrata, of a very pale brownish-buff tint, granulation excessively minute; umbilical keel strong. Alt. 8.7, diam. 24.3 mm. ; diam. umbilicus (measured from its bound- ing keel) 9.7 mm. Wliorls 7. Iheyajima, Ryukyu. Types No. 89,932, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 631c of Mr. Hirase's collection. Trochomorpha cultrata oshimana n. subsp. Shell smaller than cultrata, chestnut brown, not perceptibly granu- lose; strongly angular around the umbilicus but not keeled. Whorls more numerous, 7 or 7^, slightly projecting above the sutures, the last acutely carinate. Alt. 5.2, diam. 15 mm. ; diam. of umbilicus (measured from the bound- ing angle) 5.6 mm. Oshima, Osumi. Types No. 89,936, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,334 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Ten specimens of this very distinct race were taken. Macrochlamys kumeensis n. sp. Shell perforate, depressed, thin, brown, somewhat glossy, weakly striatulate, without spiral striae. Spire low conoidal. Whorls 5, con- vex, slowly increasing, the last much wider, rounded peripherally, con- vex beneath, impressed around the axis. Aperture slightly oblique, lunate; columella oblique, strengthened with a slight callus inside. Alt. 3.8, diam. 6 mm. Kumejima, Ryukyu. Types No. 90,250, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,357 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Only six specimens of this species were taken. It is a compact lit- tle snail, with low growth-wrinkles but no spiral striae. Microcystina acuta n. sp. Shell low-conic, resembling M. ceratodes in general shape; minutely perforate, thin, brownish-yellow, very glossy, sculptured with low growth-wrinkles only. Spire convexly conic with obtuse apex. Whorls 5^,' convex, slowly increasing, parted by an impressed suture, very narrowly margined above. Last whorl acutely carinate, the keel nar- row, becoming weaker on the latter part of the whorl. Base convex. Aperture lunate, the columella thickened with a white callus, abruptly dilated at the insertion, half covering the perforation. Alt. 4.6, diam. 6 mm. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 715 Ichikimiira, Satsuma. Types No. 90,076, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,325 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species resembles Microcystina ceratodes (Gude) in shape. It is a much larger form, with the keel weak or subobsolete just behind the lip. Microcystina hakonensis n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, low-conic above, convex below, the peri- phery angular, becoming rounded near the aperture. Surface glossy, rather weakly, distantly striatulate above, smooth below. Whorls 5+, convex, with well impressed suture, the last angular in front, be- coming rounded on the last third. Base convex, impressed in the middle. Aperture lunate. Peristome thin, the columella reflexed above, internally a little irregular, but not distinctly thickened. Alt. 4, diam. 6 mm. Hakone, Sagami. Types No. 90,221, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,315 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This form, of which but 8 specimens have been received, differs from Kaliella gudei by the angular, not acutely carinate periphery. It has no vertical striation or spiral lines. Microcystina edgariana n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, with convexly low-conic spire and convex base, the periphery obsoletely angular in front; yellowish, somewhat transparent, very glossy. Surface irregularly, weakly marked with growth-wi'inkles, but without spiral striation. Whorls 5^, convex, slowly increasing, parted by a well-impressed suture, the last indis- tinctly angular in front, its later half rounded peripherally. Aperture lunate. Columellar lip narrowly reflexed above, sloping, thickened within. Alt. 3.6, diam. 5 mm. Ikejijima, Osumi. Types No. 90,219, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,327 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species stands near M. vaga P. and H., but it is more depressed, larger, with a half whorl less. It resembles Macrochlamys (?) gudei in color, texture and form, but that is a very much larger species. Only seven specimens of M. edgariana were taken. Named in honor of Mr. Edgar A. Smith. Microcystina kumejimana n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, with low conoid spire, rounded periphery and convex base; thin, yellowish, somewhat translucent and brilliantly glossy. Surface showing rather coarse radial grooves, irregularly 716 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., spaced above, the base delicately engraved with very minute spiral lines. Apex obtuse, whorls 4^, slightly convex, a little impressed below the suture. Aperture lunate, the columellar margin dilated above, thick- ened within. Alt. 2.25, diam. 3.8 mm. Kumejima, Ryukyu. Types No, 90,222, A. X. S. Phila., from No. 1,358 of Mr, Hirase's collection. Much larger than M. sinapidium or M. radiata, which seem to be the most closel}^ related species. Miorocystina hokkaidonis n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, depressed, with low, conically convex upper surface, convex base, and rounded periphery; yellowish, some- wdiat transparent, thin and glossy. Surface marked wath very slight growth lines ; under a strong magnification showing a weak very fine radial striation, in places, on the spire. AVhorls 4h, moderately convex ; suture well impressed; aperture rather broadly lunate, oblique, the columellar margin reflexed close to its insertion scarcely thickened within. Alt. 3.5, diam. 5 mm. Kayabe, Ojima. Types No, 87,925, A, N. S. Phila., from No, 1,043 of Mr, Hirase's collection. The second whorl, and sometimes several others, have a sculpture recalling Kaliella, but excessively minute, Kaliella lioconus n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, trochiform, the spire conic, base convex, periphery acutely angular, becoming rounded at the lip; base convex; thin, yellow, somewhat transparent and very glossy. Sculpture of irregular rather close but not very strong wrinkles of growth. Spire low-conic with straight lateral outlines and obtuse apex. "Wliorls 5^, convex, separated by an impressed suture. The first half whorl is smooth, the next whorl finely striate vertically, the rest with growth- wrinkles as described above, the last whorl very acutely angular in front, the angle disappearing gradually on the last third, leaving it rounded near the outer lip in full-grown shells. Aperture lunate-trun- cate. Columella vertical, the margin triangularly dilated near the insertion. Alt. 4, diam. 5 mm. Yutagawa, Uzen. Types No. 90,226, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,313 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is closely related to K. okinoshimana , but that is acutelv 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 717 carinate throughout. It differs from K. ceratodes in the sculpture of the early whorls as well as by the less developed peripheral keel. K. liocouus goniozona n. subsp. This form of the species is smaller, alt. 3.6, diam. 4.1 mm., a trifle higher in proportion, with 6 whorls. Amagisan, Izu. Types No. 90,227, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,314 of Mr. Hirase's collection. About a dozen specimens were taken. Kaliella affinis n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, low-trochiform, thin, yellowish-corneous, subtranslucent. Surface glossy, the base smooth, upper surface faintly striolate vertically, especially the earlier whorls. Spire conic, the apex obtuse, lateral outlines a trifle convex, nearly straight. Whorls 5^, very convex, the last with a narrow, acute peripheral keel. Aperture truncate-lunate, the columellar margin dilated above, slightly thick- ened within. Alt. 2, diam. 2.6 mm. Harutori and Akkeshi, Kushiro. Cotypes No. 90,228 and 90,229, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,145 and 1,145a of Mr. Hirase's collection. This specimen is more depressed than K. harimensis , and more cari- nate. K. hachijoensis has not the faint vertical striation of affinis. In shape it is much like the larger K. humiliconus. Microcystina higashiyamana differs by its glossy upper surface, without vertical striation. Kaliella crenulata basistriata n. subsp. Shell similar to K. crenulata but larger, with the base radially thread- striate like the upper surface. Alt. 4.2, diam. 4 mm., whorls 7. Alt. 3.7, diam. 3.3 mm., whorls 6^. Yakushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,934, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,283 of Mr. Hirase's collection. In K. crenulata the base is smooth, and that species has not been found in Kyushu or southward up to this time. ENDODONTID^. Punctum boreale n. sp. Shell depressed, umbilicate, dark brown, thin, dull; whorls 3^, the first li smooth, the rest with oblique, coarse, widely, irregularly spaced wrinkle-like ribs, the intervals and ribs finely striate spirally. Whorls convex, the last rounded peripherally and below. Umbilicus some- 718 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., what smaller than the aperture. Aperture olDlique, rounded, about one-fourth of the circle excised at the parietal margin. Alt. 1, diam. 2.1 mm.; width of umbilicus 0.6, of aperture 1 mm. Akkeshi, Kushiro. Types No. 90,230 A. N. S. Phila. from No. 1,309 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species differs from P. amblygona Reinh. by its rounded per- iphery. It is also related to the southern P. rota. PUPILLID^. Vertigo Mrasei kushiroensis n. subsp. Differs from V. hirasei Pils. by being larger, more solid, brown, with a strong pale ridge or crest a short distance behind the outer lip. It is not as wide and swollen as V. h. hachijoensis. The typical four teeth are developed. Length 1.8, diam. 1 mm. Akkeshi, Kushiro. Types No. 90,223, A. N. S. Phila.. from No. 1,310 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Vertigo hirasei in some of its varieties will probably be found through- out Japan, since the type came from Kyushu, while the form described above is from northern Yesso, and another subspecies occurs in the islands of Izu. ACHATINELLID^. Tornatellina rucuana n. sp. Shell imperforate, ovate-conic, thin, pale brown, lightl}^ striatulate, glossy. Spire conic; whorls 4^, convex. Aperture oblique, ovate. Outer lip thin and simple. Columella convex and somewhat callous above; parietal lamella well developed, long. Alt. 3.3, diam. 1.9 mm. Kerama-jima, Ryukyu. Types No. 89,891, A. N. S. Phila., from No, 1,360 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This is a wider shell than T. triplicata, and the 3^oung do not have internal varices or a triplicate columella. It is the first imperforate Tornatellina found in the Ryukyu Islands. AURICULID^. Cassidula labrella japonica n. subsp. Shell imperforate, oval wdth conic spire, solid, dark brown. The whorls of the spire have a groove defining a rather wide subsutural border, and rarely several weak spirals below it. The last whorl is very finely striate spirally, the most strongly sculptured specimens 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 719 with some deeper, punctate strise among the others; all the strioe being very weak or even obsolete. Whorls 7^ to 8, nearly flat. Some in- conspicuous, slightly paler variceal streaks are visible on the spire. The last whorl has a narrow and often very low crest close behind the outer lip, and the usual keel or cord at the base, defining a small umbilical area. Aperture including peristome seven-twelfths the length of the shell, regularly ovate, slightly oblique. Peristome nearly white; outer lip with a strong internal callus, excised above as usual, and either even- edged or weakly two-toothed near the upper end. Inner lip with three folds, the lower two entering, not emerging to the lip-edge, the upper parietal fold small and tubercular, not longitudinal, sometimes wanting. Length 13, diam. 7.3 mm., length aperture 8 mm. Length 12, diam. 6.9 mm., length apertm-e 7.4 mm. Nishigo, Uzen. Types No. 78,767, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 407 of Mr. Hirase's marine shell collection. C. labrella, described from the Isle of France, is a more strongly stri- ate shell with larger aperture. The present form is almost smooth, the striae scarcely being discernible in most specimens. C. plecotrema- toides Mlldff. is more strongly striate, with the upper parietal tooth and the two on the lip-callus better developed. I am disposed to consider both the Japanese form descril^ed above and the Chinese C. plecotrematoides as subspecies of C. labrella ; but if the Chinese form be separated specifically, then C. I. japonica will be referred to it as a subspecies. Cassidula paludosa nigrobrunnea n. subsp. Similar to C. paludosa Garrett, but the parietal denticle is better de- veloped than usual in that species; the color is deep chocolate brown, with a blackish line below the suture. Length 10, diam. 6 mm. ; length of aperture 6.3 mm. Length 9, diam. 5.2 mm. Length 7.2, diam. 5 mm. Kunchan, Ryukyu. Types No. 89,973, A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,345 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This little Cassidula has the egg-like shape and high lip-crest of the Vitian C. paludosa, of which the types are before me; but that is, so far as known, invariably yellow or light brown in color. 720 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., CATALOGUE OF THE LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLTJSCA OF TAIWAN (FORMOSA), WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY AND Y. HIRASE. Early in the present year Mr. Okiira, collecting for Mr. Hirase, pro- ceeded to Taiwan (Formosa), with instructions to confine his attention chiefly to collecting land shells. He succeeded in getting a large num- ber of species, but many of them only in small quantity, so that the expedition, while laborious and expensive, was hardly productive of so large a supply of specimens as anticipated. The number of species taken (71) was, however, greater than any previous naturalist has ob- tained, and adds largely to our knowledge of the distribution of known species, besides augmenting the total number of land snails known by the discovery of some 27 new species and 13 subspecies. The number of species taken is so considerable that it has been thought useful to add the names of all previously known Formosan snails, making the list complete for the island. Our first knowledge of Formosan land and fresh-water shells was from specimens collected by H. B. M. Vice-Consul Robert Swinhoe, who, though chiefly interested in the higher Vertebrates, accomplished a vast amount of work on invertebrate groups as well. His first sending of land shells to Hugh Cuming, in London, was worked up by Dr. Pfeif- fer,^ the marine and fresh-water forms being identified by H. Adams and Cuming himself, and the list published by Frazer.^ Subsequent sendings were described by Henry Adams. ^ Few if any additions were made to the list of land snails until the ' Descriptions of thirteen new species of land-shells from Formosa, in the col- lection of the late Hugh Cuming, collected bv Mr. Robert Swinhoe, Vice-Consul of that island. By Dr. Louis Pfeiffer. P. Z. &., 1865, pp. 828-831, pi. 46. No localities are given for the species described in this paper, but we know from a letter from Swinhoe published in P. Z. S., for 1864 that these shells were chiefly from Tamsui in northern Formosa, a few from Takow in the south. ^ List of species of moUusks recently collected by Mr. R. Swinhoe in Formosa, etc. P. Z. S., 186.5, pp. 196, 197. List of species of moUusks recently collected by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., H. B. M. Vice-Consul, C. M. Z. S., in Formosa. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 146. ^ Description of fifteen new species of land and fresh-water shells from For- mosa, collected bv Robert Swinhoe, Esq., Consul at Taiwan in that island. Proc. Zool Soc, 1866, pp. 316-319. pi. 33. Descriptions of ten new species of land and fresh-water shells collected by Rob- ert Swinhoe, Esq., in China and Formosa. P. Z. S., 1870, pp. 377-379, pi. 27. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 721 end of the next decade, when Surgeon-General R. Hungerford, Ritter von Fries and a few other naturahsts visited the island. Their col- lections were worked up chiefly by Dr. O. von Mollendorff, who pub- lished the results in his enlightening series of papers upon the Chinese snail fauna.* Meantime the Melaniidce collected by IMr. Dickson had been described by Mr. E. A. Smith .^ After von Mollendorff 's depar- ture for Manila the field was left to Mr. B. Schmacker, then of Hong- kong, whose material was obtained in part from several German friends who travelled in Formosa, but largely by his Japanese collector who spent over three months there in the latter part of 1889. The materials gathered were ably worked up by Schmacker and Boettger.^ From 1891 until this time, only a few inconsiderable additions have been made to the list of Formosan mollusks. The data for the principal papers may be tabulated thus: Authors. Pfeiffer, 1865 H. Adams, 1866, 70 Moellendorff Schmacker and Boettger, 1S90-'91 Pilsbry and Hirase Described as new Species. Subspecies. 13 18 6 13 29 2 7 13 No. of species recorded , based on new material. 13 18 23 57 80 The total number of land shells now known from Formosa is 127 species and 17 subspecies; of fresh-water shells 26 species. Refer- ences to literature have in most cases been restricted to original descriptions and citations pertaining specially to Formosa. In the case of well-known species ranging also outside of the island, references not dealing with Formosa have been omitted. *Materialien zur Fauna von China. Jahrbilcher der Deutschen Malakozoolog- ischen Gesellschaft, IX (1882), X (1883), XI (1884), etc. " Descriptions of five new shells from the island of Formosa and the Persian Gulf, and notes upon a few known species. P. Z. S., 1878, pp. 728-733, pi. 46. " Neue Materialien zur Characteristik und geographischen Verbreitung chines- ischer und japanischer Binnenmollusken. I. Nachrichtsblatt der deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, Jahrg. XXII,' 1890, pp. 113-137; II, Jahrg. XXIII, 1891, pp. 145-194, pis. 1, 2. 47 722 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., OYOLOPHORID^. Cyclophorus turgidus Pfr. Hotawa (Hirase). Has also been reported by E. A. Smith from Formosa, without exact locaUt}^, P. Z. S., 1887, p. 318. The specimens taken by Mr. Okura are quite typical. It is a common Ryukyuan species. Cyclophorus formosaensis Nevill. J. A. 8. Bengal, 1881, p. 148, based upon C. exaUatiis var. Pfr., Novit. Conch., II, pi. 68, figs. 14, 15. C. formosensis Nev., MUdff., Jahrb. d. m. Ges., IX, 1882, p. 277. Keelung and Takohan (Hungerford). Suganiikei (Hirase). This is probably to be regarded as a variety of C. turgidus. The specimens taken by Mr. Okura are not quite elevated enough to be typical. Mr, E. A. Smith incidentally reports C. exaltatus from Formosa (P. Z. S., 1887, 318). It is a well-known Hongkong species, and in view of the excessively critical nature of the species of Cyclophorus of the Sino-insular group, the specimens referred by Smith to exaltatus may belong to C. formosaensis. Some forms given the rank of species in the exaltatus group by von Moellendorff and others are distinguished by only slight and elusive characters. Cyclophorus indicus Desh. is reported from Formosa by H. Adams, P. Z. S., 1866, p. 146. Cyclophorus moellendorflB Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1891, p. 191, pi. 2, fig. 9. South Cape of Formosa, in the mountains (Schmacker). Carinate, with relatively small aperture. C. m. humicola Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl., 1891, p. 193. South Cape, at the foot of the mountains (Schmacker). There was a transposition of pages 192 and 193 in the Nachrichtsblatt which creates some confusion with this form until understood. Cyclophorus friesianus Mlldff. Jahrb. d. m. Ges., 1883, p. 286. S. and B., Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1891, p. 191. Ijakuli (Fries) ; Bankimtsong and Bagsa. Distinguished by having numerous small carinse above and below the peripheral keel. Japonia zebra n. sp. Shell umbilicate, conic-turbinate, pale yellowish-corneous with num- erous red-brown longitudinal stripes, waved below the periphery, and about as wide as the light intervals. Surface glossy, with sculpture of numerous spiral threads separated by rather wide intervals, and most of 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 723 them bearing rather long, delicate hairs. There are about ten of these hair-bearing threads on the last whorl. Spire straightly conic. Whorls 4^, very convex. Aperture slightly oblique, subcircular, the peristome simple, the ends connected by a short, very thin parietal callus. Alt. 5, diam. 5 mm. ; diam. aperture 2.3 mm. Taihoku, Taiwan. Type No. 90,240 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,389 of Mr. Hirase's collection. The handsome coloration and numerous spiral series of hairs are the more conspicous features of this pretty Japonia, of which but two specimens were taken. Japonia formosana n. sp. Shell umbilicate, turbinate-conic, with rather slender spire, the out- lines concave. Dark red -brown or rather light olive colored. Sur- face but slightly shining, striatulate, with a number of low, irregularly spaced spiral cords or threads, often in part indistinct, and when fresh with irregularly spaced cuticular lamellae along the lines of growth. There are two or three series of sparse hairs, readily deciduous, on the last whorl. Whorls 5, very convex. Aperture circular, sub vertical, the peristome simple, ends connected by a very short parietal callus. Alt. 5, diam. 5 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 90,238 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,407 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Only five specimens were taken. The cuticular lamellae and hairs are sometimes entirely lost, perhaps always in old shells. Of the two spec- imens in the type lot, they are developed on the dark red-brown speci- mens which may be regarded as typical, and absent from the pale green- ish one. Leptopoma vitreum taivanum Mlldff. Leptopoma taivanum Mlldff., Jahrb. d. m. Ges., X, p. 287, pi. 10, fig 4. S. and B., Nachrbl., 1890, p. 125. L. vitreum var. lactea Kob., S. and B., Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1891, 190. Lakuli, near Takao (Fries); South Cape (Lauts); Bankimtsong and Bagsa (Schm acker). Also taken in Formosa by Prof. Steere, Cyclotus taivanus H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1870, p. 378, pi. 27, fig. 11. Mlldff., Jahrb. d. m. Ges., X, 1883, p. 283. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, 192. Taiwan (Swinhoe); Lakuli, near Takao (von Fries); Inrin, Tapanii and Ensuiko (Hirase); Bankimtsong (Schmacker). Cyclotus taivanus adamsi n. subsp. Shell similar to C. taivanus, but uniform yellow or tawny-yellow, more elevated, with the umbilicus narrower. Taihoku. 724 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Alt. 10, diam. 14, aperture 6.9 x 6.5 mm., umbilicus 3.1 mm. wide. Alt. 9.9, diam. 14.2, aperture 6.9 x 6.5 mm., umbilicus 3.2 mm. wide. Cyclotus swinhoei H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 318, pi. 33, fig. 9. Takao (Swinhoe). Sculptured with raised spiral threads. Alt. 7, diam. 11 mm. Cyclotus swinhoei depressus n. subsp. Shell similar to C. sivinJioci but more depressed. Alt. 6, diam. 11 mm., umbilicus 2.9 mm. wide; diam. and alt. aperture with peristome 4.9 mm. Giiran. Type Xo. 89,915 A. X. S. Phila., from Xo. 1,372 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Cyclotus minutus H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 318, pi. 33, fig. 9. Schm. and Bttg.. Xachrbl., 1891, p. 192 ?? Takao (Swinhoe); Takao and Bagsa (Schmacker). The typical form was not found by Mr. Okura. Prof. Steere collected a large series some years ago, part of which are in our collections. Cyclotus minutus concentratus n. subsp. Shell reddish-brown or pale olive-green with a brown spire, closely sculptured with fine spiral threads (closer than in C. minutus) on a glossy ground, except for a band below the suture (both on the spire and within the umbilicus), which is covered with narrow whitish cuticular rays. Whorls 3|, tubular, the last barely in contact at the mouth. Umbilicus much smaller than the aperture, and smaller than in C. minutus. Aperture but slightly oblique, circular, the peristome a little expanded, obtuse. Operculum concave, with dark gray central spot and obliquely striate whorls. Alt. 5.3, diam. 7.9 mm.; width of umbilicus 2 mm. Chikutozaki, Taiwan. Types Xo. 89,897 A. X. S. Phila., from Xo. 1,426 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Six specimens taken. Cyathopoma taiwanicum n. sp. Shell umbilicate, conic, corneous, somewhat translucent. Whorls 3^, the first smooth, dark corneous, the rest spirally lirate, very convex, the penultimate with four or five thread-like spirals. Last whorl tubu- lar, the threads weaker on its later part, much stronger around and in the umbilicus. Aperture circular, the peristome thin, simple, barely in contact with the preceding whorl. Operculum lodged at the aperture, white, concave externally, usually with a dark dot at the center. Alt. 1.5, diam. 2 mm. 1905.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 725 Giiran, Taiwan. Types No. 89,945 A. X. S. Phila., from No. 1,365a of Mr. Hirase's collection. The genus Cyathopoma is not yet .known from China. Its eastern limit has hitherto been the Khasi, Naga and South Garo Hills, where the species are like the Formosan in featm^es of the operculum. It has not been found north of these places, nor eastward in the Dafla Hills, so that its known range heretofore has been sub-Himalayan and south- ward. In this and other known Formosan and Japanese Cyathopomas, the shell has no fibrous vertically striated coating, such as is conspic- uous in the Indian C. filocinctum and others. The whorls of the oper- culum have no projecting lamellae. The species belong therefore to the subgenus Jerdonia, as defined by Kobelt (Das Thierrcich, Cyclo- phoriden, p. 219). It is clear, however, that Kobelt ignores the char- acter of the operculum in his distribution of the species of Cyathopoma and Jerdonia. C. taiivanicum is not unlike C. album Bedd., but it has more spirals, and they are not so prominent in the umbilicus. There is a form of C. taiwanicum from Chosokei which is a little more variable in sculpture than the type lot, sometimes having one or two more spiral threads. Cyathopoma taiwanicum degeneratum n. subsp. At Suganiikei, Taiwan, five specimens were taken which differ from C. taiwanicum by the degeneration of the spiral threads, which are very weak or even almost wanting on the last whorl. T3'pes are No. 89,944 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,365& of Mr. Hirase's collection. Cyathopoma micron (Pils.). Cyclotus micron Pils., Nautilus, 1900, p. 12. Taihoku (Hirase). Also found in the Ryukj'u Islands and Japan. Mr. Ancey has proposed a genus Nakadiella for Cyclotus (?) micron; but this species differs from typical forms of Jerdonia in nothing but the absence of spiral striation. There are a number of equalty smooth species in Ceylon. Nakadiella may be retained as a sectional name for the smooth forms, if the distinction proves to be natural; otherwise it will become a synonym of Jerdonia. Ptychopoma (?) wilsoni (Pfr.). Pterocyclos wilsoni Pfr., P. Z. S., 1S6.5, p. S31, pi. 46, fig. 12. Ptychopoma w., Kobelt, Das Thierreich, Cyclophoriden, p. So. Formosa (Swinhoe). The operculum is still unknown, and the generic position therefore uncertain. 726 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Pupinella swinhoei H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 318, pi. 32, fig. 12. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 187, with var. meridionalis. Pwpina adamsi Sowb., Conch. Icon. XX, pi. 4, fig. 33. Pupinopsis viorrisonia H. Ad., P. Z. S., 1872, p. 13, pi. 3, fig. 21. Tanisui (Swinhoe); Anshiryosan, Hotawa and Suganiikei (Hirase). This species varies a good deal in size and structure of the hp, but Schmacker and Boettger seem to be right in hokling that all the de- scribed Formosan forms are but varying races of one species. The specimens from Hotawa are about typical, length 13 mm. Those from Anshiryosan seem referable to the race tnorrisonia H. Ad., described from Mt. Morrison. They are 10.5-11 mm. long, and have the upper funnel of the lip much smaller than in the type. At Suganiikei there is also a small form of about the same length. The var. meridionalis S. and B. is distinguished by smaller size, length 9.5 to 11, width 4^ to 4f mm. It is from Bankimtsong. The type of P. morrisonia is 12 x 5 mm., while the size of typical P. swinhoei is given as 14 x 5.5 mm. Diplommatina hungerfordiana NeviU. Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, L, 1881, p. 150. Mlldff., Jahrb., IX, 349. Keelung (Hungerford) = Kiirun (Hirase). Dr. von Moellendorff considered this a variety of the Chinese D. paxillus Gredler; but its differential features seem constant, Diplommatina taiwanica n. sp. Shell imperforate, the lower half cylindric, upper half conic, light orange colored, darker toward the apex. Whorls 6^, the first 4+ reg- ularly increasing, the next whorl larger, swollen, the last whorl much smaller, especially as seen in a dorsal view. First H whorls smooth, the next 3^ sculptured with delicate thread-like riblets which become a little closer on the front of the swoUen penultimate whorl, and then become more or less obsolete, so that the last whorl or whorl and a half are nearly or quite smooth. Constriction median above the aper- ture. Palatal plica short, partly under the parietal callus. Aperture vertical, irregularly rounded, the columellar margin straightened. Peristome well expanded and somewhat thickened, angular at the junction of the columellar and basal margins; parietal callus rather small, its border usually indistinct. Columellar tooth small. Length 2.9, diam. 1.5 mm. Giiran. Taiwan. Types No. 89,965 A. N. S. Phila., from Xo. 1,3646 of Mr. Hirase's collection. In D. hungerjordiana the cone of the spire is shorter. Another set 1905.] NATURAL SCIEiSrCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 727 of specimens from Giiran differs in having the last two whorls striate throughout, the strise closer than on the conical upper portion of the spire. This may be only individual variation. Eleven of the entirely striate and fifteen of the typical specimens were taken. Siplommatina taiwanica suganiikeiensis n. subsp. Shell brownish corneous, more obese than D. taiwanica; last whorl more ascending to the aperture, and more deeply constricted ; striation finer and nearly even throughout, very weak; palatal plica very short; basal angle more projecting. Length 3, diam. 1.7 mm., whorls 5^. Suganiikei, Taiwan. Types No. 89,966 A. X. S. Phila., from No. 1,364c of Mr. Hirase's collection. This form seems rather unlike D. taiwanica, and unless intermediate specimens are found it will probably rank as a distinct species. Only nine individuals were taken. Diplommatina camara n. sp. Shell imperforate, cylindric below, conic above, pale orange or brown- ish-yellow. Whorls 6, the first 4 regularly increasing, the next whorl swollen, the last much smaller, especially as seen dorsally. First H whorls smooth; following whorls of the cone sculptured with widely spaced thread-like riblets, penultimate whorl with the riblets much closer, last whorl smooth. Constriction rather deep, median above the mouth . Palatal plica very weak and short. Aperture vertical, irregularly rounded. Parietal callus moderate, with distinct edge. Peristome well expanded, thickened within, wide, projecting at the junction of the columellar and basal margins. Columellar lamella moderately prominent, very short inside. Length 3, diam. 1.6 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 90,243 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,424 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species differs from D. taiwanica, chiefly by its very small pala- tal plica and the very short columellar lamella, which in taiwanica ascends to the constriction. D. tokunoshimana differs from camura in sculpture and the well-developed palatal plica. Diplommatina prava n. sp. Shell cylindric below, conic above, imperforate, pale yellowish corn- eous, the upper whorls often orange tinted. Whorls 6|, regularly increasing to the penultimate, which is wider but not especially swol- len; last whorl scarcely smaller, its last third making a long ascent to the aperture. Sculpture of weak rather close and very fine thread- 728 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., like strise. Constriction distinct, situated near or at the end of the penultimate whorl, behind the lip. Aperture irregularly rounded, the columellar side straight. Parietal callus small. Peristome ex- panded and thickened or duplicated, the outer lip, in profile, seen to be a little retracted or concave in the middle, projecting in a blunt point a short distance from the upper insertion ; an angle outside at the junction of the columellar and basal margins. Length 2.3, diam. 1.2 mm. Giiran, Taiwan. Types No. 89,967 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,369 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Smaller than any other known Formosan Diplommatina, and readily distinguished by the retrogradeconstriction, sinuous outer lip, etc. It resembles D. luchvana somewhat, but differs in the position of the constriction, stronger basal angle, less distinct parietal callus, etc. It occurred in some numbers {pravus, deformed). Slightly smaller specimens were taken at Suganiikei. At Hotawa the sculpture is better developed. Falaina formosana n. sp. Shell sinistral, minute, pupiform, imperforate, yellow or pale brown- ish-yellow, sculptured with delicate, distant, thread-like very oblique riblets, about 7 in number on the last whorl, absent on the front of this whorl, and verj^ weak on the penultimate whorl. Whorls 5, convex, the first three regularly and rapidly increasing, the penultimate very much swollen, predominating, the last whorl smaller, rapidly tapering to the base, slightly constricted immediately above the aperture. Suture well impressed , quite oblique. Aperture rounded , the peristome yellow, narrowly expanded, doubled in old shells; the margins continued in a callus with raised edge, spreading up above the aperture nearly to the preceding suture. Columellar tooth small, deepl}' placed. Length 2, diam. 1.1 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89,969 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,413 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species belongs to the subgenus Cylindropalaina. It is the first of its kind known from Formosa. The Indian Palaina gibherosa Godwin-Austen {Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of India, II, p. 16, pi. 66, figs. 12a-c) is closely related, but differs in being much wider and more obese. Psendopomatias eos n. sp. Shell perforate, turreted, regularly tapering to the obtuse apex, rather thin but strong, opaque greenish-corneous, with more or less brown on 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 729 the last whorl and sometimes on the spire; glossy, sculptured through- out with strong, nearly straight ribs, except the first whorl, which ap- pears to be smooth. Wliorls 7, quite convex, the last rounded peri- pherally and below. Aperture circular, vertical, the peristome reflexed , thickened on the face, narrow where in contact with the preceding whorl. There is a small notch or groove at the junction of the outer and parietal margins of the peristome. Length 8, diam. 3.1 ; length of aperture 2.1, width 2.1 mm., including peristome. Length 7.1, diam. 3 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89,917 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,416 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species stands close to P. amcenus Mlldff. of China. It is a little more slender than the Chinese species, the last whorl is quite regular in shape, and the umbilical slit is shorter. The genus is new to For- mosa. Alycaeus (Dioryx) swinhoei H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 318, pi. 33, fig. 11. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 189. Takao (Swinhoe); Bagsa (Schmacker) ; Suganiikei and Sammaipo (Hirase). Alycaeus hungerfordianus G. Nevill. Jour. Asiat. Soc. Beng., L, 18S1, p. 1-49. Mlldff., Jahrb., IX, p. 344, pi. 10, fig. 6. Northern Formosa (Hungerford). [Alycceus mouhoti Pfr. has been erroneously credited to Formosa by Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XX, pi. 3, fig. 19.] Alycaeus varius n. sp. Shell openly umbilicate, depressed, the spire very low, convex, apex projecting mucro-like; surface lusterless, ashen or dull reddish, rather obsoletely striate, the striae stronger and crowded on the swollen part of the last whorl, thinner, more delicate and subobsolete on the neck. Wliorls 3j, the first corneous or reddish, the last swollen laterally, then strongly contracted, slightly enlarged and deeply deflexed beyond the contraction. Tube long. Aperture circular, oblique; peristome well expanded, thickened within, the columellar margin wider. Alt. 2.5, diam. 4 mm. Taihoku, Taiwan. Types No. 90,244 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,383 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is related to A. laevicervix, but that has a smoother neck and a shorter sutural tube. The aperture is peculiarly turned inward. 730 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Helicina hungerfordiana formosana Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1S91, p. 186. Bankimtsong and Bagsa (Schmacker) ; Suganiikei (Okura). We quite agree with Schmacker and Boettger as to the very close re- lationship of this to H. hungerfordiana of China. The Suganiikei spec- imeiLS are a trifle less angular peripherally than Schmacker and Boett- ger's figure. Helicina badia Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl., 1891, p. 185, pi. 2, fig. 8. Takao and South Cape (Schmacker). Helicina vereounda Gld. Otia Conch., p. 105. Sammaipo (Hirase). The specimens are typical. Also Ryuk^'u Islands. Truncatella valida Pfr. Schmacker and Boettger, Nachrbl., 1891, p. 194. South Cape (Schmacker), Also in the Philippines, Malacca Penin- sula and southward, and in the Ryukyu Islands. HELICID^. [Helix luhuana Sowerby has been reported from Formosa, specimens identified by Cuming (P. Z. S., 1865, p. 197, No. 84). We doubt its occurrence there. Helix melanostoma has been recorded from Formosa in a list of Swinhoe's shells, identified by Cuming. ]\lr. Gude has al- ready remarked upon this anomalous record.] Eulota (Aegista) subchinensis V\G. Nev.' MlldfF.). Jahrb. d. m. Ges., XI, 1884, p. 355, pi. 7, fig. 8. Tamsui (Hungerford); Taihoku (Hirase). Eulota (Plectotropis) mackensii (A. and R.). Zool. Samarang, Moll., p. 60, pi. 15, fig. 6. Taihoku. Specimens practically typical though rather small, 27 to 30 mm. diam., and either rich chestnut or greenish-yellow in color. Also Ryukyu Islands. Eulota (Plectotropis) mackensii formosa Pils. Nautihis, XVI, 1902, p. 46. Taihoku (Hirase); Tamsui (Schmacker). Eulota (Plectotropis) impeza n. sp. Shell very openly umbilicate, the umbilicus regularly conic; low conoid al)ove, convex beneath; rather thin, pale clear brown. Sculp- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 731 ture of low oblique wrinkles along the lines of growth, and minute, very short cuticular adnate threads in places; the base densely but not very distinctly striate spirally. Peripheral filaments sparse and short. Whorls 6^, slowly widening, the early ones convex, the later nearly flat; last whorl acutely carinate, the base angular around the umbili- cus. Aperture very oblique, the lip narrowly expanded, basal margin narrowly reflexed, deeply arcuate; columellar margin dilated; parietal callus very thin. Alt. 10, diam. 26.7 mm. Anshiryozan, Taiwan. Types No. 89,984 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,433 of Mr. Hirase's collection. A delicate and handsome Plectotropis of the mackensii group, with narrower spire and wider last whorl than mackensii, wide-spaced per- ipheral filaments, finer sculpture, and openly conic umbilicus. Eulota fulvicans (H. Ad.). P. Z. S., 1866, p. 316, pi. 33, fig. 2. Tamsui (Swinhoe). Eulota (Plectotropis) fulvicans browni n. subsp. Shell low trochoidal, umbilicate, the umbilicus one-fifth the diame- ter of the shell; thin, pale brownish corneous. Surface dull, lusterless, densely beset with very short, delicate, erect bristles, in large part removed by wear from the upper surface. Spire conic, its lateral outlines a tri- fle convex. Wliorls 6f , slowly widening, the last very little descend- ing in front, acutely carinate throughout, the base convex. Apertiu-e very oblique, slightly angular outwardly. Peristome thin, expanded, the basal margin reflexed, columellar margin dilated, running forward. Alt. 7.9, diam. 12.5 to 12.7 mm. Formosa (Taiwan). Type No. 4,639 A. N. S. Phila., part of the A. D. Brown collection. This form diiTers from E. perplexa in sculpture. It is not so high as E. fulvicans H. Ad., and the shape of the aperture differs. E. fulvi- cans is known to us by the description and figure only. E. lautsi brachylasia S. and B. is also related. Eulota (Plectotropis) lautsi (Schm. and Bttg.). Xachrbl. d. iii. Ges., 1890, p. 4, pi. 1, fig. 1. H. shermani var. lautsi S. and B., Nachrbl., 1S91, p. 154. South Cape (Lauts); Bankimtsong, Takao (Schmacker). Eulota lautsi brachylasia (Schm. and Bttg.). Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1891, p. 156. Takao. 732 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Eulota lautsi micra n. subsp. General shape of E. lautsi. Pale brownish-corneous, unicolored or with a red-brown band on the acute peripheral keel. Smooth, showing faint striation under a lens, with nearly effaced scarcely visible spiral strisB on the dull upper surface, densely striate spirally on the base. Whorls fully six. Outer and basal margins of the peristome expanded, subreflexed ; columellar margin very steeply ascending, dilated above. Alt. 5.7, diam. 9.8 mm. ; width of aperture 4.8. of umbilicus 1.8 mm. Tapanii, Taiwan. Types No. 89,875 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,428 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Compared with typical lautsi, this form differs in the small size, wider mouth as seen in front view, and narrower last whorl as seen from above, and it wants a white edge on the keel. A small form of lautsi has been recorded by Schmacker and Boettger from Takao. The subordination of lautsi to H. shermani Pfr. in Schmacker and Boettger's second discussion of it was apparently an error, H. shermani being a Trocliomorpha. Eulota (Plectotropis) inrinensis n. sp. The shell is depressed-trochiform, thin, umbilicate, the umbilicus narrow, less than one-fifth the diameter of the shell, rapidly contract- ing within; pale brownish-corneous, lusterless, lightly striatulate, and finely striate spirally, the spirals very delicate, scarcely visible above, more distinct below. Spire low-conic, with nearly straight outlines. Whorls 5j to 5^, somewhat convex, the last acutely carinate at the periphery, convex below, slightly descending in front. Aperture quite oblique. Peristome thin, narrowly expanded, the basal margin deeply arcuate, reflexed. columellar margin dilated above. Alt. 5, diam. 8.9 mm. ; width of aperture 4 mm. Alt. 5, diam. S mm.; width of aperture 3.8 mm. Inrin, Taiwan. Types No. 89,872 A. N. S. Phila., from No.l, 393 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Only four specimens of this little Plectotropis were taken. It is closely related to E. lautsi micra, yet differs by the more diminutive size, narrower umbilicus, less dilated columellar lip and paler color. It is decidedly more depressed than E. hehes. Eulota (Plectotropis) hebes n. sp. Shell trochiform, very thin, umbilicate, pale brown, but slightly shining, weakly striatulate, and showing very fine, weak spiral striae beneath. Spire conic, the apex obtuse. "V\Tiorls 5^, convex, the last strongly carinate at the periphery, the keel projecting but blunt at the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 733 edge, becoming weak near the aperture; slightly descending in front. Suture well impressed. Aperture oblique, broadly lunate, the peris- tome thin, narrowly expanded, the columellar margin dilated above; basal margin deeply arcuate. Alt. 5.4, diam. 7 mm. ; width of aperture 3.3 mm. Suganiikei, Taiwan. Type No. 90,047 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,390 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Very rare, as only two fully adult shells were found. With as many whorls as E. inrinensis, this species is smaller, more elevated, with a nar- rower umbilicus and a more deeply arcuate basal lip. It has much the shape of the far larger E. fulvicans (H. Ad.). Enlota (Pleototropis) perplexa n. sp. Shell trochoidal, thin, rather openly umbilicate, the umbilicus about one-fourth the diameter of the shell, rapidly contracting inward. Sur- face dull, covered with a brown cuticle, sculptured with minute closely placed, short, linear, raised processes above the periphery, with an under-sculpture of indistinct fine spiral lines; below the periphery it is very closely engraved with fine spiral lines. The spire is conic, with straight lateral outlines. Whorls 6^, slowly increasing, but slightly con- vex, the last with a slightly projecting, acute keel at the peripher}^ descending slightly below the keel to the aperture. Suture well im- pressed, following the lower edge of the keel. Aperture oblique, per- istome thin, the basal and outer margins narrowly reflexed, arcuate, the upper margin but slightly arcuate, hardly expanded, columellar margin nearly vertical, arcuate, dilated above; parietal callus very thin. Alt. 8.2, diam. 12 mm.; diam. of apertiu-e 5.3 mm.; of umbilicus nearly 3 mm. Suganiikei, Taiwan. Types No. 89,874 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,377 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This snail is related to E. granti Pfr., E. fulvicans H. Ad. and especially to E. lautsi brachylasia S. and B., a decidedly less elevated form. Eulota (Pleototropis) granti (Pfr.). P. Z. S., 1865, p. 828, pi. 46, fig. 10. Formosa (Swinhoe). Eulota (Aousta) assimilis (H. Ad.). P. Z. S.. 1866, p. 316, pi. 33, fig. 1. S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 158. Mlldff., Jahrb., XI, p. 370. Takao (Swinhoe, Steere). 734 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., [Eulota {Acusta) redfieldi (Pfr.) has been reported from Formosa by Fraser, the specimens collected by Swinhoe and identified by Cum- ing. Later confirmation is lacking.] Eulota (Acusta) sieboldiana (Pfr.)- Jyushikyaku (Hirase). I cannot distinguish these from Japanese examples. The species is not, we believe, found in the Ryukyu Islands. It has been identified from Formosa by H. Cuming (P. Z. S., 1865, p. 197), from specimens sent by Swinhoe. It occurs also in Corea, but has not been found in China. Eulota (Eulotella) similaris (F6t.). MUdff., Jahrb., XI, 1884, p. 325. A Formosan specimen before me, received from Cuming, and proba- bly collected by Swinhoe, belongs to the angular race stimpsoni Pfr. Eulota (Acusta) tourannensis (Soul.). Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 101. Voy. Bonite, p. .507, pi. 29, figs. 1, 2. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1891, p. 158. South Cape (Schmacker). Eulota (Euhadra) swinhoei (Pfr.). P. Z. S., 1865, p. 829, pi. 46, fig. 6. Formosa (Swinhoe); Taihoku (Hirase). The shells taken at this place are small (diam. 45 mm.) and light yellowish-olive with some darker streaks, quite unlike the typical form in color. Mr. Okura took only three specimens. Eulota (Euhadra) pancala (Schm. and Bttg.). Helix bacca var. sinistrorsa Mlldff., Jahrb. XI, p. 387. Helix (Hadra) pancala S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 161, pi. 1, fig. 6. South Cape, in the mountains (Schmacker). Eulota (Euhadra) pancala trifasoiata (Schm. and Bttg.). L. c, p. 162. South Cape, at foot of the mountains (Schmacker). Eulota (EuhadraT) formosensis (Pfr.). P. Z. S., 1865, p. 829, pi. 46, fig. 7. Formosa (Swinhoe). A sinistral species, not found by any later collector. Eulota (Euhadra) bacca (Pfr.). P. Z. S., 1865, p. 829, pi. 46, fig. 8. Formosa (Swinhoe). Eulota (Euhadra) succincta (H. Ad.). P. Z. S., 1866, p 316, pi. 33, figs. 4, 4a. S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, 159. Takao (Swinhoe); Ape Hill, Takao and Bagsa (Schmacker). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73.5 Enlota (Euhadra) succincta amblytropis Pils. Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1901, p. 193. Formosa (Steere); Taiwan (Hirase). Eulota (Euhadra) friesiana (Mlldff.). Jahrb., XI, 1884, p. 385, pi. 9, figs. 3, 4. S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, pp. 159, 160. Man. Conch., VI, p. 118. Takao (Fries); Bankimtsong (Schmacker); Tapanii (Hirase). Eulota (Euhadra?) mellea (Pfr.). P. Z. S., 1865, p. 829, pi. 46, fig. 4. Formosa (Swinhoe); Suganiikei (Hirase). A peculiar snail, of doubtful systematic position. Eulota (Coniglobus) bairdi (H. Ad.). P. Z. S., 1866, p. 316, pi. 33, fig. 3. Tamsui (Swinhoe). Eulota (Coniglobus) nux (Mlldff.). Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1888, p. 43. E. sargentiana Pils., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1901, p. 194. Formosa (Mlldff.) ; Hotawa (Hirase). The specimens collected by Mr. Okura are a little lower than Moellendorff's type. E. sargentiana is a still more depressed form, perhaps varietally separable. The orig- inal specimens were anonymously sent to von Moellendorff, without exact locality. Eulota (Coniglobus) sphaeroconus (Pfr.). Bulimus sphcerocorms Pfr., P. Z. S., 1865, p. 830, pi. 46, fig. 3. Helix sphaeroconus Pfr., Pils., Man. Conch., VIII, p. 200, with var. campo- chilus, p. 201, pi. 53, fig. 76. Formosa (Swinhoe) ; Suganiikei (Okura), the typical small form and var. campochilus Pils. This species is type of Coniglobus n. subg. Buliminopsis incerta (Pfr.). Bulimus incertus Pfr., P. Z. S., 1865, p. 830, pi. 46, fig. 1. Pseudobuliminus incertus Pfr., S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 164. Helix (Satsuma) taivanica Mlldff., Jahrb., 1886, p. 197. Formosa (Swinhoe); Taihoku (Hirase); South Cape (Schmacker). Dolicheulota swinhoei (Pfr). Bulimus swinhoei Pfr., P. Z. S., 1865, p. 830, pi. 46, figs. 2, 2a. Formosa (Swinhoe). Dolicheulota formosensis (H. Ad.). Bulimus (Amphidromus) formosensis H. Ad., P. Z. S., 1866, p. 317, pi. 33, fig. 5. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 195. Dolicheulota formosensis Pils., Man. Conch., XIV, p. 19, pi. 2, figs. 26-28. Tamsui Mountains (Swinhoe); Bankimtsong (Schmacker); Lakuli Mountains (Fries); Anshiryosan (Hirase). 736 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Allowing Buliminopsis and Dolicheulota to stand as genera is a con- cession to the genus splitters. The former is known to be an Eulota anatomically, and the latter will probably prove to have the anatomy of Euhadra. Ganesella albida (H. Ad.). P. Z. S., 1870, p. .378, pi. 27, fig. 9. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 1.59. Mlldff., Jahrb., XI, p. 335. Taiwan-fu (Swinhoe) ; Takao; Bankimtsong (Schmacker) ; Sammaipo (Hirase). Ganesella albida insignis n. sub?p. Shell similar to G. fl/6irfa, but having a purple-black area around the axis, the columella and basal lip of the same color; the apical whorl also sometimes black. Whorls 6. Alt. 16.8, diam. 14.3 mm. Alt. 15.8, diam. 12.5 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89,989 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,403 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Five specimens of this charming snail were taken. CMoritis hungerfordianus (' G. Nevill '). Jahrb., XI, 1884, p. 336, pi. 7, fig. 7. Formosa (Hungerford); Suganiikei (Hirase), two examples. Yon Moellendorff also reports the species from the island of Hongkong. Moellendorffia (Trihelix) Mraseana Pilsbry. Nautilus, XIX, Oct., 1905, p. 66, pi. 2, figs. 4, 5, 6. Hotawa (Hirase), STREPTAXID^. Streptaxis (Odontartemon) heudei Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl, 1891, p. 147, pi. 1, fig. 1. South Cape (Schmacker); Sammaipo (Hirase). Ennea (Huttonella) bicolor (Hutt.). Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 148. Takao (Schmacker); Taiwan (Hirase), Ennea (Elma) swinhoei H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 317, pi. 33, fig. 8. S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, 148. Tamsui (Swinhoe); Bankimtsong (Schmacker); Taihoku (Hirase). Ennea swinhoei hotawana n. subsp. Shell decidedly smaller than E. swinhoei, composed of fewer whorls. Length 10, diam. 4.4 mm., whorls 7^. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 737 Length 9.3, diam. 3.7 mm., whorls 7^. Hotawa. Types No. 89,940 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,408 of Mr. Hirase's collection. AOHATINIDiE. Opeas gracile (Hutt.)- Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 178. South Cape and Takao (Schmacker). Opeas olavulinum (P. and M.) 7 Schm. and Bttg., 1901, p. 179. ' 'i Takao (Schmacker). Opeas pyrgula 'A. Ad.,' S. and B. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 179. South Cape (Schmacker). Also Japan and China. ACHATINELIilD^. Tornatellina boeningi Schm. and Bttg. fe^« Nachrbl., 1891, p. 180, pi. 2, fig. 7. Tamsui, in northern Formosa (G. Degener-Boening). T. inexpectata of the Ryukyu Islands is very similar to this, probably not specifically distinct. _ ., PUPILLID^. Ena oantori taivanica (Mlldff.)- 39 Buliminus c. t., ^Illdff., Jahrb., 1884, 165. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, 166. Takao, Banksa and Bankimtsong (Schmacker). _^ ..J Ena luchuana (Pils.). Buliminus luchuanus Pils., Nautilus, XIV, March, 1901, p. 129. ] ] Hotawa (Hirase). Originally described from the Loochoo Islands. A smaller variety was taken at Giiran, Ena leptostraoa (Schm. and Bttg.). Buliminus I., S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 166, pi. 1, fig. 7. South Cape (Schmacker). Ena warburgi (Schm. and Bttg.). ^ L. c, p. 167, pi. 2, fig. 1. South Formosa (Dr. Otto Warburg). CLAUSILIID^. Clausilia (Euphaedusa) eumegetba Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl., 1891, p. 168, pi. 2, fig. 2. ' Takao (Schmacker). 48 738 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Clausilia (Euphaedusa) aculus Bens. Taihoku (Hirase). A well-known Chinese species. Clausilia (Hemiphaedusa) myersi Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl., 1891, p. 172, pi. 2, fig. 4. Bagsa and Takao (Dr. Myers). Clausilia (Hemiphaedusa) bagsana Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl., 1S91, p. 175, pi. 2, fig. 5. Bagsa (Schmacker). Clausilia (Hemiphaedusa) sheridani Pfr. P. Z. 8., 1865, p. S30, Novit. Conch., p. 284, pi. 69, figs. 13-18. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 173. Formosa (Swinhoe); South Cape, Takao and Kankow (Schmacker); Arikwan, Sammaipo and Chikutozaki (Hirase). Clausilia (Hemiphaedusa) similaris H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 446, pi. 38, fig. 10. S. and B., Nachrbl., 1S91, p. 170, with var. ventriosa. Formosa (Swinhoe); Takao and South Cape (Schm.). Var. ven- triosa S. and B. from Kankow. Clausilia (Hemiphaedusa) odontochila Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl., 1891, p. 171, pi. 2, fig. 3. Lakuli, in southern Formosa, type loc. ; Hotawa (Hirase). Clausilia odontochila nigra Pils. Black, with the lip-tooth obsolete; densely strisite, like C. swinhoei; spire entire. Ensuiko (Hirase). Clausilia (Hemiphaedusa) exilis H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 317, pi. 33, fig. 6. Mlldff., Jahrb., X, 1883, p. 257 (forma minor) . Tamsui (Swinhoe, Hungerford); Chosokei (Hirase). Clausilia (Formosana) swinhoei Pfr. P. Z. S., 18(55. p. 830, pi. 46, fig. 11. Mlldff., Jahrb., X, 1SS3. p. 252. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 170. Formosa (Swinhoe); Tamsui (Hungerford). Hotawa, Taiwan, Kiirun and Suganiikei (Hirase.) The shells from Hotawa, Taiwan, are obese, with the strise irregularly crimped, the intervals^ finely wrinkled across as in C. formosensis, but the color is dark purplish-brown as in swinhoei. Those from Kiirun and Suganiikei taper more and have finer nearly straight stria? without interstitial sculpture, and are clearly the true C. swinhoei. There is a variety subformosensis Nevill mentioned by Schmacker and Boettger, but I have been unable to trace the name to a description. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 739 Clausilia (Formosana) formosensis H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 317, pi. 33, fig. 7.— -Mlldff.. Jahrb., X, 1883, p. 253. S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 169 (new diagnosis). Takao (Swinhoe, v. Fries); Bankimtsong (Schmacker); Arikwan, Hotawa and Sammaipo (Hirase). Clausilia (Heterozaptyx) uraniscoptyx Schm. and Bttg. C. (Hemiph(cdusa) uraniscoptyx S. and B., Naclirbl., 1S91, p. 177, pi. 2, fig. 6. Bankimtsong (Schmacker). Clausilia (Heterozaptyx) diacoptyx Pils. Sammaipo (Hirase). Clausilia (Thaumatoptyx) bivincta Pils. Hotawa (Hirase). ZONITID^. Ariophanta taiwanica Mlldff. Jahrb. d. malak. Ges., XII, 1885, p. 387, pi. 10, fig. 16. Takao (Fries). A sinistral acutely carinate form of large size, diam. 28, alt. 15.5 mm. Trochomorpha shermani (Pfr.). Helix shermani Pfr., P. Z. S., 1865, p. 828, pi. 46, fig. 5. Formosa (Swinhoe). A rather solid, opaque, uniform dark brown shell with very minutely decussate surface. The exact locality in For- mosa of several specimens in collection A. N. S. Phila. is not recorded. Trochomorpha haenseli Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl., d. m. Ges., 1891, p. 152, pi. 1, fig. 5. South Cape, Bankimtsong and Bagsa (Schmacker). Trochomorpha pellucida n. sp. Shell umbilicate, the diameter of umbilicus contained about four and one-half times in that of the shell, conic-depressed, acutely cari- nate, thin, pale brownish-corneous, quite translucent. Surface glossy, finely striatulate with some very indistinct traces of spiral lines. Spire low-conic with straight sides. Whorls 6^, the earlier ones convex and slowly increasing, the last two more rapidly widening, convex below the suture, then concave. Last whorl concave above and below the aftute peripheral keel, convex beneath, rather suddenly passing into the umbilicus, but not angular around it. The aperture is somewhat oblique, with thin, acute peristome; the basal margin is rather deeply arched, columellar margin steep and arcuate, upper margin short and nearly straight. ^Heterozaptyx Pils., sect, nov., type Clausilia munus Pils. 740 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Alt. 5.3, diam. 10.8, width of the aperture 4.7, obhque alt. 3.4 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89,879 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,405 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Only two specimens of this delicate little Trochomorpha were taken. It is closely related to T. haenseli S. and B., but is less depressed, the umbilicus smaller, the aperture larger, with basal lip much more deeply arcuate. The width of the aperture is contained in that of the shell 2.3 times in T. pelhicida, about 2.7 times in T. haenseli. Trochomorpha oultrata formosana n. subsp. Similar to T. cuUrata in general shape and color, but rery distinctly, finely and evenly granulose above and below. Whorls 6^, the first two convex, the rest almost flat above; base excavated below the very acute keel, then quite convex, with a strong angle, almost a keel, around the umbilicvis, which is a trifle wider than in T. cuUrata. Basal lip strongly sinuous, being well retracted midivay between the pcriphercU and basal keels. Alt. 7, diam. 19.3 mm.; diam. umbilicus, measured from the keel, 8 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89,939 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,399 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Twenty specimens of this fine Trochomorpha were taken. Wliile evidently related to T. cultrata of the Ryukyu Islands, it may eventu- ally be given specific rank. Otesia japonica (MUdff.). Nanina japonica Mlldff., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., LIV, pt. 2, p. 59, ISSo. This species, originally described from Sengoku in Kyushu, and un- known in the Ryukyu chain, was taken by ^Ir. Okura at Kiirun (Keelung), five specimens. Helioarion hiraseanus Pilsbrj-, n. sp. Shell imperforate, depressed-globose, thin and fragile, pale amber- colored, transparent. Surface very glossy, smooth and polished. Spire convex, narrow. Whorls 3^, rapidly increasing, the last rounded peripherally and beneath. Aperture oblique, broadl}^ lunate, the per- istome with a narrow reflexed cuticular edge. Columella simple, thin, concave. Alt. 6, diam. 9.5 mm. Sammaipo, Taiwan. Types No. 90,235 A. N. S. Phila.. from No. 1,431 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Six specimens of this charming species were taken. No snail of similar r^V/'/zia-like shape is known from Formosa, the Ryukjai Islands or Japan. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 741 Macrochlamys vesta (Pfr.)- P. Z. S., 1865, p. 828, pi. 46, fig. 9. Formosa (Swinhoe). Macrochlamys fulgens Gude. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., IV, p. 75, pi. S, figs. 24-26. Hotawa and Kiirun (Hirase). Originally described from Ryukyu. UacrocMamys formosana Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl., 1891, p. 149, pi. 1, fig. 2, with var. atypa, p. 150, South Cape (Schmacker); Tapanii (Hirase). M. f. atypa S and B. Bankimtsong (Schmacker) . Macrochlamys par Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1891, p. 150, pi. 3, fig. 3. Takao (Schmacker). Macrochlamys nitidus n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, depressed, pale yellow, subtransparent, gloss}^ and smooth, under a strong lens showing excessively fine spiral striae below the suture and around the umbilicus; the parietal callus very thin, minutely granulose. Spire very low-conic. Whorls 4|, slightly convex, the last nearly twice the width of the preceding, rounded at the periphery. Aperture deeply lunate, slightly oblique, the peristome simple, minutely dilated at the axis. Alt. 3.5, diam. 5.8 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 90,236 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,422 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species has much the general appearance of Zonitoides nitida, but with a less impressed suture and rather narrowly lunate apertm-e. A few somewhat smaller, thinner specimens, apparently not fully ma- ture, were taken at Giiran. Microcystina spadiz Schm. and Bttg. Lamprocystis spadix S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 151, pi. 1, fig. 4. Takao. Very distinct by its brown color. The nodule on the col- umella shows it to be a Microcystina. M. s. oinctus Pils. Lamprocystis spadix S. and B., var. cinctus Pils., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1901, p. 194. Formosa (Steere), exact locality unrecorded. Microcystina lamprohasis n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, low-conic above, convex below the rounded 742 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,. periphery; thill, amber-tinted, somewhat transparent and brilliantly glossy below, opaque above, with the luster of a dull silk, the opaque appearance resulting from a sculpture of excessively fine and close ver- tical or radial striae which extends over the periphery and forms a band at the circumference of the base around the glossy basal area, which un- der a strong lens shows fine, well-spaced spiral lines. Whorls 4, convex, the suture well impressed. Aperture lunate, the columellar margin not perceptibly thickened, triangularly reflex ed at the insertion. Alt. 1.9, diam. 2.7 mm. Giiran, Taiwan. Types No. 89.869 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,368 of Mr. Hirase's collection. The dull silky surface is like that of some species of Euconulus, Guppya, etc. Only four specimens were taken. The non-callous columella may cause the removal of this species from Microcystina, yet the number of whorls is so small that we would hardly consider it a Kaliella. There are traces of spiral sculpture on the first whorl. Microcystina lissobasis n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, depressed, with low-conoid spire and con- vex base; thin and fragile, pale yellow, subtransparent. Upper sur- face and a zone at and below the periphery having a silky luster, the rest of the base smooth and glossy. "Wlioiis 4, convex, separated b}' an impressed suture, the periphery rounded. Aperture wideh' lunate, columella oblique, slightly thickened within, its edge a little dilated. Alt. 1, diam. 2.1 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89.870 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,423 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is related to M. lamprobasis, having the same silky upper surface and glossy base. It differs by its smaller size and much wider aperture. About 20 specimens^were taken. Microcystina radiata n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, depressed, thin, yellowish-corneous, sub- transparent, very glossy. Sculpture of fine, close and minute radial strife and grooves above, the base smooth. Spire low-conoid, the apex obtuse. Whorls 4^, moderately convex, slowl}" increasing, the last much wider, rounded peripheral!}-, convex below. Aperture lunate; columella dilated above, slighth" thickened within. Alt. 1.7, diam. 2.5 mm. Giiran, Taiwan. Types No. 90,224 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,371 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Related to M. sinapidumi, but unlike it in scul])ture. Onl}' four specimens taken. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 743 Microcystina sinapidium (Reinh.)- Hotawa (Hirase). A common Japanese snail. Kaliella depressa Mlldff. Mlldff., Jahrb. d. m. Ges., 1883, p. 368, pi. 12, fig. 7; 1887, p. 42 (Canton and Hongkong). Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1891, p. 154. Tamsui (Boening). Ealiella yaeyamensis Pils. Nautilu.s, XV, p. 21, June, 1901. Shohokumon and Daitomon, Taiwan (Hirase). This strongly stri- ate Kaliella was taken in some abundance; about 30 were found at Daitomon. It was described from the Ryukyu Islands. Kaliella costata n. f^p. Shell minutely perforate, acutely carinate, the spire conic, base con- vex; thin, amber-colored, translucent: upper surface sculptured with strong ribs, nearly straight and slightly oblique, the glossy smooth in- tervals three or four times the width of the ribs ; first two whorls smooth ; base convex, smooth and glossy. Spire straightly conic ; whorls 5 j, con- vex. Aperture truncate-lunate. Columella vertical, thickened, with refiexed margin. Alt. 3, diam. 3.5 mm, Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89,977 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,410 of Mr, Hirase's collection. This is the most strongly sculptured Kaliella known to us. It is related to K. costulata Godwin-Austen, from the North Cachar Hills, 8,000 feet elevation {Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of India, p. 7, pi. 2, fig. 5), but in K. costata the base is smooth, the whorls much more con- vex; and while slightly larger than its Indian relative (which meas- ures alt, 2.8, diam. 3.3 mm.), the Formosan shell has fewer whorls, 5^ instead of 6. Kaliella crenulata hotawana n. subsp. Shell larger and more elevated than K. crenidata, with less distinct sculpture, the vertical striation being weak; whorls 6+, Alt. 3.4, diam. 3 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89,883 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,419 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Kaliella venusta n. sp. Shell very minutely perforate, conic with semiglobose base, thin, reddish-brown. The surface has the luster of silk, produced by exces- sively fine, close vertical striae, which covers the upper surface and ex- tend over the periphery nearly half way to the center of the base, the 744 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., middle region of the base being smooth and glossy. Spire straightly conic, the apex obtuse. Whorls 5^, very convex, parted by a deep suture. Last ivhorl almost rounded at the periphery, there being the sHghtest indication of an obtuse angle; convex beneath, narrowly and rather deeply impressed around the perforation. Aperture semilunar, the columellar margin sub vertical, suddenly dilated above. Alt. 2.9, diam. 3.1 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89,882 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,418 of Mr. Hirase's collection. The convex whorls, rounded periphery and silken surface with a smooth^basal area, are the more prominent features of this little snail. Kaliella longa n. sp. The shell is imperforate, cupola-shaped, much elevated, the diameter only two-thirds the height, amber-colored, subtransparent and very thin. Surface glossy. The very high spire has convex outlines and a very obtuse apex. WTiorls 7h, the earlier ones quite convex, the later whorls less so ; last whorl with a delicate, acute, thread-like peripheral keel, the base convex, impressed around the axis. Aperture semi- circular, small, the columellar margin reflexed above. Alt, 3, diam. 2 mm. Hotawa. Taiwan. Types No. 89,876 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,415 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Compared with K. prcealta and its varieties izushichitoensis and xen- ica this species has more convex sides and a more obtuse apex. It is nearer in shape to K. elongata Godwin-Austen {Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of India, p. 9, pi. 2, fig. 9), but that has more whorls, a more acute apex and is larger, being 5 mm. high, 3.3 wide. Sitala troohulus formosana Schm. and Bttg. Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1891, p. 153. Tamsui (Boening). S. trochulus Mlldff. is a Chinese species, of which Schmacker and Boettger consider the Formosan snail a variety. Sitala hirasei Pilsbry, n. sp. Shell imperforate, acutely carinate, conic above, convex below the carina, excessively thin, fragile, amber-colored, somewhat transparent. Surface somewhat shining, roughened with rather coarse but low oblique ripples or wrinkles in places, and showing extremely fine spiral stride ; on the apical two whorls these striae are delicate raised threads ; on the later whorls and base they appear as lines of minute, close, reg- ular punctures. Immediately around the axis the puncture lines give way to fine smooth spiral striae. Spire straightly conic; whorls 4^, 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 745 slightly convex, rapidly increasing. Aperture rather large, the thin lip acutely angular in the outer part, basal and columellar margins arcuate, the latter delicately refiexed above. ' Alt. 3, diam. 4 mm. Sammaipo. Taiwan. Types No. 89,881 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,417a of Mr. Hirase's collection. This remarkable Sitala is similar in shape to S. insignis of Japan, but is very much larger. We know of no Chinese or Indian species of like appearance. Sitala angulifera n. sp. Shell imperforate, fragile, pale olive-green, subtransparent, acutely carinate in the middle, conic above, convex below the keel. Sculpture of rather coarse oblique wrinkles on the upper surface, the first whorl with numerous low or inconspicuous spiral threads; the other whorls showing some very weak cuticular spirals in a favorable light; base with more widely spaced radial wTinkles, and a few spiral lines below the keel. Spire straightly conic. Whorls 3^, the first one convex, with subobsolete spiral lines, the last whorl nearly fiat above the peri- phery. Aperture large, oblique, the thin peristome angular at the keel, arcuate below; columellar margin narrowly refiexed above. Alt. 2, diam. 2.8 mm. Alt. 2.3, diam. 2.7 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 90,237 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,417 of Mr. Hirase's collection. The shell is similar to S. hirasei in shape, but decidedly smaller with only 3^ whorls. The rounded apical whorl is nearly smooth, usually without distinct spiral threads, and spirals are almost obsolete on the last whorl. The base is free from spiral striae except for a few fine ones just below the periphery. Sitala circumoincta taiwanica n. subsp. Shell larger than S. c. data Gude, with stronger spiral threads and more whorls, fully 6. There are 6 or 7 spirals on each whorl. The base is smooth. Alt. 2.2, diam. 1.7 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 89,903 A. N. S. Phila., from No. 1,411 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This is the largest of the circumcincta series. The IndiSin Sitala con- ulus Blanf . is wider than the Japanese and Formosan forms, with more minute spirals. It is a trifle wider than high, alt 2.9, diam, 3.1 mm.; and while allied, it is doubtless distinct. 746 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., ENDODONTIDJE. Functum taiwanicum n. sp. Shell umbilicate, very minute, with low-conoid spire and tubular whorls; brownish-corneous, very finely, densely striate. Whorls 4, convex. Aperture rounded lunate, the peristome simple and thin, its insertions widely separated. Alt, O.S, diam. 1.35 mm.; width of umbihcus 0.4, of aperture 0.56 mm. Hotawa, Taiwan. Types No. 90,220 A. X. S. Phila., from No. 1.414 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Very closely related to P. atomus, but slightly larger with less sharp striation, four whorls, and an umbilicus nearly as wide as the aperture. P. atomus has 3§ whorls (not 3 as stated in the original description), and the ajDerture is much larger than the umbilicus. PHILOMYOID^. Philomycus formosensis (Ckll.). Limacella formosensis Ckll, Ann. and Mag. Xat. Hist. (6), VI, p. 384. ISOS- ? Philonnjcus hilineatus Heynemann, Jahrb. d. m. Ges., 1885, p. 300. Cf. CoUinge, Journ. of Malac, VII, p. 82. Formosa. This slug is not known to me b}* specimens. It requires comparison with the species of China, the Ryukyu Islands and Japan. AURICULID^. Carychium pessimum Pils. Proc. A. X. S. Phila., 1901, p. 562. Hotawa (Hirase). Originally described from Tanega-shima in the N.E. Ryukyu group. Fresh- WATER Mollusks. LYMN^ID^. Lymnaea swinhoei H. Ad. P. Z. S., 1866, p. 319, pi. 33, fig. 13. Takao (Swinhoe). An allied form with shorter last whorl was taken at Toshen (Hirase, 1901). Planorbis compressus japonicus Marts. (?). Toshen (Hirase, 1901). A form not quite so compressed and a little less angular than that named by von Martens, yet nearer to that than to any other named form known to us. Segmentina swinhoei H. Ad. L. c, pi. 33, fig. 14. Tungkang, 15 miles below Takao, and also at Takao in ponds and rice-fields (Swinhoe). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 747 MELANIIDu^. Melania scabra (Mull.). Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1891, p. 181. South Cape (Schmacker). K. s- lyriformis (Lea). Bankimtsong (Schmacker). M. 8. pagoda (Lea). Takao (Schmacker). Melania turriculas Lea. P. Z. S., 1850, p. 190. Brot, Conchvl. Cab. Melaniaceen, 1874, p. 239, pi. 25, figs. 7, la. Schm. and Bttg.,' Nachrbl., 1891, p. 183. South Cape (Schmacker). Melania tuberoulata chinensis Nevill. Nevill, Handlist Ind. Mus., II, p. 244 (China). Schnot. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 183. Bttg., Jahrb. d. malak. Ges., 1886, p. 11 ; 1887, p. 114. Lakuli, southern Formosa (Fries). Mr. E. A. Smith reports M. tuherculata Miill., collected by Dickson, P. Z. S., 1878, p. 729, pi. 46, fig. 9. Melania juncea Lea. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 184. South Cape (Schmacker). Otherwise known only from Luzon. Melania tenaisulcata Dkr. P. Z. S., 1865, p. 197, No. 79. Formosa (Swinhoe). Identified by H. Cuming. Melania fulgurans Hinds is reported from Takao by Brot, Melaniidce, p. 183, as recorded by H. Adams. Brot evidently doubts the occur- rence of this New Ireland species over so wide an area. In a list of Formosan mollusks collected by Swinhoe and identified by H. Adams (P. Z. S., 1866, p. 146) the following Melaniansare recorded: M. pyra- mis V. d. Busch, M. lateritia Lea, M. fasciolata Oliv., M. crenulata Chem. It is clear that the: MelaniidcB of Formosa stand in need of a revision. Melania formosensis E. A. Smith. P. Z. S., 1878, p. 728, pi. 46, figs. 4. 5. S. and B., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 183. Bttg., Jahrb., 1886, p. 12; 1887, p. 115. M. pyramis v. d. Busch, H. Adams, P. Z. S., 1866, p. 146. Formosa (Dickson) ; Takao (Schmacker). Melania dicksoni Smith. P. Z. S., 1878, p. 728, pi. 46, fig. 6. Formosa (Dickson). 748 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Melania obliquegranosa Smith. P. Z. S., 1S7S, p. 729, pi. 46, figs. 7, S; with var. monstrosa. Schm. and Bttg., Nachrbl., 1891, p. 185. Bttg., Jahrb., 1886, p. 16; 1887, p. 116. Formosa (Dickson); Takao and Bankimtsong (Schmacker) ; Kiirun (Hirase). "M. ohliquex'pansa Sow." of Brot, Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1883, p. 80, is evidently an error for obliquegranosa. This species is viviparous. Melania subplicatula Smith. P. Z. S., 1878, p. 729, pi. 46, fig. 10. Brot, Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1883, p. 84. Formosa (Dickson). Melania niponioa E. A. Smith. Brot, Nachrbl. d. m. Ges., 1883, p. 85. Formosa (Mlldff.). The specimens, identified by Brot, are said to belong to the var. minor Smith. Melania libertina Gld. NeviU, Handlist Ind. Mus., p. 266. Tamsui (Hungerford). Identified by G. Nevill. M. 1. subplicosa NeviU. Nevill, I. c, p. 267. Formosa (Hungerford); Iviirun (Hirase, 1901). M. 1. sublaevigata Nevill. Nevill, I. c. page 266 (no description). Tamsui (Hungerford). M. 1. plicosa Marts. Nevill, I. c, p. 267. Mai Tionlek (Hungerford). Identified by G. Nevill. M. 1. microstoma Nevill. Nevill, I. c, p. 267 (no description). Bttg., Jahrb., 1886, p. 5 (description). Formosa (Hungerford). VIVIPARIDuE. Viviparus chinensis (Gray). Paludina chinensis Gray has been reported from Formosa collected by Swinhoe, the specimens identified by Cmning, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 196. Whether they are different from the following species remains to be seen. Viviparus malleatus (Reeve). Specimens which seem referal^le to this Japanese species were taken at Kaisanko (Hirase, 1901). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 749 Viviparus angularis (Mflll.)- P. Z .S., 1866, p. 146. Formosa (Swinhoe). Identified by H. Adams. AMNICOLID^. Stenothyra glabra A. Ad. G. Nevill, Handlist Moll. Indian Mus., p. 43. Tokohan (Himgerford). Described from Peiho, China. stenothyra formosana Pils. Nautilus, XVIII, p. 8, May, 1904. Kironten (Hirase). CYRENID^. Corbicula fluminea (Miill.). Prime, Annals N. Y. Lye. N. H., VIII, p. 60, fig. 4. Taihoku and Kaisanko (Hirase, 1901). Corbicula subsulcata Dkr. Clessin, Conchyl. Cab. Cycladeen, p. 164, pi. 29, figs. 5, 6 (1879). Formosa (Clessin). Clessin gives no reference to a description of this species by Dunker. Corbicula insularis Prime. Ann. Lye. N. H. of N. Y., VIII, 1864, p. 414, fig. 67. Formosa (Prime). Cyrena (Cyrenodonax) formosana Dall. Proc. Biol. Soc, Washington, XVI, p. 6, 1903. Formosa. UNIONID^. Anodonta swinhoei H. Adams. Anodonta swinhoei H. Ad., P. Z. S., 1866, p. 446. Anodon swinhoei H. Ad., Sowerby, Conch. Icon., XVII, pi. 27, fig. 108. Cop- ied by Clessin, Conchyl. Cab. Anodonta, p. 225, pi. 75, fig. 6, and erro- neously credited to Reeve. Cristaria swinhoei H. Adams, Simpson, Synopsis of the Naiades, p. 586 (in part). Formosa (Swinhoe). The localities ''Tonkin" and ''Cambodia," given by Simpson, had their inception in errors. WTiile the species may prove to be a Cristaria, no evidence making for that view has been published. Henry Adams gives the size as, length 90, alt. 50, diam. 28 mm. The figure in Conch. Icon, measures, length 76.5, alt. 47.7 mm. 750 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Unio swinhoei ' Reeve,' Sowb. Unio swinhoei Rve. MS., Sowerby, Concli. Icon., XVI, pi. 42, fig. 232, May, 1S66 (false locality "Camboja"). Unio swinhoei H. Ad., P. Z. S., 1866, p. 319. Formosa (Swinhoe). This species was published independently by Sowerby and Henry Adams. The later author presented his paper to the Zoological Society at the meeting of May 22, 1866; and since a colored plate had to be prepared, it could not well have been published for some months later. The descriptions, so far as they go, agree. Sowerby's figure measures, length 65, alt. 40 mm. ; and Adams gives the size as, length 60, alt. 39, diam. 22 mm. Sowerby gives the false locality "Camboja" — a region where Swinhoe never collected; but then the monograph of Unio in the Iconica is famous for false localities. Mr. Simpson, in his Synopsis of the Naiades, 1900, p. 586, has quoted this species in the synonymy of "Cristaria swinhoei H. Ad.," which is a totally different species. It may belong to Simpson's genus Lamelli- dens. Nodularia douglasise taiwanica Pils., n. subsp. Shell oblong, narrow, inflated, rather solid, the dorsal and ventral margins subparallel, the former slightly arcuate, anterior end rounded, basal margin straightened in the middle, posterior end long, some- what pointed. Beaks full, swollen, worn but showing traces of oblique corrugation on the anterior and posterior slopes; situated at the anter- ior two-sevenths of the length. Exterior covered with a blackish cuticle, somewhat wrinkled along growth-lines. Interior white, iri- descent posteriorly. Cardinal teeth compressed, strong, single in the right, double in the left valve. Laterals moderately strong, rather short. Length 49, alt. 25, diam. 19.7 mm. Formosa. Types No. 58,170, A. N. S. Phila., received from Andrew Garrett. A mussel closely related to A^. dovglasia of China, but showing only very weak traces of corrugation. Appendix. The following species, received since the preceding w^as in type, adds a genus new to the Formosan fauna. Blanfordia formosana n. sp. The shell is perforate, light brown, rather solid, turrite-conic, the outlines of the spire straight, apex rather acute. Whorls 6|, quit 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 751 convex and parted by well impressed sutures, smooth except for faint growth-lines. The last whorl has a rounded and rather strong crest or varix behind the outer lip. The aperture is ovate, brown within; peristome brown-edged, the columella concave and somewhat thickened, whitish. Length 7, diam. 3.25 mm., 'length of aperture with peristome 2.8 mm. Rons. Tyi3es No. 90,726 A. X. S. P., from No. 1,453 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is related to B. japonica (A. Ad.) of Sado Island, but is smaller and especially narrower, with a much lower varix behind the outer lip. The apex is perfect. y?!y3tr?^ Sooth Cccfje 752 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Some of the localities explored by Mr. Okura are not to be found on any Occidental map. The location of these places has been indicated on the outline map, p. 751. Mr. Schmacker says that Bagsa (or Baksa) where his Japanese collector worked, is half a degree W.N.W. from Tainan (Tainan-fu or Taiwan-fu), and Bankimtsong is directly east of Takao (Takow), The orthography of Formosan place-names is in a state of transition, owing to the change of ownership of the island and the diverse phonetics of Chinese and Japanese; the older mode being the Chinese, the newer Japanese. Thus, Keelimg of ordinary maps is Kiirun in the Japanese mode. The dotted line indicates the approximate border of the western mountainous area, most of which is still practically unknown except to adventurous camphor gatherers, and is inhabited by savage and in part head-hunting tribes. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 753 November 7. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Twenty-two persons present. The death of Benjamin W. Frazier, a member, January 4, 1905, was announced. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the follow- ing titles had been received for publication since the last meeting : "Hawaiian Species of Endodonta and Opeas." By H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta (October 18). "Notes on the Orthoptera of Costa Rica with descriptions ^o" new species." By James A. G. Rehn (October 24). "On some Pacific Cerithiidfe." By H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta (October 25). "On a collection of Birds from British East Africa obtained by Mr. George L. Harrison, Jr." By Witmer Stone (November 6). John W. Harshberger, Ph.D., made a communication on phy to- geographic influence in North American civilization. (No abstract.) In compliance with the recommendation of the Committee on the Hayden Memorial Geological Award, the medal for 1905 was conferred by unanimous vote on Charles Doolittle Walcott, LL.D., Director of the United States Geological Survey. Charles Doolittle Walcott was born in New York Mills, New York, the thirty-first of March, 1850. He was educated in the schools of Utica, New York. On leaving school he entered a large hardware establishment, but after a year and a half decided to pursue geological investigations. He located north of Utica, and for five years studied by himself, and w^orked in the field. In 1876 he received an appoint- ment under Professor James Hall, State Geologist of New York, re- maining there until 1879, when he received an appointment as Field Assistant on the United States Geological Survey. He became suc- cessively Assistant Paleontologist, Chief Paleontologist, Geologist in Charge of Geology, and, July 1, 1894, Director of the Survey. He began publishing paleontological papers in 1875, and in 1879 published his first geological and paleontological memoir, on the "Utica Slate and Related Formations." Since that time numerous papers on geological and paleontological topics have appeared, the most extended of which are "The Paleontology of the Eureka Dis- 49 754 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., trict," 1884; ''Cambrian Faunas of North America/' 1885 and 1886; "The Famia of the Lower Cambrian, or Olenellus, Zone," 1890; "Cor- relation of Cambrian Formations/' 1891; "Algonkian Rocks of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado/' 1895. Honorary Curator, Department of Paleontology of the U. S. National Museum, 1892-1897, and since 1898; from January, 1897, to July, 1898, at head of U. S. National Museum, with title of Acting Assistant Secre- tary of the Smithsonian Institution ; Secretary of the Carnegie Institu- tion of Washington, 1902, and since. Received the degree LL.D. from Hamilton College, 1897; University of Chicago, 1901; Johns Hop- kins University, 1902; University of Pennsylvania, 1903. November 21. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the chair. Thirty-eight persons present. The deaths of the following persons were announced : Albert von Richtofen, a Correspondent, October 29, 1905 ; Albert von Kolliker, a Correspondent, November 3, 1905 ; George R. More- house, M.D., a member, November 12, 1905 ; Allen Shryock, a mem- ber, November 12, 1905. Behavior of Sea Anernones. — Dr. H. S. Jennings gave an account of studies on the behavior of sea anemones, made at the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution. Special attention was given to the modifiability of behavior. The speaker showed that these low organisms by no means always react in the same way to the same external conditions. On the contrary, their reactions are modifiable from a variety of causes. Changes in the internal physiological ])ro- cesses, former stimuli that have affected the animal, former reactions performed by the animal, and a number of other factors, all assist in determining the present action of the organism. There is a clearly marked tendency, in some cases, to repeat an action in the w^ay it has been performed before. These various factors give a high degree of complexity and adaptiveness to the behavior of even these low animals. C. H. Smyth, Jr., was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed : — 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 755 ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA OBTAINED BY MR. GEORGE L. HARRISON, JR. BY WITMER STONE. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has recently received on deposit from Mr. George L. Harrison, Jr., a collection of birds obtained by him on his travels through Central East Africa in 1904. Through the courtesy of Mr. Harrison and the Academy I have had the privilege of studying this collection and of preparing a report upon it. ^^^lile only one of the species represented proves to be new to science, the collection illustrates many interesting points in connection with seasonal and sexual plumages. The specimens are beautifully pre- pared, and this fact, together with the fullness of the data which accom- pany them, renders the collection exceptionally valuable. Mr. Harrison has favored me with the following outline of his route : "We left Nairobi on May 16, 1904, and arrived at Fort Hall on May 30, spending a few days there. From Fort Hall I took a trip down the Tana river, and should have made a much better collection but for the fact that both Camburn, my taxidermist, and myself suffered very severely with fever, and were laid up for some weeks. I got back to Fort Hall on July 9 and sent Camburn in from there to Nairobi. In the meantime I took a trip and met him at Naivasha on August 24. We then started along the Morandat river to El Bolossa swamp, thence to Pesi swamp and along the Guaso Nyiro, until well north of Mount Kenia. I then sent Camburn back over the Abed are range, which he crossed at an altitude of about 10,500 feet, while I got back to Nairobi on November 4." On account of the lack of adequate material for comparison I have, as a rule, made no attempt to indicate subspecific relationship, although a number of forms here recognized certainly intergrade with others whose ranges they adjoin. In the sequence of families and genera I have followed Dr. Bowdler Sharpe's classification. PHASIANID^. 1. Francolinus sohuetti Cab. Francolinvs (Scleropiera) schvetti Cab., J .F . O.,18S0, p. 351. [Lunda,iKongo.] A pair from the Thika river, May 25 and 26. "Trades hazel, orbits and ears ochraceous, bill and feet coral red." 756 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., 2. Francolinus hildebrandti Cab. Francolinus (Scleroptera) hildebrcmdti (!ab., J. F. O., 1878, p 206 T 4 fTeita Dist.]. ■ ' • ■ L Naivasha, August 12; Morand at river, August 26. "Irides hazel, orbits dull red, bill dusky, red at base, feet coral red." 3. Francolinus coqui (A. Smith). Perdix Coqui Smith, Rep. Exped. Cent Africa, 1836, p. 55. [Kurricliaine.] One specimen. Tana river, June 17. "Irides hazel; bill black, yel- low at base of lower mandible and edges of upper; feet chrome yellow, ovaries large." 4. Francolinus sp. One chick. Tana river, June 6, probably of the preceding or following species. "Irides hazel, bill and feet pale red." 5. Francolinus granti Hartl. Francolinus grantii Hartl., P. Z. S., 1S65, p. 655, PI. 39, fig. 1. [Unyamuezi.] Male and young from the Tana river, June 22 and 29. " Irides hazel, bill horn color, feet dull red." 6. Pternistes infuscatus Cab. Pternistes infuscatus Cab., J. F. O., 1S6S, p. 413. [German E. Africa.] A pair from Pesi swamp, October 3. "Irides hazel, orbits pale red, bare skin of throat lemon yellow, bill and feet black." 7. Numida ptylorhyncha "Licht" Less. Numida ptylorhyncha "Licht" Less, Traite d'Orn., 1831, p. 498. [Africa.] A pair from Pesi swamp, Laikipia plateau, October 8. "Irides hazel, throat black spotted with blue, cheeks and wattles pale blue, bill and horn horn-color, feet black." TRERONID^. 8. Vinago nudirostris Swains. Vinago nudir-ostris Swains., Birds W. Afr., II, p. 205 (1837). One from Tana river, June 18, and another on the Guaso Nyiro, October 19. " Irides pale ultramarine, bill ochraceous yellow at base, dull white at tip." These specimens seem very close to V. calva and may be regarded as intermediates. COLUMBIDJE. 9. Columba arquatrix Temm. Columba arquatrix Temm., Pigeons, 1, fam. seconde, p. 11, PI. 5,' 1809. [W. Africa.] ' The copy of this worlc in the Academy's library contains not only the sup- pressed pages but the original covers of the Livraisons. The latter are dated as follows: 1 to 5, 1809; 6 to 8, 1810; 9 to 15, 1811, and it is stated that each Livraison consisted of six plates. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 757 Five examples from El Bolossa swamp, August 31 to September 24. ''Irides silver gray, orbits, bill and feet chrome yellow." PERISTERID^. 10. Turtur senegalensis (Linn.). Columba senegalensis Linn., R. X., I, p. 2S3, Xo. 26, 1766. [Senegal.] Three specimens from the Tana river, June 6 to 17. "Irides hazel, bill purplish black, feet vinaceous." 11. Turtur damarensis Finsch and Hartlaub. Turtur damarensis Finsch and Hartl., ^'6g. Ost-Afr., p. 550, 1870. Two from the Tana river, June 20 and 29. " Irides hazel, bill black, feet vinaceous." 12. Turtur semitorquatus (Riipp.). Columba semitorquata Rupp., Xeue Wirbelth. Vog., p. 66, t. 23, fig. 2, 1S35. [Abyssinia.] Thika river. May 22. "Irides chrome yellow, bill black, feet vina- ceous." 13. Tympanistria tympanistria (Temm.). Columba sipnpanistria [sic] Temm. and Knip., Pigeons, 1, fam. seconde, p. SO' PI. 36, islO. [S. Africa.] One from the Thika, May 25, and another from the Guaso Nyiro, October 21. "Irides hazel, bill dusky purple, feet vinaceous." 14. Chalcopelia afra (Linn.). Columba afra Linn., S. X., I, p. 2S4, 1766. [Senegal.] Pesi swamp, October 6. "Irides hazel, bill dark purple, feet vin- aceous." RALLIDJE. 15- Limnocorax niger (Gmel.). Rallus niger Gmel., S. X., II, p. 717, 17SS. [Cape of Good Hope.] Guaso Nyiro, October 21. "Irides and orbit crimson, bill greenish yellow, feet pale coral red." 16. Gallinula chloropus (Linn.). Fulica chloropus Linn., S. X., p. 152, 1758. [Europe.] Naivasha, August 13. "Irides crimson, bill coral red tipped with yellow, feet grass green, garter crimson." 17. Porphyrula alleni (Thomp.s.). Porphyria Alleni Thomps., An. and Mag. Xat, Hist., X, p. 204, 1842. [Idda W. Africa.] Naivasha, August 25, shot among reeds on the edge of the lake. "Irides light brown, bill pale green, dusky on ridge and at base of upper mandible, feet greenish gray." 75S PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. , Sharpe and most authors quote this genus in the emended form Porphijriola from Sundevall, 1872. The original reference, however, is Blyth, Cat. Birds, Mus. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, p. 283. While the genus is not described, a type species, Porphyrio chloronotus [ = alleni] is men- tioned, which is all that is necessary. The date of Blyth's Catalogue on the title-page is 1S49, which is also the year in which the type species was described by him; and from the fact that he leaves the page refer- ence to Jour. Asiat. Soc, XVIII, where the description occurs, blank, we should infer that it had not appeared when he proposed the new generic name. Furthermore, the very paper in which P. chloronotus is described is entitled a supplement to the Catalogue! This would seem to make Porphyrula untenable, being based on a nomen nudum. I On the other hand, the appendix of the Catalogue, which has every appearance of being strictly a part of it, is dated 1852. If this is the real date of issue it will, of course, make the name Porphyrula avail- able, but it will also raise the question of priority between it and lonornis, which likewise dates from 1852. Some additional light upon the actual date of publication of Blyth's Catalogue seems to be badly needed. 18. Porphyrio porphyrio (Linn.). Fulica porphyrio Linn., S. N., I, p. 152, 1758. Naivasha, August 21. "Irides red brown, shield and bill crimson, feet pink." 19. Fulica cristata Gm. Fulica cristata Gm., S. N., II, p. 704, 1788. [Madagascar and Sina.] I Naivasha, August 16. PODIOIPEDID^. 20. Colymbus cristatus Linn. Colymbus cristatus Linn., S. N., I, p. 135, 1758. Niavasha, August 13. "Irides crimson, bill dark slate, feet mottled black and greenish yellow." 21. Hydrochelidon hybrida (Pallas). Sterna hybrida Pallas, Zoogr. Russ. Asiat., II, p. 338, 1811. [S. Volga and Sarpa.] Naivasha, August 12. 'Trides hazel, bill and feet dark crimson." 22. Larus cirrhocephalus Vieill. Lotus cirrhocephalus Vieill., Nov. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., XXI, p. 502, 1818. [Brazil.] Naivasha, August 12. "Irides hazel, bill and feet dull brick red, bill dusky at tip." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 759 CHARADRIID^. 28. Hoplopterus speciosus (Wagl.)- Charadrius speciosus Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 649. [Kaffirland.] A pair, Naivasha, August 16 and 21. "Irides crimson, bill and feet black." 24. Stephanibex coronatus (Bodd.). Charadrius coronatus Bodd., Tabl. PI. Enl., p. 49, 1783. [Cape of Good Hope.] Naivasha, August 11. "Irides dark straw, bill rose pink at base, black at tip, feet rose pink." 25. Ochthodromus asiaticus (Pall.). Charadrius asiaticus Pall., Reis. Russ. Reichs II, p. 715, 1773. [S. Tartary.] A pair, Pesi swamp, Laikipia, October 5. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet ochraceous green." 26. JEgialitis tricoUaris (Vieill.). Charadrius tricoUaris Vieill., Nov. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., XXVII, p. 147, 1818. [Africa.] Tana river, June 16. "Irides golden brown, orbits chrome red, bill rose pink at base, tip dusky, feet flesh color." SOOLOPACID^. 27. Totanus stagnalis Bechst. Totanus stagnalis Bechst., Orn. Taschenb., II, p. 292, 1803. Naivasha, August 21. "Irides hazel, bill dark olivaceous, feet ochraceous green." 28. Actitis hypoleucus (Linn.). Tringa Hypoleuca Linn., S. N., p. 149, 1758. [Europe.] Nairobi, July 21. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet pale ochraceous." 29. Glottis nebularis (Gunner.). Scolopax 7iebularis Gunner., Leem. Lapp. Beschr., p. 251, 1767. El Bolossa swamp, September 9. "Irides hazel, bill ash gray, dusky at tip, feet ashy green." 30. Eyaoophilus glareola (Linn.). Tringa Glareola Linn., S. N., I, p. 149 1758. [Sweden.] Naivasha, August 21. "Irides hazel, bill dusky greenish, 'feet ochraceous green." 31. Actodromas minuta (Leisl.). Tringa minuta Leisl., in Bechst Naturg. Deutsch. Nacht., I, p. 74, 1812. [Germany.] A pair. El Bolossa swamp, September 14. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet verv dark brown." 760 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., 32. Gallinago nigripennis Bp. Gallinago Nigripennis Bp., Icon. Faun. Ital., text to PI. 43, p. 4. 1832. [Cape of Good Hope.] El Bolossa swamp, September 1. "Irides hazel, bill oehraceous green, dusky at tip, feet olivaceous." 33. Rostratula capensis (Linn.). Scolopax capensis Linn., S. N., I, p. 246, 1766. [Cape of Good Hope.] Tana river, June 16. ^'Irides hazel, bill greenish gray at base, dull brick red at tip, feet ashy green." CEDIONEMID^. 34. (Edicnemis vermiculatus Cab. (Eclicnemis vermiculatus Cab., J. f. O., 1868, p. 413. [Interior E. Africa.] Tana river, June 29. ''Irides golden yellow, nares and gape 5^ellow, bill black, feet greenish yellow." OTIDID^. 35. Eupodotis kori (Burch.). Otis Kori, Burch., Travels in S. Afr., I, p. 393, 1822. [Ky Gariep.] Naivasha, October 29. 'Trides gold flecked with black, bill yellow- ish white, dusky on ridge, feet yellowish white." GRUID^. 36. Balearica gibbericeps Reich. Balearica gibbericeps Reich., J. f. 0., 1892, p. 126. [E. Africa.] Pesi swamp, October 3. 'Trides white, bill black, bare skin purplish red with a creamy white patch on the cheeks, feet black." IBIDID^. 37. Ibis aethiopica Lath. Ibis oethiopicus Lath., Ind. Orn., II, 1790, p. 706. [^Ethiopia.] Naivasha, August 12. 'Trides red brown, bill black, feet dull purple." 38. Hagedashia hagedash (Lath.). Tantalus Hagedash Lath., Ind. Orn., II, p. 1790, p. 709. [Cape of Good Hope.] Guaso Nyiro, October 19. 39. Plegadis autumnalis (Hasselq.). Tringa autumnalis Hasselq., Reise nach Palast. Deutsche Ausg., 1762, p. 306. Naivasha, August 12 and 13. 'Trides hazel, bill dark olivaceous, bare skin olivaceous edged with gray, feet olivaceous." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 761 CICONIDiE. 40. Pseudotantalus ibis (Linn.). Tantalus Ibis Linn., S. X., I, p. 241, 1766. [Egypt.] Tana river, June 19. "Irides silver gray, bill ochraceous, duller and darker at the tip, bare skin bright red fading to yellow in front of the feathers, feet ashy green, thighs paler with a broad garter of magenta red." 41. Leptoptilus crumeniferus (Less.). Ciconia crumenifera Les.s., Traite d'Orn., p. 585, 1831. [Senegal.] El Bolossa swamp, September 2. "Irides hazel, bill dirty greenish white, bare skin on head dull red spotted and mottled with black, neck purplish flesh spotted with black, a patch of pale vermilion at base between shoulders, feet black." ARDEID^. 42. Ardea purpurea Linn. Ardea purpurea Linn., S. N., I, p. 236, 1766. [Asia.] Naivasha, July IS. "Irides pale straw, bill yellow deepening to orange at tip and brown along ridge of upper mandible, a brown patch below and in front of the eye, orbit greenish yellow, tarsus greenish yellow, metatarsus brown in front, greenish yellow at back, toes brown chrome yellow lieneath." ANATID^. 43. Chenalopex aegyptiacus (Linn.). Anas oegyptiacus Linn., S. N., I, p. 197, 1766. [Egypt ] Naivasha, August 12 and 22; Pesi swamp, October 8. ''Irides dark straw, bill flesh mottled with black, nail black, feet flesh color." 44. Sarkidiornis melanota (Penn.). Anser melayiota Penn., Ind. ZooL, p. 12, PI. XI, 1769. Tana river, June 16. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet ash." 45. Anas undulata Dubois. Anas undulata Dubois, Orn. Gall., p. 119, PI. 77, 1839. [Cape of Good Hope.] A pair from Naivasha, August 12 and 18. " Irides hazel, bill chrome, with triangular black spot at gape, black nail and patch on ridge, feet brown." 46. Nettion punctatum (Burch.). Anas punctata Burch., Travels, I, p. 283 (note), 1822. [Zak river.] Naivasha, August 12; El Bolossa swamp, September 17. "Irides blue gray, bill l^lue gray, black along the ridge, feet stone gray." 762 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., 47. PoBcilonetta erythrorhyncha (Gmel.). Anas erythrorhyncha Gmel., S. N., I, Pt. II, p. 517, 1788. [Cape of Good Hope.] Naivasha, August 12; El Bolossa swamp, September 1. "Irides crimson, bill purplish red, feet dark gray." 48. Nyrooa brunnea Eyt. Nyroca brunnea Eyton, Mon. Anat., p. 161, Pl.[23, 1838. [S. Africa.] Naivasha, August 16 and 18. "Irides crimson, bill stone gray, nail black, feet ochraceous gray." 49. Thalassornis leuconota "Smith" Eyt. Thalassornis leuconota "Smith" Eyton, Mon. Anat., p. 168, 1S3S. [Cape of Good Hope.] Naivasha, August 12. "Irides hazel, bill black spotted with yellow." PHALAOROOORAOID^. 50. Phalaoroooraz africanus (Gmel.) Pelecanus africanus Gmel., S. N., I, Pt. II, p. 577, 1788. [Africa.] Naivasha, August 12. "Irides crimson, bill yellow, dusky at tip and along ridge, gape and orbits yellow, feet black." PELEOANID^. 51. Pelecanus onocrotalus Linn. Pelecanus onocrotalus Linn. S. X., I., p. 132, 1758. [Africa and Asia.] Naivasha, August 13. "Bill blue, terminal portion of lower and margins and nail of upper mandible mottled red and yellow, pouch and bare skin round the eye yellow, feet flesh color." 52. Pelecanus rufescens Gmel. Pelecanus rufescens Gmel., S. N., I, Pt. II, p. 571, 1788. [W. Africa.] Naivasha, August 13. "Bill ochraceous gray, nail yellow ochre, pouch ochraceous gray marked with fine parallel lines of pale yellow, bare skin round eye ochraceous gray with darker spot before and behind the orbit, feet ochraceous flesh color." VULTURID^. 53. Neophron pileatus (Burchell). Vultur pileatus Burch., Travels, II, p. 195, 1824. [S. Africa.] Tana river, June 6. "Irides dark hazel, bill dusky, darker at tip, scale at base pink, feet bluish white, bare skin of head and neck bluish white flushed with pink in patches, wattles cream color." FALCONIDJE. 54. Melierax gaber (Dand.). Falco gaber Daud., Traite, II, p. 87, 1800. [River Swart Kop, S. Africa.] Pesi swamp, October 7. "Irides crimson, bill black, cere and feet pale coral red." 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 763 55. Buteo augur (Rupp.). Falco {Buteo) augur Rupp., Neue Wirb. Fauna Abyss. Vogel, p. 38, Taf. 16, 183.5. [Abyssinia.] El Bolossa swamp, September 24; Guaso Xyiro, October 15. "Irides hazel, bill dark slate, feet yellow." 56. Milvus aegyptius (GmeL). Falco oegijptius GmeL, S. N., I, p. 261, 1788. [Egypt.] Tana river, June 8 ; Naivasha, August 23. El Bolossa swamp, Septem- ber 1; near the Guaso Nyiro, October 14. "Irides brown, bill dusky in young, yellow in adults, feet, cere and orbits yellow." 57. Elanus caeruleus (Desf.). Falco cceruleus Desf., M4m. Acad. Sci., 1787, p. 503, Taf. 15. "Irides bright crimson, bill black, feet, cere, etc., chrome yellow." BUBONIDJE. 58. Glaucidium perlatum (VieilL). Strix perlata Vieill., Nov. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., VII, 1817, p. 26. [Senegal.] Tana river, June 19. "Irides bright yellow, bill ochraceous." PSITTACIDiB. 59. Foeocephalus meyeri Rupp. Poeocephalus meyeri Riipp., [in Cretzschmar's Atlas, p. 18, Taf. 11, 1826. [Kordofan.] Four from Pesi swamp, October 1 and 9. "Irides chrome red, bill and feet black." These are probably P. matschiei Neum., but the variability in the color of the under parts makes me doubtful as to the validity of this species. 60. Poeocephalus massaicus Fisch. and Reich. Poeocephalus ynassaicus Fisch. and Reich., J. f. O., 1884, p. 179. [Cross Aruscha.] El Bolossa swamp, August 31 and September 1. "Irides scarlet, orbits and cere ochraceous, upper mandible flesh lower dusky, feet ochraceous spotted with black." CORACIID^. 61. Coracias caudata Linn. Coracias caudata Linn., S. N., I, p. 160, 1766. [Angola.] Fort Hall, Maranga, May 29; Tana river, June 29; El Bolossa swamp, September 4. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet greenish ochre." ALOEDINID^. 62. Ispidina picta (Bodd.). Todus pictus Bodd., Tabl. PL Enl., p. 49, 1783. [Juida.] Tana river, July 5. "Irides hazel, feet and bill coral red." 764 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., 63. Halcyon chelicuti (Stanley). Alaudo [sic] Chelicuti Stanley, in Salt's Exped. Al)yss. App., p. Ivi, IS 14. [Abyssinia .] Tana river, June 9. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, lower mandible dull red, feet pinkish horn color, dull red beneath." 64. Halcyon semicaeruleus (Forskai). Alcedo semicocrulea Forskal, Descrip. Anim, 1775, p. 2. [Yemen.] Tana river, June 24. "Irides hazel, bill and feet coral red." BUCEROTID^. 65. Bycanistes cristatus (Rupp.). Buceros cristatus Riipp., None VVirb., Fauna Abyss. Vogel, p. 3, PI. 1, 1835. [Zana See.] Two from Guaso N3aro, October 23 and 24. "Irides hazel, bill horn color, horn yellowish pink, feet black." UPUPID^. 66. TIpupa epops Linn. Upupa epops Linn., S. N., p. 183, 1766. [Europe and India.] Guaso Nyiro, October 22. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet ochra- ceous." IRRISORID^. 67. Irrisor jacksoni Sharpe. Irrisor Jacksoni Sharpe, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 503, 1890. [Kikuyu.] El Bolossa swamp, September 21. "Irides hazel, orbits, bill and feet coral red." 68. Irrisor viridis (Licht.). Upupa viridis Licht., Cat. rer. Nat. Hamb., p. 22, 1793. Tana river, June 22. "Irides hazel, bill and feet coral red." 69. Ehinopomastus schalowi Neumann. Rhinopomastus schalowi Neumann, J. f. O., p. 221, 1900 [Usandawe, E. Africa.] Pesi swamp, September 30. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet dusky." 70. Rhinopomastus cabanisi (DeFilippi). Irrisor cabanisi De Filippi, Rev. and Mag. de Zool., p. 289, 1853. [White Nile.] Tana river, June 24. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet black." MEROPIDJE. 71. Mellitophagus bullockoides (Smith). Merops bullockoides Smith, S. Africa Jour. (2), II, p. 320, 1834. Five from Naivasha, July 21 and 29. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet dusky black." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 765 72. Mellitophagus oreobatea Sharpe. MeUitophagus oreobates Sharpe, Ibis, p. 320, 1902. [Elgon.] Two from Pesi swamp, Laikipia, October 3 and 10. 'Irides crimson, bill black, feet horn color." One is immature with green under tail coverts and green down the middle of the breast. 73. MeUitophagus cyanostiotus (Cab.). Merops cyanostidus Cabanis, von der Decken's Reisen, III, p. 34, 1869. [Mombasa and Dschagga.] Tana river, June 3 and 22. "Irides crimson, bill and feet black." CAPRIMULGID^. 74. Caprimulgus fraenatus Salvad. Caprimulgus frcenatus Salvador!, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen., p. 118, 1884. [Shea.] Two specimens from the Tana river, June 6, appear to belong here. 'Trides hazel, bill dusky, feet pinkish brown." 75. Caprimulgus poliooephalus Rupp. Caprimulgus poliocephalus Riipp, Neue WirbeUh. Vogel, p. 106, 1835. [Kulla, Abyssinia.] El Bolossa swamp, September 6. 'Trides dusky, bill hazel, feet pinkish horn." COLIID^. 76. Colius leuootis affinis (Shelley). Colius affinis Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus., XVII, p. 342, 1892. [White Nile to E. Africa.] Three adults from Thika river, May 25, and three young in the Juvenal plumage from the Tana, June 9. 'Trides dark hazel, bill ash gray, upper mandible black except at the base of the ridge, feet red." MUSOPHAGID^. 77. Turacus hartlaubi (Fisch. and Reich.). Corythaix Hartlaubi Fisch. and Reich., J. f. 0., p. 52, 1884. [Meru Berg, Massai .] Two from El Bolossa swamp, September 5, and two from Guaso Nyiro, October 19. 'Trides hazel, orbits crimson, bill dull red, feet dark horn." 78. CMzaerhis leucogaster (Rupp.). Chizoerhis leucogaster Riipp., P. Z. S., p. 9, 1842. [Abyssinia.] Tana river, June 21. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." CUOULID^. 79. Chrysooocyx klaas (Steph.). Cuculus Klaas Steph., Gen. Zool., IX, p. 128, 1815. [Senegal.] Morandat river, July 28; Pesi swamp, September 1 and 27. 'Tris hazel, orbits pale green, bill green, dusky at tip, feet greenish ash." 766 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., 80. Centropus superoiliosus Hempr. and Ehrh. Centropus snperciliosus Hempr. and Ehrh., Symb. Phys., fol. V, 1828. [Ara- bia and Ethiopia.] Tana river, June 20 and 22; Naivasha, August 10; Pesi swamp, Laikipia, October 6. "Irides crimson, bill black, feet bluish ash." 81. Centropus monachus Rupp. Centropus monadms Riipp., Neue Wirb. Vogel, p. 57, PI. 21, fig. 2, 1835. [Kulla, Abyssinia.] Guaso Nyiro, October 21. "Irides crimson, bill black, feet dark gray." INDICATORID^. 82. Indicator variegatus Less. Indicator variegatus Less., Traits, p. 155, 1831. [Africa.] El Bolossa swamp, August 31. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet ochra- ceous gray." CAPITONID^. 83. Tricholaema masaicum (Reich.) PogonorhyncJms masaicus Reich., J. f . O., p. 59, 1887. [Massai Land.] Four from Naivasha, July 29 to August 3. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." PICID^. 84. Dendromus neumanni Reich. Dendromus neumanni Reich., Orn. Monatsber., p. 132, 1896. [Naivasha.] Pesi swamp, October 10. "Irides silvery gray, bill dark slate, feet pale grayish green." 85. Dendromus nubicus (Gmel.). Picas nubicus Gmel., S. N., p. 439, 1788. [Nubia.] Tana river, June 18 and July 3. "Irides crimson, bill dark slate, feet greenish." These specimens seem to be typical nubicus. 86. Sendropicus lafresnayi Malh. Dendopicus Lafresnayi Malh., Rev de Zool., p. 533, 1849. [Africa.] El Bolossa swamp, September 19. "Irides crimson, bill dark slate, feet greenish gray." 87. Dendropious guinensis massaicus Neum. Dendropicus guinensis 77iassaicus Neumann, J. f. O., p. 206, 1900. [Ndala- lani.] Pesi swamp, October 10. "Irides crimson, bill dark slate, feet greenish gray." 88. Thripias namaquus (Licht.). Picus namaquus Licht., Cat rer. Nat. Hambr., p. 17, No. 179, 1793. Tana river, June 17 and 21, "Irides crimson, bill black, feet green- ish." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 767 89. Mesopicus spodocephalus Bp. Mesophicus spodocephalus Bp., Conap. Gen. Av., I, p 125, 1S50. [W. Africa.] Naivasha, August 10 ; Morandat river, August 26. "Irides hazel, bill dark slate, feet greenish gray." 90. lynx ruficoUis Wagl. lynx ruficoUis Wagler, Hist. Nat. de Amph., p. US, footnote, 1S30. [Kaffir- land.] Morandat river, August 28; El Bolossa swamp, September 22. "Irides light brown, bill horn, feet ochraceous." HIRUNDINID^. 91. Riparia cincta (Bodd.). Hirundo cincta Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., p. 4.5, 1783. El Bolossa swamp, September 9. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet dark horn color." One is an old bird just beginning to molt the body plumage, but with no indications of molting the flight feathers. The other is a bird of the year. 92. Riparia minor (Cab.). CUvicola minor Cab., Mus. Hein. Th., I, p. 49, 1S50. [N. E. Africa.] Naivasha, May 19 and August 21 ; Tana river, June 6. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet black." The May specimen has just completed the wing molt; and both it and one of the August specimens are obviously young of the year. The other August bird is in the midst of the molt of the flight feathers, while the body molt is nearly completed. It pre- sents an entirely different appearance from the spring adult, being dark plumbeous instead of brown, with white tips to the tertials. The resemblance of the June specimen in the brown breeding plumage to the North American Stelgidopteryx serripennis is remarkable. 93. Hirundo smithii Leach. Hirundo Smithii Leach, App. Tuckey's Voy. Congo, p. 407, ISIS. [Off Chisall Island.] Tana river, June 24; Naivasha, August 2. 'Trides hazel, bill and feet black." 94. Hirundo senegalensis Linn. Hirundo senegalensis Linn., S. N., I, p. 345, 1766. [Senegal.] Nairobi, July 21. ''Irides hazel, bill black, feet horn color." This specimen is molting; the new feathers are all glossy blue on the body, glossy green on the tail and wing, tertials narrowly tipped with pale buff, old flight feathers dull blackish. The tail shows the outline of the superimposed feathers still glossy, only the exposed terminal por- tion being worn and dull. 768 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [XOV., 95. Hirundo griseopyga Sundev. Hirundo griseopyga Suiidevall, Oefv. K. ^'et. Akad. Forh. Stockh., p. 107, 1850. [Natal.] Nairobi, May 19; Naivasha, August 21. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet dusky." 96- Hirundo puella abyssinica Guerin. Hirundo abyssinica Guerin, Rev. Zool., p. 322, 1S43. [Abyssinia.] Tana river, June 8 and 29. " Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 97. Hirundo emini Reich. Hirundo emini Reichenow, Berl. allg. deutsch. Orn. Ges., XI, p. 2, 1S92. [Bussisi and Bukolia.] Tana river, June 3 and 6. " Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 98. Psalidoprocne orientalis (Reich.). P. petiti orientalis Reichenow, J. f . O., p. 277, 1889. [Usambara.] El Bolossa swamp, September 22. " Irides hazel, bill black, feet horn color." Wing 4.40 inches, under wing coverts sooty, plumage with an oily green gloss. MUSCICAPID^. 99. Melaenornis ater (Sund.). Bradyornis ater Sundevall, Oefv. ^'et. Ak. Forli. Stock., p. 105, 1850. [Kaf- firland.] Fort Hall, May 31 ; Tana river, June 3. " Irides dark hazel, bill and feet black." 100. Bradyornis murinus HarU. and Fiasch. Bradyornis niurinus Hartlaub and Finsch., Vog. Ost. Afi*., p. S66. Thika river, July 18; Naivasha, August 6; Pesi swamp, October 6. " Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet horn color." 101. Dioptrornis fischeri Reich. Dioptrornis fischeri Reichenow, J. f . O., p. 53, 1884. [Maern Berg, Massai.] Fort Hall, July 11; Naivasha, August 2; El Bolossa swamp, August 31 to September 8. " Irides hazel, bill ashy, black at tip, feet black." The July adult is in the molt, as are also two young birds obtained August 31 and September 3. The juvenal plumage is strikingly differ- ent from that of the adult, being mottled black and white both above and below ; the breast feathers are white with black edges, while those of the upper surface are gray at the base with the terminal portion black surrounding a triangular white spot. 102. Pogonocichla orientalis (Fisch. and Reich.). Tarsiger orientalis Fischer and Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 57, 1884. [Pangani, Kiistengebeit.] Kiangop Mts., 10,000 ft., October 26. " Irides hazel, bill black, eet ochraceous grav." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7G9 103. Parisoma jacksoni Sharpe. Parisoma jacksoni Sharpe, Bull. B O. C, X, p. xxviii, 1899. [Mt. Elgon.] 104. CMoropeta massaica Fisch. and Reich. Chloropeta massaica Fischer and Reichenow .J. f. O., p. 54, 1SS4. [Tschaga, Fuss des Kilimanjaro.] Tana river, June 3; Guaso Nyiro, October 21. " Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet dark slate." 105. Batis puella Reich. Balis puella Reichenow, Jarb. Hanib., p. 19, 1893. [Mrabbo.] Tana river, June 9. " Irides straw, bill and feet black." 106. Tchitrea perspicillata suahelica (Reich.). Terpsiphone perspicillata suahelica Reichenow, Werth. Mittl. Hochl., p. 275, 1898. Fort Hall, Maranga, May 30; Naivasha, August 2. " Irides dark brown, bill, orbits and feet cobalt blue." 107. Cryptolopha maokenziana Sharpe. Cryptolopha mackenziana Sharpe, Ibis, p. 153, 1892. [Kikuyu and Mt. Elgon.] Nyeri, October 24. " Irides light brown, bill dusky, feet ash gray." CAMPOPHAGID^. 108. Campophaga quiscalina "Finsch" Sharpe. Campophaga quiscalina "Finsch" Sharpe, Ibis, p. 189, 1869. [Fanteecountr3^] Nyeri, October 13. " Irides hazel, bill black, feet very dark brown." 109. Campophaga nigra Vieill. Campophaga nigra Vieill., Nov. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., X, p. 50, 1817. [Africa.] Pesi swamp, October 1 ; Tana river, June 22 (?). " Irides hazel, bill and feet black." PYCNONOTIDuE. 110. Pycnonotus layardi Gurney. Pycnonotus layardi Gurney, Ibis, p. 390, 1879. [Rustenburg, Transvaal.] Thika, May 22; Fort Hall, May 31 and July 11; El Bolossa swamp, September 3. " Irides hazel, bill and feet black." TIMALIID^. 111. Argya rufula Hengl. Argya rufula Henglin, N. O. Afr., II, p. cccxii (Index), note. Tana river, June 20. " Irides straw, bill dusky, feet grayish flesh color.' 112. Crateropus sharpei Reich. Crateropus sharpei Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 432, 1891. [Kakoma, Umamuesi.] Pesi swamp, Laikipia, September 30. " Irides ver}^ pale straw, bill black, feet very dark brown." 50 770 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 118. Crateropus buztoni Sharpe. Craterojms buxtoni Sharpe, Ibis, p. 445, 1891. [Turquel, Suk country.] Pesi swamp, October 6. " Irides dark straw, bill and feet black." 114. Crateropus. One is juvenal plumage, Tana river, July 6, which I cannot identify with certainty. TURDID^. 116. Cossypha iolsema Reich. Cossypha iolama Reichenow, Ornith. Monats. Ber., VIII, p. 5, 1900. [German E. Africa.] Naivasha, July 28. El Bolossa swamp, September 5 and 14. "Irides hazel, feet and bill black." C. mawensis Neum. does not seem separ- able. 116. Cossypha heuglini Hartl. Cossypha Heuglini Hartlaub, J. f. O., p. 37, 1866. [Keren.] Pesi swamp, September 26 and October 6. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet dark brown." 117. Merula elgonensis Sharpe. Merula elgonensis Sharpe, Ibis, p. 445, 1891. [Mt. Elgon.] El Bolossa swamp, August 31, September 3. "Irides hazel, orbits yellow, feet horn color." One of the August specimens is in full juvenal plumage. 118. Pratincola axillaris Shelley. Pratincola axillaris Shellej^, P. Z. S., p. 556, 1884. [Kihmanjaro.] Naivasha, August 6 ; Markham Downs, August 29; El Bolossa swamj), September 5 and 10; Guaso Nyiro, October 23. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." I fail to distinguish this from P. ermnce Hartl., J. f. 0., 1890, p. 152, but Neumann and Sharpe recognize both. 119. Myrmecociolila cryptoleuca Sharpe. Myrmecocichla cryptoleuca Sharpe, Ibis, p. 445, 1891. [Kikuyu.] Nairobi, May 16; Thika river, July 18. "Irides brown, bill and feet black." 120. Saxicola isabellina Cretzschm. Saxicola isabellina Cretzsch., Riipp., Atlas Vog., p. 32, Pi. 34, fig. 1, 1826 [Nubia.] El Bolossa swamp, September 14 and 20; Pesi swamp, October 6. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 121. Saxicola schalowi Fisch. and Reich. Saxicola schalowi Fischer and Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 57, 1884. [Naiwascha.] Naivasha, August 4 and 29. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 771 132. Campicola livingstonei Tristr. CampicoJa liringfttonei Tristram, P. Z. S., p. 888, 1867. [Zambesi.] Naivasha, July 28 and 31; Markham Downs, August 29; El Bolossa swamp, September 23. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." Much grayer on the back than the South African bird, C. pileata. These specimens are topotypes of Neumann's C. alhinotata which I fail to separate from livingstonei. SYLVIID^. 123. Melociclila orientalis (Sharpe). Cisticola orientalis Sliarpe, Cat. Bds. B. M., VII, p. 245. [Pangani R.] Tana river, June 3 and 6, July 3. "Irides pale straw, bill dusky, feet slate gray." 124. Cisticola tinniens (Licht.).- Malurus tinniejis Liclit., Verz. Samuel Kaffernl, p. 13, No. 70 (1842). El Bolossa swamp, September 9 and 10. "Irides brown, bill dusky, feet horn color." 125. Cisticola robusta nuchalis (Reich.). Cisticola nuchalis Reichenow, Orn. Monats., I, p. 61, 1893. [Kagera.] Nairobi, May 16 and 17; Thika river. May 21; Tana river, June 6; Guaso Nyiro, October 22. "Irides light brown, bill dusky, feet flesh color." 126. Cisticola chiniana (Smith). Drymoica chiniana Smith, 111. Zool., S. Afr. Aves, PI. 79, 1843. [North of Kurrichane.] Tana river, June 18. "Irides light brown, bill dusky, feet flesh color." 127. Cisticola hindii Sharpe. Cisticola hindii Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C, VI, p. 7, 1896. [Machakos Sta.] Fort Hall, June 2; Tana river, June 6; Pesi swamp, October 1. "Irides light brown, bill dusky, feet flesh color." 128. Cisticola rufopileata Reich. Cisticola rufopileata Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 69,'1891. Fort Hall, Maranga, July. "Irides light brown, bill dusky, feet flesh color." 129. Cisticola harrisoni sp. nov. Two specimens of a Cisticola obtained in El Bolossa swamp, Septem- ber 5 and 19, appear to belong to an undescribed form. In its slender bill and long tail it is evidently related to C. prinioides Neuman, but apparently differs in coloration. 2 1 am under obligations to Mr. Harry C. Oberholser, of the U. S, Department of Agriculture, for aid in identifying the species of this difficult genus. 772 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., The type specimen (No. 381 Coll. G. L. Harrison, Jr., El Bolossa swamp, Brit. E. Africa, September 19, 1904, ad. c?) is nearly uniform above, the dark shaft stripes being but faintly indicated. The pre- vailing color is sepia, with the edges of the feathers lighter, the head slightly more tawny than the back, being about raw umber of Ridg- way's Nomenclature of Colors. The edges of the flight feathers are russet, the tail bistre with lighter edgings. Below grayish w^hite, darker and inclining to buff on the sides and flanks, only approaching pure white on the throat, chin and middle of the abdomen, thighs russet. Length (skin) 155 mm., wing 61, tail 71. The other specimen is in the juvenal plumage and is uniform russet brown above the under surface more suffused with buff than in the adult. The species is named in honor of Mr. George Leib Harrison, Jr. Through the courtesy of the U. S. National Museum I have received through Dr. Chas. W. Richmond a series of C. prinoides, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott on Mt. Kilimanjaro, for comparison with this spec- imen. I find that C. harrisoni is at once distinguished by the more uniform, less striped back, by the brighter, more ochraceous tone of the upper parts and the lack of decided contrast between the color of the head and back. The bill is moreover distinctly more slender. Another Kilimanjaro specimen, identified by Mr. Oberholser^ as C. hunteri, is also before me, and appears to be more nearly allied to C. prinoides than to C. harrisoni, differing in its duller, more sooty col- oration. While all three are closely related, C. harrisoni stands at one extreme of the series well removed from the other two. 130. Cisticola oisticola (Temm.). Sylvia cisticola Temm., Man. d'Orn., I, p. 228, 1820. [Portugal and Spain.] Nairobi, May 17; Naivasha, July 31; El Bolossa swamp, September 10. 'Trides brown, bill dusky, feet flesh color." 131. Cisticola lugubris Rupp. Sylvia (Cisticola) lugubris Riipp., N. W., p. Ill, 1835. [Gondar, Abj^ssinia.] Nairobi, May 17; Naivasha, June 8. 132. SchGenicola apicalis Cab. Schamicola apicalis Cabanis, Mus. Hein. Th., I, p. 43 note, 1850. [Kaftir- land.] Thika river. May 22; Tana river, June 3. "Irides light brown, bill dusky, feet flesh color." 3 Cf. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 902. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 773 I 133. Bradypterus salvadorii Neum. Bradypterus salvadorii Neumann, J. f. O., p. 304, 1900. [Gurui.] El Bolossa swamp, September 10. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet horn." I have no specimens from Abyssinia for comparison, but I take the specimen to be this rather than cinnamomeus. 134. Apalis porphyrolaema Reich, and Neum. Apulia porphyroloema Riechenow and Neumann, Orn. Monats., p. 75, 1895. [Eldoraa Sta. Mau.] El Bolossa swamp, September 6. "Irides light brown, bill black, feet pale horn." 135. Apalis pulchra Sharpe. A pall H pulchra Sharpe, Ibis, p. 119, 1891. [Mt. Elgon.] Guaso Nyiro, October 22, "Irides light brown, bill black, feet sil- very gray." 136. Eminia lepida Hartl. Eminia lepida Hartl, P. Z. S., p. 625, 1880. [Magungo.] Naivasha, August 10. "Irides red brown, bill black, feet flesh color." 137. Euprinodes golzi Fisch. and Reich. Euprinodes Golzi Fischer and Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 182, 1884. [Gross Aruscha.] Nairobi, August 6. "Irides pale golden brown, bill black edged with slate, feet flesh color." 138. Sylviella whytii Shelley. Si/lviella whytii Shelley, Ibis, p. 13, 1894. [Zomba.] Naivasha, August 2 and 4. "Irides light brown, bill dusky, feet flesh." Clearly this species, according to Grant's Key, Ibis, p. 156, 1900. S. jacksoni Sharpe is a synonym according to Grant, but is recognized by Sharpe in his Hand List. 139. Camaroptera brevicaudata " Cretzschm." Rupp. Sylvia brevicaudata Cretzschmar, Riipp., Atlas Vog., p. 53, PI. 35b, 1826. [Kordofan.] Tana river, July 5; Naivasha, August 2; Pesi swamp, September 30. "Irides light brown, bill black, feet flesh." I fail to distinguish this from specimens so identified by Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe in Dr. Don- aldson Smith's collection. Cassin's type of C. tincta is the same, but C. griseigula Sharpe, Ibis, p. 158, 1892, I do not know. 140- Prinia mystacea Riipp. Prinia mystacea Riipp., Neue Wirbelth. Vogl., p. 110, 1835-40. [Gondar, Abyssinia.] Fort Hall, Maranga, May 31. "Irides light brown, bill dusky, feet flesh color." 774 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., PRIONOPID^. 141- Eurocephalus riippelli Bon. EuTocephalus ruppeUi Bon., Rev. Mag. Zool., p. 440, 1853. [White Nile, Schoa.] Tana river, June 24. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." LANIID^. 142. Lanius humeralis Stanley. Lanius humeralis Stanley, Salt's Travels App., p. li, 1814. [Abyssinia.] Fort Hall, July 11 ; Naivasha, July 28 and August 21. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 143. Lanius caudatus Cab. Lanius caudatus Cabanis, in V. d. Decken's Reis. Ost-Afr., Ill, p. 28, PI. V, 1869. [Mombasa.] Thika river, May 27 ; Fort Hall, May 29; Tana river, June 17. 'Trides dark hazel, bill and feet black." 144. Dryoscopus cubla hamatus (Hartl.). Dryoscopus hamatus Hartlaub, P. Z. S., p. 106, 1863. [Kazch, E. Africa. 1 Tana river, June 17, July 3 and 5. "Irides chrome red, bill black, feet blue gray." Reichenow regards this as a subsj^ecies of cubla, while Sharpe places it in another section of the genus. 145. Laniarius polioceplialus Licht. Laniarius poliocephalus Licht., Vertz Doubl., p. 45, 1823. Tana river, July 3. ''Irides yellowish gray, bill black, feet greenish gray." 146. Laniarius sethiopicus (Gmel.). Turdus cethiopicus Gmelin, S. N., II, p. 824, 1788. [Abyssinia.] Naivasha, August 10; El Bolossa swamp, September 20 and 22. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet ashy gray." One of these has only white scapulars and white at the nostril. 147. Pomatorhynchus senegalus (Linn.). Lanius senegalus Linn., S. N., I, p. 137, 1766. [Senegal.] Tana river, June 18 and 24, July 3. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet pale gray." PARID^. 148. Parus albiventris Shelley. Parus albiventris Shelley, Ibis, p. 116, 1881. [Ogogo.] El Bolossa swamp, September 3; Pesi swamp, September 30. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet ash." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. "75 ZOSTBROPID^. 149. Zosterops jacksoni Neuman. Zosterops jacksoni, Orn. Monatsb., p. 23, 1999. [Mau. Naivasha, August 10 ; El Bolossa swamp, September 1. "Ins hazel, bill black, feet ash gray." 150. Zosterops kikuyensis Sharpe. Zosterops kikuyensis Sharpe, Ibis, p. 444, 1891. [Kikuyu Forest.] Kiangop Mountain, alt. 10,000 feet, October 26. "Irides brown. bill black, feet blue gray." This specimen differs from the preceding species in the greater extent of yellow on the forehead, the white eye ring, and the distinctly narrower bill. The two seem to be quite distinct. NEOTARINIIDuE. 151. Drepanorhynchus reichenowi Fischer. Drepanorhynchus reichenowi Fischer, J. f. O., p. 56, 1884. [Naiwascha-aee.] Naivasha, July 28; El Bolossa swamp, September 14. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." One specimen shows green reflections on the back predominating over the copper; none are fully adult, the head and back being to a considerable extent dull black. 152. Nectarinia pulohella (Linn.). Certhin pulcheUa Linn., S. N., I, p. 187, 1766. [Senegal.] El Bolossa swamp, September 6. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 153. Neotarinia kilimensis Shelley. Nedarinin kilimensis Shelley, P. Z. S., p. .555, 1884. [KiUmanjaro.] Fort Hall, May 31 to July 11; Naivasha, August 6 and 21; Pesi swamp, October 5. "Irides dark hazel, bill and feet black." The females or young are much yellower above and below than A^. tacazze. One of the July specimens is molting. 154. Nectarinia tacazze "Stanley" Shelley. Nectarinia tacazze Stanley, Shelley, Mon. Nect., p. 19, PI. 7, 1877. El Bolossa swamp, September 5 and 6. 'Trides hazel, 1)111 and feet black." I fail to distinguish N. jacksoni Neumann. Molting .indi- viduals show that the juvenal plumage is mouse gray like the adult female, except that the center of the abodmen is yellowish. The adult plumage of the male is acquired in September. 155. Nectarinia famosa cupreoniteus (Shelley). Nectarinia cupreoniteus Slielley, Mon. Nect., p. 17, PI. 6, fig. 1, 1876. [Abys- sinia.] El Bolossa swamp, September 5. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black.' » 776 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., 166. Cinnyris falkensteini Fisch. and Reich. Cinmjris Falkensteini Fischer and Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 56, 1884. [Nai- washa.] Naivasha. July 28 and 29, August 6. Guaso Nyiro, October 22. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." The female is dull olive brown, lighter yellow in the middle of the belly. 167. Chalcomitra aoik Antin. Nedarinia Acik Antiuori, J. f. O., p. 205, 1866. [Djur Territory.] Fort Hall, Maranga, July 11. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." Specimen immature. MOTACILLIDJE. 158. Motacilla vidua Sund. Motacilla vidua Sund., Oefv. Vet. Ak. Forh., p. 128,''1850. [Kaffirland.] Tana river, July .3. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 169. Budytes campestris (Pall.). Motacilla campestris Palla.s, Reise Rviss. Reichs, III, Aiih., p. 696, 1776. [S. Tartary.] El Bolossa, September 17 and 23. "Irides brown, bill dusky, lighter at base, feet very dark brown." Two of the four examples are adult, the others are in the juvenal (?) plumage, beginning to acciuire a few yellow feathers. 160. Anthus pyrrhonotus gouldi (Fraser). Anthus Gouldi Fraser, P. Z. S., p. 27, 1843. [Cape Palmas.] Pesi swamp. October 9. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet ochre-flesh." 161. Anthus rufulus cinnamomeus (Rupp.). Anthus cinnamomeus Rlipp., Xeue Wirb., p. 103, 1835. [Abj^ssinia.] Naivasha, July 29 and 31, August 4 ; El Bolossa swamp, September 9. 'Trides hazel, bill dusky, feet flesh." The Naivasha birds are just finishing a complete molt, while the September specimen is in worn plumage and is just beginning to molt. It is evidently an adult, while I take the others to be birds of the year. 162. Macronyx croceus (Vieill.). Alauda crocea Vieill., Nov. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., I, p. 365, 1816. Thika river, May 22; Tana river, June 3; Pesi swamp, October 3. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet ochraceous flesh." The June specimen in full juvenal plumage, while the others are all adults and all in the midst of a complete molt, showing that this species has two complete molts a vear. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 777 163. Mirafra albicauda Reich. Mirajra albicauda Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 223, 1891. [Schluss der Sitzang.] Near Nairobi, May 17. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet flesh." 164. Mirafra athi (Hartert). Mirafra africana athi Hartert, Nov. Zool., p. 46, 1900. [Athi plain, Nairobi.] Near Fort Hall, May 29; Naivasha, July 29, August 6 and 23; Pesi swamp, September 26. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet flesh." 165. Tephrocorys cinerea saturatior Reich. Tephrocnri/s cinerea saturatior Reichenow, Vog. Afr., Ill, p. 378, 1904. [Angola.] Naivasha, July 29 and 31. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet horn color." Three of the four specimens are in full molt and appear to be young of the year, which in this family have a complete molt when changing from the juvenal to the first winter plumage. 166. Alseonax murina Fischer and Reich. Alsconax murina Fischer and Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 54, 1884. [Fusse, Maern-berg.] El Bolossa swamp, September 1 and 22. "Irides hazel, bill and feet dark brown." FRINGILLIDJE. 167. Crithagra albifrons Sharpe. Crithagra albifrons Sharpe, Ibis, p. 118, 1891. [Kiivuyu.] El Bolossa swamp, September 3. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet horn color." 168. Anomalospiza imberbis (Cab.). Crithagra imberbis Cabanis, J. f. O., p. 412, 1868. [Inner E. Africa.] Naivasha, July 29, August 4; Pesi swamp, September 30. ''Irides hazel, bill greenish, feet dusky." 169. Petronia pyrgita (Heugl.). Xanthodina pyrgita HeugUn, J. f . O., p. 30, 1862. [Abyssinia.] Tana river, June 17. "Irides hazel, biU pale horn, feet grayish brown." 170. Passer rufocinotus Fischer and Reich. Passer rufocinctus Fischer and Reichenow, J. f. O., p. 55, 1884. [Naivasha.] Naivasha, August 2 and 6. "Irides pale straw, bill black, feet horn color." 171. Serinus reichenowi Salvad. Serinus reichenowi Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen., p. 272, 1888. [Cialalaka.] Naivasha, August 4. 'Trides hazel, bill dusky, feet horn." 778 PROCEEDINGS OF TiHE ACADKM&' OF [Nov., 172. Serinus flaviventris (Blanf.). Crithagra flaviventris Blanford, Geol. and Zool. Abyss., p. 414, PI. VII, 1870. [Abyssinia.] El Bolossa swamp, September 3 and 8. "Irides hazel, bill dusky, feet dark lu)rn color." 173. Chrysomitris melanops (Heugl.). Fringilla m.elanops Heuglin, J. f. O., p. 92, 1868. [Gondar (?), Aby.ssinia.] Fort Hall, June 2, July 11. "Irides brown, bill dusky, feet horn." 174. Sp. f A young finch in juvenal plumage. PLOCEID^. 175. Hypochaera ultramarina (Gmel.)- Fringilla ultramarina Gmelin, S. N., I, p. 927, 1788. [Abyssinia.] Guaso Nyiro, October 24. "Irides hazel, bill pearl white, feet sal- mon pink." 176. Lagonosticta brunneiceps Sharpe. Lagonosticfa brunneiceps Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Miis., XIII, p. 277, 1890. [Maragaz.] Fort Hall, June 10. "Irides dull red, orbits yellow, bill dusky, edged with red, feet horn color." 177. Coooopygia kilimensis Sharpe(?). Coccopj/gia kilimensis Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus., XIII, p. 307, 1890. [Kilimanjaro.] El Bolossa swamp, September 22. "Irides brown, bill black, feet dark horn color." This is a female, and is referred to this form on the ground that Nairobi specimens were so identified b)^ Shelley. Without a male it is impossible to be sure of its relationship. 178. Estrilda rhodopyga Sundev. Estrilda rhodopyga Sundevall, Oefv. K. Vet. Akad. Forh. Stockh., p. 126, 1850. [E. Africa.] Tana river, June 18, July 5. "Irides brown, bill dusky, feet horn color." 179. Estrilda minor (Cab.). Habropyga minor Cabanis, J. f. O., p. 229, 1878. [Voi River.] Near Nairobi, May 17; Fort Hall, May 29; Tana river, June 9 (?). "Irides light brown, bill bright red, feet dusky." The Tana river speci- men is young, and I am not sure that it belongs here. 180. Uraegintlius bengalus (Linn.). Fringilla bengalus Linn., S. N., p. 323, 1766. One specimen without data. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 779 181. Uraeginthus ianthinogaster Reich. Uroeginthus ianthinogaster Reichenow, Ornith. Centrabl., p. 114, 1879. Naivasha, August 6. "Irides brick red, bill dull crimson, feet grayish black." 182. Spermestes cucuUatus Sw. Spermestes cucullatus Swainson, Bds. W. Afr., I, p. 201, 1837. [Sene- gambia.] Fort Hall, July 11. "Iris hazel, upper mandible black, lower pearl gray." 183. Nigrita schistacea Sharpe. Nigrita schistacea Sharpe, Ibis, p. 118, 1891 (2.51). [Sotik.] El Bolossa swamp, September 1. "Irides pale straw, bill black, feet horn color." 184. Vidua serena (Linn.). Emberiza serena Linnaeus, S. N., p. 312, 1766. Fort Hall, July 11 ; Guaso Nyiro, October 23 and 24. "Irides hazel, bill coral red, feet dusky gray." 185. Quelea setliiopica (Sundev.). Ploceus sanguinirostris var. cethiopica Sundev., Oefv. K. Vet. Akad. Forli., p. 126, 18.50; PI. 10, fig. .5, 1890. [Senaar.] Naivasha, July 31. "Irides brown, bill pale red, feet flesh color." 186. Philetairus arnandi (Bonap.). Nigrita arnandi Bonaparte, Conspect., I, p. 444, 1850. [White Nile.] Pesi swamp, October 3. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet flesh color." 187- Coliuspasser delamerei Shelley. Coliuspasser delamerei Shelley, Bull. B. O. C, XIII, p. 73, 1903. El Bolossa swamp, September 9; Pesi swamp, October 8 and 9. «'Irides hazel, bill pearl white, feet horn color." 188. Coliuspasser jaoksoni (Sharpe). Drepanopleciis jacksoni Sharpe, Ibis, p. 246, PI. 5, 1891. [Kikuyu.] Nairobi, May 16; Markham Downs, August 30. "Irides hazel, bill black splashed at the tip with w^hite feet, dark brown." These two specimens are adult males in the black plumage; four birds from Naivasha, August 21, and two from El Bolossa swamp, September 24, are in the striped plumage and appear to belong to this species. 189. Coliuspasser laticauda (Licht.). Fringilla laticauda Lichtenstein, Verg. Doubl., p. 24 footnote, 1823. [Nubia.] Nairobi, May 16; on the Daruku, May 20; Thika, May 21 to 25; Fort Hall, May 30; El Bolo.ssa, September 5; Guaso Nyiro, October 23 and 24. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet black." 780 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., 190. Penthetria eques (Hartl.). Vidua eques Hartlaub, P. Z. S., p. 106, PI. XV, 1863. [Kazcli.] On the Danikii, May 20; Thika river. May 22; Fort Hall, July 11. "Irides dark hazel, bill pearl white, feet black." 191. Orynx xanthomelas (Riipp.). Exiplectes xanthomclaa lUippell, Neue Wirb. Vog., p. 94, 1835-40. [Temben and Simen.] Fort Hall, June 2; Tana river, June 3; Naivasha, July 29 to August 6. "Irides dark hazel, bill white splashed with black on upper man- dible, feet horn color." 192. Hyphantornis spekei Heugl. llyphantornis spekei Heuglin, Petenn. Geogr. Mitt., p. 24, 1861. Naivasha, August 6; Laikipia plateau northeast of Nairobi, October 10. "Irides pale straw, bill dusky tinged with red, feet horn color." 193. Hyphantornis nigriceps Layard. Hyphantornis nigriceps Layard, S. Afr., p. 180, 1867. [Kuruinan.] Fort Hall, June 10; Guaso Nyiro, October 24. "Irides crimson, bill black, feet horn color." 194. Hyphantornis ocularis crocatus (Hartl.). Hyphantornis crocata Hartlaub, Abb. Breman, p. 100, 1881. Naivasha, August 2; Pesi swamp, October 10; Laikipia plateau northeast of Nairobi, October 22. "Irides pale straw, bill black, feet ash gray." 195. Othyphantes reichenowi (Fbcher). Sycobrotus Reichenowi Fisclier, J. f. O., p. 180, 1884. [Gros.s Aruscha.] Fort Hall, May 31, July 11 ; Naivasha, August 2; El Bolossa swamp, September 1; Pesi swamp, October 3. "Irides pale straw, bill black, feet horn color." 196. Xanthophilus xanthops CHartl.). Hyphantornis xanthops Hartlaub, Ibi.s, p. 342, 1862. [Angola.] Fort Hall, July 1 1 . "Irides pale straw, bill dusky, feet horn." 197. Ploceipasser melanorhynchus Riipp. Ploceipasser melanorhynchus Riippel, Sy.st. Uebers., p. 78, 1845. [Schoa.] Thika river, June 15; Tana river, July 6. "Irides hazel, bill black, feet dark gray." 198. Amblyospiza unicolor (Finsch and Reich.). Pyrenestes unicolor Finsch and Reichenow, Orn. Centralb., p. 88, 1878. [Mom- basa and Zanzibar.] Tana river, June 3. "Irides hazel, bill dusky splashed with yellow, feet black." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. . 781 199. Dinemellia dinemelli " Horsf." Rupp. Textor DiriemeUi "Horsf." Riippell, Syst. Uebers., pp. 72, 76, T. 30, 184.5. [Schoa.] Tana river, June 17. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." ORIOLID^. 200. Oriolus larvatus Licht. Oriolus larvatus Lichtenstein, Vertz. Doubl., p. 20. [Kaffirland.] Tana river, June 21. "Irides crimson, bill dull brick red, feet dusky black." DICRURIDiE. 201. Dicrurus afer fugax (Peters). Dicrurus fugax Peters, J. f. O., p. 132, 1868. [Inhambane, Mosambique.] Naivasha, August 6. "Irides crimson, bill and feet black." STURNID^. 202. Pholidauges verreauxi Finsch and Hartl. Pholidauges verreauxi Finsch and Hartlaub, Orn. Afr., p. 867, 1876. El Bolossa swamp, September 3. "Irides pale straw, bill black, yellow at tip, feet dark horn." 203. Pholia sharpii (Jackson). Pholidauges sharpii Jackson, Bull. B. O. C, LVIII, Dec, 1898. [Nandi, Equatorial Africa.] El Bolossa swamp, August 31. "Irides dark straw, bill black, feet very dark horn." 204. Lamprotornis viridipeotus Salvad. Lamprotornis viridipectus Salvadori, Mem. R. Acad. Sci. Torin, p. .560, 1894. [Elgeyn.] Tana river, June 17. "Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 205. Lamprocolius chalybeus (Ehr.). Lamprotornis chalybeus Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys., fol. y, PI. 10, 1828. [Done- gala.] Naivasha, July 28. "Irides dark straw, bill and feet black." 206. Malaconotus olivaceus hypopyrrhus (Hartl.). Malaconotus hypopyrrhus Hartlaub, Verz. Ges. Mus. Brem., p. 61, 1844. Tana river, July 3. "Irides yellow gray, bill black, feet greenish gray." 207. Spreo superbus (Riipp.). Lamprotornis superbus Riippell, Syst. Uebers., pp. 65, 75, Taf. 26, 1845. [Schoa.] Naivasha, July 29, August 6 and 21, "Irides pale straw, bill and feet black." 782 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., 208. Perrisornis oarunoulata (Gmel.). Graculn cnrunculato Gmeliri, S. N., I, p. 399, 1788. [Cape of Good Hope (?) .] Naivasha, Augiust 6. "Irides hazel, bill white dusky at base, feet pale horn, bare skin on throat purplish flesh color, behind the eye lemon yellow." 209. Baphaga erythrorynclia (Stanley). Tanagra cryihrorijncha Stanley, Salt's Voy. Abyss., Append., p. lix, 1814. [Abyssinia.] Naivasha, August 6; Morandat river, August 26. "Irides dark straw, orbits chrome yellow, bill coral red, feet black." CORVID^. 210. Corvultur albicollis (Lath.). Corinis albicollis Latham, Ind. Orn., p. 151, 1790. [Africa.] Fort Hall, May 29; Tana river, June 4; Markham Downs, August 29. "Irides dark hazel, bill black white at tip, feet black." 211. Corvus scapulatus Dand. Corvus scapulatus Daudin, Traite, II, p. 232, 1800. [Asia and Africa.] Tana river, June 4 and 9. ''Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 212. Heterocorax minor (Heugl.). Heterocorax minor Heuglin, Syst. Uebers., p. 35. El Bolossa swamp, September 17. ''Irides hazel, bill and feet black." 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 783 HAWAIIAN SPECIES OF ENDODONTA AND OPEAS. BY H. A. PILSBRY AND E. G. VANATTA. Some five species of the typical group of Endodonts have been de- scribed from these islands. One of these, E. binaria (Pfr.), is unlike the others in wanting palatal teeth. Two, E. laminata (Pse.) and E. api- culata Anc, are roughly sculptured, and two, E. lamellosa (Fer.) and E. fricki (Pfr.), are smoothish, marked with weak growth-lines only. The present paper deals with the smooth species. According to Mr. Thaanum, these snails are found among dead leaves on the ground, never on logs or stumps. The round-whorl ed, ribbed Endodonts, such as E. ludijera and E.thaanumi, live on dead stumps and logs, and under the bark of dead trees, but also among fallen leaves. E. lanaiensis was found at Mapulehu, Molokai, under bark and on stumps. Endodonta lamellosa (Fer.). PI. XLIII, figs. 7, 8. Helix lamellosa Fer., Histoire, etc., I, p. 369, PI. 51A, fig. 3. The locality of the original specimens of this species is not known. Specimens labelled Kauai in the collection of the Academy agree best with the original figm"es, one of these being illustrated on our plate. This shell measures, alt. 3.5, diam. 9.5 mm., and has 6^ whorls. The umbilicus is rounded at the bottom, being at first thimble-shaped with sub vertical walls; then the suture diverges more, leaving a narrow, fiat spiral terrace which descends about 1 to If turns, the side wall remain- ing vertical except on the last half whorl where it slopes outward a little, as shown in fig. 8. The keel does not project at the suture on the upper siu-face, though visible there. The upper parietal lamella is distinctly bifid. Somewhat smaller shells have been examined from Waianae, Oahu (D. D. Baldwin), and a small race also occurs at Mt. Lihau, near Lahaina, West Maui (D. Thaanum). Mr. Sykes has placed E. fricki (Pfr.) under E. lamellosa as a synonym, but without stating that he had seen the type. As originally described and figured, it differs from lamellosa by the absence of a columellar lamella. This is, next to the parietal, the most constant of the laminae in Endodonta, and its absence, if confirmed by other specimens and not 784 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., pathologic, would seem to be of some significance. We have not seen specimens. Endodonta marsupialis n. sp. PI. XLIII, figs, l, 2. Shell lenticular; nearly smooth; light horn colored profusely macu- lated with reddish brown; spire elevated, convexly conoid; whorls 6^ nearly flat, overhanging a little at the suture; periphery acutely keeled ; base convex, with a shallow depression near the peripheral keel; the umbilicus is about one-fifth the diameter of the shell, angular at the edge; the whorls within the umbilicus concave, the side walls sloping inward, and hence the cavity is wider within than at the opening, where the whorl projects in a sort of cord. Aperture oblique, trapezoidal, provided with two spirally entering parietal lamellae, the outer one largest and bifid, one columellar lamella, four l)asal plicae and one palatal plica. Alt. 4, diam. 8 mm. Oahu. Types in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences No. 58,190, presented by Mr. J. S. Phillips. Some specimens have an extra smaller basal and palatal plica near the peripheral angle and some are albinos, corneous yellow, without dark markings. This species may be distinguished from E. lameUosa (Fer.) by its smaller umbilicus and higher spire; from E. kamehameha by its greater size, larger teeth and elevatefl spire. It is distinguished from E. con- centrata by the greater size and more numerous teeth. It differs from all the other forms by its cavern-like umbilicus, in which the eggs are deposited. This snail represents a line of differentiation parallel to the section Libera Garrett, in the structure of the umbilicus. Endodonta kamehameha n. sp. PI. XLIII, figs. 3, 4. Shell lenticular; nearly smooth; yellowish olive, often with the last whorl partly brown, with some traces of darker brown maculation on the spire. Spire moderately depressed, composed of 5^ flat whorls; suture linear; periphery acutely keeled; base conical, slightly impressed near the periphery. Umbilicus about one-third the diameter of the shell, wide and rounded at the bottom, thimble-like with sub vertical walls at first, then becoming perspective, terraced, a narrow ledge run- ning down about 1^ whorls, the side walls remaining vertical, only sloping outward a little at the last half w'horl. Aperture oblique, trapezoidal, furnished with two spirally entering parietal lamellae, one 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 785 columellar lamella, three basal plicae and one palatal plica, all of which are much weaker than in E. lamellosa (Fer.). Alt. 2.75, diam. 6 mm. Locahty: Wailau Pali, Mapulehu, Molokai. The types are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, No. 90,140, presented by Mr. D. Thaanum. This species has a proportionately larger umbilicus than E. lamellosa (Fer.) or concentrata P. and V., and the teeth are much smaller than in either. The umbilicus resembles that of E. lamellosa. It is utilized as a receptacle for the eggs. Endodonta concentrata n. sp. PI. XLIII, figs. 5, 6. Shell lenticular; nearly smooth; marked with weak growth-lines only; oliveaceous yellow becoming brown near the lip where the epi- dermis is preserved, but usually in large part denuded of cuticle, gray- ish, with irregular angular brown spots on the upper surface of the last whorl, and often some marking on the base; spire convex, com- posed of 5+ nearly flat whorls, separated by a linear suture. The last half whorl a little descending, the preceding keel a little overhanging, periphery sharply keeled ; base convex ; umbilicus about one-fifth the diameter of the shell, well-shaped, a little contracted and rounded at the edge, being perceptibly more ample within. Aperture trapezoidal, obstructed by two parietal lamelte, the outer being the larger and bifid; one columellar lamella; three basal plicae and one palatal plica. Alt. 2.75; diam. 5 mm. Locality: Lanai. The types are in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, No. 89,241, presented by Mr. D. Thaanum. This Endodonta is smaller than E. lamellosa (Fer.) and marsupialis P. and V. It has the opening of the umbilicus contracted as in marsupialis but to a less degree, and neither sharp-edged nor pro- vided with a spiral cord. As in E. marsupialis, the eggs are carried in the umbilicus. The apertural laminae are well developed, much larger than in E. kamehameha P. and V. Opeas opella n. sp. Fig. l. Shell cream colored, glossy, indistinctly irregularly striate, rather stout, apex obtuse, whorls six moderately convex, body whorl high, umbilicus very small, aperture ovate more than one-third the height of the shell, outer lip evenly arched, columella sinuous and reflexed over the umbilical perforation. Alt. 6.8, diam. 2.9 mm. Locality: Honolulu. This species is a little larger and more 51 786 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., slender than 0. brevispira Pils. and has the aperture more elongate. It is smaller and more openly umbilicate than 0. semperi Hid. 0. hawaiense Sykes is rougher and more slender. The types were presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences by Dr. W. H. Rush. Mr. R. C. McGregor also found two of these shells under guava leaves at Hilo, Hawaii, and donated them to the Academy. Opeas junceum, hawaiense and upolense are taken, Mr. Thaanum informs us, under stones and bits of board, etc., in gardens and open country. Their occurrence in such places affords no proof that they are native Hawaiians, but, so far as it goes, makes for that they are immigrants Plate XLHI. Figs. 1, 2. — Endodonta marsupialis n. sp. Figs. 3, 4. — Endodonta kamehameha n. sp. Figs. 5, 6. — Endodonta concentrata, n. sp. Figs. 7, 8. — Endodonta lamellosa Fer. Kauai. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 787 ON SOME PACIFIC CERITHIID^. BY H. A. PILSBRY AND E. G. VANATTA. Fig. 1. C. thaanunii. Two species described in these Proceedings, p. .576, are now figured, C. thaanumi and C. hawaiense, and two others are described. Cerithium thaanumi P. and V. Fig. l. Besides the typical form of this species, which measures about 12 to 14 mm. long, there is a very small form, with nearly the same shape and sculpture. Specimens measure from length 7.8, diam. 2.5 mm., to length 6, diam. 2 mm. This form is also from Hilo, Hawaii, found by Mr. D. Thaanum. CeritMum hawaiense P. and V. Fig. 2. Hilo, Hawaii. See p. 576. Cerithium voyi n. sp. Fig. 3. Shell solid, turreted, acuminate above, the lateral outlines slightly convex below, straight above. White. Varices very low and inconspicuous, somewhat more than two on each of the whorls of the upper half of the spire; one low wide one on the last whorl opposite the lip. Surface nearly smooth to the eye, showing under the lens a dense sculpture of finer and coarser spiral threads, the coarser ones spaced, one or two near the periphery somewhat granose; the earlier whorls of the spire are coarsely plicate longitudinally, and crossed by three coarse cords ; this sculpture gradually becoming weaker below. Wliorls about 12 (the nucleus lost), but slightly convex, the later ones a little con- stricted below the suture, the last whorl swollen behind the lip, pro- duced in a very short canal in T?„ o n ■ front. Aperture oval, acuminate i. Iff* o. O . VOljlj, above; basal notch deep and open, inner lip calloused, having a callous ridge above. Fig. 2. C hawaiiense. 788 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Length 17, diam. 6 mm. Caroline Island (C. D. Voy) ; Hawaiian Islands (W. H. Pease). Type No. 58,192, coll. A. N. S., from the first locality mentioned. This species is related to C. nesioticum, from which it differs chiefly in the finer sculpture of the later whorls, while the earlier ones have a somewhat different and coarse pattern. C. egenum Gld. is also allied, but differs in sculpture. Cerithium nesioticum Pilsbry and Vanatta, n. n. Fig. 4. Cerithium jmsillum Nutt. in Jay's Catalogue of Shells. Not C. pusillum Pfr., 1840. Cerithium lacteum Kiener, Coq. Viv., p. 58, PI. 7, fig. 3. Not C. ladeum Philippi, 1836. Shell solid, turreted, acuminate above, the lateral outlines more or less convex. White, usually having a series of reddish-brown spots below the suture and some inconspicu- ous, sparse maculation elsewhere. The varices are inconspicuous, low and convex, usually a little whiter than the rest of the sur- face, irregularly disposed, there Fig. 4. C. nesioticum. being two or three on each of the whorls of the spire, a single rather prominent wide one on the last whorl opposite the lip, and a swell- ing behind the lip. The sculpture consists of inconspicuous longitudinal folds below the sutures, very variable in strength and length, and numer- ous spaced spiral cords which may be either smooth or weakly granose, three threads usually occupying each of the spaces between the cords, the middle thread often larger. There are generally five to seven of the larger cords on the penultimate whorl. The early whorls have four spiral cords and numerous narrow longitudinal folds, producing a can- cellated pattern. Whorls 11 to 12, the first one smooth, following several whorls convex, the rest but slightly so. The last whorl is some- what flattened above, rounded at and below the periphery, and ter- minates in a very short, slightly recurved anterior canal. The suture is very shallow below, becoming impressed above. Aperture oval, acuminate above, the outer lip strongly arcuate; basal notch deep and open, obliciue. The inner lip is covered with a rather strong callus with raised outer edge, and calloused near the posterior angle of the aperture. Length 16.5, diam. 6.7, longest axis of aperture 5 mm. Length 15.7, diam. 5.7, longest axis of aperture 5 mm. Hawaiian Islands (W. H. Pease) ; Oahu (W. Newcomb) ; northern end 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 789 of Hawaii (Dr. B. Sharp) ; Fiji Islands (A. Garrett) ; Flint Island ( Voy) ; Kikaigashima, Osumi, in the Riukiu chain (Hirase). Types No. 58,193, A. N. S. P., from Oahu. This species varies widely in the degree of development of the longi- tudinal folds, and especially in the sculpture of the major spiral cords, which may be either smooth, slightly granose or rather strongly so. The contour of the shell is also subject to some variation. C. papillosum Sowb. {Thes. Conch., II, p. 876, PI. 184, fig. 215) is apparently related to nesioticum, but differs in sculpture and coloration. It seems to be a common species over a large part of the Indo- Pacific life-area. 790 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. NOTES ON THE ORTHOPTERA OF COSTA RICA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY JAMES A. G. REHN, The following notes and descriptions are based on a study of over three hundred and fifty specimens, representing one hundred species, of which eleven are here described as new. This material is distributed through the collections of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, the United States National Museum and the private collection of Mr. Morgan Hebard, of Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia. The writer is much indebted to Prof. P. Biolley, of San Jose, Costa Rica, who courteously supplied some very valuable material accom- panied by full notes and remarks, and also to Dr. William H. Ashmead, of the United States National Museum, and Mr. Hebard for permission to study the collections mentioned above. The number of records here ])ublished which extend the range of species is rather remarkable, and clearly shows the lack of definite information regarding the Orthoptera of northern South America. The Forficulidae, Blattidse, Mantidse, Phasmidse and Acrididse of the greater portion of these collections have already been studied and reported by the author.^ Family BLATTIDJE. ANAPLECTA Bunneister. Anaplecta fallax Saussure. 1862. Anaplecta fallax Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIV, p. 163. [Guatemala.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. Under stones on the borders of the river. February, 1905. [No. 7.] (P. Biolley.) Two specimens. 1 Studies in American Forficulidse, Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phila., 1903, pp. 299-312. Studies in American Blattida', Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XXIX, pp. 2.59-290. Studies in American Mantids or Soothsaj'ers, Proc. U. S. N'at. Mus., XXVII, pp. 561-574. Studies in the Orthopterous Family Phasmidse, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 38-107. Studies in the Orthopterous Subfamilies Acrydiina? (Tettigina^), Eumasta- cinse and Proscopinse, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 658-683. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Acrididai (Orthoptera) of Costa Rica, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 400-4.54. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 791 Anaplecta decipiens Saussure and Zehntner. 1893. Anaplecta decipiens Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 27, tab. Ill, fig. 5, tab. IV, figs. 10 and 11. [States of Vera Cruz and Tabasco, Mexico.] La Palma. altitude 1,600 meters. May, 1905. In decayed leaves. [No. 11.] (P. Biolley.) Two females. These specimens are slightly larger than the original measurements and approach A. lateralis Burmeister from South America, but in the absence of material from that region and in the broader pronotum and thicker form of decipiens, characters shared by the material in hand, I prefer to use the name applied by Saussure and Zehntner. BLATTELLA Caudell. Blattella azteca (Saussure and Zehntner)? Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. De- cember, 1904. [No. 4.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Referred here with some doubt. Blattella zapoteca (Saussure). 1862. Bl[atta] zapoteca Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIV, p. 166. [Tropical Mexico.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. Under stones on the border of the river. February, 1905. [No. 9.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This is the most southern record for this beautiful species. PSEUDOPHYLLODROMIA Brunner. Pseudophyllodromia peruana (Saussure). Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. De- cember, 1904. [No. 5.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This specimen is similar in coloration to the one described by the author from San Carlos, Costa Rica.- PSEUDOMOPS Serville. Pseudomops grata Rehn. 1903. Pseudomops grata Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XXIX, p., 260 [San Carlos, Costa Rica.] Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meter-. De- cember, 1904. [No. 6.] (P. Biolley.) One male. This specimen differs from the type in the possession of a broad blackish bar on the caudal margin of the pronotum and a pair of cir- cular blackish dots slightly cephalad of the middle of the same plate. 2 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XXIX, pp. 261-262. 792 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., The other characters, both structure and color, are similar to the type. PELMATOSILPHA Dohrn. Pelmatosilpha rotundata Scudder. 1900. Pelmatosilpha rotundata Scudder, Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, p. 93, PI. II, fig. 5. [Texas; Panama.] Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. De- cember. 1904. [No. 3.] (P. Biolley.) One femal . CHORISONEURA Brunner. Chorisoneura flavipennis Saussure and Zehntner. Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. Under stones on the border of the river. February, 1905. [No. 8.] (P. Biolley.) One female. La Palma, altitude 1,600 meters. May, 1905. In decayed leaves. [No. 11a.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Slightly darker, but otherwise inseparable from a female from Tur- rialba, Costa Rica. HOLOCOMPSA Burmeister. 1838. Holocompsa Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 491. Included Corydia cyanea, collaris and fulva Burmeister, of which collaris {=Blatta nitidula Fabricius) has been selected as the type by Kirby. Holocompsa cyanea (Burmeister). 1838. C[orydia] cyanea Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 169. [St. Thomas.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. In house. Feb- ruary, 1905. [No. 10.] (P. Biolley.) One specimen. This species has previously been recorded in America only from the West Indies. BLABERUS ServiUe. Blaberus thoracicus Saussure and Zehntner. Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. De- cember, 1904. [No. 1.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This individual is larger than the measurements given in the original description, and has the pattern of the disk of the pronotum slightly different. Blaberus bioUeyi n. sp. Type: 9 ; Reventazon river, plains of Santa Clara, Costa Rica. Altitude 200 meters. December, 1904. [No. 2.] (P. Biolley.) [A. N. S. Phila.] 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 793 Closely allied to B. thoracicus, but differing in the slightly smaller size, narrower and longer anal area of the tegmina as well as the less distinct and more numerous nervures of the same area, the subtruncate and narrowly incised supra-anal plate, the broader subgenital plate and rather different coloration. Size medium; form elongate ovoid. Head with the narrowest por- tion of the interspace between the eyes about equal to the greatest dorso-ventral depth of the eyes ; antennae about a fourth again as long as the width of the pronotum. Pronotum subovate, transverse, half again as broad as long; cephalic margin subangulate, caudal margin arcuate, cephalo-lateral sections moderately deflected . Tegmina elongate, costal margin arcuate, more distinctly so proximad than distad; apex narrowly rounded ; sutural margin arcuate in the distal third rounding to the apex ; venation distinct, the costal area only irregular reticulate; anal area about two-fifths the length of the tegmen, the anal vein slightly but evenly arcuate. vSupra-anal plate rather broad, bilobate, the median emargination V-shaped, rather shallow and broad. Cerci short, very slightly exceeding the supra-anal plate, taper- ing. Subgenital plate large, broad, slightly pro- duced, the apex blunt and rather narrowly rounded. Femora with- out spines on the ventral margins. Cephalic tarsi with the distal joint slightly longer than the proximal ; median tarsi with the proximal and distal joints subequal; caudal tarsi wnth the proximal joint slightly longer than the distal. General color pale clay-color, the pronotum with the ground color ochraceous. Head pale ochraceous, with the region between the eyes, between the paired ocelli, except a median spot of the base color, and a median line on the lower face burnt umber; eyes blackish; antennae blackish-brown. Pronotum with a broad bar of blackish on the caudal margin, tapering laterad and disappearing before the angles of greatest width, two pairs of irregularly rounded spots of the same color situated before the middle and in pairs with the space between them slightly greater than their distance from the cephalic margin, caudad of these a pair of rather large comma-shaped spots of the same color and caudad of these a pair of roughly trigonal spots. Limbs with the tarsi, tibiae and distal sections of the femora suffused with burnt umber. Abdomen with the lateral marks of the dark Fig. 1. Bldberus hiuUcyi n. ^p. Type. Natural size. 794 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.. brown color united at, and suffusin.s; the greater portion of, the sub- genital plate, as is usual in species of the genus. Measurements. Length of body, 42 mm. Length of pronotum, 1L5 " Breadth of pronotum, 16.6 " Length of tegmen, 42 " Width of tegmen, 15.7 " The type is unique. I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Prof. P. Biolley, of San Jose, Costa Rica, who collected the type and supplied a portion of the material on which this paper is based. Family MANTID^. ACONTISTA Saussure. Acontista mexicana Saussure and Zehntner. Carrillo. (Hebard Collection.) One female. STAGMOMANTIS Saussure. Stagmomantis nahua Saussure. Carrillo. (Hebard Collection.) One male, one female. The facial scutellum of the female is not narrowly emarginate dorso- mesad as in a female from Chinandega, Nicaragua, while all three speci- mens examined have the cephalic limbs unspotted. Stagmomantis tolteca (Saussure). Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. [No. 13.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Stagmomantis venusta Saussure and Zehntner. 1S94. Stagmomantis venusta Saussure and Zelmtner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 145, PI. VII, figs. 4 and .5. [Sinanja, Panima and Telenian,' Vera Paz, Guatemala.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. [No. 15.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Stagmomantis androgyna Saussure and Zehntner. 1894. Stagviomantis androgyna Saussure and Zelintner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 147, PL VII, fig. 1. [Belize, British Honduras.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitutle 250 meters. February, 1905. [No. 14.] (P. Biolley.) One male. This specimen has the black stigma very small, and the pronotum shorter (19.5 mm.) than the original measurements (23.5 mm.). The maculations of the wings are practically absent, those organs being 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 795 weakly suffused with reddish brown as is the case with the tegmina. The shape and proportions of the pronotum readily separate this species from »S'. montana. PSETJDOMIOPTEKYX Saussure. Pseudomiopteryx infuscata Saussure and Zehntner. Cache, altitude 1,000 meters. May, 1905. In forest. [No. 16.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Family PHASMID^. BOSTRA Stal. Bostra turgida (Westwood). 18.59. Bacteria turgida Westwood, Catal. Orthopt. Ins. Coll. Brit. Mus.. Phasm., p. 28, PL VIII, figs. 4 and 9. [Venezuela.] Cache, altitude 1,000 meters. May, 1905. [No. 24.] (P. Biolley.) One male. As far as can be determined from the broken male figured and de- scribed by Westwood, this appears to be the same species. It is, how- ever, somewhat smaller, and has the antennae longer than in West- wood's figm-e and equal to the body in length, instead of reaching "rather beyond the middle of the metathorax." The species of the genus Bostra in hand for study are four: incomptn Rehn,^ jaliscensis Rehn,'* jugalis Rehn-^ and turgida Westwood. The males of all these species are now before me and can be separated by the following key: a. — Cerci not exceeding the subgenital opercule proper (i.e., the eighth ventral segment) in length. b. — Ninth dorsal abdominal segment somewhat bullate, the caudal margin bilobate, with the median emargination subtrigonal. Subgenital opercule without a distinct claw-like process. c. — Median segment in length not exceeding one-half the re- maining portion of the metanotmn. Cerci slightly tapering, B. turgida (Westw.). cc. — Median segment in length nearly equal to the remaining portion of the metanotum. Cerci not tapering, B. incompta Rehn. bb. — Ninth dorsal abdominal segment longitudinal, subequal, hot bullate, the caudal margin laterad acute-angulate and brace- shaped'' between. Subgenital opercule with a distinct claw-like process ventrad of the caudal margin, B. jaliscensis Rehn. 3 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 57. [San Carlos, Costa Rica.] * Ibid., 1904, p. 514. [Tuxpan, Jalisco, Mexico.] ^ Invertebrata Pacifica, I, p. 72. [Chinandega, Nicaragua.] * Shaped thus , -^ s . 796 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., QQ — Cerci exceeding the subgenital operciile in length, very distinctly bent arcuate proximad and compressed in the distal half, B. jugalis Rehn. Stal's B. dorsuariri' and Scudder's B. exigua^ are known from the males, while B. remiformis Rehn^ is based on the female sex. The latter has the median segment two-thirds the length of the metanotum itself, which fact would associate it with jaliscensis, inco7npta and jugalis. As the female of jugalis is known it is certainly not that species, while the other two species are very much larger in the male sex than the female type of remiformis. Accordingly I think it a good species of which the male is unknown. LIBETHRA StM. 1875. Libethra Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 20, 74. Type. — L. nisseri Stal. Libethra auritus n. sp. Type: ? ; San Jose, Costa Rica. Altitude, 1,160 meters. August, 1904. [No. 22.] (P. Biolley.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Allied to L. ignavus Westwood, but differing in the ear-like cephalic appendages, the reduction of the lobes on the median and caudal limbs, the absence of especially pronounced lobes on the second ab- dominal segment and the presence of such on the fifth segment, and the shorter caudal limbs. Size rather small; form moderately robust; surface closely supplied with tubercles of several sizes, the larger size arranged in parallel longi- tudinal rows. Head slightly longer than broad, supplied between and slightly caudad of the eyes with a pair of erect subrotundate foliaceous lobes, about twice as high as the eye is deep, margins of the lobes irregu- larly crenulate; eyes short ovate; antennae about equal to the head and thorax in length, proximal joint large, considerably depressed. Pronotum slightly longer than broad. Mesonotum about twice as long as the head and pronotum together, a longitudinal median carina present but subobsolete cephalad, the large tubercles irregularly paired laterad of the median carina with a regularly placed pair caudad. Metanotum with the median segment about two-thirds the length of the mesonotum wdth the median carina distinct through the entire length; median segment subquadrate, slightly narrowed cephalad, ' Recensio Orthopterorum, III, p. 79. [Chiriqui.] ^ Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 278. [Eastern slope of Peruvian Andes.] * Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 58. [Piedras Negras, Costa Rica.] 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 797 length about two-thirds of the remaining portion of the metanotum. Abdomen con- siderably longer than the remaining portion of the body, with a distinct longitudinal median carina and a pair of supplementary lateral carinse, which latter on the caudal margins of the first and second proximal segments are developed with distinct boss- like tubercles, the general surface tubercles of the abdomen are mostly resolved into longitudinal series; fifth segment with the caudal section bearing two erect foliaceous lobes similar to those found on the head, but with the margins more regular and not crenulate; first, second and third seg- ments increasing distad in length, fourth, fifth and sixth subequal in length, seventh slightly more than half the length of the sixth, eighth very short, ninth about equal to the seventh in length and with the caudal margin with a very broad shallow median emargination ; subgenital opercule reaching to the caudal margin of the eighth dorsal segment, produced, the apex semicir- cularly emarginate, carinate ventrad. Ce- phalic femora slightly shorter than the pro- notum and mesonotum, strongly depressed, proximal flexure distinct; cephalic tibiae slightly longer than the femora, carinate, in section irregularly pentagonal ; cephalic tarsi with the first proximal joint (metatarsus) slightly longer than the remaining tarsal joints. Median femora slightly shorter than the mesonotum, slightly arcuate, subquad- rate in section, with the ventral carinse supplied at about the proximal third with subtrigonal foliaceous lobes; median tibiae very slightly longer than the femora; me- dian tarsi with the proximal joint very slightly longer than the second, third and fourth united. Caudal femora reaching to about the middle of the Figs. 2 and 3. Libethra auritus n. sp. Dorsal view and lateral view of head. (X U.) 798 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., fourth abdominal segment; caudal tibia? slightly longer than the femora. General color raw umber, washed and stained with vandyke brown, the cephalic femora and tibite and median femora irregularly annulate and sprinkled with ecru drab. Head bister, lighter around the man- dibles and on the labrum and clypeus. Measurements. Length of body, 63 mm. Length of pronotum, 4.5 " Length of mesonotum, 12.5" Length of metanotum (including median segment), . . 9.5 " Length of abdomen, 35. " Length of cephalic femur, 14.5 '' Length of cephalic tibia, 17. " Length of median femur, 11. " Length of caudal femur, 14. " The type is unique. HETERONEMIA Gray. Heteronemia ignava liehn. 1904. Heteronemia ignava Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 54. [Piedras Negras, Costa Rica.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. August, 1904. [No. 22.] (P. Biolley.) One male. OLCYPHIDES Griffini.w 1875. Phocylides 8tal, Piccensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 57, 96. [Not of Pascoe, 1872.] 1899. Olcyphides Griffini, Zoolog. Anz., XXII, p. 90. Type. — Olcyphides bicarinatus (Stal). Olcyphides viridipes n. sp. Type: ? ; Cache, Costa Rica, altitude 1,000 meters. May, 1905. [No.'^25.] (P. Biolley.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Allied to 0. veyviha Westwood from Bogota, but differing in the shorter mesothorax and metathorax, the slenderer abdomen and limbs, the shorter subgenital opercule, the al^sence of distinct blackish spots on the sutural portions of the tegmina and other features of the colora- tion. The relationship to 0. venilia is great, as such structures as the '•^ Kirby {A Sijnon. Catal. Orth., I, p. 411) has placed Pseudophasma crypto- chlore Rehn as a species of Olcyphides. After examining a typical specimen I find this is erroneous, as the species is a Pseudophasma as originally described. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 799 silicate mesonotum, w, akly ridged tegmina, long metatarsi and elon- gate antennal joints show. Size medium; form very slender; surface not polished. Head longi- tudinal, subequal; occiput with three impressed longitudinal lines caudad ; ocelli present, the cephalic large, elliptical, placed between the in- sertions of the antennae, caudal pair smaller, placed diagonally at about the cephalic third of the occiput; eyes slightly elliptical, projecting, slightly flattened ; antennae composed of about twenty-five joints, some very poorly defined, and, except the proximal two and the terminal joints, the segments are very slender and elongate, the whole antennae laid back exceeding the tip of the abdomen, second joint some- what inflated . Pronotum nearly twice as long as broad, narrow, transverse line slightly in advance of the middle. Mesonotum over twice the length of the pronotum, subequal in width, fine longi- tudinal median sulcus present, dorso- lateral angles with distinct carinse, accompanied dorsad by longitudinal sulci which are rounded contiguous caudad; mesosternum without longi- tudinal median carina. Metathorax very slightly longer than the meso- thorax. Tegmina about equal to the mesonotum in length, apex rounded; tubercle longitudinal, low and weak. Wings in repose reaching to the caudal margin of the fifth abdominal segment. Abdomen with the six proximal seg- ments longitudinal, the first to fourth subequal in length, the fifth and sixth decreasing, seventh al)out two-thirds the length of the sixth, eighth about two-thirds the length of the seventh, ninth subequal to the eighth in length, the caudal margin truncate; cerci compressed, tapering, acute, slightly longer than the ninth dorsal Fig. 4. Olcypnides viridipes n. sp. Dorsal view of type. (X 2.) 800 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., segment; subgenital operciile moderately produced, scoop-like, reach- ing to the caudal margin of the eighth dorsal segment. Cephalic femora equal to the mesothorax and metathorax together in length, compressed, basal flexure slight; cephalic tibiae about equal to the femora in length; tarsi with the proximal joint very slightly shorter than the remaining joints. Median femora slightly longer than the metathorax; tibia? slightly shorter than the femora; tarsi with the proximal joint equal to the second, third and fourth in length. Caudal femora about equal to the head, prothorax and mesothorax imited in length, extending, when stretched parallel to the abdomen, to slightly caudad of the caudal margin of the second segment; tibiae slightly longer than the femora; tarsi with the proximal joint about equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length. General color wood brown becoming russet on the mesothorax and cephalic limbs. Head, prothorax and mesothorax with a pair of lateral lines of bister extending from the olive eyes to the base of the tegmiiia. Venter of the thorax pale mauve. Tegmina with a line through the "boss" greenish-yellow, the dorsal section with the areas between the longi- tudinal and transverse nervures finely sprinkled with blackish. Wings with the yellow of the teg- mina extended on them for a considerable distance. Abdomen pale drab. Median and caudal limbs Fi g . 5 . Olcijph ides viridipes n . sp . Lat- eral view of apex of abdomen of male type. (X 2.) MeasKrcmenfs. oil green. Length of body, Length of head, . Length of pronotum. Length of mesonotum, . Length of metathorax, . Length of tegmen, . Length of wing, . Length of cephalic femur. Length of cephalic tibia, Length of median femur. Length of caudal femur, The type is unique. PSEUDOPHASMA Kirby. Pseudophasma menius (Westwooil). Carrillo, altitude 400 meters. February, 1904. Biolley.) One male. 54 mm. 3.2 " 2.2 " 5/2 " 7.8 " 5.7 " 32 " 14.3 " 14.2 " 8.3 " 11.2 " [No. 21.] (P. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 801 FamUy AORIDIDJB. OCHETOTETTIX Morse. 1900. Ochetotettix Morse, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 9. Included 0. harretti (Hancock) and 0. volans Morse, of which the former may be selected as the type. Ochetotettix volans Morse. 1900. Ochetotettix volans Morse, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 9, fig, [Dos Arroyos, Chilpancingo, Venta de Zopilote, Xucumanatlan and Omil- teme, Guerrero, Mexico, 1,000 to 8,000 feet.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [Nos. 85 (part)^ 86 (part) and 87.] (P. Biolley.) One male, four females. Ochetotettix barretti (Hancock). 1899. Neotettix harretti Hancock, Ent. News, X, p. 277. [Tizapan, D. F., Mexico.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [No. 86 (part).] (P. Biolley.) One female. In addition to the type locality this species has been recorded from Chilpancingo, Guerrero, and Atoyac, Vera Cruz, Mexico. PARATETTIX Bolivar. Paratettix toltecus (Saussure). 1861. T{ettix^ iolteca Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser. XIII, p. 401. [Tropical Mexico.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [No. 85 (part) and 87.] (P. Biolley.) One male, one female. ALLOTETTIX Hancock. Allotettix peravianus (Bolivar). La Palma, altitude 1,600 meters. May, 1905. [No. 90.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This specimen has the pronotum abbreviate, not extending beyond the tips of the caudal femora. TETTIGIDEA Scudder. Tettigidea nicaraguae Bruner. 1895. Tettigidea nicaraguae Bruner, Bull. Labor. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa, III, Pt. 2, p. 62, PL III, figs. 3a and 3b. [Nicaragua.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [No. '84.] (P. Biolley.) One female. This species has also been recorded from Atoyac, Vera Cruz, and Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico. The specimen examined is short-winged. EPISACTUS Burr. 1899. Episactus Burr, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 254, Type. — E. hrunneri Burr. 52 802 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., Episactus brunneri Burr. 1899. Episactus brunneri Burr, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 254. [Guatemala.] Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 69.] (P. BioUey.) Male and female taken in eoitu. These specimens constitute the first record of the species since the original description. TRTJXALIS Fabricius. Truxalis brevicornis (Johansson). La Palma, altitude 1,600 meters. May, 1905. [No. 89.] (P. Biolley.) One female. ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos. Orpliulella punctata (De Geer). San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. August, 1904. "; [No. 81.] J (P. Biolley.) One male. Santa Clara. (P. Biolley.) One male. Orphulella costaricensis Bruner. San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. August, 1904. [Nos. 75 (part), 76, 77, 78, 79, 80 and 81.] (P. Biolley.) One male, ten females. Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. [No. 74.] One female. Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 71.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Orphulella meridionalis Bruner 7 1904. Orphulella meridionalis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. SI. [Costa Rica.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. August, 1904. [No. 76.] (P. Biolley.) One female. Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 70.] (P. Biolley.) One male. These specimens are referred to the species with a query. PLECTROTETTIX McNeill. Plectrotettix calidus Bruner. 1904. Plectrotettix calidus Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 101. [Cuernavaca, Morelos and Guerrero, Mexico ; Nicaragua ; Costa Rica.] Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 60.] (P. Biolley.) One male, two females. These specimens agree fairly well with Cuernavaca specimens, but have the caudal tibiae with the colors much richer. One female with- out exact data, but presumably from Costa Rica as it was sent by Biol- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 803 ley, has the ventral face of the caudal femora and the caudal tibiae red as in Walker's poorly described nobilus from Oaxaca, Mexico. This specimen also has the tegmina and wings shorter than in the Tablazo specimens and similar in this respect to individuals from Tacubaya, Mexico, which appear to be referable to P. excelsus Bruner. CHORTOPHAGA Saussure. Chortophaga meridionalis Bruner. 1905. Chortophaga meridionalis Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 136. [Slopes of the Volcan de Irazu, at an elevation of 7,500 to 9,000 feet, Costa Rica.] Side of Tablazo, altitude 1,700 meters. October, 1904. [No. 65.] (P. Biolley.) One female. On comparison with specimens of Chortophaga viridifasciata from the eastern United States, I find great difficulty in separating this specimen. The pronotal carina is slightly less arched, but the size is considerably greater than given in the original description. The sulca- tion of the frontal costa appears deeper than in viridifasciata instead of shallower, but as the specimen in hand appears to have been in alco- hol, preparation may have caused this. Several races of C. viridifasciata of value equal to this exist in the United States. LACTISTA Saussure. Lactista punctatus (Stll). Side of Tablazo, at 1,700 meters. October, 1904. [Xo. 68.] (P. Biolley.) One female. HELIASTTJS Saussure. Heliastus venezuelae Saussure. 1884. H{eHastus'\ Venezuelce Saussure, Prodr. CEdipodiorum, p. 21.3. [Ven- ezuela; Colombia; Panama.] Mouth of the Jesus Maria river. Pacific side." April, 1905. [No. 88.] (P. Biolley.) Two females. These specimens are referred here with some little doubt. They are unquestionably closely allied to H. sumichrasti, but have the fast'i- gium broader and shallower than in that species, while the frontal costa is broader and has a slight constriction ventrad of the ocellus. The two in hand are larger than Guadalajara and Jalapa individuals of sumichrasti. and about equal in size to a female from Alta ]\Iira, Tamaulipas. " This locality is between Punta Arenas and the mouth of the Rio Grande de Tar coles. 804 ^ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.^ LEPTYSMA St&l. Leptysma obscura (Thunberg). 1827. Tr[uxalis] obscurus Thunberg, Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Scient. Ups., IX, p. 79. [Tropical America, Brazil.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meter.s. February, 1905. [No. 82.] (P. Biolley.) One male. This species has been recorded from Nicaragua. CORNOPS Scudder. 1875. Cornops Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 276. Type. — Cornops hivittatum Scudder. Cornops longipenne (De Geer)? 1773. Acrydium longipenne De Geer, Mem. d. Hist. Ins., Ill, p. 501, PI. 42, fig. 9. [Surinam.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. Esparta, altitude 50 meters. February, 1905. [No. 83.] (P. Biolley.) Male and female. As far as can be determined from the descriptions these specimens appear referable to this species, but probably will represent a closely allied form when compared with typical Surinam individuals. The lateral bars are not sharply separated from the wine-color of the dorsum, but present a strong contrast with the yellowish of the ventral portions. The genus Cornops as defined by StaP- appear to agree better with these specimens than does Scudder's description. This may be due to the fact that Stal's description was based on longipenne. SCHISTOCERCA St^l. Schistocerca pyramidata Scudder. San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. November, 1904. [Nos. 72 and 73-1 (P. Biolley.) Four males, four females. Side of Tablazo, at 1,700 meters. October, 1904. [Nos. 61, 62, 63 and 64.] (P. Biolley.) Seven males, seven females. Some of the above recorded individuals have the tegmina consider- ably longer than others, while the variation in the intensity of the coloration is quite striking. " Bihang K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., V, No. 4, p. 39, 1878. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 805 DICHROPLUS Stdl. Dichroplns morosus Rehn. 1905. Dichroplus morosus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 442. [Monte Redondo, Costa Rica.] Side of Tablazo, at 1,350 meters. October, 1904. [No. 67.] (P. BioUey.) Two males, two females. As the male of this species has never been described its characters are given herewith. (5^. Size small. Head with the interspace between the eyes moder- ately narrow, shallowly sulcate; fastigium declivent, passing into the frontal costa without interruption of the shallow sulcus ; costa narrow- ed dorsad, regularly but slightly expanding ventrad, more distinctly sulcate ventrad of the ocellus ; eye about half again as long as the infra- ocular groove. Pronotiun with the caudal margin subrectangulate. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes subquadrate ; metasternal lobes subcontiguous. Tegmina exceeding the tips of the caudal femora by about half the length of pronotum. Furcula present as extremely minute knobs; supra-anal plate with a longitudinal median groove, outline slightly narrowed with the apex abruptly rounded except for a slight median angle; cerci with the proximal section broad, strongly tapering in the proximal half, the distad section very narrow, styliforni and subequal, tip slightly incurved, deciuved and acute; subgenital plate produced, longer than broad, the apex narrowly rounded. Measurements. Length of body, 16 mm. Length of pronotum, 3.5 " Length of tegmen, 12.5 " Length of caudal femur, 8.5 " The specimens examined exhibit considerable variation in the shade of the ground color and the intensity of the pattern. AIDEMONA Brunner. Aidemona azteca (Saussure). Side of Tablazo, at 1,700 meters. October, 1904. [No. 66.] ' (P. Biolley.) One female. TETTIGONID^. APHIDNA Sm. 1874. Aphidna Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, II, pp. 13, 28. Type. — Phaneroptera alipes Westwood d'. 806 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [N0V.> Aphidna simplicipes Brunner. 1878. A[phidna] simplicipes Brunner, Monogr. d. Plianeropt., p. 157. [Mexico.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. July, 1904. [No. 43."! (P. Biolley.) One male. This is the first record of the species since the original description. HORMILIA Stai. 1873. Hormilia St&l, Ofversigt Kongl. Vetens.-Akad. Forhandl., 1873, No. 4, p. 41. Type. — Phaneroptera toltcca Saussure. Hormilia intermedia Brunner. 1878. H[ormilia\ intermedia Brunner, Monogr. d. Phaneropt., p. 232. [Cordova, Mexico; Guatemala.] Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Four males, one female, one nymph. Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) One nymph. Piedras Negras. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male, three females. This series of specimens exhibits considerable variation in color, both in the ground color and the intensity of the pattern. Some individuals are without a trace of greenish, while others have the base color, very pale apple green ; the pattern of the tegmina in some is a complicated subscalariform arrangement, in others only an irregular mottling. In all the specimens examined, including the nymphs, the dorsal abdominal markings are distinct. The species has been recorded once before from Costa Rica, from Cache, by Saussure and Pictet. CERAIA Brunner. 1891. Ceraia Brunner, Verliandl. k.-k. Zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien, XLI, p. 18, 127. Included nine species,^^ of which the first, tibialis (which is the species figured), may be considered the type. Ceraia cruenta (Burnaeister). 1838. Ph[aneropiera] cruenta Burmeister Handb. d. Entom., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 691. [Rio Janeiro, Brazil.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. July, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 42.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. This striking species is recorded for the first time north of Brazil. The only definite records previously published are from the type ocality. '^ Ceraia tibialis Brunner, maxima Brunner, punctulata (Brunner), suri- numensis Brunner, dentata (Brunner), cornuta Brunner, atrosignata Brunner, zebrata Brunner and cruenta (Burmeister.) 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 807 STILPNOCHLORA Stil. Stilpnochlora marginella (Serville). 1839. Phylloptera marginella Serville, Orthopteres, p. 405. [Cape of Good Hope; erroneous.] San Jose. September, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. Stilpnochlora tolteca (Saussure). 1859. Phylloptera tolteca Saussure, Revue et Magas. de Zool., 2e ser., XI, p. 203. [Mexico.] Atenas. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One female. San Jose. September, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Three males, five females. Stilpnochlora azteca (Saussure). San Jose. September, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Tarbaca. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. STEIRODON Serville. 1831. Stcirodon Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 140. Type. — Phyllophora citrifolia Thunberg = Steirodon validum Stal." Steirodon validum Stk\. 1815. Phyllophora citrifolia Thunberg, IVKm. I'Acad. Imp. Sci. St. P^tersb., V, p. 286. (Not Gryllus {Tettigonia) citrifolius LinnsEus and authors.) 1874. Siteirodori] validum Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, II, p. 44. (Based in part on Thunberg's material.) [Locality unknown.] Costa Rica. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. This Brazilian and Guianan species is here recorded for the first time from Central America. OROPHUS Saussure. 1859. Orophus Saussure, Revue et Magas. de Zoolog., 2e ser., XI, p. 204. 1878. Anepsia Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 269. 1897. Paragenes Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 338. "The genus Steirodon was based on three forms: citrifolius, prasinus and thoracicus. The second was removed to Trigonocorypha in 1874; the third to Posidippus the same year. The first, citrifolius, was based wholly on references as follows: Locusta citrifolia Fab., Ent. Svst., No. 1. De Geer, Mem., t. Ill, p. 437, PI. 37, fig. 3. Stoll, Sauter., PI. 4, fig. 12. Phyllophora citrifolia Thunb., M6m. de I'Acad. Imp. des Sc. de Saint-P^tersb., t. V, p. 286. The references of Fabricius and De Geer were based on Linn^'s Gryllus (Tet- tigonia) citrifolius, which was placed in Posidippus in 1874. Stoll's figure was considered a Peucestes the same year, leaving Thunberg's misidentification, later named by Stal, who examined the Thunberg material, as the type. 808 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Included mexicana, otomia, salicifolia, rhombifolia, totonaca, salvi- folia and huasteca. Of these otomia, salicifolia, rhombifolia, totonaca and salvifolia belong to the genus Microcentrum, 1873; huasteca to AmUyconjpha, 1873; and mexicana remains as the type. Orophus mezicanus Saussure. 1859. Ph[ylloptera (Orophus)] mexicana Saussure, Revue et Magas. de Zoologie, 2e ser., XI, p. 204. [Mexico.] 1905 Paragenes conspersa Baker, Invert. Pacifica, I, p. 78. (Not of Brun- ner.) [San Marcos, Nicaragua.] Escazu. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male, one female. Santa Ana. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Four females. A San Marcos, Nicaragua, female individual, received from Baker and determined as conspersus. is larger than any Costa Rican specimen examined. This species has previously been recorded from Cache, Rio Sucio, San Francisco, San Jose, Azahar de Cartago and Monte Redondo in Costa Rica. Orophus ovatus (Brunner). 1878. A[nepsia] ovata Brunner, Monogr. der Plianeropt., p. 271. [Costa Rica.] Zarzero. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Five males, one female. Tarbaca. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two females. Escazu. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two males. Santa Ana. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) {A. N. S. Phila.] Two males. This quite distinct species varies somewhat in size and from a green- ish-brown to a distinct green in color, with the small fuscous annuli practically absent in some specimens. This species is more austral than the others of the genus, having been recorded but once from outside of Costa Rica, then from San Geronimo, Guatemala. The previous definite Costa Rican records are irom Rio Sucio, Cache and Volcan de Irazu. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 809 Orophus conspersus (Brunner). 187S. A[nepsia] conspersa Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 270. [Chiriqui.] Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. S. N. Phila.] Two males. Tucurrique. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. Carrillo. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Two males. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] Twenty-eight males, nine females. This form is probably, as Brunner says, a small type of tessellata. The large series examined is rather uniform in size, but the coloration varies greatly, both in the general color and the presence or intensity of the fuscous annuli of the tegmina. Most of the males have the tambourine marked laterad more or less regularly with brownish, and the paler specimens which are little marked with fuscous have the femoral spines with the dark color restricted to a very slight apical touch. The previous Costa Rican records of this species are from San Jose, La Uruca, El Coronal, Tucurrique, La Palma, Turrialba and Monte Redondo. Orophus tessellatus Saussure. 1861. Phi/Uoptera (Orophus) tessellata Saussure, Revue et Magas. de Zoolog., 2e ser., XIII, p. 129. [Mexico.] San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Four males, four females. Tucurrique. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] Three females. Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two females. Reventazon, plains of Santa Clara; altitude 200 meters. December, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 40.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. The material examined fully demonstrates the variability of this species in color, some being strongly dotted with fuscous and with the usual large annuli distinct, while others are almost uniform green. Considerable variation is also exhibited in size, and some individuals might be referred to either tessellatus or conspersus. This is particu- larly true of the individuals from Carrillo. The previous Costa Rican records are from Volcan de Irazu, Cache and Santa Clara. ANAULACOMERA StM. 1873. Anaulacomera Stal, 6fv. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl., XXX No. 4, pp. 41, 43. Included submaculata, nodulosa and opacifolia Stal, of which the first may be considered the type. SIO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Anaulacomera digitata n. sp. Type: 9 ; San Jose, Costa Rica, 1,160 meters. At electric light. July, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 44.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Allied to A. furcata Brunner, but differing in the sulcate fastigium, the undivided superior ramus of the radial vein, the absence of a dis- thict angle on the dorsal margin of the ovipositor and the broader tegmina. Size rather small; form moderately elongate. Head with the fasti- gium narrow, the apex rounded and constricted proximad, moderately but distinctly sulcate, the expanded proximal section with the margins elevated, the lateral ridges being lost on the constriction ; facial fasti- gium touching the fastigium of the vertex; eyes subglobose, quite prominent; antennte reaching to the tips of the wings, proximal joint large, equal to the space between the basal joints, flattened. Prono- Fig. 6. Anoulacomera digitata n. sp. of type. (X 2.) Lateral view Fig. 7. Anaulacomera digitata n. sp. Dorsal view of head. (X 3.) tum deplanate dorsad; cephalic margin truncato-emarginate, caudal margin flattened arcuate, lateral angles narrowly rounded; lateral lobes about as long as deep, caudal margin with the sinus rather broad and deep, the margin arcuate from this to a point on the ventral section which is obtuse-angulate, the cephalic margin being arcuato-emargin- ate and the ventro-cephalic margin oblique. Mesosternum with the lobes subtrigonal, each longer than broad. Metasternum with the lobes rotundate, the medio-lateral section of their curve being flattened. Tegmina about half again as long as the caudal femora, extremely elongate-elliptical in outline, nearly four and a half times as long as broad, the width except proximad and distad being subequal, costal margin very gently arcuate, apex evenly rounded ; radial vein with the two branches not distinctly subdivided, the division of the vein being 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 811 near the distal third of the tegmen; anterior iihiar vein reaching the su+ural margin a short distance distad of the furcation of the radial vein. Wings extending beyond the closed tegmina, a distance about equal to the length of the pronotum. Ovipositor about twice the length of the pronotum, saber-like in form, the greatest width slightly less than a third the length and in the distal half, apex acute, dorsal margin straight with a slight proximal curve, ventral margin almost straight in the proximal half, strongly arcuate in the distal half, mar- gins of the distal half crenulato-dentate; subgenital plate very deeply and triangularly emarginate, the base of the emargination rounded, lateral processes of the plate produced slender and digitiform. Cephalic tibiae moderately rounded and unarmed dorsad. Caudal femur reach- ing to the apex of the ovipositor, slender in the distal half. General color apple green, the head and thorax soiled olive-yellow; abdomen pale orange-buff; sutural margins of the tegmina naples yellow; margins of the tip of the ovipositor vandyke brown; eyes mars brown. Measurements. Length of body, 16 mm. Length of pronotum, 4.5 Length of tegmen, 27.5 Breadth of tegmen, 6.2 Length of caudal femur, 15.8 Length of ovipositor, 9 The specific name refers to the appendages of the subgenital plate. In addition to the type, a badly damaged male individual from Esparta (altitude 50 meters; no. 45; P. Biolley) is referred with some doubt to this species. The tegmina are somewhat slenderer than in the type, but the venation is similar, while the head and pronotum, as well as the sternal lobes, are identical. Subgenital plate and supra-anal plate are as in A. lanceolata Brunner, the cerci however differ in being without a basal lobule and having a spiral twist instead of being straight and lanceolate. Anaulacomera laticauda Brunner. 1878. Alnaukicomera] laticauda Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 292. [Mexico; Orizaba; St. Jean, Colombia.] Tucurrique, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One female. 812 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., The male individual has the sutural margin of the tegmina narrowly areolate with blackish-brown. This is the first Costa Rican record for the species, which ranges from Orizaba to Colombia. Anaulacomera denticauda Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Anaulacomera denticauda Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 345, Pi. XVI, figs. 15 and 16. [Temax, North Yucatan, Mexico.] Piedras Negras, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. This specimen agrees fully with the description of the species, which was hitherto known only from the type. TTJRPILIA stai. Turpilia oblongooculata Brunner. 1878. Turpilia oblongooculata Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 326. [Oaxaca, Mexico ; Guatemala.] Esparta, 50 meters. February, 1905. (P. BioUey; No. 45.) [A.N. S. Phila.] One female. This species has been recorded from Costa Rica, without definite locality, by Saussure and Pictet. Turpilia linearis n. sp. Type : d" ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. Hebard Collection. Allied to T. mexicana Brunner, but differing in the deplanate dorsum of the pronotum, the narrower tegmina and the slighth' longer caudal femora. As mexicana was based on the female sex, the comparisons are not as full as could be desired. Size medium; form very elongate. Head with the occiput very slightly rounded; fastigium declivent, strongly compressed, proximal section narrowly sulcate, distal portion without sulcus; fastigium of the face touching the fastigium of the vertex; eyes subglobose, quite prominent; antennae when laid back exceeding the tips of the closed wings by more than the length of the body, proximal joint not de- pressed. Pronotum decidedly deplanate dorsad, cephalic margin very slightly arcuato-emarginate, caudal margin arcuate, lateral angles moderately rounded cephalad, sharp caudad; lateral lobes deeper than long, sinus on the caudal margin shallow, remainder of the caudal mar- gin and the ventral margin arcuate, cephalic margin very slightly emarginate. Mesosternal lobes transverse, angles rectangulate, not produced; metasternal lobes rounded and with a narrow median fissure. Tegmina very slender, about twice the length of the body, the greatest width contained five and a half times in the length; costal mar- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 813 gin slightly arcuate proximad, straight distad, sutural margin straight with a slight arcuation proximad, apex roimded with the costal section more arcuate than the sutural; mediastine vein very short, median vein issuing slightly proximad of the middle of the tegmen, bifurcate. Wings extending beyond the tegmina a distance slightly greater than the length of the pronotum; sutural margin straight, costal margin arcuate. Supra-anal plate not exceeding the preceding abdominal segment in length, transverse, margin truncate; cerci rather thick, blunt, with a strong curve mesad ; subgenital plate longitudinal^with a U-shaped median emargination, styles as long as the processes of Fig. 8. Turpilia linearis n.sY). Lateral view of type. (X 2.) the plate surrounding the median emargination and on which they are placed. Cephalic tibiae with the dorsal face unarmed, the cephalic ventral margin with several spines. Median tibiae with several spines on the dorsal face. Caudal femora slightly more than three times the length of the head and pronotum, inflated proximad and regularly decreasing to the slender distal two-fifths ; caudal tibiae slightly longer than the femora, the dorsal margins strongly and closely spined, ventral margins with the spines much fewer, smaller and ad pressed. General color oil green; eyes mars brown; antennae suffused with blackish; sutural margins of the tegmina and weakly on the wings marked with brownish-black, the areas between nervures alone being colored. Fig. 9. Tur- pilia linearis n. sp. Dorsal view of head. (X 3.) 814 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [XOV., Measurements. Length of body, 16.5 mm. Length of pronotiim, 4.5 Length of tegmen, 33.5 Greatest breadth of tegmen, 6 Length of exposed portion of wing beyond tegmen, . 6.5 Length of caudal femur, 22 The type is the only specimen of the species seen. MICROCENTRUM Scudder. Microcentrum syntechnoides Rehn. 1903. Microcentrum syntechnoides Rehn, Trans. Anier. Ent. Soc, XXIX, p. 23. [Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. July, 1904. (At electric light.) (P. Biolley; No. 41.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. This individual is inseparable from the type, and is separated from M. lanceolatum by the slenderer tegmina and caudal limbs. SYNTECHNA Brunner. 187S. Syntechna Brunner, Monogr. d. Phaneropt., p. 30, 347. Included olivaceo-viridis Brunner and tarasca (Saussure), of which the first may be considered the type. Syntechna caudelli Rehn. 1901. Syntechna caudelli Rehn. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XXVII, p. 224. [Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mexico.] San Jose. September and October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two females. Tarbaca. October and December, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male, one female. Escazu. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Not separable from the type specimen. Apparently separated from tarasca by the form of the lateral lobes of the pronotum and the teg- mina. LICHENOCHRUS Karsch. 1890. Lichenochrus Karsch, Entom. Xachr., X'S'I, p. 268. Type. — L. crassipcs Karsch. Lichenochrus marmoratus n. sp. Type: 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. (Hebard Collection.) Allied to L. modestus Brunner and brcvistylus Saussure and Pictet, but differing from the former in the marmorate tegmina, the number 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 815 of spines on the median femora and the larger size, and from hrevistylus in the form of the lateral lobes of the pronotmn, the number of femoral spines and the curved ovipositor. Size medium; form robust. Head with the occiput arched; fasti- gium declivent, slightly produced, acuminate, the margins elevated and the apex an acute horizontally directed process; facial fastigium touching the fastigium of the vertex; eyes subovate, the greatest length dorso- ventral, very prominent when viewed from the dorsum; antennae with the proximal joint large, cylindrical, margins of the insertion of the antennae placed close together, the facial fastigium being narrow, joints of the antennae slightly nodose distad. Pronotum saddle-shaped, depressed mesad, elevated cephalad and caudad; ce- phalic margin arcuato-truncate, elevated mesad at an angle of about 45°; caudal section slightly elevated into a rather flattened transverse structure with the surface lineato-rugose and the outline strongly constricted cephalad with the cephalic angles rounded, caudal margin subtruncate; dorsal section between the first and second transverse sulci with a pair of erect rather blunt diverging processes w^hich form part of the rather broken lateral margins of the dorsal surface; lateral lobes nearly quadrate, the margins nearly straight, transverse sulci distinct and carried well down on the lobes. ]\Iesosternal lobes with a pair of lateral erect trigonal processes. Tegmina about two and a half times the length of the head and pronotum, lanceolate, the greatest width contained four times in the length; costal margin straight except for a strong proximal arcuation, sutural margin evenly arcuate, apex rather blunt, rounded; costal field with the mediastine vein short and soon lost in the general caudo-ventral trend of the veins, median vein issuing slightly distad of the middle of the tegmen, l^ifur- cate, the principal branch reaching the sutural margin near the apex, ulnar vein with one ramus, anal vein with a ramus on the dorsal field. Ovipositor equal to the length of the pronotum and twice the length of the head, acuminate, the proximal half straight and subequal, the distal pronotum moderately bent arcuate and tapering, with the dorsal margin nearly straight distad of the curve, apex acute, ventral margin of the apex serrulate; subgenital plate transverse, the margin with a deep brace-shaped emargination, the lateral processes acute. Cephalic femora slightly more than twice the length of the head, the distal portion with a very slight curve, genicular lobes acute, dorsal margins unarmed, cephalo- ventral margin with four dentate lobes ; cephalic tibiae slightly shorter than the femora, dorsal margins each with three trigonal lobes, ventral margins with five to six spines; terminal joint of the cephalic 816 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., tarsi slightly shorter than the remaining joints together. Median limbs about equal to the cephalic in size; femora shaped in the cephalic limbs but with three instead of four lobes; tibiae with three lobes on each of the dorsal margins and six to seven spines on the ventral mar- gins. Caudal limbs missing. General color tawny-olive. Head marked around the eyes , f astigium, Fig. 10. Lichenochrus 77iarm orat us n.sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) lateral ridges and clypeus and irregular annulations of the antennse, bister; lateral ridges and cephalic face of mandibles also Indian yellow; eyes walnut brown. Pronotum washed on the lateral ridges with, and small scattered patches of color on the ventral portion of the lateral Fig. 11. Lichenochrus marmoratus n. sp. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X 3.) lobes, Indian yellow; the first transverse sulcus on the dorsal section of the lateral lobes are slightly washed with blackish-brown, the second sulcus is bordered caudad through two-thirds the depth of the lobes by a broad blotch of the same color; caudal section of the dorsal face faintly washed with apple green. Tegmina marbled and blotched with several colors: mummy brown, chrome yellow and apple green, the brown being solid in subquadrate blotches, the j^ellow faint and only suffusing some veins, the green weak and filling quadrate blotches as well as being irregularly distributed. Ovipositor with the distal half blackish-brown. Limbs irregularly mottled and annulate with vandyke 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 817 brown and very weak greenish, the femoral lobes being touched with blackish-brown. Measuremeyits. Length of body, 30.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 6.2 Length of tegmen, 37 Greatest width of tegmen. 9 Length of ovipositor, 14.2 The type is unique. GONGEOCNEMIS Brunner. 1895. Gongrocnemis Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 18, 163. Included thirteen species, of which the only species figured, 'palli- despinosa, may be selected as the type, Gongrocnemis nigrospinosa Brunner. 1895. Gongrocnemis nigrospinosa Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 167. [Mexico.] Surubres river, by San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. (P. Biolley ; No. 49.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. This specimen has the number of femoral spines slightly different from the formulae given in the original description and the cephalic tibise have the fuscous annuli incomplete. DREPANOXIPHUS Brunner. 1895. Drepanoxiphiis Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 18, 173. Type. — D. minutus Brunner. Drepanoxiphus minutus Brunner? 1895. Drepanoxiphus yninutus Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophj^Il., p. 174. [Chiriqui.] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. San Jose. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U . S. N. M.] One female. These specimens are referred to this species with some doubt, as the cephalic femora of the San Jose specimen measure nearly eight milli- meters in length, instead of five and a half as given in the original de- scription. These parts are missing in the Carrillo individual. The latter has the tegmina and wings shorter than the San Jose representa- tive, the limbs are distinctly annulate and the size is slightly less. The wings are infuscate in both specimens. COCCONOTUS stai. 1873. Cocconotus Stal, Ofver. Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl., XXX, No. 4, p. 46. Type.^ — Meroncidium degeeri Stal. 53 818 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., Cocconotas degeeri (Stai). 1860. Meroncidium De Geeri Stal, Kongl. Svenska Fregat. Eugenies Resa, Zool. I, Ins., p. 322. [St. Joseph Island, Bay of Panama.] Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. February, 1905. (P. Biolley; No. 50.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male, one female. Pirrus. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. These specimens have the faces solid black without evident stripes, and the costal region of the tegmina is more or less strongly washed with pale greenish. The departure from the typical form in the color- ing of the face has already been noticed by Griffini.^'' Specimens of this species have been recorded from Matachin, Panama, Rio Cianati; lagoon of Pita and Punta de Sabana, Darien, and ^'olcan de Chiriqui. Cocconotus ravus n. sp. Types: 6^ and ? ; San Jose, Costa Rica. September, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Allied to C. castus Brunner, from I\Iexico, but differing in the larger size, the shape of the emargination of the male anal segment, and the shape of the supra-anal and subgenital plates. It can be separated from C. ignobilis Brunner, a near ally, by the shape of the anal seg- ment, the supra-anal plate and the undilated styles. Size medium; form moderately robust. Head transversely rounded, strongly declivent toward the fastigium; fastigium short, acuminate, narrow, horizontal, sulcate proximad with the lateral margins elevated into rather low rounded j^rocesses, a])ex acute, compressed, about reaching to the margins of the antennal scrol^es; facial fastigium con- tiguous with the fastigium of the vertex; eyes short ovoid, the point directed ventrad, prominent; antennae contained two (cJ^) to two and a half times ( 9 ) in the length of the body. Pronotum scabrose, slightly flattened dorsad; cephalic margin arcuate, caudal margin trun- cato-arcuate, no lateral angles marked except faintly on the "shoulders," two transverse sulci distinctly marked, the caudal more distinct than the cephalic; lateral lobes distinctly longer than deep, the ventral mar- gin nearly straight, the angles subrectangulate, caudal transverse sulcus extending to the ventral margin in a ventro-cephalic direction, a supplementary sulcus being present caudad of this and extending ventro-caudad to the angle. Tegmina very slightly exceeding the body in length elongate lanceolate, the greatest width being contained about four and a half times in the length; costal and sutural margins very slightly arcuate, the apex rather narrowly rounded; mediastine vein '5 Bollett. Mus. Zool. ed Anat. Comp. Torino, X, No. 232, p. 21. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 819 very short and lost in the general vein structure of the costal field, the trend of the principal veins of which is ventro-caudal ; median vein diverging before the distal third of the tegmen and reaching the apical margin; ulnar vein rather irregular and indirect in its course. Male with the last abdominal segment transverse, margin subtruncate Fig. 12. Cocconotus ravusn.sp. Lateral view of female type. (X 2.) with a strong incurved hook present on each side; supra-anal plate subquadrate excavated mesad, caudal margin with a broad median and two slender lateral acute processes ; cerci short, thick, blunt, re- curved, the internal margin of the apex with a strong claw-like tooth; subgenital plate longitudinal, produced, the apical margin with a V-shaped emargination, styles slightly longer than the plate, depressed, subequal, tips rather blunt. Ovipositor about two and a half times the length of the pronotum, slightly sinuate, the tip with a slight dorsal elevation, the proximal half sub- equal, the distal half tapering to the very acute apex, ventral margin slightly arcuate, dorsal margin ex- cept for the proximal third and a short space near the apex dentato-serrate, ventral margin feebly ser- rate near the apex; subgenital plate trigonal with a narrow V-shaped median emargination. Cephalic femora about equal to the head and pronotum in length, the ventro-cephalic margin with four heavy dentiform spines distad; cephalic tibiae very slightly longer than the femora, unarmed dorsad; each ven- tral margin armed with seven spines; tarsi with the third joint very broad, the entire length nearly two-thirds that of the tarsi, Me- Fig.13. Cocco- notus ravus n.sp. Dorsal view of apex of male ab- domen. Type. (X 3.) 820 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., dian femora slightly larger than the cephalic and similarly armed; tibiae similar in armament to the cephalic. Caudal femora reaching nearly to the apex of the abdomen, the proximal portion (two-thirds) considerably inflated and tapering to the slender distal fourth, genic- ular lobes rounded, ventro-lateral margins with eight to ten spines ranging from a mere tubercle proximad to large dentiform structures distad; tibiae about equal to the femora in length, all margins regularly ppined, those of the dorsal margins closer together and more numerous than on the ventral face. General color russet, the limbs and venter more wood brown and fawn color. Principal thoracic sutures, coxae, all femoral spines, later- al and median areas of the subgenital plate of the male and the distal half of the ovipositor marked with blackish. Tegmina with a weak suffusion of apple green. T}^iiipanum of the male blackish. ■ Measurements. Length of body, 34.5 mm. 40 mm. Length of pronotum, 7 " 7.8 '' Length of tegmen, 26.3 " 3L2 " Length of caudal femur 18.5 " 21.5 " Length of ovipositor, 19 " A series of seventeen specimens, five males, twelve females, of this species have been examined. The localities represented are: San Jose, September, 1902, three males, six females; Monte Redondo, Janu- ary, 1903, one male; Tarbaca, October and November, 1902, one male, three females; Cizahar de Cartago, October, 1902, one female; Tablazo, November, 1902, one female; Guatel, August, 1902, one female. This series exhibits considerable variation in size and a slight amount in color, but in this regard chiefly in the strength of the greenish suf- fusion of the tegmina. In a few specimens the tegmina are somewhat tessellated by the infuscation of veins, but usually this is not pro- nounced. The pronotum is in several specimens rather dark, while the cingulate margin is light colored, producing a decided contrast. The most striking variation, however, is in size, one male and several females being considerably smaller than the types of their respective sexes. CECENTROMENUS Brunner. 1895. Cecentromenus Brunner, Monogr. der PseudophylL, pp. 20, 220. T3'pe.^ — C. marmoratus Brunner. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 821 Cecentromenus marmoratus Brunner. 1895. Cecentromenus marmoratus Brunner, Monoer. der Pseudophyll., p. 221, taf. VIII, fig. 97. [Chiriqui.] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. This individual agrees very well with the original description and figurq except that the caudal femora are shorter, forty-two instead of fifty millimeters in length. This species has definitely been recorded from the Volcan de Chiriqui by Saussure and Pictet. EUACRIS Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Euacris Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 440. Type. — E. pictipennis Saussure and Zehntner. Euacris richmondi Rehn. 1903. Euacris richmondi Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XXIX, p. 30. [Escondido river, fifty miles from Bluefields, Nicaragua.] San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. This specimen appears to fully represent richmondi, the type of which is not available for examination, but is slightly larger than the original measurements. The tjqjical species, pictipennis, was described from Volcan de Irazu, Costa Rica, at an elevation of 7,000 feet. SCOPIORUS Stai. 1873. Scopiorus Stal, Ofv. Kongl. Veten.-Alcad. Forhandl., XXX, No. 4, pp. 45, 48. Type. — S. sutorius Stal. Scopiorus mucronatus Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Scopiorus mucronatus Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 443, tab. XXI, fig. 15. [Azahar de Cartago, Costa Rica.] Tarbaca. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Male and female. San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One female. San Jose. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. The annulations of the antennae are more distinctly marked than one would infer from the original description, particularly in the San Carlos female. MIMETICA Pictet. 1888. Mimetica Pictet, Mem. Soc. Phys. et d'Hist. Nat. Geneve, XXX, No. 6, p. 30. Type. — M. moriuijolia Pictet. Mimetica brunneri Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Mimetica brunneri Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 453, tab. XXII, fig. 8. [Las Mercedes, Guatemala; Rio Sucio, Costa Rica; Costa Rica; Bugaba, Volcan de Chiriqui and Tol6, Panama; Chiriqui.] 822 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., Tucurrique. (Schild and Biirgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. This specimen is referred to this species with some doubt as the teg- mina are slightly more caudate and the costal emarginations are of a slightly different shape. COPIPHOKA Serville. 1831. Copiphora Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 147. Type. — C. longicauda Serville. Copiphora cultricornis Pictet. 1888. C[opiophora] cultricornis Pictet, Mem. Soc. Phys. et d'Hist Nat Geneve, XXX, No. 6, p. 47, PI. 2, fig. 23. [Central America.] Guatel. August, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One immature female. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One male. The male specimen has the rostrum shorter and deeper than the female. The size is also rather less than the measurements given by Saussure and Zehntner,'*' while the face is suffused with brownish-red. This species has been definitely recorded from Bugaba and Volcan de Chiriqui, Panama. Copiphora rhinoceros Pictet. 1888. C[opiophora] rhinoceros Pictet, Mem. Soc. Phys. et d'Hist. Nat. Geneve, XXX, No. 6, p. 48, PI. 2, fig. 25. [Central America.] Turrialba. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. This specimen is about the same size as the male measured by Red- tenbacher" and agrees fully with his description, except for the pres- ence of but one spine on the dorsal face of the right median tibiaj and absence of brownish-black coloring on the terminal tarsal joints. The left median tibia bears three spines dorsad as mentioned by Red ten- bach er. This species has been recorded from Nicaragua and Volcan de Chiri- qui, Panama. LIROMETOPITM Scudder. 1875. Lirometopum Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 457. Type. — L. coronatum Scudder. Lirometopum coronatum Scudder. 1875. Lirometopum coronatum Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 458, figs. 1 and 2. [Greytown, New Grenada. »*'] Tucurrique. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. '• Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 377. " Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 342, 1891. " Greytown, Nicaragua. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 823 Tiirrialba. (.Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Two females. This extraordinary species varies considerably in size, the specimens here tabulated measuring in the order given: breadth of face 10.5, 12, 11.2, 10; length of pronotum 12.9, 14, 12.1, 11.3; length of tegmina 31, 35.5, 31, 29.5; length of caudal femora 15.8, 18, 17, 14.6. The previously known records for this species are Greytown, Cache, Costa Rica, and Colombia. ERIOLUS Bolivar. 1888. Eriolus Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, I, p. 1,50. Type. — E. caraibeus Bolivar. Eriolus spiniger Redtenbacher. 1891. Eriolus spiniger Redtenbacher, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 349. [Cayenne.] Tarbaca. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. This specimen presents some points of difference from the descrip- tion of spiniger^ and may represent the female of E. longipennis Red- tenbacher from Costa Rica, known only from the male; but that species is said to have the "meso- et metasternum lobis rotundatis," while the specimen in hand has the lateral margins of the mesosternum elevated and developed into rather blunt flattened spines. On the other hand the fastigium is flattened above, while in spiniger this is "superne hand deplanatum," and in longipennis "superne planum." The ovipositor is typical of spiniger. This species was previously known only from the type locality. PYRGOCORYPHA Stai. 1873. Pyrgocorypha Stal, Ofver. K. Veten.-Akad. Forhandl., XXX, No. 4, p. 50. Type. — Conocephalus subulatus Thunberg. Pyrgocorypha rogersi Saussure and Pictet. 1898. Pyrgocorypha rogersi Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 387, tab. XIX, figs. 13 and 14. [Cache, Costa Rica.] Escazu. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female.] Tablazo. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phiia.] One nymph. Pyrgocorypha hamata (Scudder). 1879. Conocephalus hajnatus Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XX, p. 87. [Guatemala.!*] Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N, S. Phila.] One male, one female. ** Saussure and Pictet {Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 387) consider this locality probably an error for Costa Rica. 824 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. September, 1904. [Nos. 53 and 55.] (P, BioUey.) Two males, two females. These specimens are somewhat larger than individuals from Cuer- navaca, Morelos, Mexico. This species has also been recorded from Cuernavaca, Morelos and Michoacan, Mexico, and Salvador. CONOCEPHALUS Thunberg. Conocephalus guttatus Serville. 1839. Conocephalus guttatus Serville, Orthopteres, p. 51S. [Cuba.] Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Three males, six females, one nymph. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. Tucurrique. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male. Pozo Azul de Pirris. June, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Surubres river at San Mateo, altitude 250 meters. Feliruary, 1905. (P. Biolley; Nos. 51 and 52.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two females. Some of the specimens here listed differ considerably from others in tlie form of the fastigium, the subconic typical form with the rounded apex being connected with one with a more rounded, inflated type with parallel sides. Both color phases are represented in the series, which also exhibits considerable variation in size. Conocephalus muticus Redtenbacher. 1891. Conocephalus rnuticus Redtenbacher, A'erhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 393. [Cuba; St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles.] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. This form appears rather questionably distinct from guttatus. It has been previously recorded from Punta de Sal^ana, Darien. Conocephalus mexicanus Saussure. 1859. Conocephalus mexicanus Saussure, Revue et INIagasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XI, p. 208. [Mexico.] Tarbaca. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Escazu. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. X. S. Phila.] One female. San Jose. September, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Four females. This species had previously been recorded from Cache, Costa Rica. Conocephalus obscurellus Redtenbacher. Tarbaca. October, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 825 Conocephalus diversus n. sp. Type: 9 ; Guatel, Costa Rica. August, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Allied to C. laticeps Redtenbacher, but differing in the very much shorter tegmina and ovipositor, the shorter caudal femora and the reduction of the number of femoral spines. Size rather small; form aborted, thick-set, robust, limbs rather short; Fig. 14. Conocephalus diversus n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) surface rugose. Head with the face distinctly but not strongly flattened; occiput transversely arched, slightly elevated to very broad fastigium, which is as broad as the exposed portion of the head, with the cephalic margin regularly arcuate, ventral point placed against the facial fastigium; eyes subtrigonal in basal outline, hardly prominent; antennae nearly reaching to the tip of the ovipositor. Pronotum moder- ately flattened dorsad, cephalic and caudal margins arcuate, lateral angles only moderately distinct caudad, rounded cephalad, a subobsolete, broken median carina present on the caudal section of the dorsum; lateral lobes of the pronotum longer than deep, the caudal sinus very slight, ventro-cephalic and ventro-caudal angles obtuse, the former much broader than the latter. Tegmina equal to the head and pronotum in length, greatest breadth much more than half the length ; cos- tal and sutural margins broadly arcuate; apex rounded dorsad, obliquely truncate ventrad; dorsal field of the tegmen distinctly broader than the lateral; humeral, discoidal and anal veins apparent, others fused in an irregular network of nervures. Wings minute, not functional, hidden under the tegmina. Abdomen some- what compressed, slightly carinate dorsad; ovipositor slightly shorter than the head and pronotum together, rather thick, Fig. 15. Con- ocephalus diver- sus n. sp. Dor- sal \'iew of head, prono- tum and teg- mina. (X 3.) 826 procp:edings of the academy of [Nov., the dorsal margin straight, ventral margin arcuate, apex acute, prox- imal half subequal, margins entire; subgenital plate subtrigonal, apex very shallowly emarginate. Cephalic and median limbs short, rather weak. Caudal femora slightly shorter than the length of the body, the proximal half strongly inflated tapering to the slender subequal distal third, ventral margins with three spines at the distal third; tibas somewhat shorter than the femora, dorsal margins with numerous spines, ventral margins with several on the distal section. General color vandjd^e brown, washed and sprinkled with bister and black. Head with the face solid black margined laterad with a narrow ochre line, antennae annulate with black. Pronotum with a pair of broken longitudinal blackish lines on the disk, the caudal margin alter- nately black and ochre, and the lateral lobes suffused with bister. Teg- mina with the lateral fields blackish-brown. Abdomen with the dor- sum ochre yellow sprinkled with brown, venter and lateral aspects dark brown. Ovipositor hazel. Cephalic and median femora bister, the tibiae ranging from russet to ferruginous. Caudal femora with the sections ventrad of the medio-lateral line blackish, dorsad of this line mingled prout's brown and wood brown; caudal tibiae and tarsi bister. Measurements. Length of body, 20 mm. Length of pronotum, 8 " Length of tegmen, 10 " Length of caudal femur, 19.2 " Length of ovipositor, 9.3 " The type is the only specimen of this striking and distinct species seen. XIPHIDION Serville. 1831. Xiphidion Serville, Ann. Sei. Nat., XXII, p. 159. Included X. juscuni (Fabricius) and fasciatum (De Geer), of which the former, juscum, can be consitlered the type. Xiphidion fasciatum (DeGeer). 1773. Locusta fasciata De Geer, Mem. d'Hist. Ins., Ill, p. 458, PI. 40, fig. 4. [Pennsylvania.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. June, 1904. (P. Biolley; Nos. 47 and 48.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two females. Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. This species has been recorded from Cache, Costa Rica, and Puntade Sabana, Darien, Panama. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 827 PHLUGIS Stai. 1860. Phlugis Stal, Kongl. Svenska Fregat. Eugenies Resa, Zool. I, Ins., p. 324. Type. — Locusta teres De Geer. 1874. Thysdrus Stal, Recens. Orth., II, pp. 102, 116. 1903. Alogopteron Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 141. Phlugis virens (Thunberg). 1815. C[onocephalus] virens Thunberg, Mem. I'Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., V, p. 274. 1903. Alogopteron carrihbeum Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 141. [Turrialba, Costa Rica.] San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. June, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 46.) Two females. Guatel. (C. F. Underwood.) One female. These specimens are inseparable from the type of A. cairibbnim. GKYLLACKIS Serville. 1831. Gryllacris Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 138. Included gryllacris maculicollis (Stoll), G. ruficeps and personata Ser- ville, of which maculicollis can be considered the type. Gryllacris maculata Brunner. 1888- GniUacris maculata Brunner, Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XXXVill, p. 364. [Chiriqui, Panama; Costa Rica.] Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Male and female. The femora of these individuals are suffused distad with carmine. ANABROPSIS Rehn. 1859. Schoenobates Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XI, p 209. (Not of Blackwall, 1850.) Type. — S. mexicanus Saussure. 1901. .Inabrop.sis Rehn, Canad. Ent., XXXIII, p. 272. ' "^ Anabropsis marmorata n. sp. Type: 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard Collection.] Allied to A. mexicana (Saussure), but differing in the fully developed tegmina and wings, the rotundate caudal margin of the pronotum, the more rotundate ventral margin of the lateral lobes and the different coloration. The new form appears to be closely related to A. alata (Brunner),^" which was very poorly described and based on a muti- lated specimen, but which appears to differ in the roundly inserted lateral lobes of the pronotum. Size rather large; form moderately robust. Head with the occiput 20 Verhandl. k.-k. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XXXVIII, p. 274. [Ecuador.] 828 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., arched and bearing a narrow longitudinal median carina extending down to the base of the fastigium; fastigium compressed, depressed with the outline arcuate, constricted proximad, bearing a very shallow longitudinal median sulcus, and carrying the paired ocelli on its lateral faces; facial fastigium touching the fastigium of the vertex; eyes reniform in basal outline, the greatest diameter dorso- ventral and nearly twice the greatest width, quite prominent when viewed from the dor- sum; mouth-parts produced ventrad, in depth equal to the remainder of the head, maxillar palpi with the distal joint elongate, slender, with the apex slightly expanded into a crudely trumpet-shaped structure, penultimate joint strongly compressed; antennae apparently exceeding the tips of the tegmina when in perfect condition, insertion of the antennae broad and occupying all the section between the facial fasti- gium and the eyes. Pronotum faintly saddle-shaped, dorsum arched except for a semicircular caudal section which is deplanate; cephalic margin sinuato-truncate, caudal margin gently arcuate, lateral angles obsolete cephalad, distinct, but not sharp, caudad, and diverted ventro- cephalic on the lobes caudad of the last transverse sulcus; distinct transverse sulci two in number, the cephalic situated immediately caudad of the cephalic margin, and the caudal situated in its usual place laterad, but on the dorsum extending caudad and crudely following the outline of the caudal margin; lateral lobes longer than deep, the ventral margin evenly arcuate, cephalic margin very slightly arcuate with the ventro-cephalic angle obtuse, caudal margin arcuato-emarginate, the ventro-caudal angle subrectanguiate, surface depressed along the line of the sulci and on the ventro-caudal section, the deflected angle being roundly arched. Prosternum unarmed; mesosternum with a pair of erect blunt spines; metasternum with a pair of broad flat trigonal diverging spines. Tegmina long, nearly reaching to the tips of the caudal femora, greatest width contained about three times in the length (apexes damaged); costal margin arcuate proximad; mediastine vein straight, humeral vein with three rami, discoidal with two rami, median with two, the dorsal of which again divides, ulnar vein undivided. Wings equal to the tegmina in length. Ovipositor slightly longer than the pronotum, regularly arched and falciform, apex acute, mar- gins unarmed; subgenital plate produced mesad into an elongate sagittate process with needle-like apex, and a deep median sulcus through the greater part of its length. Cephalic femora equal to the head and pronotum in length, ventro-cephalic margin with three small spines, ventro-caudal margin unarmed; cephalic tibiae about equal to the femora in length, armed with long slender spines, four apical, one 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 829 mesad on the dorso-cephalic margin, four on each ventral margin; cephahc tarsi with the distal joint very slightly shorter than the re- maining joints. Median femora slightly longer than the cephahc, compressed as in them, with two slight spines on the ventro-cephalic margin; median tibiae slightly longer than the cephalic tibiae, armed Fig. 16. Anabropsismarmoratan.sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) distad and on the ventral margins the same, but bearing dorsad two spines on the cephalic and three spines on the caudal margin; median tarsi similar to the cephalic. Caudal femora elongate, about three- fourths the length of the body, moderately inflated proximad, external pagina strongly marked with an overlapping lamellate pattern, the ridges being ventro-cephalic in direction, genicular lobes rounded, ventral margins each with three to four short spines; caudal femora about equal to the femora in length, trigonal in section, armed with eight or nine spines on the dorsal margins, ventral margin armed with several distad. General colors bister and cream-buff, the two colors mingled and marbled on the head, to a slight extent on the tegmina and the limbs annulate and dotted with the same. Head with the eyes walnut brown, a broad poorly defined postocular bar of seal brown present, extending toward mesad on the caudal section of the head, uniting and f' 17 A / suffusing that portion; fastigium and median sismarmoratan.sp. carina colored with the darker shade; antennae Dorsal view of head ' and pronotum. obscurely annulate. Pronotum clear walnut brown (x 3.) , ^ 830 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., with a very fine bvit irregular pattern of lines and l)lotches of van- dyke brown covering the surface, a distinct median hour-glass shaped figure present on the cephalic portion of the dorsum, and a median caudal spot of velvety black. Tegmina with the darker color predom- inating, but usually broken up and confined to veins, except an indistinct proximal spot and several distinct but irregular spots on the apical half. Cephalic and median femora distinctly annulate thrice with dark; tibiae light with only one dark annulus. Caudal femora clouded dorsad with vandyke brown, a clear light section along the ventral carina of the pagina, the carina itself proximad alternately light and dark, dark distad with the genicular region except the lobes light and one light pregenicular annulus; caudal tibise light, dark distad. Measurements. Length of body, 22 mm. Length of pronotum 6.5 " Length of tegmen (approximately), 26.5 " Length of caudal femur, 2L5 " Length of ovipo-itor 9 " The type is unique. Anabropsis costaricensis n. sp. Type: c? ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard Collection.] Closely allied to A. aptera (Brunner) from Guatemala, but smaller and with distinct subtruncate tegmina half as long as the abdomen present. Size medium; form rather slender; surface glabrous. Head with the occiput arched, median longitudinal carina extending to the fastigium present ; fastigium similar to that of .4 . marmorata but not sulcate ; eyes elongate reniform in basal outline, the elongation being ventrad, moder- ately prominent when viewed from the dorsum ; palpi with the terminal joint as A. marmorata, but penultimate joint much less compressed and nearly cylindrical; antennae four times the length of the body. Pronotum slightly less than three times the length of the head, dorsum arcuate; cephalic margin truncate, caudal margin regularly arcuate, lateral angles obsolete cephalad, distinct but notacutecaudad.extending down along the caudal tranverse sulcus on the lateral lobes; median car- ina present but weak ; transverse sulci two in number, cephalic immedi- ately caudad of the cephalic inargin, caudal rather poorly defined dorsad and more evident on the lobes where it has a ventro-cephalic trend ; lateral lobes with the ventral and caudal margins from the dorso- caudal margin to the ventro-cephalic angle one continuous and regular 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 831 arcuation, ventro-cephalic angle rounded rectangulate. Prosterniim armed with a pair of erect slender spines ; mesosternum with a pair of heavier spines but of the same general form ; metasternum with the coxal lobes produced into blunt trigonal lobes. Tegmina slightly shorter than the pronotum, about half again as long as broad; distal margin Fig. IS. Anahropsis costaricensis n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 2.) rotundato-truncate; veins moderately distinct. Wings small, completely hidden under the tegmina. Abdomen compressed, carinate dorsad ; supra-anal plate distorted and true form not ascertainable; cerci arcuate, moder- ately long, somewhat compressed, apex acute; anal fila- ments longer than cerci, tapering; subgenital plate pro- duced, apical margin very shallow and broadly emarginate, styles short, thick, simple, blunt. Cephalic femora slightly longer than the pronotum, unarmed, cephalic tibiae about equal to the femora in length, each dorsal margin armed with one spine mesad and four on each ventral margin; tarsi with the distal joint shorter than the remainder. Median femora of equal length and similar character as the cephalic; median tibiae with two cephalic and three caudal spines on the dorsum and four on each ventral margin; median tarsi with the distal joint shorter than the remainder. Caudal femora slightly longer than the body, strongly inflated proximad and c[uite slender in the distal extremely Fig. 19. An- ahropsis costa- ricensis n. sp. Dorsal view of head, prono- tum and teg- mina. (X 3.) 832 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., third, genicular lobes rounded, the internal spined, internal ventral margin with a few weak spines distad, pagina sculptured as in A. marmorata but much weaker; caudal tibiae very slightly longer than the femora, compressed, dorsum armed with eleven to twelve external and eight nternal spines, venter with several weak ad- pressed spines, spurs on the external face shorter than those of the internal; caudal tarsi with the distal and proximal joints subequal. General color vandyke brown, becoming tawny-olive on the venter, the proximal portions of the femora, the distal section of the caudal tibiae and the tarsi. Antennae, ocelli and mouth-parts tawny-olive. Measurements. Length of body, 19.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 7.1 " Length of tegmen, 6.2 " Length of caudal femiu", 20.5 " The type of this species is the only specimen examined. GRYLLID^. GRYLLOTALPA Latreille. Gryllotalpa hexadactyla Perty. San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Two females. This species has been recorded from Cache, Costa Rica. SCAPTERISCUS Scudder. Scapteriscus didactylus (Latreille). 1804. Gryllotalpa didactyla Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust, et Ins., XII, p. 122. [Cayenne; Surinam.] San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One male, one female. EIPIPTERYX Newman. 1834. Ripipteryx Newman, Entom. Magazine, II, No. II, p. 204, PI. VII. T3q3e. — R. marginatus Newman. Eipipteryx carbonaria Saussure. 1896. Rhipipteryx carbonaria Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 211. [Volcan de Chiriqui, Panama, 2,000 to 3,000 feet.] Escazu. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two females. Side of Tablazo, altitude 1,500 meters. April, 1905. [No. 37.] (P. Biolley.) Thirteen specimens. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 833 Bipipteryx limbata (Burmeister). 1838. X[ya] limbata Burmeister, Handb. d. Entora., II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 742. [South America.] San Carlos. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] One female. Santa Clara, Reventazon river, altitude 150 meters. December, 1904. [No. 39.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] Three females. The terminal joints of the antennse of these specimens are solid black. This species has been recorded from Chontales, Nicaragua, the only other Central American record. Ripipteryx bioUeyi Saussure. 1896. Rhipipteryx biolleyi Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 215. [San Jos6 Volcan de Irazu, 6,000 to 7,000 feet, Costa Rica.] Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Five males, four females, two imperfect individuals. San Jose, altitude 1,160 meters. March, 1905. [No. 38.] (P. Biol- ley.) Twelve males, seven females. Ripipteryx pulioaria Saussure. 1896. Rhipipteryx pulicaria Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 215, tab. XI, fig. 24. [Dos Caminos, Guerrero; Atoyac, Vera Cruz; Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico; var. Tarma, Peru.] Santa Clara, Reventazon river, altitude 150 meters. December, 1904. [No. 140.] (P. Biolley.) One male. Mouth of the Jesus Maria river. Pacific coast. April, 1905. [No. 141.] (P. Biolley.) One female. These specimens differ somewhat in coloration from the original specimens described by Saussure, but they are unquestionably this species. ANUROGRYLLTJS Saussure. 1877. Anurogryllus Saussure, Melanges Orthopter., V fasc, p. 451. Included A. muticus (De Geer), clarazianus (Sauss.), australis Sauss., antillarum (Sauss.), abortivus (Sauss.), and brevicaudatus Sauss'., of which muticus may be considered the type. Anurogryllus muticus (DeGeer). 1773. Gryllus muticus De Geer, Mem. d'Hist. Ins., Ill, p. 520, tab. 43, fig. 2. [Surinam.] Reventazon, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. December, 1904. (P. Biolley; No. 32.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male, one female. 54 834 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., ANAXIPHA Saussure. 1874. Anaxipha Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex. et I'Amer. Cent., part 6, pp. 363, 370. Included A. pulicaria (Burmeister), fallens (Stal) and (?) puniila (Burmeister), of which pulicaria may be considered the tj^pe. Anaxipha exigua (Say). 1825. [Acheta] exigua Say, Journ. Acad. Nat.Sei. Phila., IV, p. 309. [Mis- souri.] Reventazon, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. December, 1904. (P. Biolley;No. 34.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. This individual is inseparable from specimens from the eastern United States. CYRTOXIPHA Brunner. Cyrtoxipha championi Saussure. 1897. Cyrtoxiphus championi Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 236, tab. Xi, fig. 41. [Bugaba, Panama] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. Reventazon, plains of Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters. December, .1904. (P. Biolley; No. 33.) [A, N. S. Phila.] One male, one imma- ture individual. The caudal femora of these specimens are shorter than in the type specimen measured by Saussure, four and five millimeters instead of six. The female is blackish-brown in color, while the male is fulvous. , PHYLLOSCYRTUS Guerin-Meneville. 1844. Phylloscyrtus Guerin-Meneville, Iconogr. du Regne Anim., Ill, p. 333. Type. — P. elegans Guerin-Meneville. Phylloscyrtus cseruleus Saussure. 1874. Phylloscyrtus coeruleus Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex. et I'Amer. Cent., part 6, p. 366, PI. VII, fig. 3. [Eastern Cordillera, Mexico.] Turrialba. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.) One female. This species is here recorded for the first time outside of Mexico. HETEROGRYLLUS Saussure. 1874. Heterogryllus Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mexiq. et I'Amer. Cent., part 6, pp. 430, 439. Type. — H. ocellaris Saussure. Heterogryllus crassicomis Saussure. 1878. H[eterogryllus] crassicomis Saussure, Melanges Orthopterologiques, VI, p. 557. [Venezuela.] Carrillo. [Hebard Collection.] One female. Costa Rica (exact locality unknown). [U. S. N. M.] One female. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 835- These specimens appear to represent this long unrecognized species. Superficially the coloration resembles species of the genus Amphiacusta,. but the peculiar rostrum and slenderer limbs readily differentiate it. The anal filaments are very long, considerably exceeding the ovipositor. The coloration of the limbs is very rich, the caudal femora being wine- color with one complete and one broken distal annulus of ochre. (ECANTHUS Serville. (Ecanthus nigricornis Walker 7 1869. Q^canthus nigricornis Walker, Catal. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., p. 93. [Illinois.] Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. This specimen is referred here with some doubt. XABEA Walker. 1869. Xahea Walker, Catal. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., p. 109. Type. — X. decora Walker. Xabea bipunotata (De Geer). 1773. Gryllus bipunctatus De Geer, Mem. d'Hist. Ins., Ill, p. 523, tab 43, fig. 7. [Pennsylvania.] Turrialba. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.] Two males. Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One female. Previously recorded from Bugaba, Volcan de Chiriqui and Caldera, Panama. ENEOPTERA Burmeister. 1838. Eneoptera Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., II, Abtli. II, part I, p. 736, Included E. hrasiliensis Fabricius ( = sarinamensis De Geer) and E. livida Burm., of which the former has been selected -' as the type. Eneoptera surinamensis (DeGeer). 1773. Gryllus surinamensis De Geer, Mem. d'Hist. Ins , III, p. 519, tab. 43. fig. 1. [Surinam.] Pozo Azul de Pirris. September, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two females. 'This widely distributed species has been previously recorded twice from Central America, from Chontales, Nicaragua, and Bugaba, Panama. ^^ Miss. Scientif. Mex. etl'Amer. Ce7it., part 6, p. 481. 836 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., SPAECECANTHUS Saussure. Paroeoanthus aztecus Saussure. 1874. Parcecanthus Aztecus Saussure, Miss. Scientif. Mex. et I'Amer. Cent., Rec. ZooL, part 6, p. 471. [Mexico.] Monte Reclondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two males, four females. These specimens are smaller than the measurements given by Saus- sure and probably belong to his small variety h." OROCHARIS Uhler. Orocharis cayennensis Saussure? 1897. Orocharis cayennensis Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 275, ; tab. xiii, figs. 23, 24. [CayenneJ. Monte Redondo. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male, one female. These specimens are referred questional^ly to this species on account of the form of the terminal joints of the palpi which are exactly as in O. tibialis, and not the funnel-shaped type found in cayennensis. On the other hand the male tegmina are not as in tibialis, but are typical of cayennensis, and the proportions also agree with the latter species. ECTOTRYPA Saussure. 1874. Ectotrypa Saussure, Miss. Scientif. Mex. et I'Amer. Cent., Rec. Zool., part 6, pp. 465, 466. Type. — E. olmeca Saussure. Eototrypa brevis n. sp. Type: 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard Collection.] Closely allied to E. olmeca Saussure, but differing in the shorter pro- notum, which also has the lateral lobes with the ventral margin arcuate, and the shorter tegmina and wings. Size medium, form moderately slender. Head slightly depressed, occiput gently rounded transversely, not arched longitudinally; fasti- gium bluntly angulate, the space between the internal margins of the antennal scrobes about one-fourth that between the eyes ; eyes irregu- larly pyriform in basal outline, the greatest diameter nearly horizontal, the narrowest portion cephalad, eyes when viewed from the dorsum little prominent; maxillary palpi with the distal segment short trumpet-shaped with the apex excavated; antennae nearly twice the length of the body, proximal joint depressed. Pronotum ar- ■Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 262. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 837 Fig. 20. Ectotrypa hrevis n. sp. sal view of type. (X 2.) Dor- cuate transversely, the greatest length equal to the caudal width ; cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal margin very broadly obtuse-angulate, lateral angles rounded ; lateral lobes very con- siderably longer than deep, the ventral margin truncate-arcuate both angles rounded. Tegmina very slightly shorter than the apex of the abdomen; medias- tine vein with about eleven branches, lateral field with the margin moderately arcuate dis- tad. Ovipositor slightly more than half the length of the body, slender, with a hardly perceptible arcuation, valves finely serrate; styles slender, slightly exceeding the tip of the ovipositor ; subgen- ^ ital plate distad with a broad, shallow sul^trigonal emargination. Cephalic femora distinctly longer than the pronotum, moderately inflated ; cephalic tibiae equal to the femora in length, very slightly and gradually tapering, the tympanum perforate cau- dad. Median limbs missing. Caudal femora very slightly shorter than the tegmina, considerably in- flated, the genicular region small and with the lobes narrowly rounded; caudal tibiae about four-fifths the length of the femora, dorsal margins spinulose proximad, spinulose and spinose distad, the spines five in number on each margin, the spurs on the internal margin much longer than those of the external margins; caudal tarsi with the proximal joint nearly equal to the remaining joints in length, the distal joint but slightly shorter than the proximal. General color cinnamon, the pronotum somewhat inclined toward umber; eyes vandyke brown; mouth-parts and antennas pale; abdomen mummy brown; styles and ovipositor vandyke brown. Measure7nents. Length of body, 16 mm. Length of pronotmn, 3.5 " Fig. 21. Ectotrypa bre vis n . sp . Lateral view of head and pronotum. (X 3.) 838 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV,, Length of tegmen, ^ 10.2 mm. Length of caudal femur, 9.2 " Length of ovipositor, 8 " But one specimen, the type, has been examined. APHONOMORPHUS Rehn. . 1874. Aphonufi Saussure, Miss. Scientif. Mex. et I'Amer. Cent., Rec. Zool., part 6, pp. 466, 509. (Not of Leconte.) 1903. Aphonomorphus Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 260. Included A. mutus, telskii, peruvianus, diversus and (?) lividus, of which mutus may be considered the type. Aphonomorphus silens (Saussure)? 1878. A[phonus] silens Saussure, Melanges Orthopterologiques, fasc. VI, p. 805. [Brazil?] Santa Ana. November, 1902. (C. F. Underwood.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male. It is with some doubt that I place this specimen under this species, as it differs considerably in color and has the caudal femora slightly smaller than Saussure's measurements. The caudal metatarsi have very well developed spines, but Saussure says they are " enormes." The head (except the eyes, rostrum and antennal fossa), pronotum and cephalic and median limbs are blackish-brown, while the tegmina are sienna. The specimen apparently fits no other species, but may be quite dis- tinct from the true silens. Species of Orthoptera Recorded from Costa Rica by the Author, The following list of one hundred and ninety-five species represents the species recorded in this and previous papers by the author {vide p. 790), bearing wholly or in part on the Orthoptera of Costa Rica. FORFICULID^. Pyragra fuscata Serville. Psalis americana (Palisot). Psalis pulchra Rehn. Labia annulata (Fabricius). Labia auricoma Rehn. Opisthocosmia (Sarcinatrix) anomalia Rehn. Apterygida linearis (Eschscholtz). BLATTID^. Anaplecta flabellata Saussure and Zehiitner. Anaplecta julgida Saussure. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 839 Anaplecta fallax Saussure. Anaplecta decipiens Saussure and^Zehntner. Blattella germanica (Linnaeus). Blattella nahua (Saussure). Blattella azteca (Saussure and Zehntner)? Blattella zapoteca (Saussure). Blattella pavida Rehn. Blattella spectativa Rehn. Blattella hrunneriana (Saussure). Pseudophyllodromia peruana (Saussure). Pseudophyllodromia angustata (Latreille). Pseudomops oblongata (Lmnseus) . Pseudomops discoidalis (Burmeister). Pseudomops crinicornis (Burraeistev). Pseudomops grata Rehn. Ischnoptera incequalis Saussure and Zehntner. Paratropes biolleyi Saussure and Zehntner. Calolampra cicatricosa Rehn. Periplaneta australasioe (Fabric! us). Pelmatosilpha rotundata Scudder. Chorisoneura flavipennis Saussure and Zehntner. Plectoptera pulicaria Saussure and Zehntner. Plectoptera hastifera Rehn, Plectoptera picta Saussure and Zehntner. Pelloblatta lata Rehn. Panchlora acolhua Saussure and Zehntner. Panchlora peruana Saussure. Panchlora punctum Saussure and Zehntner. Achrohlatta luteola (Blanchard). Zetobora sublobata Saussure and Zehntner. Capucina cucullata Saussure. Holocompsa cyanea (Burmeister). Archimandrita tessellata Rehn. Blaberus trapezoideus Burmeister. Blaberus thoracicus Saussure and Zehntner. Blaberus biolleyi Rehn. MANTID^. Acontista mexicana Saussure and Zehntner. Acontista jraterna Saussure and Zehntner. Acontista vitrea Saussure and Zehntner. 840 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. Stagmomantis naliua Saussure. Slagmomantis heterogamia Saussure and Zehntner. Stagmomantis theophila Rehn, Stagmomantis tolteca (Saussure). Stagmomantis dimidiata (Burmeister). Stagmomantis venusta Saussure and Zehntner. ' Stagmomantis androgyna Saussure and Zehntner. Angela perpulchra Westwood. Pseudomiopteryx infuscata Saussure and Zehntner. Harpagonyx carlottce Rehn. Spanionyx bidens Saussure and Zehntner. Acanthops tuhercidata Saussure. Stagmatoptera insatiabilis Rehn. PHASMIDiE. Sermyle physconia Rehn. Heteronemia ignava Rehn. Calynda bicuspis Stal . Bostra turgida (Westwood). Bostra incompta Rehn. Bostra remiformis Rehn. Oncotophasma martini (Griffini). Libethra auritus Rehn. Stratodes multilineatus Rehn. Stratocles costaricensis Rehn. Olcyphides viridipes Rehn. Pseudophasma phoeton Rehn. Pseudophasma phthisicum (Linnaeus). Pseudophasma meriius (Westwood). Pseudophasma cryptochlore Rehn. Planudes crenulipes Rehn. Xerosoma glyptomerion Rehn. Metriotes agathocles Stal. Prisopus berosus Westwood. ACRIDID^. Chiriquia serrata Morse. Ochetotettix volans Morse. Ochetotettix barretti (Hancock). Paratettix mexicanus (Saussure). 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 841 Paratettix toUecus (Saussiire). Allotettix peruvianus (Bolivar). Tettigidea nicaraguoe Bruner. Eumastax dentatus Saussure. Episactus hrunneri Biirr. Truxalis brevicornis (Johansson) . Silvitettix communis Bruner. Amblytropidia costaricensis Bruner. Orpkulella punctata (De Geer). Orpkulella costaricensis Bruner. Orphulella meridionalis Bruner? Plectrotettix calidus Bruner. Chortophaga meridionalis Bruner. Lactista punctatus (Stal). Heliastus costaricensis Rehn. Heliastus venezueloe Saussure. Prosphena scudderi Bolivar. Munatia punctata Stal. Colpolopha bruneri Rehn. Cibotopteryx variegata Rehn. Toeniopoda centurio (Drury). Tonniopoda varipennis Rehn. Chromacris trogon Gerstaecker. Rhicnoderma humile Rehn. Leptysma obscura (Thunberg). Copiocera specularis Gerstaecker. Cornops longipenne (De Geer)? (Edalometopon petasatum Rehn. Anniceris truncatus Rehn. Dellia miniatula Rehn. Dellia bimaculata Rehn. Dellia ovatipennis Rehn. Jodacris (?) costaricensis Rehn. Syletria angulata Rehn. Leptomcrinthoprora brevipennis Rehn. Schistocerca pyramidata Scudder. Schistocerca malachitica Rehn. Aidemona azteca (Saussure). Dichroplus morosus Rehn. Osmilia tolteca (Saussure). Rhachicreagranothra Kehn. 842 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov. Microtylopteryx hehardi Rehn. Microtylopteryx fusiformis Rehn. TETTIGONID^^. Aphidna simplicipes Brunner. Hormilia intermedia Brunner, Ceraiacruenta (Burmeister). StiLpnochlora marginella (Serville). Stilpnochlora toltcca (Saussure). " StiLpnochlora azteca (Saussure). Steirodon validum Stal. Orophus mexicanus Saussure. Orophus ovatus (Brunner). Orophus conspersus (Brunner). Orophus tessellatus Saussure. Anaulacomera digitata Rehn. Anuulacofnera laticauda Brunner. Anaulacomera denticavda Saussure and Pictet. Turpilia ohlongooculata Brunner. Turpilia grandis Rehn. Turpilia linearis Rehn. Microcentrum syntechnoides Rehn. Syntechna caudelli Rehn. Lichenochrus marmoratus Rehn. Gongrecnemis nigrospinosa Brunner. Drepanoxiphus minutus Brunner? Cocconotus degeeri{^ik\). Cocconotus ravus Rehn. Ischnomela pulchripennis Rehn. Cecentromenus marmoratus Brunner. Euacris richniondi Rehn. Scopiorus mucronatus Saussure and Pictet. Mimetica brimneri Saussure and Pictet. Mimetica crenulata Rehn. Copiphora cuUricornis Pictet. Copiphora rhinoceros Pictet. Lirometopum coronatum Scudder. Eriolus spiniger Redtenbacher. Pyrgocorypha rogersi Saussure and Pictet. Pyrgocorypha hamata (Scudder). Conocephalus guttatus Serville. 1905.] NATURAL SCIEAX'ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 843 Conocephalus muticus Redtenbacher. Conocephalus mexicamis Saussure. Conocephalus ohscurellus Redtenbacher. Conocephalus diversus Rehn. Xiphidion fasciatum (De Geer). Phlugis virens (Thunberg). Gryllacris maculata Brunner. Anabropsis marmorata Hehn. Anabropsis costaricensis Rehn. GRYLLIDiE. GryUotalpa, hexadactyla Perty. Scapteriscus didactylus (Latreille). Ripipteryx carhonaria Saussure. Ripipteryx limbata (Burmeister). Ripipteryx hiolleyi Saussure. Ripipteryx pulicaria Saussure. Anurogryllus muticus (De Geer). Anaxipha exigua (Say). Cyrtoxipha championi Saussure. Symphaloxipha magnifica Rehn. Phylloscyrtus ccendeus Saussure. Heterogryllus crassicornis Saussure. CEcanthus nigricornis Walker? Xabea bipunctata (De Geer). Eneoptera surinamensis (De Geer) . Parcecanthus aztecus Saussure. Orocharis cayennensis Saussure? Ectotrypa brevis Rehn. Aphonomor phus silens (S&wssure)? 844 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, December 5. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Fifty-five persons present. The deaths of the following correspondents were reported : Fred- erick W. Hutton, October 27, 1905; J. Burden-Sanderson, November 3, 1905; Gustave Dewalque, November 3, 1905. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been offered for publication since the last meeting : "Coon Mountain and Its Crater." By Daniel Moreau Barringer. (December 5.) "Coon Butte, Arizona." By Benjamin Chew Tilghman. (Decem- ber 5.) Coon Mountain and its Crater. — Dr. Dixon announced that Mr. Daniel Moreau Barringer and Mr. Benjamin Chew Tilghman, members of the Academy, had notified him of their discovery that the crater of Coon Mountain or Coon Butte, in northern Arizona, twelve miles southeast of Cailon Diablo Station on the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railway, is an impact crater and not a crater produced by a steam explosion, as has been supposed since the examination made of it by members of the United States Geological Survey. They have proved, by a large amount of development work, according to their statements, that the large crater and elevation known as Coon Mountain is the result of a collision with the earth of a veiy large meteorite, or possibly a small asteroid, fragments of which are well known to the scientific world by the name of the Canon Diablo siderites. Their development work, consisting of cuts, shafts and boreholes, has established the fol- lowing facts: First. That the formation of the crater and the deposition of the meteoric material were simultaneous. Second. That meteoric material has been found five hundred feet below the surface of the center of the crater; and, Third. That sandstone supposed to be in place exists less than one thousand feet below the surface of the center of the crater. Mr. Barringer and Mr, Tilghman have presented to the Academy for publication two comprehensive papers in which they set forth in full their reasons for the above statements. Dr. Henry Skinner made a communication on his collecting trip of last summer to the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. (No abstract.) 1905.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 843 December 19. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Forty persons present. The deaths of the following members were announced: William H, Walmsley, October 22, 1905; PhiUp C. Garrett, December 9, 1905; Israel Morris, December 13, 1905. The Publication Committee reported that a paper under the follow- ing title had been offered for publication : "New Species of Ampharetidse and Terebellidse." By J. Percy Moore. (December 8.) The following were ordered to be printed : 846 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC, NEW SPECIES OF AMPHARETID^ AND TEREBELLIDiE FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC. BY J. PERCY MOORE. Among the Polychseta dredged by the steamer Albatross while in the service of the Alaskan Salmon Commission of 1903 occur the following new species. Two previous papers based upon the same collections have been published in these Proceedings for 1905. AmpMcteis alaskensis sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 1-4.) The available examples of this species vary in length from 22 to 76 mm. One selected for the type is 33 mm. long, of which the thorax is 19 mm.; its greatest width is 4.3 mm., and the cephalic cone is 2.3 mm. in both length and breadth. Counting the region of trunk anterior to the paleoli as formed of two somites, the worm consists of thirty-four segments and the py- gidium. The setigerous segments are from III to XX inclusive, and the uncinigerous VII to XXXV inclusive. The median prostomial plate (fig. 1) is shield-shaped, about twice as long as broad, the posterior end pointed, the anterior cleft in the middle and formed of two somewhat divergent lobes. On each side of, the plate is a broad, low, lateral ridge broadly rounded anteriorly and reach- ing not quite so far forward as the median plate. Bounding both these ridges and the plate posteriorly is a pair of transverse folds curving slightly forward laterally and caudad medially to meet in the median line at a sharp angle. These ridges are pigmented with brown above and they form the angle at which the nearly vertical anterior portion of the prostomium meets the nearly horizontal posterior region. The latter is much broader than the former and at its convex posterior margin nearly twice as wide as long. All of these parts taken together consti- tute the dorsal face of the prostomium. Beneath, and usually retracted within the mouth, is the folded tentacular membrane bearing a few short slender tentacles which scarcely exceed the cephalic cone in length. The somewhat quadrate prostomium is bounded by the short peristomial ring which completes the base of the cephalic cone. The large mouth is bounded below by the prominent thickened peris- tomial lip, while dorsally the peristomium is much shorter and over- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 847 lapped by the branchial ridge medially and more extensively by the paleolar tubercles laterally. This region is biannulate. The third somite is somewhat enlarged and tumid ventrally, the dorso-lateral portions project as thickened prominences bearing the paleoli, while the dorsal half is merely a low welt, strongly concave along its anterior margin and partly covered by the branchial ridge. Somites IV and V are much shorter, together barely equaling III, and coalesced dorsally to form the ridge upon which the branchia3 are sup- ported. The branchiae form a group of four on each side so arranged that three are attached in a transverse anterior row on the region corre- sponding to somite IV and only one more posteriorly on V. Between the branchial scars of the two sides is a smooth quadrate area nearly twice as long as broad which is slightly inserted posteriorly into a transversely elongated area which reaches across the entire distance between the posterior pair of scars. A single branchia remains. This is slightly flattened, especially toward the tip, s regularly tapered to a slender end and its length about equals the greatest diameter of the thorax. The next four or five somites increase slightly in both length and diameter, and then decrease in diameter but remian of constant length throughout the thoracic region. Each is divided into a dorsal and a ventral half-ring by the prominent setigerous tubercles. The latter have thick glandular walls and the intersegmental furrows are deep and well defined. The dorsal region is thin-walled and smooth, and the first five intersegmental furrows only are distinct. Abdominal segments taper gradually to the pygidium and are no- where distinctly defined by furrows. Dorsally the walls are high- arched, thin and smooth, ventrally they are thickened by a pair of prominent longitudinal muscle ridges with a neural groove between. Laterally between the parapodia of successive segments is a series of rugous areas, while across the ventral surface between each pair of parapodia a narrow glandular line frequently extends. The pygidium is provided with a pair of thick lips bounding the ver- tical, slit-like anus and each bearing on the side an inconspicuous cirrus much shorter than the diameter of the pygidium. Of the setigerous tubercles the pair bearing the paleoli are prominent and much larger than any others and they encroach nnich upon the lateral portions of the peristomium. The paleoli are about twenty (18-21) in number in each group and are inserted with their long diam- eters radial around an arc of nearly two-thirds of a circle. From this base they spread forwards and laterad in a broad, scoop-like figure. 848 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, The tubercles of IV and V are crowded closely together beneath the lateral margins of the branchial scars, that of the latter being slightly medial and caudal of the other. Both, and especially the latter, are minute. Succeeding tubercles up to the sixth increase in size, after which they remain of constant size and of a slightly flattened cylin- drical form. Distinct, more or less club-shaped cirri are borne on the ventral side of the distal portion of all the tubercles, but they are larger and more abruptly clavate on the first four. The first and second tufts contain only six or eight sets, the others twelve to fifteen, always arranged in two rows. The uncinigerous tori are distinct, somewhat ear-shaped lappets aris- ing from the posterior border of the segments below and separated by a short space from the setigerous tubercles. The anterior ones are the longest and their ends project most freely. Their size decreases regu- larly to the last thoracic. The uncini form a single irregularly curved line containing 160 to 170, which are largest dorsally and decrease reg- ularly to the ventral end. Abdominal somites are provided with shorter tori (fig. 2) which pro- ject more prominently than those of the thoracic segments. They bear about 75 uncini in a single series. No trace of ventral cirri can be detected, but the achcetous notopodia are provided with prominent, curved, paddle-shaped cirri. The paleoli form rather close spreading tufts, with the largest ones near the anterior margin but not reaching to the tip of the prostomium. They (fig. 3) are much flattened and moderately stout at the base and taper rather abruptly to acute tips. They are bright yellow and pol- ished. The setae are pale yellow, strongly striated, slightly curved, with narrow double wings and very acute tips. On the first three somites they are rather more slender than on the others. The uncini (figs. 4a to c) are more or less triangular, with the upper rounded portion much elevated, the posterior ligament process very prominent, and the anterior one small and covered by the lowermost hook. The base is relatively short. The relative breadth to length varies. Usually there are six large, acute, closely appressed teeth or fangs, the clefts between which do not incise the base very deeply (less than one-half of the entire width of the uncinus). Frequently the upper tooth is much reduced in size. The type of this species was taken with one other specimen at station 4,274, in Kadiak Bay, at a dej^th of 41 fathoms on a bottom of green mud with some fine sand. Another and larger one comes from Boca de Quadra, Southeast Alaska, in 48 fathoms and soft green mud. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 849 Amphicteis alaskensis is easily distinguished from the species recorded in my paper of Japanese Polychseta, under the name of A. japonica Mc- intosh, by the character of the paleoh, which in the latter species are only ten or twelve, and when perfect have slender curved tips reaching far beyond the end of the prostomium. Amphicteis glabra sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 5 to 8.) The two known examples of this species are of moderate size, the type having a length of 23 mm., of which 15 mm. belong to the thorax, which is 3 mm. wide. The form is rather slender, slightly clavate, and gently tapered. There are 20 thoracic segments, 17 of which are setigerous, and 15 ab- dominal segments, or possibly more as the extreme posterior end is macerated. The entire prostomial region is relatively much broader than in A. alaskensis and its median plate (fig. 5) much wider than long, irreg- ularly pentagonal, with the long anterior border cleft into a pair of short divergent lobes, from between which a broad median groove ex- tends about halfway across the dorsal surface. On each side of this plate is a small triangular area, which is again bounded laterally by a narrow fold ending freely in front. The pigmented transverse ridges occur as in A. alaskensis, but are longer correspondingly to the width of the prosto- mium, which they cross nearly transversely; beginning at the posterior end of the lateral fold mentioned above they arch forward and meet at a wide angle in the median line immediately behind the apex of the cephalic plate. The entire dorsal surface of the prostomium lies in nearly the same plane, and its anterior portion is not bent downward at an angle with the rest as in A. alaskensis. The tentacular membrane is rather low and has a nearly regular elliptical outline, and the few ten- tacles remaining are scarcely longer than the entire prostomium. The upper lip is slightly cleft medially and the peristomium in the region of the lower lip is enlarged and more or less tumid. Ventrally somite II is about one-third as long as the prostomium, and dorsally it exhibits a transversely elongated median area slightly elevated above and separated from the surrounding parts by a slight groove. Somite III is nearly as long as I ventrally; dorso-laterally it is prominently enlarged to bear the paleoli, and dorsally becomes very much reduced in length to form a narrow border that passes along the anterior margin of the branchiferous area and joins the median interbranchial area of IV. Succeeding somites are well differentiated and of nearly equal length throughout the thoracic region. The dorsal portion includes 55 850 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, more than a semicircumference and is very smooth and iridescent. The ventral is much flatter, has deep bounding furrows and a transverse glandular line near the anterior margin. The ventral region slightly exceeds the dorsal in width and embraces it laterally so as to form a shelf or flange supporting the setigerous tubercles. The thoracic region tapers regularly into the abdominal, which differs from it little except in the form of the parapodia and the more prominent lateral muscles and deeper neural groove. The pygidium is much injured on both specimens. Branchia have existed in the usual four pairs, but a single one only remains in place. It is nearly terete but somewhat compressed and tapers regularly from the base to the slender subulate tip. Its length is about equal to the width of the thorax or when appressed it reaches somite IX. The scars (fig. 5) show the branchiae to have been more crowded than in A. alaskensis and to arise in a distinctly quadrate group, two pairs on each side. Apparently the two anterior belong to somite IV and the two posterior to V, and the two medial are some- what larger than the two lateral. A shield-shaped area about twice as long as wide is present between the median branchise, reaching from the anterior margin of IV to the middle of V where it meets a transversely extended area limited laterally by the outer pair of branchise. The paleoli arise from the dorso-lateral tubercles of III and form an open, spreading tuft, little concave and arising from a small arc. They number but eight or ten and all are slender and curved, with awn-like tips (fig. 7), and the longest reach beyond the tip of the snout. The setse tufts on the branchiferous segments are borne on small papillae placed close together just laterad of the branchise. The setse are few in number and much smaller than those on succeeding segments. Remaining setigerous tubercles are cylindrical and quite prominent with small truncate cirri, and bear compact tufts of about twelve setse which are longer, more slender, and more curved than in A. alaskensis. Uncinigerous tori are short inconspicuous lines near the posterior margins of the segments just below the setigerous tubercles. Poster- iorly they become more prominent and on the abdominal segments project freely, but are usually so macerated in these specimens that the exact form is doubtful. The one represented in figure 6 shows the thickened dorsal cirrus. The uncini (fig. 8) are narrow with very long base lines and five very slender acute teeth very deeply divided at the base. The anterior lig- ament process is rather conspicuous and lies beneath the lowermost tooth, while the posterior ligament process is only moderately devel- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 851 oped. The number of teeth is very constant and the dorsahnost are not so greatly larger than the ventral as in A. alaskensis. On somite X there are 115. Abdominal imcini are precisely similar/but^owing to maceration the number on a torus is uncertain. This species was taken at station 4,227 OAly, in Behm Canal, the depth being 62 fathoms and the bottom of dark green mud with fine sand. A small portion of tube present is rather elastic and springy'and is coated externally with a layer of brownish flocculent sediment. Melinna cristata sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 9 and 10.) The single example representing this species closely resembles M. cristata (Sars) Malmg., from which it differs especially in the more finely denticulated post-branchial membrane as well as in the much larger size and greater number of segments. Although the posterior extremity is missing and the last one-third of the body is strongly spirally coiled, the specimen measures approx- imately 73 mm. long, exclusive of the branchiae. At its widest part the thorax measures 3 mm., while the abdomen has a maximum width of 2 mm. The 17 setigerous thoracic segments have a length of 12 mm. and the fifty-five remaining abdominal segments 61 mm. The prostomium or cephalic plate is a broad, short plate with a slightly convex crenulated anterior margin projecting freely over the bases of the fourteen to sixteen tentacles. The latter have a uniform diameter from base to end . The anterior and median ones are the largest with a length of about one and one-half times the thoracic width and about twice that of the posterior tentacles, which are scarcely as long as the body width and about half the diameter of the anterior ones. On the dorsal surface of the prostomium are the sensory folds, which are di- rectly transverse. Beginning close to the lateral margins of the head they meet at the middle line and bend slightly forward side by side. Their dorsal surface is pigmented with a rich orange brown. Just in front of them on each side is a small, slightly elevated pad. The much folded upper lip is large and projects far beyond the mouth, just ante- rior to which is a distinct glandular area. The lower lip is formed by the prominently projecting smooth margin of the prostomium, which is indistinguishably united to the first setig- erous segment. Dorso-laterally it forms a promineniwing anterior to the firsttuftofsetse, whence it is continued caudally into a flange-like ridge on each side of the thorax. Somites III and IV are well defined and to- gether equal in length the single ring formed by the union of the prosto- mium and first setigerous somite. The remaining thoracic segments are 852 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, equal and well distinguished on the ventral side, but thin-walled and coalesced dorsally. The ventral body walls between the tori are well provided with glands forming indistinct ventral plates on each segment. On the first four thoracic segments the flange-like ridges above the setse are very distinct and, together with the pectinated membrane on somite V, bound a quadrate area in which the branchiae arise. Anterior to the gills this region is marked by several slight transverse furrows. The postbranchial membrane is thin and deep and closely appressed to the dorsum of the thorax. It springs from the anterior border of V, and reaches nearly to the anterior border of IV, the free border being provided with eighteen blunt but prominent teeth. The four pairs of branchiae are permanently bent forward over the prostomium, and each has a length slightly exceeding twice the width of the thorax. They are all rather thick and coarse and taper from above the base to the bluntly pointed tip. For the basal one-fourth or one-fifth they are constricted and those on each side coalesced and so arranged that three lie externally, apparently arising from II, III and IV, and one internally on somite III. Between the latter, and uniting them across the middle line, is a thin membrane. Somites II, III and IV bear short oblique lines of small setae on the highest part of the lateral ridge, on the medial side of which and just posterior and lateral to the branchiae, there is on each side of III a single very large claw-like spine. On V and all succeeding thoracic som- ites the setae are in small tufts borne on truncate papilla? having the usual position. Each tuft contains about eleven or twelve setse in two rows. Thoracic tori are constricted at the base, broad, truncate and beveled at the end. The uncini are borne on the thickest portion of the bevel, so that the free, thin margin projects a considerable distance beyond them. On somite X there are 63 uncini. Abdominal tori are narrow but much longer and of uniform width throughout, and the un- cini are borne on the extreme unbeveled end. Somite XXV bears 36 uncini. The notopodial cirri are small and not conspicuously enlarged distally. The setae are all arranged in two equal rows. Those in one are larger, stouter and more broadly winged. Otherwise they are similar in both rows, and all have the stems slightly curved and strongly striated with the ends very acute and tapering. The isolated postbranchial spine is large and stout and has exactly the form figured by Mcintosh for M. cristata. The uncini (figs. 9 and 10) also resemble those of that species. Usu- ally they have three teeth above the ligament process, but occasionally 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 853 there is a fourth small or even well-developed one at the apex. Abdom- inal uncini differ from the thoracic only in their small size. The tube measures 5 mm. in diameter with a lumen of half that size. The lining is a tough mucous membrane and the exterior a thick brittle coat of dark gray mud. The type and only specimen was taken at station 4,258, in Lynn Canal, on a muddy bottom at a depth of 300 fathoms. Artacama coniferi sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 11 to 13.) This species is established upon two specimens measuring 22 and 45 mm. long respectively and neither of which is complete. The small one consists of 20 thoracic and 17 abdominal segments, is 3.5 mm. wide in the anterior part of the thorax and 2.2 mm. wide in the abdomen and posterior half of the thorax, and has the proboscis protruded for 3 mm. The larger example has 20 thoracic and 35 abdominal segments, with the caudal end still lacking. The proboscis is 6 mm. long, the thorax 17 mm. long, and its anterior half 6 mm. wide, while its posterior half tapers into the abdomen, which has a diameter of 2.5 mm. The form is club-shaped with the first ten or eleven thoracic segments much enlarged, the middle of the thorax more or less abruptly con- tracted and the posterior portion tapered to the abdomen which con- tinues to diminish to the posterior end. The proboscis, which protrudes ventral to the mouth, is a large sugar- loaf -shaped organ as long as the first nine or ten segments, and has a basal diameter nearly equaling these. At the apex is a slender con- ical process about three times as long as thick, with its end rounded. Into it the retractor muscle is inserted, and it stands out prominently when the proboscis is extended. At the base the proboscis is some- what rugous like the peristomium, with which it is continuous. Ex- cept for the rugosities the basal one-third is smooth, but the remainder bears small, low, rounded papillae arranged in irregular rows, at first distant, but converging distally to the apical process, where they are more crowded, being separated by at most their own diameter. The prostomium is folded into a double horseshoe-shaped oral fold with a broad, thin, median plate or membrane above the mouth, and behind this a pair of thick reflexed pads which become wider dorsally and nearly meet in the median line, and which bear the very numerous and much crowded tentacles. From the ventral end of the group, where they are mere papillae, the latter increase until they almost equal the branchial filaments. Usually they are very slender with the ends enlarged. 854 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, The peristomium is longer dorsally than ventrally and is marked with longitudinal creases which are continued on to the base of the proboscis. Somite II is as long as the prostomium and ec^uals the com- bined length of III and IV. Succeeding segments are again slightly longer and are distinctly annulated. In the posterior thoracic region the segments are divided by the setigerous tubercles into dorsal and ventral halves, the latter being again divided into a posterior larger and two anterior smaller annuli. Abdominal segments are annulated both dorsally and ventrally. Three pairs of branchi^ occur on somites II, III and lY. Each is composed of numerous slender filaments having a length about one-third of the diameter of the body and sessile in a close tuft. The first con- tains about thirty, the second twenty-five and the third fifteen, but the number in each is probably greater in perfect specimens. Ten ventral plates occur on the somites IV to XIII ; the anterior ones are obscure, the posterior distinct. All are very short, about one-fourth to one-sixth as long as wide. Setigerous tubercles number seventeen, and occur on somites IV to XX inclusive ; though connected with the side of the body by an integ- umental fold they are very mobile, and the flattened, obliqvie tufts of setse project prominently in various directions from near the dorsal end of the uncinigerous tori. Posterior tufts are broader and more mobile. Anterior uncinigerous tori are long and narrow, extending over about one-sixth of the circumference of the body and separated ventrally by twice their length. Without becoming shorter they gradually ap- proach ventrally until the intervening space is less than one-third their length. On the abdominal segments the tori are much more prom- inent and have a free ventral angle and a thin membranous wing arising from the dorsal l)order. This wing is gradually reduced posteriorly coincidently with a decrease in the size of the parapodium, but remains fairly prominent to the last. What appears to be a slit-like sense organ is present on somite III below the'gill. Small papilla occur ventral to the seta? tufts of Yl, Yll, VIII and" IX. The setse are all slender, nearly colorless, longitudinally striated, slightly curved and winged, and taper to very acute tips. In each tuft they are arranged in two rows of twelve to fifteen each, those in one row having longer and narrower wings (fig. 12), the others having them shorter and broader (fig. 11). The uncini are arranged in a single series on the tori of somites \'^ to X, are partly doubled on XI and completely in two series on XII to 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 855 XX. They are small and their number rather large, about 140-150 on V, 116 to 120 on X, about 110 in each series on XX and about 50 to 60 on the middle abdominal tori. They have the general form described for other species of the genus (fig. 13). The base is small and oblique, strongly convex below and with a prominent anterior angle, above which is a deep narrow sinus from which a slender process bearing the delicate, scarcely visible guard arises. There is no distinct neck, but a large head with a slender, acute, strongly decurved and slightlj^ re- flected beak, above which is the high, full crest with four cross rows of teeth. No color remains. The type comes from station 4,194, in the Gulf of Georgia, the depth being 111 fathoms and the bottom of soft green mud. The station from which the second specimen was taken is unknown. Laena nuda sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 14, 15.) This is another imperfectly known species, the only specimen available being a fragment of the anterior end measuring 21 mm. long and 1.5 mm. across the thorax, and comprising 28 anterior seg- ments. Projecting prominently from the anterior end is a broad, unfolded, scoop-like prostomial membrane curving gently and regularly upward from beside and above the mouth. Apparently the tentacles formed a complete series around the margin of the posterior limb of the pro- stomial membrane, but in this specimen most of them are gone and the three or four remaining are short and thick, and scarcely reach beyond the free border of the anterior prostomial membrane. Behind the ten- tacles the posterior prostomial fold is low and thick and at the dorsum nearly obsolete. On its posterior face are traces of a few eyes. The mouth is a large, wide, transverse slit slightly bent down at the margins, and is bounded below by a low thick lip, and a prominent, broad, truncate process with slightly fimbriated margin springing from the middle of the peristomium. Anterior somites are irregularly developed, the second being much larger than the adjacent ones. The second to eleventh somites in- clusive have ventral plates, the glandular areas extending upward to include the setse tufts. The third to the seventh have dorsal glandular areas also, which are separated on each side from the setigerous tuber- cles by a narrow non-glandular space. On the eighth also is a trace of a glandular region with a median break. Not the slightest trace of gills exists. At the dorsal margin of III, 856 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [DeC, in line with the setae bundles of the following somites, is a prominent, stiff, erect cirrus on each side. Behind the glandular region the segments become much longer, equaling or exceeding their diameter. These walls are very smooth and thin, highly arched above and nearly fiat below, with thick longi- tudinal muscle bands along the ventro-lateral angles. There are eleven setigerous somites, IV to XIV inclusive, but on the left side the bundle of IV is missing. Owing to the flatness of the dor- sum of the region back to X the setse tufts rise up nearly erect from the dorso-lateral margins. Though few, the setae are long and, except on XII to XIV, conspicuous. Uncinigerous tori begin on V and. are short and inconspicuous anteriorly, but about XV begin to increase in prominence, and on the posterior segments, while remaining short, project freely from the ventro-lateral longitudinal muscle bands. On the tori of somites V to X the uncini are arranged in one series, on XI to XIV in tw^o apposed series. Each series on the thoracic somites con- tains about 55 uncini, w^hile on posterior somites (XXX) only 40 occur. The setae (fig. 14) are slightly curved, delicate, with narrow wings, almost obsolete on one side and on the other frayed out and then ab- ruptly ceasing, leaving a very acute almost whiplash-like tip. The uncini (fig. 15) have the base broadly rounded in front and provided with a prominent triangular process behind. The sinus is narrow, and from its bottom rises a slender process bearing a very indistinct guard. The beak is rather slender and strongly curved, and above it is a very high crest composed usually of five or sometimes of six transverse rows, of about six or seven each, of long curved spines. The abdom- inal uncini have six or seven transverse rows. The single specimen is a female filled with large eggs, and is preserved with a fragment of a soft mucous tube with a slight coating of foreign material. It was taken at station 4,279, at Kadiak Island, at a depth of 29 fathoms and on a bottom of dark gray mud. Thelepus hamatus sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 16 to 18.) An apparently small species known only from the type, an incom- plete specimen consisting of 31 anterior segments, and measuring 21 mm. long and 2.5 mm. in diameter at III, thence gradually diminishing caudally. The tentacles number very few, less than 15 on each side, but are so fragile that they could not be safely untangled and the exact number ascertained. In the specimen the longest are 13 mm. long, coarse, thick 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 857 and deeply folded longitudinally. The prostomial membrane forms a prominent horseshoe-shaped fold or upper lip above the mouth, while its tentacular fold is narrower and bears the tentacles in a nearly contin- uous band around its entire margin. On its posterior face are right and left groups of numerous, rather large, conspicuous, nearly black eyes arranged for the most part in one row and separated by a narrow dorsal space. The large mouth is coverd by the upper lip, the inner surface of which bears a prominent grooved longitudinal ridge on each side of the middle line, and is bounded below by a thick slightly bilobed pad within the membranous anterior margin of the peristomium. As far as about XX the anterior somites are short, the length not ex- ceeding one-fourth or one-fifth of the width ; those following are about two-thirds as long as wide, none is distinctly annulated, but all are rough and furrowed both above and below. The first four segments are glandular all round ; the others have the thick glandular layer confined to the ventral half, but covering their entire length and extending to and including the setse tufts. At about XVIII the glands disappear from the anterior one-third of the ventral surface also. The dorsum is thin-walled but rugous and constitutes less than one-third of the cir- cumference. Two pairs of branchiae are developed and are situated dorso-laterally on II and III. The first consists of six and the second of three detached and independent filaments about as long as the diameter of the body; the area of attachment of the former extending over the entire length of the second segment, while that of the latter is limited to the anterior margin of the same dorso-lateral level of the third segment. Setae tufts begin on III and continue on all succeeding segments throughout the length of the specimen. All are small but prominent, little flattened and oblique, and are retractile within pits in the gland- ular layer of the skin. Throughout they are situated at a high level. Uncinigerous tori begin at V. They are all short, never exceeding one-sixth of the ventral interspace, and are separated from the corre- sponding setse tufts by nearly their length. Posteriorly they grow smaller but more prominent. Like the setigerous tubercles they are situated in thin-walled, sunken spots within the glandular area. The first seta tuft includes about twelve rather short, acute, slightly curved setae with very narrow wings. In others the setae (fig. 16) are more numerous, longer and more strongly curved. Still farther back in the posterior region they again become fewer. The uncini are arranged in a single series on all somites and number from 40 to 60. 858 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [DeC, They bear a close resemblance to ]\Iarenzeller's figures of the iincini of T. cincinnatus (Fabricius), but the height is greater in proportion to the length and the body and beak are more nearly equal in length. Those on the anterior segments usually have two teeth on the vertex of the crest above the beak (fig. 176), but frequently there are three (fig. 17c) or even a fourth small one. The exact arrangement of the teeth in the crest varies, two of the varieties being shown in fig. 17a. Posteri- orly the uncini (fig. 18) are smaller and the number of teeth in a transverse row of the crest usually more numerous. No color remains in the specimen and no ova or sperm to indicate the sex. The fragment of tube present is membranous with scattered fragments of stone and siliceous sponge spicules. The single specimen comes from station 4.235, at Yes Bay, in Behm Canal, at a depth of 181 fathoms and on a bottom of green mud. Amphitrite palmata sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, figs. 19 to 22.) Several specimens of this species occur in the collection. They resemble A. affinus very closely in most respects, but differ decidedly from that species in the form of the branchiae, which have no elevated and branched base and no indication of dichotomy among the branches. Complete specimens measure from 40 mm. to 88 mm. long, the last being 5 mm. wide across the thorax. The segments number from 62 to 64, those from V to XX being setigerous. The general form is almost exactly as figured for A. affinus by Malm- gren. Somites II, III and IV present similar slight lateral wings in successively ascending positions. The tentacles are moderately num- erous and have a length of about five times the diameter of the thorax. No eyes can be detected on any of the specimens. The lower lip is square and rather prominent. Swollen glandular areas occur inter- segmentally at the level of the gills on somites V to XIII ; and ventral plates extend from III to XIII inclusive, the first three being very short. All of the segments are rugous and iDiannulate and taper gradually to the pygidium. The anus is a vertical slit surrounded by papillae. Most characteristic are the gills (fig. 22) which occur in three pairs on somites II, III and IV. Their bases are exceedingly short, so that the filaments are nearly sessile. They are expanded and flattened and the filaments spread regularly in a palmate fashion. The filaments are slender and when contracted are thrown into tight spiral coils. Full-grown specimens have 13 to 18 on the first, 10 to 12 on the second and 7 to 9 on the third a;ill. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 859 Small papillte or cirri are found just l^eneath the setigerous tubercles of somites VI, VII and VIII. Setae (fig. 19) have very short wings and a prominent fringed terminal pennant with a distinct knee at the place of its origin from the body of the seta. Abdominal uncini (fig. 21) resemble those of A. afjinus quite closely, but those of thoracic tori (fig. 20) differ decidedly in the shape and proportions of the base and the number and arrangement of the teeth on the crest. Some of the specimens are colored a nearly uniform reddish-brown, absent, however, from the gills and tentacles; and two are accom- panied by portions of rather fragile tubes of fine mud. This species was taken at the following stations : 4,227, Naha Bay, Behm Canal, 62-65 fathoms and on a bottom of dark green mud and fine sand; type locality 4,245, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 95-98 fathoms, dark green mud with fragments of shell, rock and sand; 4,253, Stephens Passage, 131 fathoms, rock and broken shells. Explanation of Plate XLVI. Amphicteis alaskensis — figs. 1 to 4. Fig. 1. — Anterior end of type seen from tlie dorsum. X 7. Fig. 2. — Parapodium of XXV. X 32. Fig. 3.— Middle-sized paleolus; a, tip of another. X 32. , ^ , ,, Fig. 4.— Three uncini from X; a, dorsal, b, middle (somewhat foreshortened), and c, ventral. X 585. Amphicteis glabra — figs. 5 to 8. Pig 5 — Dorsal view of anterior end of cotype. X 12. Pig' 6.— Parapodium of XXV. X 32. Fig. 7. — Middle-sized paleolus. X 45. Fig. 8.— Uncinus from X. X 585. Melinna denticulata — figs. 9 and 10. Yisr 9 —Uncinus with 3 teeth above the ligament process from X. X 585. Fig! 10.— Uncinus with 4 teeth from the same torus; the anterior end of the base is broken. X 585. Artacama conifera — figs. 11 to 13. jTig. 11. — A broad-bladed seta from X._^ X 585. pjg_ 12. — A narrow-bladed seta from X. X 585. Fig. 13. — An uncinus from X. X 800. Loena nuda — figs. 14 and 15. Fig. 14. — Seta from X. X 585. Fig. 15. — Uncinus from X. X 800. 860 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Thelepus hamatus — figs. 16 to 18. Fig. 16. — ^SetafromX. X 585. Fig. 17. — Two forms of uncini from X; a, front views of two similar'ones showing different arrangements of the teeth. X 585. Fig. 18. — Uncinus from XXX; a, front view of another. X 585. Amphitrile palmata — figs. 19 to 22. Fig. 19.— Seta from VII. X 335. Fig. 20. — T'ucinus from XX. X 480. Fig. 21. — Uncinus from L. X 480. Fig. 22. — One of the second pair of gills. X 8. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 861 coon mountain and its crater, by daniel moreau barringer. Foreword. In October, 1902, I heard for the first time — in casual conversa- tion with Mr. S, J. Holsinger — of Coon Mountain or Coon Butte and its crater, which is located in the northern part of Ai'izona. He stated to me at the time that he had never seen this remarkable crater, but had heard of it on several occasions, and had heard that quite a large amount of meteoric iron had been found in the immediate vicinity and that some had been found on the inside of the crater, which latter statement was subsequently^ proved to be incorrect. I naturally was very incredulous of the theory which, jMr. Holsinger informed me, was held by some of the people living in the neighborhood of Canon Diablo, namely, that this great hole in the earth's surface had been produced by the impact of an iron body falling out of space, if for no other reason than that I realized that the crater must have been examined by members of the United States Geological Survey while making the topographical maps of this region, and in their report they evidently did not accept this theory. Nevertheless, the subject continued to interest me so much that upon my return to Philadelphia I determined to speak to my friend, Mr. B. C. Tilghman, in reference to it, because of his general scientific knowledge. This was in the latter part of January, 1903. We de- cided to write to Mr. Holsinger for further information, and upon receipt of this took the necessary steps to locate the mountain under the United States Mineral Land Laws. Since then, between us, Mr. Tilghman and I have collected an astounding array of evidence in favor of the correctness of the above theory of the causation of* this great hole in the earth's surface, and in refutation of the theory adopted by Mr. Gilbert, of the United States Geological Survey, that it was produced by a steam explosion.^ 'See Presidential Address by Grove Karl Gilbert, 1895, before the Geological Society of Washington, published by the Society in March, 1896. Also published in Science, N. S., Vol. Ill, page 1, 1896. Also" 13th Ann. U. S. Geol. Sur. Rep., Part I, p. 98, and 14th Ann. U. S. Geol. Sur. Rep., Part I, p. 187. Also Cham- berlin and Salisburj^'s Geology (1904), Vol. I, p. 569. 862 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, In fact we can now prove that this crater is due to the collision with the earth of an extra-terrestrial body, possibly a small asteroid, which was presumably metallic in nature. We do not know, and indeed may never know, whether this great meteor was originally an irregularly shaped fragment or whether it was a spheroid, but we have strong reason to believe that the composi- tion of the exterior was that of nickeliferous iron, containing in minute quantity platinum and iridium. Since acquiring possession of the property, we have learned that this meteoric fall has been the subject of many papers and that the com- position of the iron, and the fact that it contains microscopic diamonds, has been well known, upwards of ten tons of iron specimens having been shipped away from this locality; although, singularly enough, the presence of platinum and iridium has not been suspected. The presence of these metals was ascertained for us by ^Ir. H. H. Alexander, of the Globe Smelter, Denver, l^y subjecting the iron and the magnetite (the origin of which we shall attempt to explain hereafter) to the fire assay test, samples of each having been sent to him for the purpose. Their presence has been also confirmed by the very high chemical authority, Dr. J. W. Mallet, F.R.S., of the University of Virginia, whose letter on the subject is herewith submitted.^ 'University op Virginia, Charlottesville, Va. August 17, 1905. D. M. Barringer, Esq., Philadelphia. Dear Mr Barringer: About a fortnight ago I was at last able to undertake the examination you desired of the residue sent me by Mr. Alexander from solution in dilute hj'dro- chloric acid of 2.5 lbs. of the Canon Diablo meteoric iron, and I now report results: I first repeated twice the assay experiments made by Mr. Alexander, and obtained substantially the same results that he did. It then seemed to me desirable to apply a method which should not involve any addition of foreign metals (though I have full confidence in the purity of Mr. Alex- ander's lead, gold and silver), and to avoid determination of platinum "by loss." I therefore boiled the greater part of the residue sent me by him with a mix- ture of strong hydrochloric and nitric acids as long as there was any action. This was a very tedious affair, the Schreibersite (phosphide of iron and nickel), which formed a large proportion of the residue, being but slowly attacked, and there being a strong tendency to boiling over from sudden, irregular evolution of nitrogen dioxide. The solution obtained was evaporated two or three times with hydrochloric acid, diluted, filtered and treated with a current of sulphuretted hydrogen, first cold and then while heated. This gave a copious precipitate of sulphur (from reduction of ferric to ferrous chloride) colored brownish by the sul- phides of the platinum metals. This precipitate was filtered off, well washed with water, dried and burned. The small residue left was then reconverted into clilorides, and the platinum and iridium separated in the usual way, by partial reduction of the iridium salt and precipitation of that of platinum with ammonium chloride. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563 It has seemed to Mr. Tilghman and to me to be better for us each to discuss this matter from our separate points of view — he from the point of view of a physicist, chemist and mathematician, and I from the point of view of a geologist. The number of arguments which between us we have worked out, in support of the theory that this gigantic hole is an impact crater, will be set forth in the two following papers. It must be remembered that while a great deal of the evidence collected by us is positively in favor of the theory, much of it is negatively so; that is to say it disproves the theory that this great hole is the crater of an ancient volcano, or was produced by an explosion of steam, which latter theory seems to have been adopted by Mr. G. K. Gilbert on what seems to be very insufficient evidence. Perhaps it would be more accurate and just to say that he has adopted this theory because of an inadequate examination of the phenomena at Coon IMountain, or, as it is frequently called, Coon Butte ; for had he examined the surface carefully, it does not seem possible to me that any experienced geo'ogist could have arrived at such a con- clusion. Coon Mountain and Its Crater, There is to be found in the almost level plain country, about five miles almost due south of Sunshine Station, on the Atchison, Topeka & Santa The result represented 3.63 grammes platinum and 14.96 grammes iridium per ton (of 2,000 lbs.) of the original meteoric iron, with probably a trace of rhodium I add the following remarks : 1. Mr. Alexander in using his method undoubtedly dissolved out with aqua regia from his cupelled button not only gold and platinum but some iridium, so that the loss of weight (after deduction of gold added) represented not merely platinum, as he assumed, l3ut in part iridium also. 2. On tlie other hand, it is not certain that in my process all the iridium is dissolved out from the original material (residue sent me by Mr. Alexander) by aqua regia as used. 3. My results as to separation of the two platinoid metals are fairly trust- worthy, but would be more so if there had been a larger absolute quantity of material to work on. 4. It is of course possible that these platinoid metals are not uniformly .dis- tributed in the original meteoric iron. Believe me. Sincerely yours, (Signed) J. W. Mallet. From the specimen of Caiion Diablo iron you left for me, with drill holes in it and a memorandum as to drills being blunted and spoiled, I have obtained five excellent microscopic diamonds — quite like those of South Africa in appearance and markings. J. W. M. 864 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Fe Ry., in Coconino county, Arizona, a very remarkable and almost perfectly round crater, differing in many respects, as will be hereafter seen, from any crater on the earth's surface with which I, at least, am familiar. The rocks exposed in this region, and for many miles around in every direction, belong to the Aubrey formation of the Upper Car- boniferous series. These beds are perfectly horizontal, never having been disturbed since they were laid down except by volcanic tremors, which were probably the cause of several small but deep cracks in the vicinity of Canon Diablo gorge and running parallel with it. Erosion has removed the upper strata which overlie these beds elsewhere in the region, so that now the uppermost stratum which is found is red sand- stone, and this exists only as isolated and quite widely separated flat- topped buttes. It is not likely that this stratum was ever of great thickness. The portions of it which are left vary from a few feet to less than fifty feet in thickness. At the place now occupied by Coon Mountain and its crater (for it should be stated that this crater is within a rather low long mountain rising out of the level plain to a height of from 120 to 160 feet, the irregular top of the mountain form- ing the rim of the bowl-shaped crater) this sandstone stratum, at the time the crater was made, probabl}^ existed here as a flat-topped butte of considerable area, not over thirty feet in height aljove the surround- ing limestone plain. The exact locality now occupied by the moun- tain and the crater was no doubt very similar to portions of the present surrounding plain before the event which produced them. These isolated buttes of red sandstone, which are dotted over the plain, probably average from fifteen to twenty feet in thickness. Under- neath this sandstone there are from 200 to 350 feet of yellowish-gray calcareous sandstone, which when eroded and weathered has the ap- pearance of limestone. In fact, this stratum, wdiich is well shown in the neighboring gorge of Canon Diablo, is referred to by the United States Geological Survey as the Aubrey limestone. For the sake of clearness it will hereafter be referred to as limestone. Underneath this limestone there is a stratum of apparently from 800 to 900 feet in thickness, but probably much less,^ of very light gray, almost white, fine-grained sandstone; and underneath this stratum there is a thin stratum of yellow sandstone, the thickness of which is not definitely ' It is probable that these figures are very excessive and that the true thickness of this sandstone stratum at this point mucli more nearly approximates the thickness given to it in the record of tlie Winona well given l)elow. The record of our bore holes and as. obtained from the surrounding exposures must of necessity be unreliable, for reasons wliich will hereafter appear. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 865 known. This seems to be the uppermost member of what are known as the "Red Beds/' for underneath this yellow sandstone there is a reddish-brown sandstone, the thickness of which is given by the United States Geological Survey as more than 1,000 feet. The following record of a well driven by the Railroad Company at Winona, less than thirty miles distant in an air line from the crater first men- tioned, shows the thickness of these various strata at that point. It is assumed that the Geological Survey obtained these figures from the Railroad Company, since the figures which they give as to the thickness of these strata, at the place where the A., T. & S. F. Ry. crosses the Canon Diablo gorge, closely approximate the record of the well.* There are no eruptive rocks of any sort in this neighborhood, the nearest eruptive rocks to the so-called crater above referred to being a mountain known as Sunset Mountain about twelve miles in a southeast direction, the Black Mesa in a west and southwest direction about twenty miles distant, and the San Francisco Mountains and the flows therefrom about forty-five to fifty miles distant in a northwest direction. The latter, as is well known, are composed of many vol- canic craters and the material ejected therefrom. Some of these craters are of comparatively recent origin, geologically considered, but presumably of much greater age than Coon Mountain and the crater it contains. The Black Mesa above referred to is supposed to be a flow from the San Francisco craters. In the San Francisco Mountains there are many volcanic cones containing more or less perfect craters. These are true volcanic craters. Such, for instance, is the well-known ' ' Sunset" crater, a few miles north of the Santa F6 Railroad and easily accessible from Flagstaff. I have no hesitancy in saying that there is absolutely no connection between the first mentioned crater, which I shall hereafter attempt to describe, and these volcanic craters. And more than that, there is not a single point of similarity, excepting per- haps that of the round shape of the interior basin. As above stated, the crater which is the subject of this paper is to be found in an area composed of level beds of stratified rocks (Carbonifer- ous sandstones, limestones and shales), which extend uninterruptedly, ^ Record of Winona well: Aubrey limestone, 185 feet; Dakota sandstone, 456 feet; Red sandstone, 16 feet plus. "Although no direct measurements have been made in that immediate vicinity, the thickness of the Aubrey limestone at Canon Diablo is probably not far from 300 feet. At Winona, where its surface is considerably eroded, 185 feet remain. The gray sandstone next below is between 400 and 500 feet thick. The Red Beds are about 1,000 feet thick. Next below is the Redwall limestone which is 600 feet or more in thickness." From information furnished by U. S. Geological Survey. 56 866 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, with the exception of the above volcanic areas, for easily seventy miles in every direction. Generally speaking the same rocks are exposed in the Grand Canon of the Colorado, the canons of the Little Colorado and of the stream known as Canon Diablo, which is distant to the south- west and west only two and one-half miles. The cliffs exposed in this caiion are composed entirely of the upper portion of the limestone bed above referred to, as the caiion does not cut down to the underlying light gray sandstone also referred to above, and the overlying thin red sandstone stratum has been eroded off in this locality. In this crater and around it are to be found nothing but stratified sedimentary rocks or the fragments thereof. Viewed from the railroad across the per- fectly level plain, Coon Mountain presents a very peculiar appearance to anyone accustomed to study the sky line. Such an observer would see a small mountain or butte, about one and a half miles long, rising out of the level plain, the sky line of which (the rim of the crater) is very irregular, the mountain differing widely in this respect as well as in its light color from other mountains in the region, which show the usual rounded appearance and gentle lines produced 1)y erosion, and the dark color produced by the eruptive rocks of which they are com- posed. Coon Mountain or Coon Butte, as it is often called, does not suggest to one viewing it, especially at close range, from any direction, the existence within itself of a large crater, approximately 3,800 feet in diameter (its diameter along a north-and-south line passing through it being 3,654 feet, while its east-and-west diameter is 3,808 feet) and approximately 600 feet deep from the rim of the crater to the surface of the interior central plain. It is a fact worthy of mention, but after all just what one would expect when one realizes the cause of its origin, that this mountain presents very much the same view to an observer stationed several miles distant, whether he stands on the north, south, east or west side of the mountain. This so-called mountain has an extreme elevation of about 160 feet above the level of the plain, and an average elevation of about 130 feet. Upon closer examination it is found to be composed to a great extent on its outside slopes of an enor- mous quantity of fragmentary material, which is made up as follows : red sandstone fragments, limestone fragments, white sandstone frag- ments and a few small yellow and brown sandstone fragments; the largest masses probably weighing upwards of 5,000 tons (these are nearly always limestone) down to silica in powder of microscopic fine- ness (pulverized sand grains) which will be described hereafter. I have made no attempt to compute the amount of this fragmentary 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 867 material, but roughly guess it to be in the neighborhood of 200,000,000 tons; perhaps rather less than more. An additional reason for the existence of the elevation known as Coon Butte or Coon Mountain is to be found in the fact that the uppermost strata exposed in the walls of the interior crater dip quaquaversally, or generally speaking in every direction from the exact center of the crater, at an angle usually vary- ing from ten to forty degrees, and in one case from sixty to seventy de- grees. It should be stated, however, that in this case it is evident that a great, presumably wedge-shaped, piece of the material of the cliffs which form the sides of the crater and the rim, has nearly been turned out bodily by the force which produced this enormous hole in the earth's surface. The effect of this would be, of course, to turn the strata nearly on edge at this place. Naturally, this wedge-shaped piece — an expression which is used for want of a better one — lies between two faults, on the other side of each of which the strata dip at a much lower angle, not to exceed perhaps twenty degrees in the one case, that is to the north, and not to exceed five or ten degrees in the other, that is to the southwest. On the west side of the crater the strata are upturned so that they dip at about forty-five degrees west. It is an interesting fact that many large fragments of limestone, which have been hurled -out of the crater, are to be found at least a mile from it ; and if I am not mistaken there are several large fragments, weighing perhaps fifty tons each, which are more than a mile distant from the center of the crater. These fragments, great and small, are distributed con- centrically around the crater, being more abundant near the rim than distant from it. It is worthy of note, however, that the greater number of the larger fragments of the limestone stratum, some of them weighing probably over 5,000 tons, are to be found on the slopes of the mountain outside of the crater, on an east-and-west line passing through the center of the crater. That is to say, there are two places on the rim where these large fragments are most abundant; one almost directly east of the center and the other almost directly west of the center. It is also interesting to see how shattered and cracked many of the exposed limestone fragments are, showing probably that they have been subjected to the concussion from a great blow. These great and small angular blocks of limestone lie in every conceivable position on the slopes of the mountain, many of them standing on end so to speak, that is with the lines of stratification showing a vertical or nearly vertical dip. I have made more than ten trips to this locality and have examined almost every foot of the ground around it most carefully, and have 868 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, failed to find a single piece of eruptive or metamorphosed rock, or any -rock indicative of solfateric activity, which has not in all probability been brought to the locality by Indians or the prehistoric inhabitants of this region. The sharp edges of the angular fragments of rock, which have cer- tainly been expelled out of this crater with great force, are indicative of the recent origin of the crater. In fact, I am ready to believe that it is not more than 2,000 or 3,000 years old, and perhaps much younger. Cedars have been found growing on the rim which are upwards of 700 years old. Were it not for this fact the evidence afforded by the frac- tured surfaces of the rocks would indicate even a more recent origin.^ The interior of the crater can best be likened to a great bowl, except- ing that there is an almost vertical escarpment running around the upper portion of the basin, formed of cliffs composed of limestone and the overlying red sandstone. From the bottom of the limestone stratum, or where the more or less shattered and disintegrated white sandstone begins to be seen underneath the limestone cliffs, a great interior fringe of talus commences, which is composed of angular fragments of red sandstone, limestone and gray or white sandstone. This talus slopes at a very low and, for talus representing the effect of weathering, an unusual, or as I think an impossible, angle toward the interior of the plain ; but before it reaches the center it disappears under- neath stratified sedimentary material which was undoubtedly deposited while the interior of the crater was a lake bottom. There are about seventy feet, and perhaps somewhat more in places, of this material, as has been proved by the shafts and drill holes which have penetrated it. It is composed very largely of wind- and water-borne silica or pul- verized sand grains, in which are found numerous fresh-water shells. There are some layers composed almost entirely of microscopic shells, and in some of these sediments there are to be found great numbers of miscroscopic organisms which have silicious skeletons. There has been no opportunity to submit these fresh-water shells and organisms for examination, but it is intended to have this done at an early date. Underneath this sedimentary material there is to be found a more or less [compact and unknown quantity of pulverized sandstone (silica), containing here and there angular rock fragments or so-called boulders. The upper portion of this sedimentary material forms, with the over- * It is possible that the cause of this crater may possess considerable historical interest, as explaining the hitherto unexplained fact that throughout this portion of Arizona there are indisputable evidences that the prehistoric civilization ceased abruptly several thousand years ago, according to the necessarily rough estimates of the time which has elapsed. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 869 lying accumulations of soil and wind-blown material and a certain amount of talus which for the greater part has been distributed by torrential action, an almost level central plain in the present visible bottom of the crater. Just how far these lacustrine deposits extend toward the cliffs and underneath the talus, which has been brought to its present position by torrential action, has not yet been determined, but enough is known to state quite positively that they cover the greater portion of the surface of the ancient visible bottom of the crater. As above stated, underneath this sedimentary material there is to be found an incredibly large amount of what has been locally termed silica, and which certainly is due to the pulverization of the sandstone strata and the sand grains composing them. This so-called silica (this name will hereafter be used in referring to this material) is almost free from impurities ; several analyses having shown it to contain upwards of 98 and even 99 per cent. SiOj. To be properly understood this silica should be examined under a microscope. When so examined it is found to be composed of broken sand grains ; some of the minute frag- ments being as large as the half of a sand grain, but the vast majority are very much smaller, and many of the fragments are so small as to be invisible under an ordinary lens. Under a strong glass or microscope they have the general appearance of broken pieces of ice, being of every conceivable shape and almost invariably having very sharp edges, and of course being translucent. Much of this so-called silica is so finely pulverized that no grit can be noticed when it is placed between the teeth, and in fact can be truthfully described as being an impalpable powder. At many places this silica is less finely subdivided than has been described above and is distinctly gritty when placed between the teeth ; but at no place has there been found any particle of it which is larger than one of the small sand grains which go to make up the strata in which the crater is found. Without further explanation it can be stated definitely that this silica is nothing more or less than pulverized sandstone. How many million tons of this material there are it would be impossible to estimate. It composes a great part of the enormous rim, over three miles in length measured around the base of the moun- tain, in which the crater is situated. The amount of it within the crater is absolutely unknown; for it has been found by means of drill holes to a depth of more than 850 feet. At places both on the ex- terior of the rim and in the interior of the crater, underneath the sedi- mentary deposits, it is found admixed with a small percentage of lime carbonate, which admixture can of course be readily understood when it is remembered that there is shown in the walls of the crater a calcare- 870 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC. ous sandstone (herein referred to as limestone for the sake of conveni- ence) which has a thickness of some 250 to 350 feet. If one digs down through the surface soil a foot or more, almost anywhere on the out- side of the rim, among the angular fragments which have been thrown out of the hole he will come into this silica, and a great number of trenches and several shafts have shown it to continue downward cer- tainly to the solid or rather more or less shattered rock upon which all of the fragmentary material forming the rim rests. One of these shafts, almost at the base of the mountain and near the surrounding plain, is forty-eight feet in depth. However there are, especially on the southern side of the mountain, several dry washes, w'here this almost snow-white silica has been exposed for hundreds of feet in length and in places to a depth of upwards of ten feet. It is difficult to understand how this exposure could escape the eye of any careful geologist making a circuit of the crater. If noticed by him it would certainly seem that he would have examined it and ascertained its nature. Having done this, it w^ould seem that he would have been impelled to make a few shallow trenches at different places around the crater, in order to determine how much of this material there was. Having then proved it to exist on all sides of the crater in enormous quantities, it would seem to me that he could not have explained its presence in any other way than that which we have adopted; especially in view of the fact of there being so much corroborative evidence of even a more convincing character. Briefly, it seems to me impossible that this silica could be produced by volcanic action, or by a steam explosion, and I assume that it could be produced only by the pulverizing effect of an almost inconcei-v ably great blow. It should be stated that the silica on the outside of the rim, and to a less extent underneath the sedimentary material in the bottom of the crater, is plentifully admixed with broken fragments of red sandstone, limestone and white sandstone of all sizes within the limits mentioned and sharply angular shapes. It also should be mentioned that the many cuts and shafts (over fifty in all) which we have caused to be made on the outside of the crater, have shown that the silica carrying with it these broken fragments, especially those of smaller size, has evidently welled out of the crater almost like lifiuid mud, or perhaps, more accur- ately, like flour when it is poured out of a barrel. It is an interesting fact that it often contains innumerable angular fragments of sandstone in which the grains of sand (some pulverized into silica, some whole and unbroken) are no longer coherent, an effect which we have assumed has been produced by tremendous concussion. It would seem that 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 871 these fragments, before they disintegrated entirely, were caught in the flow of siHca and carried gently outward and deposited where they are found at present, surrounded by the almost snow-white silica. As the sandstone is itself often very white, the outline of these fragments is not readily distinguished in the sides of the open cuts, until they have been exposed for some time to the weather. However, it is to be remem- bered that there are in the silica, as far as we have explored it with trenches and shafts, great numbers of perfectly solid coherent sharply angular pieces of sandstone and limestone, as well as of the incoherent fragments. So far as it can be observed the white sandstone stratum, where it is exposed beneath the limestone cliffs inside the crater, is in this same incoherent condition. It is as if it had received a tremendous blow, the concussion from which caused the solid sandstone to disin- tegrate and become almost like compacted sand, since it can in many instances be dug out and crumbled by the fingers. The effect of this has been of course to cause the sandstone stratum at this point to occupy more space than it previously occupied. The result of this has undoubtedly been the raising of the superimposed limestone and red sandstone strata, causing them to show, when viewed from the interior of the crater, several anticlinal and synclinal folds, and to dip out- wardly from the center of the crater, and in this way assisting in forming the elevation locally known as Coon Mountain, which has already been described. No order is to be observed in the distribution of the angular frag- ments either within or without the crater, excepting that which I have already referred to, that the greatest amount of large limestone frag- ments, which it should be remembered is the most coherent rock of the series and the one which has most successfully resisted disintegration, is to be found almost due east and due west of the center of the crater; and also excepting that at certain places there are to be seen spurts of one kind of solid fragments, for example white sandstone, aggregating in amount thousands of tons, and extending from the rim of the crater almost down to its base. These tongues of fragmentary material, which seem to have been spurted out of the crater with such force as to displace everything which they met, are very interesting ; especially those of the white sandstone, some of the fragments of which exhibit very beautiful examples of cross-bedding. The lowest members of the series which was ejected are the red sandstone and the overlying yellow sandstone, small pieces of which are to be found in relatively small quantities on the surface of the southern and southeastern portion of the rim. These are almost 872 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, certainly from the upper portion of the Red Beds already referred to. This brings me to describe more particularly the rim itself. On first examination it would seem that the fragmentary material and silica are almost equally distributed on all sides of the crater. Upon closer examination, however, it is found that there is vastly more of it to the southwest, south and southeast than to the northeast, north and north- west. It also will be observed that the fragmentary material is much more comminuted to the southwest, south and southeast than it is on the opposite sides of the crater. It will also be observed that the limestone cliffs on the interior of the crater are much more shattered to the southwest and south than anywhere else, and the limestone bed itself is raised higher, and to the southeast is to be found the great wedge-shaped piece of the material forming the cliffs and rim, which was turned over and seems to have been near to going out bodily. It will also be observed that the lowest point on the crater is on the north rim, somewhat to the west of a north-and-south line passing through it; and finally the ejected fragments, of ten tons or more in weight, are found distributed over the plain at a greater distance south and south- east of the crater than anj^where else. From all of these facts, the infer- ence is unavoidable that the cause which produced the crater acted with somewhat more violence in a southwest, south and southeast direction than in the opposite direction. It would be possible to extend this description of the crater to a much greater length ; but I hope that in the above I have stated most of the salient facts which would impress the careful observer. Now, there are only three conceivable causes for such a tremendous disturb- ance of the horizontal strata at this point, and I will take them up separately. I. An extremely violently acting volcano. This can be set aside as being impossible inasmuch — First: No lava is to be found, or any other volcanic rock, for many miles in any direction. Nor is there to be seen any sulphur, which is found in most volcanic craters of recent origin. Second : I assume that huge fragments of rock, weighing perhaps upwards of fifty tons, could not have been expelled from the crater and deposited a mile or more distant from its center by volcanic action, in the absence of other numerous and indisputable facts to show that a volcano existed at this place. Moreover, any stone which has been hurled from a volcanic crater through the agency of steam is usually of igneous origin. Third : We know absolutely the series of rocks at this point, and this 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 873 series has been described in the first part of this paper. We also know that only the uppermost strata have been hurled out of this hole by some terrific force. Briefly, it Tvould seem to me to be impossible that any geologist carefully examining the region could reach the conclusion that this is a volcanic crater, or in any way produced by volcanic agencies. II. A steam explosion. This is the theory which seems to have been adopted by the United States Geological Survey to account for this remarkable crater, on the report of one of its members, Mr. Grove Karl Gilbert, and his associates.^ To me it seems incredible that they could have adopted this explanation of the crater and its surrounding phe- nomena, if they had carefully examined the surface as above described, for the following reasons : First : Such a violent paroxysmal outbm-st of steam as they assume in order to account for Coon Mountain and its crater is, to the best of my knowledge, unrecorded, unless perhaps in connection with some great volcano, and even there its force, I assume, has been, with few excep- tions, less than the force expended here ; and in such volcanic manifes- tations there were a number of such explosions, not merely one. Second: The vast amount of steam required to do the amount of work accomplished at this place could only be stored up in regions of present or recent volcanic activity. There is no evidence that this has ever been such a region. Third: As suggested above, it is inconceivable to me that there could have been, even in such a region, much less in a region of undis- turbed stratified rocks, such a single great steam explosion, before which and after which all was quiet. Fourth : I assume that such an explosion would not have produced the beautifully round crater which we have here; and, moreover, it seems certain that the country round about would be seamed for miles with cracks and fissures, perhaps more or less radial, through which in aU probability steam would have ascended for many centuries. No- thing of the sort has been found here. It is certain that the crater was made in an instant of time, after which all was as quiet as befo're. Any one visiting the locality is impressed by the many evidences of this fact. It is also certain that the crater is very recent, compara- tively little or no erosion having taken place since it was made. The evidences of this are to be found on every side. If there had been "See Thirteenth Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Sur., Part I, p. 98, and Fourteenth Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Sur., Part I, p. 187. Also Science, N. S., Vol. Ill, p. 1, and Chamberlin and Salisbury's Geology (1904), Vol. I, p. 569. 874 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, much erosion, such as must have taken place in order to account for the great amount of tahis which is to be ol^served on the inside of the crater, supposing it to have accumulated in the usual way, the crater would certainl}' not be as round as it is. If originally round, it would certainly have been greatly deformed by the process. It could not weather round. It is perfectly clear that this is contrary to any known mode of action of erosion. Therefore it is certain that the talus did not accumulate in the usual way, and that its presence and distribution must be explained on some other theory than that of weathering. This view receives further support from the fact that the very low angle (about twenty degrees from horizontal) which the upper portion of the talus on the interior of the crater makes in its descent from the base of the almost perpendicular cliffs, is a very unusual one. Fifth : Granting that such a single violent steam explosion is not an absurb hypothesis, it would seem that on this hypothesis there would be abundant evidences of solfateric activity within and without the crater, especially in the immediate vicinity; such as redeposited or secondary silica, carbonate of lime and other minerals which are usually deposited b}" hot spring action. These minerals would cer- tainly be found within the crater and in the cracks which, under this hypothesis, it would seem should be found traversing the horizontal stratified rocks forming the plain on the outside of the crater. Neither the cracks nor the minerals are to be found. In short, there is no evi- dence of any sort at or near this spot of solfateric action. Sixth : If a steam explosion had formed this crater, it is inconceiv- able to me that it would not have thrown up rocks from a greater depth than that represented by the three uppermost strata, together with a very small portion of the upper part of the Red Beds which underlie them. Nothing would seem to be more certain than that the greater portion of these Red Beds and the great Carboniferous series of strata extending thousands of feet under them, as exposed by the Grand Canon of the Colorado, only seventy miles distant, are undisturbed In other words, the series of strata at Coon Mountain have not been disturbed, at least to the extent of being thrown out, for a greater depth than the upper portion of the Red Beds, geologically speaking, or about 1,200 feet more or less — perhaps as much as 1,300 feet — below the present surface of the plain. Seventh: A steam explosion I assume could not have pulverized the individual sand grains, as they have been pulverized here, and produced as a result the miUions of tons of ' ' silica ' ' which exists on the inside of the crater and on the outside of the rim as already described. It is not 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. S75 conceivable to me, as I have already stated, that this material could have been produced in the quantities in which we find it in any other way than by a heavy blow. Additional Argument AGAINST the Theory of a Steam Explosion. Eighth: Even if a steam explosion could have produced the silica dust it would have blown, as Mr. Tilghman points out (see page 899), such finely divided material high into the atmosphere, after the man- ner of the great Krakatoa explosion in 1883, and a very large portion of this material would certainly have been carried away by air cur- rents and finally deposited far from the crater, instead of in the crater or on the exterior slopes of the mountain immediately sur- rounding it, where finely pulverized material is distributed in enormous quantities in such a manner as to warrant the belief that it and the rock fragments contained in it behaved not unlike a liquid when they were expelled by some force out of the crater. Again, the dust or minute particles or filaments of volcanic glass expelled from the vol- cano of Krakatoa were not only certainly of igneous origin, but when examined under the microscope were in every case found to be more or less round in shape, instead of being sharply angular particles of crystalline quartz, due, as is safely assumed, to the disintegration or rather pulverization of sand grains. Since we have come into possession of the property we have found several thousand pieces, in all something over a ton, of various sized fragments of meteoric iron, the largest weighing as I remember 225 pounds, down to pieces weighing much less than an ounce or only a few grains. These meteoric iron specimens (known to the scientific world as the Canon Diablo siderites) are so well known that I shall not attempt to describe them. The following analysis by Messrs. Booth, Garrett and Blair, of Philadelphia, may be taken as representing the general composition of these irons : Si 0.047 ; S 0.004 ; P 0.179 ; C 0.417 ; Ni 7.940; Fe 91.396; total 99.983. In the present discussion it is far more interesting to state that they have been found more or less con- centrically distributed around the crater and to an extreme distance, so far as we know, of two and one-half miles from it, a few small speci- mens having been found in Canon Diablo gorge. It is a remarkable fact that these so-called ' ' irons ' ' (to distinguish them from the so-called "iron shale") are ver}^ angular in shape, indicating by their fracture that they may have been violently torn off or burned from similar ma- 874 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, much erosion, such as must have taken place in order to account for the great amount of tahis which is to l^e olDserved on the inside of the crater, supposing it to have accumulated in the usual way, the crater Sixth : If a steam explosion had formed this crater, it is inconceiv- able to me that it would not have thrown up rocks from a greater depth than that represented by the three uppermost strata, together with a very small portion of the upper part of the Red Beds which underlie them. Nothing would seem to be more certain than that the greater portion of these Red Beds and the great Carboniferous series of strata extending thousands of feet under them, as exposed by the Grand Canon of the Colorado, only seventy miles distant, are undisturbed In other words, the series of strata at Coon Mountain have not been disturbed, at least to the extent of being thrown out, for a greater depth than the upper portion of the Red Beds, geologically speaking, or about 1,200 feet more or less — perhaps as much as 1,300 feet — below the present surface of the plain. Seventh : A steam explosion I assume could not have pulverized the individual sand grains, as they have been pulverized here, and produced as a result the millions of tons of "silica" which exists on the inside of the crater and on the outside of the rim as alreadv described. It is not 1905.] NATURAL SCIE.XCES OF PHILADELPHIA. S75 conceivable to me, as I have already stated, that this material could have been produced in the quantities in which we find it in any other way than by a heavy blow. III. The impact of an extra-terrestrial body. I shall attempt now to describe briefly such facts as are evident to any geologist making an examination of the region which furnish strong affirmative evidence that this crater could have been made only by an extra-terrestrial body falling out of space and moving at great speed. Something between ten and fifteen tons of meteoric iron have been shipped away from this locality, most of it going to the various museums of the world. It is a fact, so far as I know, that none of the "iron shale" or magnetic iron oxide, which will be described hereafter, is to be found in any of these museums; why I cannot understand, for the scientific interest which attaches to it is very great. It is probably not generally known that by far the greater portion of the meteoric iron which has been shipped from this locality has been found lying on the plain immediately surrounding the crater, and much of it has been found on the rim itself. At Caiion Diablo a merchant, Mr. F. W. Volz, tells me he has shipped nearly ten tons of this iron, and he also tells me that before he came to the country a merchant from Winslow shipped perhaps half as much. Both of these merchants hired Mexicans to look for iron specimens in the neighborhood of the crater. These men discovered several pieces weighing from 600 to over 1,000 pounds. Since we have come into possession of the property we have found several thousand pieces, in all something over a ton, of various sized fragments of meteoric iron, the largest weighing as I remember 225 pounds, down to pieces weighing much less than an ounce or only a few grains. These meteoric iron specimens (known to the scientific world as the Canon Diablo siderites) are so well known that I shall not attempt to describe them. The following analysis by Messrs. Booth, Garrett and Blair, of Philadelphia, may be taken as representing the general composition of these irons : Si 0.047 ; S 0.004 ; P 0.179 ; C 0.417 ; Ni 7.940; Fe 91.39G; total 99.983. In the present discussion it is far more interesting to state that the}' have been found more or less con- centrically distributed around the crater and to an extreme distance, so far as we know, of two and one-half miles from it, a few small speci- mens having been found in Canon Diablo gorge. It is a remarkable fact that these so-called ' ' irons ' ' (to distinguish them from the so-called "iron shale") are very angular in shape, indicating by their fracture that they may have been violently torn off or burned from similar ma- 876 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, terial. Some of them contain holes or cavities which were probably once occupied by nodules of troilite (sulphide of iron). Such nodules are beautifully shown by sawing through some of the larger specimens in the Ward and other collections. When exposed to the action of the atmosphere these have oxidized, leaving the cavities they had occupied. Occasionally some of the specimens have a noticeable amount of iron oxide or shale adhering to them, but as a rule they are very free from this. They are usually covered, however, with a very thin film of iron oxide, which may be easily rubbed off with a wire brush if the specimen has been previously heated. When this is done their appearance would indicate that they may have been torn or burned from presumably similar material. It is a fact worthy of note that so far none of these specimens of meteoric iron have been found at any depth beneath the surface. They are usually lying on the surface or partially or wholly covered by the merely superficial soil, and are distributed, as already stated, more or less concentrically around the crater, most of the small specimens being found, however, to the north and northeast. That there are great numbers of them contained in the thin soil overlying the solid limestone composing the level plain on all sides of the mountain is proven by the fact that we have found several specimens, from seven pounds to twenty-seven pounds in weight, so imbedded in digging a trench for a pipe line from Canon Diablo gorge to the crater. They have not been found in the numerous cuts or shafts which have been made in the silica. Four of them, weighing three or four pounds each, have been found on the interior of the crater, and, so far as I know, these are the only iron specimens which have been found inside of the crater. These were found above the cliffs already described. Considerable "iron shale" has also been found inside the crater, among the talus at the base of the cliffs. I shall propose hereafter a possible explanation of the fact why these irons are found only on the surface. It is also worthy of note, as already stated, that we have found more of the smaller irons, on or in the surface soil, on the north and northeastern portion of the rim than in other places. Now there have been found abundantly distributed around the rim, and especially on and in its northern portion, and nearby on the plain, very large quantities, probably aggregating a ton or more in weight, of magnetic oxide of iron. This is so abundantly distributed over the northern surface of the rim and over the surrounding plain, and is so apparent to the casual observer, that it seems wonderful to me that Mr. Gilbert and his associates did not make any reference 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 877 to it in their report. It is certainly different from any substance in nature with which I am famihar, and had they taken the trouble to have it analyzed they would have found that the large pieces almost invariably contain nickel (certainly in all the specimens examined) to the same extent, proportionately speaking, as it is found in the Canon Diablo meteoric iron, from which this magnetic iron oxide was no doubt produced. However, if they had merely broken open some of the larger pieces of this magnetic iron oxide, which it seems to me they could not have failed to see, they would have observed in some of the specimens the characteristic green hydroxide of nickel. The iron oxide was produced, as I assume, by the heat generated from friction while the great iron meteor passed through the earth's atmosphere. As above stated, it has been determined for us that the larger pieces of this so-called "iron shale" contain invariably iron, nickel, iridium and platinum in the same relative proportion (remembering that two are in the form of oxide while the others are in the metallic state) as they are found in the iron from which this material was separated. In the very minute pieces of shale the nickel has been leached out to a greater or less extent. For the sake of clear- ness and because of the peculiar laminated structure, I shall hereafter refer to this magnetic oxide of iron as "iron shale," adopting the local name by which it is known. This iron shale is very much more mag- netic than the original metallic meteoric iron, which in some speci mens is only feebly so. It should be stated in this connection that the surface of the sur- rounding country for perhaps several miles, concentrically around the crater, contains minute particles of this iron shale, either in the shape of fragments or as spherules. It is found everywhere in the vicinity of the crater, on the rim and on the outside plain. We have assumed that these small particles once constituted a portion of the great lumin- ous tail of the meteoric body which, in our belief, by its collision with the earth made the crater. Having observed all these things, containing as they do many argu- ments in favor of the theory that this great hole in the plain was pro- duced by the impact of a body falling out of space, and against the theory that it was produced by either volcanic action or by a steam explosion, it naturally suggested itself to us to endeavor to prove absolute synchronism of the two events, namely, the falling of a very great meteor on this particular spot and the formation of this crater. The easiest method of doing this, which at once suggested itself to us, was to have a number of open cuts made through the silica and rock 878 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, fragments on the outside of the rim, and to sink a number of shallow shafts through this material, in order to find if possible pieces of the meteor overlaid by and thoroughly admixed with the rock fragments and silica which certainly came from great depths in the adjacent hole. Numbers of these cuts were made before finding the objects of our search, but at last we began to find them and now we have found nearly one hundred pieces of meteoric material, some of them as much as fifty pounds in weight, a number of feet beneath the surface in the silica, overlaid and underlaid in no particular order by the various kinds of rock fragments described above, namely, white sandstone, limestone and red sandstone. In one case that I remember we found a large piece of meteoric oxidized material or "iron shale" about six feet beneath the surface in the silica, directly underneath an angular fragment, several feet in diameter, of red sandstone. On the top of this red sandstone was a piece of limestone, and on top of the limestone was a still larger piece of white sandstone. I merely mention this case as it is interesting to reflect that the white sandstone comes from a depth of at least about 400 feet below the surface, and yet it is found on top of the red sandstone fragment (the surface rock) and the lime- stone fragment which, when the geological order of the rocks is con- sidered, lie above it. However, the most interesting piece of work in this connection which we have done is to be found in one of the shafts on the rim, which shaft is forty-eight feet deep. In this shaft we found vertically one above the other no less than seven quite large specimens of meteoric material or iron shale; the first one being found twelve feet beneath the surface, and the last one being found twenty-seven feet beneath the surface, underneath a large fragment of red sandstone. These pieces were from a pound to probably thirty pounds in weight. On top of the uppermost specimen, and at varying distances between it and the other specimens found in this shaft, there was the usual ad- mixture of silica, white sandstone fragments, limestone and red sand- stone fragments. On no conceivable theory other than the one which we have adopted can the facts above described be explained.^ I have used the words "meteoric material" because this material is somewhat unlike any which up to that time had been found on the surface. Such material has, however, since been found on the surface, ' Since the above was written j\Ir. Tilghman lias informed me that lie has b}' means of a small magnetic separator found distributed through samples of silica, taken from deposits on the slopes of the rim, an appreciable amount of metallic iron in the form of very minute particles and scales which are covered by mag- netic oxide of iron. These of necessity are meteoric in nature. They have been found by him in silica which was taken from several feet beneath the surface. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 879 several large specimens, one weighing over 200 pounds and others over 100 pounds, having been found nearly a mile west of the crater, and many small ones distributed around it, generally to the northeast, north and northwest. This material is usually roughly globular or oval in shape, the outside having been converted into hydrated oxide of iron, while the interior is usually magnetic oxide of iron, showing when broken open in nearly every instance the green hydroxide of nickel. In a number of instances, however, these so-called "shale balls" (I again adopt the local name) are found to contain a solid iron center. We have some specimens where these iron centers probably weigh as much as twenty to thirty pounds, the total weight of the shale ball being considerably more than this. The magnetic oxide which surrounds the iron center usually presents a more or less lami- nated appearance, and I assume therefore that much of the so-called iron shale found on the surface, as small flat or slightly curved pieces or thick scale, from an inch to six inches in length and from one-sixteenth inch to several inches in thickness, has resulted from the alteration of shale balls, the iron in the great majority of the cases where these were small or were detached from the meteor in the upper atmosphere having had time to be entirely converted into magnetic oxide. There is such a great similarity of appearance that this inference is to me unavoidable, and I have recently noticed that the pieces of laminated magnetic iron oxide are often grouped, especially where they have been found on the outside plain some distance away from the crater, as if a shale ball, or a piece of metallic iron which was once covered by magnetic oxide of iron, had fallen on this spot and the magnetic oxide of iron had been disintegrated, either by the force of the fall or afterwards by ordinary atmospheric agencies.^ It is worthy of note that the flat or slightly curved pieces of iron shale are found, like the iron specimens, only on the surface or in the surface soil, and to date at least have not been found admixed with the silica and rock fragments on the outside of the rim, as the shale balls are frequently found. This brings me to attempt an explanation of tlie fact that these so-called shale balls are to be found beneath the surface on the outside of the rim, and admixed with the fragmentary material which was certainly expelled from the crater, to a proven depth of tw^enty-seven feet, and that the angular pieces of meteoric iron have been found up to date only on the surface or in the shallow soil which overlies the rock * It may easily be, however, that pieces of metaUic iron were found at some of these spots and taken away by the merchants who made a business of collecting these specimens for sale to museums, etc. See footnote 9. 880 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, fragments and the silica, which forms part of the rim, or on the sur- rounding limestone plain. On April 11, 1904, it was my good fortune to observe, while at Pearce, Arizona, between five and six o'clock in the afternoon, a very brilliant meteor. This same meteor was observed at Tucson, Arizona, by Mr. Holsinger, who had been in charge of our exploratory work for some time previous to this. He was at the time over seventy miles distant from Pearce in an air line. It is a source of much regret that the sun was shining at the time, for otherwise the spectacle would have been a most brilliant and instructive one. As it was, however, the meteor was so large and so brilliant that the following facts could be most clearly determined : The head of the meteor was blue-white in color; from this head there seemed to dart from time to time, and almost from the moment the meteor became visible, many jets of bluish-colored light. Behind the meteor was a glorious comet-like tail, the color of which was generally yellow. From behind the meteor and out of this tail there appeared from time to time, and after the meteor had been visible for an appreciable length of time, great flaming drops, not unlike drops of burning tar. These rapidly fell behind the meteor, being distanced by it. In shape they were, generally speaking, some- what like a gourd, with the small ends, which as I remember seemed to bend slightly downward, pointing toward the rapidly receding meteor. I counted as many as five of these drops. Mr. Holsinger thought he saw more than five. Bearing in mind what I have related above, I shall now offer an ex- planation of the difference in distribution of the pieces of metallic meteoric iron and the so-called shale balls, realizing fully, however, that in the first place not enough work has been done to state with positive- ness that no large pieces of iron are to be found in the fragmentary material forming in great part the slopes of the mountain, and in the second place that the explanation which I offer may be proved to be an erroneous one. I am inclined to believe that many of the thousands of pieces of metallic meteoric iron which have been found distributed around Coon Mountain, and which are generally known by the name of the Canon Diablo siderites, were pieces that were torn loose from the surface of the meteor when it entered the earth's atmosphere by the violent expansion strains set up because of the intense coldness of the main body of the meteor, which of course was cooled to the temper- ature of outer space, and the intense heat immediately generated upon the entrace of the meteor into the earth's atmosphere. This would explain the darts of light which Mr. Holsinger and I saw going out of 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 881 the front of the meteor above referred to, from almost the instant the meteor became visible.^ These fragments would naturally soon fall behind the meteor, and in the case which is the subject of this paper probably reached the earth after the collision had taken place and all of the material had been thrown out from the crater produced by the impact. The same would be true of the first "shale balls" to be detached, the origin of which, it seems to me, can be explained as follows. As the front surface became more heated it is possible that fewer of these irons would be thrown off, and almost certain that some of the iron would be melted and would naturally run back to the sides or to the rear surface of the meteor, from which from time to time it would be detached. This burning iron would then drop behind, as in the case of the meteor observed by Mr. Holsinger and myself, and form the shale balls above referred to. On this theory the laminated struc- ture which I have spoken of is possibly due to the fact that the melted iron ran back over the meteor to its rear surface, or at least to its sides, and was detached therefrom in a pasty condition. This would seem to offer an explanation of the five flaming drops which I saw falling be- hind the meteor in April, 1904, and why they were not seen until the meteor had been visible for an appreciable length of time. These shale balls probably contimied to drop off from the great Canon Diablo meteor, referred to in this paper, until the very moment ' Since writing the above it has occurred to the author that the pieces of metaUic iron, and the pittings known as "thumb marks" which they show, are due to the very high temperature developed by friction against compressed air in passing through the earth's atmosphere. Dr. Mallet has confirmed this, and points out that in the case of iron meteorites this temperature would of course be still fur- ther raised by burning. He has also told me that this is a commonly accepted theory of the cause of these characteristic pittings. The effect of this furious burning, produced by the friction against the compressed air ahead of the flying iron meteor, would probably be to make great irregular cavities or furrows on its surface, as in the case of the 14-ton Willamette meteorite described by Mr. Henry A. Ward in the Proceedings of the Rochester Academy of Science, Vol. 4, pp. 137-149, plates 13-18. Whether the spaces represented by such cavities or furrows were once partly filled with nodules of troilite is not of importance in this connection. Having this action in mind it can readily be seen how these furrows or cavities in meeting might cause unconsumecl pieces of metallic iron to be liberated, which would then fall behind the main body of the meteor and still burning reach the earth after the collision. Not only "thumb marks" but so-called "ring" me- teorites are perfectly explainable on this theory. It receives very strong support from certain iron specimens which have recently been found by us (and since this paper was written) in the trench for the pipe line between Cafion Diablo gorge and the crater. To these specimens when fovmd a large amount of magnetic oxide of iron or iron shale was still firmly attached, and occupied the "thumb mark" pittings on the specimens as well as being adherent to the more or less flat sur- faces. When it is found in the pittings, generally referred to by the term of "thumb marks," it is distinctly shaly in character and is seen to curve upward from the bottom of the cavity. There is much to recommend this theory, but may there not be truth in both this theory and in the one just mentioned? 57 882 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, of collision. It is very natural, therefore, to conclude that some of them must have been caught before they reached the surface of the earth by the outgoing rock fragments and silica which poured out of the hole at the moment of collision. They were doubtless all burning fiercely at this moment, and would have continued to burn, like those which were detached in the upper atmosphere, until all of the iron was converted into magnetic iron oxide, had enough oxygen been present to produce this result. However, some of them seem to have been smothered out when covered up by the silica and the rock fragments included in it. This would perfectly explain why some of them have iron centers and some of them do not possess this peculiar feature, and why the pieces of iron shale continued to rain down for some mo- ments after the collision. An interesting fact which is perhaps worthy of note is, that these iron centers nearly always show a peculiar exuda- tion of drops of moisture, often colored green, partly perhaps from the presence of nickel. This exudation. Dr. Mallet explains to me, is due to the presence of chloride of iron. It is singular, however, that only one of the pieces of meteoric iron which we have, one of those which was found in the trench for the pipe line and is referred to in foot- note 9, exhibits this peculiarity, it being confined to the so-called iron centers, Avhich have only been found in the shale balls which were entirely covered and surrounded by silica and rock fragments. During the many visits which I have paid to this remarkable spot, I have made a most thorough search for any other stone than the sand- stone and limestone fragments above described, I have found a number of pieces of flint and some pieces of eruptive rock, but in every case there was every reason to believe they had been brought there by Indians who visited this locality, as many of them were pieces of ' ' matates, ' ' in which the Indians and prehistoric inhabitants of this country ground their corn; and especially because most of them were found in the near neighborhood of the Indian ''hogans" or camps. I had another object, however, than that of trying to find pieces of igneous or eruptive rock, which was to find if possible some pieces of meteoric stone, on the theory that perhaps the great meteor, which by this time I had become firmly convinced produced this crater, was partly metallic and partly stony in composition; in other words, a siderolite. A most careful search of the country for miles around failed to reveal the slightest evidence in favor of this theory. None of the pieces of iron, and by this time several thousands of such pieces have been found on all sides of the crater, have attached to them any particle of stone; except indeed where some pieces of iron 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 883 shale have been found adhering to small fragments of limestone and sandstone, or in one small specimen which I found including them, showing conclusively that this iron oxide was in a liquid or fused state when it fell to the earth. In this specimen there are sealed together, as sealing wax would hold them, three small angular fragments of sandstone, and another piece of iron shale which I have is firmly adher- ent to a piece of limestone, upon which it evidently fell when in a melted condition. The latter specimen shows the green hydroxide of nickel. The result of my careful search has been the conclusion that there is not the slightest evidence in favor of the meteor having been part iron and part stone. It is only fair to state, however, that upon one of my recent visits to the crater, or accurately on June 24, 1905, 1 found on the surface of the plain, about a mile and a half west of the mountain, a very remarkable aerolite or meteoric stone. This is as different from all the other meteoric specimens which we have examined, which have come from this locality, as one specimen can be from another. It is subangular in shape, having on one side a rather sharply pointed protuberance, with a generally round and smooth smiace which is covered by quite a heavy film of oxide of iron. Two corners were broken off when I found it. The fracture exhibited was very fresh, in fact almost as fresh as the fracture produced by me when knocking off a piece of it for analysis, which was made by Mr. H. H. Alexander and is as follows: SiOj 37.32%; Fe 22.30%; Ni 1.65%; Mfi^ 2.53%; CaO 2.96%; MgO 23.02%; S 2.34%. See also description and analysis of the stone which will be hereafter published by Dr. ^lallet. It has some curious markings, looking as if it possibly had received a blow before it entered the earth's atmosphere, these markings being covered with the same film of oxide of iron which cover the rest of the aerolite. A comparison of this analysis with the analysis of the Canon Diablo meteoric iron shows the wide difference between the two, and the fact that it does not contain a trace of platinum or iridium and relatively small percentages of iron and nickel, while every specimen which has been examined of the meteoric iron or iron shale found in this locality contains the first mentioned metals, is very significant and IS in favor of the theory that the aerolite or meteoric stone speci- men is not in any way connected with the others. Now comes a story which is at least very interesting, for as a coin- cidence, if such it is, it is very remarkable. Two years ago, about January 15, 1904, while two of our employees at Coon Mountain were watching the camp — we had suspended operatioas during the winter — 884 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, they were awakened, so they told us, by a loud hissing noise, and look- ing northward saw that the heavens were brilliantly lighted, and while rushing out of their tent saw a meteor fall somewhere north- west of the mountain, between them and the railroad. We paid no especial attention to their story, and supposed that although they might have seen a meteor fall, it had come to the earth, if it came to the earth at all, many miles distant. However, if we have been able to fix the dates correctly, on the same evening, at the same moment, a few minutes before nine o'clock, the hour being fixed by the train schedule. Dr. A. Rounsville, of Williams, and Dr. G. F. Manning, of Flagstaff, Arizona, were travelling to Canon Diablo station, where Dr. Manning had JDeen called to visit a patient. Just before the train stopped Dr. Rounsville saw from one of the windows, on the south side of the train, a blazing meteor fall in the direction of Coon Mountain. According to Dr. Rounsville's statement Dr. ^Manning did not see the meteor fall, but only saw the very brilliant light produced by it. It is very probable that this was the same meteor that was seen by our employees at Coon Mountain. If so it would appear that our two employees saw it from one side, while Drs. Rounsville and Manning saw it from the other, the observers being al^out 12 miles apart. As accurately as I can determine, it was very near a spot at the intersection of the two lines of sight, a spot which of course they could not locate exactly, that I found the above described meteoric stone — the only one, so Mr. Volz, of Canon Diablo, tells me, that has ever been found in this locality, and his intimate knowledge of the locality extends for a period of over fifteen years. That a small stony meteor- ite should have fallen on almost exactly the same spot on the earth's surface as the great Caiion Diablo iron meteorite fell many centuries ago, is certainly a most remarkable coincidence. I have stated the facts as accurately as possible, and I have no opinion to offer as to whether or not these involve anything more than a coincidence. I have endeavored to describe in this paper as briefl}^ as possiljle only such matters as would appeal to a geologist and which have come within my personal observation. Such as they are, after a very careful study of this locality, they do not leave in my mind a scintilla of doubt that this mountain and its crater were produced by the impact of a huge meteorite or small asteroid, and that this fell upon the earth almost vertically, with probably a slight inclination toward the north. As is explained above, the greatest effort seems to have been expended on the southern side of the crater, as evidenced by the walls of the crater itself and by the great amount of material thrown out on the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 885 southern rim, and by the fact that this material is much more com- minuted than similar material elsewhere on the rim, and by the further fact that on this portion of the rim alone do we find fragments of the yellow and red sandstone, which we know to be from the deepest strata of which fragments have been expelled from the crater. This theory is still further borne out by the fact that most of the shale balls and smaller meteoric iron specimens have been found on the northern rim, which position they would occupy if they fell slightly behind the meteor itself, and yielded more than it did to the retarding effect of the earth's atmosphere and to the force of gravity. In using the words "northern" and "southern" in the above con- nection, I mean by "northern" any direction between northwest and northeast; and by "southern" any direction between southeast and southwest. However, the direction from which the meteor came is a matter which is not as yet susceptible of positive proof and is of prob- ably small importance at this time. To summarize, we believe we have proved the following facts : First. That a great meteor, the whole or at least the outside of which was metallic in nature, did fall to the earth at this locality, and that it was so large that portions of it became fused and were detached. Second. That this great hole in the upper strata of the Aubrey formation was made at the instant of time when this meteor fell upon this exact spot. Having proved these facts, the conclusion is unavoid- able that this hole, which as we have seen cannot have been produced by a .volcano or by a steam explosion, was produced by the impact of the meteor, which, even admitting that it retained some large pro- portion of its planetary speed, must have been of great size. Having proved these facts, and having been prevented by wet silica, a material very difficult to penetrate with a shaft, from sink- ing with a horse-whim to a depth of more than 200 feet, we put down a number of drill holes in the hope of finding evidence of the meteor beneath the central plain in the crater, using the ordinary type of rotary well-boring machinery. Several of these drill holes encountered obstructions, at least one (and probably more) of which would seem to be meteoric, inasmuch as a magnet put down at the time was strongly attracted to the obstructing object and brought up from it material which assayed four-tenths of one per cent, of nickel. We were unable to force the drill past this obstruction. In another hole the extreme depth of 1.020 feet was reached. In this, however, over 100 feet of red sandstone (the Red Beds above referred to) was pene- trated. This seemed to be in place and to form the floor of what, 886 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, judging by the results of artillery experiments, we have termed the inner or interior crater, somewhere in which we suppose the wreck of the meteoric body to lie. In all of the holes the material (silica, broken and whole sand grains and some pieces of dense layers of ce- mented material composed largely of carbonate of lime) brought up by the drill from underneath the lacustrine sedimentary formations shows when concentrated many minute fragments of iron shale or minute shale balls which contain an appreciable percentage of nickel, and are therefore doubtless meteoric in nature. It seems certain that much of the nickel has been leached from these fine particles of meteoric material, but not- withstanding this fact they invariably have been found to contain a small fraction of one per cent, of this element, and in other respects are gen- erally similar to the fine particles of iron shale which we have found on the outside of the crater. This evidence, to say the least, is strongly corroborative of, if not absolute proof of, the above theory. To test it still further, however, we are now proceeding to sink with a steam hoist a double compartment shaft in the exact center of the crater. Unless we should be prevented by difficulties which we cannot over- come, this will be sunk to such depths as will demonstrate the existence, as we suppose in a fragmentary condition and several hundred feet below the central plain, or the non-existence of the extra-terrestrial body which, in my best judgment, produced when it collided with the earth the crater which I have endeavored to describe.^" ^"It should be borne in mind that this paper treats only of such facts as. are of interest to the scientific world, and has no reference whatever to the commercial value of the discovery. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 887 COON BUTTE, ARIZONA. BY BENJAMIN CHEW TILGHMAN. In Central Arizona, situated at approximately longitude 111° 1' west and latitude 36° 2' north, about five miles almost due south of Sun- shine Station on the line of the Atchison, Topeka & Santa ¥6 Railroad, is situated the very remarkable eminence known locally by the names of Coon Butte, Coon Mountain and Crater Mountain. This so-called mountain consists of a circular ridge from 130 to 160 feet in height, surrounding an almost circular cup-shaped depression in the earth about 400 feet deep and varying from 3,600 to 3,800 feet in diameter. Viewed from the inside, the crest of the ridge is elevated from 530 to 560 feet above the level of the flat interior plain. The strata penetrated by this hole are, first, from twenty to forty feet of red sandstone; second, about 250 to 350 feet of a yellowish silicious limestone, or possibly more correctly a very calcareous sandstone; third, an unknown depth of a whitish or light gray sandstone, consisting of rather small water-worn grains but weakly attached to each other; fourth, about 80 to 100 feet of brownish sandstone in which it ter- minates. The contact between these latter strata is some 880 feet below the floor of the crater, but there is some reason to think it may not be in place but below its original position. These strata are of late Carboniferous formation, and in the surrounding plain lie perfectly level and conformably with each other. The uppermost, the red sand- stone, being almost removed by erosion and only showing in spots upon the plain in the form of more or less scattered flat-topped red buttes, although it seems to have been nearly or quite continuous over the area now occupied by the interior edge of the crater. These same level strata cover the plain in all directions for many miles. They are cut through by Cafion Diablo to a depth of some sixty to seventy feet about two miles to the westward of the crater, and near this gorge are two large earth cracks penetrating the strata to an unknown depth. Immediately around the crater the strata dip outward in all directions from the center of the crater at an angle of about thirty degrees, and are raised from 140 to 180 feet above the normal position. This is the locality in which the Cafion Diablo meteoric iron has been found to the 888 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, amount of some ten to fifteen tons, and the question as to wliether or not the hypothetical main body of the meteorite formed the crater in question in its impact with the eartli has been the subject of numerous speculations and papers, notably by Professor Gilbert, of the United States Geological Survey, and others. The shape and general appear- ance of the crater, together with the absolute and entire absence of all evidence of volcanic action in or around it, manifestly inclined these early observers to decide this question, at least tentatively, in the affirmative, and they regarded the matter as worthy of further investi- gation. In pursuance of this object Professor Gilbert devised what he at the time, regarded as two crucial experiments to determine the presence or absence of a large amount of meteoric iron in the bottom of the crater. These were, first, a topographical survey of the hole and rim by which he made their contents approximately ec^ual, and there- fore gave no room for the presence of the bulk of the very considerable body required to produce such a hole by its impact; and secondly, a magnetic survey of the locality, which by its negative results was thought to preclude the possibility of the presence of any considerable mass of metallic iron in the vicinity. By these two experiments the question seemed to be authoritatively decided in the negative and the whole matter has remained in abeyance for many years. The author of this present paper, having had his attention called to the matter by his friend Mr. D. M. Barringer, has examined the locality with great care, and with ]Mr. Barringer has done a considerable amount of development work there, and as a result of the facts disclosed there- by is very strongly of the opinion that the hole and its rim were pro- duced in exactly the way at first supposed by the earlier investigators, and wishes here to bring to notice several points in support of the cor- rectness of this theory which have escaped notice, or at least mention, in the papers of the earlier investigators of this most interesting locality. It is first, however, necessary to criticise the so-called crucial experi- ments of Professor Gilbert, upon the results of which he definitely aban- doned the theory of the meteoric formation of the crater in cjuestion, as, if these can be regarded as definite^ settling the matter in the nega- tive, there is no use in bringing forward facts looking towards its prob- ability, no matter how plausible they may be. In regard to the first of these crucial experiments, that is, the alleged identical contents of the rim and the hole. In reply to this it can only be said that the author has also made surveys of this locality, and is very sure that the contents of the rim not only does not show the excess over that of the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 889 hole that would allow for a large buried meteorite in the latter, l)ut that it is short by many, at least several million, cubic yards of the quantity necessary to fill the hole at all. This, of course, if correct, and of that the author has no doubt, entirely destroys the weight of Professor Gilbert's reasoning, which was based on the assumed fact that everything ejected from the hole still remained around it. The solution is, of course, that in the time since the impact the rim has been reduced to its present dimensions by erosion, and the reason why it is or was so particularly subject to erosion will be taken up later when the formations of the rim are discussed more in detail. As to the absence of sufficient magnetic perturbation, this is on its face a much more serious objection, as it undouJDtedly proves the absence of any one large mass of iron near the locality, whether mag- netized itself or only magnetized by the induction of the earth's mag- netism, and also the absence of a mass of fragments of a magnetically neutral but magnetically permeable character magnetized by the induc- tive action of the earth. But it would have no bearing whatever as to the presence or absence of a mass of magnetized fragments each having sufficient coercive force of its own to be independent of the earth's inductive action, to the extent at least of retaining its own proper polarity irrespective of the position in which it is placed in regard to the terrestrial magnetic field. Such a mass of polarized fragments would form a series of closed magnetic circuits with prac- tically no external field whatever. In support of this the following experiment was made. Two little cubes of magnetite about half an inch on one side were taken, which, as nearly as could be observed, had about the same effect on the magnetic needle. The weaker of the two, if there was any difference, was preserved intact, and the stronger was carefully broken up without loss to about the size of coarse sand. These fragments were then packed in a paper case but little larger than the original piece had been. It was found that this had to be approach- ed to within an eighth of an inch of the compass needle to produce the same deflection that the original piece did at eight inches. Not only this, but it was found that one single grain of the sand-like fragments of the pulverized magnetite had more effect upon the compass needle when taken alone than the whole mass of them had when taken to- gether. If the attraction of the mass of fragments of the supposed iron meteorite could be reduced in this proportion to its normal attrac- tion when in a single piece, it might, on Professor Gilbert's own figures, lie within a very short distance of the surface of the present bottom of the hole. 890 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, The only remaining questions in regard to this so-called crucial experiment are : First, could the meteorite be reduced to this condition of physical wreck? and second, do the fragments have the necessary inherent magnetism? As to the last requirement, the overwhelming majority of the fragments picked up on the surface, probably ninety- eight per cent., do have this much magnetism, and some much more, and there is no reason to believe that the fragments of the main mass, if there be such, differ much, if any, in this regard from pieces collected on the surface. Now, as to the probability of the shock of the collision breaking up the body of a solid iron meteorite of considerable size to sufficiently small fragments, it can only be submitted that the velocity and shock were enormous, and that it has been shown that ordinary soft iron at the temperature of liquid air is of about the brittleness of glass under the shock of a blow. Now, as it is practically certain that the body of such a falling mass would be at the actual absolute zero of space be- neath its incandescent exterior, it seems much more than probable that the result of such a collision would be to reduce the projectile to an extremely fine state of subdivision in comparison with its original size. If these conditions of subdivision and magnetism are present, and it seems much more than probable that they are, the crux of the second crucial experiment is also escaped and we may proceed to consider the question on its merits, as nothing forbids us from allowing the possi- bility that the wreck of a great iron meteorite may underlie the bottom of the crater of Coon Butte. Distribution of Irons around the Hole. The early accounts of the locations of the finds of irons about this locality the author regards as of very doubtful value, for the reason that the great majority of these finds have been made by persons who were engaged in the occupation of selling them to museums and col- lectors, and who naturally did not wish to disclose the source of their supply to others. Also, these previous finds have been principally of large size, big enough in fact to enable them to take quite a divergent trajectory from that of the main mass, and too few to enable any reliable generalization to be drawn from their locations, even if the latter could be regarded as thoroughly reliable. In the last two years the author and men in his and Mr. Barringer's employ have picked up more than 2,000 such irons, ranging in weight from 200 pounds down to a small fraction of an ounce, and have plotted the position of these finds upon a chart which shows plainly that the 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 891 principal locality for such finds is in the shape of a crescent surround- ing the hole and strictly concentric therewith, and embracing its edges from the northwest to the east and having its line of greatest density about midway between these two points. These directions are taken from the center of the hole. The above distribution is by the number of finds regardless of their weight, as that of the scattering outlying finds is as a rule so much greater than that of the nearer finds as to entirely disturb the symmetry of the distribution. Moreover, the dis- position of the smaller irons, which from their irregular forms and light weight could not have been propelled far from the mass from which they separated, is of more importance than that of the larger fragments, which would have more liberty of independent motion. Distribution of Magnetic Oxide of Iron around the Hole. In addition to the irons found around the hole there is a very con- siderable amount of magnetic oxide of iron similarly distributed, the disposition of which does not differ materially from that of the irons themselves. For although it is more generally distributed around the hole and the radius of the area upon which it is found is considerably greater, yet the fragments are arranged in the same general way with the axis of the group, which is also the line of greatest density of their deposition, extending away from the center of the hole in a direction between north and northeast. Proof of the Meteoric Origin of the Magnetic Oxide of Iron. The fact that this magnetite is of meteoric origin is proved from the following facts : First — It is found attached to and in some of the cavities of some of the larger irons. Second — Some of the larger pieces, although not the largest, are found to have centers of metallic meteoric iron. Third — The chemical analysis of the iron and the magnetite show a very close agreement between the proportion of metallic iron and the other metals present in the magnetite and in the meteoric iron. These other metals consist of nickel, cobalt, platinum and iridium, and another metal or metals of the platinum group. Fourth — The mag- netite is fused and massive and at the same time stratified and lami- nated, and in general appearance different from any terrestrial mag- netite known and closely resembles what would be thought, a 'priori, to be the appearance of such a product of iron melted and burned on the surface of a great meteorite in its passage through the air. 892 proceedings of the academy of [dec, Identity in Position of the Point of Impact of the Meteorite WITH the Center of the Hole, and Identity in Time of the Formation of the Hole with the Impact of the Meteorite. We thus have two different meteoric materials distributed over the rim of the hole and the surrounding plain on areas symmetrical about the same line, which is a line drawn in a north-northeasterly direction from the center of the hole. And also each of these areas closely embraces the hole and there terminates. For, with few exceptions, no iron nor magnetite has been found on the surface within the hole, and these exceptional pieces were found close to the wall, and may have fallen in by ordinary weathering action from the cliffs along with out- side surface material. This brings these meteoric materials into close relation with the hole, which cannot be accidental, as if the shower of meteoric iron and magnetite fell after the formation of the hole, by other agencies, it is inconceivable that the densest portion of the shower of each material should coincide accurately with the north- easterly rim of the hole and yet none fall into it, although scattered individuals of each shower are found around the hole on all sides. Wliereas, if the shower occurred before the formation of the hole, it is equally inconceivable that the fallen material could be found most thickly on the surface of the rim, composed of material ejected from the hole. To further assiu'e the absolute identity in point of time of the fall of meteoric material and the formation of the hole, cuts and shafts were made in the debris composing the rim, and up to date over one hundred pieces of meteoric material have been taken from the ground, at distances varying from six inches to twenty-seven feet below the surface, mixed with the rim material and under large imbedded rocks. In many places it was absoluteh' impossible, from the slope of the ground and other circumstances, that the}^ could have gotten where found except by simultaneous deposition with the broken material forming the rim. In one shaft seven pieces were found with fifteen feet of vertical depth between the highest and the lowest, which was twenty-seven feet below the surface of the ejected material. The Rim. This consists, as has been briefly stated before, of a circular ridge of from 130 to 160 feet high closely surrounding the hole. A generalized description of its profile would be somewhat as follows : Beginning at a point on the inside of the hole on a level with the surrounding plain, the surface of the rim consists of the edges of the strata which should 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 893 normally be lying level some 150 feet below the surface. These strata themselves clip downward and outward from the center of the hole at an angle of, on the average, about thirty degrees, although this varies in places from more than vertical or inclining backward to about ten degrees. The strata themselves are crushed and shattered to an extra- ordinary degree, and the surface of the rim slopes upward and outward from the center of the hole at an angle of from fifty to eighty degrees ; possibly sixty degrees would describe the general shape better than any other slope. Considering the shattered and disintegrated material of which these cliffs are composed, it is remarkable how little talus has fallen from them. This slope continues up almost to the top of the ridge, although here and there are flat benches in it both at the junction of the yellow limestone and the red sandstone and at partings in the red sandstone itself. From fifteen to forty feet from the top of the ridge on the inside is located the top of the red sandstone, which was the original surface of the plain ; at the place of impact and from this point the ridge slopes outward at the ordinary sliding angle of loose materials, somewhat less than forty degrees, to its summit. The sum- mit of the ridge is of necessity a closed ring and is sharply serrated into peaks, and the colls between these serrations do not exceed thirty to forty feet in depth but their slopes are steep, often ten to twenty de- grees. There is a marked low place in the rim, extending over nearly one-sixth of its circumference on its northern side. On the outside no description will suffice for all sides. The greatest amount, by far, of the material thrown out of the hole is found in the southern quarter of its circumference, and here the rim is almost flat on top for a number of yards and then slopes outward at an angle of only seven degrees for some 900 feet, where it ends in a sharp slope of some twenty-five feet high at an angle of some twenty degrees. Beyond this is a thin cover of ejected material and detached and partly buried limestone frag- ments which extend for a considerable distance; some of the latter having been thrown nearly a mile from the edge of the hole. The actual surface of this southern side of the rim consists largely of blown sand, as the winds in the country are strong and storms frequent and their usual direction is from the southwest. On the eastern, northern and western sides the ridge is thin and sharp ; in many places not over a yard or so in thickness at the very top and sloping outward very sharply, in places up to thirty degrees, for about half its height, and then more gradually at some five degrees until it joins the plain. The general surface of the outer slope is not at all a smooth cone of the angles above stated, but is cut up into hills and hollows and every 894 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, imaginable subfeature to a very great degree. This is almost entirely due to the irregularity of its deposition, slightly modified later by the action of water. The surface material of the outside of the rim, where it is not covered with blown sand, as on the southern side, is composed of the broken debris of the three strata through which the hole pene- trates, piled together in the utmost confusion and disorder, pieces from all the three strata being thrown together in the most intimate mixture with a slight tendency towards inversion in the order of their deposi- tion. That is, there is rather more of the red sandstone in the deeper portions of the rim than on the surface, while on the surface the lime- stone and white sandstone predominate, with here and there large areas of unmixed white sandstone lying on the surface. In size these fragments vary from huge rocks forty to fifty feet in length and weigh- ing thousands of tons down to impalpable powder and all intermediate sizes, and many of the rocks are so crushed and broken that they barely hold together. And imbedded in the deposits of impalpable powder are many pieces still retaining the form of rocks, still showing the stratification and bedding planes distinctly, but so crushed as to have lost all solidity. These crushed rocks in many cases have been subjected to such pressure that not only is their consistency as rocks destroyed, but even a certain proportion of the sand grains composing them have been utterly destroyed and they can be rubbed between the fingers to a fine powder, the grains of which will average much less than that of the sand grains originally composing the stone. This powder forms a very considerable proportion of the substance of the rim. It is not merely a filling material occupying the interstices between the rocks, as might be a rock pile with fine material water- washed or wind-blown into it until all the crevices were filled up solid. But it occurs in distinct deposits, sometimes alone and entirely free from rock fragments and sometimes mixed with a larger or smaller proportion of rock fragments. When this mixture occurs, the rock fragments are usually so far apart that each rock is entirely surrounded and supported by the powder. Such deposits of powdered rock are often overlaid by a cover of broken rock many feet thick, the individual rocks in places weighing a hundred tons or more. In fact, as far as at present developed, it seems to be a very general feature of the structure of the rim that the lowest material, that lying upon the top of the orig- inal surface, is a greater or less depth of this powdered rock, some- times alone and sometimes mixed with rock fragments, and that on this rests and is supported the whole of the detrital cover which constitutes the crest and outer slopes of the rim. 1905.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 895 The Interior of the Hole. From the point on the level with the exterior plain on the inside of the rim the walls of the hole slope downward and inwa d at a constantly diminishing angle for a distance varying from 50 to 150 feet, in the same formation as above described as the base of the inside of the rim. At this point the rock walls begin to be covered with a rocky talus corre- sponding in all respects with the rocky cover on the exterior of the ridge. For about half the circumference of the hole the yellow limestone extends downward to the talus, and for the remaining half it exposes more or less of the whitish sandstone below. The white sandstone is a much weaker rock than the yellow limestone, and at their contact it is noticed that the former is much crushed and disintegrated by the pressure exerted b}^ it in lifting the limestone. This stratum of crushed sandstone varies in thickness up to some ten or fifteen feet as a maxi- mum, and in some places, usually immediately below the limestone, it is reduced to a bed of sand grains absolutely unconnected with each other, and in places a small proportion of even the sand grains have been crushed and broken to fragments and powder. The very top of the talus slope is in places at an angle of forty degrees, but usually much flatter down to thirty and twenty-five degrees, this rapidly becoming less and less as it recedes from the cliffs until it is lying at an angle of not more than six degrees at the point where it disappears under the central plain. This central plain is an almost circular area of about 1,800 feet in mean diameter, with a surface gener- ally flat but gently rolling within a limit of fifteen feet, with its lowest point a few feet to the east of the central meridian of the hole and about sixty feet south of the center. Shafts have shown the rocky talus to extend under this central plain at about the same angle that it has above for a distance of at least 400 feet, at which point it is some forty-seven feet below the surface and about twenty feet thick. This talus does not extend entirely across the hole. It is absent at points 50 feet southwest and 200 feet southeast of the center of the hole. Exactly where it terminates is not known. The Silica. It is here necessary to describe more minutely the material of the filling of the central plain. This is identical with the impalpably powdered rock referred to briefly above in the description of the rim. This material, of which there are millions of tons in the rim and the bottom of the hole, consists of the rock of the strata concerned reduced 896 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.,, to an extreme state of subdivision. It seems to have been produced principally from the white sandstone, for it is mostly as white as snow and consists of over ninety-nine per cent, silica, although here and there small areas or deposits will be of a slightly yellowish color from the yellow limestone and contain a little carbonate of lime, although this has to a great extent been leached out of it, and much more rarely of a reddish color, either stained by or produced from the top stratum of red sandstone. Under the microscope it is seen to consist of minute fragments of clear transparent quartz with edges and points of extreme sharpness, and no signs of any wearing or rounding are anywhere visible upon its particles. In some areas the material is composed of this material exclusively and it gives no internal evidence of the man- ner of its production. But in other localities it can be found contain- ing a greater or less percentage of broken sand grains among it which have escaped being crushed out of all recognizable shape. A continu- ous series of material can be found containing more and more broken sand grains and less and less silica (as we have gotten to call the impal- pable powder, for want of a better short descriptive name), and then more and more unbroken sand grains, and then little bunches of sand grains still adhering together, and so on up to the solid sandstone rock. Its general microscopic appearance is identical with that of a handful of glass fragments produced by a blow. It cannot be c^uite imitated by grinding the sand grains in a mortar, as the edges and points of the powder thus produced are more blunted and roimder and broken than those of the silica. But it is very closely duplicated by the finest powder produced by firing a high power rifle bullet against a block of the sandstone. The Interior of the Hole (resumed). In the central area over which the talus does not extend, the line of the original surface upon which the talus was deposited, and on which the subsequent filling, which now covers this and also a portion of the talus, was deposited, can be very readily recognized. All the material lying above the talus, and above this surface, is horizontally stratified and contains organic remains, such as small shells and no (or but very few and small) rock fragments, while that below this line has no trace of stratification nor of organic remains and contains many rock frag- ments. In one shaft a beautiful series of rock fragments was observed about twenty feet thick and about twenty feet below the talus, in which the natural order of the rock in place was exactly reversed ; that is, the red sandstone was deepest and the yellow limestone and whitish sand- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 897 stone in that order above it. This series naturally suggested the idea that the surface stratum, having received the blow and started on its aerial flight first when the hole was formed, finished its journey first and was consequently deepest imbedded in the silica which was in process of filling the hole made during the flight of these rocks in the air. Almost immediately after the fall of the last of this series — which must have fallen directly in place as found and which is comparatively rare, as the rocks expelled from the hole had usually (apparently) a greater outward radial component in the direction of their flight — came the rush of talus rocks, which fell in masses on the funnel-shaped cliffs surrounding the hole and forming the interior of the rim, and rushing inward covered the surface of the bottom of the hole to a consider- able distance from the foot of the cliffs, in fact probably all except a small area of 300 or 400 feet in diameter in the center. Then, during minutes and hours, settled down over everything about the locality the dense cloud of dust to the depth of many feet. This dust, being the finer portions of the silica above described, was then washed into the center of the hole, filling it in some places a hundred feet deep. This was apparently done by successive wet seasons for many years, during which time, at least in the rainy season, a shallow lake occupied the bottom of the hole; over the bottom of which the sediments were distributed in yearly level strata by wave action. The presence of the rare stone fragments in these sediments and the few now on the surface of the interior plain, far beyond any possible place to which they could have rolled if detached and falling from the cliffs, is difficult of explanation unless it be due to a frozen condition of the central lake, on the surface of which these rocks (and they have not been observed of large size) could slide and on which a very slight initial velocity would take them to their present position, to be there deposited upon the melting of the ice. Ten to fourteen inches of ice was formed on the open water in reservoirs in this locality during the last winter. No very exact estimate of the amount of this silica dust washed down from the sides of the hole can be made, as the shape of the original bottom of the hole is unknown. It is irregular and in places the sedi- ments are 100 feet thick, and it covers an area of about 1,800 feet in diameter. Moreover, it evidently fills the interstices of the talus of unknown thickness extending over a much greater area. It can only be said that it is a very large amount, many million tons. It probably covered all of the exterior of the rim to an equal or greater depth, all of which is gone. In fact it seems extremely probable that the rock cover of the rim, which is now its most prominent feature, on the sur- 58 898 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, face of which both rocks and meteoric material are much more frequent than in the substance of the rim below, is itself a concentration of material like the present rim, below the rock cover, of mixed silica powder and rock, from which the silica powder has been washed away until the accumulated rock cover, and probably the decreasing rainfall of the country, has preserved the rim now remaining beneath this rock cover in its present form. Also, upon the accident as to whether or not there was a strong wind blowing at the time of the formation of the hole would determine w^hether or not a great portion of the fine powder produced ever settled on or around the rim at all. Hence, in the opin- ion of the author, the deficiency in the contents of the present rim to fill the existing hole, and this fact is also a valid objection to the use of their comparative bulks as having any bearing whatever upon the probability of the wreck of the great meteorite lying beneath the bot- tom of the hole. The Traces of the Luminous Tail of the Great Meteor. It occurred to the author that if the meteoric theory of the formation of this crater was correct, such a projectile falling through the atmo- sphere at the requisite speed must have been surrounded by the usual luminous tail always accompanying such objects. And that as no me- teoric material except nickel-iron and magnetite containing nickel had been found in the vicinity, it was a fair deduction that the surface of such meteorite, if it ever existed, was of nickel-iron, and that the lu- minous tail in such case must have consisted of atomized particles of incandescent magnetite. Pursuant to this idea a search for this mate- rial was made with magnets about the locality, and it was found that its presence w^as absolutely universal over the whole locality inside the hole and out for as far as observed, somewhat over two miles from the hole. It consists of a blackish-gray rather fine-grained powder, strongly attractable by the magnet, crystalline in structure, but not at all so in shape, being in small torn irregular masses with generally intensely fine grains of silica powder adhering so firmly to its surface as to sug- gest adhesion wdiile in a state of fusion. Of very rare occurrence among it are absolutely round balls with a fused polished surface like intensely fine shot. These, it is supposed, have had time to solidify in the vacuum behind the flying meteor free from the fierce rush of air that had solidified the usual grain in any shape whatever, and they were enabled thus to assume the usual shape of liquid drops. With considerable labor enough of these particles were collected for analysis, and they were found to contain nickel in but little less 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 899 proportion to their iron than fovuid in the irons themselves and in the larger pieces of magnetite. This is not a usual substance and, so far as known, is not a constituent of any of the rocks in the neighborhood of the area anywhere adjacent to the same. Ox THE Fine Silica Powder under the Base of the Rim. The meteoric theory of the formation of this hole being thought untenable by some previous investigators and the ordinary volcanic action being absent, there has been invoked, to account for its formation, the theory of a single steam explosion, and in fact this theory has been elaborated so far as to try to imagine a state of stress produced by steam which was set off by the blow of a small falling meteorite, much in the same manner that a percussion cap discharges a gun. This was evolved to account for the simultaneous deposition of the meteoric material and the rim. This has been urged in spite of the fact that during the time that the local heat had been increasing in the wet strata there would have inevitably been hot spring action, and that the same thing would have occurred long after the relief of the explosion, and that the traces of this action would have been but little, if any, less evident than those of ordinary volcanic action and are nevertheless totally absent. Yet there is one fact obvious to all observers to-day, to which the author desires to call attention, which makes any such theory of the explosive formation of the hole utterly impossible. This is the fact that the rim is generally founded upon a more or less deep layer of fine silica powder. There is no doubt that the rock fragments forming the rim were all deposited within a few seconds after the hole was made. The great majority were propelled too short a horizontal distance to have had a long trajectory in the air. Now if they had been propelled by a compressed elastic medium, it is evident that on the explosion these compressed gases would have instantly assumed a much higher velocity than the heavy rock particles to which they were imparting velocity and, sweeping by them, would have carried with them every particle of silica powder which had been made by the crushing an^ yielding of the strata to the strain, and the rocks of the rim would cer- tainly and necessarily have fallen on the bare upturned stratum which had previously formed the surface of the ground around the edge of the hole. To account for the presence of this silica powder on the theory that the hole was formed by a great projectile requires a short preliminary study as to the yielding of hard, brittle and practically incompressible material before a projectile or other blow or even quiet pressure, for the method is much the same in both cases. Briefly, the 900 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, way in which such substances yield to either a pressure or blow in excess of their power of resistance is, that a cone of material with an apex angle of about ninety degrees is compressed downward into the solid mass of the material from the point of impact. This cone parts from the overlying material, crushes into powder under the force of the pressure or blow, and this powder being still further compressed transmits the pressure upon it in all directions, somewhat like a fluid, although not equally in all directions. The pressure thus gen- erated in the very substance of the material seeks relief and forces a yielding of the solid material around it, which, of course, occurs along the line of least resistance, and bursts the surface upward and outward into a cone-shaped crater around the point of impact or pressure, the angle of which depends largely upon the nature of the material. With ordinary stone this is usually about thirty degrees, but always must be less than forty-five degrees, which is its limit. This crater-like cone is small at first and remains so for weak impacts or small pressiu-es, but if these are greater the process is continued by the formation of larger cones of compressed powder, deeper in the bod}' of the material, which relieve themselves by bursting up wider craters, until the force of the pressure or impact is no longer able to continue the process and the penetration ceases. Thus the depth of the crater always bears a definite relation to its width, and in large impacts it is found that the crater is always surrounded by a cone of cracked and shattered material, which would have been the next material to be expelled if the energy of the blow had been sufficiently great to accomplish this. The bearing of this upon the formation of a rim composed in part of fine powder is as follows. The broken rocks and debris that are ex- pelled from the hole get their velocity imparted to them by the push of an inelastic powder behind them and not by a compressed elastic gas, and thus when both rock fragments and powder have progressed far enough to free themselves from the pressure of the penetrating projectile they fly on together, mixed powder and rocks, at the same velocity. This powder is not dust in the ordinary acceptation of the word, as fine powder mixed with a large quantity of air which takes a long time to settle out, but is almost unmixed with air in solid masses, particle to particle, like flour in a barrel, so to speak, which masses obey the laws of projectiles and falling bodies, irrespective of the ex- ceedingly minute particles of which they are formed, and are thus de- posited in the rim in mixture with and under and over the solid rock masses which accompanied it in its flight, and as quickly ; and the powder having started under the rock masses, there is a strong tendency for con- 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 901 siderable amounts to remain imder them on the final deposition of the mixed masses of material in the rim of the hole after their expulsion. ■ The Crushed Sandstone at Its Upper Contact with the Lime- stone AND THE Shattered Cliffs around the Hole. The author desires particularly to call attention to these features of the walls surrounding the hole. It is very distinctly marked. It is unqestionably due to excessive pressure. If this cone and crater are due to any form of volcanic action, it is difficult to see how this crush- ing occurred. The sandstone is amply strong to carry its over-biu"den without crushing ; in fact before the general erosion of this country it probably carried many hundreds or thousands feet more without crush- ing and pressure from above or below as equal in its crushing effects. Then suppose pressure to gradually accumulate and the overlying strata to bulge up into the dome of which the present cone is the base; there could be accumulated but little excess of pressure to crush the sandstone during this rise, as it would be as free to go up under the weight of its overlying strata as it was to support them quiescent, for such motion would be very slow. Then comes the giving way and the explosion, and the result to the remaining rock left around the hole is a relief from pressure and not an increase of it. It is difficult under any of these conditions to imagine any force tending to crush this sandstone and shatter the surrounding walls in the manner that they are shown to-day. It is difficult to discuss the steam explosion theory, for the reason that nobody has ever seen one or known with certainty of any such action, except the blowing off of the tops or sides of ordinary volcanoes in activity in this manner, which is as different as possible in its effects from the so-called maars. There are a lot of holes, not very uniform nor congruous among themselves, which, for want of a better explanation of their formation, have been ascribed to this source, and to which class Coon Butte has been assigned by Prof. Gilbert, as the result of his investigations. This crushing of strata and shattering the walls is, however, the direct and obvious result of the blow of a great projectile. There is almost instantaneously generated an overwhelming pressure deep down in the rocks, tending to lift the surrounding strata at 1,000 or more feet per second. The great weight and inertia of these strata oppose an enormous obstacle to this sudden movement, and the crushing strains developed crush up the weakest rock until the necessary yielding and velocity have been imparted to the overlying strata. The shattered cliffs and upraised rim show the rock started from its position and in partial transition from the hole, from which it would have been 902 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, expelled entirely had the blow been a little harder. In this case, how- ever, another rim of crushed and shattered rocks would have been upraised around the enlarged hole. Comparison of the Crater with those Produced by Lesser Projectiles. The craters formed by the impact of various small projectiles, mostly of soft materials and at low velocities, have been studied in connec- tion with the formation shown in this locality by others, notably by Professor Gilbert, and the forms shown to bear a rather close resem- blance to the crater of Coon Butte and its rim. Continuing these com- parisons, however, to more violent impacts of heavier bodies at higher velocities, a still closer parallel is noticed. The material for such comparisons is furnished by the investigations of the several more ad- vanced military nations upon the effects of the impact of round shot on masonry and solid rock. These investigations were undertaken about sixty to seventy years ago, with the object of ascertaining the best effects of the ordnance of that day in the breaching of walls, etc., in bombardments. The general result was to establish the fact that the impact of the projectile produced a comparatively shallow crater of conical form about five times the diameter of the projectile, termi- nating in an almost cylindrical hole some one and a half to twice the diameter of the projectile within which the projectile or its wreck was deposited. This hole was surrounded by a cone of broken and shattered material which started at or below the bottom of the cylin- drical hole and enveloped the actual cavity. The depth in solid lime- stone and sandstone, at velocities at which the best cast iron shot would break up, and estimated, from the powder charges used, to be somewhere about 1,800 feet per second, was a fraction under two diameters of the projectile used. The depth was observed to increase much more slowly than the velocity of the shot, and more slowly still after the velocities at which the shot would break up had been attained. The author has observed from direct experiment that the crater still retains its round form even when the impact of the projectile is as far removed from the vertical as twenty degrees ; the only noticeable effect being the greater shattering of the side of the crater against which the angle of impact caiLses the projectile to bear with most pressure in its penetration. These experiments were made with a high power, small-bore rifle, having an initial velocity of about 2,300 feet per second. 1905.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 903 Confirmatory Evidence Obtained by Deeper Exploration Inside Crater. As, in the judgment of the author and Mr. Barringer, the outside indications all agreed with the theory that the crater had been pro- duced by the impact of a great meteor, it was determined to explore the interior for additional confirmation of this fact and also to endeavor to reach the main mass of such meteor. In pursuance of this object five small prospecting shafts have been put down of depths varying from 30 to 200 feet, and also five bore holes from 305 to 1 ,003 feet in depth. Although none of these has struck the main body of the meteor, ample confirmatory evidence of the theory of the meteoric formation of this hole has been obtained. Rock in place in the bottom of the hole has been struck, in the opinion of the author, in two places. First, in shaft No. 2, 510 feet from the center of the hole, in a direction fifteen degrees north of east from the said center and at a depth of 147 feet; and secondly, in bore hole No. 5, at a distance of 250 feet southeast of said center, at a depth of 890 feet. The shaft penetrated the rock in place fifty-three feet and the bore hole 113 feet. In the shaft the rock, while undoubtedly in place, had been so crushed and disintegrated that its substance was that of a bed of loose sand. But the planes and marks of stratification were complete and unbroken and showed an upturning of the crushed, pre- viously level strata to an angle of about forty-five degrees in a direction away from a point slightly north of the center of the hole. In other words, this rock in place dipped downward and outward, closely corre- sponding to the rock exposed in the walls of the crater above, but was much more shattered and disintegrated. The rock in place, penetrated by the drill hole, could be distinguished only by its hardness, and, of course, its condition could not be examined. In both cases the rock was sedimentary sandstone without any sign of heat action whatever, either volcanic or by the action of hot water. The general description of the filling material in the deeper portions of the hole is as follows: For a distance of 60 to 100 feet from the present bottom of the crater, about its center, the hole is filled with sedimentary material evidently deposited in the bottom of shallow water. It is stratified horizontally, as though the sediments had been washed down from the surrounding walls, either by successive wet seasons or successive violent rain storms, and has been deposited in approximately level sheets by wave action in shallow water. This stratified material is full of small shells of various kinds, and contains 904 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, a number of hard level strata a few inches in depth running through it, as though at times the water liad disappeared and the sediments had become baked and indurated by exposure to the sun. Around the sides of the crater this sedimentary filling is much shallower, and its bottom is marked by a bed of broken rock talus which extends out- ward from the edge of the central plain, dipping towards the center at about six or seven degrees. How far this talus extends is unknown, but at 400 feet from the edge of the central plain it is forty-seven feet beneath the surface and about twenty feet thick. In the neighbor- hood of the center of the hole this sheet of broken rock does not exist over an undetermined area, in which the sedimentary deposit was con- siderably deeper than around the edges to the depth above noted. Below the sedimentary deposits in this central area, and underneath the talus elsewhere, the crater is filled with powdered rock of an almost impalpable fineness. In some places this is snow-white and contains over 99.5 per cent, silica. Elsewhere it is of a slightly yellowish tinge, and in places is cemented together by redeposited carbonate of lime. Down to 300 feet below the interior plain there is no change in this material. Through it is scattered sparingly fragments, more or less shattered, of the three strata penetrated by the hole, namely, red sand- stone, yellow limestone and white sandstone. There is no order of their deposition, but the three materials are mixed indiscriminately. In shaft No. 2, however, at a depth of sixty-seven feet, there is a series of boulders, scattered rather thickly through the powdered silica for about twenty-five feet in depth, in which the natural order of occurrence of the rocks is exactly inverted. That is, fragments of the surface red sandstone are the deepest, above which come fragments of the middle strata of yellow limestone and at the top are situated fragments of the deepest strata of white sandstone. This formation suggests the idea of the surface material, having first received the impact of the meteorite, started first on its aerial flight, followed by the lower materials in turn as they were reached, and retained this order when falling back into the hole as it was being filled up. In the central portions of the hole, below 300 feet, the proportion of broken and unbroken sand grains among the powdered silica begins to increase perceptibly, and slightly below this point meteoric material, of a character which will be described below, begins to be noticeable. The filling material continues to get coarser and coarser and contains more and more meteoric material with the increasing depth until the 500-foot level is reached. This point is 900 feet below the former level of thejocky plain at this point and about 1,100 feet below the crest of 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PPIILADELPHIA. 905 the rim at its highest point. At the 500-foot level there is but little powdered silica; the material is mostly of broken and unbroken sand grains. Below this point the powdered rock is again met with which is very fine. It is almost, but not quite, as fine as at the surface. This change occurs quite suddenly and is accompanied with a progressive scarcity of meteoric material which is completely absent at 550 feet. From this point down there is again a gradual increase in whole and broken sand grains contained in the material, and at 860 feet it changes color quite suddenly to a reddish-brown sand, which at 890 feet, from the sudden change in hardness and the difficulty of drilling, is almost certainly rock in place. This continues to the fartherest point reached, namely, 1,003 feet below the level of the interior plain. It is submitted that, regardless of the fact of whether or not the last 100 feet is solid rock or not, that the material penetrated for the last 150 feet must be rock in place ; for this reason : The change from white sand to reddish-brown sand is quite marked and sudden, and if this material had been stirred up by the passage of any projectile through it, it would have been so mixed as to be indistinguishable, or at any rate would certainly not have had a definite boundary line between the two materials. For 180 feet below the surface of the plain the filling material is absolutely dry. At this point dampness is perceptible, which increases with the depth until at 200 feet the material is nearly saturated with water ; which fact determined the stoppage of the shafts at this point and the use of well-drilling apparatus for the deeper explorations. Meteoric Material Found in the Lower Portions of the Hole. The meteoric material found, mixed with filling material, in the hole from the 300- to 500-foot levels is of the following kinds : First, mag- netite in the form of scales, closely resembling hammer slag produced by a blacksmith in welding and forging iron. These films occur in varying proportions among the sand. Second, of more sparing occur- rence are small particles of brownish magnetite, resembling that picked up on the surface. Third, sand grains wholly or partially coated with magnetite and small bunches of sand grains cemented together with magnetite. The first and third forms have undoubtedly solidified from a state of fusion ; the first alone, and the latter when the fused magnetite came in contact with one or more grains of the sand. The appearance of this last form under the microscope is precisely that of broken stone smeared with, and cemented together by, such a fused material as asphalt when prepared for the foundation of an asphalt street. Second, 906 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, silicate of iron in forms exactly duplicating the first and third forms of the magnetite above specified; that is, in films and adhering to sand grains. This material was at first thought to be magnetite on account of its exact similarity in appearance, except that it was of rather a darker color. But it was distinguished from magnetite by observing its almost complete indifference to the magnet. Analysis confirms this fact, and these blackish scales leave a snow-white skeleton of gela- tinous silica of the shape and size of the original fragment on prolonged boiling in hydrochloric acid. It is supposed that this material was formed when the fused mag- netite and silica from the powdered rock were mixed together at a heat sufficient to cause combination. Both these forms contain but a very small proportion of nickel, and as they both occur below the water level in the silica it is probable that the greater portion of the nickel has been leached out of them, on account of the greater solubility of the nickel oxide and the extreme fineness of subdivision of the material. Third, there has been found among the filling material in a few localities, but much more sparingly than the magnetite or the silicate of iron, small round globules of metallic iron surrounded by an envelope of magnetite. These small globules range from one-twenty-fifth to one- fiftieth of an inch in diameter. While it is conceivable that silicate of iron and magnetite might occur in the wreck of terrestrial strata of the character found in this locality, it is extremely improbable, because there is no trace of any of this material in the unpulverized rock form- ing the strata in question. But it is absolutely inconceivable that these little metallic spheres with their coating of magnetite could exist in any sedimentary strata, such as alone occur in this locality. Small particles of terrestrial metallic iron have, as is well known, been found in certain localities, but not in rock of this nature. And they could not have resisted complete oxidation if the original rock in which they were found had been weathered away and its material sul^sequently formed into sandstone. Moreover, if they had resisted such complete oxidation, the coating which would form around them would be ordi- nary hydrated sesquioxide of iron and could not be magnetite. And also such metallic iron as has been found in terrestrial strata has always been found in strongly basic rocks. "Whereas the rocks in this locality are extremely acid, in fact almost pure silica. Two other remarkable phenomena have been noted in the water pumped from these bore holes. This water is clear and without taste or odor, but it contains a small amount of flocculent gelatinous silica floating in it. Also in several places, and it was noted that these places 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 907 were at the levels at which most of the other meteoric material was found, the first water drawn from the hole in the morning, after stand- ing over night, was found to contain a very considerable amount of dingy green protoxide of iron suspended in it, which upon exposure to the air rapidly oxidized and became converted into a reddish-brown hydrated sesquioxide. The only explanation that can be offered for these phenomena is that, probably, the extremely thin films of silicate of iron have had their iron dissolved by long immersion in water con- taining carbonic acid, leaving their gelatinous silica skeletons suspended in the water, and that the solution of carbonate of iron may later have lost its carbonic acid in some way, possibly by absorption by lime from the limestone strata, and precipitated out of the protoxide of iron which remains in suspension in the water. It has also been noted that from the deeper portions of the hole, below 600 feet, where the meteoric material has not been found, that the sand itself showed a very minute trace of nickel, which has probably come from the leached meteoric material above it.^ The Possible Encounter of Larger Meteoric Material. The small prospecting shafts above referred to were stopped by water at 200 feet before penetrating to levels at which later explora- tions showed the meteoric material was to be encountered.- This stoppage was caused by their small size and their light timbering, which ' Since this article was written, the author has discovered the presence of a small amount of very finely divided metallic iron among the silica. This has been found, so far, in every sample examined, from the north and south rims as well as from tlie filling of the central plain. It varies in amount, but its propor- tion is extremely small. The largest amount has been found among the silica from the filling of the crater, where it exists to the proportion of nearly a quarter of an ounce to the ton. From the north and south rims the amount is less in the order stated; from the south rim it does not amount to a twentieth as much as from the interior of the crater. This metallic iron was detected, separated and estimated as follows: The silica was passed through a magnetic separator and a very small amount of mag- netic material of a dark color collected and weighed. A weighed portion of this was carefully ground in an agate mortar, wet and the finely powdered material washed away from time to time until the material was reduced to about one- tenth of its original bulk. In this residue, by the use of a glass, could be ob- served a great number of bright, white, shining metallic scales and spangles. The}'- were strongly influenced by a magnet. A solution of copper sulphate was then poured over this residue and the bright white spangles were observed to turn dull red-copper color at once. The finer portions were then observed to be indifferent to the magnet, although the larger ones were still attracted. On prolonged treatment all became indifferent to the magnet. The residue was then washed and the copper in it determined, there being none in it before treatment. As a check the iron was determined in the copper sulphate solu- tion used and wash waters, the solution being pure. Distinct traces of nickel were also observed in this material. 908 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, rendered them unfit to penetrate strata in whicli pressure tending to crush them would be encountered. The five bore holes were all put down within a very small area. Their object was to find out how far down this hole extends. This object was attained by the fifth alone. Three of the previous holes were stopped by encountering substances which, although not determined with certainty, were in all probability larger fragments of the great meteor. The first was found in bore hole No. 1 under the following circumstances : This hole had been put down about 300 feet, being four inches in diameter, when the piping stuck, and a two and one-half inch pipe was then put down to 420 feet and there stuck. A one and one-fourth inch pipe had been put down 630 feet and withdrawn owing to a change in drillers. The hole thus remained idle for some ten days. On resuming work it was found to be filled up to about 380 feet, that is to about forty feet above the end of the two and one-half inch casing. When the drilling was resumed the small pipe very rapidly cleared out the casing and the hole below until it arrived at 480 feet, where it encountered an obstacle that could not be penetrated, although the hole had previously been 150 feet deeper. Against this obstacle the drill was kept rotating two days. It was so hard that it was penetrated less than two inches and would dull the drills almost immediately. It was while rotating upon this obstacle that brown magnetite, resembling that found upon the surface, was gotten from the hole and also the greater number of little iron spheres with magnetite coverings. The obstacle proved impossible to penetrate, and it was attempted to remove it by jetting large quanti- ties of water and also dropping the bit upon it as hard as could be done with so small and weak a line of pipe as one and one-fourth inch, and by this means it was after a long time forced down nearly a foot, thus proving that it was a comparatively small object. As it was impos- sible to get through it or around it, this hole was then abandoned. The one solution of this matter can be that the hole passed very close to a small fragment of meteoric iron or magnetite when it was first put down, and that the subsequent washing of water through the hole had loosened up this object, which subsequently, by the caving of the hole, slid across it and effectually stopped further progress. The next hole. No. 2, was stopped in much the same manner by an obstacle of apparently the same character at 300 feet. This hole was, however, using a four-inch pipe, and on this account and its less depth the object was much more accessible. Much less magnetite and other meteoric material was obtained from this obstacle than from that in No. 1. It wore out the tempered steel drills in the same way. A drill with chisel edge was 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 909 then put in and the strong and heavy pipe Une, weighing about 3,500 pounds, was then dropped on this obstruction a great number of times. It was driven a very small fraction of an inch each time, possibly between two and one-half and three inches in all. The pipe line was dropped about eight feet each time, which was as much as it would stand without collapsing. And each time the drill struck the obstruc- tion it would ring with a clear metallic sound and rebound some eigh- teen inches to two feet. This was almost certain proof of the metallic nature of the obstacle, as stone would have crushed and given a dead impact without appreciable rebound. A small magnet of about half pound in weight was then lowered down the hole on the end of a string. This magnet repeatedly attached itself to the sides of the iron casing in going down, so that ample oppor- tunity was offered to feel the pull necessary to detach it from adhering by its own magnetism to a piece of unmagnetized iron. The pipe casing during this trial was lifted some fifteen to twenty feet above the ob- struction. When the magnet passed below the end of the pipe casing it descended perfectly free until it reached the bottom, where it attached itself very firmly to whatever object obstructed the hole, and required a pull of several times as much force to detach it as was necessary to detach it from adhering to the pipe casing at nearly the same depth, and consequently with nearly the same weight of line supporting it. This was repeated many times and there was no doubt about the facts as stated. It was then endeavored to get an impression of the bottom of the hole, but suitable material was not at hand and the impression was not very satisfactory, although it seemed to show a flat bottom to the hole with a crack about one and one-fourth inches wide and of unknown depth with roughly parallel edges across the bottom of the hole. This shape was not like anything observed on any of the surface irons, but was less like what might be expected in a rock boulder. This crack caught the drills and made it almost impossible to rotate upon this obstruction. The magnet brought up a small quantity of iron chips, some of which were undoubtedly from the pipe, having been cut from it by the machinery for rotating it, but others seemed of different nature and fracture from either pipe chips or the steel of the drill, which, moreover, had not lost material of this size and shape. They were thought to be meteoric iron. On analysis the mixed me- tallic iron gave .4 per cent, of nickel. As the greater proportion of this iron was undoubtedly composed of pipe chips, free from nickel, this was thought to be strongly confirmatory of the probability of the fact that the doubtful material was actually meteoric iron. 910 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. The pipe was then withdi'awn and three sticks of No. 1 d3'namite put down into the hole, in contact with this obstruction, and there exploded. This explosion, which w^oiild have certainly shattered any boulder small enough to have been driven by the pipe line even in the open air and much more so under 100 feet of water tamping, had no effect whatever upon the obstruction, except to drive it downward about two inches ; and when the pipe was put back into the hole and again dropped on the obstruction it still bounced and rang as before. This hole was then abandoned. Hole No. 4 encountered an obstacle of this kind at aljout 400 feet which threatened to stop the hole. But from the wear of the drills it was suspected that the obstacle did not cut off all of the hole, and it was found that a two and one-half inch pipe would pass this olDstruction which had stopped a four-inch pipe, and this hole was continued down to 600 feet where it was lost for other causes. The last hole. No. 5, did not encounter any such obstacle and was the only one which attained the object of all of them, namely, to find if possible the bottom of the hole. This object having been attained and the five prospecting bore holes proving exceedingly tedi- ous and expensive and the results more or less uncertain, it was deter- mined to abandon this method of proceeding and put down a shaft properly ec^uipped for penetrating the wet ground. This has been done to a depth of ISO feet, and further progress now awaits the installation of the machinery. The author feels that he can announce the following facts as abso- lutely proved: First : That at this locality there is a great hole or crater in the earth which corresponds in all respects, except in its gigantic scale, with impact craters formed in rock by projectiles of considerable size mov- ing at considerable velocities. Second : That in and around this hole and below its bottom to a distance of over 1,400 feet below the present surface of the plain sur- rounding it, and the original surface of the place where this hole was formed, every indication of either volcanic or hot spring action is posi- tively absent. Third : That in and about this hole all signs which might be expected of the impact of such a great projectile are present. Fourth : That upon the surface of the rim and upon the surrounding plain there has been found and still exists a large quantity of meteoric material, and that the distribution of this material is symmetrical with a line passing through the center of this hole. Fifth : That this meteoric material was deposited at the same instant of time at which the hole was made. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 911 Sixth: That in and around this hole is an enormous quantity of pulverized rock, produced from the strata penetrated by the hole, in a state of subdivision which can be produced by a violent blow, but cannot be produced by forms of natural erosion. Seventh : That there can have been no form of natural erosion active in this locality which would have produced this material and have collected it and retained it in the position in which found. Eighth: That meteoric material has been found among the filling material of this hole at a depth of 900 feet below the surface of the original plain, and 500 feet below the present bottom of the crater, and 400 feet below the surface of the material which fell back into the crater at the instant of its formation. Ninth : That all of the attendant minor phenomena observed can be explained upon the theory of the impact of a great projectile, and none can be satisfactorily explained upon any other theory. In view of these positively established facts, the author feels that he is justified, under due reserve as to subsequently developed facts, in announcing that the formation at this locality is due to the impact of a meteor of enormous and hitherto unprecedented size. Date of the Occurrence. Fortunately there is a means at hand of obtaining a very good idea of the age or rather the extreme recentness of this phenomenon. That is, aside from the evidence of the hole itself and the lack of erosion of the sharp edges of the ejected rocks themselves, and this in a country of desert sand and furious winds, in which all exposed rocks are rounded and sculptured by wind erosion to a marked degree. This evidence comes from a little red sandstone butte some half a mile north of the north edge of the hole. This, as mentioned in the earlier part of this paper, is a portion of what was once the covering rock of this country and which can be seen at a glance to be in process of rapid removal. Now it happens that a jet of the crushed material and broken rock a little more vigorous than most has fallen across this butte, and it can be traced up the near slope and across the top. Then there is an inter- val of fifty feet or so in the lee of the hill upon which none was deposited owing to its horizontal velocity, and then it begins again on the plain beyond for a few hundred feet until it terminates. Now this deposit up the near or southern side of the butte, in spite of the evidently rapid erosion to which it is subject, lies on the surface right up to the cap, without any red sandstone material having fallen or having been washed down upon it. From its appearance it might have been depos- 912 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, ited yesterday. This will give a superior limit of time within which the fall must have occurred from whatever rate may be assigned to the erosion of the red sandstone buttes. The author would name 10,000 years as the utmost possible limit which could be allowed, and feels that this is much too liberal and that something well inside of 5,000 years is much more nearly in accordance with the facts. In fact, so recent is the appearance of everything in this locality that some stunted cedars, growing on the rim and showing year rings of over 700 years of growth, are not without value in placing a minimum limit within which the fall cannot have occurred. Size of the Meteorite Forming the Hole. Of this it is extremely difficult to form any idea from data which would stand critical exainination. Professor Gilbert put the necessary minimum as the equivalent of a sphere of 750 feet in diameter, and the probable size as equivalent to a sphere of 1,500 feet in diameter. This seems to the author as most excessive. The problem contains too many unknown factors to make calculation much, if any, better than guesswork. The following facts may be considered as having some bearing in assigning a possible maximum size to the projectile. The artillery tables above referred to give a penetration of something less than two diameters in solid limestone rock for shot at about 1,800 feet per second. Xow, from the prol^able absence of meteoric material in the hole below 500 feet, this is assumed as about its limit of penetra- tion. This corresponds to a penetration of about 900 feet of solid rock on the whole considerably softer than limestone, and would therefore correspond to a sphere of considerably less than 450 feet in diameter, if the velocity were not in excess of 1,800 feet per second. Xow what this striking velocity was can only be guessed at, although it is abso- lutely certain that it was in excess of 1,800 feet per second, in all proba- bility many times in excess of this figure; and it must be kept in mind that the energy would increase as the square of the velocity, and that the cubic contents of the hole excavated would vary directly with the energy exerted. Therefore if the velocity was 9,000 feet per second, or five times that quoted above, a sphere of one-twenty-fifth the weight of the above would deliver the same amount of energy and therefore prob- ably make the same sized hole. The original velocity of any such body is reasonably well known from astronomical considerations and it prob- ably struck the atmosphere at between nine and forty-five miles per second, depending upon the direction of its motion in relation to the motion of the earth. We know that this excessive velocitv is verv soon 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 913 dissipated in the smaller meteorites and that they strike the earth with a very moderate velocity ; but could such a thin layer as the atmosphere deal in the same manner with a large body? The author is of the opinion that it could not, and that this body probably struck with a large part of its planetary velocity, and that it was extremely small in comparison with anything that would be deduced by assuming for it any such striking velocity as has ever been produced in a terrestrial projectile; but as and for the reason set forth above, he does not feel justified from any known data in naming any definite figure in con- nection therewith. The Composition of the Meteorite. The composition of the outer surface, at least, of this meteorite is fairly well known and appears to have been fairly constant. For the great numbers of specimens picked up around the hole, which must have come indiscriminately from all points of the surface, are of fairly constant composition. That is, metallic iron with very small percent- ages of carbon, sulphur and phosphorus, with between seven and eight per cent, of nickel and a trace of cobalt. This metallic mass carries about three-fourths of an ounce per ton of platinum and iridium. As to the interior composition of the meteorite, nothing definite can be known. If the body was a fragment the probability is that it was homogeneous throughout, as there is little or no difference between the fragments from all portions of its surface. If, however, the object was a small spheroid its interior might differ considerably from that of its exterior. It seems improbable that the mass contained any notable proportion of stony material, as nothing of this kind has been observed in the fragments around the rim, nor has prolonged and careful micro- scopic examination of a very large number of samples of the filling material of the hole from all depths shown anything but the broken debris of the strata penetrated, except the above-mentioned meteoric material, which is all either metallic iron or the direct results of its combustion or union of such products of combustion with the surround- ing silica. It is, however, to be noted that a small stone meteorite of several pounds in weight, containing metallic iron sparsely scattered through it, was picked up by i\Ir. Barringer about two miles from the crater. There is, however, excellent reason for the belief that this object was observed to fall during the winter of 1903. In any event, although the iron contains a proportion of nickel somewhat less than that in the fragments of the great meteorite, yet, after careful and repeated examinations, it has been proved that the metals of the plati- 59 914 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, niim group are certainly absent from this material. Now, although it is conceivable that a stony meteorite containing metallic iron might \mder some circumstances, such as prolonged heating in a reducing atmosphere, acquire a superficial coating of iron, yet it is entirely inconceivable that such a coating, concentrated upon the surface from a stony interior, could contain a definite and constant proportion of metals of the platinum group and yet leave the iron still contained in the mass entirely without any such constituents. Mr. Barringer's account of these unusual formations at Coon Butte immediately pre- cedes this paper. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 915- The following reports were ordered to be printed : REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. The regular stated meetings of the year, amounting to sixteen, were held, the average attendance being 26. Communications were made by Messrs. Wetherill, Pilsbry, Harshberger, Crawley, Conklin, Skinner, A. E. Brown, A. P. Brown, Phillips, S. Brown, Rhoads, Van Ingen, Stone, vSharp, Lightfoot, Janney, Jennings and Miss Walter. Forty-five papers were presented for publication as follows: Henry W. Fowler, 6; H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta, 5; Clarence B. Moore, 4; J. Percy Moore, 4; James A. G. Rehn, 4; Howard Crawley, 2; H. A. Pilsbry, 2; John W. Harshberger, 2; H. A. Pilsbry and Y. Hirase, 2; Cyrus R. Crosby, 1; James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 1; E. Goldsmith, 1; T. H. Montgomery, Jr., 1; Burnett Smith, 1; Mary J. Rathbun, 1; C. Schrottky, 1; Hugo Bilgram, 1; C. S. Sargent, 1; T. Chalkley Palmer, 1 ; W. Stone, 1 ; W. Stone and S. N. Rhoads, 1 ; D. M. Barringer, 1, and Benjamin C. Tilghman, 1. Four of these, by Clarence B. Moore, constitute the second part of the thirteenth volume of the Journal, for which, with its copious illustrations, we are indebted to the author. Of the others, 29 have been published in the current volume of the Proceedings, of which two numbers have been issued, and four are in course of publication; three were withdrawn, two were transferred to the Entomological Section, one was returned to the author and two remain to be acted on. Eight hundred and forty-eight pages of the Proceedings, illustrated by 56 plates; 212 pages of the Journal, with 244 half-tone text figures and 6 maps; 344 pages and 11 plates of the Entomological News, 296 pages and 7 plates of the Transactions of the American Entomological Society (Entomological Section of the Academy) and 138 pages and 51 plates of the Manual of Conchology have been published. In January postal card notices were sent to the members of the Academy requesting those who desired to receive the Proceedings to signify such desire on a return card. The result was such a decrease in the mailing list that the published edition was reduced to 1,200. The statistics of distribution are now as follows : Proceedings, delivered to members, 206 " exchanged, 578 " to subscribers, 43 827 916 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Journal, exchanged, 72 " to subscribers, 36 108 The published edition of the Journal remains 500. Ten members and four correspondents have been elected. The ■deaths of fourteen members and six correspondents have been an- nounced. Seven members have resigned as follows: Julia S. Robins, Ferdinand PhiUps, Henry Beates, Jr., James K. Clarke, William T. ■Shoemaker, F. S. Manderson and Ralph W. Seiss. Mr. Effingham B. Morris was appointed by the Council, October 30, a member of the Committee on Finance, to fill the vacancy caused by the death of General Isaac J. Wistar. The Hayden Memorial Geological Award was, on the recommenda- tion of the Council and the special committee, unanimously voted to Charles Doolittle Walcott, LL.D., November 7, in recognition of the value of his individual contributions to geological science and the •efficiency of his service as Director of the United States Geological '.Survey. The official notice of the award was duly forwarded to Dr. Walcott, but the substantial token cannot be delivered immediately, as the remodelling of the medal with an improved portrait and design has been confided to a reliable artist who is now engaged upon the work. It is confidently hoped that the result will be much more satisfactory than the medal heretofore conferred. My thanks are due to those associated with me on the Publication Committee, and especially to the President, for the kindest help and cooperation during a prolonged and trying illness in the spring. Edward J. Nolan, Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. By custom and as a result of the plan upon which the Academy is organized, the bulk of its correspondence is now conducted by the several departments directly concerned. The duties of the Corres- ponding Secretary have been thereby lightened until the correspond- ence remaining under his charge is nearly limited to formal and routine matters. The most important duty retained by this office is the custody of the records of correspondents. In connection with this an effort is being made to keep in touch with the distinguished scientists whom it has been this Academy's privelege to honor. 1905.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 917 Other than through the Hayden Medal the award of which is re- stricted both in frequency and field of application, election to corres- ponding membership is the only dignified means at the disposal of the Academy by which its recognition of scientific eminence can be ex- pressed. It is a most important function of well-established scientific institutions to seek out students who have made discoveries of excep- tional merit and to honor and encourage them. But the value of such approval is measured by the care and discrimination with which it is given. If placed indiscriminately upon work of both great and small worth it soon becomes cheapened and degraded to the lower level ; but if a high standard be continuously maintained both the giver and the recipient of the honor gain in dignity. In awarding the correspond- ent's diploma it seems most important that the Academy should keep these principles ever in view, and in no case permit its standard of excellence to be lowered. During the past year Charles D. Walcott, George T. Moore,, John Sterling Kingsley and Harry Fielding Reid were elected correspond- ents and the first named was awarded the Hayden Medal in gold. The deaths during the year of the following correspondents were announced from the chair: Alpheus Spring Packard, Alfred Preud- homme de Borre, Henri di Saussure, Victor Raulin, Baron Ferdinand von Richthofen, and Albert von Koelliker. Eight notices of the death of prominent scientific men were received and acknowledged on behalf of the Academy by suitable letters of sympathy. Congratulatory letters were forwarded to the Entomo- logical Society of Belgium and the Natural History Society of Schles- wig-Holstein upon the occasions of the celebration of the fiftieth anni- versary of their founding; and to the University of Illinois upon the installation of President Edmund James. From the Sullivant Moss Chapter and the Pennsylvania Society for the Prevention of Tuber- culosis were received letters thanking the Academy for the use of rooms in which their meetings were held. Letters of appreciation and thanks for courtesies extended to them were also received from several of the scientific societies which met in Philadelphia during Convocation Week of 1904. Invitations to the Academy to send delegates were received from the Presidential Installation Committee of the University of Illinois and from three international congresses of learning. The interest of the Academy in the proceedings and its regret at being unable to send delegates were in each case expressed in due form. Various letters requesting information, the loan of .specimens, or 918 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC , the exchange of pubHcations were answered or referred to the propei officers of the Academy. Following is a summary of the correspondence for the year: Communications Received. Acknowledging the Academy's publications, 214 Transmitting publications, 54 Requesting exchanges and the supply of deficiencies, 8 Invitations to learned gatherings, 4 Announcements of death of scientific men, 8 Circulars concerning the administration of scientific institutions, etc., . . 15 Photographs of correspondents, 15 Biographies of correspondents, 12 Letters from correspondents, 15 Miscellaneous letters, 35 Total received, 380 Communications Forwarded. Acknowledging gifts to the Library, 828 Acknowledging gifts to the Museum, 73 Acknowledging photographs and biographies, 17 Requesting the supply of deficiencies in journals, 61 Correspondents' diplomas and notices of election, 9 Letters of sympathy and congratulation, 11 Letters to correspondents, 39 Miscellaneous letters, 46 Copies of Annual Reports, 243 Total forwarded, 1.327 Respectfully submitted, J. Percy Moore, Coiresponding Secretary. REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. The additions to the Library of the Academy for the year ending November 30, 1905, amount to 5,956 pamphlets and parts of periodicals, 849 volumes, 235 maps and 44 photograjihs and sheets, making a total of 7,084. They were received from the following sources : Societies, Museums, etc 2,586 General Fund 329 I. V. WilUamson Fund 1,793 United States Department of Editors 760 the Interior (U. S. Geological United States Department of Survey) 254 Agriculture 739 | Authors 118 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 919 J. A. Meigs Fund 90 Wilson Fund 70 Comite Geologique Russe 21 Sveriges Geologiska Undtrsok- ning 18 Dr. S. Solis Cohen 17 Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture 17 United States Department of Commerce and Labor 15 Clarence B. Moore 15 United States War Department. . 13 Cape of Good Hope Depart- ment of Agriculture 13 Edward Potts 13 Minist^re des Travaux Publics, France 12 Geological Survey of New Jer- sey 12 Paul Hagemans 10 H. A. Pilsbry 9 Ministerio de Fomento, Peru 9 Dr. H. C. Chapman 9 Imperial Geological Survey, Japan 8 Department of the Interior, Canada 7 Ethelbert Watts 7 John Corbin 7 Geological Survey of India 6 Dr. S. G. Dixon 6 Library of Congress 5 Department of Mines (Geologi- cal Survey), New South Wales 5 Biuroului Geologicu, Roumania.. 5 Bureau of American Ethnology.. 4 Philippine Weather Bureau 4 Connecticut Geological and Nat. Hist. Survey 4 United States Fish Commission.. 3 Illinois State Bureau of Labor 3 Geological and Nat. Hist. Sur- vey, Canada 3 Albert I, of Monaco 3 Department of Mines, Victoria. .. . 3 Instituto Geologico, Mexico 3 Commission de la Travaux Geo- logique, Portugal 3 Direccion General de Estadis- tica, Argentine Republic Compania Sud-Americana de Billets de Banco Maryland Geological Survey Botanical Survey of India Geological Survey of Michigan.... Fish, Forest and Game Commis- sion, New York Geological Survey of Georgia Publication Committee of Acad- emy Bureau of Geology and Mines, Missouri Ethnological Survey, Philip- pines Pennsylvania State Board of Health Government of India United States Coast and Geo- detic Survey Alabama Geological Survey Department of Public Gardens, etc., Jamaica Ames Botanical Laboratory United States Public Health and Marine Hospital Service Mrs. A. M. Smith MissouriWorld'sFairCommission James A. G. Rehn Board of Scientific Advice, India Commissioners of Inland Fish- eries, Massachusetts Congr^s Intern, de Nomencla- ture Botanique, Vienne Kommission zur wissen. Unter- suchungen der Deutschen Meere in Kiel William H. Raa Council of the Fridtjof Nansen Fund for tlie Advancement of Science Henry L. Viereck Department of Mines, West Australia State Commissioner of Fisheries, Pennsylvania Department of Geology and Natural History, Indiana 920 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Commission Geologique de Fin- lande 1 United States Census Office 1 C.F.Taylor 1 Arthur E. Brown 1 Hungarian Central Office for They have been distributed to the several departments of the Library as follows : Ornithology Martin I. J. Griffin Dr. Thomas Biddle Iowa Geological Survey. Danish Government Journals 4,758 Agriculture 842 Geology 269 Geography 251 Botany 234 General Natural History 176 Voyages and Travels Entomology Anthropology Physical Science Anatomy and Physiology. Conchologv 99 64 63 46 40 35 Bibliograpliy Encyclopedias... Ornithology Ichthyology Mammalogy Mineralogy Chemistry Helmmthology. Medicine Mathematics Herpetology Miscellaneous.... 32 25 24 21 19 IS 17 13 10 5 2 21 Sixteen hundred and ninety-seven volumes have been bound, and an additional 204 are now in the hands of the binders. This work places the library in a better condition than it has ever been before, although there still remain a large number of unbound volumes in the Section of Transactions and Periodicals. It is hoped that most of these will receive attention during the coming year. In connection with the binding constant effort is made, in many cases with gratifying success, to complete imperfect volumes and sets. A shelf-list of the Transactions and Periodicals, the necessity of which was referred to in my last report and which, when finished, will complete this form of record of the contents of the library, has pro- gressed as rapidly as the very limited clerical assistance available will permit. No losses have been ascertained during the past year. The necessity for more room in some of the departments is pressing. As a temporary relief shelves have been placed on some of the cases, but this arrangement is very undesirable, as the books can only be reached with the aid of a ladder. It is hoped that some means of pro- viding for growth, which will avoid the inconvenience of high shelves without an undue disturbance of the present arrangement of the books, may be adopted by the Library Committee. It is scarcely necessary to say that the card catalogue is kept up to date, the smallest pamphlets, even when they are excerpts from journals already in the possession of the Academy, being promptly recorded. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 921 Dr. Sharp reports that 64 shdes have been purchase<.l and that Dr. H. A. Pilsbry has presented 14, making the number of shdes in the col- lection 1,447. The Schaeffer collection of some 2,000 slides have not yet been catalogued. It is hoped that this will be done during the coming spring. It gives me pleasure to acknowledge my obligation to my assistant, William J. Fox, for efficient service, both in the Library and in the issue and distribution of the Academy's publications, during my attendance at the meeting of the American Library Association in Portland, Oregon, and earlier in the year during a prolonged and, for a time, critical illness. Edward J. Nolan, Librarian. REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The collections in the care of the Curators are in excellent condition, and during the year just passed much progress has been made in their study and arrangement. Repairs have been made to the heating plant and to the roofs, while an appropriation of $20,000 from the State Legislature during the last regular session has made it possible to take preliminary steps toward several important improvements to the building, to be carried out early in the coming j^ear, comprising chiefly an entirely new roof for the older building. A telephone system connecting the different offices and depart- ments has been installed. Six new exhibition cases, uniform with those previously provided, and furnishing in all 500 square feet of exhibition space, have been erected for the display of the mounted mammals and birds, Mr. Clarence B, Moore has added another handsome case to accommodate the recent accessions to his archaeological collections. A number of wooden storage cases with panel doors have been pro- cured for skins of large mammals and birds and a similar series of smaller cases for mollusks. Many air-tight tin cases have also been provided for storage of small birds and insects, as well as 245 Schmitt insect boxes. During the year Mr. Clarence B. Moore has continued his investiga- tions of the Indian mounds of the Gulf States and has added a number of valuable and unique specimens to his collection. Foremost among 922 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, these is a remarkably beautiful stone vessel, bearing a representation of a duck's head rising from the rim, which was discovered near Mound- ville, Ala. Early in the year Mt. Samuel N. Rhoads was sent out in the interests of the Academy to explore the lower Colorado river and adjacent parts of Lower California, Owing to unprecedented floods in the region the expedition was not so successful as had been expected, but a valuable collection of birds and mammals was secured. Dr. Henry Skinner spent the greater part of the summer in the Huachuca Mountains of southern Arizona collecting for the Museum, and brought back a series of 2,500 insects of exceptional interest as well as a number of valuable reptiles and mollusks. Through the liberality of Mr. Morgan Hebard, ^Ir. J. A. G. Rehn was enabled to accompany him on a trip through central Florida col- lecting Orthoptera, half of the entire series of 4,000 specimens becoming the property of the Academy. Mr. Stewardson Brown, through an arrangement with the New York Botanic Garden, was also enabled to visit Bermuda with the Director, Dr. N. L. Britton, and a full series of their joint collection, probably the best yet made on the island, has been added to the Academy's Herbarium. Among the additions to the Museum during the year especial men- tion must be made of a notable series of about 500 birds from British East Africa, collected by Mr. George L. Harrison, Jr., and deposited in the Academy. A collection of marine animals on the Florida coast by Mr. George Wood, a series of reptiles obtained for the Academy in Kansas by Mr. C. T. Sands, and a valuable collection of mollusks procured in eastern Cuba by Dr. H. M. Hiller, were also added to the collections. Detailed accounts of the year's work in several departments are appended. In addition to these, the task of attaching tin tags bearing the catalogue numbers to the entire series of reptiles and batrachians has been completed by Messrs. Rehn and Lorrilliere. The smaller mammalian skulls have also been labelled and systematically arranged, while a rearrangement of a large part of the study series of mammal skins has been effected. Mr. Fowler has continued the identification and arrangement of the fishes, besides making large collections of local species. Dr. J. Percy Moore has continued his study and care of the Helminthological col- lection, and Miss H. N. Wardle has made progress in the cataloguing of the archaeological material . 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 923 A number of mammals received from the Zoological Society of Phila- delphia have been mounted or prepared as study specimens in the Taxidermical department, notable among the former being a bull American Bison, a Wild Boar and a Bubaline Antelope. Besides the services rendered by the Museum staff and the students of the Jessup Fund, the Curators are indebted to Dr. P. P. Calvert, Messrs. Erich Daecke, H. W. Wenzel, H. L. Yiereck and E. T. Cresson, Jr., for aid in the Entomological department, and Mr. S. S. Van Pelt in the Herbarium. The Anti-Tuberculosis Society, Philadelphia Botanical Club, Dela- ware Valley Ornithological Club and the Entomological Club of the American Association for the Advancement of Science have held meetings at the Academy during the year. At the time of the meeting of the latter body in Philadelphia a general meeting of entomologists was held at the Academy with a view to forming a national organiza- tion, and a reception was given by the Botanical Section to the visiting botanists. The collections have been constantly studied by visiting specialists, and during the year material has been loaned to Walter K. Fisher, E. L. Morris, Miss H. Richardson, Carlton R. Ball, Paul Bartch, C. V. Piper, E. W. Nelson, F. C. Paulmier, W. H. Osgood, E. B. Williamson, H. F. Osborn, R. L. Ditmars, H. L. Clark, F. C. Baker, H. C. Ober- holser, G. S. Miller and A. Ortmann. Samuel G. Dixon, Curator. Report of the Special Curator of the Department of Mollusca. The collections of mollusca remain in good order, through from the crowded condition of the department the specimens of some groups are not as accessible as we would desire. The installation of a series of storage cases has given room for a rearrangement of the fresh-water mussels, which have been reclassified in accordance with Mr. Simpson's recent synopis of the group, and now occupy about 850 square feet of space. Several extensive families of small land snails have been removed from the exhibition series and rearranged in storage cases, leaving merely a few t3^pical species to represent them in the public exhibit. The series of American land snails, rearranged and expanded, is in storage cases, occupying about 600 square feet. The rapid growth of the collection has continued. Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, has con- tinued his sendings of Japanese mollusca, comprising many new forms. 924 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, We have also been favored with a set of duplicates of Japanese fresh- water bivalves from the Imperial Museum at Tokyo, The study of the mollusca collected by Mr. J. H. Ferriss and the Curator in the Southwestern expedition of 1903 has now been com- pleted and a full report thereon prepared. The collections made in the Southwest by Dr. H. Skinner, T. D. A. Cockerell, Joshua and Albert Baily and others have been included in this report. A series of Alabama mollusks, supplementing that obtained last year, has been purchased from the veteran collector, H. H. Smith. Numerous members of the Academy and correspondents of the Curator have also contributed largely to the collection. A list of these gifts is given in the Accessions to the Museum. Seventeen papers, based chiefly upon new material, have been pub- lished during the year by the Special and Assistant Curators of the department. • All of the Pliocene invertebrate fossils in our possession have been gathered together and installed in two large cases in the gallery for- merly occupied by birds. A large part of the Special Curator's time has been occupied with the preparation and publication of the Manual of Concfiology, in which the family Achatinidoe is dealt with. Mr. E. G. Vanatta has continued his efficient work as assistant in the department throughout the year. H. A. PiLSBRY, Special Curator. REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS. The Mineralogical and Geological Section. t The Section has this year with increased zeal and yet better results continued its meetings and field excursions. There have been nine meetings, with an average attendance of over 14. Communications were made by Dr. Florence Bascom, on the Piedmont belt of Pennsylvania, and on the crystalline rocks of the Coatesville and Phoenixville Quadrangle; by Mr. Gilbert Van Ingen, on fossils of southwestern Arkansas (illustrated by lantern slides) ; by Mr. S. H. Hamilton, on moulders' sands; by Mr. F. Lynwood Garrison, on Santo Domingo (illustrated by lantern slides) ; by Miss Mary S. Holmes, on asphaltum in California; by Dr. Benjamin L. Miller, on the geology 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 925 of eastern Virginia; by Mr. T. G. Ridpath, on deep wells near Philadel- phia; and a dozen shorter communications with various discussions. There were 6 field excursions, with an average attendance of about 33. The parties visited: 1. Upper Cretaceous beds within a dozen miles southeast of Camden, N. J.; 2. Crystalline rocks and their minerals near the southern edge of Delaware County; 3. PortioiLS of the New Red Gwynedd Shales and Norristown Shales, also Hudson River Shales, all in Bucks County, near Chalfont, Doylestown and Grenoble; 4. Portions of the New Red Norristown Shales and No. 11 Limestone in Buckingham Township, Bucks County; 5. Portions of the New Red Norristown Shales, Perkasie Shales, Pottstown Shales and trap near Lambertville, N. J. ; 6. Some mineral places in the crystal- line rocks near West Chester. At the time of the Buckingham excursion some exceptionally inter- esting fossil saurian bones were found in a hole dug at the expense of the Section, under the guidance of Mr. John S. Ash, of Holicong, and on his land. The Section has had the digging continued. Mr. William J. Sinclair, of Princeton, has kindly undertaken the study of the bones, and later on will report upon them to the Academy. The membership of the Section has increased by four — two members and two contributors. The following officers of the Section have been elected for the year 1906: Director, Vice-Director, Recorder and Secretary, Treasurer, . Conservator, Benjamin Smith Lyman. George Vaux, Jr. Miss Mary S. Holmes. Miss Emma Walter. Frank J. Keeley. Respectfully submitted by order of the Section, Benj. Smith Lyman, Director. The Biological and Microscopical Section. The Section held its usual monthly meetings with an increased attendance and has also met on several occasions for informal discus- sion. The members present have offered numerous specimens, both mounted and unmounted, for exhibition, and several addresses have been made, among which may be mentioned the following : Fisheries of the Dogger Bank, by Dr. Benjamin Sharp ; Micro-Chemical 926 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Analysis, by Dr. Hemy Leffmann; Urinary Analysis, by Dr. Thomas S. Stewart; The Abbe Theory of Microscopic Vision, by Mr. F. J. Keeley. The Conservator reports, as an important addition to the collection during the past year, a microscope which had belonged to Dr. Samuel G. Morton, presented by Mrs. Thomas H. Montgomery. This instru- ment, made by W. & S. Jones, of London, is of a type originating in the latter part of the eighteenth century and not previously represented in the Academy. Two Beck Star microscopes with objectives were pur- chased, and a portrait of Dr. Abbe was presented by Mr. F. J. Keeley. The following officers were elected for the year 1906 : Director, Vice-Director, Treasurer, . Recorder, C 071 ser valor, Corresponding Secretary, J. Cheston Morris, M.D. T. Chalkley Palmer. Thomas S. Stewart, :\I.D. Charles S. Boyer. F. J. Keeley. "^ S. L. Schumo. Charles S. Boyer. Recorder. The Entomological Section. The usuall ten monthly meetings have been held since the last report, with an average attendance of twelve persons. Verbal communications have been made by nearly all the members and associates of the Section. These have been permanently put on record in the Entomological News. This journal has been continued and Volume XVI completed with 344 pages and 11 plates. Five tin cases and 40 boxes have been pur- chased to care for the additions and for better and safer housing of the collections in general. The Conservator spent five weeks collecting in the Huachuca ]\Ioun- tains, Cochise County. Arizona, and brought back 3,000 specimens, a number being new to science and many new to our cabinets. The larger part of these have been incorporated into the collections of the different orders of insects. Mr. G. C. Davis presented his valuable collection of Ichneumonoidea, containing 3,617 specimens, including his types. The entire additions during the year numbered 12,935 specimens. The collections are in an excellent state of preservation, largely 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 927 brought about by improvements in cases and boxes. The Conservator gratefully acknowledges assistance from Dr. P. P. Calvert, Mr. J. A. G. Rehn, Mr. E. T. Cresson, Jr., and Mr. Henry L. Viereck. One member and three associates have been elected during the year. At a meeting held December 28, 1905, the following persons were elected officers for the ensuing year : Director, Vice-Director, . Treasurer, Recorder, Secretary, Conservator, Publication Committee, Philip Laurent. H. W. Wenzel. E. T. Cresson. Henry Skinner, M.D. Frank Haimbach. Henry Skinner, M.D. < James H. Ridings, (C. W. Johnson. Henry Skinner, Recorder. The Botanical Section. The Botanical Section reports the collections at present to be in excellent condition, the Conservator having devoted most of his time to mounting and distributing the accumulation of material which has been on hand for some years. Progress has been made in the mount- ing of the Short Herbarium, and the MacElwee plants have been in large part mounted and are ready for cataloguing and distribution. It is ex- pected that this work will be completed early in the coming year. The additions to the Herbarium during the year consist of 4,850 sheets and, while not so large numerically as those of the year previous, contain many specimens not formerly represented in the collections. Contributions have been received from Messrs. Charles S. William- son, George Hartnell, Dr. John W. Harshberger, Benjamin H. Smith, Samuel S. Van Pelt, E. G. Vanatta, Joseph Crawford, Witmer Stone, the Conservator, and others, with exchanges from the New York Botanical Gardens and the United States Department of Agriculture. The Academy's expedition to Fulton County, Pa., in June, added 94 sheets of plants from that region; and the exploration of Bermuda, under the joint auspices of the Academy and the New York Botanical Garden, brought back probably the most comprehensive collection of vascular plants ever taken from the islands, consisting of more than 400 numbers and 4,000 individual specimens, to be divided between 928 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, the two institutions. This will make a very valuable addition to the Herbarium, as the flora of that group of islands was previously rep- resented by only a small collection made by Mr. Witmer Stone in 1888. These plants, now being studied in the Academy's Herbarium, will contribute much to our knowledge of that flora, by adding many species to the already published lists as well as eliminating a number errone- ously recorded through incorrect determinations. The Academy has purchased a collection of 100 specimens of Utah plants from Mr. W. A. Garrett, and the Botanical Section a set of Dr. Charles H. Shaw's British Columbia plants, Pringle's Mexican collec- tions for 1903 and 1904 and Heller's California collections for the present year. The greater number of these have been mounted and distrib- uted through the Herbarium. The Philadelphia Botanical Club has added to the local Herbarium 325 sheets. It has held its meetings in the Herbarium during the year. As a further mark of activity it has just published a book on the local flora entitled Handbook of the Flora of Philadelphia and. Vicinity, which should prove to be particularly valuable to students, and act as a stimulus to the further study of the plants of the region. The year has been notable for the number of visitors to the Herbar- ium. The meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, held in Philadelphia during Christmas week, brought to- gether a numlier of the most eminent botanists of the country, many of these paying their first visit to our Herbarium and spending much time there during the session. An informal reception, tendered by the Botanical Section and Phila- delphia Botanical Club on the evening of December 29, proved a pleasant occasion, more than fifty of the visiting botanists attending. On the afternoon of Deceml^er 31 the Sullivant Moss Chapter held its meeting in the Herbarium, most of its members for the first time having the opportunity of examining the collections of Muhlenberg, Sullivant and others contained in the Herbarium. This occasion brought together many of the most eminent students of the mosses and hepatics. During the year many other visiting botanists have availed them- selves of the opportunity for study offered in the Herbarium and Library, and specimens have been loaned for study to Messrs. E. L. Morris, Carlton R. Ball and C. V. Piper. Assistance has been rendered by the Conservator to students and others in determining plants and giving other information. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 929 At the annual meeting of the Section the following were elected as the officers to serve the coming year : Director, ..... Benjamin H. Smith. Vice-Director, . . . . Joseph Crawford. Recorder, ..... Charles S. Williamson. Treasurer and Conservator, . . Stewardson Brown. Respectfully submitted, Stew.^rdson Brown, Conservator. The Ornithological Section. During the past year the Conservator has devoted his attention mainly to a rearrangement of the study collection of bird skins which had become overcrowded through the large accessions of the past two years. Ten additional moth-proof cases have been procured, which have permitted a thorough rearrangement of most of the Passeres and Picarise, and the necessary relabelling of the trays has been completed. A large number of recently acquired specimens, temporarily arranged in wooden cases, have been interpolated in their proper places and catalogued. But little progress was made in the transfer of the mounted collec- tion to its new quarters, owing to the fact that the new cases were not completed until the close of the year; but with those now available and others in the course of erection, the transfer of the remaining specimens should be practically completed during the coming year. Among the important accessions during the past year are the series of 500 birds from British East Africa deposited l)y Mr. Creorge L. Har- rison, Jr., and the collection of Lower Calif ornian birds obtained by the Rhoads expedition, upon each of which the Conservator has prepared a report for the Academy's Proceedings. A large number of the African birds were entirely new to our collec- tion, many of them having been discovered during the past decade. Another accession of note was a series of winter birds from South Carolina and of breeding specimens from New Hampshire, received from Mr. Nathan Clifford Brown, the specimens being exquisitely prepared in his well-known manner. The Delaware Valley Ornithological Clu!) has added several speci- mens to its collection of local birds, including a section of tree trunk 60 930 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. , showing the work of the Pileated Woodpecker. The transfer of a part of this collection to the two new cases provided last year adds greatly to its attractiveness as well as to its safety. The Club has continued to hold its meetings at the Academy with mutual benefit, and a number of visiting ornithologists have made use of the collections. Mr. Paul Lorrilliere has rendered valuable assistance during the year in the care of the collections. At the annual meeting of the Section the following officers were el ected : Director, Vice-Director, Secretary, Recorder, Treasurer and Conservator, Spencer Trotter, M.D. George Spencer Morris. William A. Shryock. Stewardson Brown. Witmer Stone. Wither Stone, Conservator. The annual election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the Committee on Accounts to serve during 1906 was held with the fol- lowing: result: President, Vice-Presidents, Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, Treasurer, Librarian, Curators, Councillors to serve three years, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. Arthur Erwin Brown, Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D. Edward J. Nolan, M.D. J. Percy Moore, Ph.D. George Vaux, Jr. Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Arthur Erwin Brown, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William S. Vaux, Jr. Thomas A. Robinson, Charles B. Penrose, M.D., Charles Morris, Benjamin Sharp, M.D. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 931 Committee on Accounts, Councillor to serve an unexpired term of two years, Charles ]\Iorris, Samuel N. Rhoads, Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, John G. Rothermell, Howard Crawley. Horatio C. Wood, M.D. COUNCIL FOR 1906. Ex-ofjUcio.— Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D., Arthur Erwin Brown, Edward J. Nolan, M.D., J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., and William S. Vaux, Jr. To serve Three Years. — Thomas A. Robinson,_Chas. B. Penrose, M.D., Charles Morris, Benjamin Sharp, M.D. To serve Two Years. — ^Thomas Fenton, M.D., Edwin S. Dixon, John Cadwalader, Horatio C. Wood, M.D. To serve One Year. — Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D Thomas Biddle, M.D., and Frederick Prime. Curator of Mollusca, Assistant Librarian, Assistants to Curators, Taxidermist, . J ess up Fund Students, Janitors, Henry A. Pilsbry, Ph.D. William J. Fox. Witmer Stone, Hemy Skinner, M.D., Stewardson Brown, J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., Edward G. Vanatta, Henry W. Fowler, J. A. G. Rehn, H. Newell Wardle. David McCadden. H. Newell Wardle, J. A. G. Rehn, Francis Pennell. Charles Clappier, Daniel Heclder, James Tague, Jacob Aebley. 932 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC, ELECTIONS DURING 1905. MEMBERS, January 17. — Howard DeHoney, ]\I.D., A. Sidney Carpenter, Courtland Y. Wliite, M.D. February 21. — Samuel S. Van Pelt. March 21.— Arthur H. Fisher. April 18. — Robert D. Carson, Edward C. Knight. Ocioher 17. — Rev. J. A. TomUnson, Ezra T, Cresson, Jr. November 21. — C. H. Smyth, Jr. CORRESPONDENTS. April 18. — George T. Moore, Ph.D., John Stirhng Kingsley, Charles D. Walcott, LL.D.^ J May 16. — Harry Fielding Reid. 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 933 ADDITIONS TO MUSEUM. Arch.eology. Dr. E. a. Palmer. Stone spearhead, Florida. Mrs. Charles Schaeffer. Beaded shoulder straps, made and worn by the Athabascans of Great Slave Lake, Canada, and tobacco pouch, bead and porcu- pine quill embroidery, made by the Athabascans of Great Slave Lake, Canada. Lewis Allan Wright. Model of snowshoes, made by the Iroquois of Canada. Clarence B. Moore. Many valuable additions to his collection of Indian antiquities from the mounds of the Southern States. Arthur Willcox. Collection of Indian implements and bones, Brunswick county, Virginia. Mammals. Otto Behr. Least Weasel (Putorius cicognani), Sullivan county, Pennsyl- vania, and two Wild Cats {Lynx rujfus), Sullivan county, Pennsylvania, mounted. Dr. p. p. Calvert. Two Brown Bats, Philadelphia. Mrs. Thomas R. Hill. Red Bat (Lasinrus borealis). George M. Kerr. Skull of Buffalo (Bison bison). Paul L. Lorrilliere. Skull of Skunk and skin of Red Squirrel (Sciurus hiidsonicus) . Purchased. Skunk (Mephitis putida), Delaware county, Pennsylvania; Phil- ippine Buffalo Anoa; skin of Blue Glacier Bear (Ursus dalli) with skull, "Mt. St. Elias ' ' ; nine mammal skins, Circle, Wyoming. F. L. and J. A. G. Rehn. Putorius noveboracensis , Huntingdon county, Penn- sylvania. S. N. Rhoads Expedition to Lower California. One hundred and seven- teen mammal skins. S. N. Rhoads. Oryzomys palustris, Cumberland county ,]New Jersey. C. F. Sands. Spermophilus tridecemlineatus. Kansas. Curwen Stoddardt, Jr. Japanese Lap Dog, mounted in taxidermical depart- ment. Joseph Willcox. Four mammalian skulls, Kissimmee River, Florida. Dr. H. C. Wood. Skull of Virginia Deer (Odocoileus virginianus) , South Carolina. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Specimens prepared as follows: Mounted: Wild Boar (Sus scrofa), Bridled Wallaby (Onychogale frenata), Red- faced Spider Monkey (Ateles paniscus), Bubaline Antelope (Bubalis buselapMis) , Pig-tailed Macaque (Alacacus nemestrinus) . To be mounted: Azara's Capuchin (Cebus azarce), Japanese Macaque (Macacus), Nilgiri Langur (Semnopithecus johni), Anoa (Anoa depressicornis). Skin and skull: Mexican Deer (Odocoileus sp.), Yellow-rumped Aguti (Dasyprocta agouti), Wood Brocket (Mazatna rufa), 934 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Corsac Fox (Ccmis coisac), Doguera Baboon (Papio doguera), Burmese Civet {Vivera megaspila), Taira (Galera barbara), Moor Macaque {Macacus maurus), Black-footed Ferret (Putorius nigripes), Bridled Weasel (Putorius frenatus), Little Striped Skunk (Spilogala ringens). For skeletons: Bison (Bison bison), Ivangaroo {Macropus robustus), Tiger {Felis tigris). Skull: Lion-tailed Macaque (Macacus Iconinus). Birds. Mrs. Alexander. Small collection of mounted birds. Edward Allen. Yellow-billed Cuckoo (Coccygus americanus). Nathan C. Brotvtst. One hundred and twenty-four bird skins from Camden, South Carolina, and sixty-one from New Hampshire. Henry G. Bryant. Red-tailed Hawk. R. D. Carson. Rose-breasted Grosbeak (Zamelodia ludovwiana). H. Walker Hand. Corn Crake (Crex crex), Cape May, New Jersey. George L. Harrison, Jr. (on deposit). Four hundred and eighty skins of African birds. Theodore L. Harrison. Baikal Teal (Nettion formosum). Dr. W. E. Hughes. Skin of Blue Heron (Ardea herodias), Salem, New Jersey, and Hybrid Duck. W. W. Justice, Jr. Six skins of sea birds, Broadwater, Virginia. S. N. Rhoads Expedition to Lower California. Two-hundred and fifty- eight bird slcins. % Mrs. Charles Schaeffer. Four skins of Loxia Icucoptera and one Colymbus holboelli. E. A, Smythe. Alcoholic carcass of Mstrelata hasitata, Virginia. R. R. Tafel. Collection of bird eggs, including one of the Ivory Gull (Pago- phila alba), Franz Josef Land. Dr. H. R. Wharton. Female Gadwall (ChaideJasmus streperus), Salem, New Jersey. George B. Wood. Skeleton of Brown Pelican (P. fuscus), Palm Beach, Florida. Dr. H. C.Wood. Yellow-headed Blackbird (Xanthoccphalus xanthocephalus) . Robert T. Young. Nine bird skins, Boulder, Colorado. Witmer Stone. Harlequin Duclc (Histrionicus histrionicus). Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Several birds and nests for local collection, and section of tree trunk sliowing work of Pileated Woodpecker. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Archibuteo lagopiis sanctijohannis, Falco sparveroides, Serinus canaria, Cyanops canniceps, Estrilda vinacea, Uro- loncha leucogastroides, Pteroglossus aracari, and Ganga Cockatoo. Reptiles and Batrachians. Jacob Aeblay. Three specimens of Bufo and Hyla. Stewardson Brown. Two Toads, Bermuda Otto Eggeling. Two specimens of PseudobrancJuis striatus. H. W. Fowler. Water Snake and several Frogs, CoUingdale, Delaware county, Pennsylvania. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 935 H. W. Fowler and B. W. Griffiths. Several Batrachians, Montgomery county, Pennsylvania. H. W. Fowler and T. D. Keim. Series of Frogs and Turtles from May's Landing, New Jersey, including a number of Rana virgatipes. Small collec- tion of Reptiles and Batrachians, Nottingham, Chester county, Pennsylvania, and Cecil county, Maryland. S. H. Hamilton. One Toad, Trenton, New Jersey. Charles S. Hart. Stuffed specimen of Cobra from Ceylon. C. J. Hunt and P. Lorrilliere. Fourteen Reptiles and Batrachians, Pine Barrens of New Jersey. Dr. W. E. Hughes. Copperhead {Agkistrodon contortrix), Fulton county, Pennsylvania. Paul L. Lorrilliere. Garter Snake (Eutaenia sirtalis) and Black Snake (Zamenis constrictor), Delaware county, Pennsylvania. Dr. S. a. S. and D. G. Metheny. Four jars of Snakes and Lizards, Taurus Mountains, Asia Minor. F. L. and J. A. G. Rehn. Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians, Hunting- don county, Pennsylvania. S. N. Rhoads Expedition to Lower California. A small collection of Reptiles. Andreas Rusnac. Two Bufo vulgaris, Hungary. C. T. Sands. Collection of Reptiles, Peabody, Kansas. Dr. H. Skinner. Sixteen species of Reptiles, Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. Witmer Stone. Frogs, Fulton county, Pennsylvania. E. G. Vanatta. Several Frogs and Snakes, Chestertown, Maryland. H. T. Wolf. Large series of Diemyctilus viridiscens , Pike county, Pennsylvania. George B. Wood. Two Snakes, Palm Beach, Florida. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Black Iguana (ilf. cornuta). Fishes. Jacob Aebley. Three Sunfish, Philadelphia. Dr. a. p. Brown. Lamprey (Petromyzon marinus), Sewell, New Jersey, Stewardson Brown. Collection of Fishes, Bermuda. Dr. S. G. Dixon. Jar of Black-nosed Dace, Cranberry, North Carolina. W. J. Epting. Two jars of Fishes, Somerset county, Maine. H. W Fowler and T. D. Keim. Collection of Fishes, Holmesburg, Phila- delphia, and Bristol, Pennsylvania. H. W. Fowler and T. D. Keim. Collection of Fishes from May's Landiag, New Jersey. H. W. Fowler and T. D. Keim. Collections of Fishes, Nottingham, Chester county, Pennsylvania, and Cecil county, Maryland. H. W. Fowler and B. W. Griffiths. Collection of Fishes, Roberts ^Run, Montgomery county, Pennsylvania. H. W. Fowler, D. N. McCadden and P. L. Lorrilliere. Collection of Fishes, Stone Harbor, New Jersey. H. W. Fowler. Collection of Fishes, Bacon Hill, Maryland. W. J. Fox. Twenty-five species of Marine Fishes, Sea Isle City, New Jersey. 936 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.^ C. J. Hunt and P. Lorrilliere. Pike, Pine Barrens, New Jersey T, D. Keim. Hippocampus, Cape May, New Jersey. Philip Laurent. Two dried Fishes, Anglesea, New Jersey. C. J. Pennock. Two Fishes, Delaware. C. P. Ray. Goldfish. J. A. G. Rehn. Lepomis auritus, Lehigh Gap, Pennsylvania. S. N. Rhoads Expedition to Lower California. Five jars of Fishes. S. N. Rhoads. Specimen of Eel. Dr. H. Senior. Five Marine Fishes, Sea Isle City, New Jersey. CuRWEN Stoddart, Jr. Stuffed Fish, Bermuda. WiTMER Stone. Specimens of Dace, Fulton county, Pennsylvania. E. G. Vanatta. Collection of Fishes, Chestertown, Maryland. Lt. H. L. Willoughby. Jew-fish head, Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Herman T. Wolf. Goldfish. Otto Wolf. Head of Muskallunge. George B. Wood. Collection of Fishes, Palm Beach, Florida. Recent Mollusca. Jacob Aebley. Vallonia pulcheUa Miill. and Unio complanatus 'Sol' Dill., from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. T. H. Aldrich. Three species of Somatogyrus from Alabama. John A. Allen. Sixty-seven trays of mollusca from Maine, Ohio, Pennsyl- vania and Washington. C. F. AjsrcEY. Fifteen species of land and marine shells from North Africa. Joshua and Albert Baily. Twenty-five species of land shells from Pennsyl- vania, New Mexico and California. F. C. Baker, Five species of land and fresh-water shells from Northern United States. H. C. Borden. Physa from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Stewardson Brown. Sixteen species of land shells from Ohiopyle, Pennsyl- vania, and Bermuda. F. W. Bryant. Six species of land and fresh-water shells from California. Owen Bryant. Odostomia and types of Paludestrina salsa from Cohasset, Massachusetts. G. H. Clapp. Ten species of land shells from Maine, Pennsylvania, Alabama and West Indies. T. D. A. CocKERELL. Thirty-five species of land shells from Colorado, New Mexico and England. H. S. CoLTON. Choetopleura apiculata Say, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. H. S. CoNARD. Fifteen species of land and marine shells from Washington. C. H. Conner. Three species of fresh-water shells from New Jersey. J. C. Cox. Couthouya gracilis Braz., Port Jackson, New South Wales. Dr. W. H. Dall. Fourteen species of land and marine shells from North America and Easter Island. L. E. Daniels. Twelve species of land and fresh-water shells from Indiana. Dr. S. G. Dixon. Four species of marine and fresh-water shells from Maine and North Carolina. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 937 Dr. C. S. Dolly. Peden from Girgenti, Italy. H. Drinker. Ostrea cristagalli L., from the China Sea. J. H. Ferriss. Fifty-one trap's of American land and fresh-water shells. Alfred M. Garvin. Seven species of marine shells from St. Thomas, West Indies. A. Da Costa Gojiez. Two species of Amnicola from Guatemala. H. A. Green. Three species of Polijgyra from Polk county, North Carolina. S. H. Hamilton. Six species of land and fresh-water shells from Pennsyl- vania and New Jersey. Morgan Hebard. Two bulimoid land shells from New Providence, Bahamas. Charles Hedley. Capulus violaceus Aug., from Queensland. Dr. H. M. Hiller. Twenty-five sets of Cuban shells. A. A. Hinkley. Six species of American land and fresh-water shells. Y. Hirase. Two hundred and forty- three species of Japanese shells. T. IwAKAWA. Twenty-six trays of Japanese Corbicula. PIowARD Jones. Six species of marine shells from New Jersey. T. D. Keim and H. W. Fowler. Unio complanatus 'Sol.' Dillw., Chester county, Pennsylvania. N. W. Lermond. Fourteen species of land shells from Maine and England. H. N. Lowe. Two sets of Agriolimax from California. J. G. Malone. Twelve species of land and fresh-water shells from Oregon. R. F. Miller. Five species of land and fresh-water shells from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Clarence B. Moore. One hundred and forty-one trays of shells from Florida, and one hundred and forty-nine from Alabama. J. P. Moore. Nineteen species of marine shells from Massachusetts. Olof O. Nylander. Seven sets of Lymncea from Maine. Dr. a. E. Ortmann. Twenty-eight traj's of land and fresh-water shells from Ohio, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. H. A. PiLSBRY. Sixty-six species of land and fresh-water shells from Caze- novia, New York; four hundred and thirty-five trays of shells from -the South- western United States, and seventy-three from other places. Purchased. Two hundred and five trays of shells from Alabama, etc. Also a large series of Coosa River shells. J. A. G. Rehn. Polygijra auriculata Say, from Palatka, Florida. S. N. Rhoads. Twenty sets of American land and fresh-water sliells. J. Ritchie, Jr. Twelve species of land shells from Japan and Massachusetts. Sloman Rous. Tropidophora foveolata M. and P., from Cape of Good Hope, South Africa. Rev. J. RowELL. Two species of Epiphragmophora from California. Andres Rusnak. Fourteen species of land and fresh-water shells from Hun- gary. Mrs. Charles Sch.^effer. Succinea avara Say, from Alberta. Bohumel Shimek. Five species of fresh-water shells from Nicaragua. C. T. Simpson. Cerion and Cepolis from Florida. Dr. H. Skinner. A large series of six species of land shells from Carr Cafion, Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. B. H. Smith. Succinea avara Say, from Gunnison county, Colorado, and Auculosa carinata Brug, from Huntingdon, Pennsylvania. 938 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, R. E. C. Stearns. Punctum from Los Angeles, California. Wither Stone. Five species of land sliells from Fulton county, Pennsyl- vania. D. Thaanum. Twent3-one species of Hawaiian land and marine shells. Mrs. a. E. Vanatta. Fifteen species of marine shells from Lee county, Florida. E. G. Vanatta. Sixteen trays of shells from Pennsylvania and Maryland. T. Van Hyning. Nine trays of land shells from near Des ]\Ioines, Iowa. H. L. Viereck. Four species of shells from New Jersey and New Mexico. Bryant Walker. Twenty-nine trays of American shells. J. F. Whiteaves. Goniobasis columbensis Wh., from British Columbia. Joseph Willcox. Twenty-four trays of shells from Florida. H. W. WiNKLEY. Two trays of Paludestrina salsa from Branford, Connecti- cut. H. T. Wolf. Two species of fresh-water shells from aquarium. G. B. Wood. Octopus from Palm Beach Florida. Worms. H. S. CoLTON. Ammotrijpane. H. S. CoNARD. Nemertean, Washington. Dr. S. G. Dixon. Specimen of AnguiUa, Maine. V. N. Edwards, Nereis pelagica. H. W. Fowler. Two Leaches and a Nematode; Placohdella rugosa and Nephthys bucera. T. L. Hankinson. Macrobdella decora. Dr. J. W. Harshberger. Nereis bairdii, Bermuda. Philip Laurent. Nephthys picta, Cape May, New Jersey'. J. Percy Moore. (Collected summer 1904.) Four hundred and sixtj^-five bottles of Polychoeta. Twelve bottles of Leaches, Michigan. T. Payne. Hcemopsis marmoratus, Indiana. Miss N. M. Stearns. Dendrocoelium. E. G. Vanatta. Specimens of Dendrobcena octcedra, Maryland. E. G. Vanatta. Two Helodrillus. Joseph Willcox. Four Annelids, Florida. H. T. Wolf. Macrobdella decora, Pike county, Pennsylvania. Insects. W. M. BEEKLiiY. Two Lepidoptera, Florida. W. Beutenmuller. Two Lepidoptera, New York; six Coleoptera, North Carolina. C. R. BiEDERMAN. Twcutv-four insects, Arizona. P. BioLLEY. One hundred and twelve Orthoptera, Costa Rica. D. A. BoRELLi. Fiftj'-six Orthoptera, Italy. C. S. Brimley. Fifteen Orthoptera, Nortli Carolina. . Brugger. Ninety-eight Orthoptera, Pennsylvania. 1005.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 939 P. P. Calvert. Twenty-five Hymenoptera, Africa; two Hemiptera, Indiana; three Coleoptera, Indiana. D. M. Castle. Six Coleoptera, Florida; five Orthoptera, South California. T. D. A. CocKERELL. Three insects, Colorado and New Mexico. W. J. CoxEY. One Lepidoptera, Arizona. E. Daecke. Two tj^^es Diptera, New Jersey. G. C. Davis. Three thousand six hundred and seventeen Hymenoptera, United States. Jacob Doll. Thirty-one Lepidoptera, North America. H. C. Fall. Two types Coleoptera, California and Kansas. C. P. Gillette. Three hundred and twenty-five Orthoptera, Colorado. D. Graenicher. Fifteen types Hymenoptera, Wisconsin. G. M. Greene. Nineteen insects, Glenolden, Pennsylvania. Frank Haimbach. Eighty-eight insects, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. H. S. Harbeck. One Hymenoptera, Philadelphia. M. Hebard. Four hundred Orthoptera, North and South America. L. Howell. Five Coleoptera, Pennsylvania. G. T. Keeney. Two Cocoons, Florida. Joseph McFarland. One hundred insects, Yosemite; twenty-seven, Banff; fifteen, Oregon. S. A. S. and D. G. Metheny. Five Orthoptera, Asia Minor, G. R. Pilate. Eight Coleoptera, Dayton, Ohio. Edward Potts. Twenty-seven Moths, Media, Pennsylvania. J. A. G. Rehn. Two hundred and eighteen Orthoptera, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. David Rust. Twelve Orthoptera, Pennsylvania. G. R. Savage. One Moth, Philadelphia. M. T. S. ScHAEFFER. One hundred and forty-three insects, Canada. W. P. Seal. Twenty-five Mosquitoes, New Jersey. Henry Skinner. One hundred exotic Lepidoptera; fifty-one Lepidoptera, Japan; seven Lepidoptera, United States; two Coleoptera, Arizona; twenty-five insects. New Jersey; thirty-five insects. Castle Rock, Pennsylvania; five insects, Kern county, California; three thousand insects, Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. Academy Expedition. B. H. Smith. One hundred Coleoptera, Colorado. J. B. Smith. Fifty-five NoctuidiB, United States. H. H. Severin. Four Orthoptera, Pennsylvania. W. Stone. Thirty-nine insects, New Jersey; three hundred and forty, Fulton county, Pennsylvania. Miss E. H. Thomas. Nine Lepidoptera, India. E. G. Vanatta. One Coleopter, Pennsylvania. J. WiLLCOX. Fifteen insects, Florida. Purchased. Two hundred and fifty Butterflies, Paraguay, E. W. Snyder; seven hundred and ninety-seven Orthoptera, Japan, Y. Hirase; four hundred and sixty-two Moths, Venezuela, C. W. Johnson; five hundred Orthoptera, Chili, C. S. Reed; one hundred and fifty-two Orthoptera, Burma, A. V. B. Crumb; one thousand insects, Colombia, E. B. WiUiamson; three hundred and thirty Butter- flies, Surinam, G. Mayo; three hundred and one Hymenoptera (types, cotypes, paratypes), H. L. Viereck; sixty-five Orthoptera in return for identifications, 940 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.;, United States National Museum, from various parts of the world; seven tv-six Orthoptera in return for identifications, University of Kansas, Western United States. Other Invertebrates. H. S. CoLTON. Type of Pinnotheres stromhi Rath., Clearwater Harbor, Florida. Henry S. Conahd. Three Crustaceans from Washington, and one Asteriaa. Dr. S. G. Dixon. A collection of Limnoria from Maine and Cambarus from North Carolina. D. N. McCadden, H. W. Fowler and P. Lorrilliere. A collection of in- vertebrates from Ocean City, New Jersey. H. W. Fowler. Three Crustaceans from Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Maryland. H. W. Fowler and T. D. Kelm. Series of Cambarus, Holmesburg, Pennsyl- vania. William J. Fox. Cancer irroratus, Sea Isle City, New Jersey. B. W. Griffiths and H. W. Fowler. Three Cambarus from Abrams, Pennsyl- vania. Herbert N. Lowe. Estheria from Santa Barbara, California. Clarence B. Moore, Stewardson Brown and Henry W. Fowler. Five jars of Crustacea and Echinoderms from the Florida Keys. J. P. Moore. One hermit Crab and three species of Cambarus from North Carolina and Massachusetts. Dr. A. E. Ortmann. Four species of Caynbarus from Western Pennsylvania. Dr. Charles B. Penrose. Euspongia offlcinalis from the south coast of Cuba. H. A. PiLSBRY. Dichelaspis mulleri Coker, from Lake Worth Inlet, Florida, and four lots of Cypris from Texas. E. G. Vanatta. Two jars of Cambarus diogenes Gir., from near Chestertown, Maryland. H. L. Viereck. Two species of Crabs from Ocean City, New Jersey. Joseph Willcox. Clione sulphurea Leidy, Sarasota Bay, Florida. G. B. Wood. A collection of Crabs from West Palm Beach, Florida. Vertebrate Fossils, Thomas W. South. Fossil Horse Tooth, Riverton, N. J. Estate of Lewis Woolman. Tray of fossil Shark teeth and fossil Fish. Invertebrate Fossils. Dr. H. C. Chapman. Ostrea from Rome, Italy, and Niimuliies gizehensis Ehr. from Pyramid of Cheops, Egypt. J. H. Ferriss. Fossil from the drift, Joilet, Illinois. Dr. Griffith. Balanus concavus Bronn., Caloosahatchee, Florida. Clarence B. Moore. Lucina from Key Marco, Florida. 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 941 H. A. PiLSBRY. Sixteen species of fossil moUusca from Province of Santa Clara, Cuba. Burnett Smith. Ecphora quadricostata Say, St. Mary's River, Maryland. Joseph Willcox. Four fossils from Caloosahatchee River, Florida. L. WooLMAN. Fossil wood from Medford, New Jersey. J. M. Hartman. Slabs of invertebrate fossils, Juniata county, Pennsyl- vania. Minerals. Miss H. Cubbison. Small collection of minerals. Mrs. J. W. Queen. Basaltic column. Giant's Causeway. F. P. Hexdly. Two slabs of schist with dendritic formation. T. J. Lewis. Large quartz crystal, Overbrook, Pennsylvania. William S. Vaux Collection. A number of specimens purchased. Plants. Hugo Bilgram. Diachoen cylindrica Bilgram (type). Stewardson Brown. Two hundred and twenty-eight Pennsylvania and New Jersey plants. Joseph Crawford. One hundred and sixty-six Pennsylvania plants. Prof. Charles Gruber. Nine sheets of Crataegus. Dr. John W. Harshberger. Two hundred and seven Pocono plants. George Hartnell. Forty-four plants, Wyoming county. New York. C. D. Lippincott. Abnormal flower of Lilium swperhum. Miss Sadie Mulford. Viola mulfordw. Benjamin H. Smith. Forty Colorado and Pennsylvania plants. WiTMER Stone. Ninety-five Pennsylvania plants. E. G. Vanatta. Thirty Maryland plants. Samuel S. Van Pelt. One hundred and sixty-seven Pennsylvania and New Jersej' plants. Mrs. Mary E. Williams. Ten South Florida plants. C. S. Williamson. Three hundred and sixty-four North American plants. Exploration of Bermuda. Four hundred and eleven sheets. Botanical Section. Five hundred and forty-seven sheets Shaw's Britisli Columbia plants ; one hundred and ten sheets New England plants ; three hundred sheets Pringle's Mexican plants. Philadelphia Botanical Club. Fifteen sheets North American plants. New York Botanical Garden Exchange. Forty-nine West Indian plants. U. S. Depart.Ment of Agriculture Exchange. Two hundred and seventeen sheets of grasses. Microscope. Mrs. Thomas H. Montgomery. Microscope, formerly the property of Dr. Samuel George Morton. 942 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, INDEX TO SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1905. Species described as new are indicated by heavy-jaced; synonyms by italic numerals. Abastor 208 Acanthops tuberculata 840 Acartauclienius 306, 329 columbiensis 306,329 texana 306 Accipiter cooperi 689 velox 681 Acetabularia crenulata 695 Achatinellid* 570, 718, 737 Achatinidse 737 Acheta exigua 834 Acholla 193,198 Achroblatta luteola 839 Acontista 794 fraterna 839 mexicana 794,839 vitrea 839 Acridida} 34, 801, 840 Acridinae 400 Acrosticum aureum 697 Acrydium longipenne 804 punctatum 40I Actseon cretacea 18 forbesiana 19 gabbana I9 ovoidea 19 subovoides 19 Actseonina biplicata 19 naticoides jg Actinocephalus harpali 93 Actitis hypoleucus 759 macularia 688 Actodromas minuta 759 Adiantum bellum 699 Ji^gialitis tricoUaris 759 ^nona 16 eufalensis 16 JEora, cretacea 16 Agelaius neutralis 683 phoeniceus sonoriensis 683 Aidemona 440,805 azteca 440, 805, 841 Akysis armatus 474 baramensis 472 Alaria rostrata 22, 23 AlaudidiB 777 Alauda crocea 776 Alaudo chelicuti 764 Alcedinidff 763 Alcedo semicaeruleus 764 Alectis 82,87 ciliaris 87 crinitus 87 Alecto regularis 5 Alepes 70 amblyrhynchus 71 nielanoptera 70, 71 scitula 499 Allolobophora longa 95 AUotettix 801 peruvianus 801, 841 Alogopteron 827 carribbeuin 827 Alpheiis 154 Alseonax murina 777 Alycseus hungerfordianus 729 laevicervix 729 mouhoti 729 (Dioryx) swinhoei 729 varius 729 Alydus 192,194 eurinus 193 Amastra 570, 572 alata 571 (Helicamastra) alata 571 (Kauaia) alata 571 cyclostoma 570 discus 571 (Helicamastra) discus 571 heliciforinis 571 kauaiensis 570 knudseni 570 rex 571 Amastrella 570 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 943 Amauropsis meekana 21 punctata 21 Ambassis 500 ambassis 500 gymnocephalus 501 wolffii 500 Amblycorypha 808 floridana 42, 54 huasteca 42 oblongifolia 42 Amblyospiza unicolor 780 Amblytropidia 401 costaricensis 401,841 occidentalis 36, 38, 53 Ammonceratites conradi 27 Ammonites conradi 27 conradi var. gulosus 21 conradi var. navicularis 211 conradi var. petechialis 27 delawarensis 27 dentatocarinatus 27 pedernalis 28 syrtalis 28 telifer 28 vanuxemi 27 Amnicolidse 749 Amoeba 93,96 Ampelis cedrorum 690 Ampelopsis (Parthenocissus) ciuin- quefolia 700 Ampliicteis alaskensis 846, 849, 850 glabra 849 Amphispiza bilineata deserticola... 684 Amplioroides 89 Anabantidie 505 Anabas 504 scandens 505 Anabropsis 827 alata 827 aptera 830 costaricensis 830, 843 marmorata 827, 830, 843 mexicana 827 Anadyomene flabellata 695 Ananchytes cinctus 7 cruciferus 7 fimbriatus 7 Anaplecta 790 decipiens 791,839 fallax 790,839 flabellata 838 fulgida 838 lateralis 791 Anas segyptiacus 761 boschas 688 erythrorhyncha 762 punctata 761 ■" ^ undulata 761 Anasa 188,192-194 tristis 193 Anax 188,192-194 Anaxipha 834 exigua 834,843 pallens 834 pulicaria 834 pumila 834 Anatidse 761 Anatina elliptica 13 Anatinidse 13 Anaulacomera 809 denticauda 812,842 digitata 810,842 furcata 810 lanceolata 811 laticauda 811,842 nodulosa 809 opacifolia 809 submaculata 809 Anchura abrupta var. acutispira.... 22 arenaria 22 pennata 22 pergracilis 22 rostrata 22 solitaria 22 Anepsia 807 conspersa 809 ovata 809 Angela perpulchra 840 Anisolabis annulipes 31, 53 maritima 31, 53 Anisomorpha buprestoides 34, 53 Annelidia 4 Anniceris 420 ferrugineus 430 geniculatus 420, 421 nigrinervis 420 olivaceus 421 truncatus 421,841 Anodon swinhoei 71^9 Anodonta swinhoei 749 Anomalospiza imberbis 777 Anomia argentaria 10, 12 argentaria var. ornata 12 tellinoides 12 Anomiidaj 12 Anopla 474 Anser melanota 761 An talis 117 Anthophyllum atlanticuni ^ Anthozoa 4 Anthus cinnamomeus '776 gouldi 776 pensilvanicus 685 pyrrhonotus gouldi 776 rufulus cinnamomeus 776 Antilocapra americana mexicana, 680 Antinoe macrolepida 538, 541 Anurogryllus 833 abortivus 833 antillarum 833 australis 833 brevicaudatus 833 944 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Anurogryllus clarazianus 833 muticus 833, 843 Apalis porphyrola^ma 773 pulchra 773 Aphidna 805 simplicipes 806,842 Aphonomorphus 838 diversus 838 lividus 838 mutus 838 peruvianus 838 silens 838,843 telskii 838 Aphonus 838 silens 838 Aphrodina tippana 16 Aphrodita 294 aculeata 294-298 hastata 294, 295, 297 intermedia 532 japonica 294 negligens 526 parva 529,532 Apis mellifera 123-161 Apodoglanis 463 furnessi 463 Aporrliaidse 22 Aporrhais 351 ? bicarinatus 23 Apotettix minutus 34, 53 rugosus 34 Aptenopedes aptera 41, 53 clara 41,53 sphenarioides 41 Apteiygida linearis 838 Aquila chrysaetos 689 Aquillus chlorostoma 292 pilearis 292 rubeculus 292 tuberosus 292 Area altirostris 9 carolinensis 9 (Macrodon) eufalensis 9 lineata 9 quindecemradiata 9 rostellata 9 saffordii 9 uniopsis 9 Archimandrita tessellata 839 Architectonica abbottii 19, 20 Arcidse 8 Ardea herodias 688 purpurea 761 Ardeidffi 761 Argus bicornis ; 30/^ longimanus 315 vagans 314 Argya rufula 769 Argyrosomus pusillus 365 Ariophanta taiwanica 739 Arpliia granulata 38, 53 Artacanuna coniferi 853 Ascaris 167, 189 Acyrum erux-andrea? 697 Ashmunella, 211, 222, 223, 225, 226, 228, 246, 253, 254, 255, 261 altissinia 227, 231 angigvra 224 angulata, 224, 240, 241, 243, 244, 245, 246, 248, 249 ashmuni 227, 233, 233, 234 a.robusta 233,234 capitanensis 227 chiricahuana, 211, 224, 225, 233, 233, 234, 241, 242, 248-250, 252, 253 c. mogoUonensis 252 duplicidens 224, 225, 244 esuritor 224, 225, 248, 249, 253 ferrissi 247 fissidens 243 hyporhvssa 224, 225, 227 h. alba: 228,22^ h. var. edentata 228, 229, 231 h. rufescens 228, 229 levettei, 238-242, 244, 247, 248, 253 1. angigyra, 238, 239, 240, 241, 243, 245, 246, 248 1. heterodonta 241, 242, 251, 253 1. proxima 242, 243 mearnsi 248 metamorphosa 252, 253 miorhyssa '. 224, 227 porteriE 224 proxima 224 pseudodonta 227, 232, 233 p. capitanensis 232-234 rhyssa 227, 228, 229, 231, 232 r. hj^porhvssa 228 r. miorhyssa 223, 228 r. towaisendi 231 robusta 225, 227, 233 thomsoniana, 224, 232, 234-238, 244, 248 t. antiqua 234, 235 t. cooperfe ^54-237 t. pecosensis 234, 237 t. porters? 234, 236, 237 towTisendi 227, 231 varicifera 251 walkeri 247,248 Asio accipitrinus 689 Asplenium creuulatum 700 myriapliA-Uum 700 trichomanes 700 Astarte parilis 14 Astragalinus lawrencei 684 Astralium petrosum 292 Atlanticus gibbosus 48 sp 48,54 Aturia paucifex 28 Atapln'us kerri 20 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADKLPHIA. 945 AuriculidEB 718,746 Auriparus flaviceps 686 Avellana buUata 19 Avicennia nitida 696 Avicula abrupta 10 laripes 10 Axinsea rotundata 10 Baccharis heterophylla 697 Bacteria turgida 795 Baculites asper 26 carinatus 27 columna 27 compressus 26 labyrinthicus 27 ovatus 26 Bagrinse 469 Bagroides melapterus 469 Balearica gibbericeps 760 Barbatia (Plagiarca) carolinensis. 9 (Polynema) lintea 9 Barbina; 483 Barbus 483 sumatranus 486 Bathyphantes anglicanum 316, 341 Batis puella 769 Belemnitella americana 28 a. var. subfusiformis 28 Belemnites americanus 28 ? ambiguus 28 Belocephalus subapterus 44, 54 Belogona euadenia 222 Betta anabatoides 504 pugnax 504 Betula papyrifera 2 Bicrisina abbotii 5 Biflustra torta 5 Birgus latro 291 Bivonia cretacea 18 Blaberus 792 biolleyi 792,839 thoracicus 792, 793, 839 trapezoideus 839 Blanfordia formosana 750 japonica 750 Blarina 678 Blatta nitidula 792 zapoteca 791 Blattella 791 azteca 791,839 adspersicoUis 32, 53 brunneriana 839 germanica 32, 53, 158, 839 naluia 839 pavida 839 spectativa 839 zapoteca 791,839 Blattidse 32, 53, 790, 838 Boidaj 207,208 Boleophthalmus 513 boddffirti 513 chinensis 513 61 Boreogadus saida 370 Borrichia arborescens 698 Bostra 795 dorsuaria 796 exigua 796 incompta 795, 796, 840 jaliscensis 795, 796 jugalis 795,796 remiformis 796, 840 turgida 795,840 Bostrichocentrum 213, 214 Bothrioueuron 391 Botia macracantha 474 Brachiopoda 6 Brachirus paaoides 517 Brachystola 165, 192, 194, 195, 196 Bradyornis ater 768 murinus 768 Bradypterus cinnamomeus 773 salvadorii 773 Branta canadensis 688 Bryophyllum calycinum 699, 700 Bubo virginianus pallescens 681 Bubonidse 763 Buccinidse 23, 105 Buccinum 102 chishimanum 103 taphrium 102 unicum 102 Bucephalacris 418 Buceros cristatus 764 Bucerotidse 764 Buddleia americana 699 Budytes campestris 776 Bufo 188 Buliminopsis 736 incerta 735 Buliminus can tori taivanica 737 leptostraca 737 lucliuana 737 Bulimus (Amphidromus) forrao- sensis 735 incerta 735 sphajroconus 735 swinhoei 735 Bulla macrostoma 19 mortoni 19 recta 19 Bulliopsis cretacea 19 Buphaga erythroryncha 782 Buteo augur 763 borealis calurus 689 lineatus elegans 689 platypterus 689 swainsoni 689 Butis butis 513 Bycaiiistes cristatus 764 Cajnus 198 Cajsalpinia (Guillandina) bondu- cella 700 Calsile oeciualis 698 946 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Callianassa mortoni 28 Callicarpa ferruginea 700 Callichrons (Silurodes) borneensis 468 Callista 119 Calocoris 193 Calolampra cicatricosa 839 Calopliyllum calaba 700 Calynda bicuspis 840 Calypte cost* 682 Camaroptera brevicaudata 773 griseigula 773 tincta 773 Campicola albinotata 771 livingstonei 771 Campophaga nigra 769 quiscalina 769 C'ampophagidse 769 Camptodrilus 393 Camptonectes bellisculptus 11 Canavalia obtusit'olia 698 Cancellaria alabamensis 24 eufaulensis 26 septenilirata 24 subalta 26 Cancer whitfieldi 28 Canis estor 679 Capfeta enoplos 485 CapitonidEe 766 Caprimulgidse 765 Caprimulgiis frsenatus 765 poliocephalus 765 Capucina cucuUata 839 Caracladus 306 gigas 306 Carangichthys 79 Carangidse 56, 499 Caranginse 66 Carangoides 82 malabaricus 82 oblongus 83 plagiotsenia 82 prseustus 82 Carangus marginatns 81 Caranx 76 affinis 76 africanus 76, 77 amblyrhynchus 71 boops 74 cirrhosus 85 crysos 77, 79 cuvieri 67 hippos 76 hippus 82 kalla 73 latus 81, Si, 82 marginatus 81 mate 74 megalaspis 72, 73, 74 nigripinnis 71 oblongus 83 peronii 74 Caranx pisquetus. prseustus punctatus ruber sem symnietricus tracliurus t. var. mediterranea xanthurus Carcharhinus borneensis tephrodes Cardiaster cinctus finibriatus Cardiida? Cardiospermum halicacabum Cardium arkansense (Lfevicardium) burlingtonense dumosum (Protocardia) lintea protextum ripleyanum spillmani (Lsevicardium) spillmani Carinella Carphophis Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis.... Carychium ppssimum Cassididie Cassidula labrella 1. japonica 718, paludosa nigrobrunnea plectrotrematoides Cassidulus sequoreus florealis micrococcus subcjuadratus Cassis rufa Castor canadensis frondata Cathartes aura Catopygus oviformis Caulerpa cupressoides lycopodium. mexicana plumaris racemosa r. uvifera taxifolia Cavea prisca Cavoscala annulata Cecentromenus marmoratus 820, 82 1 , Cellepora bilabiata carinata exserta prolifica pumila typica Celtis mississippiensrs Centropus monachus superciliosus 7,79' 71 67 76 79 67 67 67 76 458 455 7 7 15 700 15 15 15 17 13 15 15 15 570 208 684 746 23 719 719 719 719 719 7 7 7 7 292 680 689 7 696 696 696 696 696 696 5 20 20 820 842 5 5 5 5 5 5 700 766 766 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADliLPHIA. 947 Centurus uropygialis 6S1 Cephalopoda 26 Ceraia S06 atrosignata 806 cornuta 806 cruenta 806,842 dentata 806 maxima 806 punctulata 806 surinamensis 806 tibialis 806 zebrata 806 Ceraticelus 301, 302, 317, 318 albus 302.318 alticeps 302,318 atriceps 302,319 brunneus 301 bulbosus .302,319 emertoni .302, .319 fissiceps 302, 317, 319 formosa 318 formosus 302, 320 innominabilis 302 lajtabilis 302, 303, 320 lajtus 303 melanocnemis 303, 321 micripalpis 30.3 micropalpis 303 minutus 303, 321 occidentalis 303 parvulus 303 placidus 303 pygmseus 303 rugosus 303, 322 tibialis •^O?'^-^ Ceratina 317, 318 brevis 317 brunnea 317, 318 Ceratijiella 301, 317, 318 atriceps 302 brunnea 301 bulbosa. 302 emertoni 302 fissiceps 302 la?ta 303 lajtabilis 302,303 minuta 303 pymsea 303 similis 302 Ceratinoides 318 Ceratinopsis 316, 341 anglicanum 316, 341 bi color 316 interpres 316 laticeps 316 nigriceps 316 nigripalpis 317 purpurascens 316 similis 317 unicolor 317, 341, 342 Xanthippe 317 Ceratinoptera lutea 32, 53 Ceratophyllum demersa 697 Cercomya peculiaris 13 Cerithidte 22 Cerithium echinatum 292 egenum 788 hawaiiense 576, 787 lacteum 788 nesioticum 292, 576, 788, 789 papillosum 789 patiens 292 pilsbryi 22 pusillum.. 788 rubus 292 thaanumi 576, 787 voyi 292,787_ Certhia pulchella 775 Ceryle alcyon 690 Ceuthophilus latibuli 48 Chaca bankanensis 462 Chacidfe 462 CliEenogobius megacephalus 516 Chectoglena caudata 673 volvocina 673 Clijetotj'phla armata 672 aspera 672 Chalcomitra acik 776 Chalcopelia afra 7.57 Chanda 500 baculis 500 bogoda 500 lala 500 nalua 500 nama 500 phula 500 rangis 500 ruconius 500 setifer 500 Chandidae 500 Charadriidse 759 ' Charadrius asiaticus 759 coronatus 759 j speciosus 759 \ tricoUaris 759 Chelina; 487 Chemnitzia corona 22 ' meekiana 22 ' occidentalis 22 spillmani '■ 22 Chen hyperborea 688 ; Chenalopex a^gyptiacus 761 Chiococca racemosa 700 I Chiriquia serrata 840 Chiza^rhis leucogaster 765 Chlarias batrachus 461 leiacanthus 461 Chlariidaj 461 Chloritis 710 hungerfordianus 736 Chloropeta massaica 769 Chonemonas acuminata 673 948 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Chonemonas liispida 673 Chordeiles sp 690 Chorinemus sancti petri 56 toloo 56 tol 59,59 Chorisoneura 792 flavipennis 792,839 Chortophaga 803 meridionalis 803,841 viridifasciata 38, 53, 803 Chromacris 414 trogon 414,841 Chromomonadina 666 Chrysococj^x klaas 765 Chrysomitris melanops 778 Chrysophrys 504 Cibota multiradiata 9 obesa 9 Cibotopteryx 408 variegata 408,841 Ciconia crumenifera 761 Ciconidse 761 Cidaris diatretum 6 splendens 6 Walcotti 6 Cidarites armiger 6 diatretum 6 splendens 6 Cingula kurilensis 106 robusta 107 Cinnamomum 2 Cinnyris falkensteini 776 Cinuiia costata 19 naticoides 19 ovoidea 18 Circus hudsonius 689 Cirrus crotaloides 19 Cisticola chiniana 771 cisticola 772 harrisonii 771, 772 hindii 771 hunteri 772 lugubris 772 nuchalis 771 orientalis 771 prinioides 771, 772 robusta nuchalis 771 rufopileata 771 tinniens 771 Citharexylum quadrangulare....699, 700 Citliaria ci'osswickensis 26 Citula 82,83 armata 83, 499 atropos 83, 85, 499 Citrus limonium 700 Cladium germanicum 697 occidentale 697 Cladonia 697 Clausilia (Euphffidusa) aculus 738 (Hemiplia?dusa) bagsana 738 (Thaumatoptyx) bivincta 739 Clausilia (Heterozaptyx) diacoptj^x 739 (Euphtedusa) eumegetha 737 (Hemipha}dusa) exilis 738 (Formosana) formosensis..738, 739 (Hemiphtedusa) myersi 738 (Hemiphsdusa) odontochila.. 738 odontochila nigra 738 (Hemiphcedusa) sheridani 738 (Hemiphaedusa) siniilaris 738 subformosensis 738 (Formosana) swinhoei 738 (Hemiphaedusa) uranoscoptyx 739 (Heterozaptyx) uranoscoptyx 739 ventricosa 738 Clausiliida:> 737 Clava obeliscus 292 pharos 292 Clinoceplialus elegans 36 pulcher 36, 53 Clione 9 Clitellio arenarius, 373, 374, 375, 377, 388, 389 ater 388 irrorata, 373, 374, 377, 378. 384, 387, 388 Cntolvna 317,342 electa 317, 342, 343 fastibilis 343 Clivicola minor 767 Clupeidffi 489 Clyp^aster florealis 7 geometricus 7 Cobalt 891 Cobitidida? 474 Cobitidiniie 474 Cobitis 474 taenia 474 Coccoloba uvifera 698 Cocconotus 817 castus ,. 818 degeeri 818,842 ignobilis 818 ravus 818, 842 Coccopygia kilimensis 778 Codium tomentosum 695 Coelenterata 4 Coelosporidium 158 blattellie 158-161 Coiida? 504 Coins 504 catus 504 chatareus 504 cobojius 504 datnia 504 gudgutia 504 nandus 504 polota 504 trivittatus 504 vacti 504 Coliidffi 765 Colius affinis 765 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 949 Colius leucotis affinis 765 Coliuspasser delamerei 779 jacksoni 779 laticauda 779 Colpolopha 406 sinuata 406 Colpomenia sinuosa 696 Coluber 208 Colubridffi 207,208 Columba afra 757 arquatrix 756 semitorquata 757 senegalensis 757 sympanistria 757 Columbella cribraria 102 liocyma 105 pardalina japonica 102 \). subcribraria 102 sagena 102 Columbidge 756 Colymbus cristatus 758 Comatricha 524 Commelina agraria 700 nudiflora 700 Coniglobus 735 Conocephalus 824 ensifer ■_■ 46 di versus 825, 843 . erectus 698 exiliscanoris 45 guttatus 824,842 hamatus 82S hoplomachus .....46, 54 laticeps 825 lyristes 45, 54 mexicanus 45, 54, 824, 843 muticus 824, 843 obscurellus 824^ 843 virens 827 retusus 47, 54 subulatus 823 truncatirostris 45 Contopus richardsonii 690 Conus 345 aratispira 101 catus 291 ebrseus 291 eburneus 291 hebrseus 291 miles 291 retifer '. 291 vexiUum 291 violaceus 291 vitulinus 291 voluminalis avus 101 Copiocera 417 specularis 417, 841 Copiphora 822 cultricomis 822,842 longicauda 822 rhinoceros 822,842 Coptosoma speciosum 6 Coraciidte 763 Coracias caudata 763 Corbicula fluminea 749 insularis 749 subsulcata 749 Corbula bisulcata 17 crassiplica 17 foulkei 17 subconipressa 17 Corbulidffi 17 Coregonus kennicotti 362 nelsonii 3^^,362 Coriscus 198 Corizus 193,198 Cornicularia 306-308 auranticeps 308 clavicornis 308 directa S07 indirecta 307 placida 308 recvirvata 308 varipes 308 vigilax 305,332 Cornops 804 bivittatum 804 longipenne 804,841 Corvida^ 782 Cor\ailtur albicollis 782 Corvus sp 690 albicollis 782 corax sinuatus 683 scapulatus 782 Corydia collaris 792 cvanea 792,792 f{ilva 792 Corythaix hartlaubi 765 Cossypha heuglini 770 iolsema 770 mawensis 770 Cottida? 366 Crassatella delawarensis 14 lintea 14 monmouthensis 14 prora 14 ripleyana 14 subplana 14 transversa 14 vadosa 14 Crassatellites delawarensis 14 linteus 14 monmouthensis 14 (Scambula) perplanus 14 prorus 14 ripleyanus 14 subplanus 14 transversus 14 vadosus 14 CrassateUitidte 14 CratEegus 577-661 abjecta 634, 636 950 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Crataegus alacris 58-5, 601 ampla 607,615 apposita 635, 643 arcana 584, 588 arcuata 629,630 arduenua^ 579, 582 augusta 585, 597 austera 584, 5S6 bartoniana 634, 637 bartramiana 579, 582 baxteri 642, 643 bona 584,587 callosa 585, 595 canbyi 579,581 cerea 656 cestrica 585, 596 chadsfordiana 655, 660 coccinea : 587, 631 coUinsiana 607, 611 comata 584, 592 compta 604,605 condensa 607, 617 cordata 661 crocata 555,583 crus-galli 578, 579, 580, 581 c.-g. var. capellata 580 c.-g. var. oblongata 579 darlingtoniana 635, 653 deducta 585, 602 definita 635, 646, 647 delicata 585,606 deltoides 585,603 digna 627,628 dissona 585, 601 dodgei 631,632 dumicola 661 evansiana 631 , 633 fallens 632 felix 584,589 firma 607,612 foetida 635, 641, 643 fretzii 585,604 fulva 635,649 gravesii 632 gruberi 607, 613 holmesiana 629, 630 inducta 635, 645, 646 infera 635, 651 insolita 607,622 insueta 585,599,-634 jejuna 584, 593 lata 607,610 longipetiolata 607, 621 micrantha 655, 658 miniata 607,620 modesta 634, 635 modica 60S, 624 moyeriana 607, 618 nemoralis 634, 639 neo-canb}d 634, 638 opica 655, 659 Crataegus oxj'cantha 661 painteriana 635, 647 parviflora 654 pausiaca 583 peckii 647 perlevis 615 philadelphica 584,588 populnea 607, 616 porteri 585,600 premora 635 pruinosa 584, 585 pumila 607,612 punctata 583 p. var. cavescens 583 13ygma?a 635, 650 radiosa 655, 657 reses 635,644 rivalis 579,580 rufipes 607,609 ruthiana 584,591 saturata 607, 619 saxatilis 634, 640 scabriuscula 585,605 schweinitziana 635, 652 sequax 608,626 smithii 654 stolonifera 608,623 structilis 655, 656 succulenta 655, 657 tatnalliana 627 tenella 607,608 tomentosa 655,656 trahax 575,579 uniflora 654 uplandia 585,594 vailife 65^ virella 584,590 vittata 608,625 Crateropus buxtoni 770 •sliarpei 769 Crescentia cujete 699 Crista pectinata 292 Cristaria 749 swinhoei 7^9, 750 Crithagra albifrons 777 flaviventris 778 imberbis 777 Croton niaritimus 698 Cryptolopha mackenziana 769 Cryptopterus micronema 469 Ctenoides squarrosa 12 Cuculida? 765 Cuculla^a alabaniensis 9 antrosa 8 capax 8 gabbi 8 llttlei 9 maconensis 8 neglecta 8 tippana 8, 9 transversa 8 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 951 Cucullsea ^'ulgaris 8,9 Cuculus klaas 765 Cultellus cretacea 17 Cyathopoma 725 filocinctum 725 micron 725 taiwanicum 724:, 725 t. degeneratum 725 Cyclamastra 570 Cyclocheilichthys (Siaja) macro- pus 486 megalops 483,485 siaja 485 Cyclophoridse 705,722 Cyclophorus elegans 705 exaltatus 722 formosaensis 722 friesianus 722 indicus 722 kikaiensis 705 moellendorfE 722 m. humicola 722 turgidus 705,722 t. miyakoensis 705 Cyclops 183 brevicornis 184 strenuus 182 Cyclotus micron 725 minutus 724 m. concentratus 724 swinhoei 724 s. depressus 724 taivanus 705, 723 t. adamsi 723 t. peraffinis 705 Cylichna recta 19 Cylindropalasina 728 Cymbophora lintea.... 17 Cynoglossus borneensis 518 kapuasensis 519 microlepis 521 potous 521 Cyprsea arabica 292 araneosa 292 caput-serpentis 292 carneola 292 circercula 292 cumingi 292 fuscomaculata 292 helvola 292 intermedia 292 irrorata 292 isabella 292 madagascariensis 292 moneta 292 mortoni 23 nucleus 292 obvelata 292 poraria 292 reticulata 292 scurra 292 Cyprsea squyeri 23 tabescens 292 ventriculus 292 vitellus 292 CyprEeidse 23 Cypricardia 120 formosensis 120 Cyprimeria densata 16 depressa 16 excavata 15 heilprini 16 torta 16 Cyprinidae 479 Cyprinus barbus 483 Cyrena (Cyrenodonax) formosana 749 Cvrenidse 749 Cyrtoxipha 834 champion! 834,843 delicatula 49, 51, 54 gundlachi 51 Cyrtoxiphus championi 834- Cytherea excavata 15 Dadonsea viscosa 698 Dafila acuta 688 Dangila cuvieri 479 Dasybatidse 460 Dasybatus brevicauda 460 Datinoides 504 quadrifasciatus 504 Decapterus punctatus 67 sanctse-helense 67 Dellia 422 bimaculata 426,841 insulana 422 miniatula 423, 426, 427, 428, 841 ovatipennis 424, 428, 841 Delorrliipis 306,328 monocerus 306, 328 umcorn[is] 306,328 Delphinula crenata 293 lapidosa /5, 20 Delphinulidse 19 Dendroica auduboni 685 Dendromus neumanni 766 nubicus 766 Dendropicus lafresnayi 766 guinensis massaicus 766 Dentalium sequatorium 118 agassizi 117 (Rhabdus) cerinum 117 coruscum 117 (Lse\-identalium) coruscum.....' 117 entalis 117 falcatum 5, 18 h^matum 5 ? hamatus 5 leptosceles 117 lubricatum 117 occidentale 117 rectius 118 rhabdotum 116 952 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. Dentalium ripleyanum 18 subarcuatum 18 weinkaiiffi 117 Desmatocium trilobatum 6 Desmodicus 310 alpiniis 310 Deveximentum 500 Diachiea 524 cylindrica 524 Dianchora echinata 12 Diceratidse 14 Dichromena leucocephala 697 Dichromorpha viridis 36, 53 Dichroplus 442,805 arrogans 442 cliens 442 conspersus 442 lemniscatus 442 morosus -442, 805, 841 patruelis 442 pimctulatus 442 Dicruridse 781 Dicrurus afer fugax 781 fugax 781 Dictyophorus guttatus 39, 53 Dictvota Barteyresiana 695 Dicyphus '. 310,334 bicuspidatus 334 bituberculatus 334 cilunculus 334 cornutus 334 tumidus 334 Digenia simplex 695 Dinemellia dinemelli 781 Dione delawarensis 16 Dioptrornis fischeri 768 Diplooephalus 304,325 castaneus 304 oastigatorius 304, 325 crenatoideus 304 crenatus 304 cristatus 304, 5C5 depressus 305,326 erigonoides 305, 326 exiguus 305 formosus 305,326 latus 305 lobiceps 305 longior 305 inontanus 305 parvus 305 percisus 305, 327 simplex 306 vmimaculatus 306 Diplocystis 95 Diplodontidse 15 Diplommatina 728 oamura 727 hungerfordiana 706,726 luchuana 728 paxillus 706,726 Diplommatina praA'a 727 pusilla 707 taiwanica 726, 727 t. suganiikeiensis 727 tokunoshimana 706, 727 t. errans 70(5 tosana 706, 707 t. kureana 706 t. nogawana 706 Dipodomys deserti 679 merriami arenivagus 679 simiolus 679 Discoidea occidentale 7 Dissosteira Carolina 38, 53 Distomospira 213, 216 Dodontea viseosa 700 Dolicheulota 736 formosensis 735 swinhoei 735 Dolium perdix 292 Donacidse 17 Donax fordii 17 Dosinia depressa 16 haddonfieldensis 16 Drepanoplectis jacksoni 779 Drepanorhynchus reichenowi 775 Drepanoxiphus 817 minutus 817, 842 Drillia georgiana 26 Dr3^moica chiniana 771 Dryobates bairdi 682 scalaris lucasanus 681, 682 Dryophis 208 Dryoscopus cubla hamatus 774 hamatus 774 Drosera 199 Duranta plmnieri 699 Echinobrissus expansus 6 Echinodermata 6 Eclipta erecta 697 Ecphora 351 quadricostata 358 Ectotmpa 836 brevis 836,843 olmeca 836 Egretta candidissima 688 Elseochlora 408 Elseodendron xylocarpum 700 Elagatis bipinnulatus 65 Elanus caeruleus 763 leucurus 689 Elaphrotoxon 76 Elapinse 207 Eleotridinse 510 Eleotris butis 513 Emberiza serina 779 Eminia lepida 773 Ena cantori taivanica 737 leptostraca 737 luchuana 737 warburgi 737 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 953 Enchytrseus 373 albicliis 373, 374, 375, 394, 395 humicultur 394 littoralis SH triventralopectinatus 373, 376, 376 Endodonta 572 alata 572 (Pterodiscus) alata 573 apiculata 783 binaria 783 concentrata 784, 785 elis* 575 fricki 783 hvstricella paucilamellata 575 hystrix 574 kamehameha 784, 785 lamellosa 783, 784, 785 laminata 783 luctifera 783 (Thaumatodon) luctifera 575 marsupialis 784, 785 paucicostata 575 tliaanumi 783 (Nesophila) thaanumi 574, 575 (Pterodiscus) weslevi 573 Endodontidfe '....574, 717, 746 Eneoptera 835 ))rasiliensis 835 livida 835 surinamensis 835,843 Engonoceras gabbi 28 Ennea (Huttonella) bicolor 736 (Elma) swinhoei 736 swinhoei hotawana 736 Enoplia 474 Ephippidse 507 Ephippus argus 507 Epiphragmophora 256 hachitana ^57,258 Episactus 801 brunneri 801, 802, 841 Erigone, 302, 303, 310, 311-314, 316, 317,331,339 auranticeps SOS autumnalis 314 bicornis 30 Ji. l)identata 310 bostoniensis 310 brevicornis 307 calcarata 317 castanea 304- chelifera 309 clavicornis 308 cucuminum 317 columbiensis 330 collina 312 coloradensis 314 communis 307 concava 311 contortus 311 crenatum 304 Erigone cristata 304, 305 decemoculata 311 dentigera 314 dentipalpa 314,315 dentipalpis 314 depressa 305 directa 307 erigonoides 305 famelica 315 famularis 317 famulatoria 317 fissiceps 302 florens 316 fusca 311 indirecta 307 infernalis 317 inornata 310 interpres 316 Iffta 303 lata 305 laticeps 316 longipalpis 315 longisetosa 311 longitarsus 306 longituba 306 marxii 309 maxima 311 microtarsis 312 minutissima 317 monocerus 306 montana 305 monticola 313 montifera 312 nigriceps 316 nigripalpis 317 ornata 310 pallens 309 pallescens 314 pallida 308 paullula 308 persimilis 315, 339 pertinens 312 pictilis 310 plicita 315,339 plumosa 312 polaris 317 pra-pulchra 315 probata 312 provida 307 purpurescens '316 relaxata 317 rostrata 309 rubens 309 schumaginensis 317 simillima 315 solitaris 317 simplex 306 spinifera 313 strabo 317 terrestris 313 tibialis 308 954 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Erigone tricornis 308 tridentata 315, 340 trilobatus 313 tristis 315,340 truncatus 313 ululabilis 317 umbratilis 317 urusta 317 usurpabilis 315 vacerosa 317 Erigonoplus 306 Eriolus 823 caraibeus 823 longipennis 823 spiniger 823,842 Eriphyla conradi 14 decemnaria 14 parilis 14 Erismatura jamaicensis 688 Escliarifora typica 5 Escharinella muralis 5 Escharipora abbottii 5 imniersa 5 Estrilda minor 778 rhodopyga 778 Eta carolinensis 14 Ethalia 115 callosa 115 guamensis 113, 114 g. montrouzieri 115 g. sanguiuea 114, 115 g. selenomphala 114, 115 montrouzieri 114 rhodomphala 115, 116 striolata 115 trilobata 115 Ethaliella llo floccata 115 Euacris 821 pictipennis 821 richmondi 821,842 Euoalodiinse 213 Euchistus..... 187, 194, 201 tristigmus 193 variolarius 193 Euconulus 742 Eudea dichotoma 5 Eudistemma 216 Eudistylia 555, 559, 560 (Bispira) polymorpha 559 Eugenia axillaris 700 monticola 700 Euglena 93, 665 Euhadra 736 Eulima 107 acicularis 108 angvdata 109 articulata 112 bovicornu Ill carneola 110 chrysallida 110 Eulima clavula 108 cretacea 20 cumingi 107 curvata 108 debilis 110 dentaliopsis 109 eburnea 109 flexa 109 indeflexa 110 luchuana 112 mundula 108 odontoidea 110 ogasawarana Ill pandata 109 pinguicula 108 reclinata 109 scitula 110 semitorta 109 stenostoma 107 splendidula 107 robusta 108 stylata 108 tortuosa Ill valida 109,112 Eulimidse 20,107 Eulota 736 (Acusta) assimilis 733 (Euhadra) bacca 734 (Coniglobus) bairdi 735 connivens iheyaensis 708 c. phajogramma 708 (Euhadra) formosensis 734 (Euhadra) friesiana 735 fulvicans 731, 733 (Plectotropis)f ulvicans browni 731 grant! 733 (Plectotropis) granti 733 (Plectotropis) hebes 732 (Plectotropis) impexa 730 (Plectotropis) inrinensis....732, 733 lautsi 732 lautsi brachylasia 731, 733 lautsi micra 732 maclvensii 708,709 (Plectotropis) macl-censii 730 (Plectotropis) mackensii for- mosa 730 (Euhadra) mellea 735 mercatoria 708 ni. iejimana 708 (Coniglobus) nux 735 (Euhadra) pancala 734 (Euhadra) p. trifasciata 734 perplexa 731 (Plectotropis) perplexa 733 (Acusta) redfieldi 734 sargentiana 735 (Acusta) sieboldiana 734 (Eulotella) similaris 734 (Coniglobus) sphterocomus 735 stimpsoni 734 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 955 Eulota (Aegista) subchinensis 730 (Euhadj-a) succincta 734 (Euhadra) s. amblytropis 735 (Euhadra) swinhoei 734 tectumsinense 247 (Plectotropis) tokunovaga 708 (Acusta) tourannensis 734 vulvivaga 709 Eumastax dentatus , 841 Eunoe depressa 536, 544 truncata 525, 526 Euphagus cyanocephalus 690 Euphorbia buxifolia 698 EuphrosjTie aurantiaca 536 bicirrata 532, 535, 536 borealis 534 heterobranchia 535, 536 hortensis 534 longisetosa 534 niaculata 536 superba 536 Euplectes xanthomelas 780 Eupoditis kori 760 Euprinodes golzi 773 Eurocephalus riippelli 774 Eurycotis floridaua 29, 32, 53 sabaliana 32 Eutsnia 208 atrata 692 elegans 692,693 e. atrata 693 int'ernalis vidua 692, 693 leptocephala 692 sirtalis 693 Euthria? fragilis 23 Eutrephoceras 28 dekavi 28 Exechophysis 303,323 plumalis 303,323 Exocoetidfe 494 Exogyra costata 11 Falco a>gvptius 763 (Buteo) augur 763 cservileus 763 gaber 762 sparverius phalaena 681 Falconidse 762 Falcula 5 Fasciolaria crassicosta 24 filamentosa 292 kerri 24 obliquicostata 24 slackii 24 Fasciolariida' 24 Fascipora aniericana 5 Felis cougar browni 680 Ficus carica 699, 700 octoliratus 23 Flabellum striatvuii 4 Foeniculum vulgare 698 Forestiera porulosa 700 Forficulida? 31, 53, 838 Francolinus coqui 756 grant! 756 hildebrandti 756 schuetti 755 Fringilla bengalus 778 laticauda 779 melanops 778 ultramarina 778 Fringillidce 777 Fulgur canaliculatum 349, 358, 359 carica 346, 349-351, 353-355 eliceaus 354, 355 filosum 354,355 fusiformis 353, 355 maximum 352, 353, 354, 355 perpersum 345 pyrum 352, 358, 359 rapum 354, 355 striatum 353, 355 tritonis 354, 355 Fulica cristata 758 chloropus 757 porpliyrio 758 Fusus .■ 345,346 holmesianus 24 kerri 24 retifer 24 tippana •• 24 trivolvus 24 Gadid* 370 Galaxaura lapidescens 695 rugosa 695 Galeichthys sondaicus 462 Galeidse...' 455 Galeoscoptes carolinensis 690 Gallichtys negyptiacus 86 Gallinago nigripennis 760 Gallimila chloropus 757 Gallus alexandrinus 86 Ganesella adelina? 709 albida 736 a. insignis 736 largilherti 709 sororcula 709 s. iheyaensis 709, 710 s. okinoerabuensis.... 709 s. tokunoshimana 709 Gari elhptica 16 Garra borneensis 482 Gasteropoda -18 Gasterosteus ductor 62 GastrochaMia americana 18 Gastrochaniidff 18 Gastromyzon borneensis 477 monticola 477 Gastromyzonina^ 477 Gattyana ciliata 525 senta 525 Geococcyx calif ornianus 690 Gerres 500 956 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Gerres setifer 500 GeiTida:> 504 Gervilliopsis ensiformis 10 Gigantogobius 511 jordani 511 Glaucidium perlatum 763 Globiconeha cnita 19 Glossogobius giiirus 515 Glottis nebularis 759 Glyptosterniim kiikenthali 471, 472 Glyphostoma sp 291 Glyptothorax platypogon 469 Gobiidfe ". 510 Gobiiiife 515 Gobius giurus 515 grammepomus 517 nielanocephalus 517 personatus 517 Gonatista grisea 30, 33, 53 Gonatium 309,334 cheliferum 309 ma[r]xi 309 nibens 309,3^0 Goiigrocnemis 815 nigrospinosa 817, 842 pallidespinosa 817 Gongylidiellum 313,338 minutum 313, 327, 338 pallidum 313,339 rostratiilum 314 Gongylidium bidentatum 310 bostoniensis 310 brunneum 310 concaviim 311 contortum 311 falsificum 311 longisetosum 311 maximum 311 microtarsus 312 montanum 31S montiferum 313 pallidum 314 pertinens 312 plumosum 312 probatum 312 spiniferum 313 terrestre 313 tibiale 313 tridentatum 315 trilobatum 313 truncatum 313 Goniada annulata 549, 553 foliacea 550 Goniaster mammillata 6 Goniosoma inflata 13 Gonodactylus 131 Gouldia conradi 14- decemnaria I4 Gracula carunculata 782 Grammonota 310 inornata 310 Grammonota maculata 310 ornata 310 pallipes 310 pictilis 310 trivittata 310 venusta 310 Gregarina 89, 93, 98 dicoeli 91 polydesmivirginiensis 91 Gruidaj.'. 760 Grus mexicana 088 Gryllacris 827 maculata 827,843 maculicollis 827 personata 827 ruficeps 827 GryllidiT^ 48, 54, 832, 843 Grvllodes poeyi 51, 54 Gryllotalpa 186,832 didactvla 832 hexadactvla 832,843 Gryllus " 192, 194, 195 bipunctatus 835 brevicornis 4OO (Locusta) centurio 4^0 (Tettigonia) citrifolius 807 euceros 417 firmus 50, 54 muticus 833 rubens 50, 51, 54 surinamensis 835 Gryphtea brj-anii 11 convexa 11 coiTUgata 11 mutabilis 11 pitcheri 11 vesicularis 11 vomer 11 Guppya 742 Gyrodes abbottii 21 altispira 21 alveata 21 crenata 21 inf racarinata 21 obtusivolva 21 petrosus 21 spillmanii 21 Gyrotropis squamosus 26 Hagedashia hagedash 760 Habropyga minor 778 Halcyon chelicuti 764 semicteruleus 764 Haldea 208 Halia-etus leucocephalus 689 Halimeda tridens 695, 696 tuna 695 Haliseris polvpodioides 695 Halodrillus littoralis 373, 394 Halosydna gelatinosa 542 Hamiltonia 500 lata 500 1905.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 957 Hamiltonia nama 500 ovata 500 Hamites annulifer 27 arculus 27 torquatus 27 trabeatus 27 Hampala macrolepidota 486 Hamulus 18 falcatus 5 major 5 onyx 4, 5 squamosus 5 Hapithus agitator 52 quadratus 52. 54 Haplocion 213 Haploscapha capax 10 (CucuUifera) eccentrica 10 grandis 10 Haploscaphidie 10 Harmostes 192, 193, 194, 196 Harpa minor 292 Harpagonyx carlotttp 840 Heleodytes brunneicapillus couesi 686 Helicamastra 570 Heliastus 402,803 aztecus 402 costaricensis 402, 84 1 sumichrasti 402 venezuete 803,841 Helicarion hiraseanus 740 Helicidte 222, 268, 269, 708, 730 Helicina 114 badia 730 hungerfordiana 730 h. formosana 730 verecunda 730 Helicodonta 225 moroccana 247 Helicops 208 Heliotropium curassavicum 696 Helix 268 alata 571, hT2, 573, 574 bacca var. sinistrorsa 75^ campochilus 735 carpenteri 255 depressiformis 573 (Patula) hemphilli 275 lamellosa 783 levettei var. orobania 23Ji. I. var. thomsoniana 23 1^ luhuana 730 nielanostoma 730 (Hadra) pancala 73^ prostrata 573 remondi 256,257 rowelli 261,2m shermani 732, 738 sphseroconus 735 strigosa 269 (Satsuma) taivanica 735 Helminthophila celata lutescens 685 Hemiaster parastatus 7 Stella 7 ungula 7 Hemibagrus nemurus 469 Hemiramphida^ 493 Hemiramphinte 493 Hemirhamphus amblyurus 493 Hemitubifex benedii ' 388 Hercoglossa paucit'ex 28 Hercorhvnchus 24 tippanus 24 Hermadion 526 Herpestis monnieria 697 Heteroceras conradi 27, 27 Heterocorax minor 782 Heterodon 208 Heterogryllus 835 crassicornis 834, 843 ocellaris 834 Heteronemia 798 ignava 798,840 Heterozaptyx 739 Hippiscus 193,194 Hippothoa irregularis 5 Hirasea 711 Hirundinidte 767 Hirundo abyssinica 768 cincta 767 emini 768 griseopyga 768 puella abyssinica 768 senegalensis 767 smithii 767 Holocompsa 792 cyanea 792,839 Hololepida 541 magna • 541 Holospira 212, 213, 214 arizonensis 215, 216 bilamellata 213, 215, 217 (Distomospira) bilamellata 213 chiricahuana 215, 217, 218, 210 cionella 215, 217 cockerelli 215, 217, 218, 219 (Haplostemma) cockerelli 218 crossei 215, 217 ferrissi 215-217 goldfussi. 213-215,222 hamiltoni 213 (Haplocion) hamiltoni 214 mearnsi 215, 217, 219 pasonis 213 (Haplocion) pasonis 214 (Bostrichocentrum) pilsbrvi... 213 regis 215, 217, 218, 219 roemeri 213, 214, 220 tryoni 213 bruneri 400,841 Homaloptera 475 javanica 475 orthogoniata 475 95S PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [De: Homaloptera wassinkii 476 Homalopteridie 475 Homalopterin:e 475 Homalopteroides 476 wassinkii 476 Hoploparia gabbi 2S Hoplopterus speciosus 759 Hormilia 806 intermedia 806, 842 Hura crepitans 699 Hydrochelidon liyljrida 758 Hydrocotyle asiatica 697 Hydrophin;ie 207,208 Hynnis goreensis 86 Hyphantornis crocata 780 nigriceps 780 ocularis crocatus 780 spekei 780 xanthops 780 Hypochsera ultramarina 778 Hypolophus sephen 461 Hypomma 310,334 bifrons 334 bilobata 310 trilobata 310 Hypselistes 316 florens 316 Hypselobagrus nigriceps 469 lanthina ianthina 292 Ibidida? 760 Ibis sethiopica 760 rethiopicus 760 Idionella 318 formosa 302 Idonearca alabamensis 9 littlei 9 Ilex cassine 49, 51, 52 Indicator variegatus 766 Indicatoridfe 766 Inoceramus alveatus 10 barabini 10 peculiaris 13 perovalis 10 sagensis 10 lonornis 758 lopas sertum 292 Iporaoea pes-caprae 698 purpurea 700 Iridium , 862, 863, 883, 891 Iridoprocne bicolor 685 Irrisor cabanisi 76Jf. jacksoni 764 viridis 764 Irrisoridse 764 Isanda 115 pulchella 115,116 Ischnomela pulchripennis 842 Ischnoptera ina^qualis 839 Isocardia conradi 15 Isocardiidse 15 Isognomostoma 225 Ispidina picta 763 lynx ruficollis 767 Japonia formosana 722 zebra 722 Jasminum gracile 700 Jatropha curcas 700 Jerdonia 725 Jodacris 430 ? costaricensis 430, 841 Junco hyemalis 684 oregonus thurberi 684 Juniperus bermudiana 697-700 virginiana 699 Kaliella 716, 742, 743 affinis 717 ceratodes 717 costata 743 costulata 743 crenulata 717 c. basistriata 717 c. hotawana 743 depressa 743 elongata 744 gudei : 715 hachijoensis 717 harimensis 717 humiliconus 717 izushichitoensis 744 lioconus 716 1. goniozonse 717 longa 744 ogasawarana 711 okinoshimana 716 priealta 744 venusta 743 xenica 744 yaeyamensis 743 Kauaia 570 Kosteletzkya virginica 697 Kryptopterus limpok 468 palembangensis 468 Kyllinga monocephala 697 Labeobarbus douronensis 483 Labeoninse 479 Labia annulata 838 auricoma 838 burgessii 31, 53 guttata 31,53 Labidorhamphus 493 Labidura bidens 31, 53 Lactista 402,803 punctatus 402, 803, 841 Laena nuda 855 Lsetmatonice 531 Lsevidentalium 117 Lagena? edentata 24 Lagenella euchlora 670 Lagisca multisetosa 525 Lagonosticta brunneiceps 778 Laguncula piscatoris 67Ji. Lamellidens 750 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 959 Lamprocolius chalybeus 781 Lamprocystis spadix IJi-l Lamproderma 524 Lamprotornis chalybeus 781 superbus 781 viridipectus 781 Laniariiis tethiopicus 774 poliocephalus 774 Laniidfe 774 Lanius caudatus 774 hiimeralis 774 ludovicianus gambeli 685 senegalus 17 Jf- Lantana 700 camara 698, 699, 700 crocea 698 involucrata 698, 699, 700 Laridse 758 Larus argentatus 687 californicus 687 cirrhoceplialus 758 heermanni 687 occidentalis 687 Philadelphia 681 Lates 504 Latirus aplustre 292 Laxispira lumbricalis 21, 22 Leda angulata 9 longit'rons 8 pinnaforme 8 protexta 8 slackiana 8 Ledidte 8 Legumen appressum 17 ellipticum 17 planulatum 17 Leiognathidte 500 Leiognathus 500 edentulus 500 Leiopistha protexta 13 Leiostraca 107 Leinna 667 minor 697 Lepidoglanis monticola 477 Lepidonotus 541 cseloris 546 robustus 54-i squamatus 546 Lepidium virginicum 698 Lepisma saccharinum 148 Leptarionta 256,257 Leptobarbus hoevenii 486 Leptomerinthoprora 436 brevipennis 436, 437, 841 Leptopoma taivanum 723 vitreum var. lactea 72S V. taivanum 723 Leptoptilus crumeniferus 761 Leptosolen 17 biplicata 17 Leptosynanceia asteroblepa 510 Leptosynanceia greenmani 507, 510 Leptysma ? 804 marginicollis 39, 53 obscura 804,841 Lepus arizonse 679 Leucobryum 697 Libera 784 Libethra 796 auritus 796,840 ignavus 796 nisseri 796 Libitina 120 Lichenochrus 814 brevistylus 814 crassipes 814 marmoratus 814, 842 modestus 814 Lichia toloo-parah 59 Liguus 227 Lima acutilineata 12 pelagica 12 squarrosa 12 Limacella formosensis 71^.6 Limidse 12 Limn£ea 185 Limnocorax niger 757 Limnodrilus subsalsus, 374, 376, 378, 392 Limulus 139 Linaria elatine 699 Linearia carolinensis 16 metastriata 16 Linyphia longipalpis SlJf. Lioderma 26 lioderma 26 Liopeplum 26 leioderma 25, 26 Liotia crenata 293 voyi 292,293 Lippia nodiflora 698, 699 Lirometopum 822 coronatum 822,842 Liroscapha squamosa 12 Lithobius.... 94 Lithophaga aifinis 13 lithura 119 ripleyana 13 Lithoplus krugii 49, 50, 51, 52, 54 zebra ..49, 54 Littorina obesa 292 Liza oHgolepis 496 Lobocheilos hispidus 483 Locusta citrifoha 807 fasciata 826 teres 827 Locustinae 404 Lophocarenum, 301, 304-306, 309, 311, 312,315 arvensis S07 castaneum 30 J^. erigonoides 305 960 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Lophocarenum florens 316 frontalis 301 moestum..... 301 spiniferum 313 venustum 307, 331 Lophocephalus insignis 89 Lophomma 306 bicorne 30 J^ cristata 305 longi tarsus 306 Lophortjrx gambelii 681 Lota maculosa 370 Lucina cretacea 15 pinguis 15 smockana 15 Lucinidae 15 Lumbricillus 384, 395 agilis 374, 375, 383, 395 Lumbriculus tenuis 373, 377, 378 Lumbricus 141 arenarius 377 Lunatia altispira 21 halli 21 Lutianus 504 Lycosa 162, 179, 180, 192, 193, 194 insopita 174-201 Lygus 193 Lymnsea swinhoei 746 Lymnseidse 746 Lynx rufPus peninsularis 680 Lysinoe 256 Lystrophis 208 Machserocera 433 Macneillia obscura 36, 53 Macrocallista pacifica 119 Macrochirichthys macrochir 488 snyderi 487 uranoscopus 488 Macrocallista chishimana 118, 119 Macroceramus 222 JVIacrochlamys chaunax 711, 713 formosana ' 741 f- atypa 74I lulgens 741 ? gudei 715 kumeensis 714 lineatus 711,713 nitidus 74I par 741 vesta 74X Macrones nemurus 470 Macronyx croceus 776 Macropodus pugnax 505 Mactra II9 neapolitana 119 Mactridse I7 Maculotriton bracteatus 291 b. longus ■' 103 digitalis 291 Malaconotus hypopyrrhus 781 olivaceus hypop3Trhus 781 Malurus tinniens 771 Mantidte 33, 53, 794, 839 Margarita abyssina 20 Margaritella abbotti 20 Martesia cretacea 18 Maso 315,341 froutatus 316,341 marxi 316 polita 316 Mastacembelidse 489,493 guentheri 493 unicolor 489, 491 vaillanti 491,493 Mathildiida; 22 Megalaspis cordyla 66, 499 rottleri 66 Megascops asio cineraceus 689 Megoplistes slossoni.... 48, 54 Mela?nornis ater 768 Melampus luteus 292 Melania crenulata 747 dicksoni 747 fasciolata 747 formosensis 747 fulgurans 747 juncea 747 lateritia 747 libertina 748 1. microstoma 748 1. subplicosa 748 niponica 748 n. var. minor 748 obliquegranosa 748 oblicjuexpansa 748 pjTamis 747 scabra 747 s. IjTiformis 747 s. pagoda 747 subplicatula 748 tenuisulcata 747 tuberculata chinensis 747 turriculus 747 Melaniidie 721,747 Melanoplus deletor 40 keeleri 40,53 puer 40, 53 Meleagrinella abrupta 10 Melia azederach 700 Melierix gaber 762 Melinida? 10 Melinna cristata 851, 852 Mellitophagus buUockoides 764 cyanostictus 765 oreobates 765 Melocichla orientalis 771 Mellospiza cinerea fallax 685 Membranipora abortiva 5 perampla 5 Mentha viridis 697 Meretrix chinensis 119 tippana 16 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 961 Merganser serrator 688 americanus 687 Meroncidium degeeri 817, 818 Meropidse 76-1 Merops bullockoides 76J^ cyanostictus 765 Merula elgonensis 770 migratoria propinqua 690 Mesopicus spodocephalus 767, 767 Metastoma 213,220 Meteorite 881, 884, 891, 892 Metriotes agathocles 840 Metrypa 52 Microcystina 711,742 acuta 714 anijimana 711, 712 ceratodes 714, 715 edgariana 715 hahajimana 711, 712 h. jejuna 711, 712 h. kitaiwojimana 711, 712 h. pachychilus 711, 712 hakonensis 715 higashiyamana 717 hokkaidonis 716 kumejimana 715 lamprobasis 741,742 lissobasis 742 radiata 716,742 sinapidium 716, 742, 743 spadix 741 s. cinctus 741 vaga 715 Microcentrum 51, 808, 814 laurifolium 43, 54 lucidum 43 rostratum 43, .54 syntechnoides 814,842 Microceraminse 213, 222 Microceramus 221, 222 floridanus 222 mexicanus 222 texanus 222 Micronema micronema 469 phalacronotus 469 typus 469 Microtvlopterj^ 448 hehardi 448, 451, 452, 454, 841 fusiformis 448, 451, 841, 842 Micryjihantes ctespitum 30 J^ isabellinus 309 Milvus tegyptius '. 763 Mimetica 821 brunneri 821,842 crenulata 842 mortuifolia 821 Minuis polyglottos leucopterus 687 Minolia 115 Miuyriolus 303 seopuliferus 304 Mirafra africana athi 777 62 Mirafra albicauda 777 athi 777 Misgurninse 474 Mitra littrata 292 limbifera 292 pontificialis 292 Mitrularia equestris cicatricosa 292 Modiolus burlingtonensis 12 Julia 12 ovatus 12 Modulus lapidosa 26 tectum 292 Moellendorffia 710 eucharistus 710 e. diminuta 710 e. tokunoensis 710 (Trihelix) hiraseana 736 Molothrus ater obscurus 683 Monilea 115 nucleolus 113 Monodonta 20 Monopteridee 488 Monopterus albus 488 Monojpylephorus 375, 383, 385, 387 fluviatilis .382 glaber 374, 376, 378, 382-.387 parvus 374, 376, 383 pilosus 380 rubronivens 382 trichochtetus 375 Morea cancellaria 26 naticella 26 Motacilla campestris 776 vidua 776 Motacillida? 776 Mugil belanak 494, 496 bontah 496 gymnocephalus 496 our 496 Mugilidffi 494 Multicresis parvicella 5 Munatia 404 punctata 404, 405, 841 Murex 351 laqueatus 291 rubescens 291 Musa cavendishii 700 Musca 151 Muscicapidfe 768 Musophagidfe 765 Myiarchus cinereus 682 Myrmecocichla cryptoleuca 770 Mysia gibbosa 15 parilis 15 Mvstinse 483 Mystus 483 Mytilidte 12 Nais littoralis 376 Nakadiella 725 Nandus 504 Nanina japonica 740 962 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Nassa? globosa 23 Nasturtium officinale 697 Natica abyssina 21 adamsiana 106 clausa 105, 106 (Gyrodes) crenata 21 (Haloconcha) hirasei 105 janthostoma 106 infracarinata 21 marochiensis 292 petrosus 21 Naticidte 21 Natricinte 207 Naucrates ductor 62, 6-4 polysarcus 62 Nautilus brvani 28 dekayi." 28 perlatus 28 Nectarinia acik 776 cupreoniteus 775 famosa cupreoniteus 775 jacksoni 775 kilimensis 775 pulchella 775 tacazze 775 Nectariniidse 775 Neithea complexicosta 12 quinquecostata 12 Nemacheilus euepipterus 474 Nematogmus florens 316 Nemoarca cretacea 9 Nemobius 29 ambitiosus 50, 54 aterrimus 50, 54 socius 50, 54 Nemodon angulatum 9 brevifrons 9 conradi 9 eufalensis 9 Neomeris dunietosus 695 Neopliron pileatus 762 Neotettix barretti 801 Neotoma intermedia albigula 677 Neptunella mullicaensis 2^ Neriene decemoculata Sll dentipalpis 314 longipalpis 31^, 315 montifera 312 rubens 309 spinifera 313 Nerita plicata 292 polita 292 ringens 292 undata 292 Nerium oleander 698-700 Nettion carolinensis 688 punctatum 761 Nickel 891 Nicotiana glauca 699 Nigrita arnandi 779 schistacea 779 Ninoe 519 nigripes 549 palmata 549 simpla 547, 549 Nobis 193 Nodularia douglasife taiwanica 750 Norris.sia norrisi 113 Notionella 341 interpres 316, 341 Notopteridte 489 Notopterus borneensis 489 Numenius hudsonicus 688 Numida ptylorhyncha 756 Nucula eufalensis 7 percrassa 7 slackiana 8 Nucularia papyria 8 Nuculidse 7 Nycticorax nycticorax n^evius 681 Nyroca brunnea 762 Obeliscus conellus 20 Ochetotettix 801 barretti 801,840 volans 801,840 Ochthodromus asiaticus 759 Odocoileus liemionus eremicus 680 Odontofusus 24 slackii 24 ffidalometopon 418 petasatum 418,841 (Ecanthus 835 nigricornis 835, 843 CEdancola 192, 193, 194 OEdicnemidse 760 CEdicnemis vermiculatus 760 CEdipodinte 402 GEdothorax 310,335 alascensis 310 bidentatus 310 bostoniensis 310 brunneus 310 conca\'T.is 311 contortus 311 debelis 311 decemoculatus 311 falsificus 311 flaveolus 311 gna\ais 311 liumilis 311 limatus 311 longi^tosus 311 maculatus 311, 335 maximus 311 microtarsus 311 montanus 312 montiferus 312, 335 obscurus 312 oxypjederotipus 312, 336 palustris 312 parvus "^^^ pertinens 312 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 963 CEdothorax pectinatus 312 plumosus 312 probatus 312 rusticus 313 spiniferus 313 terrestris 313 tibialis 313 trilobatus 313, 337 truncatus 313 Olcyphides 798 bicarinatus 798 venilia 798 viridipes 798,840 Oligoplites palometa 62 saliens 60 saurus 59, 61, 62 Olistus malabaricus 85 Ompok borneensis 468 jaynei 4()6, 468 leiacanthus 468 nebulosus ' 465 Oncopcltus 193 Oncocottus hexacornis 366, 368-370 h. gilberti 306,370 Oncotophasma martini 840 Oniscus 188 Onoba aleutica 107 Opeas brevispira 786 clavulinum 737 gracile 737 hawaiense 786 junceum 786 opella 785 pyrgula 737 upolense 786 Ophiceplialidse 505 Opliicephalus baramensis 505 lucius 506 pleurophtlialmus 506 Ophiocara porocepliala 510 Ophryotroclia 188 Opisthocosmia (Sarcinatrix) ano- malia 838 Opuntia sp 698 vulgaris 698 Orchelirnum concinnum 48, 54 nitidum 48,54 vulgare 47, 54 Orchesella 148 Oreolielix, 222, 254, 268, 271, 280, 283- 285 avalonensis 269, 283, 284 barbata, 270, 271, 278, 279, 280, 282 chiricahuana 271, 283, 284 clappi 271, 283, 284, 285 cooped 271, 273 elrodi 270,271,273 haydeni 271,273 liemphilli 271, 280, 281, 282 liuachuana 271, 278, 279 Oreohelix idahoensis 271 neomexicana 271 newcombiana 271 strigosa, 268, 270-273, 275, 276, 283 s. concentrata 273, 274, 275, 278 s. huachuana 270, 271, 274, 275 s. metcalfei 278,279 s. socorroensis 279, 280 yavapai 270, 271, 281, 283, 284 y. neo-mexicana 270, 282, 284 OrioiidEe 781 Oriolus larvatus 781 Orocharis 836 cayennensis 836, 843 saulcyi 52, 54 tibialis 836 Orophus 807 conspersus 808, 809, 842 huasteca 808 mexicana 807, 808, 842 otomia 807,808 ovatus 809,842 rhombifolia 807,808 salicifolia 807,808 salvifolia..: 807,808 tessellatus 809,842 totonaca 807,808 Orphania 192, 194, 195 Orphulella 401,802 costaricensis 401, 802, 841 elegans 401 gracilis 401 intricata 401 meridionalis 802,841 pratorum 36, 53 punctata 401, 802, 841 Orjmx xanthomelas 780 Osmilia 443 flavo-lineata 444 tolteca 443, 444, 841 Osmunda cinnamomea 697 regalis 697 Osphronemidse 504 Osphronemus goramy 505 Osteocheilus harrisoni 480 kahajanensis 480, 482 kappenii 480 melanopleurus 479 vittatus , 479 Ostrea compressirostra 11 cretacea 10 denticulifera 10 falcata 11 littlei 10 plumosa 10 tecticosta 10 torosa 11 (Gryphseostrea) vomer 11 Ostreidse 10 Otesia chichijimana 711, 713 hahajimana 711, 713 964 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Otesia japonica 740 Othj-pliantes reicheiiowi 780 Oticiidaj 760 Otis kori 760 Otocoris alpestris pallida 090 Ovis canadensis cremnobates 677 Ovula lactea 292 Oxyechus vociferus 688 Pachycardiiun 15 burlingtonense 15 Padina pavonia 695, 696 Pala sorra 459 Palaina formosana 728 gibberosa 728 omiensis 707 (Adelopoma) paucicostata 707 pusilla 707 Paliurus triangularis 5 Paludina chinensis 748 Pampus cinereus 499 Panchax pictum 504 Panamomops 304 quadricristatus 304 Panchlora acolhua 839 peruana 839 punctum 839 Pandion halia?etus carolinensis 689 Panopea decisa 18 Parabuteo unicinctus harrissi 689 Paragenes 807 conspersa 808 Paragordius 191 Parambassis 500 macrolepis 500 Paramoecium 90 Paranais littoralis 373, 374, 375, 376 Paranornia lineata 12 saffordi 12 scabra 12 Paraplagusia marmorata 517 Parasabella 555 Paratettix 801 mexicana 840 toltecus : 801,841 Paratractus 77 Paratropes bioUeyi 839 Parexoccetus mento 494 Parida? 774 Parisoma jacksoni 769 Parcecanthus 836 aztecus 836,843 Paroxya atlantica 40, 53 floridiana 40,53 Parus albiventris 774 Passer rufocinctus 777 Passerculus rostratus 684 sandwichensis alaudinus 684 Passifiora ciliata 700 foetida 700 suberosa 698 Pastinaca brevicauda 460, 461 Pastinaca dorsalis 460 Patella tentorium 19 Patellida? 19 Patula 268,270 strigosa 269 s. concentrata 273 s. var. parma 275 Pecten argillensis 11 awajiensis 121 bellisculptus 11 burlingtonensis 11 conradi 12 craticula 11 niississippiensis 11 pallium 292 perlamellosus 12 quinquenaria 11 simplicus 12 singaporinus 121 sulphureus 292 tenuitesta 11 venustus 11 Pectinidse 11 Pectunculus australis 10 hamula 10 rotundatus 10 subaustralis 10 Pedicellina americana 205 Pelamys? 67 Pelecanus africanus 762 erj'throrhynchos 687 rufescens 762 Pelecypoda 7 Pelloblatta lata 839 Pelmatosilpha 792 rotundata 792,839 Penicillus capitatus 696 Pentacrinus bryani 6 Pentatoma (Euchistus) 181 Penthetria eques 780 Peperomia obtusifolia 700 Perdix coqui 756 Peribalus , 198 PeriophthalminiB 513 Periopthalmodon sclilosseri 513 Periophthalmus argentilineatus 513 Peripatus 168, 169, 175, 188, 196 Periplaneta americana 33, 53 australasia? 32, 33, 53, 839 Periploma applicata 13 Periplomidffi 13 Periplomya elliptica 13 Perissolax dubia 24 trivolva 24 Peristerida; 757 Peristernia nassatula 292 Perognathus fallax pallidus 678 penicillatus angustirostris 678 spinatus 678 Peromyscus eremicus 678 gossypinus 678 1905 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 965 Peromysciis leucopus 678 sonoriensis 678 Peronseoderma georgiana 16 Perrisonota protexta 8 Perrisornis carunculata 782 Petronia pyrgita 777 Peucestes 808 Pezotettix 442 azteca 442 Phagoiais 461 iiieuhofi 461 Phainopepla nitens 685 Plialacrocoracidfe 762 Phalacrocorax africanus 762 mexicanus 687 Phalangium 174 Phaneroptera alipes 805 cruenta 806 tolteca 806 Phasianella punctata 21 Phasianidce 755 Phasniids 34, 53, 795, 840 Philetairus arnandi 779 Philomycidse 746 Pliilomycus bilineata 746 formosensis 746 Phlugis 827 virens 827, 843 Phocylides 798 Pholadidse 18 Pholadomya (.\natimya) auto- radiata 13 littlei 13 occidentalis 13 postsulcata 13 Pholadomyidse 13 Pholas cretacea 18 pectorosa 18 Pholia sharpii 781 Pholidauges sharpii 781 verreauxi 781 Phorcus borealis 113 Phyllophora citrifolia 807, 807 Phylloptera marginella 807 (Orophus) mexicana 808 (Orophus) tessellata 809 tolteca 807 Phylloscyrtus 834 cseruleus 834, 843 elegans 834 Picidte 766 Picus namaquus 766 nubicus 766 Pinna laqueata 10 rostriformis 10 semicostata 292 Pinnidse 10 Pinnotheres strombi 371 Pipilio aberti 685 Pipistrellus hesperus 679 Pisania 105 Pityopliis 208 Placenticeras placenta 27 spillmani 27 sjTtale 28 telifer 28 Placuna scabra ^^ Plaeunanomia lineata 1^ Pla?siocriBrius 305 Plagiostoma echinatum 12 gregale ^2 pelagicum 12 Plagusia microlepis 521 Planaxis 104 abbreviata 105 a. ogasawarana lOo cingulata ^^4 gouldi 104 nigra 105 Planorbis compressus japonicus 746 Planudes crenulipes 840 Platinum 862, 863, 883, 891 Platysomus spixii 88 Plectoptera hastifera 839 picta 839 poeja 33,49,51-53 pulicaria 839 Plectrotettix 802 calidus 802,841 excelsvis 803 nobilis 803 Plectotropis 731, 732 Plegadis autumnalis 760 Pleuronectes potous 521 Pleurophoridte 13 Pleurotoma mullicaensis 24 Pleurotomaria crotaloides 19 Pleurotoniariidte 19 Pleurotrema solariformis 19 Plicatula urticosa 12 Plioploea sagena 5 Plicatula tetrica 12 PloceidiB 778 Ploceipasser melanorhynchus 780 Ploceus sanguinirostris var. sethi- opica 779 Plotosidffi 461 Plotosus canius 461 Plucliea odorata 697 purpurascens 696 Pocadicnemis 306, 327 longi tubus 306 Podicipedidse 758 Podilynabus podiceps 681 Poeoceplmlus matschiei 763 meyeri 763 massaicus 763 Poeciloneta erythrorh>Ticha 762 Pogonocichla orientalis 768 Pogonorhynchus masaicus 766 Polioptila cajrulea obscura 687 plumbea 687 966 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Polyborus cheriwav GS9 Polydactvlus ^. .501 Polygyra^ 222, 225, 226, 253, 255 altissima 231 ashmuni 233 chiricahuana 233,250 levettei 238 mearnsi 2^8 miorhyssa 228 (Stenotrema) pilsbryi 280 pseudodonta 232 rhyssa 227 r. hyporhyssa 228 texasiana 223 t. texasensis 223 triodontoides 222 Polymices melanostoma 292 PolyneniidtP 501 Polynemus 501 Polysarcus 444 Polyzoa 5 Pomadasis 504 Pomatorhynchus senegalus 774 Populus tremuloides 2 Poromyida? 13 Porospora gigantea 89 Porphyrio alleni 757, 758 chloronotus 758 porphjTio 758 Porphyriola 758 Porphyrula 758 alleni 757 Posidippus 807 Pratincola axillai'is 770 emmse 770 Prinia mystacea 773 Prionidus 198 PrionopidiE 774 Prisopus berosus 840 Pristidff 459 Pristiopsis 459 Pristis 459 pectinatus 459 perrotteti 459, 459, 460 semisagittatus 459 zysron 459 Procyon pallidus 679 Proserpinaca palustris 697 Prosoponcus cristatus 305 Prosopotheca 306, 330, 331 brevicornis 306 communis 307, 330 directa 307,330 formosa 307, 331 humiliceps 307 indirecta 307 miniata 307, 331 minuta 307 pallida 308,332 spiralis 308,332 tibialis 308 Prosopotheca transversa 308, 333 Prosphena 404 scudderi 404,841 Prosthecera^us 201 Protengonoceras gabbi 28 Protocardia arkansense 15 Protenor 192-197,201 Psalidoprocne orientalis 768 petit! orientalis 768 Psalis americana 838 pulchra 838 Psammechinus cingulatus 6 Psammoryctes 375 benedeni 388 Pseudambassis 500 Pseudobuliminvis incertus 735 Pseudodiadema diatretum 6 Pseudogryphus calif ornianus 689 Pseudomiopteryx 795 infuscata 795,840 ' Pseudomops 791 crinicornis 839 discoidalis 839 grata 791,839 oblongata 839 Pseudophasma 798,800 crvptochlore 798,840 menius 800,840 photon 840 phthisicum 840 Pseudophyllodromia 791 angustata 839 peruana 791,839 Pseudopomala brachyptera 39, 53 Pseudopomatias amoenis 729 eos r. 728 Pseudopotamilla 555-569 anoculata 555, o(J(> brevibranchiata..555, 560, 562, 563 intermedia 555, 558, 5()2 occelata 555, 558, 559 oculifera 555, 556, 563 reniformis 556 splendida 555, 564, 566, 567, 568 Pseudotantalus ibis 761 Psilotum triquetrum 700 Psinidia fenestralis 39, 53 Psittacidse 763 Psj'chotria undata 700 Pteria laripes 10 navicula 10 Pteriida:> 10 Pteris (Pteridium) aquilina cau- data 697 heterophylla 700 Pternistes infuscatus 756 Pterocera scorpio 292 Pterocvclos wilsoni 725 Pterodiscus 572,573 digonophora 572, 573 petasus 573, 574 1905.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 967 Pterodiscus wesleyi 571, 572, 573 Pteroplatea micrura 461 Ptychoceras 27 Ptychopoma wilsoni 725 Ptychosyca inornata -. 25 Pugnellus densatus 23 Piinctum amblygona 718 •atomus 746 boreale 717 rota 718 taiwanicum 746 Puntiiis anchisporus 486 binotatus 486 bulu 485 schwanenfeldii 485 Pupillida? 718,737 Pupina adamsi 726 Pupinella oshimse 705 o. yorojimana 705 swinhoei 726 s. var. meridionalis 726 Pupinopsis morrisonia 726 Pupisona japonicum depressum 710 Purpura armigera 291 bitubercularis 291 (Morea) naticella 26 Purpurinse 104 Purpuroidea dubia ^4 Pycnonotidae 769 Pycnonotus layardi 769 Pycnoscelus surinamensis 3.3, 53 Pygurus? geometricus 7 Pyi-agra fuscata 838 Pyramidella conellus 20 Pyramidellidse 20 P5Tamidula 268 strigosa huachuana....;g75, 278, 280 Pyrenestes unicolor 780 Pyrgocorypha 823 hamata 823,842 rogersi 823,842 uncinata 45, 54 Pyrgomorphin£e 404 Pyrifusus cuneus 24 mullicaensis 24 pyruloidea 24 turritus 24 Pyripora irregularis 5,5 Pyrocephalus rubineus mexicanus. 683 Pyropsis alabamensis 24 elevata 23 naticoides 24 octolirata 23 perlata 23 retifer 24 richardsonii 23 septemlirata 24 trochiformis 23 Pyrrhocoris 188, 193, 194 Pyrula trochiformis 23 Quelea sethiopica 779 Radinotatum brevipenae 35, 53 Radiocentrum 271, 280, 283 Raia fluviatilis 460 lymma 460 Rallidte 757 Rallus niger 757 Rana virgatipes 662-664 Ranella affinis 292 bufonia 292 Rapa elevata 23 pyruloidea 2Ii. Rapana 351 Rasbora dusonensis 486 leptosoma 486 Rasborichthys helfrichii 486 Regulus calendula 686 Reithrodontomys longicaudus pal- lidus 677 Reptescharellina prolifera 5 Reptocelleporaria aspera 5 Reptoflustrella heteropora 5 Reptomulticara cepularis 5 Requienia senseni 14 Retelea ovalis 6 Reticulipora dichotoma 6 sagena 6 Rhabdus 118 Rhachicreagra 444, 445 nothra 444,841 Rhaphiolepis 59 Rhicnoderma 414 humile 415,841 olivaceum 414, 415 Rhinobatidaj 460 Rhinobatos thouinianus 460 Rhinopomastus cabanisi 764 schalowi 764 Rhipipteryx biolleyi 833 carbonaria 832 pulicaria 833 Pthizophora mangle 696 Rhodymenia palmata 695 Rhus toxicodendron 700 Ricinula digitata 292 horrida 291 marginatra 292 morus 292 ricinus 291 r. elegans 291 Riparia cincta .' 767 minor *..... 767 riparia 690 Ripiptervx 832 biolleyi 833,843 carbonaria 832, 843 limbata 833,843 marginatus 832 pulicaria 833,843 Risella conoidalis 292 Romalea trogon ^^4 Rostellaria arenarum 22 968 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Rostellaria compacta 23 pennata 22 rostrata £3 spirata 23 Rostellites angulatus 25 nasutus 25 Rostratula capensis 760 Rotella guamensis 113 montrouzieri 114 Rvacophilus glareola 759 Sabal blackburniana, 697-700, 701-704 Sabella 555 Salenia bellula 6 Salicornia fruticosa 696 Salmonida? 362 Salpinctes obsoletus 686 Saparus 433 Sardinella brachysoma 489 hypselosoma 489 Sargassum 698 baccif erum 695 Sarkidiornis melanota 761 Satilatlas 316 Saxicavidse 18 Saxicola isabellina 770 schalowi 770 Sayornis saya 682 nigricans 682 Scsevola plumieri 698 Scala annulata 20 cyclostoma 20 sillimani 20 thomasi 20 Scalaria annulata 20 sillimani W Scalariidfe 20 Scalops 678 Scalpellum conradi 28 Scambula perplana l^. Scaphites conradi 27 cuvieri £7 hippocrepis 27 iris 27 reniformis 27 similis 27 Scaphopoda 18 Scapteriscus 832 didactylus 832,843 Scardafella inca 688 Scartelaos 513 ancupatorius 513 viridis 513 Schistocerca 439,804 alutacea 40, 53, 439 americana 39, 53 damnifica 40, 53 malachitica 439,841 obscura 40, 53 pyramidata 439, 804, 841 venusta 439 Schizodesma appressa 17 Schcenicola apicalis 772 Schoenobates 837 mexicanus 8£7 Scisena armata 83 macroptera 501 novse-hoUandise 501 Scisenidae .501 Scirpus lacustris 697 validus 697 Scirtetica marmorata 39 picta 38,53 Scoliodon acutus 458 laticaudus 459 Scolopacidfe 759 Scolopax capensis 760 nebularis 759 Scolopendra 191 Scolopocryptops sexspinosus 97 Scomber cordyla 66 crumenophthalmus 69 crysos 77 heberi 81 hippos 76 kleinii 73 malabaricus 83 ruber 76,76 saurus 59 saliens 60 Scomberoides 56 moluccensis 56 tol 59 toloo 56,499 toloo-parah 59 Scomberoidinte 56 Scomberomorus guttatus 498 Scombridse 498 Sconsia alabamensis 23 Scopiorus 821 mucronatus 821,842 sutorius 821 Scorptenidse 507 Scorpio 174 Scudderia cuneata 42, 54 curvicauda 42, 54 Scyris 82,86 alexandrina 86 indica 86 indicus 86 Segmentina swinhoei 746 Selaginella lepidophylla 214 Selar 72 hasseltii 75 megalaspis 72 Selasphorus rufus 682 Selene vomer 88 Serinus flaAaventris 778 reichenowi 777 Seriola bipinnulata 65 picturata 67 pinnulata 66 Seriolichthys bipinnulatus 66 1905.] NATURAL SCIEx\CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 969 vSeriolinse 62 Sermyle physconia 840 Serpula barbata 4 habrogramma 4 Serpulidse 4, 18 Sesuvium portulacastrum 696, 698 Siajis microlepis 483 Sialia mexicana 690 Sicj-os angulatus 700 Siderite 880 Siderolite 882 Sigmodon hispidus eremicus 677 Silica 869, 871, 878, 882, 895, 896 Siliqiia cretacea 17 iutuspurpurea 118 hicida 118 Siliqiiaria biplicata 17 pauperata 21 Siluridse , 462 Silurinse 463 Silunis micronemus 469 Siplionalia fusoides 103 liinnulus 103 liyperodon 103 longirostris 103 mikado 103 pseiidobuccinum 103 spadicea 103 semiplicata 103 stearnsii 103 vanattai 103 Sistrum cancellatum 292 undatum 292 Sisyrynchium bermudianum....698, 699 Sitala angulifera 745 circumcincta taiwanica 745 conulus 745 hirasei 744,745 insignis 745 trochulus 744 t. formosana 744 Solariella 115 Solarium abj'ssina 20 Soleidse 517 Solemya planulata 17 Solenia tumidula 6 Solenidse 17 Solenoceras annulifer 27 Solidago sempervirens 698, 699 Solonoceras 27 Solyraa lineolata 17 Soiiorella 222, 225, 253-255, 261 arizonensis 262 ashmuni 251,259 daUi 259, 265, 266 goldmani 257 granulatissima 256, 261-265 g. latior 264, 265 g. parva 264 hachitana, 254, 256, 257, 259, 260, 261,265,266,268 Sonorella h. ashmuni 256, 257, 259 h. bowiensis 256, 260, 261, 266 lolirii 254 mearnsi 259, 264, 265 nelsoni 257,2o7 roweUi 256, 261, 262 virilis 256, 260, 266-268 V. circumstriata 256, 267 V. huachucana 267 wolcottiana 254 Spanionyx bidens 840 Spatangus cor-marinum 7 parastatus 7 Stella 7 ungula 7 Spatula ch'peata 688 Spermestes cucullatus 779 Sphceriola umbonata 14 Sphenodiscus lenticularis var. mis- sissippiensis 28 Sphinx euphorbia 141 Spiranthes brevilabrus 697 Spiropalpus 308 Spirorbis? rotula 4 Spizella breweri 684 socialis arizonse 684 Spondylidce 12 Spondylus capax 12 gregale 12 Spreo superbus 781 Stagmatoptera insatiabilis 840 Stagmomantis 794 androgyna 794, 840 Carolina 33, 53 dimidiata 840 heterogamia 840 montana 795 nahua 794,840 theophila 840 tolteca 794,840 venusta 794,840 Statice lefroyi 696 Steirodon 807 prasinus 807 thoracicus 807 validum 807,842 Stelgidopteryx serripennis 767 Stenacris chlorizans 39, 53 Stenophora '••89, 91 julipusilli 90,91,99 nematoides 91 (Cnemidospora) spiroboli..90, 93, 94 Stenotaplirum americanum, 696, 698, 699, 700 Stenothyra formosana 749 glabra 749 Stephanibex coronatus 759 Sterna antillarum 687 dougalli 687 elegans 687 hybrida 758 970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Stilosoma 20S Stilpnochlora 807 azteca 807,842 marginella 42, 54, 807, 842 tolteca 807,842 Straparolus deplanatus 20 lapidosus 19,20 subplanus 20 Stratocles costaricensis 840 multilineatus 840 Streptaxidse 736 Streptaxis (Odontartemon) heudei 736 Strix perlata 763 pratincola 689 Stromateus cinereus 499 Strombidse 23 Strombus 345, 346, 351 maculatus 292 leidyi 345 pugilis 372 •urceus 292 Sturnella magna neglecta 683 neglecta 683 Sturnidse 781 Sulcosinus 102 Svcobrotus reichenowi 780 Syletria 433 angulata 433,841 Sylvia brevicaudata 773 cisticola 772 (Cisticola) lugubris 772 Sylviella jacksoni 773 whytii 773 Svlviidse 771 Sylvitettix 400 communis 400, 841 Symphaloxipha magnifica 843 Sympliemia semipalmata inornata 681 Synanceia asteroblepa 510 Synanceinse 507 Svntechna 814 candelli 814, 842 olivaceo-viridis 814 tarasca 814 vSvrbiila, 162, 168, 174, ISO, 186. 192, 193, 194 acuticornis 164-174 admirabilis 36, 53 S^Tomastes, 186, 187, 193, 194, 195, 201 Tacliycineta thalassina 690 Tacliysurinse 462 Tachysurus arg^Topleuron 462 Tiraibpoda '. 410,413 auricornis 410, 413, 414 'j^ burmeisteri 413 centurio 410, 413, 414, 841 giitterosa 413 picticornis 413 pulchella 410, 411, 413, 414 superba 413 tamaulipensis 413 T»niopodavaripennis,410, 413,414,841 Tafalisca lurida 52, 54 Tanagra erythroryncha 782 Tantalus hagedas'h 760 ibis 761 loculator 688 Tapinocyba 306,327 dist'incta 306, 327, 338 Tarsiger orientalis 768 Taxidea taxus infusca 680 Tchitrea perspicillata suahelica 769 Tellimera 16 Tellina densata 16 dispar 292 (Tellinimera) eborea 16 eufalensis 16 georgiana 16 (Tellinella) georgiana 16 scobinata 292 Tellinidffi 16 Tellinimera 16 eborea 16 Telmatodytes palustris paludieola. 686 palustris plesius 686 Temnopter_\^ deropeltiformis 32, 53 Tenea 15 parilis 15 pinguis 15 Tephrocorys cinerea saturatior 777 Terebra hedlevana 101 hedleyi....! 101 Terebi-ateila plicata 6 Terebratula fragilis 6 harlani 5, 6 perovalis 6 plicata 6 sayi 6 Terebratulina atlantica 6 floridana 6 halliana 6 Teredinidfe 18 Teredo contorta 18 irregularis 18 tibialis 18 Terpsiphone perspicillata suahelica 769 Tetraodon palembangensis 507 Tetraodontidte 507 Tettigidea 801 lateralis 35, 53 nicaraguse 801, 841 Tettigonid* 42, 54, 805, 842 Tettix tolteca 801 Textor dinemelli 781 Thalassema 185 Thalassornis leuconota 762 Thelepus hamatus 856 Therapon 504 Theridion cheliterum 309 Theridium 314 bicorne 304 Thesprotia graminis 34, 53 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 971 Thomomys 678 fulvus nigricans 680 Thripias namaquus 766 Thymallids 365 Thymallus signifer 365 Thynnus nioluccensis 56 Thyreoba?us 303,322 laticeps 303,322 scutiger 322 Thysanophora 222 Thysanozoon 188,201 Thysdrus 827 Tigellinus 308 tricornis 308,309 Timaliidse 769 Tmeticus 306,310-313 debilis 3/3,338 distinctus 3/3,338 luxuosus 307,331 mcestus 3/3,337 palustris 3/3,338 pertinens 312 probatus 312 Todus pictus 763 Torinia densegranosa 106 Tornatella bullata 18, 19 Tornatellina boeningi 737 rucuana 718 triplicata 718 Totanus stagnalis 759 Tournefortia gnaphalodes 698 Toxostoma crissale 686 Toxotes 504 microlepis 507 Toxotida? 507 Trachelocamptus 309,334 rostrata 309,334 Trachelomonas 665,666 acanthophora 674 acanthostoma 668,^7^ acuminata 668 armata 668, 670, 671, 672, 674 bulla 668,674 caudata 668,673 crebea 668,672 cylindrica 668, 670, 671 euchlora 668, 670, 671 eurystoma 668,671 hispida 666, 668, 670, 673-675 horrida 668,674 lagenella 670,671 obtusa 668,673 piscatoris 666, 668, 671, 674, 675 reticulata 667,668 rugulosa 668, 669, 670 stokesiana 668, 670 torta 668, 670, 671 urceolata 668,671 verrucosa 668,669 volvocina 668, 669, 670, 671, 675 V. var. hyalina 667 Trachurops crumenophthalmus 69 Trachurus mediterraneus 67 symmetricus 67 trachurus 69 Trapezium 120 guiniacum 292 japonicum 119, 120 j. delicatum 120 oblongum 292 Trema (Sponia) lamarckiana 700 Trematopygus crucifer 7 Treronidtp. 756 Triacanthida^ 507 Triacanthus oxycephalus 507 Trichidion 501 hilleri 502 indicus 501 Trichidiontinae 501 Trichiurida^ 499 Trichiurus savala 499 Tricholfema masaicum 766 Trichopepla 198 Trichorhvnchus 95 pulcher 90, 93, 94, 98 Tricropterus 76 Tridacna gigas 292 Trigonarca 8 cuneata 9 cuneiformis 9 transversa 8 Trigonia angulicostata 11 eufalensis 11 thoracica 11 Trigonidge 11 Trigonocorypha 807 Trihelix 710 Tringa autumnalis 760 glareola 759 hypoleuca 759 minuta 759 minutula 688 Triodopsis levettei 238 Tritonidea 105 Tritonium (Lagena?) edentatum.... 24 Trivimfetta semitriloba 700 Trochidff 20,115 Trochocyathus conoides..... 4 woolmani 4 Trochomorpha 732, 740 cultrata 7l4, 740 c. formosana 740 c. iheyaensis 714 c. oshimana 714 haenseli 739, 740 pellucida 739,740 shermani 738 Trochosmilia atlantica 4 conoides 4 Trochus callosus 114, 114, 115 leprosus 21 mortoni 20 972 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Trochus liiodomphalus (Monilea) rhodomphalus . rotelkeformis Troglodytes £edon parkmanii... hiemalis paeificus Tropidonotus Troxochrus Trunoatella japonica kiusiuensis pfeifferi valida 291,292, Truncatellidte Truxaliiife Truxalis 400, brevicomis 35, 53, 400, 802, cornutus obscurus Trygon immunis walga 460, Tuba reticulata Tubifex 375, benedeni 373, 374, 376, 3SS, benedii hamatus 374, 375, 376, 389, irroratus 373-376, 3S3, Tubificidse Tudicla (Pyropsis) perlata Turacu.s hartlaubi Turbinella parva sulconica Turbinellidfe Turbinolia inauris Turbinopsis angulata curta depressa elevata hilgardi lapidosa plicata Turl )0 argyrostomus Turdidfe Turdus fethiopicus Turpilia grandis linearis mexicana oblongooculata 812, linearis Turritella compacta eucrinoides granulicosta pumila quadrilirata vertebroides 21 Tm-ritellidfe Tursiops gillii Turtur damarensis semitorquatus senegalensis Tylosurus leiuroides 115 116 116 686 690 208 303 707 707 707 707 730 707 400 802 841 400 804 460 461 22 387 389 388 394 384 375 23 765 25 25 25 4 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 292 770 774 812 842 842 812 842 812 21 21 21 21 21 ,22 21 680 757 757 757 493 Tympanistria tympauistria 757 Typha angustifolia 697 Typhochra^stus pallidus 309 Ulva lactuca 695, 696 latissima 695 Umbonium 114 Umbrina 501 Unio swinhoei 750 Uniouidie 749 Upupa epops 764 viridis 76^ Upupida? 764 Ura?ginthus bengalus 778 ianthinogaster 779 Urocoptida; 213 Urocoptina' 222 Urocvon littoralis 679 Usilla 104,105 fuseonigra 104, 105 gouldii 104, 105 Vaillantella 474 Valonia utricularis 696 Vanessa 133, 148, 154 urtica? 141 Veleda 17 lintea 17 Veneridse 15, 119 Veniella conradi 13 elevata 13 inflata 13 rhomboidea 14 subovalis 13 trapezoides 13 trigona 13 Venilia conradi 13 Vermetidie 21,349 Vermetus 351 rotula 4 Vermiculus pilosus 382 Vertigo hirasei 718 h. hachijoensis 718 h. kushiroensis 718 Vespa 123, 134, 138, 139, 145 Vexilla 104 tfeniata 292 Vexillicaranx 76 Vidua eques 780 Vilerna? 436 Vinago calva 756 nudirostris 756 ViperidiE 207 Viviparidae 748 Viviparus angularis 749 chinensis 748 malleatus 748 Voluta 345,346 delawarensis 25 kanei 25 niucronata 25 Volutidse 25 Volutilithes 346, 347, 351 1905.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 973 Volutilithes abbottii 25 bella 25 biplicata 25 conradi 25 dalli 3.53 (Athleta) leioderma 25 nasuta 25 petrosus 346-349, 351, 357 Volutoderma 25 abbottii 25 biplicata 25 delawarensis 25 intermedia 25 woolmani 25 Volutomorpha 25 bella 25 conradi 25 gabbi 25 kanei 25 mucronata 25 Vomer brownii 88 curtus S7, 88 gabonensis 87 dorsalis 87 goreensis 87 senegalensis 87 setapinnis 87 spixii 88 Vultur pileatus 762 Vulturid* 762 Walckenaeria 304 cristata 304 Waltheria americana 697 Xabea 835 bipunctata 835, 843 decora 835 Xanthodina pyrgita 777 Xanthophilus xanthops 780 Xanthoxylum dava-herculis 700 Xenophora leprosa 21 Xenophoridae 21 Xerosoma glyptomerion 840 Xiphicera erythrogaster 417 Xiphidion 826 brevipenne 48, 54 fasciatum 826,843 fuscum 826 gracillimum 48, 54 Xiphidimii 192, 194, 195, 199 Xiphiola 436 Xiphiola^ 433,436 Xya limbata 833 Xystophorus 62 Yoldia longifrons 8 Yucca aloifolia 698 Zaitha 193 Zenaidm-a macro m-a 688 Zenarchopterus 494 amblym-us 494 buffonis 494 Zetobora sublobata 839 Zeus ciliaris 87 crinitus 87 setapinnis 87 vomer 88 Zirphwa 185 Zonaria lobata 695 Zonitidaj 711, 713, 739 Zonitoides uitida 741 Zonotrichia leucophrys gambelii.... 684 Zosteropidae 775 jacksoni 775 kikuyensis 775 974 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, GENERAL INDEX. 1905. Additions to Museum, 933. Barringer, Daniel Moreau. Coon Mountain and its Crater, 844, 8G1. Bilgram, Hugo. Diachoea cylindrica, a New Species of Mycetozoa, 524, 691 . Biological and Microscopical Section, report of, 925. Borre, A. Preudhomnie de, announce- ment of death of, 210. Botanical Section, report of, 927. Boyer, Charles S. Report of Biological and Microscopical Section, 926. Brown, Arthur Erwin. The Utility Principle in Relation to Specific Characters, 206. The Identity of Eut£enia atrata Kenn., 692. Brown, Stewardson. Flora of the Lower Florida Keys (no abstract), 299. Committees, Standing, 1. Cooke, Jay, announcement of death of, 100. Corresponding Secretary, report of, 916. Council for 1906,931. Crawley, Howard. Coelosperidium blattellie sp. n., a Sperozoon Para- site of Blattella germanica, 3, 158. The Movenients of Gregarines, 3, 89. Crosby, Cyrus R. A Catalogue of the Erigoneie of North America, with Notes and Desciptions of New Species (Plates XXVIII, XXIX), 301. Curators, report of, 921. Dewalque, Gustave, announcement of death of, 844. Dixon, Samuel G., M.D. Coon Moun- tain and its Crater, 844. Report of Curators, 921. Elections, 3, 100, 210, 300, 344, 694, 754. Election of Officers, etc., 930. Elections during 1905, 932. Entomological Section, report of, 926. Fowler, Henry W. Some P^ishes from Borneo, 3, 455. New, Rare or Little Known Scombroids, No. II, 56. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Centrarcliid*, 100, 299. Notes on some Arctic Fislies, with De- scriptions of a New Oncocottus, 206, 362. Some Vertebrates of the Flor- ida Keys, 344, 692. The Sphagnum Frog of New Jersey — Rana virga- tipes Cope (Plate XL), 662, 691. Frazier, Benjamin W., announcement of death of, 753. Garrett, Philip C, announcement of death of, 845. General Index, 974. Harshberger, John W., Ph.D. Orig- inal Centres concerned in Plant Dispersal, 2. The Plant Forma- tions of the Bermuda Islands, 691, 695. The Hour-Glass Stems of the Bermuda Palmetto (Plate XLII), 692, 701. Phytogeograpliic Influ- ence in North American C'ivilization, 753. Hayden Memorial Geological Award, 753. Hutton, Frederick W., announcement of death of, 844. Index to Species, etc., 942. Jahn, Albrecht, announcement of death of, 100. Janney, Nathaniel E. Alexander Wil- son's Tombstone, 694. Jennings, H. S. Behavior of Sea Anemones, 754. Johnson, Charles W. Annotated List of the Types of Invertebrate Cre- taceous Fossils in tlie Collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Pliiladelphia, 4. Kolliker, Albert von, announcement of deatli of, 754. Librarian, report of, 918. Lippincott, J. Dundas, announcement of death of, 206. Longstreth, Edward, announcement of death of, 206. Lyman, Benjamin Smith, report of 1905. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9- Mineralogical and Geological Section, 924. Mineralogical and Geological Section, report of, 92-i. Montgomery, Thomas H., Jr. The Spermatogenesis of Syrbula and Lycosa, -with General Considerations upon Chromosome Reduction and Heterochromosomes (Plates IX, X), 3, 162. Moore, Clarence B. Certain Aborig- inal Mounds of the Tombighee River, 210, 692. Certain Aborig- inal Moimds of the Black Warrior River, 210, 692. Certain Aboriginal Mounds of Mobile Bay and Missis- sippi Sound, 210, 692. "Miscellaneous Investigations, 210, 692. Moore, J. Percy, Ph.D. A New Species of Sea-Mouse (Aphrodita hastata) from Eastern Massachusetts, 100, 294. Some Marine Oligocha^ta of New England (Plates XXXII, XXXIII), 299, 373. New Species of Polychseta from the North Pacific, chieflv from Alaska Waters (Plates XXXIV, XXXV, XXXVI), 344, 525. Five New Species of Pseudo- potamilla from the Pacific Coast of North America (Plate XXXVII), 555, 691. New Species of Amphare- tida? and Terebellidte (Plate XLIV), 844, 846. Report of Corresponding Secretary, 916. Morehouse, George R.,M.D., announce- ment of death of, 754. Morris, Israel, announcement of death of, 845. Muckle, Alexander, M.D., announce- ment of death of, 344. Museum, additions to, 933. Nolan, Edward J., M.D. Report of the Recording Secretary, 915. Re- port of Librarian, 918. Officers, Councillors and Members of Committee on Accounts, 1905, 9-30. Ornithological Section, report of, Packard, Alpheus S., announcement of death of, 100. Palmer, T. Chalkley. Delaware Valley Forms of Trachelomonas (Plate XLI), 665, 692. Phillips, Everett Franklin, Pli.D. Structure and Development of the Compound Eve of the Honev Bee (Plates VI, VII, VIII), 123. Varia- tions and Correlations of the Honey Bee and on Queen Rearing in Agri- culture (no abstract), 299. Pilsbry, Henry A. New Japanese Marine MoUusca (Plates II, III, IV, V), 100, 101. Mollusca of the South- ern States, I (Plates XI-XXVII), 100, 211. Report of Special Cura- tor of :Mollusca, 923. Pilsbry, H. A., and Y. Hirase. New Land Mollusks of the Japanese Em- pire, 692, 705. Catalogue of the Land and Fresh-Water ]\Iollusca of Taiwan (Formosa), with descriptions of New Species, 694, 720. Pilsbry, Henry A., and Edward G. "\"anatta. ]\iollusks of Flint and Caroline Islands, in the Central Pacific, 100, 291. Notes on some Hawaiian Achatinellida? and En- dodontidte (Plates XXXVIII, XXXIX), 570, 691. On two Hawaiian Cerithiidte, .576, 691. Hawaiian Species of Endodonta and Opeas (Plate XLIII), 753, 783. On some Pacific Cerithiidse, 753, 787. Prevost, Sutherland M., announce- ment of death of, 693. Rathbun, Mary J. Description of a New Commensal Crab, 210, 371. Raulin, Victor, announcement of death of, 299. Recording Secretary, report of, 915. Rehn, James A. G. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of Cuba, the Isle of Pines and the Bahamas, 100, 299. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Acrididfe (Orthoptera) of Costa Rica, 100, 400. Notes on a Small Collection of Or- thoptera from the Lesser Antilles, with descriptions of a New Species of Orphulella, 210, 299. Notes on the Orthoptera of Costa Rica, with descriptions of New Species, 753, 790. Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan Heb- ard. A Contribution to the Know- ledge of the Orthoptera of South and Central Florida (Plate I), 29. Report of Biological and Microscopical Section, 925. Report of Botanical Section, 927. Report of Corresponding Secretary, 916. Report of Curators, 921. Report of Entomological Section, 926. Report of Librarian, 918. Report of Mineralogical and Geological Section, 924. Report of Ornithological Section, 929. Report of Recording Secretary, 915. Report of Sections, 924. Report of Special Curator of Mollusca, 923. Rhoads, Samuel N. Midwinter Yoy- 1)76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, age in the Colorado Delta (no ab- stract), 344. Richtofen, Albert von, announcement of death of, 754. Rossmassler, Richard, announcement of death of, 344. Sargent, C. S. Crataegus in Eastern Pennsylvania, 577, 691. Saussiire, Henri de, announcement of death of, 299. Sellers, William, announcement of death of, 100. Sections, report of, 924. Sharp, Benjamin, M.D. Oyster Cul- ture (no abstract), 694. Shryock, Allen, announcement of death of, 754. Skinner, Henry, M.D. Collecting Trip to Huachuca Mountains, Arizona (no abstract), 844. Report of En- tomological Section, 926. Smith, Burnett. Senility among Gas- teropods (Plates XXX, XXXI), 206, 345. .Special Curator of MoUusca, report of, 923. Standing Committees, 1. Stiles, George M., M.D., announcement of death of, 100. Stone, Witmer. On a Collection of Birds from British East Africa ob- tained by Mr. Geo. L. Harrison, Jr., 753, 755. Report of Ornithological Section, 929. Stone, Witmer, and S. N. Rhoads. On a Collection of Birds and Mam- mals from the Colorado Delta, Lower California, 676, 692. Tilghman, Benjamin Chew. Coon Butte, Arizona, 844, 887. Walcott, Charles Doolittle, LL.D., recipient of Hayden Memorial ; Bio- graphical Notice of, 753. Walmslev, William H., announcement of death of, 845. Wetherill, H. E., M.D. Telescope for expeditionary purposes, etc., 344. Wistar, Isaac J., announcement of death of, 691. w a, o o w < O l-H > < PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XLI. fei'\ ^Vv <«^^?#'*» •»,c-*»*»rf' ^ - '< ■•/,./ \-^^r^..^/ ^ .Clh\l* V\ N 1 Helen Winchester, flel. PALMER. TRACHELOMONAS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XLIl. HARSHBERGER. CAUDICES OF BERMUDA PALMETTO. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XLIII. ^^-- ^\ A •tf. • *> Vanatta del. PILSBRY AND VANATTA. HAWAIIAN ENDODONTA and OPEAS. PROC. ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA. 1905. PLATE XLIV. MOORE. AMPHARETID.^ and TEREBELLID^45. 7/7 7